Coast Guard Subchapter E - LOAD LINES, F - MARINE ENGINEERING, G - DOCUMENTATION AND MEASUREMENT OF VESSELS

Title 46
Shipping
Parts 41 to 69
Revised as of October 1, 2022
Containing a codification of documents

of general applicability and future effect
As of October 1, 2022
With Ancillaries
Published by the Office of the Federal Register

National Archives and Records Administration
as a Special Edition of the Federal Register
rmajette on DSKB3F4F33PROD with CFR
VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:05 Apr 07, 2023 Jkt 256207 PO 00000 Frm 00001 Fmt 8091 Sfmt 8091 Y:\SGML\256207.XXX 256207
U.S. GOVERNMENT OFFICIAL EDITION NOTICE
Legal Status and Use of Seals and Logos

The seal of the National Archives and Records Administration
(NARA) authenticates the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) as
the official codification of Federal regulations established under
the Federal Register Act. Under the provisions of 44 U.S.C. 1507, the
contents of the CFR, a special edition of the Federal Register, shall
be judicially noticed. The CFR is prima facie evidence of the origi-
nal documents published in the Federal Register (44 U.S.C. 1510).
It is prohibited to use NARA’s official seal and the stylized Code
of Federal Regulations logo on any republication of this material
without the express, written permission of the Archivist of the
United States or the Archivist’s designee. Any person using
NARA’s official seals and logos in a manner inconsistent with the
provisions of 36 CFR part 1200 is subject to the penalties specified
in 18 U.S.C. 506, 701, and 1017.
Use of ISBN Prefix

This is the Official U.S. Government edition of this publication
and is herein identified to certify its authenticity. Use of the 0–16
ISBN prefix is for U.S. Government Publishing Office Official Edi-
tions only. The Superintendent of Documents of the U.S. Govern-
ment Publishing Office requests that any reprinted edition clearly
be labeled as a copy of the authentic work with a new ISBN.
U.S. GOVERNMENT PUBLISHING OFFICE

e:\seals\archives.ai</GPH> e:\seals\gpologo2.eps</GPH>
U.S. Superintendent of Documents • Washington, DC 20402–0001

http://bookstore.gpo.gov
Phone: toll-free (866) 512-1800; DC area (202) 512-1800
Table of Contents
Page
Explanation ................................................................................................ v
Title 46:
Chapter I—Coast Guard, Department of Homeland Security (Con-

tinued) ......................................................................................... 3
Finding Aids:
Table of CFR Titles and Chapters ....................................................... 433
Alphabetical List of Agencies Appearing in the CFR ......................... 453
List of CFR Sections Affected ............................................................. 463

iii
Cite this Code: CFR
To cite the regulations in

this volume use title,
part and section num-
ber. Thus, 46 CFR
42.01–1 refers to title 46,
part 42, section 01–1.
iv
Explanation
The Code of Federal Regulations is a codification of the general and permanent
rules published in the Federal Register by the Executive departments and agen-
cies of the Federal Government. The Code is divided into 50 titles which represent
broad areas subject to Federal regulation. Each title is divided into chapters
which usually bear the name of the issuing agency. Each chapter is further sub-
divided into parts covering specific regulatory areas.
Each volume of the Code is revised at least once each calendar year and issued
on a quarterly basis approximately as follows:
Title 1 through Title 16..............................................................as of January 1
Title 17 through Title 27 .................................................................as of April 1
Title 28 through Title 41 ..................................................................as of July 1
Title 42 through Title 50 .............................................................as of October 1
The appropriate revision date is printed on the cover of each volume.
LEGAL STATUS
The contents of the Federal Register are required to be judicially noticed (44
U.S.C. 1507). The Code of Federal Regulations is prima facie evidence of the text
of the original documents (44 U.S.C. 1510).
HOW TO USE THE CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS
The Code of Federal Regulations is kept up to date by the individual issues
of the Federal Register. These two publications must be used together to deter-
mine the latest version of any given rule.
To determine whether a Code volume has been amended since its revision date
(in this case, October 1, 2022), consult the ‘‘List of CFR Sections Affected (LSA),’’
which is issued monthly, and the ‘‘Cumulative List of Parts Affected,’’ which
appears in the Reader Aids section of the daily Federal Register. These two lists
will identify the Federal Register page number of the latest amendment of any
given rule.
EFFECTIVE AND EXPIRATION DATES
Each volume of the Code contains amendments published in the Federal Reg-
ister since the last revision of that volume of the Code. Source citations for
the regulations are referred to by volume number and page number of the Federal
Register and date of publication. Publication dates and effective dates are usu-
ally not the same and care must be exercised by the user in determining the
actual effective date. In instances where the effective date is beyond the cut-
off date for the Code a note has been inserted to reflect the future effective
date. In those instances where a regulation published in the Federal Register
states a date certain for expiration, an appropriate note will be inserted following
the text.
OMB CONTROL NUMBERS
The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980 (Pub. L. 96–511) requires Federal agencies
to display an OMB control number with their information collection request.
Many agencies have begun publishing numerous OMB control numbers as amend-
ments to existing regulations in the CFR. These OMB numbers are placed as
close as possible to the applicable recordkeeping or reporting requirements.
PAST PROVISIONS OF THE CODE
Provisions of the Code that are no longer in force and effect as of the revision
date stated on the cover of each volume are not carried. Code users may find
the text of provisions in effect on any given date in the past by using the appro-
priate List of CFR Sections Affected (LSA). For the convenience of the reader,
a ‘‘List of CFR Sections Affected’’ is published at the end of each CFR volume.
For changes to the Code prior to the LSA listings at the end of the volume,
consult previous annual editions of the LSA. For changes to the Code prior to
2001, consult the List of CFR Sections Affected compilations, published for 1949-
1963, 1964-1972, 1973-1985, and 1986-2000.
‘‘[RESERVED]’’ TERMINOLOGY
The term ‘‘[Reserved]’’ is used as a place holder within the Code of Federal
Regulations. An agency may add regulatory information at a ‘‘[Reserved]’’ loca-
tion at any time. Occasionally ‘‘[Reserved]’’ is used editorially to indicate that
a portion of the CFR was left vacant and not dropped in error.
INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
What is incorporation by reference? Incorporation by reference was established
by statute and allows Federal agencies to meet the requirement to publish regu-
lations in the Federal Register by referring to materials already published else-
where. For an incorporation to be valid, the Director of the Federal Register
must approve it. The legal effect of incorporation by reference is that the mate-
rial is treated as if it were published in full in the Federal Register (5 U.S.C.
552(a)). This material, like any other properly issued regulation, has the force
of law.
What is a proper incorporation by reference? The Director of the Federal Register
will approve an incorporation by reference only when the requirements of 1 CFR
part 51 are met. Some of the elements on which approval is based are:
(a) The incorporation will substantially reduce the volume of material pub-
lished in the Federal Register.
(b) The matter incorporated is in fact available to the extent necessary to
afford fairness and uniformity in the administrative process.
(c) The incorporating document is drafted and submitted for publication in
accordance with 1 CFR part 51.
What if the material incorporated by reference cannot be found? If you have any
problem locating or obtaining a copy of material listed as an approved incorpora-
tion by reference, please contact the agency that issued the regulation containing
that incorporation. If, after contacting the agency, you find the material is not
available, please notify the Director of the Federal Register, National Archives
and Records Administration, 8601 Adelphi Road, College Park, MD 20740-6001, or
call 202-741-6010.
CFR INDEXES AND TABULAR GUIDES
A subject index to the Code of Federal Regulations is contained in a separate
volume, revised annually as of January 1, entitled CFR INDEX AND FINDING AIDS.
This volume contains the Parallel Table of Authorities and Rules. A list of CFR
titles, chapters, subchapters, and parts and an alphabetical list of agencies pub-
lishing in the CFR are also included in this volume.

An index to the text of ‘‘Title 3—The President’’ is carried within that volume.
vi
The Federal Register Index is issued monthly in cumulative form. This index
is based on a consolidation of the ‘‘Contents’’ entries in the daily Federal Reg-
ister.
A List of CFR Sections Affected (LSA) is published monthly, keyed to the
revision dates of the 50 CFR titles.
REPUBLICATION OF MATERIAL
There are no restrictions on the republication of material appearing in the
Code of Federal Regulations.
INQUIRIES
For a legal interpretation or explanation of any regulation in this volume,
contact the issuing agency. The issuing agency’s name appears at the top of
odd-numbered pages.
For inquiries concerning CFR reference assistance, call 202–741–6000 or write
to the Director, Office of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records
Administration, 8601 Adelphi Road, College Park, MD 20740-6001 or e-mail
fedreg.info@nara.gov.
SALES
The Government Publishing Office (GPO) processes all sales and distribution
of the CFR. For payment by credit card, call toll-free, 866-512-1800, or DC area,
202-512-1800, M-F 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. e.s.t. or fax your order to 202-512-2104, 24 hours
a day. For payment by check, write to: US Government Publishing Office – New
Orders, P.O. Box 979050, St. Louis, MO 63197-9000.
ELECTRONIC SERVICES
The full text of the Code of Federal Regulations, the LSA (List of CFR Sections
Affected), The United States Government Manual, the Federal Register, Public
Laws, Public Papers of the Presidents of the United States, Compilation of Presi-
dential Documents and the Privacy Act Compilation are available in electronic
format via www.govinfo.gov. For more information, contact the GPO Customer
Contact Center, U.S. Government Publishing Office. Phone 202-512-1800, or 866-
512-1800 (toll-free). E-mail, ContactCenter@gpo.gov.
The Office of the Federal Register also offers a free service on the National
Archives and Records Administration’s (NARA) website for public law numbers,
Federal Register finding aids, and related information. Connect to NARA’s
website at www.archives.gov/federal-register.
The eCFR is a regularly updated, unofficial editorial compilation of CFR mate-
rial and Federal Register amendments, produced by the Office of the Federal
Register and the Government Publishing Office. It is available at www.ecfr.gov.
OLIVER A. POTTS,
Director,
Office of the Federal Register
October 1, 2022.
vii
THIS TITLE
Title 46—SHIPPING is composed of nine volumes. The parts in these volumes

are arranged in the following order: Parts 1–40, 41–69, 70–89, 90–139, 140–155, 156–
165, 166–199, 200–499, and 500 to end. The first seven volumes containing parts 1–
199 comprise chapter I—Coast Guard, DHS. The eighth volume, containing parts
200— 499, includes chapter II—Maritime Administration, DOT and chapter III—
Coast Guard (Great Lakes Pilotage), DHS. The ninth volume, containing part
500 to end, includes chapter IV—Federal Maritime Commission. The contents of
these volumes represent all current regulations codified under this title of the
CFR as of October 1, 2022.
For this volume, Susannah C. Hurley was Chief Editor. The Code of Federal
Regulations publication program is under the direction of John Hyrum Martinez,
assisted by Stephen J. Frattini.
ix
Title 46—Shipping
(This book contains parts 41 to 69)
Part
CHAPTER I—Coast Guard, Department of Homeland Security

(Continued) ........................................................................ 42
CHAPTER I—COAST GUARD, DEPARTMENT OF
HOMELAND SECURITY (CONTINUED)
EDITORIAL NOTE: Nomenclature changes to chapter I appear at 69 FR 18803, Apr. 9, 2004.
SUBCHAPTER E—LOAD LINES
Part Page
41 [Reserved]
42 Domestic and foreign voyages by sea ...................... 5
43 [Reserved]
44 Special service limited domestic voyages ............... 65
45 Great Lakes load lines ............................................ 72
46 Subdivision load lines for passenger vessels ........... 92
47 Combination load lines ........................................... 98
SUBCHAPTER F—MARINE ENGINEERING
50 General provisions .................................................. 100

51 [Reserved]
52 Power boilers ........................................................... 109
53 Heating boilers ........................................................ 127
54 Pressure vessels ....................................................... 131
56 Piping systems and appurtenances ......................... 166
57 Welding and brazing ................................................ 243
58 Main and auxiliary machinery and related systems 256
59 Repairs to boilers, pressure vessels and appur-
tenances ............................................................... 284
60 [Reserved]
61 Periodic tests and inspections ................................. 290
62 Vital system automation ........................................ 300
63 Automatic auxiliary boilers .................................... 315
64 Marine portable tanks and cargo handling systems 322
SUBCHAPTER G—DOCUMENTATION AND MEASUREMENT OF VESSELS
66 [Reserved]
67 Documentation of vessels ........................................ 330
68 Documentation of vessels: Exceptions to coastwise
qualification ......................................................... 368

69 Measurement of vessels ........................................... 385
SUBCHAPTER E—LOAD LINES
PART 41 [RESERVED] 42.07–35 American Bureau of Shipping as an

assigning authority.
42.07–40 Recognized classification society as
PART 42—DOMESTIC AND an assigning authority.
FOREIGN VOYAGES BY SEA 42.07–43 Change in assigning authority.
42.07–45 Load line certificates.
Subpart 42.01—Authority and Purpose 42.07–50 Penalties for violations.
42.07–55 Cancellation of load line certifi-
Sec. cates or exemption certificates.
42.01–1 Authority for regulations. 42.07–60 Control.
42.01–5 OMB control numbers assigned pur-
42.07–75 Right of appeal.
suant to the Paperwork Reduction Act.
42.01–10 Purpose of regulations.
Subpart 42.09—Load Line Assignments and
Subpart 42.03—Application Surveys—General Requirements
42.03–5 U.S.-flag vessels subject to the re- 42.09–1 Assignment of load lines.
quirements of this subchapter. 42.09–5 All vessels—division into types.
42.03–10 Foreign vessels subject to this sub- 42.09–10 Stability, subdivision, and
chapter. strength.
42.03–15 The Great Lakes of North America. 42.09–15 Surveys by the American Bureau of
42.03–17 Special load line marks for vessels Shipping or assigning authority.
carrying timber deck cargo. 42.09–20 Surveys of foreign vessels.
42.03–20 Equivalents. 42.09–25 Initial or periodic survey require-
42.03–25 Experimental installations. ments for all vessels.
42.03–30 Exemptions for vessels. 42.09–30 Additional survey requirements for
42.03–35 U.S.-flag vessels and Canadian ves- steel-hull vessels.
sels navigating on sheltered waters of 42.09–35 Additional survey requirements for
Puget Sound and contiguous west coast wood-hull vessels.
waters of United States and Canada.
42.09–40 Annual surveys.
Subpart 42.05—Definition of Terms Used in 42.09–45 Correction of deficiencies.
42.09–50 Repairs or alterations to vessel
This Subchapter
after it has been surveyed.
42.05–1 Approved.
42.05–10 Assigning authority. Subpart 42.11—Applications for Load Line
42.05–20 Commandant. Assignments, Surveys, and Certificates
42.05–25 Coast Guard District Commander or
District Commander. 42.11–1 General.
42.05–27 Credential. 42.11–5 Applications for load line assign-
42.05–30 Existing vessel. ments, surveys, and certificates for U.S.-
42.05–40 Great Lakes. flag vessels.
42.05–45 International voyage. 42.11–10 Applications for load line assign-
42.05–47 Marine inspector or inspector. ments and certificates for vessels other
42.05–50 New vessel. than U.S.-flag vessels.
42.05–55 Officer in Charge, Marine Inspec- 42.11–15 Application for timber load lines.
tion. 42.11–20 Application for annual survey.
42.05–60 Recognized classification society.
42.05–63 Ship(s) and vessel(s). Subpart 42.13—General Rules for
42.05–65 Surveyor. Determining Load Lines
Subpart 42.07—Control, Enforcement, and 42.13–1 Assumptions.
Rights of Appeal 42.13–5 Strength of vessel.
42.13–10 Freeboards assigned vessels.
42.07–1 Load lines required.
42.13–15 Definitions of terms.
42.07–5 Marks placed on vessel to indicate
load lines. 42.13–20 Deck line.
42.07–10 Submergence of load line marks. 42.13–25 Load line mark.
42.07–15 Zones and seasonal areas. 42.13–30 Lines to be used with the load line
42.07–20 Logbook entries. mark.
42.07–25 Approval of the Commandant. 42.13–35 Mark of assigning authority.

42.07–30 Approval of the assigning author- 42.13–40 Details of marking.
ity. 42.13–45 Verification of marks.
§ 42.01–1 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
Subpart 42.15—Conditions of Assignment Subpart 42.25—Special Requirements for

of Freeboard Vessels Assigned Timber Freeboards
42.15–1 Information to be supplied to the 42.25–1 Application of this subpart.
master. 42.25–5 Definitions of terms used in this sub-
42.15–5 Superstructure end bulkheads. part.
42.15–10 Doors. 42.25–10 Construction of vessel.
42.15–15 Positions of hatchways, doorways 42.25–15 Stowage.
and ventilators. 42.25–20 Computation for freeboard.
42.15–20 Cargo and other hatchways.
42.15–25 Hatchways closed by portable cov- Subpart 42.30—Zones, Areas, and
ers and secured weathertight by tarpau- Seasonal Periods
lins and battening devices.
42.30–1 Basis.
42.15–30 Hatchways closed by weathertight
42.30–5 Northern Winter Seasonal Zones and
covers of steel or other equivalent mate-
area.
rial fitted with gaskets and clamping de-
42.30–10 Southern Winter Seasonal Zone.
vices.
42.30–15 Tropical Zone.
42.15–35 Machinery space openings.
42.30–20 Seasonal Tropical Areas.
42.15–40 Miscellaneous openings in freeboard
42.30–25 Summer Zones.
and superstructure decks.
42.30–30 Enclosed seas.
42.15–45 Ventilators. 42.30–35 The Winter North Atlantic Load
42.15–50 Air pipes. Line.
42.15–55 Cargo ports and other similar open-
ings. Subpart 42.50—Load Line Certificates—
42.15–60 Scuppers, inlets, and discharges. Model Forms
42.15–65 Side scuttles.
42.15–70 Freeing ports. 42.50–1 General.
42.15–75 Protection of the crew. 42.50–5 International load line certificates.
42.15–80 Special conditions of assignment 42.50–10 Load line certificates for non-
for Type ‘‘A’’ vessels. adherent foreign flag vessels.
42.50–15 Coastwise load line certificates for
Subpart 42.20—Freeboards U.S.-flag vessels.
AUTHORITY: 46 U.S.C. 5101–5116; Department
42.20–3 Freeboard assignment: Type ‘‘A’’
of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1;
vessels.
section 42.01–5 also issued under the author-
42.20–5 Freeboard assignment: Type ‘‘B’’
ity of 44 U.S.C. 3507.
vessels.
42.20–6 Flooding standard: Type ‘‘A’’ ves-
sels. Subpart 42.01—Authority and
42.20–7 Flooding standard: Type ‘‘B’’ vessel, Purpose
60 percent reduction.
42.20–8 Flooding standard: Type ‘‘B’’ vessel, § 42.01–1 Authority for regulations.
100 percent reduction.
42.20–9 Initial conditions of loading.
The statutory authority to prescribe
42.20–10 Free surface. rules and regulations requiring certain
42.20–11 Extent of damage. vessels to have and display load line
42.20–12 Conditions of equilibrium. marks indicating the maximum
42.20–13 Vessels without means of propul- amidship draft to which such vessels
sion. may be safely loaded and certification
42.20–15 Freeboard tables. thereof by the assigning authority is in
42.20–20 Correction to the freeboard for ves- 46 U.S.C. 5101–5116.
sels under 328 feet in length.
42.20–25 Correction for block coefficient. [CGD 80–120, 47 FR 5721, Feb. 8, 1982, as
amended by CGD 97–057, 62 FR 51043, Sept. 30,
42.20–30 Correction for depth.
1997]
42.20–35 Correction for position of deck line.
42.20–40 Standard height of superstructure. § 42.01–5 OMB control numbers as-
42.20–45 Length of superstructure. signed pursuant to the Paperwork
42.20–50 Effective length of superstructure. Reduction Act.
42.20–55 Trunks.
42.20–60 Deduction for superstructures and (a) Purpose. This section collects and
trunks. displays the control numbers assigned
42.20–65 Sheer. to information collection and record-

42.20–70 Minimum bow height. keeping requirements in this sub-
42.20–75 Minimum freeboards. chapter by the Office of Management
Coast Guard, DHS § 42.03–5
and Budget (OMB) pursuant to the Pa- ages) are subject to this part; except
perwork Reduction Act of 1980 (44 the following:
U.S.C. 3501 et seq.). The Coast Guard in- (i) Ships of war;
tends that this section comply with the (ii) New vessels of less than 79 feet in
requirements of 44 U.S.C. 3507(f) which length;
requires that agencies display a cur- (iii) Existing vessels of less than 150
rent control number assigned by the gross tons;
Director of the OMB for each approved (iv) Pleasure yachts not engaged in
agency information collection require- trade; and
ment. (v) Fishing vessels.
(b) Display. (2) As provided in Article 4(4) of the
1966 Convention, in order for existing
Current
46 CFR part or section where identified or de- OMB con- vessels to take advantage of any reduc-
scribed trol No. tion in freeboards from those pre-
Part 42 ................................................................. 1625–0013 viously assigned, the regulations in
Part 44 ................................................................. 1625–0013 subparts 42.13 to 42.25, inclusive, of this
Part 45 ................................................................. 1625–0013 part shall be fully complied with. Ex-
Part 46 ................................................................. 1625–0013
cept for due cause, such vessels shall
not be required to increase their
[49 FR 38120, Sept. 27, 1984, as amended by freeboards under the provisions of the
USCG–2004–18884, 69 FR 58345, Sept. 30, 2004] 1966 Convention.
(3) All U.S.-flag vessels authorized to
§ 42.01–10 Purpose of regulations.
engage in foreign or international voy-
(a) The load line marks when placed ages may also engage in domestic voy-
on a vessel shall indicate the maximum ages by sea and, as permitted by § 45.9
amidships draft to which such vessel of this part and part 47 of this sub-
can be lawfully submerged, in the var- chapter, in Great Lakes voyages with-
ious circumstances and seasons appli- out additional load line marks and/or
cable to such vessel. certificates. Where additional load line
(b) This subchapter sets forth the marks and certificates are provided to
uniform minimum requirements for specifically cover ‘‘Special Service,
load line marks on various categories Coastwise’’ or ‘‘Great Lakes’’ oper-
of vessels. It also sets forth require- ation, such vessels are subject to the
ments for surveys relating to the as- applicable provisions of parts 44 and 45
signment of load lines, the issuing of of this subchapter.
load line certificates by authorized (b) Vessels engaged in domestic voyages
issuing authorities, and the carriage of by sea. (1) All U.S.-flag vessels which
load line certificates aboard vessels. engage in domestic voyages by sea
(c) The rules and regulations in this (coastwise and intercoastal voyages)
subchapter also provide for the enforce- shall be subject to the applicable provi-
ment of load line requirements and sions of this part except the following:
control over vessels when it is believed (i) Merchant vessels of less than 150
such vessels may be in violation of ap- gross tons.
plicable load line requirements. (ii) Vessels which are mechanically
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10049, July 12, 1968, as propelled and numbered by a State or
amended by CGD 80–120, 47 FR 5721, Feb. 8, the Coast Guard under the Federal
1982] Boat Safety Act of 1971 (46 U.S.C. 1451
et seq.) and not required by other laws
Subpart 42.03—Application to be inspected or certified by the U.S.
Coast Guard. (This exception includes
§ 42.03–5 U.S.-flag vessels subject to all mechanically propelled vessels of
the requirements of this sub- less than 150 gross tons, and
chapter. uninspected motor propelled oceano-
(a) Vessels engaged in foreign voyages graphic vessels of less than 300 gross
or international voyages other than solely tons while operating pursuant to 46
Great Lakes voyages. (1) All U.S. flag U.S.C. 2113.
vessels which engage in foreign voy- (iii) Pleasure craft not used or en-
ages or international voyages by sea gaged in trade or commerce.
(other than solely in Great Lakes voy- (iv) Barges of less than 150 gross tons.
§ 42.03–10 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
(v) Vessels engaged exclusively in of the United States or its possessions

voyages on waters within the United from a foreign voyage by sea, in both
States or its possessions and which are cases the Great Lakes excepted, are
determined not to be ‘‘coastwise’’ or subject to 46 U.S.C. 5101–5116, and the
‘‘Great Lakes’’ voyages. regulations in this part applicable to
(vi) Ships of war. such service. All foreign merchant ves-
(vii) U.S. public vessels other than sels of 150 gross tons or over, loading at
those vessels of 150 gross tons or over or proceeding from any port or place
and engaged in commercial activities. within the United States on the Great
(2) In order for existing vessels to Lakes of North America, or arriving
take advantage of any reduction in within the jurisdiction of the United
freeboards from those previously as- States on the Great Lakes, are subject
signed, paragraph (a)(2) of this section to 46 U.S.C. 5101–5116 and the regula-
applies. tions in part 45 of this subchapter ap-
(c) Vessels engaged solely on Great plicable to such service.
Lakes voyages. A U.S. flag vessel 79 feet (b) Canadian vessels. All vessels of Ca-
and more and 150 gross tons or over nadian registry and holding valid cer-
that engages solely on Great Lakes tificates issued pursuant to Canadian
voyages is subject to the applicable laws and regulations are assumed to be
provisions of this part and part 45 of in compliance with the applicable pro-
this subchapter and must comply with visions of 46 U.S.C. 5101–5116, the Inter-
the regulations in force on the date the national Convention on Load Lines,
keel is laid or a similar progress in 1966, and the regulations in this sub-
construction is made. chapter.
(d) Special service coastwise voyage. A (c) Vessels of countries signatory to or
U.S. flag vessel 150 gross tons or over adhering to the 1966 Convention. The en-
that engages in a ‘‘special service forcement and control of load line re-
coastwise voyage’’ is subject to the ap-
quirements regarding vessels of coun-
plicable provisions of this part and part
tries signatory to or adhering to The
44 of this subchapter.
International Convention on Load
(e) Hopper dredges engaged in limited
Lines, 1966, (the 1966 Convention) are as
service domestic voyages. Self-propelled
described in § 42.07–60 in this part,
hopper dredges over 79 feet (24 meters)
which is in accord with provisions of
in length with working freeboards, on
Article 21 of the 1966 Convention. Such
limited service domestic voyages with-
vessels when holding currently valid
in 20 nautical miles (37 kilometers)
certificates issued pursuant to the 1966
from the mouth of a harbor of safe ref-
Convention, or recognized under such
uge, are subject to the provisions of
Convention, are assumed to be in com-
this subchapter that apply to a Type
pliance with the applicable provisions
‘‘B’’ vessel and to the provisions of sub-
part E of part 44 of this chapter. of such Convention. Such vessels are
deemed to be in compliance with the
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10049, July 12, 1968, as load line requirements found to be
amended by CGFR 68–126, 34 FR 9011, June 5, equally effective as those established
1969; CGD 73–49R, 38 FR 12289, May 10, 1973; in this part and therefore in compli-
CGD 80–120, 47 FR 5721, Feb. 8, 1982; CGD 86–
016, 51 FR 9962, Mar. 24, 1986; CGD 76–080, 54
ance with the applicable load line pro-
FR 36976, Sept. 6, 1989; CGD 97–057, 62 FR visions of 46 U.S.C. 5101–5116, as amend-
51043, Sept. 30, 1997] ed, and the regulations in this part as
authorized by such laws. Vessels en-
§ 42.03–10 Foreign vessels subject to gaged in navigation on the Great Lakes
this subchapter. are subject to application of seasonal
(a) General. All existing foreign mer- international marks as specified in
chant vessels of 150 gross tons or over, part 45 of this subchapter.
and new foreign vessels of 79 feet in (d) Vessels of countries not signatory to
length or more, loading at or pro- or adhering to the 1966 Convention. (1)
ceeding from any port or place within Vessels of countries not signatory to or
the jurisdiction of the United States or adhering to the 1966 Convention, when
its possessions for a foreign voyage by within the jurisdiction of the United
sea, or arriving within the jurisdiction States, shall be subject to 46 U.S.C.
5101–5116, and the regulations in this carried in a vessel, or that a particular

subchapter as authorized by such laws. provision shall be made or arrange-
(2) Vessels of countries signatory to ment shall be adopted, the assigning
or adhering only to International Load authority, with the prior approval of
Line Convention, London, 1930 (the 1930 the Commandant, may accept in sub-
Convention), and holding valid certifi- stitution therefor any other fitting,
cates issued under that Convention, are material, apparatus, or equipment or
subject to the applicable law described type thereof, or any other provision or
in paragraph (a) of this section and the arrangement: Provided, That it can be
regulations prescribed thereunder in demonstrated by trial thereof or other-
this subchapter. wise that the substitution is at least as
effective as that required by the regu-
[CGD 80–120, 47 FR 5722, Feb. 8, 1982, as
amended by CGD 97–057, 62 FR 51043, Sept. 30, lations in this subchapter.
1997; USCG–1998–4442, 63 FR 52190, Sept. 30, (b) In any case where it is shown to
1998] the satisfaction of the assigning au-
thority and the Commandant that the
§ 42.03–15 The Great Lakes of North use of any particular equipment, appa-
America. ratus, or arrangement not specifically
(a) The term ‘‘Great Lakes of North required by law is unreasonable or im-
America’’ means those waters of North practicable, appropriate alternatives
America which are defined in § 42.05–40, may be permitted under such condi-
and in the exception in Article 5(2)(a) tions as are consistent with the min-
of the 1966 Convention. imum standards set forth in this sub-
(b) The expressions in the regulations chapter.
in this part, such as ‘‘voyages by sea,’’ [CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10050, July 12, 1968]
‘‘proceed to sea,’’ ‘‘arrive from the high
seas,’’ etc., shall be construed as hav- § 42.03–25 Experimental installations.
ing no application to voyages on the (a) Complete information (including
Great Lakes or portions thereof unless plans, necessary instructions and limi-
specifically provided otherwise in part tations, if any) on proposed experi-
45 of this subchapter. mental installations affecting any fit-
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10050, July 12, 1968] ting, material, appliance, apparatus,
arrangement, or otherwise shall be sub-
§ 42.03–17 Special load line marks for mitted to the assigning authority for
vessels carrying timber deck cargo. evaluation. After acceptance by the as-
(a) Certain vessels having load line signing authority, the complete infor-
marks not related to carriage of timber mation of such installation shall be
deck cargo may be assigned timber forwarded to the Commandant for spe-
load lines if they are in compliance cific approval prior to installation.
with the applicable requirements gov- Complete information shall also be fur-
erning timber deck cargoes in this sub- nished for any associated installa-
chapter. The timber load lines apply tion(s) deemed necessary to prevent en-
and may be used only when the vessel dangering the vessel during the trial
is carrying timber deck cargo. period of proposed experimental instal-
(b) A new or existing vessel having lations.
timber load lines assigned to it, when (b) The use of approved experimental
carrying timber deck cargo, may be installations shall be permitted only
loaded to the vessel’s timber load line when in accordance with instructions
applicable to the voyage and season. and limitations as specifically pre-
scribed for such installations by the
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10050, July 12, 1968, as Commandant.
amended by CGD 80–120, 47 FR 5722, Feb. 8,
1982] [CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10050, July 12, 1968]
§ 42.03–20 Equivalents. § 42.03–30 Exemptions for vessels.

(a) Where in this subchapter it is pro- (a) For an individual vessel or cat-
vided that a particular fitting, mate- egory of vessels, upon the specific rec-
rial, appliance, apparatus, or equip- ommendation of the assigning author-
ment, or type thereof, shall be fitted or ity, the Commandant may authorize an
§ 42.03–30 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
exemption from one or more load line limited service domestic voyages by
requirements. Such recommendation sea. These vessels may be exempt from
and authorization will depend upon applicable hatch cover requirements of
provision of any additional features as § 42.15–25 of this part by showing they
deemed necessary by the authorities to meet the requirements in § 174.310 of
ensure the vessel’s safety in the serv- this chapter. When a Load Line Exemp-
ices and under the conditions specified tion Certificate is issued for this ex-
in paragraph (b) of this section. emption, it must have an endorsement
(b) Exemptions from specific load that only seawater is allowed in the
line requirements for vessels meeting vessel’s hoppers.
requirements of paragraph (a) of this (c) A vessel given one or more exemp-
section are authorized, subject to cer- tions from load line requirements
tain conditions, including type of voy-
under the provisions of paragraph (b)(1)
age engaged in, as follows:
of this section will be issued the appro-
(1) For vessels engaged on inter-
priate load line certificate, using Form
national voyages between the United
A1, A2, or A3. In each case the exemp-
States and near neighboring ports of
its possessions or of foreign countries. tions shall be specified on the load line
The exemptions may be permitted be- certificate together with the Conven-
cause the requirements are deemed to tion authority which authorizes such
be unreasonable or impracticable due exemptions.
to the sheltered nature of the waters (d) A vessel given one or more exemp-
on which the voyages occur or other tions under the provisions of paragraph
conditions. These exemptions shall be (b)(2) or (b)(3) of this section will be
valid only so long as such a vessel shall issued a Load Line Exemption Certifi-
remain engaged on specific designated cate, using Form E1. This certificate
voyages. If the voyage involves a for- shall be in lieu of a regular load line
eign country or countries, the United certificate, and the vessel shall be con-
States will require an exemption agree- sidered as in compliance with applica-
ment with such country or countries ble load line requirements.
prior to the issuance of the appropriate (e) The Commandant may exempt
load line certificate. from any of the requirements of this
(2) For vessels engaged on inter- part a vessel that engages on a domes-
national voyages which embody fea- tic voyage by sea or a voyage solely on
tures of a novel kind, and where non- the Great Lakes and embodies features
exemption may seriously impede re- of a novel kind, if the novel features
search, development, and incorporation and any additional safety measures re-
of novel features into vessels. If the quired are described on the face of the
voyage or voyages intended involve a issued certificate.
foreign country or countries, then the (f) A vessel that is not usually en-
United States will require an exemp- gaged on domestic voyages by sea or on
tion agreement with such country or voyages on the Great Lakes but that,
countries prior to the issuance of a in exceptional circumstances, is re-
Load Line Exemption Certificate. If quired to undertake a single such voy-
the Commandant grants an exemption age between two specific ports is—
pursuant to this paragraph (b)(2) to a
(1) Subject to 46 U.S.C. 5101–5116 and
U.S. flag vessel that operates on the
the applicable regulations of this sub-
Great Lakes of North America, he may
chapter; and
notify the Chairman of the Board of
Steamship Inspection of Canada of the (2) Issued a single voyage load line
nature of the exemption, but no special authorization by the Commandant that
exemption certificate is issued. states the conditions under which the
(3) For a vessel not normally engaged voyage may be made and any addi-
on international voyages but which is tional safety measures required for a
required to undertake a single inter- single voyage.
national voyage under exceptional cir- [CGFR 68–126, 34 FR 9011, June 5, 1969, as
cumstances. amended by CGD 73–49R, 38 FR 12289, May 10,

(4) For self-propelled hopper dredges 1973; CGD 76–080, 54 FR 36976, Sept. 6, 1989;
engaged on international voyages or on USCG–1998–4442, 63 FR 52190, Sept. 30, 1998]
10
§ 42.03–35 U.S.-flag vessels and Cana- scribed in paragraph (a) of this section
dian vessels navigating on shel- shall be in compliance with such 1960
tered waters of Puget Sound and Convention requirements and the regu-
contiguous west coast waters of lations in part 46 of this subchapter.
United States and Canada. The Coast Guard issues to such a vessel
(a) In a Treaty between the United a stability letter. The assigning au-
States and Canada proclaimed on Au- thority is authorized to issue to such a
gust 11, 1934, the respective Govern- passenger vessel an appropriate load
ments were satisfied of the sheltered line certificate, modified to meet the
nature of certain waters of the west conditions governing her service as-
coast of North America. It was agreed signment, and marking.
to exempt vessels of the United States
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10051, July 12, 1968, as
and Canadian vessels from load line re- amended by CGFR 68–126, 34 FR 9011, June 5,
quirements when such vessels engage 1969; USCG–1998–4442, 63 FR 52190, Sept. 30,
on international voyages originating 1998]
on, wholly confined to, and termi-
nating on such waters. In Article I of Subpart 42.05—Definition of Terms
this Treaty these waters are described
as follows: ‘‘* * * the waters of Puget Used in This Subchapter
Sound, the waters lying between Van- § 42.05–1 Approved.
couver Island and the mainland, and
east of a line from a point 1 nautical This term means approved by the
mile west of the city limits of Port An- Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, unless
geles in the State of Washington to otherwise stated.
Race Rocks on Vancouver Island, and [CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10051, July 12, 1968]
of a line from Hope Island, British Co-
lumbia, to Cape Calvert, Calvert Is- § 42.05–10 Assigning authority.
land, British Columbia, the waters east
This term means the ‘‘American Bu-
of a line from Cape Calvert to Duke
reau of Shipping’’ or such other recog-
Point on Duke Island, and the waters
nized classification society which the
north of Duke Island and east of Prince
Commandant may approve as the load
of Wales Island, Baranof Island, and
line assigning and issuing authority for
Chicagof Island, the waters of Peril,
a vessel, as provided in sections 3 of the
Neva, and Olga Straits to Sitka, and
load line acts.
the waters east of a line from Port
Althorp of Chicagof Island to Cape [CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10051, July 12, 1968]
Spencer, Alaska, are sheltered waters *
* *.’’ § 42.05–20 Commandant.
(b) U.S.-flag vessels and Canadian This term means the Commandant
vessels navigating on the treaty waters (CG–ENG), Attn: Office of Design and
on a voyage as described in paragraph Engineering Systems, U.S. Coast Guard
(a) of this section are by virtue of this Stop 7509, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr.
Treaty of August 11, 1934, not subject Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20593–7509.
to load line requirements in 46 U.S.C.
5101–5116, the 1966 Convention, and the [CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10051, July 12, 1968, as
regulations in this subchapter. Vessels amended by CGD 88–070, 53 FR 34534, Sept. 7,
1988; USCG–2013–0671, 78 FR 60147, Sept. 30,
navigating these sheltered waters and 2013]
passing outside their boundary on any
voyage cannot claim the benefits of § 42.05–25 Coast Guard District Com-
this Treaty and shall be in compliance mander or District Commander.
with the applicable load line require-
These terms mean an officer of the
ments in 46 U.S.C. 5101–5116, the 1966
Coast Guard designated as such by the
Convention, and the regulations in this
Commandant to command all Coast
subchapter.
Guard activities within his district.
(c) Since subdivision requirements
This includes enforcement of load line
apply to all passenger vessels subject
requirements as described in this sub-
to the 1960 International Convention on

chapter.
Safety of Life at Sea, those passenger
vessels navigating on the waters de- [CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10051, July 12, 1968]
11
§ 42.05–27 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
§ 42.05–27 Credential. Lawrence River west of a rhumb line

As used in this subchapter, credential drawn from Cap de Rosiers to West
means any or all of the following: Point, Anticosti Island, and west of a
(a) Merchant mariner’s document. line along 63° W. longitude from Anti-
(b) Merchant mariner’s license. costi Island to the north shore of the
(c) STCW endorsement. St. Lawrence River shall be considered
(d) Certificate of registry. as a part of the Great Lakes. In addi-
(e) Merchant mariner credential. tion, the Victoria Bridge, Montreal,
Canada, is the dividing line between
[USCG–2006–24371, 74 FR 11265, Mar. 16, 2009] fresh water and salt water in the St.
Lawrence River.
§ 42.05–30 Existing vessel.
(a) As used in this part 42, for a vessel [CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10051, July 12, 1968, as
amended by CGD 73–49R, 38 FR 12290, May 10,
engaged on international voyages or on
1973]
domestic voyages by sea, the term ex-
isting vessel means a vessel which is not § 42.05–45 International voyage.
a new vessel. With few exceptions an
existing vessel is a vessel the keel of (a) The term international voyage as
which was laid, or which was at a simi- used in this part shall have the same
lar stage of construction, prior to July meaning as the term international voy-
21, 1968. (See § 42.05–50 for the definition age in Article 2(4) of the 1966 Conven-
of a new vessel.) tion. Except for vessels operating sole-
(b)–(c) [Reserved] ly on the waters indicated in Article
(d) As used in part 44 of this sub- 5(2) of the 1966 Convention, an inter-
chapter, for a vessel marked with load national voyage means a sea voyage
lines for special service on a coastwise from any country to a port outside
or interisland voyage, the term existing such country, or conversely. For this
vessel means one whose keel was laid purpose, every territory for the inter-
prior to September 28, 1937. (See § 44.01– national relations of which any specific
20 of this subchapter.) Contracting Government is responsible
(e) As used in part 45 of this sub- or for which the United Nations are the
chapter, existing vessel in all regula- administering authority is regarded as
tions pertaining to a vessel engaged a separate country.
solely on Great Lakes voyages before (b) The 1966 Convention does not
April 14, 1973, means a vessel whose apply to vessels solely navigating the
keel was laid before August 27, 1936. Great Lakes. Accordingly, such vessels
The regulations pertaining to these shall not be considered as being on an
vessels that are in effect after April 14, international voyage for the purpose of
1973, do not use the term existing vessel. this subchapter.
(f) As used in part 46 of this sub- (c) For the purpose of administration
chapter, for a passenger vessel marked of load line requirements in this sub-
with subdivision load lines, the term chapter, the Commonwealth of Puerto
existing vessel means a vessel whose Rico, the Territory of Guam, the Vir-
keel was laid or was converted to such gin Islands, and all possessions and
service prior to May 26, 1965. (See lands held by the United States under
§ 46.05–30 of this subchapter.) a protectorate or mandate shall each
be considered to be a territory of the
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10051, July 12, 1968, as United States.
amended by CGD 73–49R, 38 FR 12290, May 10,
1973; CGD 80–120, 47 FR 5722, Feb. 8, 1982] [CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10051, July 12, 1968]
§ 42.05–40 Great Lakes. § 42.05–47 Marine inspector or inspec-

(a) This term means the Great Lakes tor.
of North America. These terms mean any person from
(b) As used in this part, the term sole- the civilian or military branch of the
ly navigating the Great Lakes includes Coast Guard assigned under the super-
any special service coastwise naviga- intendence and direction of an Officer
tion performed by the vessel. in Charge, Marine Inspection, or any

(c) In concurrence with related Cana- other person as may be designated for
dian regulations, the waters of the St. the performance of duties with respect
12
to the inspection, enforcement, and ad- mandant and who, under the super-
ministration of title 52, Revised Stat- intendence and direction of the Coast
utes, and acts amendatory thereof or Guard District Commander, is in
supplemental thereto, and rules and charge of a marine inspection zone, and
regulations thereunder. may supervise or perform the duties of
a marine inspector.
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10051, July 12, 1968]
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10052, July 12, 1968]
§ 42.05–50 New vessel.
§ 42.05–60 Recognized classification so-
(a) As used in this part 42, for a vessel ciety.
engaged on international voyages or on
domestic voyages by sea, the term new The term recognized classification soci-
vessel means a vessel, the keel of which ety means the American Bureau of
is laid, or which is at a similar stage of Shipping or other classification society
construction, on or after July 21, 1968. recognized by the Commandant, as pro-
(See § 42.05–30 for definition of an exist- vided in 46 U.S.C. 5107, and who also
ing vessel.) may be approved as a load line assign-
(1) This definition applies to all ves- ing and issuing authority.
sels of countries signatory to or acced- [CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10052, July 12, 1968, as
ing to the 1966 Convention prior to amended by USCG–1998–4442, 63 FR 52190,
April 21, 1968, and to vessels of coun- Sept. 30, 1998]
tries not adhering to an applicable
Convention as indicated in Article 16(4) § 42.05–63 Ship(s) and vessel(s).
of the 1966 Convention. The terms ship(s) and vessel(s) are
(2) For countries which accede to the interchangeable or synonymous words,
1966 Convention after April 21, 1968, a and include every description of
new vessel (foreign) shall be one whose watercraft, other than a seaplane on
keel is constructively laid 3 months or the water, used or capable of being
more after such date. used as a means of transportation on
(b)–(c) [Reserved] water.
(d) As used in part 44 of this sub- [CGFR 68–126, 34 FR 9011, June 5, 1969]
chapter, for a vessel marked with load
lines for special service on a coastwise § 42.05–65 Surveyor.
or interisland voyage, the term new The term surveyor means any person
vessel means one whose keel is laid on designated by the American Bureau of
or after September 28, 1937. (See § 44.01– Shipping or other classification society
20 of this subchapter.) recognized by the Commandant as the
(e) As used in part 45 of this sub- person who actually examines the ves-
chapter, for a vessel engaged solely on sel and/or materials associated with
Great Lakes voyages, the term new ves- such examination, and who ascertains
sel means one whose keel is laid on or such vessel complies with applicable
after August 27, 1936. (See § 45.01–10 of load line requirements.
this subchapter.)
(f) As used in part 46 of this sub- [CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10052, July 12, 1968]
chapter, for a passenger vessel marked
with subdivision load lines, the term Subpart 42.07—Control, Enforce-
new vessel means a vessel whose keel is ment, and Rights of Appeal
laid or is converted to such service on
or after May 26, 1965. (See § 46.05–25 of § 42.07–1 Load lines required.
this subchapter.) (a) The vessels listed in §§ 42.03–5 and
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10051, July 12, 1968, as 42.03–10 as subject to the applicable re-
amended by CGD 80–120, 47 FR 5722, Feb. 8, quirements in this subchapter shall
1982] have load lines accurately marked
amidships, port and starboard, as pro-
§ 42.05–55 Officer in Charge, Marine vided in this part 42 or the 1966 Conven-
Inspection. tion, unless otherwise stated. Those
This term means any person from the vessels issued load line exemption cer-
civilian or military branch of the Coast tificates may not be required to have
Guard designated as such by the Com- load line marks (see § 42.03–30).
13
§ 42.07–5 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
(b) For vessels marked with inter- § 42.07–5 Marks placed on vessel to in-
national load lines and navigating the dicate load lines.
Great Lakes, such vessels are also sub- (a) Load line marks to indicate the
ject to requirements in part 45 of this maximum amidship’s draft to which a
subchapter while on the Great Lakes. vessel can be lawfully submerged, in
See § 45.9 of this subchapter for load the various circumstances and seasons,
line marks used by such vessels. shall be permanently marked on each
(c) For Great Lakes vessels operating side of the vessel in the form, manner,
solely on Great Lakes voyages, the re- and location as required by this sub-
quirements for the applicable load line chapter.
marks are in part 45 of this subchapter. (b) The load line marks placed on a
Great Lakes vessels when making vessel shall be attested to by a valid
other international or unlimited coast- load line certificate as required by
wise voyages shall comply with the ap- § 42.07–45(b). The issuing authority shall
plicable requirements in parts 42, 44, not deliver any required load line cer-
and 45 of this subchapter. tificate to the vessel until after its sur-
(d) For coastwise steam colliers, veyor has ascertained that the vessel
barges, and self-propelled barges in spe- meets the applicable survey require-
cial services, the requirements for the ments and the correct placement of the
applicable load line marks are in part marks on the vessel’s sides has been
44 of this subchapter. These require- confirmed.
ments also include certain regulations (c) The requirements for load line
governing such vessels when they addi- marks apply to all new and existing
tionally engage in Great Lakes voy- vessels as specified in §§ 42.03–5 and
ages, international voyages or unlim- 42.03–10, except when a vessel has been
ited coastwise voyages. Load line reissued a load line exemption certificate
quirements in this part 42 also apply to in lieu of a load line certificate.
such vessels when engaged on inter- [CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10052, July 12, 1968, as
national or unlimited coastwise voy- amended by CGFR 68–126, 34 FR 9012, June 5,
ages. 1969]
(e) Existing U.S.-flag vessels, as de-
fined in § 42.05–30(a) of this chapter, en- § 42.07–10 Submergence of load line
marks.
gaged in international or coastwise
voyages, may retain the load line as- (a) Except as provided otherwise in
signed under previous regulations, pro- this section, vessels of the types de-
vided: scribed in paragraphs (a)(1) through
(1) The vessel has not been assigned a (a)(3) of this section shall not be so
reduced freeboard under the regula- loaded as to submerge at any time
tions in this part 42, and when departing for a voyage by sea, or
(2) The form of the load line certifi- on the Great Lakes, or during the voy-
cate issued to and carried on board the age, or on arrival, the applicable load
vessel conforms to the requirements of lines marked on the sides of the vessel
subpart 42.50 of this part or § 44.05–35 or for the season of the year and the zone
§ 46.10–30 of this chapter. or area in which the vessel may be op-
erating.
(f) This part applies to foreign vessels
(1) Merchant vessels of 150 gross tons
of countries—
or over, as described in § 42.03–5 or
(1) Signatory to or adhering to the § 42.03–10, and on voyages subject to 46
1966 Convention; U.S.C. 5101–5116.
(2) Adhering to the 1930 Convention (2) All new vessels of 79 feet or over
and not acceding to the 1966 Conven- in length on voyages subject to the 1966
tion, or; Convention.
(3) Not adhering to either the 1930 (3) All vessels of 150 gross tons or
Convention or the 1966 Convention but over, other than merchant vessels cov-
subject to the load line acts. ered by paragraph (a)(1) of this section,
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10052, July 12, 1968, as on voyages subject to the 1966 Conven-
amended by CGFR 68–126, 34 FR 9011, June 5, tion.

1969; CGD 73–49R, 38 FR 12290, May 10, 1973; (b) When loading a vessel in a favor-
CGD 80–120, 47 FR 5722, Feb. 8, 1982] able zone for a voyage on which the
14
vessel will enter a less favorable zone, logbook, the data required by section 6
such allowances must be made that the of the load line acts. These logbooks
vessel when crossing into the less fa- entries shall be made before a vessel
vorable zone, will conform to the regu- departs from her loading port or place
lations and freeboard for the less favor- and consist of:
able zone. (1) A statement of the load line
(c) When a vessel is in fresh water of marks applicable to the voyage; and,
unit density, the appropriate load line
(2) A statement of the position of the
may be submerged by the amount of
load line marks, port and starboard, at
the fresh water allowance shown on the
applicable load line certificate. Where the time of departing from a port or
the density is other than unity, an al- place; i.e., the distance in inches of the
lowance shall be made proportional to water surface above or below the appli-
the difference between 1.025 and the ac- cable load line; and,
tual density. This paragraph does not (3) The actual drafts of the vessel,
apply to vessels when navigating the forward and aft, as nearly as the same
Great Lakes. can be ascertained, at the time of de-
(d) When a vessel departs from a port parting from a port or place.
situated on a river or inland waters, (c) Where the master uses his own
deeper loading shall be permitted cor- log, it shall be kept by the master or
responding to the weight of fuel and all owner for 1 year after the actions noted
other materials required for consump- therein have been completed and upon
tion between the port of departure and request shall be furnished to any load
the sea. This paragraph does not apply line enforcement officer.
to vessels when navigating the Great
Lakes. [CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10053, July 12, 1968]
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10052, July 12, 1968, as
§ 42.07–25 Approval of the Com-
amended by CGFR 68–126, 34 FR 9012, June 5,
1969; USCG–1998–4442, 63 FR 52190, Sept. 30,
mandant.
1998] (a) Where the requirements in this
subchapter state that the approval of
§ 42.07–15 Zones and seasonal areas.
the Commandant is necessary, the
(a) A vessel subject to 46 U.S.C. 5101– owner or his agent shall furnish all in-
5116 or the 1966 Convention shall com- formation necessary, including back-
ply, as applicable, with the require- ground material, and/or final plans,
ments regarding the zones and seasonal calculations, and conclusions reached,
areas described in subpart 42.30.
as will enable the Commandant to ob-
(b) A port located on the boundary
tain a comprehensive understanding of
line between two zones or areas shall
be regarded as within the zone or sea- and reach a decision relative to the
sonal area from or into which the ves- question or problem at issue prior to
sel arrives or departs. proceeding with the work. All informa-
tion, plans and calculations submitted
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10053, July 12, 1968, as will remain with the Commandant as a
amended by USCG–1998–4442, 63 FR 52190,
Sept. 30, 1998]
part of the record on the vessel.
(b) If the owner or his agent desires
§ 42.07–20 Logbook entries. to have information, plans, and cal-
(a) As described in § 3.13–35 of Sub- culations returned with Commandant’s
chapter A (Procedures Applicable to actions noted thereon, or if distribu-
the Public) of this chapter, official tion of such information is necessary
logbooks (Form CG–706–C), are fur- or required by regulations in this sub-
nished free to certain vessels, and after chapter to owners, masters of vessels,
they have served their purpose they are etc., then the owner or his agent shall
filed with the applicable Officer in furnish multiple copies of the informa-
Charge, Marine Inspection. tion as required.
(b) The master shall be responsible
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10053, July 12, 1968]
for having entered in the vessel’s ‘‘offi-

cial logbook’’ if carried, otherwise in
his own log considered as its official
15
§ 42.07–30 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
§ 42.07–30 Approval of the assigning tions, and/or exemptions, if any. The

authority. International Load Line Exemption
(a) Where the requirements in this Certificate when issued to a vessel
subchapter state the approval of an as- shall certify as to the compliance with
signing authority is required, the the information applicable to the ves-
owner or his agent shall furnish the re- sel.
quired information, including plans, (c) The designation and delegation to
etc., as required by and which will en- the American Bureau of Shipping as an
able the assigning authority to obtain assigning and issuing authority shall
a comprehensive understanding of the be in effect indefinitely unless for due
matter and to reach pertinent deci- cause it shall be terminated by proper
sions prior to proceeding with the authority and notice of cancellation is
work. When requested the assigning published in the FEDERAL REGISTER.
authority shall furnish the Coast (d) The American Bureau of Shipping
Guard all information, etc., on any is authorized to revalidate from time
question at issue and decisions to time by endorsement a load line cer-
reached. tificate or an International Load Line
(b) All information required under Exemption Certificate.
this subchapter by an assigning au-
(e) Before revalidating any certifi-
thority with respect to a specific vessel
cate by endorsement, the American Bu-
shall be retained until 5 years after ter-
mination of certification by such au- reau of Shipping shall verify that the
thority. required load line marks assigned are
marked on the vessel and the vessel is
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10053, July 12, 1968] in compliance with authorized condi-
tions, restrictions, and/or exemptions,
§ 42.07–35 American Bureau of Ship-
ping as an assigning authority. if any.
(f) The American Bureau of Shipping
(a) The American Bureau of Ship- shall issue all load line certificates in
ping, with its home office at ABS
duplicate; one copy shall be delivered
Plaza, 16855 Northchase Drive, Hous-
to the owner or master of the vessel,
ton, TX 77060, is hereby appointed as
and one copy (together with a sum-
the prime assigning and issuing au-
thority under the provisions of Articles mary of data used to determine the as-
13 and 16(3) of the 1966 Convention and signed load lines) shall be forwarded to
as directed by 46 U.S.C. 5107. In this ca- the Commandant.
pacity the American Bureau of Ship- (g) The American Bureau of Shipping
ping is empowered to assign load lines, shall prepare a load line survey report
to perform surveys required for load on each new vessel or existing vessel
line assignments, and to determine when brought into complete compli-
that the position of and the manner of ance with this part prior to issuing the
marking vessels has been done in ac- required load line certificate described
cordance with applicable requirements. in subpart 42.50 of this part. At the
(b) On behalf of the United States of time the certificate is delivered, one
America, the American Bureau of Ship- copy of this report shall be delivered to
ping is authorized to issue or reissue, the master of the vessel, and one copy
under its own seal and signature of its shall be forwarded to the Commandant.
officials, the appropriate load line cer- When a load line survey report is su-
tificates or International Load Line perseded or revised, one copy shall be
Exemption Certificate as described in delivered to the master of the vessel,
subpart 42.50 of this part or in parts 44 and one copy shall be forwarded to the
to 46, inclusive, of this subchapter. Ex- Commandant.
cept for the International Load Line
(h) The load line survey report or sta-
Exemption Certificate, the required
bility information furnished to a spe-
load line certificate issued to a specific
vessel shall certify to the correctness cific vessel shall include a statement of
of the load line marks assigned and

marked on the vessel and compliance
with authorized conditions, restric-
16
the locations of all watertight subdivi- marks assigned to the vessel and that
sion bulkheads, including steps or re- the vessel is in compliance with appli-
cesses therein, which may be involved cable requirements. A certificate
in the vessel’s load line assignment. issued under this subchapter also shall
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10053, July 12, 1968, as
describe the applicable load line
amended by CGFR 68–126, 34 FR 9012, June 5, marks, conditions, restrictions, and/or
1969; CGD 80–143, 47 FR 25149, June 10, 1982; exemptions, if any, the vessel shall ob-
CGD 96–041, 61 FR 50727, Sept. 27, 1996; USCG– serve, according to the season of the
1998–4442, 63 FR 52190, Sept. 30, 1998; USCG– year and the zone or area in which the
2000–7790, 65 FR 58459, Sept. 29, 2000] vessel may operate. The load line ex-
emption certificate issued under § 42.03–
§ 42.07–40 Recognized classification so-
ciety as an assigning authority. 30 shall certify the special conditions
the vessel shall observe.
(a) On behalf of the United States of (c) A load line assignment and cer-
America, under the provisions of Arti- tificate issued to any vessel under the
cles 13 and 16(3) and as provided in 46 authority of the regulations in this
U.S.C. 5107, the Commandant, at the subchapter (or under the authority of
request of a shipowner, may appoint any Government adhering to the 1966
any other recognized classification so- Convention, under the provisions of Ar-
ciety, which he may approve, as the as- ticle 19(5) of the 1966 Convention) shall
signing and issuing authority who shall cease to be valid upon the transfer of
perform the same functions and duties such vessel to the flag of another Gov-
as indicated in § 42.07–35 for the Amer- ernment.
ican Bureau of Shipping. (d) Each loadline certificate is issued
(b) The appointment of a recognized for the following length of time:
classification society as the assigning (1) An international and coastwise
and issuing authority will be limited to certificate is issued for 5 years and
vessels specifically designated by the may be extended by the Commandant
Commandant.
up to 150 days from the date of the—
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10053, July 12, 1968, as (i) Survey that is endorsed on the
amended by USCG–1998–4442, 63 FR 52190, certificate by the surveyor authorized
Sept. 30, 1998] by the Coast Guard; or
(ii) Last day of the 5-year period.
§ 42.07–43 Change in assigning author-
ity. (2) A Great Lakes certificate is issued
for 5 years and may be extended by the
(a) If the owner desires a change in Commander, Ninth Coast Guard Dis-
assigning and issuing authority for a trict, up to 365 days from date of the—
vessel, a special request shall be made (i) Survey that is endorsed on the
in writing to the Commandant at least certificate by the surveyor authorized
90 days prior to the expiration date of by the Coast Guard; or
the present certificate or the annual (ii) Last day of the 5-year period.
endorsement thereon. (e) The form of certificate certifying
(b) A change in the assigning author- to the correctness of the load line
ity does not presume any change in as- marks, assigned under the regulations
signed load lines. in this part, may be in the form of tem-
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10053, July 12, 1968] porary or provisional certificate,
signed by the authorized surveyor
§ 42.07–45 Load line certificates. pending early issuance of appropriate
(a) The load line certificates for certificate as shown in subpart 42.50 of
which the Government of the United this part as follows:
States of America assumes full respon- (1) International Load Line Certifi-
sibility may be issued by the Com- cate, 1966, issued to U.S. vessels en-
mandant, the American Bureau of gaged in foreign voyages, or engaged in
Shipping, or a recognized classification coastwise or intercoastal voyages (pro-
society when appointed as an author- vided such vessels qualify to engage in
ized assigning and issuing authority for foreign voyages without restriction), as
specifically designated vessels. follows:

(b) The load line certificate shall cer- (i) Form A1, For general use.
tify to the correctness of the load line (ii) Form A2, For sailing vessels.
17
§ 42.07–50 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
(iii) Form A3, For general use, com- coastwise or intercoastal voyages by
bined with timber deck cargo. sea, this certificate shall be considered
(2) Certificate issued to foreign ves- equivalent to a valid coastwise load
sels belonging to countries that have line certificate. In such case the vessel
not ratified or acceded to the 1966 Con- shall be deemed in full compliance with
vention as follows: 46 U.S.C. 5101–5116 and the regulations
(i) Form B, For general use. in this part promulgated thereunder.
(3) Coastwise load line certificate
(other than for special service as pro- [CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10054, July 12, 1968, as
vided for by part 44 of this subchapter) amended by CGFR 68–126, 34 FR 9012, June 5,
1969; CGD 73–49R, 38 FR 12290, May 10, 1973;
issued to U.S. vessels engaged solely in
CGD 74–153, 39 FR 25324, July 10, 1974; CGD
coastwise and/or intercoastal voyages 80–120, 47 FR 5722, Feb. 8, 1982; CGD 96–006, 61
(which may be subject to restrictions FR 35964, July 9, 1996; USCG–1998–4442, 63 FR
as to manning, routes, seasons, waters 52190, Sept. 30, 1998]
of operations, etc., as shown on the
face of the certificate), as follows: § 42.07–50 Penalties for violations.
(i) Form C1, For general use.
(a) The penalties for violation of var-
(ii) Form C2, For sailing ships.
(iii) Form C3, For general use, com- ious provisions of the load line acts or
bined with timber deck cargo. the regulations established thereunder
(f) The form of certificate certifying are set forth in 46 U.S.C. 5116. The Sec-
to the correctness of exemptions grant- retary of Transportation by 49 CFR
ed under the regulations in this part 1.46(b) has transferred to the Com-
shall be as shown in subpart 42.50 of mandant authority to assess, collect,
this part as follows: remit or litigate any monetary penalty
(1) International load line exemption imposed under these laws.
certificate issued under special condi- (b) The master and/or owner of a ves-
tions to U.S.-flag vessels engaged in sel that is operated, navigated, or used
foreign voyages, as follows: in violation of the provisions of the
(i) Form E1, For general inter- load line acts, or the regulations in
national use. this subchapter will be subject to the
(ii) Where this certificate is intended penalties as set forth in law, and the
to expire after a single voyage, this in- vessel shall also be liable therefor. De-
formation shall be noted on the face of pending upon the gravity of the viola-
the certificate. tions, the Coast Guard may do any one
(2) International load line certificate or more of the following:
Form A1, A2, or A3 issued under special (1) Detain a vessel if deemed to be
conditions to U.S.-flag vessels on inter- overloaded in violation of title 46
national voyages between the United U.S.C. 5112, in accordance with 46
States and near neighboring ports of U.S.C. 5113 and have the vessel sur-
its possessions or of foreign countries. veyed by three disinterested surveyors.
Exemptions, if any, shall be specified (2) Assess and collect applicable mon-
on the certificate.
etary penalties for certain violations
(g) The issuing authority shall pro-
as provided in 46 U.S.C. 5112 and 5116.
vide the printed forms it may use
under the regulations in this sub- (3) Initiate a criminal prosecution for
chapter. These forms shall be approved certain violations when required by 46
by the Commandant before final print- U.S.C. 5112 or 5116.
ing. The international load line certifi- (4) Initiate an action of libel against
cate and exemption certificate forms the vessel involved if there is a failure
shall exactly reproduce the arrange- to pay monetary penalties assessed.
ment of the printed part of the model (5) Initiate a suspension or revoca-
Forms A1, A2, A3, and E1 indicated in tion proceeding, in addition to the fore-
subpart 42.50 of this part for all official going actions described in this para-
copies and any certified copies issued. graph against any officer or seaman
(h) Where a vessel qualifies for and is holding a valid Coast Guard credential
issued a Form E1 International Load and who may violate any provision of
Line Exemption Certificate for foreign the load line acts, the 1966 Convention,
voyages but is also or solely engaged in or the regulations in this subchapter,
18
under the provisions of 46 U.S.C. chap- (4) The structural strength of the
ter 77, and the regulations in 46 CFR vessel is lowered to such an extent that
part 5. the vessel is unsafe.
(c) In determining offenses, 46 U.S.C. (5) The load line certificate or Inter-
5116 provides that ‘Each day of a con- national Load Line Exemption Certifi-
tinuing violation is a separate viola- cate is not endorsed to show the vessel
tion’ and has been surveyed annually or periodi-
(d) The procedures governing the as- cally by the issuing authority as re-
quired by this part or the 1966 Conven-
sessment, collection, remission and
tion.
litigation of any monetary penalty pro-
(6) Issuance of a new load line certifi-
posed under 46 U.S.C. 5116 for a viola- cate for the same vessel.
tion of either load line law or the appli- (7) Surrender of a certificate for can-
cable regulations in this subchapter, as cellation when required.
well as the appeal procedures to be al- (8) The owner, master, or agent of the
lowed, are in 33 CFR subpart 1.07. vessel has furnished false or fraudulent
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10054, July 12, 1968, as information in or with the application
amended by CGFR 68–126, 34 FR 9012, June 5, for a certificate.
1969; CGD 80–120, 47 FR 5722, Feb. 8, 1982; CGD [CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10054, July 12, 1968, as
97–057, 62 FR 51043, Sept. 30, 1997; USCG–2006– amended by CGFR 68–126, 34 FR 9012, June 5,
24371, 74 FR 11265, Mar. 16, 2009] 1969]
§ 42.07–55 Cancellation of load line § 42.07–60 Control.

certificates or exemption certifi-
(a) The Director, Field Operations
cates.
(DFO) or the Coast Guard District
(a) Since vessels described in § 42.03–5 Commander may detain a vessel for
or § 42.03–10 when found qualified are survey if there is reason to believe that
issued appropriate load line certifi- the vessel is proceeding on her journey
cates or load line exemption certifi- in excess of the draft allowed by the
cates, under U.S. responsibility as indi- regulations in this subchapter as indi-
cated in § 42.07–45 such certificates may cated by the vessel’s load line certifi-
be canceled by proper U.S. authority cate, or otherwise. The Coast Guard
for due cause, including one or more of District Commander may detain a ves-
the causes listed in paragraph (b) of sel if it is so loaded as to be manifestly
this section. Such action may occur unsafe to proceed to sea.
prior to the expiration date on the cer- (b) If the Director, Field Operations
tificate and normal certificate sur- (DFO) orders a vessel detained, he shall
render. The cancellation of such cer- immediately inform the Coast Guard
tificate means that the correctness of District Commander thereof, who shall
load line marks and compliance with thereupon advise the Director, Field
conditions of assignment for the named Operations (DFO) whether or not he
vessel no longer are recognized by the deems that the vessel may proceed to
United States and that the existing as- sea with safety. If the Coast Guard Dis-
signed load line marks are voided. trict Commander orders a vessel de-
tained, such officer will furnish the Di-
(b) Certain causes for automatic can-
rector, Field Operations (DFO) imme-
cellation of certificates are:
diate notification of such detention.
(1) The conditions of assignment have The clearance shall be refused to any
not been maintained as required by vessel which shall have been ordered
this subchapter. detained, which shall be in effect until
(2) Material alterations have taken it is shown that the vessel is not in vio-
place in the hull or superstructure of lation of the applicable law and the
the vessel, which will necessitate the regulations in this subchapter.
assignment of an increased freeboard. (1) Where a vessel is detained for non-
(3) The fittings and appliances have compliance with ‘‘material alteration’’
not been maintained in an effective and ‘‘effective maintenance’’ require-
condition for the protection of open- ments of paragraph (f)(1) of this sec-
ings, guardrails, freeing ports, and tion, the detention shall only be exer-
means of access to crew’s quarters. cised insofar as may be necessary to
19
§ 42.07–75 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
ensure that the vessel can proceed to nizes the load lines established by this
sea without danger to passengers or subchapter for the purpose of a voyage
crew. by sea subject to the proviso in para-
(c) The detention of a vessel will be graph (f)(1) of this section or the alter-
by written order of either the Coast native proviso in paragraph (f)(2) of
Guard District Commander or the Di- this section.
rector, Field Operations (DFO), depend- (1) If the foreign vessel is marked
ing on who orders the detention. The with load lines and has on board a valid
Coast Guard District Commander will International or Great Lakes Load
immediately arrange for a survey in Line Certificate certifying to the cor-
the manner prescribed by 46 U.S.C.
rectness of the marks, the control pro-
5113. Unless the owner or agent waives
visions in this part which are in accord
in writing and stipulates to accept the
Coast Guard’s survey, the Coast Guard with Article 21 of the 1966 Convention
District Commander shall appoint shall be observed. In this connection,
three disinterested surveyors and, the vessel shall not be loaded beyond
where practicable, one of them shall be the limits allowed by the certificate.
from the Surveying Staff of the Amer- The position of the load lines on the
ican Bureau of Shipping. Such sur- vessel shall correspond with the certifi-
veyors shall conduct a survey to ascer- cate. The vessel shall not have been so
tain whether or not the vessel is loaded materially altered as to make the ves-
in violation of the applicable provi- sel manifestly unfit to proceed to sea
sions in the load line acts, and the reg- without danger to human life, in re-
ulations in this subchapter. If the sur- gard to:
vey confirms the allegation that the (i) The hull or superstructure (if ne-
vessel is in violation of either law or cessitating assignment of an increased
the applicable regulations in this sub- freeboard); and/or,
chapter, ‘‘the owner and agent shall (ii) The appliances and fittings for
bear the costs of the survey in addition protection of openings, guardrails, free-
to any penalty or fine imposed’’, as ing ports, and means of access to
provided in these laws. crew’s quarters (if necessitating re-
(d) Whenever a vessel is detained, the
placement or other effective mainte-
master or owner may, within 5 days,
nance).
appeal to the Commandant who may, if
he desires, order a further survey, and (2) (Alternatively provided) If the for-
may affirm, set aside, or modify the eign vessel has on board an Inter-
order of the detaining officer. national Load Line Exemption Certifi-
(e) Where a foreign vessel is detained cate in lieu of an International Load
or intervention action of any other Line Certificate, 1966, in such case,
kind is taken against a foreign vessel, verify that it is valid and any condi-
the officer carrying out the action tions stipulated therein are met.
shall immediately inform in writing (g) A foreign vessel of a nation for
the Consul or the diplomatic represent- which the 1966 Convention has not
ative of the State whose flag the vessel come into force does not qualify for an
is flying, of the decision involved to- International Load Line Certificate,
gether with all pertinent cir- 1966. In lieu thereof, such a vessel shall
cumstances under which intervention be required to have on board a valid
was deemed necessary. Form B load line certificate or a recog-
(f) Under 46 U.S.C. 5109 a vessel of a nized 1930 Convention certificate.
foreign country which has ratified the
1966 Convention, or which holds a rec- [CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10055, July 12, 1968, as
ognized and valid 1930 Convention cer- amended by CGFR 68–126, 34 FR 9012, June 5,
tificate, or which holds a valid Great 1969; USCG–1998–4442, 63 FR 52190, Sept. 30,
1998; USCG–2012–0832, 77 FR 59777, Oct. 1, 2012]
Lakes Certificate, shall be exempt
from the provisions of the regulations
§ 42.07–75 Right of appeal.
in this subchapter insofar as the mark-
ing of the load lines and the Any person directly affected by a de-
certificating thereof are concerned, so cision or action taken under this sub-
long as such country similarly recog- chapter, by or on behalf of the Coast
20
Guard, may appeal therefrom in ac- omitted and the assigning authority
cordance with subpart 1.03 of this chap- and others concerned will be so noti-
ter. fied.
(b) Each vessel subject to load line
[CGD 88–033, 54 FR 50380, Dec. 6, 1989]
requirements shall carry on board a
valid certificate attesting to compli-
Subpart 42.09—Load Line Assign- ance with such requirements. (See
ments and Surveys—General §§ 42.07–35 and 42.07–40 for additional
Requirements data furnished to the vessel.)
(c) The master of the vessel for which
§ 42.09–1 Assignment of load lines. a load line certificate has been issued
(a) The assignment of load lines is shall be responsible for the mainte-
conditioned upon the structural effi- nance of such certificate on board such
ciency and satisfactory stability of the vessel and for compliance with its
vessel, and upon the provisions pro- terms and conditions. Additionally, the
vided on the vessel for her effective master shall be responsible for having
protection and that of the crew. Cer- the current load line survey report on
tain vessels, such as vessels carrying board the vessel. This report shall be
all their cargo as deck cargo, or vessels made available to surveyors when car-
where design or service require special rying out subsequent load line surveys.
conditions to be applicable, shall have [CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10055, July 12, 1968, as
certain stability limitations imposed amended by CGFR 68–126, 34 FR 9012, June 5,
on them, as may be necessary. When 1969]
stability limitations for a vessel are
prescribed, the assigning authority § 42.09–5 All vessels—division into
shall furnish the master the vessel’s types.
maximum draft permitted and other (a) For the purposes of this part, each
conditions, including reference to Com- vessel to which this part applies is ei-
mandant approved operating stability ther a Type ‘‘A’’ or a Type ‘‘B’’ vessel.
features, which may be applicable. (b) A Type ‘‘A’’ vessel is a vessel
(1) No load line assignment shall be that—
made under this part to a vessel pro- (1) Is designed to carry only liquid
ceeding on a foreign voyage, or where cargoes in bulk;
the load line assignment is related to (2) Has a high degree of watertight
the flooded stability provisions and the and structural integrity of the deck ex-
vessel is proceeding on a domestic voy- posed to the weather, with only small
age, until the applicable light ship openings to cargo compartments that
characteristics are established and in- are closed by watertight gasketed cov-
corporated into the vessel’s stability ers of steel or other material consid-
data approved by the Commandant and ered equivalent by the Commandant;
furnished to the master of the vessel. and
(2) If load line assignments are made (3) Has a low permeability of loaded
to vessels for coastwise voyages before cargo compartments.
the results of the required stability (c) A Type ‘‘B’’ vessel is any vessel
characteristics are determined and in- that is not a Type ‘‘A’’ vessel.
corporated into the vessel’s stability (d) Requirements governing the as-
data approved by the Commandant, signment of freeboards for Types ‘‘A’’
then such load line assignments shall and ‘‘B’’ vessels are in subparts 42.20
be regarded as conditional and shall be and 42.25 of this part.
subject to verification or modification [CGD 79–153, 48 FR 38647, Aug. 25, 1983]
for removal of the conditional status.
Any vessel with a conditional load line § 42.09–10 Stability, subdivision, and
assignment shall not be loaded beyond strength.
a conservative safe draft. Where the (a) All vessels. Where regulations in
Commandant deems it unnecessary, this part, or in part 46 of this sub-
the requirement for furnishing sta- chapter, require or permit load line as-
bility information to the masters of signment on the basis of the vessel’s

coastwise vessels assigned load lines ability to meet specified flooding, in-
not related to flooded stability may be cluding damage stability requirements,
21
§ 42.09–15 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
the owner shall furnish the necessary including required and special ele-
plans and calculations demonstrating ments as may be deemed necessary by
that the vessel is in compliance with the assigning authority or the Com-
the applicable requirements. This ma- mandant.
terial shall be furnished to the assign- (b) Initial survey. An initial survey
ing authority for approval review at shall be made before the vessel is put
the earliest practicable date except in service or the first time the assign-
where specifically required by part 46 ing authority is requested to survey a
of this subchapter for passenger vessels vessel. The survey shall include a com-
to be submitted to the Commandant plete examination of its structure and
for approval. equipment insofar as required by the
(1) When stability information is re- applicable requirements in this sub-
quired, the plans shall include the loca- chapter. This survey shall be such as to
tion and extent of all watertight sub- ensure that the arrangements, mate-
division bulkheads, etc., involved. rials, scantlings, and subsequent place-
(2) Additional stability, subdivision, ment of load line marks fully comply
and strength requirements are in with applicable requirements.
§§ 42.09–1, 42.13–1, 42.13–5, and 42.15–1. (c) Periodical survey. A periodical sur-
The applicable flooded stability re- vey shall be made at intervals not ex-
quirements are in §§ 42.20–3 through ceeding five (5) years from an initial or
42.20–13. previous periodic survey. The survey
(b) Passenger vessels. In passenger ves- shall be similar to the initial survey
sels where the positions of the max- insofar as extent and purpose are con-
imum load lines is subject to deter- cerned.
mination by the application of subdivi- (1) If the load line marks are found to
sion and stability requirements in this be correct for the condition the vessel
subchapter, the provisions of both is then in, the assigning and issuing
parts 42 and 46 shall be accounted for authority shall issue a new load line
and developed as necessary. See sub- certificate, valid for such time as the
chapter H (Passenger Vessels) of this condition of the vessel then warrants
chapter for related data required to be but in no case for a period of longer
submitted to the Commandant. than 5 years. If, after a survey has been
(c) Light ship data. All plans, etc., passed, a loadline certificate can not be
necessary for obtaining the Com- issued before the current certificate ex-
mandant’s approval of test results pires, the current certificate may be
(light ship data) and stability informa- extended by an endorsement in accord-
tion shall be furnished by the owner. In ance with the requirements contained
the absence of existing acceptable light in § 42.07–45(d). This endorsement of the
ship stability information, such data assigning authority shall be placed on
shall be obtained from a stability test the back of the certificate, as shown on
performed under the supervision of the the forms in subpart 42.50. However, if
Commandant. Results of such tests, if there have been alterations which af-
satisfactory, will be approved by the fect the vessel’s freeboards, such exten-
Commandant. sion shall not be granted. This prohibi-
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10056, July 12, 1968, as tion is the same as in Article 19(2) of
amended by CGFR 68–126, 34 FR 9012, June 5, the 1966 Convention.
1969; CGD 79–153, 48 FR 38647, Aug. 25, 1983] (2) The periodical survey, including
certificate extension or reissue, for a
§ 42.09–15 Surveys by the American vessel holding an international load
Bureau of Shipping or assigning au- line exemption certificate for more
thority. than one voyage, shall be the same as
(a) General. Before issuing a certifi- for any other vessel covered by this
cate or placement of load line marks section except for load line marks.
on a vessel, the assigning and issuing However, other conditions specified in
authority shall make an initial or peri- the exemption certificate shall be
odic survey of the vessel as required by verified.
this subchapter. A load line survey re- (d) Annual surveys for endorsements.
port shall be made, reflecting informa- Vessels subject to initial and periodic
tion and facts based on initial surveys, surveys shall have annual surveys,
22
within 3 months either way of the cer- Whenever the condition of the vessel
tificate’s anniversary date. The annual warrants special limitations, such in-
surveys shall be made by and prove sat- formation and facts shall be attested to
isfactory to the assigning and issuing on the front or back of the certificate
authority prior to executing the re- as necessary, by the assigning and
quired annual endorsements on load issuing authority.
line certificates or exemption certifi-
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10056, July 12, 1968, as
cates. The scope shall be as defined in amended by CGFR 68–126, 34 FR 9013, June 5,
§ 42.09–40 and such as to ensure that the 1969; CGD 80–120, 47 FR 5723, Feb. 8, 1982;
applicable load line marks are found to USCG–1998–4442, 63 FR 52190, Sept. 30, 1998]
be correct for the condition the vessel
is then in. § 42.09–25 Initial or periodic survey re-
quirements for all vessels.
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10056, July 12, 1968, as
amended by CGFR 68–126, 34 FR 9012, June 5, (a) Before a survey may be com-
1969; CGD 73–49R, 38 FR 12290, May 10, 1973] pleted, the vessel shall be placed in a
drydock or hauled out. The surveyor
§ 42.09–20 Surveys of foreign vessels. shall be given complete access to all
(a) General. Foreign vessels of coun- parts of the vessel to ensure that the
tries which have not ratified or acceded vessel complies with all applicable re-
to the 1966 Convention, or which do not quirements.
have valid certificates issued under (b) The surveyor shall examine on all
other international convention or trea- vessels the items, etc., listed in this
ty and recognized by the United States paragraph to determine if in satisfac-
of America, if desiring to depart from a tory condition and meeting applicable
port or place in the United States, the requirements in this subchapter.
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the (1) Cargo hatch coamings, covers,
Territory of Guam, or other U.S. pos- beams and supports, gaskets, clamps,
sessions, shall be subjected to survey, locking bars, tarpaulins, battens,
marking, and certification by a load cleats and wedges of hatches on ex-
line assigning and issuing authority as posed freeboard, quarter and super-
authorized under § 42.07–35 or § 42.07–40, structure decks, and elsewhere as may
unless: be necessary.
(1) The vessel is exempted by the pro- (2) Structure of the vessel, coamings,
vision of 46 U.S.C. 5102; or closures, and all means of protection
(2) The vessel is under tow and car- provided for openings, such as for ven-
rying neither passengers nor cargo. tilators, companionways, machinery
(b) Scope of survey. A periodical sur- casings, fiddleys, funnels, enclosed su-
vey described in § 42.09–15(c) shall be perstructures on the freeboard deck
conducted by and prove satisfactory to (and their end bulkheads) or equivalent
the assigning and issuing authority. It protective deck houses, openings in the
shall be made prior to issue or reissue freeboard and superstructure decks,
of the applicable certificate. and significant openings at higher lev-
(c) Certification of load lines. The as- els in the vessel.
signing and issuing authority after de- (3) Transverse watertight subdivision
termining the vessel meets the applica- bulkheads, as fitted, including any
ble requirements in this part may issue openings therein and closures for such
a load line certificate subject to re- openings. They shall be examined
quirements in § 42.07–45 and on the ap- throughout their vertical and trans-
plicable form described in subpart 42.50 verse extent.
of this part: Provided, That the load (4) All air-pipe outlets, their closures,
line certificate issued shall be valid for all scuppers, and all sanitary dis-
a period of 1 year. The certificate may charges in the vessel’s sides, including
be revalidated by endorsement for ad- nonreturn valves installed.
ditional 1 year periods if the condition (5) The main and auxiliary sea inlets
of the vessel so warrants, but in any and discharges in the machinery space,
event the certificate shall become void and elsewhere if existent, and the
five (5) years from date of issue, or at valves and controls for these items.
the expiration of the fourth (4th) year- (6) All gangways, cargo ports, and
ly validation, whichever occurs first. airports, including dead covers or other
23
§ 42.09–30 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
similar openings in the vessel’s sides ing the applicable requirements in this
and their closures. subchapter.
(7) All guardrails, bulwarks, gang- (b) When the vessel is in drydock or
ways, and freeing port shutters, includ- hauled out, the keel, stem, stern frame
ing securing devices, and bars. or sternpost, outside planking, and
(8) All eye plates or similar fittings caulking shall be examined.
for timber (or other) deck-cargo lash- (c) The fasteners shall be examined.
ings, including the lashings, sockets Bolts, screws, or equivalent fastenings,
for uprights and protective devices as as deemed necessary by the surveyor,
may be necessary for ventilators and must be backed out, or otherwise dealt
steering arrangements. with, to ensure soundness.
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10056, July 12, 1968, as (d) The holds, ’tween decks, peaks,
amended by CGFR 68–126, 34 FR 9013, June 5, bilges, machinery spaces, and bunkers
1969] shall be examined.
(e) The entire structure, including
§ 42.09–30 Additional survey require-
ments for steel-hull vessels. decks, shall be examined. If considered
necessary by the surveyor, borings
(a) In addition to the requirements in shall be made, or other means may be
§ 42.09–25, the surveyor of the assigning used, to ascertain the condition of the
authority shall examine the items, materials. Should these measures dis-
etc., listed in this section, to determine close sufficient cause, further examina-
if in satisfactory condition and meet- tion to satisfy the surveyor as to the
ing applicable requirements in this true condition shall be made and check
subchapter. locations listed. This list shall be sub-
(b) When the vessel is in drydock, the mitted to the assigning and issuing au-
hull plating, etc., shall be examined. thority for record purposes, and for use
(c) The holds, ’tween decks, peaks, in subsequent surveys.
bilges, machinery spaces, and bunkers
shall be examined to determine the [CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10057, July 12, 1968]
condition of the framing, etc.
(d) The deep tanks and other tanks § 42.09–40 Annual surveys.
which form part of the vessel shall be (a) Relative to §§ 42.09–15(d) and 42.09–
examined internally. 20(c), the assigning and issuing author-
(e) If a double bottom is fitted, the ity shall make an annual survey of
tanks normally shall be examined in- each vessel holding an appropriate cer-
ternally. Where double bottom and tificate issued under this subchapter.
other tanks are used for fuel-oil bunk- (b) The annual survey shall be of
ers, such tanks need not be cleaned such scope and extent so as to ensure:
out, if the surveyor is able to deter-
(1) The maintenance in an effective
mine by an external examination that
condition of the fittings and appliances
their general condition is satisfactory.
for the:
(f) The deck shall be examined.
(g) Where, owing to the age and con- (i) Protection of openings;
dition of the vessel or otherwise, the (ii) Guardrails;
surveyor deems it necessary, the shell (iii) Freeing ports; and,
and deck plating may be required to be (iv) Means of access to crew’s quar-
drilled or other acceptable means used, ters.
in order to ascertain the then thick- (2) That there have not been alter-
ness of such plating. ations made to the hull or super-
structure which would affect the cal-
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10057, July 12, 1968]
culations determining the position of
§ 42.09–35 Additional survey require- the load line marks.
ments for wood-hull vessels. (c) The assigning and issuing author-
(a) In addition to the requirements in ity shall report on the annual survey
§ 42.09–25, the surveyor of the assigning made to the owner of the vessel.
authority shall examine the items, [CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10057, July 12, 1968, as
etc., listed in this section, to determine amended by CGD 80–143, 47 FR 25149, June 10,
if in satisfactory condition and meet- 1982]
24
§ 42.09–45 Correction of deficiencies. ping or other recognized classification

(a) During and after any survey made societies approved as load line assign-
by the assigning and issuing authority, ing and issuing authorities perform the
those items, fittings, etc., which are duties connected with making load line
found to be in an unsatisfactory condi- assignments to vessels.
tion by the surveyor shall be repaired (b) The Commandant is responsible
or renewed in order to place the vessel for the administration of the load line
in a satisfactory condition. acts, the 1966 Convention, other trea-
(b) No load line certificate shall be ties regarding load lines, and the im-
issued, endorsed, extended, or reissued plementing regulations in this sub-
or delivered to a vessel subject to this chapter which include prescribed form
subchapter until after unsatisfactory and content of applicable load line cer-
conditions have been corrected as re- tificates.
quired by paragraph (a) of this section. (c) Except in special instances for
Coast Guard vessels, the Commandant
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10057, July 12, 1968, as does not perform the duties of a load
amended by CGFR 68–126, 34 FR 9013, June 5, line assigning authority.
1969]
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10057, July 12, 1968, as
§ 42.09–50 Repairs or alterations to amended by CGFR 68–126, 34 FR 9013, June 5,
vessel after it has been surveyed. 1969; CGD 80–120, 47 FR 5723, Feb. 8, 1982]
(a) After any survey of the vessel
made under §§ 42.09–25 to 42.09–40, inclu- § 42.11–5 Applications for load line as-
signments, surveys, and certificates
sive, as applicable, has been completed for U.S.-flag vessels.
and deficiencies corrected as provided
in § 42.09–45, no change shall be made in (a) Normally, the owner, master, or
the vessel’s structure, equipment, ar- agent of a vessel shall apply in writing,
rangement, material, or scantlings as on a timely basis, to the American Bu-
covered by such survey, without the reau of Shipping for the assignment,
prior specific approval of the assigning survey, and certification of load lines.
and issuing authority. When nonconcurrent, a separate appli-
(b) To avoid a freeboard or other pen- cation shall be made for each function
alty, any vessel which undergoes re- desired and submitted on a timely
pairs, alterations, or modifications, in- basis. The mailing address of the home
cluding outfitting related thereto, office of American Bureau of Shipping
shall continue to comply with the ap- is ABS Plaza, 16855 Northchase Drive,
plicable requirements consistent with Houston, TX 77060.
the load line certificate held. (b) After the Commandant has ap-
(c) An existing vessel, which had a proved a recognized classification soci-
load line assigned under previous regu- ety as a load line assigning and issuing
lations which undergoes repairs, alter- authority for a vessel, as described in a
ations, or modifications of a major written request of the shipowner, the
character, shall meet the requirements owner shall apply in writing, on a
for a new vessel in this part insofar as timely basis, direct to the approved as-
the assigning and issuing authority signing and issuing authority for the
and the Commandant deem reasonable assignment, survey, and certification
and practicable. of load lines. When nonconcurrent, a
separate application shall be made to
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10057, July 12, 1968, as such authority for each function de-
sired, and submitted on a timely basis.
1982]
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10057, July 12, 1968, as
Subpart 42.11—Applications for amended by CGFR 68–126, 34 FR 9013, June 5,
1969; CGD 96–041, 61 FR 50727, Sept. 27, 1996;
Load Line Assignments, Sur- USCG–2000–7790, 65 FR 58459, Sept. 29, 2000]
veys, and Certificates
§ 42.11–10 Applications for load line as-
§ 42.11–1 General. signments and certificates for ves-
sels other than U.S.-flag vessels.
(a) As described in this subchapter

under §§ 42.07–35, 42.07–40, 42.09–15, and (a) The application for the assign-
42.09–20, the American Bureau of Ship- ment of load lines and certificate for a
25
§ 42.11–15 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
foreign vessel belonging to (or which U.S.-flag vessels of 150 gross tons or
will belong to) either a country ratify- over.
ing or acceding to the International [CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10058, July 12, 1968, as
Convention on Load Lines, 1966, or to a amended by CGFR 68–126, 34 FR 9013, June 5,
country with which the United States 1969]
of America has a reciprocal load line
agreement in effect shall be made by § 42.11–15 Application for timber load
the Government whose flag the vessel lines.
flies, or will fly. The application may (a) The owner, master, or agent of a
be made direct to the American Bureau vessel having load lines assigned under
of Shipping, or after receiving the this subchapter may apply to the as-
Commandant’s approval, to a recog- signing and issuing authority for tim-
nized classification society which that ber load lines when making his applica-
country has requested as an assigning tion for a load line certificate. After
and issuing authority. When the load the vessel has been found in compli-
line assignment and certificate are au- ance with the applicable requirements
thorized pursuant to the requirements in this subchapter, it may be marked
in this part, the certificate must con- with timber load lines, which will also
tain a statement that it has been be certified to in the load line certifi-
issued at the request of a specific Gov- cate.
ernment, which shall be named therein. [CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10058, July 12, 1968, as
(1) When the load line assignment is amended by CGFR 68–126, 34 FR 9013, June 5,
performed under the applicable regula- 1969]
tions in this subchapter, the assigning
§ 42.11–20 Application for annual sur-
and issuing authority shall transmit to vey.
the requesting Government at the ear-
liest practicable date, one copy of each (a) The owner, master, or agent of a
certificate issued, the load line survey vessel holding a load line certificate
report used for computing the shall apply to the assigning and issuing
freeboard, and the freeboard computa- authority who issued the certificate for
the annual survey required by § 42.09–40
tions. For information, the assigning
or the International Convention on
and issuing authority shall also notify
Load Lines, 1966.
the Commandant of the names of the
vessel and the Government involved [CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10058, July 12, 1968]
and the date and place where the work
was done. Subpart 42.13—General Rules for
(b) For a foreign vessel of a country Determining Load Lines
not included in paragraph (a) of this
section, the owner, master, or agent § 42.13–1 Assumptions.
normally shall apply in writing to the (a) The regulations in this part are
American Bureau of Shipping, or to based on the assumption that the na-
any other recognized assigning and ture and stowage of the cargo, ballast,
issuing authority after it has been ap- etc., are such as will secure sufficient
proved by the Commandant, for the as- stability of the vessel and avoid exces-
signment, survey, and certification of sive structural stress.
load lines, or for reissue of a load line (b) The regulations in this part are
certificate, as may be necessary for the also based on the assumption that,
vessel to clear ports of the United where there are other international re-
States, the Commonwealth of Puerto quirements relating to stability or sub-
Rico, the Territory of Guam, or other division applicable to vessels, these re-
U.S. possessions. Normally the same quirements have been met.
requirements, conditions, procedures, [CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10058, July 12, 1968]
distribution of applicable certificates,
etc., shall be applied to such foreign § 42.13–5 Strength of vessel.
vessels which are applied to similar

(a) The assigning and issuing author-
ity shall satisfy itself that the general
26
structural strength of the vessel is suf- ty conditions of the vessel are deter-
ficient for the draft corresponding to mined to be satisfactory under para-
the freeboard assigned, and when re- graph (f) of this section.
quested shall furnish pertinent (f) In each case specified by para-
strength information to the Com- graphs (c) to (e) inclusive of this sec-
mandant. tion, the assigning authority shall re-
(b) Vessels built and maintained in port to the Commandant the specific
conformity with the requirements of a matters in which the vessel is deficient
classification society recognized by the or requires special freeboard consider-
Commandant are considered to possess ation due to design, arrangement, con-
adequate strength for the purpose of struction materials, propulsive meth-
the applicable requirements in this od, or relaxation of requirements in
subchapter unless deemed otherwise by this part. The report shall also furnish
the Commandant. background data and recommendations
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10058, July 12, 1968, as
of the assigning authority (including
amended by CGFR 68–126, 34 FR 9013, June 5, freeboard additions), as will enable the
1969] Commandant to reach a decision.
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10058, July 12, 1968, as
§ 42.13–10 Freeboards assigned vessels. amended by CGFR 68–126, 34 FR 9013, June 5,
(a) Vessels with mechanical means of 1969]
propulsion, or lighters, barges, or other
vessels without independent means of § 42.13–15 Definitions of terms.
propulsion, shall be assigned freeboards (a) Length. The length (L) shall be
in accordance with the provisions of taken as 96 percent of the total length
§§ 42.13–1 to 42.20–75, inclusive. on a waterline at 85 percent of the least
(b) Vessels carrying timber deck car- molded depth measured from the top of
goes may be assigned, in addition to the keel, or as the length from the
the freeboards required by paragraph foreside of the stem to the axis of the
(a) of this section, timber freeboards in rudder stock on that waterline, if that
accordance with the provisions of be greater. In vessels designed with a
§§ 42.25–1 to 42.25–20, inclusive. rake of keel the waterline on which
(c) Vessels designed to carry sail, this length is measured shall be par-
whether as the sole means of propul- allel to the designed waterline.
sion or as a supplementary means, and (b) Perpendiculars. The forward and
tugs, shall be assigned freeboards in ac- after perpendiculars shall be taken at
cordance with the provisions of §§ 42.13– the forward and after ends of the
1 to 42.20–75, inclusive, and such addi- length (L). The forward perpendicular
tional freeboards as determined nec- shall coincide with the foreside of the
essary by the Commandant under the stem on the waterline on which the
procedure of paragraph (f) of this sec- length is measured.
tion. (c) Amidships. Amidships is at the
(d) Vessels of wood or of composite middle of the length (L).
construction, or of other materials the (d) Breadth. Unless expressly provided
use of which the Commandant has ap- otherwise, the breadth (B) is the max-
proved, or vessels whose constructional imum breadth of the vessel, measured
features are such as to render the ap- amidships to the molded line of the
plication of the provisions of §§ 42.13–1 frame in a vessel with a metal shell
to 42.25–20 unreasonable or impracti- and to the outer surface of the hull in
cable, shall be assigned freeboards as a vessel with a shell of any other mate-
determined necessary by the Com- rial.
mandant under the procedure of para- (e) Molded depth. (1) The molded
graph (f) of this section. depth is the vertical distance measured
(e) The requirements in §§ 42.15–1 to from the top of the keel to the top of
42.15–80, inclusive, shall apply to every the freeboard deck beam at side. In
vessel to which a minimum freeboard is wood and composite vessels the dis-
assigned. Relaxations from these re- tance is measured from the lower edge
quirements may be granted to a vessel of the keel rabbet. Where the form at
to which a greater than minimum the lower part of the midship section is
freeboard is assigned provided the safe- of a hollow character, or where thick
27
§ 42.13–15 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
garboards are fitted, the distance is (i) Freeboard deck. (1) The freeboard
measured from the point where the line deck is normally the uppermost com-
of the flat of the bottom continued in- plete deck exposed to weather and sea,
wards cuts the side of the keel. which has permanent means of closing
(2) In vessels having rounded all openings in the weather part there-
gunwales, the molded depth shall be of, and below which all openings in the
measured to the point of intersection sides of the vessel are fitted with per-
of the molded lines of the deck and manent means of watertight closing. In
sides, the lines extending as though the a vessel having a discontinuance
gunwale were of angular design. freeboard deck, the lowest line of the
(3) Where the freeboard deck is exposed deck and the continuation of
stepped and the raised part of the deck that line parallel to the upper part of
extends over the point at which the the deck is taken as the freeboard
molded depth is to be determined, the deck. At the option of the owner and
molded depth shall be measured to a subject to the approval of the assigning
line of reference extending from the authority a lower deck may be des-
lower part of the deck along a line par- ignated as the freeboard deck, provided
allel with the raised part. it is a complete and permanent deck
(f) Depth for freeboard (D). (1) The continuous in a fore and aft direction
depth for freeboard (D) is the molded at least between the machinery space
depth amidships, plus the thickness of and peak bulkheads and continuous
the freeboard deck stringer plate, athwartships. When this lower deck is
where fitted, plus stepped the lowest line of the deck and
the continuation of that line parallel
T(L¥S)/L
to the upper part of the deck is taken
if the exposed freeboard deck is as the freeboard deck.
sheathed; (2) When a lower deck is designated
where: as the freeboard deck, that part of the
T is the mean thickness of the exposed hull which extends above the freeboard
sheathing clear of deck openings; and deck is treated as a superstructure so
S is the total length of superstructures as de- far as concerns the application of the
fined in paragraph (j)(4) of this section. conditions of assignment and the cal-
(2) The depth for freeboard (D) in a culation of freeboard. It is from this
vessel having a rounded gunwale with a deck that the freeboard is calculated.
radius greater than 4 percent of the (j) Superstructure. (1) A super-
breadth (B) or having topsides of un- structure is a decked structure on the
usual form is the depth for freeboard of freeboard deck, extending from side to
a vessel having a midship section with side of the vessel or with the side plat-
vertical topsides and with the same ing not being inboard of the shell plat-
round of beam and area of topside sec- ing more than 4 percent to the breadth.
tion equal to that provided by the ac- (B). A raised quarter deck is regarded
tual midship section. as a superstructure.
(g) Block coefficient. The block coeffi- (2) An enclosed superstructure is a
cient (Cb) is given by superstructure with:
(i) Enclosing bulkheads of efficient
Cb=D/L.B.d1 construction;
where D is the volume of the molded dis- (ii) Access openings, if any in these
placement of the vessel, excluding bossing, bulkheads fitted with doors complying
in a vessel with a metal shell, and is the vol- with the requirements of § 42.15–10; and,
ume of displacement to the outer surface of (iii) All other openings in sides or
the hull in a vessel with a shell of any other ends of the superstructure fitted with
material, both taken at a molded draft of d1; efficient weathertight means of clos-
and, d1 is 85 percent of the least molded
ing.
depth.
NOTE: A bridge or poop shall not be re-
(h) Freeboard. The freeboard assigned
garded as enclosed unless access is provided
is the distance measured vertically for the crew to reach machinery and other
downward amidships from the upper working spaces inside the superstructures by
edge of the deck line to the upper edge alternative means, which are available at all
of the related load line. times when bulkhead openings are closed.
28
(3) The height of a superstructure is a horizontal line 18 inches in length

the least vertical height measured at and 1 inch in breadth, the upper edge of
side from the top of the superstructure which passes through the center of the
deck beams to the top of the freeboard ring. The center of the ring shall be
deck beams. placed amidships and at a distance
(4) The length of a superstructure (S) equal to the assigned summer
is the mean length of the part of the freeboard measured vertically below
superstructure which lies within the the upper edge of the deck line (as il-
length (L). lustrated in Figure 42.13–25(a)).
(k) Flush deck vessel. A flush deck
vessel is one which has no super-
structure on the freeboard deck.
(l) Weathertight. Weathertight means
that in any sea conditions water will
not penetrate into the vessel.
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10058, July 12, 1968, as
1969; 43 FR 31928, July 24, 1978]
§ 42.13–20 Deck line.

(a) The deck line is a horizontal line
12 inches in length and 1 inch in
breadth. It shall be marked amidships
on each side of the vessel, and its upper FIGURE 42.13–25(A)—LOAD LINE MARK AND
edge shall normally pass through the LINES TO BE USED WITH THIS MARK
point where the continuation outwards [CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10059, July 12, 1968]
of the upper surface of the freeboard
deck intersects the outer surface of the § 42.13–30 Lines to be used with the
shell (as illustrated in Figure 42.13– load line mark.
20(a)), provided that the deck line may
be placed with reference to another (a) The lines which indicate the load
fixed point on the vessel on condition line assigned in accordance with the
that the freeboard is correspondingly regulations in this part shall be hori-
corrected. The location of the reference zontal lines 9 inches in length and 1
point and the identification of the inch in breadth which extend forward
freeboard deck shall in all cases be in- of, unless expressly provided otherwise,
dicated on the International Load Line and at right angles to, a vertical line 1
Certificate (1966), and, as applicable, on inch in breadth marked at a distance 21
all other load line certificates issued inches forward of the center of the ring
pursuant to this part 42. (as illustrated in Figure 42.13–25(a)).
(b) The following load lines shall be
used:
(1) The summer load line indicated by
the upper edge of the line which passes
through the center of the ring and also
by a line marked S.
(2) The winter load line indicated by
the upper edge of a line marked W.
(3) The winter North Atlantic load
line indicated by the upper edge of a
FIGURE 42.13–20(A)—DECK LINE line marked WNA.
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10059, July 12, 1968, as (4) The tropical load line indicated by
amended by CGFR 68–126, 34 FR 9014, June 5, the upper edge of a line marked T.
1969] (5) The fresh water load line in sum-
mer indicated by the upper edge of a
§ 42.13–25 Load line mark. line marked F. The fresh water load
(a) The load line mark shall consist line in summer is marked abaft the
of a ring 12 inches in outside diameter vertical line. The difference between
and 1 inch wide which is intersected by the fresh water load line in summer
EC01FE91.000 EC01FE91.001
29
§ 42.13–35 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
and the summer load line is the allow- (e) Where the characteristics of a
ance to be made for loading in fresh vessel, or the nature of the vessel’s
water at the other load lines. service or navigational limits make
(6) The tropical fresh water load line any of the seasonal lines inapplicable,
indicated by the upper edge of a line these lines may be omitted.
marked TF, and marked abaft the (f) Where a vessel is assigned a great-
vertical line. er than minimum freeboard so that the
(c) If timber freeboards are assigned, load line is marked at a position cor-
the timber load lines shall be marked responding to, or lower than, the low-
in addition to ordinary load lines. est seasonal load line assigned at min-
These lines shall be horizontal lines 9 imum freeboard in accordance with the
inches in length and 1 inch in breadth present Convention, only the fresh
which extend abaft unless expressly water load line need be marked.
provided otherwise, and are at right (g) On sailing vessels only the fresh
angles to, a vertical line 1 inch in water load line and the winter North
breadth marked at a distance 21 inches Atlantic load line need be marked (as
abaft the center of the ring (as illus- illustrated in Figure 42.13–30(g)).
trated in Figure 42.13–30(c)).
FIGURE 42.13–30(C)—TIMBER LOAD LINE MARK

AND LINES TO BE USED WITH THIS MARK
(d) The following timber load lines
shall be used:
(1) The summer timber load line indi-
cated by the upper edge of a line
marked LS. FIGURE 42.13–30(G)—LOAD LINE MARK ON SAIL-
(2) The winter timber load line indi- ING VESSEL AND LINES TO BE USED WITH THIS
MARK
cated by the upper edge of a line
marked LW. (h) Where a winter North Atlantic
(3) The winter North Atlantic timber load line is identical with the winter
load line indicated by the upper edge of load line corresponding to the same
a line marked LWNA. vertical line, this load line shall be
(4) The tropical timber load line indi- marked W.
cated by the upper edge of a line (i) Additional load lines required by
marked LT. other international conventions in
(5) The fresh water timber load line force may be marked at right angles to
in summer indicated by the upper edge and abaft the vertical line specified in
of a line marked LF and marked for- paragraph (a) of this section.
ward of the vertical line. [CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10059, July 12, 1968, as
NOTE: The difference between the fresh amended by CGFR 68–126, 34 FR 9014, June 5,
water timber load line in summer and the 1969]
summer timber load line is the allowance to
be made for loading in fresh water at the § 42.13–35 Mark of assigning authority.
other timber load lines.
(a) The mark of the assigning author-
(6) The tropical fresh water timber ity by whom the load lines are assigned
load line indicated by the upper edge of may be indicated alongside the load
a line marked LTF and marked forward line ring above the horizontal line
of the vertical line. which passes through the center of the
EC01FE91.002 EC01FE91.003
30
ring, or above and below it. This mark approved by the Commandant, to give
shall consist of not more than four ini- him guidance as to the stability of the
tials to identify the assigning vessel under varying conditions of serv-
authority’s name, each measuring ap- ice, and a copy shall be furnished to
proximately 41⁄2 inches in height and 3 the Commandant.
inches in width.
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10060, July 12, 1968, as
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10060, July 12, 1968] amended by CGFR 68–126, 34 FR 9014, June 5,
1969]
§ 42.13–40 Details of marking.
(a) The ring, lines and letters shall be § 42.15–5 Superstructure end bulk-
painted in white or yellow on a dark heads.
ground or in black on a light ground. (a) Bulkheads at exposed ends of en-
They shall also be permanently marked closed superstructures shall be of effi-
on the sides of the vessels to the satis- cient construction and shall be to the
faction of the assigning authority. The satisfaction of the assigning authority.
marks shall be plainly visible and, if
necessary, special arrangements shall [CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10060, July 12, 1968, as
be made for this purpose. amended by CGFR 68–126, 34 FR 9014, June 5,
1969]
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10060, July 12, 1968, as
§ 42.15–10 Doors.
1969]
(a) All access openings in bulkheads
§ 42.13–45 Verification of marks. at ends of enclosed superstructures
(a) The International Load Line Cer- shall be fitted with doors of steel or
tificate (1966) shall not be delivered to other equivalent material, perma-
the vessel until § 42.07–5 has been fully nently and strongly attached to the
complied with under the authority and bulkhead, and framed, stiffened and
provisions of subparts 42.07 and 42.09 of fitted so that the whole structure is of
this part. equivalent strength to the unpierced
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10060, July 12, 1968, as bulkhead and weathertight when
amended by CGFR 68–126, 34 FR 9014, June 5, closed. The means for securing these
1969] doors weathertight shall consist of gas-
kets and clamping devices or other
Subpart 42.15—Conditions of equivalent means and shall be perma-
Assignment of Freeboard nently attached to the bulkhead or to
the doors themselves, and the doors
§ 42.15–1 Information to be supplied to shall be so arranged that they can be
the master. operated from both sides of the bulk-
(a) The master of every new vessel head.
shall be supplied with sufficient infor- (b) Except as otherwise provided in
mation in a form approved by the as- these regulations, the height of the
signing and issuing authority, to en- sills of access openings in bulkheads at
able him to arrange for the loading and ends of enclosed superstructures shall
ballasting of his vessel in such a way as be at least 15 inches above the deck.
to avoid the creation of any unaccept-
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10060, July 12, 1968]
able stresses in the vessel’s structure:
Provided, That this requirement need § 42.15–15 Positions of hatchways,
not apply to any particular length, de- doorways and ventilators.
sign or class of vessel where the Com-
mandant considers it to be unnecessary (a) For the purpose of this part two
and so notifies the assigning and positions of hatchways, doorways and
issuing authority. ventilators are defined as follows:
(b) The master of every new vessel, (1) Position 1: Upon exposed
which is not already provided with sta- freeboard and raised quarter decks, and
bility information under an inter- upon exposed superstructure decks sit-
national convention for the safety of uated forward of a point located a

life at sea in force, shall be supplied quarter of the vessel’s length from the
with sufficient information in a form forward perpendicular.
31
§ 42.15–20 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
(2) Position 2: Upon exposed super- pounds per square foot for vessels of 79
structure decks situated abaft a quar- feet in length and shall be not less than
ter of the vessel’s length from the for- 358 pounds per square foot for vessels of
ward perpendicular. 328 feet in length. The corresponding
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10060, July 12, 1968, as loads on hatchways in position 2 may
amended by CGFR 68–126, 34 FR 9014, June 5, be reduced to 154 pounds per square
1969] foot and 266 pounds per square foot re-
spectively. In all cases values at inter-
§ 42.15–20 Cargo and other hatchways. mediate lengths shall be obtained by
(a) The construction and the means linear interpolation.
for securing the weathertightness of (c) Portable beams. (1) Where portable
cargo and other hatchways in positions beams for supporting hatchway covers
1 and 2 shall be at least equivalent to are made of mild steel the strength
the requirements of §§ 42.15–25 and shall be calculated with assumed loads
42.15–30. not less than 358 pounds per square foot
(b) Coamings and hatchway covers to on hatchways in position 1 and not less
exposed hatchways on decks above the than 266 pounds per square foot on
superstructure deck shall comply with hatchways in position 2 and the prod-
the requirements of the assigning au-
uct of the maximum stress thus cal-
thority.
culated and the factor 5 shall not ex-
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10060, July 12, 1968, as ceed the minimum ultimate strength
amended by CGFR 68–126, 34 FR 9014, June 5, of the material. They shall be so de-
1969] signed as to limit the deflection to not
§ 42.15–25 Hatchways closed by port- more than 0.0022 times the span under
able covers and secured weather- these loads. For vessels of not more
tight by tarpaulins and battening than 328 feet in length the require-
devices. ments of paragraph (b)(4) of this sec-
(a) Hatchway coamings. (1) The tion are applicable.
coamings of hatchways closed by port- (d) Pontoon covers. (1) Where pontoon
able covers secured weathertight by covers used in place of portable beams
tarpaulins and battening devices shall and covers are made of mild steel the
be of substantial construction, and strength shall be calculated with the
their height above the deck shall be at assumed loads given in paragraph (b)(3)
least as follows: of this section, and the product of the
(i) 231⁄2 inches if in position 1. maximum stress thus calculated and
(ii) 171⁄2 inches if in position 2. the factor 5 shall not exceed the min-
(b) Hatchway covers. (1) The width of imum ultimate strength of the mate-
each bearing surface for hatchway cov- rial. They shall be so designed as to
ers shall be at least 21⁄2 inches. limit the deflection to not more than
(2) Where covers are made of wood, 0.0022 times the span. Mild steel plating
the finished thickness shall be at least forming the tops of covers shall be not
23⁄8 inches in association with a span of less in thickness than 1 percent of the
not more than 4.9 feet.
spacing of stiffeners or 0.24 inches if
(3) Where covers are made of mild
that be greater. For vessels of not more
steel, the strength shall be calculated
with assumed loads not less than 358 than 328 feet in length the require-
pounds per square foot on hatchways in ments of paragraph (b)(4) of this sec-
position 1, and not less than 266 pounds tion are applicable.
per square foot on hatchways in posi- (2) The strength and stiffness of cov-
tion 2, and the product of the max- ers made of materials other than mild
imum stress thus calculated and the steel shall be equivalent to those of
factor 4.25 shall not exceed the min- mild steel to the satisfaction of the as-
imum ultimate strength of the mate- signing authority.
rial. They shall be so designed as to (e) Carriers or sockets. (1) Carriers or
limit the deflection to not more than sockets for portable beams shall be of
0.0028 times the span under these loads. substantial construction, and shall pro-
(4) The assumed loads on hatchways vide means for the efficient fitting and
in position 1 may be reduced to 205 securing of the beams. Where rolling
32
types of beams are use, the arrange- they shall be of substantial construc-
ments shall ensure that the beams re- tion.
main properly in position when the (b) Weathertight covers. (1) Where
hatchway is closed. weathertight covers are of mild steel
(f) Cleats. (1) Cleats shall be set to fit the strength shall be calculated with
the taper of the wedges. They shall be assumed loads not less than 358 pounds
at least 21⁄2 inches wide and spaced not per square foot on hatchways in posi-
more than 231⁄2 inches center to center; tion 1, and not less than 255 pounds per
the cleats along each side or end shall square foot on hatchways in position 2,
be not more than 6 inches from the and the product of the maximum stress
hatch corners. thus calculated and the factor of 4.25
(g) Battens and wedges. (1) Battens shall not exceed the minimum ulti-
and wedges shall be efficient and in mate strength of the material. They
shall be so designed as to limit the de-
good condition. Wedges shall be of
flection to not more than 0.0028 times
tough wood or other equivalent mate-
the span under these loads. Mild steel
rial. They shall have a taper of not
plating forming the tops of covers shall
more than 1 in 6 and shall be not less
be not less in thickness than one per-
than 1⁄2-inch thick at the toes.
cent of the spacing of stiffeners or 0.24
(h) Tarpaulins. (1) At least two layers inches if that be greater. The provi-
of tarpaulin in good condition shall be sions of § 42.15–25(b)(4) are applicable
provided for each hatchway in posi- for vessels of not more than 328 feet in
tions 1 and 2. length.
(2) The tarpaulins shall be waterproof (2) The strength and stiffness of cov-
and of ample strength. They shall be of ers made of materials other than mild
a material of at least a standard steel shall be equivalent to those of
weight and quality as approved by the mild steel to the satisfaction of the as-
assigning and issuing authority. signing authority.
(i) Security of hatchway covers. (1) For (c) Means for securing
all hatchways in position 1 or 2, steel weathertightness. (1) The means for se-
bars or other equivalent means shall be curing and maintaining
provided in order efficiently and inde- weathertightness shall be to the satis-
pendently to secure each section of faction of the assigning authority.
hatchway covers after the tarpaulins (2) The arrangements shall ensure
are battened down. Hatchway covers of that the tightness can be maintained
more than 4.9 feet in length shall be se- in any sea conditions. For this purpose
cured by at least two such securing ap- tests for tightness shall be required at
pliances. the initial surveys, and may be re-
quired at periodical surveys and at an-
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10060, July 12, 1968, as
nual surveys or at more frequent inter-
1969] vals.
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10061, July 12, 1968, as
§ 42.15–30 Hatchways closed by weath- amended by CGFR 68–126, 34 FR 9014, June 5,
ertight covers of steel or other 1969]
equivalent material fitted with gas-
kets and clamping devices. § 42.15–35 Machinery space openings.
(a) Hatchway coamings. At positions 1 (a) Machinery space openings in posi-
and 2 the height above the deck of tion 1 or 2 shall be properly framed and
hatchway coamings fitted with weath- efficiently enclosed by steel casings of
ertight hatch covers of steel or other ample strength, and where the casings
equivalent material fitted with gaskets are not protected by other structures
and clamping devices shall be as speci- their strength shall be specifically con-
fied in § 42.15–25(a)(1). The height of sidered. Access openings in such cas-
these coamings may be reduced, or the ings shall be fitted with doors com-
coamings omitted entirely, on condi- plying with the requirements of § 42.15–
tion that the assigning authority is 10(a), the sills of which shall be at least
satisfied that the safety of the vessel is 231⁄2 inches above the deck if in position
not thereby impaired in any sea condi- 1, and at least 15 inches above the deck
tions. Where coamings are provided if in position 2. Other openings in such
33
§ 42.15–40 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
casings shall be fitted with equivalent structed and efficiently connected to

covers, permanently attached in their the deck. Where the coaming of any
proper positions. ventilator exceeds 351⁄2 inches in height
(b) Coamings of any fiddley, funnel, it shall be specially supported.
or machinery space ventilators in an (b) Ventilators passing through su-
exposed position on the freeboard or perstructures other than enclosed su-
superstructure deck shall be as high perstructures shall have substantially
above the deck as is reasonable and constructed coamings of steel or other
practicable. Fiddley openings shall be equivalent material at the freeboard
fitted with strong covers of steel or deck.
other equivalent material permanently
(c) Ventilators in position 1 the
attached in their proper positions and
coamings of which extend to more than
capable of being secured weathertight.
14.8 feet above the deck, and in position
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10061, July 12, 1968] 2 the coamings of which extend to more
than 7.5 feet above the deck, need not
§ 42.15–40 Miscellaneous openings in be fitted with closing arrangements un-
freeboard and superstructure
decks. less specifically required by the assign-
ing authority.
(a) Manholes and flush scuttles in po-
(d) Except as provided in paragraph
sition 1 or 2 or within superstructures
(c) of this section ventilator openings
other than enclosed superstructures
shall be closed by substantial covers shall be provided with efficient weath-
capable of being made watertight. Un- ertight closing appliances. In vessels of
less secured by closely spaced bolts, not more than 328 feet in length the
the covers shall be permanently at- closing appliances shall be perma-
tached. nently attached; where not so provided
(b) Openings in freeboard decks other in other vessels, they shall be conven-
than hatchways, machinery space iently stowed near the ventilators to
openings, manholes, and flush scuttles which they are to be fitted. Ventilators
shall be protected by an enclosed su- in position 1 shall have coamings of a
perstructure, or by a deckhouse or height of at least 351⁄2 inches above the
companionway of equivalent strength deck; in position 2 the coamings shall
and weathertightness. Any such open- be of a height at least 30 inches above
ing in an exposed superstructure deck the deck.
or in the top of a deckhouse on the (e) In exposed positions, the height of
freeboard deck which gives access to a coamings may be required to be in-
space below the freeboard deck or a creased to the satisfaction of the as-
space within an enclosed super- signing authority.
structure shall be protected by an effi-
cient deckhouse or companionway. [CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10061, July 12, 1968, as
Doorways in such deckhouses or com- amended by CGFR 68–126, 34 FR 9014, June 5,
1969]
panionways shall be fitted with doors
complying with the requirements of
§ 42.15–50 Air pipes.
§ 42.15–10(a).
(c) In position 1 the height above the (a) Where air pipes to ballast and
deck of sills to the doorways in com- other tanks extend above the freeboard
panionways shall be at least 231⁄2 or superstructure decks, the exposed
inches. In position 2 they shall be at parts of the pipes shall be of substan-
least 15 inches. tial construction; the height from the
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10061, July 12, 1968, as deck to the point where water may
amended by CGFR 68–126, 34 FR 9014, June 5, have access below shall be at least 30
1969] inches on the freeboard deck and 171⁄2
inches on the superstructure deck.
§ 42.15–45 Ventilators. Where these heights may interfere with
(a) Ventilators in position 1 or 2 to the working of the vessel, a lower
spaces below the freeboard decks or height may be approved, provided the
decks of enclosed superstructures shall assigning authority is satisfied that

have coamings of steel or other equiva- the closing arrangements and other
lent material, substantially con- circumstances justify a lower height.
34
Satisfactory means permanently at- means of closing may be accepted sub-

tached, shall be provided for closing ject to the approval of the assigning
the openings of the air pipes. authority. The means for operating the
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10062, July 12, 1968, as
positive action valve shall be readily
amended by CGFR 68–126, 34 FR 9014, June 5, accessible and provided with an indi-
1969] cator showing whether the valve is
open or closed.
§ 42.15–55 Cargo ports and other simi- (b) In manned machinery spaces main
lar openings. and auxiliary sea inlets and discharges
(a) Cargo ports and other similar in connection with the operation of
openings in the sides of vessels below machinery may be controlled locally.
the freeboard deck shall be fitted with The controls shall be readily accessible
doors so designed as to ensure and shall be provided with indicators
watertightness and structural integ- showing whether the valves are open or
rity commensurate with the sur- closed.
rounding shell plating, to the satisfac- (c) Scuppers and discharge pipes orig-
tion of the assigning authority. The ar- inating at any level and penetrating
rangements shall be subject to tight- the shell either more than 171⁄2 inches
ness tests at the initial survey and at below the freeboard deck or less than
such subsequent surveys or more fre- 231⁄2 inches above the summer load wa-
quent intervals as deemed necessary. terline shall be provided with a non-
The number of such openings shall be return valve at the shell. This valve,
the minimum compatible with the de- unless required by paragraph (a) of this
sign and proper working of the vessel. section, may be omitted if the piping is
(b) Unless permitted by the Com- of thickness as specified in part 56 in
mandant the lower edge of such open- subchapter F (Marine Engineering) of
ings shall not be below a line drawn this chapter.
parallel to the freeboard deck at side, (d) Scuppers leading from super-
which has at its lowest point the upper structures or deckhouses not fitted
edge of the uppermost load line. with doors complying with the require-
ments of § 42.15–10 shall be led over-
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10062, July 12, 1968, as
board.
1969] (e) All valves and shell fittings re-
quired by this section shall be of steel,
§ 42.15–60 Scuppers, inlets, and dis- bronze, or other approved ductile mate-
charges. rial. Valves of ordinary cast iron or
(a) Discharges led through the shell similar material are not acceptable.
either from spaces below the freeboard All pipes to which this section refers
deck or from within superstructures shall be of steel or other equivalent
and deckhouses on the freeboard deck material to the satisfaction of the as-
fitted with doors complying with the signing authority.
requirements of § 42.15–10 shall be fitted [CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10062, July 12, 1968, as
with efficient and accessible means for amended by CGFR 68–126, 34 FR 9014, June 5,
preventing water from passing inboard. 1969]
Normally, each separate discharge
shall have one automatic nonreturn § 42.15–65 Side scuttles.
valve with a positive means of closing (a) Side scuttles to spaces below the
it from a position above the freeboard freeboard deck or to spaces within en-
deck. Where, however, the vertical dis- closed superstructures shall be fitted
tance from the summer load waterline with efficient hinged inside deadlights
to the inboard end of the discharge pipe arranged so that they can be effec-
exceeds 0.01L, the discharge may have tively closed and secured watertight.
two automatic nonreturn valves with- (b) No side scuttle shall be fitted in a
out positive means of closing: Provided, position so that its sill is below a line
That the inboard valve is always acces- drawn parallel to the freeboard deck at
sible for examination under service side and having its lowest point 2.5 per-
conditions; where that vertical dis- cent of the breadth (B) above the load
tance exceeds 0.02L a single automatic waterline, or 191⁄2 inches, which ever is
nonreturn valve without positive the greater distance.
35
§ 42.15–70 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
(c) The side scuttles, together with TABLE 42.15–70(c)

their glasses, if fitted, and deadlights,
Area of freeing
shall be of substantial and approved Breadth of hatchway or trunk in relation to ports in relation
construction. the breadth of vessel to the total area
of the bulwarks
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10062, July 12, 1968]
40 percent or less ...................................... 20 percent.
75 percent or more .................................... 10 percent.
§ 42.15–70 Freeing ports.
(a) Where bulwarks on the weather NOTE: The area of freeing ports at inter-
portions of freeboard or superstructure mediate breadths shall be obtained by linear
decks form wells, ample provision shall interpolation.
be made for rapidly freeing the deck of (d) In vessels having superstructures
water and for draining them. Except as which are open at either or both ends,
provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of adequate provision for freeing the
this section, the minimum freeing port space within such superstructures shall
area (A) on each side of the vessel for be provided to the satisfaction of the
each well on the freeboard deck shall assigning authority.
be that given by the following formulae (e) The lower edges of the freeing
in cases where the sheer in way of the ports shall be as near the deck as prac-
well is standard or greater than stand- ticable. Two-thirds of the freeing port
ard. The minimum area for each well area required shall be provided in the
on superstructure decks shall be one- half of the well nearest the lowest
half of the area given by the formulae. point of the sheer curve.
(1) Where the length of bulwark (l) in (f) All such openings in the bulwarks
the well is 66 feet or less A = 7.6 + 0.115l shall be protected by rails or bars
spaced approximately 9 inches apart. If
(square feet)
shutters are fitted to freeing ports,
(2) Where l exceeds 66 feet A = 0.23l
ample clearance shall be provided to
(square feet) prevent jamming. Hinges shall have
(3) l need in no case be taken as pins or bearings of noncorrodible mate-
greater than 0.7L. rial. If shutters are fitted with securing
(4) If the bulwark is more than 3.9 appliances, these appliances shall be of
feet in average height the required area approved construction.
shall be increased by 0.04 square feet
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10062, July 12, 1968, as
per foot of length of well for each foot
difference in height. If the bulwark is 1969]
less than 3 feet in average height, the
required area may be decreased by 0.04 § 42.15–75 Protection of the crew.
square feet per foot of length for each (a) The strength of the deckhouses
foot difference in height. used for the accommodation of the
(b) In vessels with no sheer the area crew shall be to the satisfaction of the
calculated according to paragraph (a) assigning authority.
of this section shall be increased by 50 (b) Efficient guard rails or bulwarks
percent. Where the sheer is less than must be fitted on all exposed parts of
the standard the percentage shall be the freeboard and superstructure decks
obtained by linear interpolation. as follows:
(c) Where a vessel is fitted with a (1) The height of the bulwarks or
trunk which does not comply with the guard rails must be at least 391⁄2 inches
requirements of § 42.20–55(a)(5) or where from the deck, provided that where
continuous or substantially continuous this height would interfere with the
hatchway side coamings are fitted be- normal operation of the vessel, a lesser
tween detached superstructures the height may be approved if the Com-
minimum area of the freeing port open- mandant and the assigning authority
ings shall be calculated from table are satisfied that adequate protection
42.15–70(c): is provided.
(2) On each vessel that is initially

surveyed for load line assignment after
January 1, 1976, and that is exclusively
36
engaged in towing operations, the min- tight door of steel or equivalent mate-
imum bulwark or rail height on the rial.
freeboard deck may be reduced to 30 (b) Gangway and access. (1) An effi-
inches provided the assigning author- ciently constructed fore and aft perma-
ity is satisfied that adequate grabrails nent gangway of sufficient strength
are provided around the periphery of shall be fitted on Type ‘‘A’’ vessels at
the deckhouse. the level of the superstructure deck be-
(3) Portable rails may be used when tween the poop and the midship bridge
operating conditions warrant their use. or deckhouse where fitted, or equiva-
(c) The opening below the lowest lent means of access shall be provided
course of the guard rails shall not ex- to carry out the purpose of the gang-
ceed 9 inches. The other courses shall way, such as passages below deck. Else-
be not more than 15 inches apart. In where, and on Type ‘‘A’’ vessels with-
the case of vessels with rounded out a midship bridge, arrangements to
gunwales the guard rail supports shall the satisfaction of the assigning au-
be placed on the flat of the deck. thority shall be provided to safeguard
(d) Satisfactory means (in the form the crew in reaching all parts used in
of guard rails, life lines, gangways or the necessary work of the ship.
underdeck passages, etc.) shall be pro- (2) Safe and satisfactory access from
vided for the protection of the crew in the gangway level shall be available
getting to and from their quarters, the between separates crew accommoda-
machinery space and all other parts tions and also between crew accom-
used in the necessary work of the ves- modations and the machinery space.
sel. (c) Hatchways. Exposed hatchways on
(e) Deck cargo carried on any vessel the freeboard and forecastle decks or
shall be so stowed that any opening on the tops of expansion trunks on
which is in way of the cargo and which Type ‘‘A’’ vessels shall be provided
gives access to and from the crew’s with efficient watertight covers of
quarters, the machinery space and all steel or other equivalent material.
other parts used in the necessary work (d) Freeing arrangements. (1) Type ‘‘A’’
of the vessel, can be properly closed vessels with bulwarks shall have open
and secured against the admission of rails fitted for at least half the length
water. Effective protection for the crew of the exposed parts of the weather
in the form of guard rails or life lines deck or other effective freeing arrange-
shall be provided above the deck cargo ments. The upper edge of the sheer
if there is no convenient passage on or strake shall be kept as low as prac-
below the deck of the vessel. ticable.
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10062, July 12, 1968, as (2) Where superstructures are con-
amended by CGFR 68–126, 34 FR 9014, June 5, nected by trunks, open rails shall be
1969; CGD 74–164, 41 FR 1470, Jan. 8, 1976] fitted for the whole length of the ex-
posed parts of the freeboard deck.
§ 42.15–80 Special conditions of assign-
ment for Type ‘‘A’’ vessels. [CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10063, July 12, 1968, as
(a) Machinery casings. Machinery cas- amended by CGFR 68–126, 34 FR 9014, June 5,
1969; CGD 79–153, 48 FR 38647, Aug. 25, 1983]
ings on Type ‘‘A’’ vessels as defined in
§ 42.09–5(b) must be protected by an en-
closed poop or bridge of at least stand- Subpart 42.20—Freeboards
ard height, or by a deckhouse of equal
height and equivalent strength, except § 42.20–3 Freeboard assignment: Type
‘‘A’’ vessels.
that machinery casings may be exposed
if there are no openings giving direct (a) A Type ‘‘A’’ vessel is assigned a
access from the freeboard deck to the freeboard not less than that based on
machinery space. A door complying table 42.20–15(a)(1) provided that the
with the requirements of § 42.15–10 is vessel meets the flooding standard in
permitted in the machinery casing if it § 42.20–6.
leads to a space or passageway which is (b) A vessel that meets the require-
as strongly constructed as the casing ments of subpart D, F, or G of part 172

and is separated from the stairway to of this chapter is considered by the
the engine room by a second weather- Coast Guard as meeting the flooding
37
§ 42.20–5 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
standard referenced in paragraph (a) of TABLE 42.20–5(b)—FREEBOARD INCREASE

this section. OVER TABULAR FREEBOARD FOR TYPE ‘‘B’’
[CGD 79–153, 48 FR 38647, Aug. 25, 1983, as
VESSELS WITH HATCH COVERS NOT COM-
amended by CGD 79–023, 49 FR 26593, June 28, PLYING WITH § 42.15–25(d) OR § 42.15–30.—
1984] Continued
[Metric]
§ 42.20–5 Freeboard assignment: Type
‘‘B’’ vessels. Freeboard increase 1 (millime-
Length of ship (meters) ters)
(a) Each Type ‘‘B’’ vessel is assigned
147 215
a freeboard from table 42.20–15(b)(1) 148 219
that is increased or decreased by the 149 224
provisions of this section. 150 228
151 232
(b) Each Type ‘‘B’’ vessel that has a 152 236
hatchway in position 1, must have the 153 240
freeboard assigned in accordance with 154 244
155 247
paragraph (a) of this section increased 156 251
by the amount given in table 42.20–5(b) 157 254
unless the hatch cover complies with: 158 258
(1) Section 42.15–25(d); or 159 261
160 264
(2) Section 42.15–30. 161 267
162 270
TABLE 42.20–5(b)—FREEBOARD INCREASE 163 273
OVER TABULAR FREEBOARD FOR TYPE ‘‘B’’ 164 275
165 278
VESSELS WITH HATCH COVERS NOT COM- 166 280
PLYING WITH § 42.15–25(d) OR § 42.15–30. 167 283
[Metric] 168 285
169 287
Freeboard increase 1 (millime- 170 290
Length of ship (meters) 171 292
ters)
172 294
2108 50 173 297
109 52 174 299
110 55 175 301
111 57 176 304
112 59 177 306
113 62 178 308
114 64 179 311
115 68 180 313
116 70 181 315
117 73 182 318
118 76 183 320
119 80 184 322
120 84 185 325
121 87 186 327
122 91 187 329
123 95 188 332
124 99 189 334
125 103 190 336
126 108 191 339
127 112 192 341
128 116 193 343
129 121 194 346
130 126 195 348
131 131 196 350
132 136 197 353
133 142 198 355
134 147 199 357
3200 358
135 153
136 159 1 Freeboards at intermediate lengths of ship shall be ob-
137 164 tained by linear interpolation.
138 170 2 108 and below.
3 Ships above 200 meters in length are subject to individual
139 175
140 181 determination by the Commandant.
141 186 [English]
142 191
143 196 Length of ship (feet) Freeboard increase 1 (inches)

144 201
145 206 2350 2.0
146 210 360 2.3
38
[English] the total difference between the
Length of ship (feet) Freeboard increase 1 (inches) freeboard tables referenced in para-
graph (d) of this section provided that
370 2.6 the vessel meets the flooding standard
380 2.9
390 3.3 in § 42.20–8 and the provisions of § 42.15–
400 3.7 80 (a), (b) and (d) as if it were a Type
410 4.2 ‘‘A’’ vessel.
420 4.7
430 5.2 [CGD 79–153, 48 FR 38647, Aug. 25, 1983, as
440 5.8 amended by CGD 76–080, 54 FR 36976, Sept. 6,
450 6.4
460 7.0
1989]
470 7.6
480 8.2 § 42.20–6 Flooding standard: Type ‘‘A’’
490 8.7 vessels.
500 9.2
510 9.6 (a) Design calculations must be sub-
520 10.0 mitted that demonstrate that the ves-
530 10.4
540 10.7 sel will remain afloat in the conditions
550 11.0 of equilibrium specified in § 42.20–12 as-
560 11.4 suming the damage specified in § 42.20–
570 11.8
580 12.1
11 as applied to the following flooding
590 12.5 standards:
600 12.8 (1) If the vessel is over 150 meters (492
610 13.1
620 13.4
feet) in length it must be able to with-
630 13.6 stand the flooding of any one compart-
640 13.9 ment, except the machinery space.
650 14.1
3660 14.3
(2) If the vessel is over 225 meters (738
1 Freeboards at intermediate lengths of ship be obtained by
feet) in length, it must be able to with-
linear interpolation. stand the flooding of any one compart-
2 350 and below.
3 Ships above 660 feet in length are subject to individual
ment, treating the machinery space as
determination by the Commandant. a floodable compartment.
(b) When doing the calculations re-
(c) Any Type ‘‘B’’ vessel that is quired in paragraph (a) of this section,
greater than 100 meters (328 feet) in the following permeabilities must be
length and any hopper dredge meeting assumed:
the requirements in subpart C of part (1) 0.95 in all locations except the ma-
44 of this chapter may have a reduced chinery space.
freeboard from that assigned under (2) 0.85 in the machinery space.
table 42.20–15(b)(1) in accordance with
paragraph (d) or paragraph (e) of this [CGD 79–153, 48 FR 38648, Aug. 25, 1983]
section if—
(1) The measures provided for the § 42.20–7 Flooding standard: Type ‘‘B’’
protection of the crew are adequate; vessel, 60 percent reduction.
(2) The freeing arrangements are ade- (a) Design calculations must be sub-
quate; and mitted that demonstrate that the ves-
(3) The hatchway covers in positions sel will remain afloat in the conditions
1 and 2 comply with the provisions of of equilibrium specified in § 42.20–12 as-
§ 42.15–30 and have adequate strength, suming the damage specified in § 42.20–
special care being given to their seal- 11 as applied to the following flooding
ing and securing arrangements. standards:
(d) The freeboards for a Type ‘‘B’’ (1) If the vessel is 225 meters (738 feet)
vessel which comply with paragraph (c) or less in length, it must be able to
of this section may be reduced up to 60 withstand the flooding of any one com-
percent of the total difference between partment, except the machinery space.
the freeboards in table 42.20–15(b)(1) (2) If the vessel is over 225 meters (738
and table 42.20–15(a)(1) provided that feet) in length, it must be able to with-
the vessel meets the flooding standard stand the flooding of any one compart-
in § 42.20–7. ment, treating the machinery space as
(e) The freeboards for a Type ‘‘B’’ a floodable compartment.

vessel which complies with paragraph (b) When doing the calculations re-
(c) of this section may be reduced up to quired in paragraph (a) of this section,
39
§ 42.20–8 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
the following permeabilities must be (3) If the vessel is intended to operate

assumed: at its summer load waterline with
(1) 0.95 in all locations except the ma- empty compartments, these empty
chinery space. compartments are assumed to be
(2) 0.85 in the machinery space. empty rather than fully loaded if the
resulting height of the vertical center
[CGD 79–153, 48 FR 38648, Aug. 25, 1983] of gravity is not less than the height
determined in accordance with para-
§ 42.20–8 Flooding standard: Type ‘‘B’’
vessel, 100 percent reduction. graph (b)(2) of this section.
(4) Fifty percent of the total capacity
(a) Design calculations must be sub- of all tanks and spaces fitted to con-
mitted that demonstrate that the ves- tain consumable liquids or stores must
sel will remain afloat in the conditions be assumed to be distributed to accom-
of equilibrium specified in § 42.20–12 as- plish the following:
suming the damage specified in § 42.20– (i) Each tank and space fitted to con-
11 as applied to the following flooding tain consumable liquids or stores must
standards: be assumed either completely empty or
(1) If the vessel is 225 meters (738 feet) completely filled.
or less in length, it must be able to (ii) The consumables must be distrib-
withstand the flooding of any two adja- uted so as to produce the greatest pos-
cent fore and after compartments ex- sible height above the keel for the cen-
cluding the machinery space; ter of gravity.
(2) If the vessel is over 225 meters (738 (5) Weights are calculated using the
feet) in length, the flooding standard of following values for specific gravities:
paragraph (a)(1) of this section must be
Salt water—1.025
applied, treating the machinery space,
Fresh water—1.000
taken alone, as a floodable compart- Oil fuel—0.950
ment. Diesel oil—0.900
(b) When doing the calculations re- Lube oil—0.900
quired in paragraph (a) of this section, [CGD 79–153, 48 FR 38648, Aug. 25, 1983]
the following permeabilities must be
assumed: § 42.20–10 Free surface.
(1) 0.95 in all locations except the ma- When doing the calculations required
chinery space. in §§ 42.20–6(a), 42.20–7(a) and 42.20–8(a),
(2) 0.85 in the machinery space. the effect of free surface of the fol-
[CGD 79–153, 48 FR 38648, Aug. 25, 1983] lowing liquids must be included:
(a) For each type of consumable liq-
§ 42.20–9 Initial conditions of loading. uid, the maximum free surface of at
When doing the calculations required least one transverse pair of tanks or a
in §§ 42.20–6(a), 42.20–7(a) and 42.20–8(a), single centerline tank must be in-
the initial condition of loading before cluded. The tank or combination of
flooding must be assumed to be as spec- tanks must be that resulting in the
ified in this section: greatest free surface effect.
(a) The vessel is assumed to be loaded (b) For cargo liquids, unless the com-
to its summer load waterline with no partment is assumed to be empty as re-
trim. quired by § 42.20–9(b)(3), the free surface
of those compartments containing liq-
(b) When calculating the vertical
uids is calculated at an angle of heel of
center of gravity, the following as-
not more than 5 degrees.
sumptions apply:
(1) The cargo is assumed to be homo- [CGD 79–153, 48 FR 38649, Aug. 25, 1983]
geneous.
(2) Except as specified in paragraph § 42.20–11 Extent of damage.
(b)(3) of this section, all cargo com- When doing the calculations required
partments are assumed to be fully by §§ 42.20–6(a), 42.20–7(a) and 42.20–8(a),
loaded. This includes compartments in- the following must be assumed:
tended to be only partially filled. In (a) The vertical extent of damage in

the case of liquid cargoes, fully loaded all cases must be assumed to be from
means 98 percent full. the baseline upward without limit.
40
(b) The transverse extent of damage be non-existent in order to achieve the

is assumed to be equal to B/5 or 11.5 minimum spacing between bulkheads.
meters (37.7 feet), whichever is less.
[CGD 79–153, 48 FR 38649, Aug. 25, 1983]
The transverse extent is measured in-
board from the side of the ship per- § 42.20–12 Conditions of equilibrium.
pendicularly to the center line at the
level of the summer load waterline. The following conditions of equi-
librium are regarded as satisfactory:
(c) If damage of a lesser extent than
(a) Downflooding. The final waterline
that specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of
after flooding, taking into account
this section results in a more severe
sinkage, heel, and trim, is below the
condition, the lesser extent must be as-
lower edge of any opening through
sumed.
which progressive flooding can take
(d) The following assumptions apply place. Such openings include air pipes,
to the transverse damage specified in ventilators, and openings which are
paragraph (b) of this section for a closed by means of weathertight doors
stepped or recessed bulkhead: (even if they comply with § 42.15–10) or
(1) A transverse watertight bulkhead covers (even if they comply with
that has a step or recess located within § 42.15–30 or § 42.15–45(d)) but may ex-
the transverse extent of assumed dam- clude those openings closed by means
age may be considered intact if the of:
step or recess is not more than 3.05 me- (1) Manhole covers and flush scuttles
ters (10 feet) in length. which comply with § 42.15–40;
(2) If a transverse watertight bulk- (2) Cargo hatch covers which comply
head has a step or recess of more than with § 42.09–5(b);
3.05 meters (10 feet) in length, within (3) Hinged watertight doors in an ap-
the transverse extent of assumed dam- proved position which are secured
age, the two compartments adjacent to closed while at sea and so logged; and
this bulkhead must be considered as (4) Remotely operated sliding water-
flooded. tight doors, and side scuttles of the
(3) If within the transverse extent of non-opening type which comply with
damage, a transverse bulkhead has a § 42.15–65.
step or recess more than 3.05 meters (10 (b) Progressive flooding. If pipes,
feet) in length that coincides with the ducts, or tunnels are situated within
double bottom tank top or the inner the assumed extent of damage penetra-
boundary of a wing tank, respectively, tion as defined in § 42.20–11 (a) and (b),
all adjacent compartments within the progressive flooding cannot extend to
transverse extent of assumed damage compartments other than those as-
must be considered to be flooded simul- sumed to be floodable in the calcula-
taneously. tion for each case of damage.
(e) If a wing tank has openings into (c) Final angle of heel. The angle of
adjacent compartments, the wing tank heel due to unsymmetrical flooding
and adjacent compartments must be does not exceed 15 degrees. If no part of
considered as one compartment. This the deck is immersed, an angle of heel
provision applies even where these of up to 17 degrees may be accepted.
openings are fitted with closing appli- (d) Metacentric height. The
ances except: metacentric height of the damaged ves-
(1) Valves fitted in bulkheads be- sel, in the upright condition, is posi-
tween tanks which are controlled from tive.
above the bulkhead deck. (e) Residual stability. Through an
(2) Secured manhole covers fitted angle of 20 degrees beyond its position
with closely spaced bolts. of equilibrium, the vessel must meet
(f) Only transverse watertight bulk- the following conditions:
heads that are spaced apart at least (1) The righting arm must be posi-
1⁄3(L)2⁄3 or 14.5 meters (0.495(L)2⁄3 or 47.6 tive.
feet), whichever is less, may be consid- (2) The maximum righting arm must
ered effective. If transverse bulkheads be at least 0.1 meter (4 inches).

are closer together, then one or more (3) The area under the righting arm
of these bulkheads must be assumed to curve within the 20 degree range must
41
§ 42.20–13 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
not be less than 0.0175 meter-radians TABLE 42.20–15(a)(1)—FREEBOARD TABLE FOR

(0.689 inch-radians). TYPE ‘‘A’’ VESSELS—Continued
(4) Each submerged opening must be
Freeboard 1
weathertight (e.g. a vent fitted with a Length of vessel (feet) (inches)
ball check valve).
(f) Intermediate stages of flooding. The 260 ...................................................................... 32.8
270 ...................................................................... 34.6
Commandant is satisfied that the sta- 280 ...................................................................... 36.3
bility is sufficient during intermediate 290 ...................................................................... 38.0
stages of flooding. 300 ...................................................................... 39.7
310 ...................................................................... 41.4
[CGD 79–153, 48 FR 38649, Aug. 25, 1983] 320 ...................................................................... 43.2
330 ...................................................................... 45.0
§ 42.20–13 Vessels without means of 340 ...................................................................... 46.9
350 ...................................................................... 48.8
propulsion. 360 ...................................................................... 50.7
(a) A lighter, barge, or other vessel 370 ...................................................................... 52.7
380 ...................................................................... 54.7
without independent means of propul- 390 ...................................................................... 56.8
sion is assigned a freeboard in accord- 400 ...................................................................... 58.8
ance with the provisions of this sub- 410 ...................................................................... 60.9
part as modified by paragraphs (b), (c), 420 ...................................................................... 62.9
430 ...................................................................... 65.0
and (d) of this section. 440 ...................................................................... 67.0
(b) A barge that meets the require- 450 ...................................................................... 69.1
ments of § 42.09–5(b) may be assigned 460 ...................................................................... 71.1
470 ...................................................................... 73.1
Type ‘‘A’’ freeboard if the barge does 480 ...................................................................... 75.1
not carry deck cargo. 490 ...................................................................... 77.1
(c) An unmanned barge is not re- 500 ...................................................................... 79.0
510 ...................................................................... 80.9
quired to comply with § 42.15–75, § 42.15– 520 ...................................................................... 82.7
80(b), or § 42.20–70. 530 ...................................................................... 84.5
(d) An unmanned barge that has only 540 ...................................................................... 86.3
small access openings closed by water- 550 ...................................................................... 88.0
560 ...................................................................... 89.6
tight gasketed covers of steel or equiv- 570 ...................................................................... 91.1
alent material on the freeboard deck, 580 ...................................................................... 92.6
may be assigned a freeboard 25 percent 590 ...................................................................... 94.1
600 ...................................................................... 95.5
less than that calculated in accordance 610 ...................................................................... 96.9
with this subpart. 620 ...................................................................... 98.3
630 ...................................................................... 99.6
[CGD 79–153, 48 FR 38649, Aug. 25, 1983] 640 ...................................................................... 100.9
650 ...................................................................... 102.1
§ 42.20–15 Freeboard tables. 660 ...................................................................... 103.3
670 ...................................................................... 104.4
(a) Type ‘‘A’’ vessel. (1) The tabular 680 ...................................................................... 105.5
freeboard for Type ‘‘A’’ vessel shall be 690 ...................................................................... 106.6
determined from table 42.20–15(a)(1): 700 ...................................................................... 107.7
710 ...................................................................... 108.7
720 ...................................................................... 109.7
TABLE 42.20–15(a)(1)—FREEBOARD TABLE FOR 730 ...................................................................... 110.7
TYPE ‘‘A’’ VESSELS 740 ...................................................................... 111.7
750 ...................................................................... 112.6
Freeboard 1 760 ...................................................................... 113.5
Length of vessel (feet) (inches) 770 ...................................................................... 114.4
780 ...................................................................... 115.3
80 ........................................................................ 8.0
790 ...................................................................... 116.1
90 ........................................................................ 8.9
800 ...................................................................... 117.0
100 ...................................................................... 9.8
110 ...................................................................... 10.8 810 ...................................................................... 117.8
120 ...................................................................... 11.9 820 ...................................................................... 118.6
130 ...................................................................... 13.0 830 ...................................................................... 119.3
140 ...................................................................... 14.2 840 ...................................................................... 120.1
150 ...................................................................... 15.5 850 ...................................................................... 120.7
160 ...................................................................... 16.9 860 ...................................................................... 121.4
170 ...................................................................... 18.3 870 ...................................................................... 122.1
180 ...................................................................... 19.8 880 ...................................................................... 122.7
190 ...................................................................... 21.3 890 ...................................................................... 123.4
200 ...................................................................... 22.9 900 ...................................................................... 124.0
210 ...................................................................... 24.5 910 ...................................................................... 124.6
220 ...................................................................... 26.2 920 ...................................................................... 125.2

230 ...................................................................... 27.8 930 ...................................................................... 125.7
240 ...................................................................... 29.5 940 ...................................................................... 126.2
250 ...................................................................... 31.1 950 ...................................................................... 126.7
42
TABLE 42.20–15(a)(1)—FREEBOARD TABLE FOR TABLE 42.20–15(b)(1)—FREEBOARD TABLE FOR

TYPE ‘‘A’’ VESSELS—Continued TYPE ‘‘B’’ VESSELS—Continued
Freeboard 1 Freeboard 1
Length of vessel (feet) Length of vessel (feet)
(inches) (inches)
960 ...................................................................... 127.2 360 ...................................................................... 58.2

970 ...................................................................... 127.7 370 ...................................................................... 60.7
980 ...................................................................... 128.1 380 ...................................................................... 63.2
990 ...................................................................... 128.6 390 ...................................................................... 65.7
1,000 ................................................................... 129.0 400 ...................................................................... 68.2
1,010 ................................................................... 129.4 410 ...................................................................... 70.7
1,020 ................................................................... 129.9 420 ...................................................................... 73.2
1,030 ................................................................... 130.3 430 ...................................................................... 75.7
1,040 ................................................................... 130.7 440 ...................................................................... 78.2
1,050 ................................................................... 131.0 450 ...................................................................... 80.7
1,060 ................................................................... 131.4 460 ...................................................................... 83.1
1,070 ................................................................... 131.7 470 ...................................................................... 85.6
1,080 ................................................................... 132.0 480 ...................................................................... 88.1
1,090 ................................................................... 132.3 490 ...................................................................... 90.6
1,100 ................................................................... 132.6 500 ...................................................................... 93.1
1,110 ................................................................... 132.9 510 ...................................................................... 95.6
1,120 ................................................................... 133.2 520 ...................................................................... 98.1
1,130 ................................................................... 133.5 530 ...................................................................... 100.6
1,140 ................................................................... 133.8 540 ...................................................................... 103.0
1,150 ................................................................... 134.0 550 ...................................................................... 105.4
1,160 ................................................................... 134.3 560 ...................................................................... 107.7
1,170 ................................................................... 134.5 570 ...................................................................... 110.0
1,180 ................................................................... 134.7 580 ...................................................................... 112.3
1,190 ................................................................... 135.0 590 ...................................................................... 114.6
1,200 ................................................................... 135.2 600 ...................................................................... 116.8
1,200 2. 610 ...................................................................... 119.0
1 Freeboards at intermediate lengths of vessels shall be ob-
620 ...................................................................... 121.1
630 ...................................................................... 123.2
tained by linear interpolation.
2 Vessels above 1,200 feet in length shall be dealt with by 640 ...................................................................... 125.3
the Commandant. 650 ...................................................................... 127.3
660 ...................................................................... 129.3
(b) Type ‘‘B’’ vessels. (1) The tabular 670 ...................................................................... 131.3
freeboard for Type ‘‘B’’ vessels shall be 680 ...................................................................... 133.3
690 ...................................................................... 135.3
determined from table 42.20–15(b)(1): 700 ...................................................................... 137.1
710 ...................................................................... 139.0
TABLE 42.20–15(b)(1)—FREEBOARD TABLE FOR 720 ...................................................................... 140.9
TYPE ‘‘B’’ VESSELS 730 ...................................................................... 142.7
740 ...................................................................... 144.5
Freeboard 1 750 ...................................................................... 146.3
Length of vessel (feet) 760 ...................................................................... 148.1
(inches)
770 ...................................................................... 149.8
80 ........................................................................ 8.0 780 ...................................................................... 151.5
90 ........................................................................ 8.9 790 ...................................................................... 153.2
100 ...................................................................... 9.8 800 ...................................................................... 154.8
110 ...................................................................... 10.8 810 ...................................................................... 156.4
120 ...................................................................... 11.9 820 ...................................................................... 158.0
130 ...................................................................... 13.0 830 ...................................................................... 159.6
140 ...................................................................... 14.2 840 ...................................................................... 161.2
150 ...................................................................... 15.5 850 ...................................................................... 162.8
160 ...................................................................... 16.9 860 ...................................................................... 164.3
170 ...................................................................... 18.3 870 ...................................................................... 165.9
180 ...................................................................... 19.8 880 ...................................................................... 167.4
190 ...................................................................... 21.3 890 ...................................................................... 168.9
200 ...................................................................... 22.9 900 ...................................................................... 170.4
210 ...................................................................... 24.7 910 ...................................................................... 171.8
220 ...................................................................... 26.6 920 ...................................................................... 173.3
230 ...................................................................... 28.5 930 ...................................................................... 174.7
240 ...................................................................... 30.4 940 ...................................................................... 176.1
250 ...................................................................... 32.4 950 ...................................................................... 177.5
260 ...................................................................... 34.4 960 ...................................................................... 178.9
270 ...................................................................... 36.5 970 ...................................................................... 180.3
280 ...................................................................... 38.7 980 ...................................................................... 181.7
290 ...................................................................... 41.0 990 ...................................................................... 183.1
300 ...................................................................... 43.3 1,000 ................................................................... 184.4
310 ...................................................................... 45.7 1,010 ................................................................... 185.8
320 ...................................................................... 48.2
1,020 ................................................................... 187.2

330 ...................................................................... 50.7 1,030 ................................................................... 188.5
340 ...................................................................... 53.2 1,040 ................................................................... 189.8
350 ...................................................................... 55.7 1,050 ................................................................... 191.0
43
§ 42.20–20 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
TABLE 42.20–15(b)(1)—FREEBOARD TABLE FOR sel with an enclosed superstructure

TYPE ‘‘B’’ VESSELS—Continued covering at least 0.6L amidships, with a
complete trunk, or combination of de-
Freeboard 1
Length of vessel (feet) (inches) tached enclosed superstructures and
trunks which extend all fore and aft,
1,060 ................................................................... 192.3 where the freeboard shall be reduced at
1,070 ................................................................... 193.5
1,080 ................................................................... 194.8 the rate prescribed in paragraph (a) of
1,090 ................................................................... 196.1 this section.
1,100 ................................................................... 197.3 (c) Where the height of super-
1,110 ................................................................... 198.6
1,120 ................................................................... 199.9 structure or trunk is less than the
1,130 ................................................................... 201.2 standard height, the reduction shall be
1,140 ................................................................... 202.3 in the ratio of the actual to the stand-
1,150 ................................................................... 203.5
1,160 ................................................................... 204.6 ard height as defined in § 42.20–40.
1,170 ................................................................... 205.8
1,180 ................................................................... 206.9 [CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10064, July 12, 1968]
1,190 ................................................................... 208.1
1,200 ................................................................... 209.3 § 42.20–35 Correction for position of
1,200 2 ................................................................. deck line.
1 Freeboards at intermediate lengths of vessel shall be ob-
(a) Where the actual depth to the
2 Vessels above 1,200 feet in length shall be dealt with by upper edge of the deck line is greater
the Commandant. or less than D, the difference between
the depths shall be added to or de-
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10064, July 12, 1968, as
amended by CGFR 68–126, 34 FR 9015, June 5, ducted from the freeboard.
1969] [CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10065, July 12, 1968]
§ 42.20–20 Correction to the freeboard § 42.20–40 Standard height of super-
for vessels under 328 feet in length. structure.
(a) The tabular freeboard for a Type (a) The standard height of a super-
‘‘B’’ vessel of between 79 feet and 328 structure shall be as given in table
feet in length having enclosed super- 42.20–40(a):
structures with an effective length of
up to 35 percent of the length of the TABLE 42.20–40(a) STANDARD HEIGHTS (IN
vessel shall be increased by: FEET) 1
0.09 (328¥L) [0.35¥(E/L)] inches All other
Raised super
where: Length (L) (in feet) quarter struc-
deck
L = length of vessel in feet. tures
E = effective length of superstructure in feet
98.5 or less ............................................ 3.0 5.9
as defined in § 42.20–50. 246 ......................................................... 3.9 5.9
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10064, July 12, 1968] 410 or more ........................................... 5.9 7.5
1 The standard heights at intermediate lengths of the vessel
§ 42.20–25 Correction for block coeffi- shall be obtained by linear interpolation.

cient.
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10065, July 12, 1968, as
If the block coefficient (Cb) exceeds amended by CGFR 68–126, 34 FR 9015, June 5,
0.68, the tabular freeboard specified in 1969]
§ 42.20–15 as modified, if applicable, by
§§ 42.20–5 (b) and (d), and 42.20–20(a) § 42.20–45 Length of superstructure.
must be multiplied by the factor (Cb +
(a) Except as provided in paragraph
0.68)/1.36.
(b) of this section, the length of a su-
[CGD 79–153, 48 FR 38650, Aug. 25, 1983] perstructure (S) shall be the mean
length of the parts of the super-
§ 42.20–30 Correction for depth. structure which lie within the length
(a) Where D exceeds L1⁄15 the (L).
freeboard shall be increased by [D¥(L/ (b) Where the end bulkhead of an en-
15)] R inches, where R is L/131.2 at closed superstructure extends in a fair
lengths less than 393.6 feet and 3 at convex curve beyond its intersection
393.6 feet length and above. with the superstructure sides, the
(b) Where D is less than L/15 no re- length of the superstructure may be in-
duction shall be made except in a ves- creased on the basis of an equivalent
44
plane bulkhead. This increase shall be (1) The trunk is at least as strong as
two-thirds of the fore and aft extent of a superstructure;
curvature. The maximum curvature (2) The hatchways are in the trunk
which may be taken into account in de- deck, and the hatchway coamings and
termining this increase is one-half the covers comply with the requirements
breadth of the superstructure at the of §§ 42.15–15 to 42.15–30, inclusive, and
point of intersection of the curved end the width of the trunk deck stringer
of the superstructure with its side. provides a satisfactory gangway and
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10065, July 12, 1968, as sufficient lateral stiffness; however,
amended by CGFR 68–126, 34 FR 9015, June 5, small access openings with watertight
1969] covers may be permitted in the
§ 42.20–50 Effective length of super- freeboard deck;
structure. (3) A permanent working platform
fore and aft fitted with guard rails is
(a) Except as provided for in para-
provided by the trunk deck, or by de-
graph (b) of this section the effective
length (E) of an enclosed super- tached trunks connected to super-
structure of standard height shall be structures by efficient permanent
its length. gangways;
(b) In all cases where an enclosed su- (4) Ventilators are protected by the
perstructure of standard height is set trunk by watertight covers or by other
in from the sides of the vessel as per- equivalent means;
mitted in § 42.13–15(j), the effective (5) Open rails are fitted on the weath-
length shall be the length modified by er parts of the freeboard deck in way of
the ratio of b/Bs, the trunk for at least half their length;
where: (6) The machinery casings are pro-
‘‘b’’ is the breadth of the superstructure at tected by the trunk, by a super-
the middle of its length; structure of at least standard height,
‘‘Bs’’ is the breadth of the vessel at the mid- or by a deckhouse of the same height
dle of the length of the superstructure. and of equivalent strength;
(1) Where a superstructure is set in (7) The breadth of the trunk is at
for a part of its length, this modifica- least 60 percent of the breadth of the
tion shall be applied only to the set in vessel; and,
part. (8) Where there is no superstructure,
(c) Where the height of an enclosed the length of the trunk is at least 0.6L.
superstructure is less than the stand- (b) The full length of an efficient
ard height, the effective length shall be trunk reduced in the ratio of its mean
its length reduced in the ratio of the
breadth to B shall be its effective
actual height to the standard height.
length.
Where the height exceeds the standard,
no increase shall be made to the effec- (c) The standard height of a trunk is
tive length of the superstructure. the standard height of a superstructure
(d) The effective length of a raised other than a raised quarter deck.
quarter deck if fitted with an intact (d) Where the height of a trunk is
front bulkhead, shall be its length up less than the standard height, its effec-
to a maximum of 0.6L. Where the bulk- tive length shall be reduced in the
head is not intact, the raised quarter ratio of the actual to the standard
deck shall be treated as a poop of less height. Where the height of hatchway
than standard height. coamings on the trunk deck is less
(e) Superstructures which are not en- than that required under § 42.15–25(a), a
closed shall have no effective length. reduction from the actual height of
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10065, July 12, 1968] trunk shall be made which corresponds
to the difference between the actual
§ 42.20–55 Trunks. and required height of coaming.
(a) A trunk or similar structure [CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10065, July 12, 1968, as
which does not extend to the sides of amended by CGFR 68–126, 34 FR 9015, June 5,
the vessel shall be regarded as efficient 1969]
on the following conditions:
45
§ 42.20–60 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
§ 42.20–60 Deduction for super- at 400 feet length and above; deductions
structures and trunks. at intermediate lengths shall be ob-
(a) Where the effective length of su-
(b) Where the total effective length
perstructures and trunks is 1.0L, the
of superstructures and trunks is less
deduction from the freeboard shall be than 1.0L the deduction shall be a per-
14 inches at 79 feet length of vessel, 34 centage obtained from table 42.20–
inches at 279 feet length, and 42 inches 60(b)(1) or table 42.20–60(b)(2):
TABLE 42.20–60(b)(1)—PERCENTAGE OF DEDUCTION FOR TYPE ‘‘A’’ VESSELS
Total effective length of superstructures and trunks
0 0.1L 0.2L 0.3L 0.4L 0.5L 0.6L 0.7L 0.8L 0.9L 1.0L
Percentage of deduction for all types of super-

structures 1 .................................................... 0 7 14 21 31 41 52 63 75.3 87.7 100
1 Percentages at intermediate lengths of superstructures and trunks shall be obtained by linear interpolation.
TABLE 42.20–60(b)(2)—PERCENTAGE OF DEDUCTION FOR TYPE ‘‘B’’ VESSELS

[Percentage of deduction 1]
Total effective length of superstructures and trunks
Line 0 0.1L 0.2L 0.3L 0.4L 0.5L 0.6L 0.7L 0.8L 0.9L 1.0L
Vessels with forecastle and without de-

tached bridge .................................... I 0 5 10 15 23.5 32 46 63 75.3 87.7 100
Vessels with forecastle and detached
bridge ................................................ II 0 6.3 12.7 19 27.5 36 46 63 75.3 87.7 100
1 Percentages at intermediate lengths of superstructures and trunks shall be obtained by linear interpolation.
(c) For vessels of Type ‘‘B’’: lation to a reference line drawn par-
(1) Where the effective length of a allel to the design load waterline.
bridge is less than 0.2L, the percentages (3) In flush deck vessels and in ves-
shall be obtained by linear interpola- sels with detached superstructures the
tion between lines I and II; sheer shall be measured at the
(2) Where the effective length of a freeboard deck.
forecastle is more than 0.4L, the per- (4) In vessels with topsides of unusual
centages shall be obtained from line II; form in which there is a step or break
and, in the topsides, the sheer shall be con-
(3) Where the effective length of a sidered in relation to the equivalent
forecastle is less than 0.07L, the per- depth amidships.
centages in table 42.20–60(b)(2) of this (5) In vessels with a superstructure of
paragraph shall be reduced by: standard height which extends over the
5(0.07L¥f)/0.07L whole length of the freeboard deck, the
sheer shall be measured at the super-
L is the length of vessel as defined in § 42.13– structure deck. Where the height ex-
15(a), ceeds the standard the least difference
f is the effective length of the forecastle. (Z) between the actual and standard
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10065, July 12, 1968, as heights shall be added to each end ordi-
amended by CGFR 68–126, 34 FR 9015, June 5, nate. Similarly, the intermediate
1969; USCG–2014–0688, 79 FR 58280, Sept. 29, ordinates at distances of 1⁄6L and 1⁄3L
2014] from each perpendicular shall be in-
creased by 0.444Z and 0.111Z respec-
§ 42.20–65 Sheer. tively.
(a) General. (1) The sheer shall be (6) Where the deck of an enclosed su-
measured from the deck at side to a perstructure has at least the same
line of reference drawn parallel to the sheer as the exposed freeboard deck,
keel through the sheer line amidships. the sheer of the enclosed portion of the
(2) In vessels designed with a rake of freeboard deck shall not be taken into
keel, the sheer shall be measured in re- account.
46
(7) Where an enclosed poop or fore- may be granted for excess sheer for-
castle is of standard height with great- ward.
er sheer than that of the freeboard (4) Where sheer credit is given for a
deck, or is of more than standard poop or forecastle, the following for-
height, an addition to the sheer of the mula shall be used:
freeboard deck shall be made as pro-
vided in paragraph (c)(4) of this sec- s = (y/3)(L′/L)
tion. where:
(b) Standard sheer profile. (1) The
s = sheer credit, to be deducted from the defi-
ordinates of the standard sheer profile ciency or added to the excess of sheer.
are given in table 42.20–65(b)(1): y = difference between actual and standard
height of superstructure at the end ordi-
TABLE 42.20–65(b)(1)—STANDARD SHEER
nate.
PROFILE
L′ = mean enclosed length of poop or fore-
[Where L is in feet]
castle up to a maximum length of 0.5L.
Ordinate Ordinate L = length of vessel as defined in § 42.13–15(a).
Fac-
Station (in (in tor
inches) inches) (i) The formula in this paragraph
After half After Perpen- 0.1 ......... L + 10 .... 1
(c)(4) of this section provides a curve in
dicular. the form of a parabola tangent to the
1⁄6 L from A.P ..... 0.0444 ... L + 4.44 3 actual sheer curve at the freeboard
1⁄3 L from A.P ..... 0.0111 ... L + 1.11 3
Amidships ........... ................ 0 ............ 1
deck and intersecting the end ordinate
at a point below the superstructure
Forward Amidships ........... ................ 0 ............ 1 deck a distance equal to the standard
half.
⁄ L from F.P .....
13 0.0222 ... L + 2.22 3 height of a superstructure. The super-
⁄ L from F.P .....
16 0.0888 ... L + 8.88 3 structure deck shall not be less than
Forward Perpen- 0.2 ......... L + 20 .... 1 standard height above this curve at
dicular.
any point. This curve shall be used in
(c) Measurement of variation from determining the sheer profile for for-
standard sheer profile. (1) Where the ward and after halves of the vessel.
sheer profile differs from the standard, (d) Correction for variations from stand-
the four ordinates of each profile in the ard sheer profile. (1) The correction for
forward or after half shall be multi- sheer shall be the deficiency or excess
plied by the appropriate factors given of sheer (see paragraphs (c) (1) to (4) in-
in the table of ordinates. The dif- clusive of this section) multiplied by:
ference between the sums of the respec- 0.75¥(S/2L)
tive products and those of the standard
divided by 8 measures the deficiency or where:
excess of sheer in the forward or after S is the total length of enclosed super-
half. The arithmetical mean of the ex- structures.
cess or deficiency in the forward and
after halves measures the excess or de- (e) Addition for deficiency in sheer. (1)
ficiency of sheer. Where the sheer is less than the stand-
(2) Where the after half of the sheer ard, the correction for deficiency in
has an excess and the forward half of sheer (see paragraph (d)(1) of this sec-
the sheer has a deficiency, no credit tion) shall be added to the freeboard.
shall be allowed for the part in excess (f) Deduction for excess sheer. (1) In
and deficiency only shall be measured. vessels where an enclosed super-
(3) Where the forward half of the structure covers 0.1L before and 0.1L
sheer profile exceeds the standard, and abaft amidships, the correction for ex-
the after portion of the sheer profile is cess of sheer as calculated under the
not less than 75 percent of the stand- provisions of paragraph (d)(1) of this
ard, credit shall be allowed for the part section shall be deducted from the
in excess; where the after part is less freeboard; in vessels where no enclosed
than 50 percent of the standard, no superstructure covers amidships, no de-
credit shall be given for the excess duction shall be made from the
sheer forward. Where the after sheer is freeboard; where an enclosed super-
between 50 percent and 75 percent of structure covers less than 0.1L before
the standard, intermediate allowances and 0.1L abaft amidships, the deduction
47
§ 42.20–70 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
shall be obtained by linear interpola- consideration by the assigning author-

tion. The maximum deduction for ex- ity.
cess sheer shall be at the rate of 11⁄2
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10066, July 12, 1968, as
inches per 100 feet of length. amended by CGFR 68–126, 34 FR 9016, June 5,
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10066, July 12, 1968, as 1969]
1969] § 42.20–75 Minimum freeboards.
(a) Summer freeboard. (1) The min-
§ 42.20–70 Minimum bow height. imum freeboard in summer must be the
(a) The bow height defined as the freeboard derived from the tables in
vertical distance at the forward per- § 42.20–15 as modified by the corrections
pendicular between the waterline cor- in §§ 42.20–3 and 42.20–5, as applicable,
responding to the assigned summer and §§ 42.20–20, 42.20–25, 42.20–30, 42.20–35,
freeboard and the designed trim and 42.20–60, 42.20–65 and, if applicable,
the top of the exposed deck at side § 42.20–70.
shall be not less than: (2) The freeboard in salt water, as
(1) For vessels below 820 feet in calculated in accordance with para-
length, graph (a)(1) of this section, but without
the correction for deck line, as pro-
0.672L[1¥(L/1640)][1.36/(Cb + 0.68)] vided by § 42.20–35, shall not be less
inches; than 2 inches. For vessels having in po-
where: sition 1 hatchways with covers which
do not comply with the requirements
L is the length of the vessel in feet.
Cb is the block coefficient which is to be
of §§ 42.15–25(d)(1), 42.15–30, or 42.15–80,
taken as not less than 0.68. the freeboard shall be not less than 6
inches.
(2) For vessels of 820 feet and above in (b) Tropical freeboard. (1) The min-
length, imum tropical freeboard shall be the
275.6[1.36/(Cb + 0.68)] inches; freeboard obtained by a deduction from
the summer freeboard of one forty-
where: eighth of the summer draft measured
Cb is the block coefficient which is to be from the top of the keel to the center
taken as not less than 0.68. of the ring of the load line mark.
(b) Where the bow height required in (2) The freeboard in salt water, as
paragraph (a) of this section is ob- calculated in accordance with para-
tained by sheer, the sheer shall extend graph (b)(1) of this section, but without
for at least 15 percent of the length of the correction for deck line, as pro-
the vessel measured from the forward vided by § 42.20–35, shall not be less
perpendicular. Where it is obtained by than 2 inches. For vessels having in po-
sition 1 hatchways with covers which
fitting a superstructure, such super-
do not comply with the requirements
structure shall extend from the stem to
of § 42.15–25(d)(1), § 42.15–30, or § 42.15–80,
a point at least 0.07L abaft the forward
the freeboard shall be not less than 6
perpendicular, and it shall comply with
inches.
the following requirements:
(c) Winter freeboard. (1) The minimum
(1) For vessels not over 328 feet in
winter freeboard shall be the freeboard
length it shall be enclosed as defined in
obtained by an addition to the summer
§ 42.13–15(j); and, freeboard of one forty-eighth of sum-
(2) For vessels over 328 feet in length mer draft, measured from the top of
it need not comply with § 42.13–15(j) but the keel to the center of the ring of the
shall be fitted with closing appliances load line mark.
to the satisfaction of the assigning au- (d) Winter North Atlantic freeboard. (1)
thority. The minimum freeboard for vessels of
(c) Vessels which, to suit exceptional not more than 328 feet in length which
operational requirements, cannot meet
enter any part of the North Atlantic

the requirements of paragraphs (a) and defined in § 42.30–35 during the winter
(b) of this section may be given special seasonal period shall be the winter
48
freeboard plus 2 inches. For other ves- and the vessel itself shall also comply
sels the winter North Atlantic with certain conditions relating to its
freeboard shall be the winter freeboard. construction which are set out in
(e) Fresh water freeboard. (1) The min- § 42.25–10.
imum freeboard in fresh water of unit [CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10067, July 12, 1968, as
density shall be obtained by deducting amended by CGFR 68–126, 34 FR 9016, June 5,
from the minimum freeboard in salt 1969]
water:
§ 42.25–10 Construction of vessel.
(D/40 T) inches
(a) Superstructure. (1) Vessels, shall
where:
have a forecastle of at least standard
D = displacement in salt water in tons at the height and a length of at least 0.07L. In
summer load waterline; and,
addition, if the vessel is less than 328
T = tons per inch immersion in salt water at
the summer load waterline. feet in length, a poop of at least stand-
ard height, or a raised quarter deck
(2) Where the displacement at the with either a deckhouse or a strong
summer load waterline cannot be cer- steel hood of at least the same total
tified, the deduction shall be one forty- height shall be fitted aft.
eighth of summer draft, measured from (b) Double bottom tanks. (1) Double
the top of the keel to the center of the bottom tanks where fitted within the
ring of the load line mark. midship half length of the vessel shall
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10066, July 12, 1968, as have adequate watertight longitudinal
amended by CGFR 68–126, 34 FR 9016, June 5, subdivision.
1969; CGD 79–153, 48 FR 38650, Aug. 25, 1983] (c) Bulwarks. (1) The vessel shall be
fitted either with permanent bulwarks
Subpart 42.25—Special Require- at least 391⁄2 inches in height, specially
stiffened on the upper edge and sup-
ments for Vessels Assigned ported by strong bulwark stays at-
Timber Freeboards tached to the deck and provided with
§ 42.25–1 Application of this subpart. necessary freeing ports, or with effi-
cient rails of the same height and of
(a) The provisions of this subpart specially strong construction.
42.25 apply only to vessels to which
timber load lines are assigned. [CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10067, July 12, 1968, as
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10067, July 12, 1968] 1969]
§ 42.25–5 Definitions of terms used in § 42.25–15 Stowage.

this subpart.
(a) General. (1) Openings in the
(a) Timber deck cargo. The term ‘‘tim- weather deck over which cargo is
ber deck cargo’’ means a cargo of tim- stowed shall be securely closed and
ber carried on an uncovered part of a battened down. The ventilators shall be
freeboard or superstructure deck. The efficiently protected.
term does not include wood pulp or (2) Timber deck cargo shall extend
similar cargo. over at least the entire available
(b) Timber load line. A timber deck length which is the total length of the
cargo may be regarded as giving a ves- well or wells between superstructures.
sel a certain additional buoyancy and a Where there is no limiting super-
greater degree of protection against structure at the after end, the timber
the sea. For that reason, vessels car- shall extend at least to the after end of
rying a timber deck cargo may be the aftermost hatchway. The timber
granted a reduction of freeboard cal- shall be stowed as solidly as possible,
culated according to the provisions of to at least the standard height of a su-
§ 42.25–20 and marked on the vessel’s perstructure other than a raised quar-
side in accordance with the provisions ter deck.
of § 42.13–30(c) and (d). However, in (3) On a vessel within a seasonal win-
order that such special freeboard may ter zone in winter, the height of the
be granted and used, the timber deck deck cargo above the weather deck
cargo shall comply with certain condi- shall not exceed one-third of the ex-
tions which are laid down in § 42.25–15, treme breadth of the vessel.
49
§ 42.25–20 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
(4) The timber deck cargo shall be provisions made to suit the length of
compactly stowed, lashed, and secured. timber.
It shall not interfere in any way with (4) All fittings required for securing
the navigation and necessary work of the lashings shall be of strength cor-
the vessel. responding to the length of the lash-
(b) Upright. (1) Uprights, when re- ings.
quired by the nature of the timber, (d) Stability. (1) Provision shall be
shall be of adequate strength consid- made for a safe margin of stability at
ering the breadth of the vessel; the all stages of the voyage, regard being
spacing shall be suitable for the length given to additions of weight, such as
and character of timber carried, but those due to absorption of water and
shall not exceed 9.8 feet. Strong angles icing and to losses of weight such as
those due to consumption of fuel and
or metal sockets or equally efficient
stores.
means shall be provided for securing
(e) Protection of crew, access to machin-
the uprights.
ery spaces, etc. (1) In addition to the re-
(c) Lashings. (1) Timber deck cargo quirements of § 42.15–75(e) guardrails or
shall be efficiently secured throughout life lines spaced not more than 13
its length by independent overall lash- inches apart vertically shall be pro-
ings spaced not more than 9.8 feet vided on each side of the deck cargo to
apart. Eye plates for these lashings a height of at least 391⁄2 inches above
shall be efficiently attached to the the cargo.
sheer strake or to the deck stringer (f) Steering arrangements. (1) Steering
plate at intervals of not more than 9.8 arrangements shall be effectively pro-
feet. The distance from an end bulk- tected from damage by cargo and, as
head of a superstructure to the first far as practicable, shall be accessible.
eye plate shall be not more than 6.6 Efficient provision, shall be made for
feet. Eye plates and lashings shall be steering in the event of a breakdown in
provided 231⁄2 inches and 4.9 feet from the main steering arrangements.
the ends of timber deck cargoes where
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10067, July 12, 1968, as
there is no bulkhead. amended by CGFR 68–126, 34 FR 9016, June 5,
(2) Lashings shall be not less than 3⁄4- 1969]
inch close link chain or flexible wire
rope of equivalent strength, fitted with § 42.25–20 Computation for freeboard.
sliphooks and turnbuckles, which shall (a) The minimum summer freeboards
be accessible at all times. Wire rope must be computed in accordance with
lashings shall have a short length of §§ 42.20–5 (a) and (b), 42.20–13, 42.20–15,
long link chain to permit the length of 42.20–20, 42.20–25, 42.20–30, 42.20–35, 42.20–
lashings to be regulated. 60, and 42.20–65, except that § 42.20–60 is
(3) When timber is in lengths less modified by substituting the percent-
than 11.8 feet the spacing of the lash- ages in table 42.25–20(a) for those given
ings shall be reduced or other suitable in § 42.20–60:
TABLE 42.25–20(a)—PERCENTAGE OF DEDUCTION FOR SUPERSTRUCTURE
[Total Effective Length of Superstructure]
0 0.1L 0.2L 0.3L 0.4L 0.5L 0.6L 0.7L 0.8L 0.9L 1.0L
Percentage of deduction for all types of super-

structure 1 ...................................................... 20 31 42 53 64 70 76 82 88 94 100
1 Percentages at intermediate lengths of superstructures shall be obtained by linear interpolation.
(b) The winter timber freeboard shall ter North Atlantic freeboard prescribed
be obtained by adding to the summer in § 42.20–75(d)(1).
timber freeboard one thirty-sixth of (d) The tropical timber freeboard
the molded summer timber draft. shall be obtained by deducting from
(c) The winter North Atlantic timber the summer timber freeboard one
freeboard shall be the same as the win- forty-eighth of the molded summer
timber draft.
50
(e) The fresh water timber freeboard parallel of latitude 36° N. to longitude
shall be computed in accordance with 25° W.; and thence the rhumb line to
§ 42.20–75(e) (1) or (2) based on the sum- Cape Torinana. Excluded from this
mer timber load waterline. zone are the North Atlantic Winter
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10067, July 12, 1968, as
Seasonal Zone I and the Baltic Sea
amended by CGFR 68–126, 34 FR 9016, June 5, bounded by the parallel of the latitude
1969; CGD 79–153, 48 FR 38650, Aug. 25, 1983] of The Skaw in the Skagerrak.
(i) Seasonal periods:
Subpart 42.30—Zones, Areas, and Winter: November 1 to March 31.
Seasonal Periods Summer: April 1 to October 31.
(b) North Atlantic Winter Seasonal
§ 42.30–1 Basis. Area. (1) The boundary of the North At-
(a) The zones and areas in this sub- lantic Winter Seasonal Area is the me-
part are, in general, based on the fol- ridian of longitude 68°30′ W. from the
lowing criteria: coast of the United States to latitude
(1) Summer: not more than 10 percent 40° N.; thence the rhumb line to the
winds of force 8 Beaufort (34 knots) or southernmost intersection of the me-
more. ridian of longitude 61° W. with the
(2) Tropical: not more than 1 percent coast of Canada; and thence the east
winds of force 8 Beaufort (34 knots) or coasts of Canada and the United
more. Not more than one tropical States.
storm in 10 years in an area of 5° (i) Seasonal periods:
square in any 1 separate calendar (a) For vessels over 328 feet in length:
month.
Winter: December 16 to February 15.
(b) In certain special areas, for prac- Summer: February 16 to December 15.
tical reasons, some degree of relax-
ation has been found acceptable. (b) For vessels of 328 feet and under
(c) A chart is attached to the Inter- in length:
national Convention on Load Lines, Winter: November 1 to March 31.
1966, which illustrates the zones and Summer: April 1 to October 31.
areas defined in this Convention and in
this subpart. (c) North Pacific Winter Seasonal Zone.
The southern boundary of the North
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10068, July 12, 1968, as Pacific Winter Seasonal Zone is the
amended by CGFR 68–126, 34 FR 9016, June 5, parallel of latitude 50° N. from the east
1969]
coast of the Union of Soviet Socialist
§ 42.30–5 Northern Winter Seasonal Republics, to the west coast of
Zones and area. Sakhalin; thence the west coast of
Sakhalin to the southern extremity of
(a) North Atlantic Winter Seasonal Cape Kril’on: thence the rhumb line to
Zones I and II. (1) The North Atlantic Wakkanai, Hokkaido, Japan; thence
Winter Seasonal Zone I lies within the the east and south coasts of Hokkaido
meridian of longitude 50° W. from the to longitude 145° E., thence the merid-
coast of Greenland to latitude 45° N.; ian of longitude 145° E. to latitude 35°
thence the parallel of latitude 45° N. to N., thence the parallel of latitude 35° N.
longitude 15° W.; thence the meridian to longitude 150° W. and thence the
of longitude 15° W. to latitude 60° N.; rhumb line to the southern extremity
thence the parallel of latitude 60° N. to of Dall Island, Alaska.
the Greenwich Meridian, thence this (1) Seasonal periods:
meridian northwards.
(i) Seasonal periods: Winter: October 16 to April 15.
Summer: April 16 to October 15.
Winter: October 16 to April 15.
Summer: April 16 to October 15. [CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10068, July 12, 1968, as
(2) The North Atlantic Winter Sea- 1969]
sonal Zone II lies within the meridian
of longitude 68°30′ W. from the coast of § 42.30–10 Southern Winter Seasonal
Zone.
the United States to latitude 40° N.;

thence the rhumb line to the point lati- (a) The northern boundary of the
tude 36° N., longitude 73° W.; thence the Southern Winter Seasonal Zone is the
51
§ 42.30–15 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
rhumb line from the east coast of the tude 10° N.; thence the parallel of lati-
American continent at Cape Tres tude 10° N. to longitude 145° E.; thence
Puntas to the point latitude 34° S., lon- the meridian of longitude 145° E. to
gitude 50° W.; thence the parallel of latitude 13° N.; and thence the parallel
latitude 34° S. to longitude 17° E.; of latitude 13° N. to the west coast of
thence the rhumb line to the point lati- the American continent.
tude 35°10′ S., longitude 20° E.; thence (1) Saigon is to be considered as being
the rhumb line to the point latitude 34° on the boundary line of the Tropical
S. longitude 28° E.; thence along the Zone and the Seasonal Tropical Area.
rhumb line to the point latitude 35°30′ (b) Southern boundary of the Tropical
S., longitude 118° E.; thence the rhumb
Zone. The southern boundary of the
line to Cape Grim on the northwest
Tropical Zone is the rhumb line from
coast of Tasmania; thence along the
the Port of Santos, Brazil, to the point
north and east coasts of Tasmania to
where the meridian of longitude 40° W.
the southernmost point of Bruny Is-
land; thence the rhumb line to Black intersects the Tropic of Capricorn;
Rock Point on Stewart Island; thence thence the Tropic of Capricorn to the
the rhumb line to the point latitude 47° west coast of Africa; from the east
S., longitude 170° E.; thence along the coast of Africa the parallel of latitude
rhumb line to the point latitude 33° S., 20° S. to the west coast of Madagascar;
longitude 170° W.; and thence the par- thence the west and north coasts of
allel of latitude 33° S. to the west coast Madagascar to longitude 50° E.; thence
of the American continent. the meridian of longitude 50° E. to lati-
(1) Valparaiso is to be considered as tude 10° S.; thence the parallel of lati-
being on the boundary line of the Sum- tude 10° S. to longitude 98° E.; thence
mer and the Winter Seasonal Zones. the rhumb line to Port Darwin, Aus-
(2) Seasonal periods: tralia; thence the coasts of Australia
and Wessel Island eastwards to Cape
Winter: April 16 to October 15.
Wessel; thence the parallel of latitude
Summer: October 16 to April 15.
11° S. to the west side of Cape York;
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10068, July 12, 1968] from the east side of Cape York the
parallel of latitude 11° S. to longitude
§ 42.30–15 Tropical Zone. 150° W.; thence the rhumb line to the
(a) Northern boundary of the Tropical point latitude 26° S., longitude 75° W.;
Zone. The northern boundary of the and thence the rhumb line to the west
Tropical Zone is the parallel of lati- coast of the American continent at
tude 13° N. from the east coast of the latitude 30° S.
American continent to longitude 60° (1) Coquimbo and Santos are to be
W.; thence the rhumb line to a point in considered as being on the boundary
latitude 10° N., longitude 58° W.; thence line of the Tropical and Summer Zones.
the parallel of latitude 10° N. to lon- (c) Areas to be included in the Tropical
gitude 20° W.; thence the meridian of Zone. The following areas are to be
longitude 20° W. to latitude 30° N.; treated as included in the Tropical
thence the parallel of latitude 30° N. to Zone:
the west coast of Africa; from the east
(1) The Suez Canal, the Red Sea, and
coast of Africa the parallel of latitude
the Gulf of Aden, from Port Said to the
8° N. to longitude 70° E.; thence the me-
meridian of longitude 45° E.
ridian of longitude 70° E. to latitude 13°
N.; thence the parallel of latitude 13° N. (i) Aden and Berbera are to be consid-
to the west coast of India; thence ered as being on the boundary line of
around the south coast of India to lati- the Tropical Zone and the Seasonal
tude 10°30′ N. on the east coast of India; Tropical Area.
thence the rhumb line to a point in (2) The Persian Gulf of the meridian
latitude 9° N., longitude 82° E.; thence of longitude 59° E.
the meridian of longitude 82° E. to lati- (3) The area bounded by the parallel
tude 8° N.; thence the parallel of lati- of latitude 22° S. from the east coast of
tude 8° N. to the west coast of Malay- Australia to the Great Barrier Reef,
sia; thence the coast of Southeast Asia thence the Great Barrier Reef to lati-
to the east coast of Vietnam at latitude 11° S. The northern boundary of
52
the area is the southern boundary of latitude 15° S. from longitude 51°30′ E.,
the Tropical Zone. to longitude 120° E. and thence the me-
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10068, July 12, 1968]
ridian of longitude 120° E. to the coast
of Australia; on the west by the merid-
§ 42.30–20 Seasonal Tropical Areas. ian of longitude 51°30′ E.
The following are Seasonal Tropical
Areas: Tropical: May 1 to November 30.
(a) In the North Atlantic. It is an area Summer: December 1 to April 30.
bounded on the north by the rhumb (e) In the China Sea. An area bounded
line from Cape Catoche, Yucatan, to on the west and north by the coasts of
Cape San Antonio, Cuba, the north Vietnam and China from latitude 10° N.
coast of Cuba to latitude 20° N., thence to Hong Kong; on the east by the
the parallel of latitude 20° N. to lon- rhumb line from Hong Kong to the
gitude 20° W.; on the west by the coast Port of Sual (Luzon Island), and the
of the American continent; on the west coasts of the Islands of Luzon,
south and east by the northern bound- Samar, and Leyte to latitude 10° N.; on
ary of the Tropical Zone. the south by the parallel of latitude 10°
(1) Seasonal periods: N.
Tropical: November 1 to July 15. (1) Hong Kong and Sual are to be con-
Summer: July 16 to October 31. sidered as being on the boundary of the
Seasonal Tropical Area and Summer
(b) In the Arabian Sea. An area bound-
Zone.
ed on the west by the coast of Africa, (2) Seasonal periods:
the meridian of longitude 45° E. in the
Gulf of Aden, the coast of South Arabia Tropical: January 21 to April 30.
and the meridian of longitude 59° E. in Summer: May 1 to January 20.
the Gulf of Oman; on the north and (f) In the North Pacific. (1) An area
east by the coasts of Pakistan and bounded on the north by the parallel of
India; on the south by the northern latitude 25° N.; on the west by the me-
boundary of the Tropical Zone. ridian of longitude 160° E.; on the south
(1) Seasonal periods: by the parallel of latitude 13° N.; on the
Tropical: September 1 to May 31. east by the meridian of longitude 130°
Summer: June 1 to August 31. W.
(c) In the Bay of Bengal. The Bay of
Bengal north of the northern boundary Tropical: April 1 to October 31.
of the Tropical Zone. Summer: November 1 to March 31.
(1) Seasonal periods: (2) An area bounded on the north and
Tropical: December 1 to April 30. east by the west coast of the American
Summer: May 1 to November 30. continent; on the west by the meridian
of longitude 123° W. from the coast of
(d) In the South Indian Ocean. (1) An
the American continent to latitude 33°
area bounded on the north and west by
N., longitude 123° W.; to the point lati-
the southern boundary of the Tropical
tude 13° N., longitude 105° W.; on the
Zone and the east coast of Madagascar;
south by the parallel of latitude 13° N.
on the south by the parallel of latitude
20° S.; on the east by the rhumb line
from a point in latitude 20° S., lon- Tropical: March 1 to June 30, and November
gitude 50° E., to a point in latitude 15° 1 to November 30.
S., longitude 51°30′ E., and thence by Summer: July 1 to October 31, and December
1 to February 28/29.
the meridian of longitude 51°30′ E. to
latitude 10° S. (g) In the South Pacific. (1) The Gulf of
(i) Seasonal periods: Carpentaria south of latitude 11° S.
Tropical: April 1 to November 30.
Summer: December 1 to March 31. Tropical: April 1 to November 30.
Summer: December 1 to March 31.
(2) An area bounded on the north by
the southern boundary of the Tropical (2) An area bounded on the north and
Zone; on the east by the coast of Aus- east by the southern boundary of the
tralia; on the south by the parallel of Tropical Zone; on the south by the
53
§ 42.30–25 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
Tropic of Capricorn from the east coast Winter: December 1 to February 28/29.
of Australia to longitude 150° W.; Summer: March 1 to November 30.
thence by the meridian of longitude (c) Mediterranean. This sea is in-
150° W. to latitude 20° S. and thence by cluded in the Summer Zones.
the parallel of latitude 20° S. to the
(1) However, for vessels of 328 feet
point where it intersects the southern
boundary of the Tropical Zone; on the and under in length, the area bounded
west by the boundaries of the area on the north and west by the coasts of
within the Great Barrier Reef included France and Spain and the meridian of
in the Tropical Zone, and by the east longitude 3° E. from the coast of Spain
coast of Australia. to latitude 40° N.; on the south by the
(i) Seasonal periods: parallel of latitude 40° N. from lon-
gitude 3° E. to the west coast of Sar-
Tropical: April 1 to November 30.
dinia; on the east by the west and
Summer: December 1 to March 31.
north coasts of Sardinia from latitude
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10068, July 12, 1968, as 40° N. to longitude 9° E., thence by the
meridian of longitude 9° E. to the south
1969]
coast of Corsica, thence by the west
§ 42.30–25 Summer Zones. and north coasts of Corsica to lon-
gitude 9° E. and thence by the rhumb
(a) The remaining areas constitute
the Summer Zones. line to Cape Sicie; is a Winter Seasonal
(1) However, for vessels of 328 feet Area.
and under in length, the area bounded (i) Seasonal periods:
on the north and west by the east coast Winter: December 16 to March 15.
of the United States; on the east by the Summer: March 16 to December 15.
meridian of longitude 68°30′ W. from
the coast of the United States to lati- (d) Sea of Japan. This sea south of the
tude 40° N. and thence by the rhumb parallel of latitude 50° N. is included in
line to the point latitude 36° N., lon- the Summer Zones.
gitude 73° W.; on the south by the par- (1) However, for vessels of 382 feet
allel of latitude 36° N.; is a Winter Sea- and under in length, the area between
sonal Area. the parallel of latitude 50° N. and the
(i) Seasonal periods: rhumb line from the east coast of
Winter: November 1 to March 31. Korea at latitude 38° N. to the west
Summer: April 1 to October 31. coast of Hokkaido, Japan, at latitude
43°12′ N., is a Winter Seasonal Area.
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10069, July 12, 1968, as
amended by CGFR 68–126, 34 FR 9016, June 5, (i) Seasonal periods:
1969] Winter: December 1 to February 28/29.
Summer: March 1 to November 30.
§ 42.30–30 Enclosed seas.
(a) Baltic Sea. This sea bounded by [CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10069, July 12, 1968, as
the parallel of latitude of The Skaw in
1969]
the Skagerrak is included in the Sum-
mer Zones. § 42.30–35 The Winter North Atlantic
(1) However, for vessels of 328 feet Load Line.
and under in length, it is a Winter Sea-
sonal Area. (a) The part of the North Atlantic re-
(i) Seasonal periods: ferred to in § 42.20–75(d)(1) comprises:
(1) That part of the North Atlantic
Winter: November 1 to March 31.
Winter Seasonal Zone II which lies be-
Summer: April 1 to October 31.
tween the meridians of 15° W. and 50°
(b) Black Sea. This sea is included in W.; and
the Summer Zones. (2) The whole of the North Atlantic
(1) However, for vessels of 328 feet Winter Seasonal Zone I, the Shetland
and under in length, the area north of Islands to be considered as being on the
latitude 44° N. is a Winter Seasonal boundary.

Area.
(i) Seasonal periods: [CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10069, July 12, 1968]
54
Subpart 42.50—Load Line to provide a guide as to stability under

Certificates—Model Forms various conditions and as to avoid un-
acceptable stresses in the vessel’s
§ 42.50–1 General. structure.
(a) The provisions of this subpart set (c) In the load line certificate the as-
forth the requirements for the text of signing and issuing authority shall set
the various load line certificates issued forth its full official designation; i.e.,
to vessels complying with the applica- its legal name, address of home office,
ble requirements in this part. See and reference to the authorization
§§ 42.07–35 and 42.07–40 for requirements from the Commandant where an as-
regarding load line assigning and signing and issuing authority other
issuing authorities. See § 42.07–45 for re- than the American Bureau of Shipping
quirements regarding load line certifi- is designated.
cates, their text and arrangement.
[CGFR 68–126, 34 FR 9017, June 5, 1969]
(b) The 1966 international load line
certificate and exemption certificate § 42.50–5 International load line cer-
shall be the same as set forth in this tificates.
subpart in the model Forms A1, A2, A3,
and E1, except for the following au- (a) The various forms of certificates
thorized variations which shall also certifying to the correctness of the
apply to model Forms B, C1, C2, and C3: load line marks assigned under the reg-
(1) As indicated in § 42.13–30, the ulations in this subchapter and/or cer-
freeboards and load line marks which tain exemptions therefrom for U.S.-
are not applicable to a specific vessel flag vessels engaged in foreign voyages,
need not be entered on the certificate or engaged in coastwise or intercoastal
issued. voyages (provided such vessels qualify
(2) The provisions of Note 3 on the to engage in foreign voyages without
front of the certificate forms (other restriction), are A1, A2, A3, and E1. The
than Model E1) may be changed to cor- detailed application of these forms is
rectly describe the situation applicable as specified in § 42.07–45 (e), (f), and (h).
to the vessel concerning information (b) The text and arrangement of the
and instructions furnished the master printed portions of Form A1 (printed
about loading and ballasting the vessel front and back) are as follows:
INTERNATIONAL LOAD LINE CERTIFICATE (1966)

[Form A1]
(Official seal of issuing authority.)
(Certificate No. ______)
Issued under the provisions of the International Convention on Load Lines, 1966, under the
authority of the Government of the United States of America, and the Commandant, U.S.
Coast Guard:
By
(Insert full official designation of issuing authority)
llllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll
and duly authorized for assigning purposes under the provisions of the Convention.
Official number or dis- Length (L) as defined in Article 2(8)
Name of ship Port of registry
tinctive letters i.e., 46 CFR 42.13–15
Freeboard assigned as: 1 A new ship .................... Type of ship: 1 Type ‘‘A’’.
An existing ship ............ Type ‘‘B’’.
Type ‘‘B’’ with reduced freeboard.
Type ‘‘B’’ with increased freeboard.
FREEBOARD FROM DECK LINE LOAD LINE
____ (inches) .................. ____ (inches) above (S).
Tropical ........................ (T) ....................

Summer ........................ ____ (inches) .................. (S) .................... Upper edge of line at level of center
of ring.
Winter ........................... ____ (inches) .................. (W) ................... ____ (inches) below (S).
55
§ 42.50–5 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
Official number or dis- Length (L) as defined in Article 2(8)
Name of ship Port of registry
tinctive letters i.e., 46 CFR 42.13–15
Winter (North Atlantic) ____ (inches) .................. (WNA) .............. ____ (inches) below (S).
Allowance for fresh water for all freeboards ........................................ ____ (inches).
(All measurements are to upper edge of the respective horizontal lines)

The upper edge of the deck line from which these freeboards are measured is ____ inches
above or below the top of the ____ deck at side; i.e., freeboard 1 deck.
Date of initial or periodical survey ________________

This is to certify that this ship has been surveyed and that the freeboards have been as-
signed and load lines shown above have been marked in accordance with the International
Convention on Load Lines, 1966.
This certificate is valid until ________,2 subject to annual surveys in accordance with Article
14(1)(c) of the Convention, and endorsement thereof on the reverse side of the certificate.
Issued at __________________ (Place of issue of certificate), ____________________, 19____ (Date
of issue)
(Signature of official issuing the certificate)

[Seal of issuing
authority]
The undersigned declares that he is duly authorized by the said Government to issue this
certificate.
(Signature)
NOTES
1. When a ship departs from a port situated on a river or inland waters, deeper loading shall
be permitted corresponding to the weight of fuel and all other materials required for con-
sumption between the point of departure and the sea.
2. When a ship is in fresh water of unit density, the appropriate load line may be submerged
by the amount of the fresh water allowance shown above. Where the density is other than
unity, an allowance shall be made proportional to the difference between 1.025 and the actual
density.
3. It is the owner’s responsibility to furnish the master with information and instructions
for loading and ballasting this vessel to provide guidance as to stability of the vessel under
varying conditions of service and to avoid unacceptable stresses in the vessel’s structure.
1 The issuing authority is authorized to delete or change words whenever it is inapplicable
to a specific vessel and to arrange wording so appropriate word insertions may be made,
which accurately describe the facts.
2 At the expiration of this certificate, applicable reissuance should be obtained in accord-
ance with the Load Line Regulations.
(REVERSE SIDE OF CERTIFICATE)

ANNUAL SURVEYS
This is to certify that at an annual survey required by Article 14(1)(c) of the Convention,
this ship was found to comply with the relevant provisions of the Convention.
Place ............................................................................................................................... Date ...................
(Signature and seal of issuing authority)

Place ............................................................................................................................... Date ...................
56
EC01FE91.004</GPH>

Place ............................................................................................................................... Date ...................

Place ............................................................................................................................... Date ...................

EXTENSION OF LOAD LINE CERTIFICATE
The provisions of the Convention being fully complied with by this ship, the validity of this certificate is, in
accordance with Article 19(2) of the Convention, extended until.
Place ............................................................................................................................... Date ...................
NOTES (d) The fittings and appliances for the pro-

tection of the openings, guardrails, freeing
4. The Winter North Atlantic Load Line
ports, or the means of access to the crew’s
applies only to vessels of 328 feet in length or
quarters have not been maintained in as ef-
less, which enter any part of the North At-
fective a condition as they were when the
lantic Ocean during the winter months as de-
certificate was issued.
fined by the Load Line Regulations in 46
(e) The structural strength of the ship is
CFR 42.30–5 and 42.30–35. The periods during
lowered to such an extent that the ship is
which the other seasonal load lines apply in
unsafe.
different parts of the world are as stated in
6. When this certificate has expired or has
the Load Line Regulations in 46 CFR 42.30–5
been canceled, it must be delivered to the
to 42.30–30, inclusive.
issuing authority.
5. The Load Line Certificate will be can-
celed by the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, llllllllllllllllllllllll
if: (c) The text and arrangement of the
(a) The annual surveys have not been car- printed portion of Form A2 shall be
ried out within 3 months either way of each identical with the information on the
anniversary of the certificate date. face and reverse sides of Form A1 cer-
(b) The certificate is not endorsed to show tificate in paragraph (b) of this section
that the ship has been surveyed as indicated
in (a).
except for the identification of model
(c) Material alterations have been made to form, description of the ‘‘Freeboard
the hull or superstructure of the vessel, such from deck line,’’ the ‘‘Load Line,’’ and
as would necessitate the assignment of an in- the illustration of load line marks,
creased freeboard. which shall be as follows:
[Form A2]
* * * * * * *
FREEBOARD FROM LOAD LINE

DECK LINE
Tropical
Summer .......................... ____ (inches) ............. ........................ Upper edge of line at level of center of
ring.
Winter
Winter—North Atlantic .. ____ (inches) ............. (WNA) ............. Upper edge of line ____ (inches) below
upper edge at level of center of ring.
Allowance for fresh water for all freeboards ................................ ____ (inches).

above or below the top of the ________ deck at side; i.e., freeboard 1 deck.
57
§ 42.50–5 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
* * * * * * *
1 Theissuing authority is authorized to delete or change words whenever it is inapplicable

(d) The text and arrangement of the except for the identification of model
printed portion of Form A3 shall be form, description of the ‘‘Freeboard
identical with the information on the from deck line,’’ the ‘‘Load Line,’’ and
face and reverse sides of Form A1 cer- the illustration of load line marks,
tificate in paragraph (b) of this section which shall be as follows:
[Form A3]
* * * * * * *
The timber freeboards given in this certificate are applicable only when this ship carries
a timber deck cargo and complies with special requirements of the Load Line Regulations
regarding timber deck cargoes.
FREEBOARD FROM LOAD LINE

DECK LINE
Tropical .......................... ____ (inches) .................... (T) .................. ____ (inches) above (S).
Summer .......................... ____ (inches) .................... (S) ................... Upper edge of line at level of center
of ring.
Winter ............................. ____ (inches) .................... (W) .................. ____ (inches) below (S).
Winter—North Atlantic .. ____ (inches) .................... (WNA) ............. ____ (inches) below (S)
Timber—tropical ............ ____ (inches) .................... (LT) ................ ____ (inches) above (LS).
Timber—summer ............ ____ (inches) .................... (LS) ................ ____ (inches) above (S).
Timber—winter ............... ____ (inches) .................... (LW) ............... ____ (inches) below (LS).
Timber—winter—North ____ (inches) .................... (LWNA) .......... ____ (inches) below (LS).
Atlantic.
Allowance for fresh water for all freeboards other than timber .......... ____ (inches).
Allowance for fresh water for all timber freeboards ............................ ____ (inches).

58
EC01FE91.005</GPH>
* * * * * * *
1 Theissuing authority is authorized to delete or change words whenever it is inapplicable
(e) The text and arrangement of the printed portions of Form E1 are as follows:
INTERNATIONAL LOAD LINE EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE
[Form E1]
(Certificate No. ____)
Issued under the provisions of the International Convention on Load Lines, 1966, under the
authority of the Government of the United States of America, and the Commandant U.S.
Coast Guard:
By lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll
and duly authorized for assigning and exemption purposes under the provisions of the Con-
vention.
Name of ship Official numbers of distinctive letters Port of registry
This is to certify that the above-mentioned ship is exempted from the provisions of the 1966
Convention, under the authority conferred by Article 6(2),1 Article 6(4),1 of the Convention re-
ferred to above and that this ship has been surveyed accordingly.
The provisions of the Convention from which the ship is exempted under Article 6(2) are:
The voyage for which exemption is granted under Article 6(4) is:
From: llllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll
To: lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll
Conditions, if any, on which the exemption is granted under either Article 6(2) or Article
6(4):
This certificate is valid until ________,2 subject, where appropriate, to annual surveys in ac-
cordance with Article 14(1)(c) of the Convention, and endorsement thereof on the reverse side
of the certificate.
59
EC01FE91.006</GPH>
§ 42.50–10 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
Issued at
(Place of issue of certificate)
(Date of issue)
[Seal of issuing
authority]
The undersigned declares that he is duly authorized by the said Government to issue this
certificate.
(Signature)
1 Theissuing authority is authorized to delete whichever reference is inapplicable.
ance with the Load Line Regulations, if permitted.
(Reverse side of exemption certificate)

ANNUAL SURVEYS
This is to certify that this ship continues to comply with the conditions under which this
exemption was granted.
Place ..................................................................................................................................... Date ...................

Place ............................................................................................................................... Date ...................

Place ............................................................................................................................... Date ...................

Place ............................................................................................................................... Date ...................
EXTENSION OF LOAD LINE CERTIFICATE granted and the validity of this certificate
is, in accordance with Article 19(4)(a) of the
This ship continues to comply with the
conditions under which this exemption was Convention, extended until.
Place ............................................................................................................................... Date ...................
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10070, July 12, 1968, as (1) Form B for general use. The pe-
amended by CGFR 68–126, 34 FR 9017, June 5, riod of validity shall be as expressed in
1969] § 42.09–20(c).
(b) The text and arrangement of the
§ 42.50–10 Load line certificates for printed portion of Form B shall be
nonadherent foreign flag vessels.
identical with the information on the
(a) The form of load line certificate face and reverse sides of Form A1 cer-
certifying to the correctness of the tificate in § 42.50–5(b) except for title of
load line marks assigned under the reg- certificate, model form, the first para-
ulations in this subchapter to non- graph, and the wording of the certifi-
adherent foreign flag vessels as speci- cate for issuance and revalidation,
fied in § 42.07–45(e)(2) is: which shall be as follows:
60
LOAD LINE CERTIFICATE
(Form B)

Issued under the authority of the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, United States of Amer-
ica, under the provisions of the Load Line Act of March 2, 1929, as amended (46 U.S.C. 85–85g),
and the Load Line Regulations in 46 CFR part 42:

and duly authorized for assigning purposes under the provisions of the Load Line Act of
March 2, 1929, as amended.
* * * * * * *
This is to certify that this ship has been surveyed and the freeboards have been assigned
and load lines shown above have been marked upon the vessel in manner and location as re-
quired by the Load Line Regulations of the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, in 46 CFR part
42.
This certificate remains in force until ________,2 subject to annual revalidation in accord-
ance with the Load Line Regulations, and endorsement thereof on the reverse side of this cer-
tificate.
Issued at ________________________ (Place of issue of certificate), ____________________, 19____
(Date of issue)
[Seal of issuing
authority]
* * * * * * *
2 Expirationdate is not to exceed 5 years from original date of issue of this certificate. At
expiration applicable reissuance of this certificate should be obtained in accordance with the
Load Line Regulations.
* * * * * * *
(Reverse Side of Certificate)

ANNUAL REVALIDATION OF CERTIFICATE
This is to certify that the provisions of the Load Line Regulations of the Commandant,
U.S. Coast Guard, are fully complied with by the condition of this ship on the dates indi-
cated, and in each case this certificate is revalidated for a 1 year interval as follows:
(1) Until.
Place .............................. Date.
(1) Until.
Place .............................. Date.
(1) Until.
Place .............................. Date.
(1) Until.
Place .............................. Date.
[CGFR 68–126, 34 FR 9017, June 5, 1969]

61
§ 42.50–15 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
§ 42.50–15 Coastwise load line certifi- plication of these forms is as specified

cates for U.S.-flag vessels. in § 42.07–45(e).
(b) Space shall be provided on the
(a) The forms of the coastwise load
face of each of the coastwise load line
line certificate, other than for special
certificates so that there may be en-
service which are provided for in part tered thereon a record of the restric-
44 of this subchapter, certifying to the tions applicable to the vessel, if any.
correctness of the load line marks as- (c) The text and arrangement of the
signed under the regulations in this printed portions of Form C1 are as fol-
part are C1, C2 and C3. The detailed ap- lows:
COASTWISE LOAD LINE CERTIFICATE
[Form C1]
Issued under the authority of the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, under the provisions of
the Coastwise Load Line Act, 1935, as amended (46 U.S.C. 88–88g), and the Load Line Regula-
tions in 46 CFR part 42:

and duly authorized for assigning purposes under the provisions of this law for vessels en-
gaging in coastwise and/or intercoastal voyages.
Official number or dis- Length (L) as defined in

Name of ship Port or registry
tinctive letters 46 CFR 42.13–15
Freeboard assigned as: 1 .. A new ship. ..................... Type of ship: 1 ................. Type ‘‘A’’.
An existing ship. ............. Type ‘‘B’’.
Type ‘‘B’’ with reduced
freeboard.
Type ‘‘B’’ with increased
freeboard.
FREEBOARD FROM DECK LOAD LINE
LINE
Tropical .......................... ____ (inches) .................... (T) ................................... ____ (inches) above (S).
Summer .......................... ____ (inches) .................... (S) ................................... ____ Upper edge of line at
level of center of ring.
Winter ............................. ____ (inches) .................... (W) .................................. ____ (inches) below (S).
Allowance for fresh water for all freeboards ........................................................ ____ (inches)

* * * * * * *
Date of initial or periodical survey llllllllllllllllllllllllllllll

The following is a record of the restrictions applicable to the above named ship:
62
EC01FE91.007</GPH>
(List restrictions. If none, insert ‘‘None.’’)
This is to certify that this ship has been surveyed and that the freeboards have been as-
signed and load lines shown above have been marked in accordance with the Commandant,
U.S. Coast Guard, Coastwise Load Line Regulations in 46 CFR parts 42 to 46, inclusive as ap-
plicable.
This certificate remains in force until ________,2 subject to annual surveys in accordance
with applicable Load Line Regulations, and endorsement thereof on the reverse side of the
certificate.
Issued at llllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll
(Place of issue of certificate) (Date of issue)
By
[Seal of issuing
authority]
NOTES
1. When a ship departs from a port situated on a river or inland waters, deeper loading shall
be permitted corresponding to the weight of fuel and all other materials required for con-
sumption between the point of departure and the sea.
2. When a ship is in fresh water of unit density the appropriate load line may be submerged
by the amount of the fresh water allowance shown above. Where the density is other than
unity, an allowance shall be made proportional to the difference between 1.025 and the actual
density.
3. It is the owner’s responsibility to furnish the master with information and instructions
for loading and ballasting this vessel to provide guidance as to stability of the vessel under
varying conditions of service and to avoid unacceptable stresses in the vessel’s structure.
1 The issuing authority is authorized to delete or change words inapplicable to a specific
vessel and to arrange wording so appropriate word insertions may be made, which accurately
describe the facts.
ance with the Load Line Regulations.
(Reverse side of Coastwise Load Line Certificate)
ANNUAL SURVEYS
This is to certify that this ship has been surveyed on the dates indicated to determine in
each case whether this certificate should remain in force for an additional 1 year and the sur-
vey has been completed to my satisfaction.
(1).
Signature of Surveyor Place Date
(2).
(3).
(4).
EXTENSION OF LOAD LINE CERTIFICATE
The provisions of the Coastwise Load Line Regulations of the Commandant, U.S. Coast
Guard, being fully complied with by this ship, this certificate is extended under the authority
of 46 CFR 42.07–45 and 42.09–15 until.
Place ............................................................................................................. Date .... ..............................
............................................................................................................................ ............ ..............................
(Name of issuing authority and signature of Surveyor)
63
§ 42.50–15 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
NOTES fective a condition as they were when the
certificate was issued.
4. The periods and areas during which the
(e) The structural strength of the ship is
seasonal load lines apply are as stated in the
lowered to such an extent that the ship is
Load Line Regulations in 46 CFR subpart
unsafe.
42.30, as appropriate.
6. When this certificate has expired or has
5. This Coastwise Load Line Certificate
been canceled, it must be delivered to the
will be canceled by the Commandant, U.S.
issuing authority.
Coast Guard, if:
(a) The annual surveys have not been car- * * * * * * *
ried out within three months either way of
each anniversary of the certificate date. llllllllllllllllllllllll
(b) The certificate is not endorsed to show (d) The text and arrangement of the
that the ship has been surveyed as indicated printed portion of Form C2 shall be
in (a). identical with the information on the
(c) Material alterations have been made to face and reverse sides of Form C1 cer-
the hull or superstructure of the vessel, such tificate in paragraph (c) of this section
as would necessitate the assignment of an in-
except for the identification of model
creased freeboard.
(d) The fittings and appliances for the pro- form, description of the ‘‘Freeboard
tection of the openings, guardrails, freeing from deck line’’, the ‘‘Load Line’’, and
ports, or the means of access to the crew’s the illustration of load line marks,
quarters have not been maintained in as ef- which shall be as follows:
[Form C2]
* * * * * * *
FREEBOARD FROM DECK LINE LOAD LINE
Tropical ............................ ____ (inches) .............................................................. Upper edge of line at level

Summer ......................... ......do ........................................................................ center of ring.
Winter ........................... ......do ........................................................................ Do.
Allowance for fresh water for all freeboards ........................................................ ____ (inches).

* * * * * * *
(e) The text and arrangement of the except for the identification of model
printed portion of Form C3 shall be form, description of the ‘‘Freeboard
identical with the information on the from deck line,’’ the ‘‘Load Line,’’ and
face and reverse sides of Form C1 cer- the illustration of load line marks,
tificate in paragraph (c) of this section which shall be as follows:
64
EC01FE91.008</GPH>
Coast Guard, DHS Pt. 44
[Form C3]
* * * * * * *
The timber freeboards given in this certificate are applicable only when this ship carries
a timber deck cargo and complies with the special requirements of the Load Line Regulations
regarding timber deck cargoes.
FREEBOARD FROM DECK LINE LOAD LINE LOAD LINE
Tropical ............................. ____ (inches) ....................................... (T) ........... ____ (inches) above (S).
Summer ............................. ____ (inches) ....................................... (S) ........... Upper edge of line at level
of center of ring.
Winter ............................... ____ (inches) ....................................... (W) .......... ____ (inches) below (S).
Timber—tropical ............... ____ (inches) ....................................... (LT) ......... ____ (inches) above (LS).
Timber—summer ............... ____ (inches) ....................................... (LS) ......... ____ (inches) above (S).
Timber—winter ................. ____ (inches) ....................................... (LW) ........ ____ (inches) below (LS).
Allowance for fresh water for all freeboards other than timber ..................... ____ (inches).
Allowance for fresh water for all timber freeboards ....................................... ____ (inches).
* * * * * * *
1 The issuing authority is authorized to delete or change words inapplicable to a specific
vessel and to arrange wording so appropriate word insertions may be made, which accurately
describe the facts.
[CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10073, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGFR 68–126, 34 FR 9018, June 5, 1969;
USCG–2014–0688, 79 FR 58280, Sept. 29, 2014]
PART 43 [RESERVED] Subpart B—Rules for Assigning Special

Service Load Lines
PART 44—SPECIAL SERVICE LIMITED 44.05–1 General.
DOMESTIC VOYAGES 44.05–5 Definitions.
44.05–10 Load line markings.
Subpart A—Administration 44.05–15 Existing vessels.
44.05–20 Conditions of assignment.
Sec. 44.05–25 Freeboards.
44.01–1 Establishment of load lines for spe- 44.05–30 Load line certificate.
cial services. 44.05–35 Form of load line certificate.
44.01–5 Administration; special service.
44.01–10 Approval by Commandant, U.S. Subpart C—Rules for Assigning Working
Coast Guard, of special service. Freeboards to Hopper Dredges
44.01–11 Assignment and marking load lines;
special service. 44.300 Applicability.
44.01–12 Voyage limits; special service. 44.310 Definitions.
44.01–13 Heavy weather plan. 44.320 Submission of plans and calculations.
44.01–15 Special service certificate. 44.330 Obtaining working freeboards for

44.01–20 New and existing vessels; special hopper dredges.
service. 44.340 Operating restrictions.
65
EC01FE91.009</GPH>
§ 44.01–1 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
AUTHORITY: 46 U.S.C. 5101–5116; Department (8) Statement of weather conditions
of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1. to be expected.
SOURCE: CGFR 65–50, 30 FR 16755, Dec. 30, (9) Cargo to be carried.
1965, unless otherwise noted. (10) Whether vessel is to be operated
manned or unmanned.
Subpart A—Administration [CGFR 65–50, 30 FR 16755, Dec. 30, 1965, as
amended by CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10076, July 12,
§ 44.01–1 Establishment of load lines
1968]
for special services.
(a) Load lines are established for § 44.01–10 Approval by Commandant,
steam colliers, tugs, barges, and self- U.S. Coast Guard, of special service.
propelled barges engaged in special (a) Subject to the conditions con-
services in conformity with regulations tained in this part, the Commandant,
in this part.
U.S. Coast Guard, has determined that
(b) Load lines for steam colliers,
load lines at variance from the position
barges, and self-propelled barges en-
fixed by the International Convention
gaged on specially limited coastwise
on Load Lines, 1966, but not above the
voyages as described in § 44.01–12 shall
actual line of safety, may be assigned
be established pursuant to the regula-
steam colliers, barges, or self-propelled
tions in this part.
barges (separately by class) for certain
(c) Variance for tugs is not per-
specifically limited coastwise voyages
mitted.
between ports of the continental
[CGFR 65–50, 30 FR 16755, Dec. 30, 1965, as United States or between islands of a
amended by USCG–1998–4442, 63 FR 52190, group over which the United States has
Sept. 30, 1998] jurisdiction.
§ 44.01–5 Administration; special serv- [CGFR 65–50, 30 FR 16755, Dec. 30, 1965, as
ice. amended by CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10076, July 12,
1968]
(a) The administrative provisions of
§§ 42.01–1 to 42.11–20 inclusive of this § 44.01–11 Assignment and marking
subchapter, relating to vessels engaged load lines; special service.
in foreign and coastwise voyages,
where applicable, shall apply to vessels (a) The assignment and marking of
subject to this part except as modified special service load lines and certifi-
in paragraph (b) of this section. cations thereof shall be in accordance
(b) Application for the assignment of with this part to the satisfaction of the
load lines under this part for the types American Bureau of Shipping. The load
of vessels described in § 44.01–1 shall be line certificate shall define the voyage
made in writing to the American Bu- limits and seasonal restrictions gov-
reau of Shipping unless another society erning the validity of the load lines.
has been specifically approved by the
Commandant as a load line assigning § 44.01–12 Voyage limits; special serv-
authority. In the latter case applica- ice.
tion shall be made to the society so ap- (a) Special service load lines may be
proved. Applications shall state the fol- assigned for operation not more than a
lowing information: specified limited distance offshore
(1) Name of vessel and official num- which shall not exceed 20 nautical
ber. miles. The offshore distance shall be
(2) Type of vessel (steam collier, measured from the coastline except
barge, or self-propelled barge). where a line of inland waters has been
(3) Date keel was laid. otherwise established.
(4) Normal sea speed of vessel. (b) For continental United States
(5) Limits of voyage for which ap- ports, special service load lines may be
proval is requested. issued for operation between but not to
(6) Normal maximum distance off- exceed the extreme port limits speci-
shore in course of voyage. fied below, or for operation between in-

(7) Length of voyage in days and nau- termediate ports within the extreme
tical miles. limits specified:
66
(1) Central and Northern Atlantic knowledge of the local conditions. The
Coast—From Norfolk, Virginia, to heavy weather plan may contain
Eastport, Maine. weather radio frequencies and time
(2) Southeast Atlantic Coast—from schedules for seeking a harbor of safe
Key West, Florida, to Jacksonville, refuge. A single heavy weather plan
Florida, except that the special service may be accepted for more than one ves-
load line is not valid for manned vessel operating at a single work site or
sels during the hurricane season, i.e., on a single route.
July 1st to November 15th, both dates (d) The vessel owner or operator
inclusive, unless the vessel is operated must place a copy of the heavy weather
in accordance with a Coast Guard ap- plan on each vessel to which it applies
proved heavy weather plan. and ensure that it remains there
(3) Gulf of Mexico Coast—from the throughout the hurricane season.
mouth of the Rio Grande River, Texas, [CGD 79–142, 45 FR 57402, Aug. 28, 1980]
to Key West, Florida, except that the
special service load line is not valid for § 44.01–15 Special service certificate.
manned vessels during the hurricane
(a) The use of the special service load
season, i.e., July 1st to November 15th,
line certificate issued under this part is
both dates inclusive, unless the vessel
limited to voyages only as described in
is operated in accordance with a Coast the certificate. If the vessel engages on
Guard approved heavy weather plan. any voyage not contemplated by the
(4) Pacific Coast—From San Fran- certificate where a load line is re-
cisco, California, to San Diego, Cali- quired, the load line prescribed by part
fornia. 42 of this subchapter shall govern.
(c) Assignment of special service load (b) Vessels engaged on special serv-
lines for voyage limits between the is- ices in the coastwise trade and the
lands of a group over which the United interisland trade will be certificated on
States has jurisdiction shall be made the form shown in § 44.05–35.
only upon authorization by the Com-
mandant, U.S. Coast Guard, after sub- [CGFR 65–50, 30 FR 16755, Dec. 30, 1965, as
mittal to him of the information called amended by CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10076, July 12,
1968]
for by § 44.01–5(b).
[CGFR 65–50, 30 FR 16755, Dec. 30, 1965, as § 44.01–20 New and existing vessels;
amended by CGD 79–142, 45 FR 57402, Aug. 28, special service.
1980] (a) A new vessel marked with load
§ 44.01–13 Heavy weather plan. lines for special service on a coastwise
or inter-island voyage is a vessel whose
(a) Each heavy weather plan under keel was laid on or after September 28,
§ 44.01–12(b) must be prepared by the 1937. An existing vessel is one whose
vessel owner or operator and approved keel was laid before that date.
by the cognizant Officer in Charge, Ma-
rine Inspection. Approval of a heavy
weather plan is limited to the current
Subpart B—Rules for Assigning
hurricane season. Special Service Load Lines
(b) The cognizant Officer in Charge, § 44.05–1 General.
Marine Inspection, is—
(1) The Officer in Charge, Marine In- (a) The load line regulations in this
spection, within whose area the work part are complementary to those in
site is located for a vessel that will be part 42 or part 45 (Great Lakes load
operating in a limited geographical line regulations) of this subchapter, as
area; or reference is made thereto.
(2) The Officer in Charge, Marine In- [CGFR 65–50, 30 FR 16755, Dec. 30, 1965, as
spection, within whose area the point amended by CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10076, July 12,
of departure is located for a transiting 1968]
vessel.
(c) The required content of the heavy § 44.05–5 Definitions.
weather plan is determined on a case- (a) A steam collier is a vessel me-

by-case basis by the cognizant Officer chanically propelled, and specially de-
in Charge, Marine Inspection, based on signed for the carriage of coal in bulk.
67
§ 44.05–10 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
(b) A towed barge is a vessel without land voyages and those on the forward
sufficient means of self-propulsion and side will be applicable to unlimited
which requires to be towed. coastwise voyages. (A vessel marked
(c) A self-propelled barge is a vessel for both special service and unlimited
mechanically propelled of the type spe- coastwise voyages and furnished with a
cially designed for use in limited coast- load line certificate on the inter-
wise and Great Lakes service and capa- national form shall, when entering the
ble of transiting interconnecting ca- foreign trade, arrange that the load
nals. line markings are in accord with the
vessel’s international load line certifi-
§ 44.05–10 Load line markings. cate by the elimination of the marks
(a) The load line marks on the ves- aft of the disk.)
sel’s sides must be in accordance with
§ 42.13–25(a) of this subchapter, except
seasonal markings such as ‘‘Winter
North Atlantic’’ which are not applica-
ble to the voyage are omitted.
(b) In the case of vessels which en-
gage in special services on coastwise
voyages and voyages on the Great
Lakes, the marks on the vessel’s sides
are to be in accordance with Figure
44.05–10(b), except that the lines
marked ‘‘SW’’ and ‘‘MS’’ shall be used
only where applicable.
FIGURE 45.05–10(D)
[CGFR 65–50, 30 FR 16755, Dec. 30, 1965, as
1982; USCG–2004–18884, 69 FR 58345, Sept. 30,
2004]
§ 44.05–15 Existing vessels.

(a) In assigning load lines to an exist-
ing vessel the provisions of the regula-
tions in this part shall be complied
FIGURE 44.05–10(B) with in principle and detail insofar as
(c) The load lines aft of the combined is reasonable and practicable, having
disk and diamond will be applicable for regard to the proven efficacy of exist-
voyages on the Great Lakes and those ing arrangements for a special service
on the forward side will be applicable voyage, and having particular regard
to limited coastwise voyages. The sum- to the provision of sufficient means for
mer line on the ocean will correspond the protection and safety of the crew.
to the summer line on the Lakes and (b) Where it is neither reasonable nor
the winter line on the ocean will cor- practicable to comply with this part in
respond to the intermediate line on the its entirety, the assigning authority
Lakes. will, in each case, report to the Com-
(d) In the case of vessels which oper- mandant, U.S. Coast Guard, the spe-
ate both on special service coastwise cific matters in which the vessel is de-
voyages and on unlimited coastwise ficient with such recommendations as
voyages, the marks on the ship’s sides may seem desirable. Upon the receipt
are to be in accordance with figure of this report the Commandant, U.S.
44.05–10 (d). The load lines aft of the Coast Guard, shall determine such ad-
disk will be applicable to voyages in dition to the freeboard as will, in the
special service coastwise or inter-is- judgment of the Commandant, U.S.
EC01FE91.010 EC01FE91.011
68
Coast Guard, make the vessel as safe as (2) The requirements in §§ 42.09–1 and
if it had fully complied with this part. 42.09–10 that relate to the assignment
of freeboards and to stability are appli-
§ 44.05–20 Conditions of assignment. cable to each vessel subject to the re-
(a) Steam colliers. The conditions of quirements in this part.
assignment for steam colliers shall be (3) The assigning authority that as-
in accordance with the requirements of signs a vessel subject to the require-
part 42 of this subchapter, except that ments in this part a freeboard under
in the case of steam colliers con- part 45 of this chapter shall do so in ac-
structed with bulwarks, the freeing cordance with the requirements in ef-
port may be of a practically continuous fect as of October 1, 1972.
slot type, located as low as possible, (b) Steam colliers. Steam colliers that
the clear area of the slot to be not less have constructional features similar to
than 20 percent of the superficial area those of a tanker which afford extra in-
of the unpierced bulwarks. If, due to vulnerability against the sea may be
sheer, or other conditions, the assign- assigned a reduction of freeboard from
ing authority considers that extra that determined under part 42 of this
local provision should be made for free- subchapter. The amount of such reduc-
ing decks of water, the slots are to be
tion shall be determined by the assign-
located so as to have maximum effi-
ing authority, in relation to the
cacy.
freeboard assigned to tankers, having
(b) Towed barges. The conditions of
regard to the degree of compliance
assignment for towed cargo barges
where the cargo is carried under deck with the supplementary conditions of
shall be in accordance with §§ 45.10–5 to assignment laid down for these ships,
45.10–100 of this subchapter. In the case but without regard to the degree of
of tank barges and cargo barges car- subdivision provided. The freeboard as-
rying cargo only on deck, compliance signed to such a vessel shall in no case
will also be required with the supple- be less than would be assigned the ves-
mentary conditions of §§ 45.20–1 to sel as a tanker, as determined under
45.20–70 of this subchapter. In the case part 42 of this subchapter.
of cargo barges of the open type, as- (c) Towed cargo barges with cargo
signment will be limited to barges in under deck. The freeboard is to be com-
unmanned operation and the construc- puted under §§ 45.15–1 to 45.15–97 of this
tion of the vessel must be such as to subchapter. The fresh water and sea-
satisfy the assigning authority that no sonal markings where applicable are to
unusual hazards will be experienced. be determined under part 42 of this sub-
(c) Self-propelled barges. The condi- chapter.
tions of assignment for self-propelled (d) Towed cargo barges with cargo only
cargo barges carrying cargo under on deck. The freeboard for barges of
decks shall be in accordance with the this type is to be computed in accord-
provisions of §§ 45.10–5 to 45.10–100 of ance with the requirements of §§ 45.20–1
this subchapter. In the case of self-pro- to 45.20–70 of this subchapter. The fresh
pelled tank barges and self-propelled water and seasonal markings where ap-
cargo barges carrying cargo only on plicable are to be the same as deter-
deck, compliance will also be required mined under part 42 of this subchapter.
with the supplementary conditions of (e) Towed cargo barges of the open
§§ 45.20–1 to 45.20–70 of this subchapter. type. The load line shall be placed
[CGFR 65–50, 30 FR 16755, Dec. 30, 1965, as where, in the judgment of the assigning
amended by CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10076, July 12, authority, the draft will be such that
1968] no unusual hazard will be experienced.
In general, drafts assigned will be such
§ 44.05–25 Freeboards. that the barge will remain afloat with
(a) General. (1) When the assigning a reasonable freeboard after flooding of
authority is satisfied that the require- the net available open space.
ments of this part as applicable to the (f) Towed tank barges. The freeboard
type of vessel under consideration are is to be computed in accordance with

complied with the freeboards will be §§ 45.20–1 to 45.20–70 of this subchapter.
computed as described in this section. The fresh water and seasonal markings
69
§ 44.05–30 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
where applicable are to be determined *Allowance for fresh water for all
under part 42 of this subchapter. freeboards (except on the Great Lakes) ———
The upper edge of the deck line from
(g) Self-propelled cargo barges. The which these freeboards are measured is lll
freeboard is to be computed under inches above the top of the____deck at side.
§§ 45.15–1 to 45.20–15 of this subchapter.
The fresh water and seasonal markings
where applicable are to be determined
under part 42 of this subchapter.
(h) Self-propelled tank barges. The
freeboard is to be computed in accord-
ance with §§ 45.20–1 to 45.20–70 of this
subchapter. The fresh water and sea-
sonal markings where applicable are to
be determined under part 42 of this sub-
chapter. This is to certify that this ship has been
surveyed and the freeboards and load lines
[CGFR 65–50, 30 FR 17655, Dec. 30, 1965, as shown above have been found to be correctly
amended by CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10077, July 12, marked upon the vessel in manner and loca-
1968; CGD 73–49R, 38 FR 12290, May 10, 1973] tion as provided by the Load Line Regula-
tions of the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard,
§ 44.05–30 Load line certificate. applicable to vessels engaged on this special
(a) The load line certificates for a service voyage.
special service coastwise or special **This certificate remains in force until
__________________. Issued at
inter-island voyage shall be issued in __________________on the ________ day of
addition to any other applicable load ____________, 19____.
line certificates and shall be on the
(Here follows the signature or seal and de-
form shown in § 44.05–35. scription of the assigning authority)
§ 44.05–35 Form of load line certificate. NOTES: (1) In accordance with the Load
Line Regulations, the disk or diamond and
(a) Where no other Load Line certifi- the lines must be permanently marked by
cate is issued: center punch marks or cutting.
(2) The load line assignment given by this
LOAD LINE CERTIFICATE FOR A SPECIAL certificate necessarily assumes that the na-
SERVICE COASTWISE OR INTER-ISLAND VOYAGE ture and stowage of cargo, ballast, etc., are
such as to secure sufficient stability for the
Issued under the authority of the Com-
vessel. Accordingly, it is the owner’s respon-
mandant, U.S. Coast Guard, United States of
sibility to furnish the Master of the vessel
America, under the provisions of the Coast- with stability information and instructions
wise Load Line Act of August 27, 1935, as when this is necessary to maintenance of
amended. sufficient stability.
[SEAL] (On the reverse side of the load line certifi-
Issued by llllllllllllllllll cate, the provision for annual inspection en-
dorsement and for renewal of the certificate
Certificate No. lllllllllllllll
is to be the same as for vessels engaged in
This certificate is valid only for coastwise the foreign trade.)
or inter-island voyages that are between the
limits of __________ and __________ provided (b) Where the Special Service Load
the vessel is engaged solely in the trade stat- Line Certificate is issued in addition to
ed herein.
Ship lllllllllllllllllllll *Where seagoing steamers navigate a river
Official No. lllllllllllllllll or inland water, deeper loading is permitted
Port of registry lllllllllllllll corresponding to the weight of fuel, etc., re-
Trade of vessel lllllllllllllll quired for consumption between the point of
Gross tonnage llllllllllllllll departure and the open sea.
**Upon the expiration of the certificate re-
Freeboard from deck line Load line newal must be obtained as provided by the
Load Line Regulations and the certificate so
Tropical (T) ............................ Above (S). endorsed. Endorsement should also be made
Summer (S) ........................... Upper edge of line through in the spaces provided on the occasion of
center of disk.
each annual inspection required by the Load
Winter (W) .............................. Below (S).
Line Regulations.
70
EC01FE91.012</GPH>
Coast Guard, DHS § 44.330
a Great Lakes Load Line Certificate, § 44.310 Definitions.

the wording of the Special Service
Hopper dredge means a self-propelled
Load Line Certificate is to be identical
dredge with an open hold or hopper in
to that given in paragraph (a) of this
the hull of the dredge that receives
section, but the markings indicated in
dredged material.
the form shall be replaced by the fol-
lowing markings: Working freeboard means one-half the
distance between the mark of the load
line assigned under this subchapter and
the freeboard deck.
§ 44.320 Submission of plans and cal-

culations.
To request a working freeboard, cal-
culations, plans, and stability informa-
tion necessary to demonstrate compli-
ance with this subpart must be sub-
mitted to the:
(c) Where the Special Service Load (a) Commanding Officer, Marine
Line Certificate is issued in addition to Safety Center, U.S. Coast Guard, 2703
an Unlimited Coastwise or Inter- Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE.,
national Load Line Certificate, the Washington, DC 20593, for visitors.
wording of the Special Service Load Send all mail to Commanding Officer
Line Certificate is to be identical to (MSC), Attn: Marine Safety Center,
that given in paragraph (a) of this sec- U.S. Coast Guard Stop 7430, 2703 Martin
tion, but the markings indicated in the Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Wash-
form shall be replaced by the following ington, DC 20593–7430; or
markings: (b) American Bureau of Shipping,
ABS Plaza, 16855 Northchase Drive,
Houston, TX 77060.
[CGD 76–080, 54 FR 36977, Sept. 6, 1989, as
Sept. 30, 1998; USCG–2000–7790, 65 FR 58459,
Sept. 29, 2000; USCG–2007–29018, 72 FR 53965,
Sept. 21, 2007; USCG–2009–0702, 74 FR 49228,
Sept. 25, 2009; USCG–2013–0671, 78 FR 60147,
Sept. 30, 2013; USCG–2016–0498, 82 FR 35089,
July 28, 2017]
§ 44.330 Obtaining working freeboards

[CGFR 65–50, 30 FR 16755, Dec. 30, 1965, as for hopper dredges.
A hopper dredge may be issued a
Sept. 29, 2014]
working freeboard on a limited service
domestic voyage load line certificate
Subpart C—Rules for Assigning or a Great Lakes load line certificate if
Working Freeboards to Hop- the following are met:
per Dredges (a) The hopper dredge structure must
have adequate strength for any draft
SOURCE: CGD 76–080, 54 FR 36977, Sept. 6, up to the working freeboard draft.
1989, unless otherwise noted. Dredges built and maintained in con-
formity with the requirements of a
§ 44.300 Applicability. classification society recognized by the
This subpart applies to each self-pro- Commandant usually meet this re-
pelled hopper dredge— quirement.
(a) For which a working freeboard as- (b) The hopper dredge must—
signment is desired after January 1, (1) Meet subpart I of part 174 of this
1990; and chapter; and

EC01FE91.013</GPH> EC01FE91.014</GPH>
(b) That operates with a working (2) Have on its bridge remote draft
freeboard assigned under this subpart. indicators that:
71
§ 44.340 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
(i) Show the fore, aft, and mean draft 45.59 Definitions for superstructure correc-
of the dredge at all times while the tions.
dredge is operating; and 45.61 Correction for superstructures and
trunks.
(ii) Have each indicator marked with 45.63 Correction for sheer.
the assigned freeboard and the working 45.65 Excess sheer limitations.
freeboard. 45.67 Sheer measurement.
45.69 Correction for bow height.
§ 44.340 Operating restrictions. 45.71 Midsummer freeboard.
(a) Each hopper dredge assigned a 45.73 Winter freeboard.
45.75 Intermediate freeboard.
working freeboard may be operated at 45.77 Salt water freeboard.
drafts from the normal freeboard to the
working freeboard if the— Subpart D—Conditions of Assignment
(1) Seas are not more than 10 feet;
(2) Winds are not more than 35 knots; 45.101 Purpose.
45.103 Structural stress and stability.
(3) Area of operation is not more
45.105 Information supplied to the master.
than 20 nautical miles (37 kilometers) 45.107 Strength of hull.
from the mouth of a harbor of safe ref- 45.109 Strength of superstructures and deck-
uge; and houses.
(4) Specific gravity of the spoil car- 45.111 Strength of bulkheads at ends of su-
ried is not more than the highest spe- perstructures.
cific gravity of spoil used in the sta- 45.113 Access openings in bulkheads at ends
bility calculations required by sub- of enclosed superstructures.
45.115 Bulwarks and guardrails.
chapter S of this chapter. 45.117 Freeing port area: General.
(b) The Assigning Authority des- 45.119 Freeing port area; Changes from
ignates on the face of the dredge’s load standard sheer.
line certificate— 45.121 Freeing port area: Changes for trunks
(1) Each restriction contained in and side coamings.
paragraph (a)(1) through (a)(3) of this 45.123 Freeing port area: Changes for bul-
section; and wark height.
45.125 Crew passageways.
(2) The maximum specific gravity of
45.127 Position of structures, openings, and
the spoils allowed to be carried. fittings.
45.129 Hull fittings: General.
PART 45—GREAT LAKES LOAD 45.131 Ventilators.
LINES 45.133 Air pipes.
45.135 Hull openings at or below freeboard
deck.
Subpart A—General 45.137 Cargo ports.
Sec. 45.139 Side scuttles.
45.1 Purpose. 45.141 Manholes and flush scuttles.
45.3 Definitions. 45.143 Hull openings above freeboard deck.
45.5 Seasonal application of load lines. 45.145 Hatchway covers.
45.9 Seasonal application of load lines for 45.147 Hatchway coamings.
vessels not marked under this part. 45.149 Machinery space openings.
45.11 Issue of load line certificate. 45.151 Other openings.
45.13 Form of certificate. 45.153 Through-hull piping: General.
45.15 Exemptions. 45.155 Inlets and discharge piping: Valves.
45.157 Scuppers and gravity drains.
Subpart B—Load Line Marks 45.159 Special conditions of assignment for
type A vessels.
45.31 Deck line.
45.33 Diamond. Subpart E—Unmanned River Barges on
45.35 Seasonal load lines. Lake Michigan Routes
45.37 Salt water load lines.
45.39 Marking. 45.171 Purpose.
45.173 Eligible barges.
Subpart C—Freeboards 45.175 Applicable routes.
45.177 Freeboard requirements.
45.51 Types of ships. 45.179 Cargo limitations.
45.53 Summer freeboard. 45.181 Load line exemption requirements for
45.55 Freeboard coefficient. the Burns Harbor and Milwaukee routes.

45.57 Correction: Position of deckline. 45.183 Load line requirements for the St. Jo-
45.58 Correction: Short superstructure. seph and Muskegon routes.
72
45.185 Tow limitations. freeboard deck beam at side except
45.187 Weather limitations. that—
45.191 Pre-departure requirements.
45.193 Towboat power requirements.
(1) In vessels of other than metal con-
45.195 Additional equipment requirements struction, the distance is measured
for the Muskegon route. from the lower edge of the keel rabbet;
45.197 Operational plan requirements for the (2) Where the form at the lower part
Muskegon route. of the midship section is of a hollow
APPENDIX A TO PART 45—LOAD LINE CERTIFI- character, or where thick garboards
CATE FORM
are fitted, the distance is measured
AUTHORITY: 46 U.S.C. 5104, 5108; Depart- from the point where the line of the
ment of Homeland Security Delegation No. flat of the bottom continued inwards
0170.1. cuts the side of the keel;
SOURCE: CGD 73–49R, 38 FR 12290, May 10, (3) In ships having rounded gunwales,
1973, unless otherwise noted. this distance is measured to the point
of intersection of the moulded lines of
Subpart A—General the deck and side, the lines extending
as though the gunwale were of angular
§ 45.1 Purpose. design; and
This part prescribes requirements for (4) Where the freeboard deck is
assignment of freeboards, issuance of stepped and the raised part of the deck
loadline certificates, and marking of extends over the point at which the
loadlines for service on the Great moulded depth is to be determined, the
Lakes of North America. distance is measured to a line of ref-
[CGD 73–49R, 38 FR 12290, May 10, 1973, as erence extending from the lower part of
amended by USCG–1998–4442, 63 FR 52190, the deck along a line parallel with the
Sept. 30, 1998] raised part.
(f) Depth for Freeboard (D) means—
§ 45.3 Definitions. (1) Moulded depth amidships plus the
As used in this part: thickness of the stringer plate with no
(a) Length (L) means 96 percent of the allowance for sheathing; and
total length on a waterline at 85 per- (2) In a vessel having a rounded gun-
cent of the least moulded depth meas- wale with a radius greater than 4 per-
ured from the top of the keel or the cent of the breadth (B) or having
length from the foreside of the stem to topsides of unusual form, the depth for
the axis of the rudder stock on that freeboard (D) of a vessel having a mid-
waterline, if that is greater. In ships ship section with vertical topsides and
designed with a rake of keel the water- with the same round of beam and area
line on which this length is measured of topside section equal to that pro-
must be parallel to the designed water- vided by the actual midship section.
line.
(g) Freeboard means the distance
(b) Perpendiculars means the forward
measured vertically downwards amid-
and after perpendiculars at the forward
ships from the upper edge of the deck
and after ends of the length (L). The
forward perpendicular coincides with line to the upper edge of the related
the foreside of the stem on the water- load line.
line on which the length is measured. (h) Freeboard Deck means, normally,
(c) Amidships means the middle of the the uppermost complete deck exposed
length (L). to weather and sea that has permanent
(d) Breadth unless expressly provided means of closing all openings in the
otherwise, means the maximum weather part thereof and below which
breadth of the ship, measured amid- all openings in the sides of the ship are
ships to the moulded line of the frame fitted with permanent means of water-
in a ship with a metal shell and to the tight closings except that—
outer surface of the hull in a ship with (1) In a ship having a discontinuous
a shell of any other material. freeboard deck, the lowest line of the
(e) Moulded Depth means the vertical exposed deck and the continuation of
distance measured amidships from the that line parallel to the upper part of
top of the keel to the top of the the deck is the freeboard deck.
73
§ 45.5 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
(2) At the option of the owner and § 45.5 Seasonal application of load
subject to the approval of the Com- lines.
mandant a lower deck may be des- For the purposes of the law and regu-
ignated as the freeboard deck, if it is a lations prohibiting submergence of
complete and permanent deck contin- load lines (46 U.S.C. 88c; 46 CFR 42.07–
uous in a fore and aft direction at least 10), the fresh water and salt water load
between the machinery space and peak lines marked under this part apply dur-
bulkheads and continuous ing the following seasons:
athwartships; (a) Summer load lines apply April 16
(3) When this lower deck is stepped through April 30 and September 16
the lowest line of the deck and the con- through September 30.
tinuation of that line parallel to the (b) Except for hopper dredges oper-
upper part of the deck is taken as the ating at working freeboards in accord-
freeboard deck. ance with subpart C of part 44 of this
chapter, the Assigning Authority may
(i) Superstructure means a deck struc-
not allow for lesser freeboards.
ture on the freeboard deck, extending (c) Intermediate load lines apply Oc-
from side to side of the ship or with the tober 1 through October 31 and April 1
side plating not being inboard of the through April 15.
shell plating more than 4 percent of the (d) Winter load lines apply November
breadth (B). A raised quarterdeck is a 1 through March 31.
superstructure.
(j) Enclosed superstructure means a su- § 45.9 Seasonal application of load
perstructure with enclosing bulkheads. lines for vessels not marked under
this part.
(k) Height of a superstructure means
the least vertical height measured at (a) For the purposes of the law and
side from the top of the superstructure regulations prohibiting submergence of
deck beams to the top of the freeboard load lines (46 U.S.C. 88c; 46 CFR 42.07–
deck beams. 10) the marks assigned to vessels hold-
ing international load line certificates
(l) Length of a superstructure (S)
apply during the following seasons:
means the mean length of the part of
(1) Vessels assigned freeboards as new
the superstructure which extends to vessels under the International Load
the sides of the vessel and lies within Line Convention, 1966—
the length (L). (i) Winter—November 1 through
(m) Flush deck ship means a ship that March 31.
has no superstructure on the freeboard (ii) Summer—April 1 through April 30
deck. and October 1 through October 31.
(n) Weathertight means that in any (iii) Tropical—May 1 through Sep-
sea conditions water will not penetrate tember 30;
into the ship. (2) Vessels assigned freeboards as ex-
(o) Watertight means designed to isting vessels under the International
withstand a static head of water. Load Line Convention, 1966—
(p) Exposed positions means exposed (i) Winter—November 1 through
to weather and sea. March 31;
(ii) Summer—April 1 through April 30
(q) Intact bulkhead with respect to su-
and October 1 through October 31;
perstructure means a bulkhead with no
(iii) Tropical—September 16 through
openings. September 30;
(r) Steel means steel and materials (iv) Tropical Fresh—May 1 through
with which structures can be made September 15.
equivalent to steel with respect to such (b) Except for hopper dredges oper-
parameters as yield strength, total de- ating at working freeboards in accord-
flection, flexural life, or resistance to ance with subpart C of part 44 of this
galvanic or stress corrosion. chapter, the Assigning Authority may
not allow for lesser freeboards.
[CGD 73–49R, 38 FR 12290, May 10, 1973, as
amended by USCG–2014–0688, 79 FR 58280, [CGD 73–49R, 38 FR 12290, May 10, 1973, as

Sept. 29, 2014] amended by CGD 76–080, 54 FR 36977, Sept. 6,
1989]
74
§ 45.11 Issue of load line certificate. vessel. If the Commandant grants an

(a) A vessel 79 feet in length and exemption pursuant to this paragraph
more, and 150 gross tons or over, the he communicates the details of the ex-
keel of which is laid or which has emption and the reasons therefor to
reached a similar stage of construction the chairman of the board of Steam-
after April 14, 1973, must meet the re- ship Inspections.
quirements of this part. (c) A vessel that is not normally en-
(b) Except as prescribed in paragraph gaged on voyages to which this part ap-
(a) of this section, any vessel that plies but that, in exceptional cir-
meets the requirements in subparts C cumstances, is required to undertake a
and D of this part and the survey re- single such voyage between two spe-
quirements in §§ 42.09–15 through 42.09– cific ports may be exempted by the
50 of this subchapter is entitled to as- Commandant from any of the require-
signment of freeboards and issue of a ments of this part, if the ship complies
load line certificate under this part by with safety requirements that, in the
the Commandant or his authorized rep-
opinion of the Commandant are ade-
resentative.
quate for the voyage that is to be un-
(c) A vessel, the keel of which was
laid or was at a similar stage of con- dertaken by the vessel.
struction before April 14, 1973, that (d) Unmanned dry cargo river barges
meets the requirements of this part carrying non-hazardous cargoes on cer-
that were in effect before April 14, 1973, tain routes on Lake Michigan may be
and the survey requirements in §§ 42.09– exempted from load line requirements
15 through 42.09–50 of this subchapter is in accordance with the conditions spec-
entitled to the assignment of ified in subpart E of this part.
freeboards calculated under the provi-
[CGD 73–49R, 38 FR 12290, May 10, 1973, as
sions of this part in effect before April
amended by CGD 84–058, 50 FR 19533, May 9,
14, 1973, and to a load line certificate 1985; USCG–1998–4623, 67 FR 19690, Apr. 23,
issued under this part by the Com- 2002]
mandant or his authorized representa-
tive.
Subpart B—Load Line Marks
§ 45.13 Form of certificate.
§ 45.31 Deck line.
The form of a load line certificate
issued under this part is specified in (a) Each vessel must be marked with
appendix A to this part. a deck line on the outer surface of the
shell on each side of the vessel with the
§ 45.15 Exemptions. upper edge of the line passing through
(a) The Commandant may exempt a the point where the upper surface of
ship from any of the requirements in the freeboard deck intersects the outer
this part if the chairman of the board surface of the shell or if the summer
of Steamship Inspections, Department freeboard is correspondingly adjusted
of Transport, Canada, and the Com- under § 45.57, the deck line may be
mandant agree that the sheltered na- placed above or below the freeboard
ture or the condition of that voyage deck. Figure 1 illustrates the deck line
make it unreasonable or impracticable markings.
to apply requirements of this part.
(b) Each deck line must be at least
(b) The Commandant may exempt a
vessel that embodies features of a 12-inches long and 1-inch wide.
novel kind from any of the require-
ments of this part if those require-
ments might seriously impede research
into the development of such features
and their incorporation in ships. Any
such vessel must comply with the safe-
ty requirements that, in the opinion of
the Commandant, are adequate for the

service for which the vessel is intended
and will insure the overall safety of the
75
§ 45.33 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
§ 45.33 Diamond.
(a) Each vessel must be marked with
the diamond mark described in figure 2
of § 45.35 amidships below the upper
edge of the deck line on each side with
the center of the loadline mark at a
distance below the deck line equal to § 45.37 Salt water load lines.
the summer freeboard assigned under
this part. Each vessel that operates in the salt
(b) The width of each line in the water of the St. Lawrence River must—
loadline mark must be 1 inch. (a) Be marked with the summer (S),
midsummer (MS), intermediate (I) and
§ 45.35 Seasonal load lines. winter (W) load line marks under § 45.77
for salt water; and
Each vessel must have the summer
(b) Be marked with the letters ‘‘FW’’
(S), midsummer (MS), intermediate (I),
above the fresh water marks and the
and winter (W) loadlines for fresh
letters ‘‘SW’’ above the salt water
water freeboards calculated under
marks as described in figure 2.
§§ 45.71 through 45.75 marked in accord-
ance with § 45.39. § 45.39 Marking.
(a) The diamond, lines, and letters
must be painted in white or yellow on
a dark ground or in black on a light
ground and permanently marked on
the sides of the vessel.
(b) The upper edge of the line that
passes through the center of the dia-
mond must indicate summer freeboard
assigned under § 45.53.
(c) Unless otherwise authorized the
seasonal load lines must be horizontal
lines extending forward of, and at right
angles to, a vertical line marked at a
distance 26 inches forward of the
vertical centerline of the diamond as
described in figure 2.
(d) The salt water load lines must be
horizontal lines extending abaft the

EC01FE91.015</GPH> EC01FE91.016</GPH>
vertical line required by paragraph (b)

of this section as described in figure 2.
76
(e) The upper edge of each seasonal F (inches) = 12 × P1 × D

and salt water load line mark must in- where P1 is defined by § 45.55 and D is the
dicate the minimum freeboard for that depth for freeboard in feet.
mark.
(f) When two freeboards assigned (c) Seasonal freeboards assigned
under this part differ by 2 inches or under §§ 45.71 through 45.75 must be cal-
less, the line for the lesser freeboard culated on the basis of the summer
must be omitted and the line for the freeboard calculated under paragraph
greater freeboard must be identified (a) or (b) of this section.
with the seasonal letters for both (d) If a minimum freeboard is re-
freeboards. quired for a vessel under this part
(g) Seasonal freeboards that are lim- which is greater than that required by
ited by a summer freeboard assigned paragraph (a) or (b) of this section be-
under § 45.53(c) must not be marked but cause of scantling or subdivision re-
the identifying letter must be marked quirements, the summer freeboard and
adjacent to the summer mark. the seasonal freeboards assigned under
(h) The identity of the authority that this subpart must be no less than that
assigns the freeboard must be indicated minimum freeboard, except the mid-
alongside the load line diamond above summer seasonal freeboard may be cal-
the horizontal line that passes through culated on the basis of the summer
the center of the diamond with two ini- freeboard assigned under this para-
tials approximately 41⁄2 inches high and graph.
3 inches wide. (e) If a greater than the calculated
minimum freeboard is requested by the
Subpart C—Freeboards applicant for the load line certificate,
that greater freeboard may be assigned
§ 45.51 Types of ships. as the summer freeboard and—
(a) For the purpose of this subpart, a (1) The intermediate and winter sea-
type A vessel has— sonal freeboards assigned must be cal-
(1) No cargo ports or similar sideshell culated under paragraph (a) or (b) of
openings below the freeboard deck; this section; and
(2) Only small freeboard deck open- (2) The midsummer seasonal
ings fitted with watertight gasketed freeboard must be calculated on the
hatch covers of steel; basis of the summer freeboard assigned
(3) No dimension of a freeboard deck under this paragraph.
cargo opening greater than 6 feet and
the total area not exceeding 18 ft2; and § 45.55 Freeboard coefficient.
(4) No more than two freeboard deck (a) For ships less than 350 feet in
cargo openings to a single cargo space. length (L), the freeboard coefficient is
(b) For the purposes of this subpart a P1 in the formula:
type B vessel is a vessel that does not P1=P + A[(L/D)–(L/Ds)]
meet the requirements in paragraph (a)
of this section. where P is a factor, which is a function of
the length from table 1 and ‘‘A’’ is a coef-
§ 45.53 Summer freeboard. ficient, which is a function of length (L),
from table 2; L/D is the ratio of the
(a) Except as required in paragraph length (L) to the depth for freeboard (D);
(c) of this section, the minimum L/Ds is the ratio of the length (L) to a
freeboard in summer for a type A ves- standard depth (Ds) from table 3.
sel is F in the following formula modi- D is not to be used as less than that which
fied by the corrections in this subpart: will give a ration of L to D that is:
(a) More than 15 when L = 400 feet or less,
F (inches) = 10.2 × P1 × D or
where P1 is defined in § 45.55 and D is the (b) More than 21 when L = 700 feet or more,
depth for freeboard in feet. with the ratio for intermediate lengths being
calculated proportionately.
(b) Except as required in paragraph
(c) of this section, the minimum (b) For ships 350 feet or more in
length (L), the coefficient ‘‘A’’ is zero
freeboard in summer for a type B vessel

is F in the formula modified by the cor- and the formula is:
rections in this subpart: P1=P
77
§ 45.57 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
where P is a factor, which is a function of (c) The effective length (E) of a trunk
length from table (1). is its length in the ratio of its mean
breadth to B.
§ 45.57 Correction: Position of (d) The effective length (E) of an en-
deckline.
closed superstructure of standard
(a) Where the depth to the upper edge height or greater is its length ‘‘S’’.
of the deckline is greater or less than (e) Where the height of an enclosed
D, the difference between the depths superstructure or trunk is less than the
must be added to or deducted from the standard height (Hs),the effective
freeboard. length (E) is its length reduced in the
(b) When the Commandant or the ap- ratio of its height to Hs.
proved assigning authority approves a (f) The effective length (E) of a raised
location for the deckline that is above quarter deck of 2⁄3 Hs or greater that
or below the freeboard deck, the min- has no openings in the front bulkhead
imum summer freeboard must be cor- is its length up to a maximum of 0.6L.
rected by— (g) The effective length (E) of a
(1) Adding the difference between the raised quarter deck of less than 2⁄3 Hs or
depth and D if the depth is greater that does not have an intact front
than D; and bulkhead is its length reduced by the
(2) Subtracting the difference be- ratio of its height to Hs.
tween the depth and D, if the depth is
less than D. TABLE 12(1)
(c) Except for the adjustment allowed TABLES OF P VALUES
in paragraph (b) of this section, no Value of

Length of Ship (feet)
freeboard of less than 2 in. may be as- P
signed. 80 ........................................................................... 0.1100
90 ........................................................................... 0.1136
§ 45.58 Correction: Short super- 100 ......................................................................... 0.1172
structure. 110 ......................................................................... 0.1208
120 ......................................................................... 0.1244
The minimum freeboard in summer 130 ......................................................................... 0.1281
for a type B vessel that is 79 ft. or more 140 ......................................................................... 0.1318
but less than 500 ft. in length and has 150 ......................................................................... 0.1355
160 ......................................................................... 0.1393
enclosed superstructures with an effec- 170 ......................................................................... 0.1430
tive length of 25 percent or less of the 180 ......................................................................... 0.1468
length of the vessel must be increased 190 ......................................................................... 0.1506
200 ......................................................................... 0.1545
by— 210 ......................................................................... 0.1583
220 ......................................................................... 0.1622
0.03 (500—L) (0.25—E/L) inches 230 ......................................................................... 0.1661
where: 240 ......................................................................... 0.1700
250 ......................................................................... 0.1740
(L) = length of vessel in feet; 260 ......................................................................... 0.1780
(E) = effective length of superstructure in 270 ......................................................................... 0.1820
feet as defined in § 45.59. 280 ......................................................................... 0.1860
290 ......................................................................... 0.1900
300 ......................................................................... 0.1941
§ 45.59 Definitions for superstructure 310 ......................................................................... 0.1982
corrections. 320 ......................................................................... 0.2023
For the purpose of §§ 45.58 through 330 ......................................................................... 0.2065
340 ......................................................................... 0.2106
45.61— 350 ......................................................................... 0.2148
(a) The standard height of a super- 360 ......................................................................... 0.2190
structure (Hs) other than a raised quar- 370 ......................................................................... 0.2233
380 ......................................................................... 0.2275
ter deck and the standard height of a 390 ......................................................................... 0.2318
trunk (Hs) is determined by the for- 400 ......................................................................... 0.2361
mula: 410 ......................................................................... 0.2400
420 ......................................................................... 0.2437
Hs=[6.0 + (L/300)] ft 430 ......................................................................... 0.2472
440 ......................................................................... 0.2506
(b) The length of superstructure (S) is 450 ......................................................................... 0.2537
the length of those parts of the super- 460 ......................................................................... 0.2567
470 ......................................................................... 0.2595

structure which extends to the sides of 480 ......................................................................... 0.2621
the vessel and that lie within the 490 ......................................................................... 0.2645
length (L). 500 ......................................................................... 0.2667
78
TABLE 12(1)—Continued TABLE 12(2)—Continued

TABLES OF P VALUES VALUES OF ‘‘A’’ FOR USE IN THE EXPRESSION
P1=P + ‘‘A’’ (L/D—L/Ds)
Value of
Length of Ship (feet) P Length of Ship (feet) Value of ‘‘A’’
510 ......................................................................... 0.2688 200 ..................................................................... 0.00300
520 ......................................................................... 0.2706 210 ..................................................................... 0.00266
530 ......................................................................... 0.2723 220 ..................................................................... 0.00234
540 ......................................................................... 0.2738 230 ..................................................................... 0.00204
550 ......................................................................... 0.2751 240 ..................................................................... 0.00176
560 ......................................................................... 0.2762
250 ..................................................................... 0.00150
570 ......................................................................... 0.2772
260 ..................................................................... 0.00126
580 ......................................................................... 0.2779
270 ..................................................................... 0.00104
590 ......................................................................... 0.2785
280 ..................................................................... 0.00084
600 ......................................................................... 0.2788
610 ......................................................................... 0.2790 290 ..................................................................... 0.00066
620 ......................................................................... 0.2790 300 ..................................................................... 0.00050
630 ......................................................................... 0.2789 310 ..................................................................... 0.00036
640 ......................................................................... 0.2785 320 ..................................................................... 0.00024
650 ......................................................................... 0.2779 330 ..................................................................... 0.00014
660 ......................................................................... 0.2772 340 ..................................................................... 0.00006
670 ......................................................................... 0.2768 350 ..................................................................... 0.00000
680 ......................................................................... 0.2760
690 ......................................................................... 0.2751
700 ......................................................................... 0.2740 TABLE 12(3)
710 ......................................................................... 0.2728 VALUES OF L/DS
720 ......................................................................... 0.2715
730 ......................................................................... 0.2700 Length of Ship (feet) Value of L/D5
740 ......................................................................... 0.2684
750 ......................................................................... 0.2667 80 ................................................................... 6.50000
760 ......................................................................... 0.2648 90 ................................................................... 6.76563
770 ......................................................................... 0.2628 100 ................................................................. 7.03125
780 ......................................................................... 0.2607 110 ................................................................. 7.29688
790 ......................................................................... 0.2584 120 ................................................................. 7.56250
800 ......................................................................... 0.2560 130 ................................................................. 7.82813
810 ......................................................................... 0.2532 140 ................................................................. 8.09375
820 ......................................................................... 0.2504 150 ................................................................. 8.35938
830 ......................................................................... 0.2476 160 ................................................................. 8.62500
840 ......................................................................... 0.2448 170 ................................................................. 8.89063
850 ......................................................................... 0.2420 180 ................................................................. 9.19625
860 ......................................................................... 0.2392 190 ................................................................. 9.42188
870 ......................................................................... 0.2364 200 ................................................................. 9.68750
880 ......................................................................... 0.2336 210 ................................................................. 9.95313
890 ......................................................................... 0.2308 220 ................................................................. 10.21875
900 ......................................................................... 0.2280 230 ................................................................. 10.48438
910 ......................................................................... 0.2252 240 ................................................................. 10.75000
920 ......................................................................... 0.2224 250 ................................................................. 11.01563
930 ......................................................................... 0.2196 260 ................................................................. 11.28125
940 ......................................................................... 0.2168 270 ................................................................. 11.54688
950 ......................................................................... 0.2140 280 ................................................................. 11.81250
960 ......................................................................... 0.2112 290 ................................................................. 12.07813
970 ......................................................................... 0.2084 300 ................................................................. 12.34375
980 ......................................................................... 0.2056 310 ................................................................. 12.60938
990 ......................................................................... 0.2028 320 ................................................................. 12.87500
1000 ....................................................................... 0.2000 330 ................................................................. 13.14063
340 ................................................................. 13.40625
350 ................................................................. 13.67188
TABLE 12(2) 360 ................................................................. 13.93750
VALUES OF ‘‘A’’ FOR USE IN THE EXPRESSION 370 ................................................................. 14.20313
P1=P + ‘‘A’’ (L/D—L/Ds) 380 ................................................................. 14.46875
390 ................................................................. 14.73438
Length of Ship (feet) Value of ‘‘A’’ 400 ................................................................. 15.00000
80 ....................................................................... 0.00864
90 ....................................................................... 0.00806 (h) Superstructures which are not en-
100 ..................................................................... 0.00750 closed have no effective length.
110 ..................................................................... 0.00696 (i) When a lower deck is designated
120 ..................................................................... 0.00644
130 ..................................................................... 0.00594
as the freeboard deck, that part of the
140 ..................................................................... 0.00546 hull which extends above the freeboard
150 ..................................................................... 0.00500 deck is treated as a superstructure so
160 ..................................................................... 0.00456
far as concerns the application of the

170 ..................................................................... 0.00414
180 ..................................................................... 0.00374 conditions of assignment and the cal-
190 ..................................................................... 0.00336 culation of freeboard.
79
§ 45.61 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
(j) A bridge or poop is enclosed only (2) Have no opening in the freeboard
when access is provided whereby the deck in way of the trunk, except small
crew may reach accommodations, ma- access openings;
chinery, or other working spaces inside (3) Have hatchway coamings and cov-
the superstructure by alternative ers that meet §§ 45.143 through 45.147;
means that are available at all times (4) Provide a permanent working
when bulkhead openings are closed. platform fore and aft with guardrails;
(5) Provide fore and aft access be-
§ 45.61 Correction for superstructures tween detached trunks and super-
and trunks. structures by permanent gangways;
(a) Where the effective length E of (6) Be at least 60 percent of the
breadth of the ship in way of the trunk;
superstructures and trunks that meet
and
the requirements of subpart D of this
(7) Be at least 0.6 L in length, if no
part is 1.0L, the minimum summer
superstructure, is provided.
freeboard may be corrected by sub-
tracting 1⁄2Hs. § 45.63 Correction for sheer.
(b) Where the effective length of su- (a) The minimum summer freeboard
perstructures and trunks is less than must be increased by the deficiency, or
1.0L the minimum summer freeboard may be decreased by the excess as lim-
may be corrected by subtracting a per- ited by § 45.65, of sheer calculated from
centage of one-half of the standard su- table 4, multiplied by:
perstructure height (Hs) determined by
the formula: 0.75—(S/2L)
Percentage = (E/2L) (1 + E/L) × 100 where S is the total length of enclosed super-
structures. Trunks are not included.
(c) To be eligible for the correction a
trunk must— § 45.65 Excess sheer limitations.
(1) Be at least as strong and as stiff The decrease in freeboard allowed in
as a superstructure; § 45.63 is limited as follows:
SHEER CALCULATION—TABLE 4
Actual or-
Station S. M. Product
dinate
After Half:
AP ............................................................................ ................ 1
L/6-AP ..................................................................... ................ 3
L/3-AP ..................................................................... ................ 3
Midship .................................................................... ................ 1 ______________
Sum of Aft Products
After Standard Sheer .2665L + 26.651 ................... ................ ............ ______________
Difference: Sum-STD .............................................. ................ ............ ______________ + Excess/¥Deficiency
AFT Sheer: Diff ÷ 8 ................................................. ................ ............ ______________ Excess/Deficiency
Fwd. Half:
FP ............................................................................ ................ 1
L/6-FP ...................................................................... ................ 3
L/3-FP ...................................................................... ................ 3
Midships .................................................................. ................ 1 ______________
Sum of Fwd Products
Fwd Standard Sheer .5330L + 53.301 .................... ................ ............ ______________
Difference: Sum-STD .............................................. ................ ............ ______________ + Excess/¥Deficiency
FWD Sheer: Diff ÷ 8 ............................................... ................ ............ ______________ Excess/Deficiency
1L in Standard Sheer = L or 500 whichever is less.
Sheer Summation
Aft Sheer± ______________
______________
Fwd Sheer±
Net Sheer± ______________
Mean: Net¥2 ______________ Excess/Deficiency
80
(a) In vessels having no enclosed su- (b) In ships designed with a rake of
perstructure from 0.1 L abaft amidships keel or designed to trim by the stern,
to 0.1 L forward of amidships, no de- the sheer must be measured in ref-
crease is allowed. erence to a line drawn through the
(b) In vessels having enclosed super- sheer line at amidships parallel to the
structures amidships less than 0.1 L be- design load waterline.
fore and abaft amidships, the decrease (c) In flush deck ships and in ships
must be reduced by linear interpola- with detached superstructures, the
tion. sheer must be measured at the
(c) If excess sheer exists in the for- freeboard deck.
ward half, and the after half is at least (d) In ships with a step or break in
75 percent of standard sheer, the full the topsides, the sheer must be meas-
decrease is allowed. If the after sheer is ured from the equivalent depth amid-
between 50 percent and 75 percent of ships.
standard sheer an intermediate de- (e) In vessels with a superstructure of
crease, determined by linear interpola- standard height that extends over the
tion, is allowed for the excess sheer for- whole length of the freeboard deck, the
ward. If the after sheer is 50 percent of sheer must be measured on the super-
standard or less, no decrease is allowed structure deck. Where the height of su-
for the excess sheer forward. perstructure exceeds the standard, the
(d) Where an enclosed poop or fore- least difference (Z) between the actual
castle is of standard height with great- and standard heights must be added to
er sheer than that of the freeboard each end ordinate. Similarly, the inter-
deck, or is greater than standard mediate ordinates at distance of 1⁄6 L
height, an addition to the sheer of the and 1⁄3 L from each perpendicular must
freeboard deck may be made using the be increased by 0.444 Z and 0.111 Z re-
following formula: spectively.
S=vL′/3L § 45.69 Correction for bow height.
Where (a) The minimum summer freeboard
s = sheer credit, to be deducted from the defi- of all manned vessels must be increased
ciency or added to the excess of sheer. by the same amount in inches as any
v = difference between actual and standard deficiency which may be shown by the
height of superstructure at the end ordi-
following formulas:
nate.
L′ = mean enclosed length of poop or fore- (1) For vessels having a length of not
castle up to a maximum length of 0.5 L. less than 79 feet and not greater than
550 feet,
The superstructure deck must not be
0.593 L (1.0–L/1640) inches—actual bow height
less than standard height above this
curve at any point. This curve must be (2) For vessels having a length great-
used in determining the sheer profile er than 550 feet,
for forward and after halves of the ves-
sel. (341.6—0.227 L) inches—actual bow height
(e) The maximum decreased for ex- (b) Where the bow height is obtained
cess sheer must be no more than 11⁄2 by sheer, the sheer must extend for at
inches per 100 feet of length. least 15 percent of the length of the
(f) Where the deck of an enclosed su- vessel measured from the forward per-
perstructure has at least the same pendicular.
sheer as the exposed freeboard deck, (c) Where the bow height is obtained
the sheer of the enclosed portion of the by a superstructure, the superstructure
freeboard deck cannot be taken into must be enclosed and extend from the
account. stem to a point at least 0.06 L abaft the
forward perpendicular.
§ 45.67 Sheer measurement. (d) Vessels which, to suit exceptional
(a) The sheer is measured from the operational requirements, cannot meet
freeboard deck at side to a line of ref- the requirements of paragraph (c) of

erence drawn parallel to the keel this section may be given special con-
through the sheer line at amidships; sideration by the Commandant.
81
§ 45.71 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
(e) The bow height is defined as the Subpart D—Conditions of

vertical distance at the forward per- Assignment
pendicular between the waterline cor-
responding to the assigned summer § 45.101 Purpose.
freeboard at the designed trim and the This subpart prescribes conditions
top of the exposed deck at side. that a vessel must meet to be eligible
for assignment of a loadline under this
§ 45.71 Midsummer freeboard.
part.
The minimum midsummer freeboard
(fms) in inches is obtained by the for- § 45.103 Structural stress and stability.
mula: (a) The nature and stowage of the
fms = f(s) ¥ 0.3Ts cargo, ballast, and other variable
weights must be such as to make the
where: vessel stable and avoid unacceptable
f(s) = summer freeboard in inches structural stress.
Ts = distance in feet between top of keel and (b) The vessel must meet all applica-
the summer load line. ble stability and subdivision require-
ments of this chapter.
§ 45.73 Winter freeboard.
The minimum winter freeboard (fw) § 45.105 Information supplied to the
master.
in inches is obtained by the formula:
Unless otherwise authorized by the
fw=f(s) + T s (200)/L Commandant, the vessel must have on-
where: board, in a form approved by the Com-
L = length L in feet but not less than 400 mandant, sufficient information.
feet. (a) To enable the master to load and
ballast the vessel in a manner that
§ 45.75 Intermediate freeboard. avoids unacceptable stresses in the ves-
sel’s structure; and
The minimum intermediate
(b) To guide the master as to the sta-
freeboard (fI) in inches is obtained by
bility of the ship under varying condi-
the formula:
tions of service.
fI=f(s) + T s(100)/L
§ 45.107 Strength of hull.
where:
The general structural strength of
L = length L in feet but not less than 400
the hull must be sufficient for the
feet.
draught corresponding to the freeboard
§ 45.77 Salt water freeboard. assigned and must be approved by the
Commandant. Ships built and main-
(a) The salt water addition in inches tained in conformity with the require-
to freeboard applicable to each fresh ments of a classification society may
water mark is obtained by the formula: be recognized by the Commandant as
Addition=D/41T possessing adequate strength.
where: § 45.109 Strength of superstructures
D = displacement in fresh water, in tons of and deckhouses.
2,240 pounds, at the summer load water- Each superstructure or deckhouse
line. used for accommodations of the crew
T = tons per inch immersion, of 2,240 pounds, must be approved by the Commandant
in fresh water at the summer load water-
or the approved assigning authority
line.
with regard to general strength and
(b) When the displacement at the weathertightness. The Commandant
summer load waterline cannot be cer- may use the requirements of the as-
tified, the addition in inches to the signing authority as a guide.
minimum freeboard in fresh water may
be obtained by multiplying 0.25 by the § 45.111 Strength of bulkheads at ends
of superstructures.
summer draught in feet measured from

the top of the keel to the center of the Bulkheads at ends of enclosed super-
load line diamond. structures must have sufficient
82
strength to withstand impact of board- (1) Where the length of bulwark (l) in
ing seas. the well is 66 feet or less, A = 7.6 + 0.115
(l)
§ 45.113 Access openings in bulkheads (2) Where (l) exceeds 66 feet, A = 0.23
at ends of enclosed superstructures. (l)
(a) Access openings in bulkheads at but (l) need in no case be taken as
ends of enclosed superstructures must greater than 0.7L.
have doors of steel or material as (c) In ships having erections on deck
strong as steel that are permanently that are open at either or both ends,
attached to the bulkhead and framed, provision for freeing the space within
stiffened, and fitted so that the bulk- such erections must be approved by the
head and door are as strong as the Commandant or the assigning author-
bulkhead and weather tight when ity.
closed. (d) The lower edges of the freeing
(b) The means for securing the doors ports must be as near the deck as prac-
weathertight must be permanently at- ticable. Two-thirds of the freeing port
tached to the doors or bulkheads and area required must be provided in the
arranged so that the doors can be se- half of the well nearest the lowest
cured weathertight from both sides of point of the sheer curve.
the bulkhead. (e) All freeing port openings in the
(c) Access openings in bulkheads at bulwarks must be protected by rails or
ends of enclosed superstructures must bars spaced approximately 9 inches. If
have sills that are at least 12 inches shutters are fitted to freeing ports,
above the deck. ample clearance must be provided to
prevent jamming. Hinges must have
§ 45.115 Bulwarks and guardrails. pins or bearings of noncorrodible mate-
(a) The exposed parts of freeboard rial. If shutters are fitted with securing
and superstructures decks and deck- appliances, these appliances must be of
houses on the freeboard deck must approved construction.
(f) The minimum freeing port area
have guardrails or bulwarks that are at
for each well on superstructure decks
least 36 inches high above the deck.
must be one-half of the area required
(b) Guardrails must have at least
by paragraph (b) of this section.
three courses with no more than a 9-
inch opening below the lowest course [CGD 73–49R, 38 FR 12290, May 10, 1973, as
and no more than 15 inches between amended by USCG–2014–0688, 79 FR 58280,
other courses. If the sheer strake pro- Sept. 29, 2014]
jection is at least 8 inches above the § 45.119 Freeing port area: Changes
deck, a guardrail may have two courses from standard sheer.
with no more than 15 inches between
courses. The freeing port area required by
(c) In way of trunks at least half the § 45.117(b) must be multiplied by the
protection required by paragraph (a) of factor in the following table 5 if the
this section must be in the form of sheer differs from the standard sheer
open rails. defined in § 45.63. table 4.
TABLE 5
§ 45.117 Freeing port area: General.
Freeing port area: Sheer correction.
(a) Where bulwarks on the weather
Multiplier
portions of freeboard or superstructure Ratio of sums of actual sheer ord./std. sheer for area re-
decks form wells, the bulwarks must ord. Greater than: quired by
§ 45.117(b)
have the area prescribed in this section
and §§ 45.119 and 45.121 for rapidly free- 1.0 ........................................................................ 1.0
ing and draining the decks of water. 1.0 ........................................................................ 1.00
0.9 ........................................................................ 1.05
(b) Except as required in §§ 45.119 and 0.8 ........................................................................ 1.10
45.121 the minimum freeing port area in 0.7 ........................................................................ 1.15
square feet on each side of the ship for 0.6 ........................................................................ 1.20
0.5 ........................................................................ 1.25

each well on the freeboard deck and on 0.4 ........................................................................ 1.30
the raised quarterdeck must be at least 0.3 ........................................................................ 1.35
as great as A in the following formulas: 0.2 ........................................................................ 1.40
83
§ 45.121 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
TABLE 5—Continued underdeck passages to facilitate pass-

Freeing port area: Sheer correction. ing between their quarters and machin-
ery spaces and other spaces essential to
Multiplier
Ratio of sums of actual sheer ord./std. sheer for area re- the operation of the ship.
ord. Greater than: quired by
§ 45.117(b) § 45.127 Position of structures, open-
0.1 ........................................................................ 1.45
ings, and fittings.
No sheer .............................................................. 1.50 For the purposes of this part—
(a) Position 1 means in an exposed po-
§ 45.121 Freeing port area: Changes for sition on—
trunks and side coamings. (1) The freeboard deck or a raised
quarter deck;
If a vessel has a trunk and does not
(2) A superstructure deck or a trunk
meet the requirements of § 45.61 or has
deck and forward of a point 1⁄4 L from
continuous or substantially continuous
the forward perpendicular; or
hatchway side coamings between de-
(3) A trunk deck whose height is less
tached superstructures, the minimum
than Hs.
area of the freeing port openings must
(b) Position 2 means—
be obtained from the following table:
(1) On a superstructure deck aft of a
Area of point 1⁄4 L abaft the forward perpen-
freeing dicular; or
ports in
relation to (2) On a superstructure and trunk
Breadth of hatchway or trunk in relation to the the total combination, that is Hs or more n
breadth of ship area of
the bul- height, aft or a point 1⁄4 L abaft the for-
warks ward perpendicular.
(percent)
40 percent or less .................................................. 20 § 45.129 Hull fittings: General.

75 percent or more ................................................ 10
Hull fittings must be securely
mounted in the hull so as to avoid in-
The area of freeing ports at inter- creases in hull stresses and must be
mediate breadths must be obtained by protected from local damage caused by
linear interpolation. movement of equipment or cargo.
§ 45.123 Freeing port area: Changes for § 45.131 Ventilators.
bulwark height.
(a) Ventilators passing through su-
(a) For the purposes of freeing port perstructures other than enclosed su-
area only, bulwark height is considered perstructures must have coamings of
standard at 24 in for ships 240 ft in steel or equivalent material at the
length and less; and 48 in for ships 480 freeboard deck.
ft in length or greater. The standard (b) Ventilators in position 1 must
bulwark height for ships of inter- have coamings at least 30 in. above the
mediate length is obtained by direct deck and ventilators in position 2 must
interpolation. have coamings at least 24 in. above the
(b) If the bulwark is more than stand- deck. The Commandant or the assign-
ard height, the area required by § 45.117 ing authority may also require
must be increased by 0.04 square feet coamings in other exposed positions.
per foot (ft2/ft) of length of well for (c) Ventilators in position 1 or 2 to
each foot difference in height. spaces below freeboard decks or decks
(c) For ships greater than 480 ft in of enclosed superstructures or trunks
length that have an average bulwark must have coamings of steel perma-
height less than 3 ft, the area required nently connected to the deck and any
by § 45.117 may be decreased by 0.04 ft2/ ventilator coaming that is more than
ft of length for each foot difference in 36 in. high must be specially supported.
height. (d) Except as provided in paragraph
(e) of this section ventilator openings
§ 45.125 Crew passageways. must have weathertight closing appli-
The vessel must have means for pro- ances that are permanently attached
tection of the crew from boarding seas or, where approved by the Com-
such as life lines, gangways, and mandant or the assigning authority
84
conveniently stowed near the ventila- to the freeboard deck at side having its
tors to which they are to be fitted. lowest point 2.5 percent of the breadth
(e) Ventilators in position 1, the or 20 in above the summer load water-
coamings of which extend to more than line, whichever is higher.
12.5 ft above the deck, and in position (b) Except as provided for in para-
2, the coamings of which extend to graph (c) of this section, each side scut-
more than 6 ft above the deck, need not tle to a space below the freeboard deck,
have closing appliances unless specifi- or to a space within an enclosed super-
cally required by the Commandant. structure, must have a hinged inside
deadlight which is designed so that it
§ 45.133 Air pipes. can be secured watertight over the side
(a) Where an air pipe to any tank ex- scuttle.
tends above the freeboard or super- (c) A side scuttle of a superstructure
structure deck— end bulkhead door, companionway
(1) The exposed part of the air pipe door, or deckhouse door may have a
must be made of steel and of sufficient portable inside deadlight which is de-
thickness to avoid breaking from im- signed so that it can be:
pact of boarding seas. (1) Secured watertight over the side
(2) The air pipe must have a perma- scuttle; and
nently attached means of closing its (2) Stowed inside the superstructure,
opening; and companionway, or deckhouse when not
(3) The height from the deck to any in use, in a readily accessible location
point where water may obtain access on or adjacent to the door.
below deck must be at least 30 in above [CGD 73–49R, 38 FR 12290, May 10, 1973, as
the freeboard deck, 24 in above raised amended by CCGD 80–116, 46 FR 56788, Nov.
quarter decks, and 12 in above other su- 19, 1981]
perstructure decks.
(b) If the height required in para- § 45.141 Manholes and flush scuttles.
graph (a) of this section interferes with Manholes and flush scuttles in posi-
working the ship, the Commandant tion 1 or 2 or within any superstructure
may approve a lower height after con- other than an enclosed superstructure
sidering the closing arrangements. must have permanently attached cov-
ers, unless the cover is secured by
§ 45.135 Hull openings at or below closely spaced bolts around its entire
freeboard deck.
perimeter.
Closures for hull openings at or below
the freeboard deck must be as strong as § 45.143 Hull openings above freeboard
the structure to which they are at- deck.
tached and must be watertight. Closures for openings above the
freeboard deck must be as strong as the
§ 45.137 Cargo ports. structure to which they are attached
(a) Unless otherwise authorized by and must be weathertight.
the Commandant, the lower edge of
any opening for cargo, personnel, ma- § 45.145 Hatchway covers.
chinery access, or similar opening in (a) Hatchways in position 1 and 2
the side of a ship must be above a line must have weathertight hatch covers
that is drawn parallel to the freeboard with gaskets and clamping devices.
deck at side and has as its lowest point (b) The maximum ultimate strength
the upper edge of the uppermost of the hatchway cover material must
loadline. be at least 4.25 times the maximum
(b) The number of cargo ports in the stress in the structure calculated with
sides of a ship must be— the following assumed loads:
(1) No more than the minimum nec- (1) For ships 350 ft or more in length,
essary for working the ship; and at least 250 lb/ft2 in position 1 and 200
(2) Approved by the Commandant. lb/ft2 in position 2.
(2) For ships less than 350 ft in
§ 45.139 Side scuttles.
length, at least AL in the following for-

(a) The sill of each side scuttle must mula:
be above a line that is drawn parallel (i) Position 1:
85
§ 45.147 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
AL = 200 + C (d) The Commandant may approve a

lesser height for protected coamings.
where C = 50(L¥79)/271
(e) Coamings of any fiddley or sky-
(ii) Position 2: light over a machinery space opening
in the freeboard or superstructure deck
Al = 150 + C or the top of a deckhouse on the
(c) Hatchway covers must be so de- freeboard deck, must have covers of
signed as to limit the deflection to not steel permanently attached and capa-
more than 0.0028 times the span under ble of being secured weathertight.
the loads described in paragraph (b) of
this section and the thickness of mild § 45.151 Other openings.
steel plating forming the tops of covers Each opening other than hatchways,
must be at least 1 percent of the spac- machinery space openings, manholes,
ing of stiffeners or 0.24 in, whichever is or flush scuttles—
greater. (a) In freeboard decks, must be pro-
tected by an enclosed superstructure or
§ 45.147 Hatchway coamings. by a deckhouse or companionway that
(a) Except where the Commandant is equal in strength and
determines that the safety of the vessel weathertightness to an enclosed super-
will not be impaired in any sea condi- structure; or
tion, each hatchway must have a coa- (b) In exposed superstructure decks
ming that is at least— or in the top of a deckhouse on
(1) 18 inches in position 1; and freeboard decks that gives access to a
(2) 12 inches in position 2. space below the freeboard deck or a
space within an enclosed super-
(b) Each hatchway coaming required
structure, must be protected by a deck-
by this section must be made of steel
house or companionway.
or equivalent material.
(c) The height of these coamings may § 45.153 Through-hull piping: General.
be reduced or omitted if the Com-
(a) All through-hull pipes required by
mandant is satisfied that safety of the
this subpart must be made of steel or
ship is not thereby impaired in any sea
material equivalent to the hull in
conditions.
strength and fatigue resistance.
§ 45.149 Machinery space openings. (b) All valves used as shell fittings
and all shell fittings on which such
(a) Machinery space openings in posi- valves are mounted must be made of
tion 1 or 2 must be framed and enclosed steel, or bronze or other ductile mate-
by steel casings, and where the casings rial approved by the Commandant.
are not protected by other structures
that meet the requirements of § 45.109, § 45.155 Inlets and discharge piping:
their strength must be approved by the Valves.
Commandant or the assigning author- (a) Except as provided in paragraphs
ity. (d) and (e) of this section each pipe
(b) Access openings in casings re- that discharges overboard through the
quired by paragraph (a) of this section hull of the ship must have—
must have doors complying with the (1) An automatic nonreturn valve
requirements of § 45.113. Other openings with a positive means for closing; or
in such casings shall be fitted with (2) Two automatic nonreturn valves
equivalent covers, permanently at- with the inboard valve accessible for
tached. examination in service.
(c) Except as provided in paragraph (b) The means for operating a valve
(d) of this section, coamings of any fun- described by paragraph (a)(1) of this
nel or machinery space ventilator that section must be readily accessible and
must be kept open for the essential op- have indicators that show when the
erations of the ship must— valve is not closed.
(1) In position 1, extend at least 12.5 (c) If the pipe discharges from a space
ft above the deck; and that is not manned or does not have
(2) In position 2, extend at least 6 ft continuous bilge water monitoring, a
above the deck. valve described in paragraph (a)(1) of
86
this section must be operable above the provided with watertight covers of
freeboard deck. steel.
(d) Each pipe that discharges from a (d) Unless a separate fore and aft ac-
space within an enclosed super- cess is provided below the freeboard
structure or deckhouse may have at deck, a permanent fore and aft gang-
least one accessible automatic non- way must be fitted at the super-
return valve if the space is regularly structure deck level between poop and
visited by the crew. all other deckhouses used in the essen-
(e) Through-hull piping systems in tial operation of the vessel.
machinery spaces may have valves (e) Type ‘‘A’’ vessels must be fitted
with positive means for closing at the with open rails for at least half the
shell if the controls are readily acces- length of the exposed parts of the
sible and have indicators showing when weather deck. Where superstructures
the valves are not closed (nonreturn are connected by trunks, open rails
valves are not required). must be fitted for the whole length of
the exposed parts of the freeboard
§ 45.157 Scuppers and gravity drains. deck.
Scuppers and gravity deck drains
from spaces above the freeboard deck Subpart E—Unmanned River
that penetrate the shell below a line 24″
or .05B above the summer loadline,
Barges on Lake Michigan Routes
whichever is greater, must have an
automatic nonreturn valve. This valve SOURCE: USCG–1998–4623, 67 FR 19690, Apr.
may be omitted if the piping is of 23, 2002, unless otherwise noted.
thickness not less than extra heavy
§ 45.171 Purpose.
pipe.
(a) This subpart establishes a special
§ 45.159 Special conditions of assign- load line regime under which certain
ment for type A vessels. unmanned, river-service, dry-cargo
The lower freeboards allowed for type barges may be exempted from the nor-
A vessels allow water on deck for mal Great Lakes load line require-
greater percentages of time. Therefore ments while operating on certain Lake
the following additional requirements Michigan routes. Depending upon the
must be met to qualify for type A route, the barge may only need a lim-
freeboards: ited service domestic voyage load line,
(a) Machinery casings must be pro- or may be conditionally exempted from
tected by an enclosed superstructure or load line assignment.
deckhouse unless intact bulkheads are (b) Except as provided in this sub-
used on all sides on the freeboard deck. part, barges operating on Lake Michi-
(b) Exposed machinery casings may gan must have either an international
be fitted with weathertight doors pro- load line assignment issued in accord-
viding they lead to a space or passage- ance with the International Conven-
way as strong as an enclosed super- tion on Load Lines, 1966, as amended,
structure from which a second interior or a Great Lakes load line assignment
weathertight door is provided for ac- issued in accordance with the require-
cess to the engine room. ments of this part.
(c) Hatchways on the exposed (c) The requirements of this subpart
freeboard or forecastle decks must be are summarized in table 45.171:
87
§ 45.173 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
[USCG–1998–4623, 67 FR 19690, Apr. 23, 2002, as (e) All weathertight and watertight
amended at 75 FR 70601, Nov. 18, 2010; 75 FR closures (dogs, gaskets, covers, etc.)
78928, Dec. 17, 2010; 76 FR 32326, June 6, 2011] must be in proper working condition.
§ 45.173 Eligible barges. [USCG–1998–4623, 67 FR 19690, Apr. 23, 2002, as
amended at 75 FR 70603, Nov. 18, 2010]
Only barges meeting the following re-
quirements are eligible for the special § 45.175 Applicable routes.
load line regime under this subpart:
(a) Unmanned, river service, dry- This subpart applies to the following
cargo barges; routes, including intermediate ports,
(b) Barges that have been designed on Lake Michigan, between Calumet
and built to at least the minimum Harbor, IL, and—
scantlings of the American Bureau of (a) Milwaukee, WI (the ‘‘Milwaukee
Shipping River Rules which were in ef- route’’);
fect at the time of construction; (b) Burns Harbor, IN (the ‘‘Burns
(c) Barges with a length-to-depth Harbor route’’);
ratio less than 22; (c) St. Joseph, MI (the ‘‘St. Joseph
(d) Barges on the Milwaukee route route’’); and
must not be more than 10 years old; (d) Muskegon, MI (the ‘‘Muskegon
route’’).
and
[USCG–1998–4623, 75 FR 70604, Nov. 18, 2010]
88
ER06JN11.055</GPH>
§ 45.177 Freeboard requirements. which were in effect at the time of con-

(a) All barges must have a minimum struction; and
freeboard of 24 inches (610 mm). (2) The owner or operator agrees to
(b) Additionally, open hopper barges maintain the barge in serviceable con-
must have a combined freeboard plus dition and comply with the applicable
cargo box coaming height of at least 54 provisions of 46 CFR part 45, subpart E.
inches (1,372 mm). (d) Expiration. Registration is valid
only until the earliest of the following
§ 45.179 Cargo limitations. events:
(1) The tenth anniversary of the de-
(a) Only dry cargoes may be carried.
livery date (for barges on the Mil-
Liquid cargoes, even in drums or tank
waukee route),
containers, may not be carried.
(2) The barge no longer is fit for this
(b) Hazardous materials, as defined in
service (due to damage), or
part 148 of this chapter and 49 CFR
(3) The barge changes ownership or
chapter 1, subchapter C, may not be
operators (registration is not transfer-
carried.
able to new owners or operators; the
§ 45.181 Load line exemption require- barge must be re-registered if it is to
ments for the Burns Harbor and continue in Lake Michigan service).
Milwaukee routes. (e) Notification. The owner or oper-
Barges operating on the Burns Har- ator of an exempted barge must notify
bor and Milwaukee routes may be con- the OCMI of the transfer of ownership
ditionally exempted from load line as- or change of operator, withdrawal from
signment provided that the following Lake Michigan service (due to damage,
requirements are met: age, or other circumstances), or other
(a) Registration. Before the barge’s disposition of the barge.
first voyage onto Lake Michigan, the [USCG–1998–4623, 67 FR 19690, Apr. 23, 2002, as
owner or operator must register the amended by USCG–2006–25556, 72 FR 36330,
barge in writing with the Commanding July 2, 2007; 75 FR 70604, Nov. 18, 2010]
Officer, Marine Safety Unit Chicago,
555A Plainfield Road, Willowbrook, IL, § 45.183 Load line requirements for the
St. Joseph and Muskegon routes.
60527. The registration may be faxed to
MSU Chicago in advance at (630) 986– (a) Load line certificate. (1) The load
2120, with the original following by line issued under this subpart must be
mail. The registration may be in any a limited-service, domestic-voyage load
form, but must be signed by the owner line.
or operator. No load line exemption (2) Except as provided under para-
certificate will be returned. However, graph (b)(2)(vi) of this section, the term
the registration will be kept on file. of the certificate is 5 years.
(b) The registration must include the (3) The load line certificate is valid
following information: for the St. Joseph and Muskegon
(1) Barge name and official docu- routes, and intermediate ports. How-
mentation number; ever, operators must comply with the
(2) Owner and operator (points-of- route-specific requirements on the cer-
contact, company addresses and tele- tificate.
phone numbers); (4) The freeboard assignment, oper-
(3) Service route (Milwaukee and/or ational limitations, and towboat re-
Burns Harbor); quirements of this subpart must appear
(4) Design type (covered/uncovered on the certificate.
hopper, deck, etc.); (b) Conditions of assignment. (1) An
(5) External dimensions; initial load line survey under § 42.09–25
(6) Types of cargo; and of this chapter and subsequent annual
(7) Place built and original delivery surveys under § 42.09–40 of this chapter
date. are required.
(c) The registration must include a (2) At the request of the barge owner,
statement certifying that: the initial load line survey may be con-
(1) The barge has been designed and ducted with the barge afloat if the fol-
built to at least the minimum lowing conditions are met:
scantlings of the ABS River Rules (i) The barge is less than 10 years old;
89
§ 45.185 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
(ii) The draft during the survey does § 45.191 Pre-departure requirements.
not exceed 15 inches (380 millimeters);
Before beginning each voyage, the
(iii) The barge is empty and thor-
towing vessel master must conduct the
oughly cleaned of all debris, excessive
following:
rust, scale, mud, and water. All inter-
(a) Weather forecast. Determine the
nal structure must be accessible for in-
marine weather forecast along the
spection;
planned route, and contact the dock
(iv) Gaugings are taken to the extent
operator at the destination port to get
necessary to verify that the scantlings
an update on local weather conditions.
are in accordance with approved draw-
(b) Inspection. Inspect each barge of
ings;
(v) The hull plating (bottom and the tow to ensure that they meet the
sides) and stiffeners below the light wa- following requirements:
terline are closely examined inter- (1) A valid load line certificate, if re-
nally. If the surveyor determines that quired, is on board;
sufficient cause exists, the surveyor (2) The barge is not loaded deeper
may require that the barge be than permitted;
drydocked or hauled out and further (3) The deck and side shell plating
external examination conducted; and are free of visible holes, fractures, or
(vi) The initial load line certificate is serious indentations, as well as damage
to be issued for a term of 5 years or that would be considered in excess of
until the barge reaches 10 years of age, normal wear;
whichever occurs first. Once this cer- (4) The cargo box side and end
tificate expires, the barge must be coamings are watertight;
drydocked or hauled out and fully ex- (5) All hatch and manhole dogs are in
amined internally and externally. working condition, and all covers are
closed and secured watertight;
[USCG–1998–4623, 67 FR 19690, Apr. 23, 2002, as (6) All voids are free of excess water;
amended at 75 FR 70604, Nov. 18, 2010] and
§ 45.185 Tow limitations. (7) Precautions have been taken to
prevent shifting of cargo.
(a) Barges must not be manned. (c) Verifications. On voyages north of
(b) No more than a total of three St. Joseph, the towing vessel master
barges per tow may operate on the Mil- must contact a mooring/docking facil-
waukee, St. Joseph, and Muskegon ity in St. Joseph, Holland, Grand
routes. A mixed tow of load-lined and Haven, and Muskegon to verify that
exempted barges is still limited to sufficient space is available to accom-
three barges on those routes. modate the tow. The tow cannot ven-
(c) Tows must not be more than 5 ture onto Lake Michigan without con-
nautical miles from shore. firmed space available.
[USCG–1998–4623, 67 FR 19690, Apr. 23, 2002, as (d) Log entries. Before getting under-
amended at 75 FR 70604, Nov. 18, 2010] way, the towing vessel master must
note in the logbook that the pre-depar-
§ 45.187 Weather limitations. ture barge inspections, verification of
(a) Tows on the Burns Harbor route mooring/docking space availability,
must operate during fair weather con- and weather forecast checks were per-
ditions only. formed, and record the freeboards of
(b) The weather limits (ice condi- each barge.
tions, wave height, and sustained
[USCG–1998–4623, 67 FR 19690, Apr. 23, 2002, as
winds) for the Milwaukee, St. Joseph, amended at 75 FR 70604, Nov. 18, 2010; 75 FR
and Muskegon routes are specified in 78928, Dec. 17, 2010; 76 FR 32327, June 6, 2011]
§ 45.171, table 45.171.
(c) If weather conditions are expected § 45.193 Towboat power requirements.
to exceed these limits at any time dur- The towing vessel must meet the fol-
ing the voyage, the tow must not leave lowing requirements:
harbor or, if already underway, must (a) General. The towing vessel must
proceed to the nearest appropriate har-
have adequate horsepower (HP) to han-

bor of safe refuge. dle the tow, but not less than the
[USCG–1998–4623, 76 FR 32327, June 6, 2011] amount specified for the routes below.
90
Coast Guard, DHS Pt. 45, App. A
(b) Milwaukee and St. Joseph routes: a APPENDIX A TO PART 45—LOAD LINE
minimum of 1,000 HP. CERTIFICATE FORM
(c) Muskegon route: a minimum of GREAT LAKES LOAD LINE CERTIFICATE
1,500 HP.
No. ______
[USCG–1998–4623, 67 FR 19690, Apr. 23, 2002, as Issued under the authority of the Com-
amended at 75 FR 70604, Nov. 18, 2010] mandant, U.S. Coast Guard, United States of
America, under the provisions of the Act of
§ 45.195 Additional equipment require- August 27, 1935, as amended to establish load
ments for the Muskegon route. lines on the Great Lakes of North America
and the Load Line regulations in force on
Towboats on the Muskegon route ____________________________, 19____, By
must meet these additional equipment ________________________, duly authorized by
requirements: the Commandant to issue said load line cer-
(a) Communication equipment. Two tificate.
independent voice communication sys- Ship lllllllllllllllllllll
tems in operable condition, such as Certificate No. lllllllllllllll
Very High Frequency (VHF) radio, ra- Official No lllllllllllllllll
Length (LBP) llllllllllllllll
diotelephone, or cellular phone. At
Gross tonnage llllllllllllllll
least two persons aboard the vessel Port of registry lllllllllllllll
must be capable of using the commu-
nication systems. Type of Ship:
(b) Cutting gear. Equipment that can TYPE ‘‘A’’
quickly cut the towline at the towing TYPE ‘‘B’’
vessel. The cutting gear must be in op- TYPE ‘‘B’’ with increased freeboard
erable condition and appropriate for FREEBOARD FROM DECK LINE
the type of towline being used, such as Midsummer .............................................................. MS
wire, polypropylene, or nylon. At least Summer ................................................................... S
two persons aboard the vessel must be Intermediate ............................................................. I
Winter ....................................................................... W
capable of using the cutting gear. LOAD LINE
.................................................................................. above S
§ 45.197 Operational plan require- Upper edge of line through center of diamond
ments for the Muskegon route. below S
below S
Towing vessels on the Muskegon
route must have on board an oper- Increase for salt water for all freeboards
ational plan that is available for ready ____ inches.
reference by the master. The plan must The upper edge of the deck line from which
these freeboards are measured is ____ inches
include the following: above or below the top of the ________ deck at
(a) The cargo limitations, the general side.
operational requirements, and the spe- This is to certify that this ship has been
cial operational requirements of this surveyed and the freeboards and load lines
subpart. shown above have been found to be correctly
marked upon the vessel in manner and loca-
(b) A list of mooring and docking fa-
tion as provided by the load line regulations
cilities (with phone numbers) in St. Jo- of the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, appli-
seph, Holland, Grand Haven, and Mus- cable to the Great Lakes.
kegon, that can accommodate the tow. This certificate 1 remains in force until
(c) A list of towing firms (with phone ______________. Issued at __________ on the
numbers) that have the capability to ______________ day of __________________, 19____.
(Here follows the signature, seal, if any, and
render assistance to the tow, if re-
the name of the authority issuing the certifi-
quired. cate.)
(d) Guidelines for possible emergency
situations, such as barge handling NOTES
under adverse weather conditions, and (1) In accordance with the Great Lakes
other emergency procedures. Load Line Regulations the diamond and
[USCG–1998–4623, 67 FR 19690, Apr. 23, 2002, as 1 Upon the expiration of the certificate, re-
amended at 75 FR 70604, Nov. 18, 2010]
newal must be obtained as provided by the

Great Lakes Load Line Regulations and the
certificate so endorsed.
91
Pt. 46 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
lines must be permanently marked. The 46.10–55 Logbook entries.
‘‘MS’’ loadline shall be assigned only to 46.10–60 Control.
those particular vessels that qualify under 46.10–65 Construction.
the regulations. 46.10–70 Plans and inspections of new and
(2) The ‘‘SW’’ marks need only be assigned converted vessels.
to Great Lakes vessels loading in salt water
of the St. Lawrence River west of a straight Subpart 46.15—Subdivision Load Lines for
line from Cap de Rosiers to West Point Anti- Passenger Vessels Engaged in Foreign,
costi Island, and west of a line along lon- Coastwise, and Great Lakes Voyages
gitude 63 degrees west from Anticosti Island
to the north shore of the St. Lawrence River. 46.15–1 Procedure for determination of sub-
In such cases these limits shall be indicated division load line.
on the certificate. 46.15–5 Engineering requirements.
(3) The load line assignment given by this 46.15–10 Subdivision load lines.
certificate necessarily assumes that the na-
ture and stowage of cargo, ballast, etc., are AUTHORITY: 46 U.S.C. 3306; 46 U.S.C. 5101–
such as to secure sufficient stability for the 5116; E.O. 12234, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; De-
vessel. Accordingly, it is the owner’s respon- partment of Homeland Security Delegation
sibility to furnish the Master of the vessel No. 0170.1.
with stability information and instructions SOURCE: CGFR 65–50, 30 FR 16769, Dec. 30,
when this is necessary to maintenance of 1965, unless otherwise noted.
sufficient stability.
(On the reverse side of the load line certifi-
cate, or on a separate sheet, attached and Subpart 46.01—Purpose
forming part of the certificate, provision is
to be made for annual inspection and re- § 46.01–1 Purpose.
newal endorsements.) (a) The purpose of the regulations in
this part is to set forth uniform min-
PART 46—SUBDIVISION LOAD LINES imum requirements applicable to pas-
FOR PASSENGER VESSELS senger vessels required to have subdivi-
sion load lines. These requirements
Subpart 46.01—Purpose deal with the following:
(1) Load line requirements applicable
Sec. before a passenger vessel will be
46.01–1 Purpose.
marked with and certificated as to sub-
46.01–15 Application of regulations.
46.01–20 Penalties for violations. division load lines.
(2) Assigning, marking, and recording
Subpart 46.05—Definitions Used in This Part of subdivision load lines.
(3) Administration of subdivision
46.05–1 Passenger vessel.
load lines.
46.05–10 Foreign voyage.
46.05–15 Coastwise voyages. (4) Application of requirements to
46.05–20 Great Lakes voyage. passenger vessels.
46.05–25 New passenger vessel.
46.05–30 Existing passenger vessel. § 46.01–15 Application of regulations.
(a) The regulations in this part estab-
Subpart 46.10—Administration lish subdivision load lines required on
46.10–1 Relaxation from regulations. passenger vessels engaged in foreign
46.10–5 Load line requirements for subdivi- voyages, as well as on passenger vessels
sion. of 150 gross tons or over engaged in
46.10–10 Marks to indicate subdivision load coastwise or Great Lakes voyages.
lines. (b) When engaged in voyages subject
46.10–15 Survey for the establishment and
renewal of subdivision load line marks. to this part, no passenger vessel re-
46.10–20 Application for the assignment and quired to be marked with subdivision
renewal of subdivision load lines. load lines shall depart from or arrive at
46.10–25 Equivalents. any port or place under the jurisdiction
46.10–30 Subdivision load line certificates. of the United States, nor shall such
46.10–35 Validity of subdivision load line United States vessel operate on the
certificates. high seas nor the Great Lakes, unless
46.10–40 Nonsubmergence subdivision load
line (Great Lakes). such vessel has been marked with sub-
46.10–45 Nonsubmergence subdivision load division load lines in accordance with

lines in salt water. the regulations in this part, has on
46.10–50 Drills and inspections. board a valid certificate certifying to
92
the correctness of the location of such shall be those set forth in the load line
subdivision load line marks, and is oth- act applicable to the vessel.
erwise in compliance with the applica- (b) For a further description of the
ble requirements of law and regula- actions which may be taken see § 42.07–
tions in this part. 50, of this subchapter. The procedures
(c) No passenger vessel of the United governing the assessment, collection,
States of 150 gross tons or over and remission and mitigation of any mone-
subject to 46 U.S.C. 5101–5116, shall en- tary penalty imposed for a violation of
gage in coastwise voyages or voyages a law or the regulations prescribed
on the Great Lakes unless such vessel thereunder in this part, as well as the
has been marked with subdivision load appeal procedures followed, are in sub-
lines in accordance with the regula- part 2.50 of part 2 of subchapter A (Pro-
tions in this part and has on board a cedures Applicable to the Public) of
valid certificate certifying to the cor- this chapter.
rectness of the location of such sub- [CGFR 65–50, 30 FR 16769, Dec. 30, 1965, as
division load line marks. amended by CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10077, July 12,
(d) No foreign passenger vessel be- 1968; CGD 80–120, 47 FR 5723, Feb. 8, 1982; CGD
longing to a country that has ratified 97–057, 62 FR 51044, Sept. 30, 1997]
or acceded to the applicable Inter-
national Convention for Safety of Life Subpart 46.05—Definitions Used in
at Sea shall arrive or depart from any This Part
port or place under the jurisdiction of
the United States, and no foreign pas- § 46.05–1 Passenger vessel.
senger vessel subject to 46 U.S.C. 5101– (a) For the purpose of the regulations
5116, shall arrive or depart from any in this part, a vessel is a passenger ves-
port or place under the jurisdiction of sel if:
the United States, including ports on (1) Engaged on an international voy-
the Great Lakes, unless that vessel has age by sea, it carries or is authorized
been marked with subdivision load to carry more than 12 passengers; or,
lines in accordance with the regula- (2) Engaged on a coastwise voyage by
tions in this part and has on board a sea or a voyage on the Great Lakes, it
valid certificate certifying to the cor- carries or is authorized to carry more
rectness of the location of such sub- than 16 persons in addition to the crew.
division load line marks.
(e) Subdivision load lines shall be § 46.05–10 Foreign voyage.
marked on both sides of passenger ves- (a) A foreign voyage for the purpose
sels where determined and in a manner of marking passenger vessels with sub-
described in subpart 46.15 as applicable division load lines is a voyage by sea
to the vessel’s service. The subdivision between a port under the jurisdiction
load line certificates shall be in accord- of the United States and a port of a for-
ance with §§ 46.10–30 and 46.10–35. eign country, its colonies, territories,
[CGFR 65–50, 30 FR 16769, Dec. 30, 1965, as or protectorates, or conversely (a voy-
amended by CGD 80–120, 47 FR 5723, Feb. 8, age exclusively on the Great Lakes ex-
1982; CGD 97–057, 62 FR 51044, Sept. 30, 1997; cepted).
USCG–1998–4442, 63 FR 52190, Sept. 30, 1998]
§ 46.05–15 Coastwise voyages.
§ 46.01–20 Penalties for violations. (a) A coastwise voyage by sea, for the
(a) Penalties for violations of the purpose of marking passenger vessels
regulations in this part by passenger with subdivision load lines, is a voyage
vessels of the United States engaged in in which a vessel in the usual course of
foreign voyages shall be in accordance her employment proceeds from one
with those laws which require the in- port or place in the United States to
spection and certification of the vessel. another port or place in the United
In addition, for passenger vessels sub- States or from a port or place in a pos-
ject to 46 U.S.C. 5101–5116, which engage session to another port or place in the
in voyages described in § 42.03–5, § 42.03– same possession, and passes outside the
10, or § 45.01–1, the penalties for viola- line dividing inland waters from the
tions of the regulations in this part high seas (a voyage exclusively on the
93
§ 46.05–20 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
Great Lakes excepted), as well as a § 46.10–5 Load line requirements for

voyage in which a vessel proceeds from subdivision.
a port or place in the United States or (a) The load line requirements of
her possessions and passes outside the parts 42, 44, 45 of this subchapter as ap-
line dividing inland waters from the plicable to the passenger vessel and her
high seas and navigates on the high service, shall be complied with before a
seas, and then returns to the same port passenger vessel will be marked with
or place. and certificated as to subdivision load
lines.
§ 46.05–20 Great Lakes voyage.
[CGFR 65–50, 30 FR 16769, Dec. 30, 1965, as
A Great Lakes voyage is any voyage amended by CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10077, July 12,
from a United States port or place on 1968]
the Great Lakes to another United
§ 46.10–10 Marks to indicate subdivi-
States port or place on the Great sion load lines.
Lakes or to a Canadian port or place on
the Great Lakes, or conversely. (a) Marks to indicate the maximum
mean draft to which a passenger vessel
§ 46.05–25 New passenger vessel. may be lawfully submerged shall be
permanently marked on each side of
A new passenger vessel is a vessel the passenger vessel in the form, man-
whose keel was laid or was a vessel ner, and location provided in this part.
converted into a passenger vessel on or (b) The Commandant, U.S. Coast
after May 26, 1965. Guard, will determine the position of
[CGFR 65–50, 30 FR 16769, Dec. 30, 1965, as the subdivision load lines by the appli-
amended by CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10077, July 12, cation of the requirements contained
1968] in this part and parts 170 and 171 of this
chapter. The correct marking of sub-
§ 46.05–30 Existing passenger vessel. division load lines will be certified by
the American Bureau of Shipping or a
An existing passenger vessel in re-
classification society approved by the
spect to its voyage is any passenger Commandant for that purpose.
vessel that is not a new passenger ves- (c) Certificates certifying to the cor-
sel as defined in § 46.05–25. rectness of subdivision load line marks
shall not be furnished until it is deter-
Subpart 46.10—Administration mined that the marks have been cor-
rectly placed upon the passenger ves-
§ 46.10–1 Relaxation from regulations. sel.
(a) New passenger vessels making for- (d) In the case of passenger vessels
eign voyages by sea shall comply with that are required by the International
the requirements in this part. An exist- Convention for Safety of Life at Sea to
ing passenger vessel engaged in foreign have on board a safety certificate, the
voyages by sea may be permitted relax- certification of subdivision, load line
ation from the requirements of this marks shall be made by letter to the
cognizant Officer in Charge, Marine In-
part if, in the opinion of the Com-
spection, U.S. Coast Guard.
mandant, U.S. Coast Guard, such re-
quirements are unreasonable or im- [CGFR 65–50, 30 FR 16769, Dec. 30, 1965, as
practicable. amended by CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10077, July 12,
1968; CGD 79–023, 48 FR 51007, Nov. 4, 1983;
(b) A new passenger vessel making
CGD 88–070, 53 FR 34534, Sept. 7, 1988; USCG–
coastwise voyages by sea or making 2009–0702, 74 FR 49228, Sept. 25, 2009]
Great Lakes voyages shall comply with
the requirements in this part. An exist- § 46.10–15 Survey for the establish-
ing passenger vessel making coastwise ment and renewal of subdivision
voyages by sea or Great Lakes voyages load line marks.
may be permitted relaxation from the (a) Every passenger vessel to be
requirements of this part if, in the marked with and certificated for sub-
opinion of the Commandant, U.S. Coast division load lines must comply with
Guard, such requirements are unrea- the requirements as set forth in sub-
sonable or impracticable. chapter H (Passenger Vessels) of this
94
chapter for ocean, coastwise, and Great (b) Where, in the application of the
Lakes service as applicable to the par- regulations in this part to passenger
ticular vessel and the service in which vessels engaged in coastwise voyages
she is to be employed. by sea and on Great Lakes voyages, it
(b) Every passenger vessel marked is desired to substitute other construc-
with a subdivision load line shall be tion, arrangement, fitting, or appli-
subjected to the surveys specified in ance, or type thereof, such substitution
this paragraph. The details of the sur- may be made if approved by the Com-
veys or inspections indicated in para- mandant, U.S. Coast Guard, provided
graphs (b)(1) through (3) of this section the degree of safety provided by this
shall be as set forth in the applicable part is obtained.
sections of part 71 of subchapter H
(Passenger Vessels) of this chapter. § 46.10–30 Subdivision load line certifi-
(1) A survey before the vessel is put cates.
in service. (a) Passenger vessels engaged in for-
(2) A periodical survey once every 12 eign voyages by sea shall have their
months. subdivision load lines certified on the
(3) Additional surveys as occasion safety certificate required by the Inter-
arises. national Convention for Safety of Life
(4) Surveys required by part 42, part at Sea, 1960. Safety certificates shall be
44, or part 45 of this subchapter. issued by the Commandant, U.S. Coast
Guard, for a period not to exceed one
[CGFR 65–50, 30 FR 16769, Dec. 30, 1965, as year. These vessels will also be pro-
amended by CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10077, July 12,
vided with the load line certificate re-
1968]
quired by part 42 of this subchapter,
§ 46.10–20 Application for the assign- the minimum freeboard shown thereon
ment and renewal of subdivision to be not less than the minimum
load lines. freeboard corresponding to the prin-
cipal passenger condition. The fact
(a) Application for assignment and
that they are subdivision load lines is
renewal of subdivision load lines and
to be noted on the load line certificate.
certification thereof shall be made in
writing to the Commandant (CG–ENG), (b) Passenger vessels engaged on
Attn: Office of Design and Engineering coastwise voyages by sea or Great
Systems, U.S. Coast Guard Stop 7509, Lakes voyages shall have the position
2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue of their subdivision load lines recorded
SE., Washington, DC 20593–7509. on a load line certificate in the form
required by part 42 or part 45 of this
[CGFR 65–50, 30 FR 16769, Dec. 30, 1965, as subchapter. The fact that they are sub-
amended by CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10077, July 12, division load lines is to be noted on the
1968; CGD 88–070, 53 FR 34534, Sept. 7, 1988; load line certificate.
USCG–2013–0671, 78 FR 60147, Sept. 30, 2013]
(c) A note shall be added to the load
§ 46.10–25 Equivalents. line certificate below the signature of
the assigning—authority in the fol-
(a) Where in the regulations in this lowing form:
part it is provided that a particular fit-
ting, appliance, apparatus, or type The bulkhead deck used for determining
thereof, shall be fitted or carried in a the position of the subdivision load lines cer-
tified above is __________________________ (here
vessel engaged on foreign voyages by
described bulkhead deck).
sea or that any particular arrangement
shall be adopted, there may be sub- (d) Annual inspections of passenger
stituted any other fitting or appliance vessels shall be as required by §§ 42.09–
or type thereof or any other arrange- 40 and 46.10–15 of this subchapter and
ment provided that the Commandant, renewal of passenger vessels’ load line
U.S. Coast Guard, shall have been sat- certificates shall be as required by
isfied by suitable trials that the fit- §§ 42.09–15 and 42.09–20.
ting, appliance, or apparatus, or type (e) Each new passenger vessel which
thereof, or that the arrangement sub- receives its first load line certificate
stituted is at least as effective as that shall also be provided with a copy of
specified in this part. the load line survey report as required
95
§ 46.10–35 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
by § 42.09–1(c) or § 45.01–30 of this sub- water in which the vessel is floating

chapter. but not for the weight of fuel, water,
[CGFR 65–50, 30 FR 16769, Dec. 30, 1965, as etc., required for consumption between
amended by CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10077, July 12, the point of departure and the open
1968; CGFR 68–126, 34 FR 9019, June 5, 1969; sea, and no allowance is to be made for
CGD 80–120, 47 FR 5723, Feb. 8, 1982; CGD 88– bilge or ballast water that may be in
070, 53 FR 34534, Sept. 7, 1988] the passenger vessel at the time of de-
parture.
§ 46.10–35 Validity of subdivision load
line certificates.
§ 46.10–50 Drills and inspections.
(a) Subdivision load line certificates
issued to passenger vessels shall only (a) For the required drills and inspec-
be valid during the time for which the tions to be conducted on passenger ves-
certificates are issued. sels, see subpart 78.17 of subchapter H
(b) If, due to any cause, the condi- (Passenger Vessels) of this chapter.
tions as required by this part are
changed, or the regulations in this part § 46.10–55 Logbook entries.
are not carried out, the load line cer- (a) For required logbook entries to be
tificate may be cancelled and the load made on passenger vessels, see subpart
lines considered nonexistent: Provided, 78.17 of subchapter H (Passenger Ves-
That if the conditions causing the can- sels) of this chapter.
cellation of the certificate are satisfac-
torily corrected, the load line certifi- § 46.10–60 Control.
cate shall be reinstated for the remain- The Director, Field Operations (DFO)
der of its term.
or the Coast Guard District Com-
(c) A valid subdivision load line cer-
mander may detain a passenger vessel
tificate for foreign voyages by sea shall
be valid for coastwise voyages by sea for a survey if there is reason to be-
and Great Lakes voyages. A valid sub- lieve that such a vessel is proceeding
division load line certificate for coast- on her journey in excess of the draft al-
wise voyages by sea shall be valid for lowed by the regulations in this part as
Great Lakes voyages but not for for- indicated by the vessel’s load lines cer-
eign voyages by sea. A valid subdivi- tified on the safety certificate, load
sion load line certificate for Great line certificate, or otherwise. The
Lakes voyages shall not be valid for Coast Guard District Commander may
foreign or coastwise voyages by sea. detain a passenger vessel if it is so
loaded as to be manifestly unsafe to
§ 46.10–40 Nonsubmergence subdivi- proceed to sea. Except as otherwise re-
sion load line (Great Lakes). quired by this section, § 42.07–60 of this
(a) Passenger vessels on the Great subchapter applies to all passenger ves-
Lakes of 150 gross tons or over shall sels assigned load lines under the load
not submerge the subdivision load line line acts and the regulations of this
applicable to the voyage. subchapter.
§ 46.10–45 Nonsubmergence subdivi- [USCG–2012–0832, 77 FR 59777, Oct. 1, 2012]
sion load lines in salt water.
(a) Passenger vessels required to be § 46.10–65 Construction.
marked with subdivision load lines, en- (a) The watertight subdivision of
gaged on foreign and coastwise voyages every passenger vessel must be as effi-
other than the Great Lakes voyages, cient as possible, having regard to its
shall not submerge in salt water the intended service. This principle is
subdivision load line applicable to the given effect by applying the require-
voyage. Passenger vessels engaged on ments in part 171 of this chapter.
ocean, foreign or coastwise voyages (b) Passenger vessels engaged in for-
may be marked with fresh water load eign voyages by sea or coastwise voy-
lines. A passenger vessel on foreign or
ages by sea or voyages on the Great
coastwise voyages (except Great Lakes

Lakes, to be marked with subdivision
voyages) may have an allowance made
for the degree of brackishness of the
96
load lines shall comply with the re- (b) The length, width, and manner of
quirements in this part. marking the lines shall be as provided
in subpart 42.13 of this subchapter.
[CGFR 65–50, 30 FR 16769, Dec. 30, 1965, as
amended by CGD 79–023, 48 FR 51007, Nov. 4, (c) No subdivision load line is to be
1983] placed so that the freeboard is reduced
from that determined by the highest
§ 46.10–70 Plans and inspections of seasonal mark permitted by part 42.
new and converted vessels. (d) When the highest subdivision load
(a) Plans for a new passenger vessel line is located on a vessel used as a pas-
or a vessel to be converted to a passenger vessel in a position between the
senger vessel shall be submitted to the highest and lowest seasonal load line
Commandant as required by subpart marks, the seasonal load line marks
71.65 of subchapter H (Passenger Ves- above the subdivision load line will be
sels) of this chapter. omitted and those below will be
(b) Inspections shall be made during marked.
the construction or conversion of the (e) When the freeboard from the high-
vessel as required by subpart 71.20 of est subdivision load line on a vessel
subchapter H (Passenger Vessels) of used as a passenger vessel is greater
this chapter. than the freeboard from the lowest
(c) Upon completion of construction load line permitted by part 42 of this
or conversion of a passenger vessel, a subchapter, the load lines required by
stability test must be performed and part 42 of this subchapter shall be
stability information must be supplied omitted and the disk with its hori-
to the operator as required by part 170 zontal line located in line with the
of this chapter. highest subdivision load line.
[CGFR 65–50, 30 FR 16769, Dec. 30, 1965, as (f) One fresh water line shall be
amended by CGD 79–023, 48 FR 51007, Nov. 4, marked. When a subdivision and a nor-
1983] mal load line are combined, the normal
fresh water line only shall be used un-
Subpart 46.15—Subdivision Load less the position of the subdivision load
Lines for Passenger Vessels line is such that confusion will result,
Engaged in Foreign, Coast- in which case a subdivision fresh water
line may be used, marked FC1 and the
wise, and Great Lakes Voy- normal fresh water line omitted.
ages (g) Subdivision load lines shall be aft
§ 46.15–1 Procedure for determination of the vertical line. The vertical line
of subdivision load line. shall be extended as necessary to con-
nect the lowest and highest load lines
The procedure for determining the
marked on the vessel.
subdivision load line as well as special
construction features of the vessel (h) When a vessel has spaces used for
must be as set forth in subpart 72.01 cargo and passengers alternatively so
and parts 170 and 171 of this chapter. that the position of the subdivision
load line varies with the service, sub-
[CGD 79–023, 48 FR 51007, Nov. 4, 1983] division load lines for the principal
passenger condition shall be marked
§ 46.15–5 Engineering requirements. and denoted by C1 and the alternative
(a) Bilge and ballast systems, piping, conditions marked and denoted by C2,
inlets and discharges, ash chutes, C3, etc. The position of each load line
astern power, and auxiliary steering and the conditions under which a par-
shall be in accordance with the provi- ticular load line is applicable shall be
sions of subchapter F (Marine Engi- noted in the certificate.
neering) of this chapter. (i) The principal passenger condition
for a vessel having spaces used for pas-
§ 46.15–10 Subdivision load lines. sengers and cargo alternatively is the
(a) Subdivision load lines shall be lo- condition where only those spaces ap-
cated by measuring vertically down propriated exclusively to passengers

from the deck line required by part 42 are taken into consideration for deter-
of this subchapter. mination of the subdivision load line.
97
(j) For Great Lakes vessels, ref- sively on the Great Lakes is excepted);
erences to part 42 shall read part 45 and or
a ‘‘diamond’’ shall be substituted for (2) A voyage that proceeds beyond 20
the ‘‘disk’’. No ‘‘fresh water’’ line will nautical miles from the territorial sea
be marked. baseline.
(b) Great Lakes service means a voyage
[CGFR 65–50, 30 FR 16769, Dec. 30, 1965, as
amended by CGFR 68–60, 33 FR 10077, July 12, from a United States port or place on
1968] the Great Lakes to another United
States port or place on the Great
Lakes or to a Canadian port or place on
PART 47—COMBINATION LOAD the Great Lakes, or conversely. In con-
LINES currence with related Canadian regula-
tions, the waters of the St. Lawrence
Subpart A—General River west of a rhumb line drawn from
Sec. Cap de Rosiers to West Point, Anticosti
47.100 Purpose. Island, and west of a line along 63° W.
47.110 Definitions used in this part. Longitude from Anticosti Island to the
north shore of the St. Lawrence River
Subparts B–E [Reserved] shall be considered as part of the Great
Lakes. In addition, the Victoria Bridge,
Subpart F—International and Great Lakes
Montreal, Canada, is the dividing line
Service; Stability Limited Deck Cargo
between fresh water and salt water in
Barges
the St. Lawrence River.
47.600 Description of service.
47.610 Conditions of assignment. Subparts B–E [Reserved]
47.620 Load line marks.
47.630 Restrictions.
47.640 Form of certificate. Subpart F—International and
Great Lakes Service; Stability
Subpart G [Reserved] Limited Deck Cargo Barges
AUTHORITY: 46 U.S.C. 5115; Department of § 47.600 Description of service.
Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
This subpart applies to deck cargo
SOURCE: CGD 86–016, 51 FR 9962, Mar. 24, barges operating in International and
1986, unless otherwise noted. Great Lakes service and meeting the
conditions of assignment in § 47.610 of
Subpart A—General this subpart.
§ 47.100 Purpose. § 47.610 Conditions of assignment.

(a) The purpose of the regulations in Owners or operators of deck cargo
this part is to set forth simplified al- barges which are draft limited by the
ternative marking schemes for those intact stability requirements of 46 CFR
vessels operating in more than one 174.015 (a)(1) and (a)(2) may elect to be
service. Operating requirements for a assigned load lines under this subpart
given vessel could vary depending on in order to load to a draft cor-
the service, the season of the year, sta- responding to the intact stability re-
bility requirements, manning require- quirement of 10 foot-degrees (46 CFR
ments and tonnage requirements. The 174.015(a)(2)) while engaging in Great
conditions of assignment, restrictions Lakes service during the summer sea-
applicable, form of the certificate and son.
the load line marks are described.
§ 47.620 Load line marks.
§ 47.110 Definitions used in this part. (a) A plimsoll mark (disc and line
(a) International service means: through center) applicable to Inter-
(1) A voyage by sea between a port national service must be placed at the
under the jurisdiction of the United draft corresponding to 15-degrees of
States and a port of a foreign country, righting energy as calculated in ful-

its colonies, territories, or protector- filling the requirements of 46 CFR
ates, or conversely (a voyage exclu- 174.015(a)(1).
98
(b) The seasonal ladder representing (2) The mark (T) is applicable only
summer, winter, and winter North At- for Great Lakes service from May 1
lantic seasons must be as shown in Fig- through September 30 as per 46 CFR
ure 1 below. 45.9
(c) An equivalent Great Lakes sum-
mer seasonal line must be placed on § 47.640 Form of certificate.
the seasonal ladder at the draft cor-
The form of the certificate is as spec-
responding to 10 foot-degrees of right-
ing energy as calculated in fulfilling ified in § 42.50–5(b) of this subchapter
the requirements of 46 CFR 174.015(a)(2) with the exception that the illustrated
and be marked with a (T). load line marks are as shown in Figure
(d) The fresh water mark may be 1 below.
omitted by request of the owner or op-
erator.
§ 47.630 Restrictions.
(a) The mark (T) applies only to
Great Lakes service from May 1
through September 30.
(b) Notations are to be placed on the
face of the load line certificate to the
effect that:
(1) The barge must be operated in
compliance with the draft vs. cargo
vertical center of gravity tables in the
U.S. Coast Guard approved stability Subpart G [Reserved]
letter, and
99
EC01FE91.017</GPH>
SUBCHAPTER F—MARINE ENGINEERING
PART 50—GENERAL PROVISIONS Subpart 50.30—Fabrication Inspection

50.30–1 Scope.
Subpart 50.01—Basis and Purpose of 50.30–10 Class I, I-L and II-L pressure ves-
Regulations sels.
50.30–15 Class II pressure vessels.
Sec.
50.30–20 Class III pressure vessels.
50.01–10 Purpose of regulations.
50.01–15 Scope of regulations. AUTHORITY: 43 U.S.C. 1333; 46 U.S.C. 3306,
50.01–20 OMB control numbers assigned pur- 3703; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980
suant to the Paperwork Reduction Act. Comp., p. 277; Department of Homeland Secu-
rity Delegation No. 0170.1; Section 50.01–20
Subpart 50.05—Application also issued under the authority of 44 U.S.C.
3507.
50.05–1 General.
50.05–5 Existing boilers, pressure vessels or SOURCE: CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18,
piping systems. 1968, unless otherwise noted.
50.05–10 Alterations or repairs.
50.05–15 Vessels subject to regulations in Subpart 50.01—Basis and Purpose
this subchapter. of Regulations
50.05–20 Steam-propelled motorboats.
§ 50.01–10 Purpose of regulations.
Subpart 50.10—Definition of Terms Used in
This Subchapter (a) The purpose of the regulations in
this subchapter is to set forth min-
50.10–1 Commandant. imum requirements for marine engi-
50.10–5 Coast Guard District Commander or neering details for various types of ves-
District Commander. sels in accordance with the intent of
50.10–10 Officer in Charge, Marine Inspec- title 52 of the Revised Statutes and
tion, (OCMI).
acts amendatory thereof or supple-
50.10–15 Marine inspector or inspector.
50.10–20 Headquarters. mental thereto as well as to implement
50.10–23 Marine Safety Center. various international conventions for
50.10–25 Coast Guard Symbol. safety of life at sea and other treaties,
50.10–30 Coast Guard number. which contain requirements affecting
50.10–35 Constructed. marine engineering. The regulations in
this subchapter have the force of law.
Subpart 50.20—Plan Submittal and (b) All marine engineering details,
Approval such as boilers, pressure vessels, main
and auxiliary machinery, piping,
50.20–1 General.
50.20–5 Procedures for submittal of plans.
valves, and fittings, shall be designed,
50.20–10 Number of copies of plans required. constructed, and installed in accord-
50.20–15 Previously approved plans. ance with the provisions of this sub-
50.20–25 Calculations. chapter, except when specifically modi-
50.20–30 Alternative materials or methods of fied by the regulations in another sub-
construction. chapter in this chapter for a particular
50.20–33 [Reserved] type of vessel or where a specific in-
50.20–35 Marine inspector’s decisions. stallation may be required or per-
50.20–40 Right of appeal. mitted.
Subpart 50.25—Acceptance of Material [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, CGD
and Piping Components 95–012, 60 FR 48049, Sept. 18, 1995]
50.25–1 General. § 50.01–15 Scope of regulations.

50.25–3 Manufacturer or mill certification.
(a) This subchapter provides the spec-
50.25–5 Products requiring manufacturer or
mill certification. ifications, standards and requirements
50.25–7 Testing of products required to be for strength and adequacy of design,
certified in presence of marine inspector. construction, installation, inspection,

50.25–10 Acceptance of piping components and choice of materials for machinery,
by specific letter or approved plan. boilers, pressure vessels, safety valves,
100
Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 50.05–5
and piping systems upon which safety the time specific regulations are
of life is dependent. amended or added.
(b) Since this subchapter contains (c) The requirements in this sub-
the marine engineering details, it im- chapter revised or added subsequent to
plements the requirements for inspec- July 1, 1969, shall be applicable to the
tion and certification of vessels as set installations contracted for after the
forth in other subchapters for specific effective dates of such requirements.
types of vessels. Normally, materials, items of equip-
(c) The regulations in this subchapter ment, or installations in vessels which
(parts 50, 52, 53, 54, 56, 57, 58, 59, and 61 have been accepted and passed as satis-
through 64) have preemptive effect over factory and meeting the applicable re-
state or local regulations in the same quirements in this subchapter then in
field. effect and which are maintained in
good and serviceable condition to the
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as satisfaction of the Officer in Charge,
Marine Inspection, may be continued
July 22, 2016]
in use until replacement is deemed nec-
§ 50.01–20 OMB control numbers as- essary by such officer or as specified in
signed pursuant to the Paperwork the regulations.
Reduction Act. (d) Items of equipment, which are in
use on vessels, previously approved by
(a) Purpose. This section collects and
the Commandant but not complying
displays the control numbers assigned
with the latest specification require-
to information collection and record-
ments may be continued in use so long
keeping requirements in this sub-
as they are maintained in good and
chapter by the Office of Management
serviceable condition to the satisfac-
and Budget (OMB) pursuant to the Pa-
tion of the Officer in Charge, Marine
perwork Reduction Act of 1980 (44
Inspection, until replacement is
U.S.C. 3501 et seq.). The Coast Guard in-
deemed necessary by such officer or as
tends that this section comply with the
specified in the regulations.
requirements of 44 U.S.C. 3507(f) which
(e) Industrial systems and compo-
requires that agencies display a cur-
nents on mobile offshore drilling units
rent control number assigned by the
must meet subpart 58.60 of this chap-
Director of the OMB for each approved
ter.
agency information collection require-
ment. [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as
(b) Display. amended by CGD 73–251, 43 FR 56799, Dec. 4,
1978; CGD 77–147, 47 FR 21809, May 20, 1982;
46 CFR Part or Section where Identified or Current OMB USCG–2000–7790, 65 FR 58459, Sept. 29, 2000]
Described Control No.
§ 50.05–5 Existing boilers, pressure
Parts 50 through 64 ....................................... 1625–0097
vessels or piping systems.
(a) Whenever doubt exists as to the
[49 FR 38120, Sept. 27, 1984, as amended by safety of an existing boiler, pressure
CGD 88–072, 53 FR 34297, Sept. 6, 1988; USCG–
2004–18884, 69 FR 58345, Sept. 30, 2004]
vessel, or piping system, the marine in-
spector may require that it be gaged or
checked to determine the extent of de-
Subpart 50.05—Application terioration, and if necessary for safety
may require the recalculation and re-
§ 50.05–1 General.
duction of the maximum allowable
(a) The regulations in this sub- working pressure.
chapter shall apply to the marine engi- (b) For the purpose of recalculating
neering details of installations on ves- the maximum allowable working pres-
sels required to be inspected and cer- sure of boilers, pressure vessels, or pip-
tificated under other subchapters in ing which have deteriorated in service,
this chapter as described in § 50.01–10. the applicable design formulas in effect
(b) The regulations in this sub- at the time it was contracted for or
chapter are not retroactive in effect, built or the currently effective design
except as provided in § 50.05–5 or § 50.05– formulas in this subchapter shall be
10, or if specifically so provided for at used: Provided, That such recalculation
101
§ 50.05–10 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
based on currently effective design for- § 50.05–15 Vessels subject to regula-

mulas in this subchapter does not per- tions in this subchapter.
mit a higher pressure than that origi- (a) Passenger vessels, tank vessels,
nally allowed by the regulations in ef- cargo and miscellaneous vessels, nau-
fect at the time such work was con- tical schoolships, mobile offshore drill-
tracted for or built. ing units, and oceanographic vessels
(c) When existing vessels are are subject to the regulations in this
reboilered, the mountings and attach- subchapter to the extent prescribed by
ments shall be renewed in accordance various laws and regulations as de-
with the regulations in this subchapter scribed in § 50.01–1. The applicable pro-
in effect at the time such reboilering visions in this subchapter shall apply
work is contracted for. The existing to all such U.S. flag vessels, and to all
steam piping shall be examined. Those such foreign vessels which carry pas-
portions which are in good condition sengers from any port in the United
and comply with minimum thickness States except as follows:
requirements in effect at the time such (1) Any vessel of a foreign nation sig-
reboilering work is contracted for may natory to the International Convention
be continued in service. The steam pip- for Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, and
ing replaced shall be in accordance which has on board a current, valid
with the regulations in this subchapter Convention certificate attesting to the
in effect for new construction. sufficiency of the marine engineering
(d) For the purpose of this section, details as prescribed by applicable reg-
existing equipment includes only items ulations in this chapter.
which have previously met all Coast (2) Any vessel of a foreign nation
Guard requirements for installation having inspection laws approximating
aboard a vessel certificated by the those of the United States together
Coast Guard, including requirements with reciprocal inspection arrange-
for design, fabrication, testing, and in- ments with the United States, and
spection at the time the equipment was which has on board a current, valid
new. certificate of inspection issued by its
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as government under such arrangements.
amended by CGD 81–79, 50 FR 9430, Mar. 8, (3) Any vessel operating exclusively
1985] on inland waters which are not navi-
gable waters of the United States.
§ 50.05–10 Alterations or repairs.
(4) Any vessel laid up and dismantled
(a) When alteration or repair of boil- and out of commission.
ers, pressure vessels, machinery, safety (5) With the exception of vessels of
valves or piping systems becomes nec- the U.S. Maritime Administration, any
essary, the work shall be done under vessel with the title vested in the
the cognizance of the Officer in Charge United States and which is used for
Marine Inspection. It shall be done in public purposes.
accordance with the regulations in ef- (b) Notwithstanding the exceptions
fect at the time such vessel or installa- previously noted in paragraphs (a) (1)
tion was contracted for or built (which- and (2) of this section, foreign vessels
ever is latest), or in accordance with of novel design or construction or
the regulations in effect for new con- whose operation involves potential un-
struction. usual risks shall be subject to inspec-
(b) When alterations or repairs are tion to the extent necessary to safe-
made to a U.S. flag vessel in a port or guard life and property in U.S. ports,
place not in the United States, a notice as further provided by § 2.01–13 in sub-
containing details of the proposed al- chapter A (Procedures Applicable to
terations or repairs must be submitted the Public) of this chapter.
to the appropriate Officer in Charge,
Marine Inspection. [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as
amended by CGD 73–251, 43 FR 56799, Dec. 4,
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as 1978; CGD 80–161, 48 FR 15472, Apr. 11, 1983;
amended by CGD 73–251, 43 FR 56799, Dec. 4, CGD 90–008, 55 FR 30660, July 26, 1990; CGD
1978] 95–012, 60 FR 48049, Sept. 18, 1995]
102
§ 50.05–20 Steam-propelled motorboats. charge of an inspection zone for the

(a) The requirements covering design performance of duties with respect to
of the propelling engine, boiler, and the the inspections, enforcement, and ad-
auxiliary machinery, and the inspec- ministration of Subtitle II, Title 46,
tion thereof on all motor boats which U.S. Code, Title 46 and Title 33 U.S.
are more than 40 feet in length and Code, and regulations under these stat-
which are propelled by machinery driv- utes.
en by steam shall be in accordance [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as
with the applicable provisions of this amended by CGD 95–028, 62 FR 51200, Sept. 30,
subchapter. 1997]
(b) If the engines, boilers, and auxil-
iary machinery are found to be in safe § 50.10–15 Marine inspector or inspec-
operating condition at the initial or tor.
subsequent periodical inspection, the
The term marine inspector or inspector
Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection,
means any person from the civilian or
shall issue a letter to that effect. Such
military branch of the Coast Guard as-
letter shall be posted on the vessel
under glass. The letter will be valid for signed under the superintendence and
a specified period of time, as deter- direction of an Officer in Charge, Ma-
mined by the Officer in Charge, Marine rine Inspection, or any other person as
Inspection. The owner, within 30 days may be designated for the performance
prior to its expiration, shall make ap- of duties with respect to the inspec-
plication to the nearest Officer in tions, enforcement and the administra-
Charge, Marine Inspection for a re- tion of Subtitle II, Title, 46, U.S. Code,
newal thereof. Title 46 and Title 33, U.S. Code, and
regulations under these statutes.
Subpart 50.10—Definition of Terms [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as
Used in This Subchapter amended by CGD 95–028, 62 FR 51200, Sept. 30,
1997]
§ 50.10–1 Commandant.
The term Commandant means the § 50.10–20 Headquarters.
Commandant U.S. Coast Guard. The term Headquarters means the
Commandant (CG–00), Attn: Com-
§ 50.10–5 Coast Guard District Com-
mander or District Commander. mandant, U.S. Coast Guard Stop 7000,
2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue
The term Coast Guard District Com- SE., Washington, DC 20593–7000.
mander or District Commander means an
officer of the Coast Guard designated [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as
as such by the Commandant to com- amended by CGD 88–070, 53 FR 34534, Sept. 7,
mand all Coast Guard activities within 1988; USCG–2013–0671, 78 FR 60147, Sept. 30,
his district, which include the inspec- 2013]
tions, enforcement, and administration
of Subtitle II, Title 46, U.S. Code, Title § 50.10–23 Marine Safety Center.
46 and Title 33 U.S. Code, and regula- The term Marine Safety Center refers
tions under these statutes. to the Commanding Officer, Marine
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as Safety Center, U.S. Coast Guard, 2703
amended by CGD 95–028, 62 FR 51200, Sept. 30, Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE.,
1997] Washington, DC 20593 for visitors. Send
all mail to Commanding Officer (MSC),
§ 50.10–10 Officer in Charge, Marine Attn: Marine Safety Center, U.S. Coast
Inspection, (OCMI).
Guard Stop 7430, 2703 Martin Luther
The term Officer in Charge, Marine In- King Jr. Avenue SE., Washington, DC
spection, (OCMI) means any person 20593–7430, in a written or electronic
from the civilian or military branch of format. Information for submitting the
the Coast Guard designated as such by VSP electronically can be found at
the Commandant and who, under the http://www.uscg.mil/HQ/MSC.

superintendence and direction of the
Coast Guard District Commander, is in [USCG–2016–0498, 82 FR 35089, July 28, 2017]
103
§ 50.10–25 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
§ 50.10–25 Coast Guard Symbol. TABLE 50.10–30—PREVIOUS SECTOR OFFICE

(a) The term Coast Guard Symbol IDENTIFICATION LETTERS IN COAST GUARD
means that impression stamped on the NUMBERS FOR BOILERS AND PRESSURE VES-
SELS—Continued
nameplates of boilers, pressure vessels,
and safety valves by a marine inspector Sector
Identification
upon the satisfactory completion of the Office
tests and inspection of the product. It ANC ................................................. Anchorage.
may also be used by a marine inspector BAL .................................................. Baltimore.
to identify workmanship test plates BOS ................................................. Boston.
BUF ................................................. Buffalo.
and welding samples. CHA ................................................. Charleston.
(b) The impression of the Coast CHI .................................................. Chicago.
Guard Symbol for stamping name- CIN .................................................. Cincinnati.
CLE ................................................. Cleveland.
plates and specimens is shown in Fig- COR ................................................ Corpus Christi.
ure 50.10–25(b). DET ................................................. Detroit.
DUL ................................................. Duluth.
GAL ................................................. Galveston.
GUA ................................................. Guam.
HON ................................................ Honolulu.
HOU ................................................ Houston.
HRV ................................................. Hampton Roads, VA.
HUN ................................................. Huntington.
JAC .................................................. Jacksonville.
JUN ................................................. Juneau.
LIS ................................................... Long Island.
LOS ................................................. Los Angeles.
LOU ................................................. Louisville.
MEM ................................................ Memphis.
MIA .................................................. Miami.
MIL .................................................. Milwaukee.
MIN .................................................. Minneapolis.
MOB ................................................ Mobile.
MOR ................................................ Morgan City.
FIGURE 50.10–25(B)—COAST GUARD SYMBOL NAS ................................................. Nashville.
NEW ................................................ New Orleans.
NYC ................................................. New York.
§ 50.10–30 Coast Guard number. PAD ................................................. Paducah.
(a) The Coast Guard number means PAT ................................................. Port Arthur.
PHI .................................................. Philadelphia.
that number assigned to boilers and PIT ................................................... Pittsburgh.
pressure vessels by the Officer in POM ................................................ Portland, ME.
Charge, Marine Inspection, who makes POR ................................................. Portland, OR.
PRO ................................................. Providence.
the final tests and inspections. ROT ................................................. Rotterdam.
(b) The Coast Guard number shall be SAV ................................................. Savannah.
stamped on the nameplates of boilers SDC ................................................. San Diego.
SEA ................................................. Seattle.
and pressure vessels. SFC ................................................. San Francisco.
(c) The Coast Guard number is com- SIM .................................................. Saint Ignace.
prised of the following: SJP .................................................. San Juan.
(1) Three capital letters which iden- SLM ................................................. St. Louis.
STB ................................................. Sturgeon Bay.
tify the office of the issuing Officer in TAM ................................................. Tampa.
Charge, Marine Inspection (see table TOL ................................................. Toledo.
50.10–30); followed by, VAL .................................................. Valdez.
(2) An OCMI serial number, by which WNC ................................................ Wilmington, NC.
the particular boiler or pressure vessel
can be identified; the first two digits of [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as
which will identify the calendar year amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9975, June 17,
the number was assigned. 1970; CGD 74–219, 39 FR 40158, Nov. 14, 1974;
CGD 78–161, 44 FR 13492, Mar. 12, 1979; USCG–
TABLE 50.10–30—PREVIOUS SECTOR OFFICE 2000–7790, 65 FR 58459, Sept. 29, 2000; USCG–
2006–25556, 72 FR 36330, July 2, 2007]
IDENTIFICATION LETTERS IN COAST GUARD
NUMBERS FOR BOILERS AND PRESSURE VES- § 50.10–35 Constructed.
SELS
The term constructed means the keel
Identification Sector has been laid or, for vessels with no

Office
keel, assembly of at least 50 tons or 1%
ALB .................................................. Albany. of the estimated mass of all structural
104
EC01FE91.018
material, whichever is less, has been (c) In the case of classed vessels,
completed. upon specific request by the submitter,
the American Bureau of Shipping will
[CGD 83–043, 60 FR 24772, May 10, 1995]
arrange to forward the necessary plans
to the Coast Guard indicating its ac-
Subpart 50.20—Plan Submittal and tion thereon. In this case, the plans
Approval will be returned directly to the sub-
mitter as noted in paragraph (c) of this
§ 50.20–1 General. section.
(a) The required vessel, equipment, or
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as
installation plans, as listed in this sub- amended by CGD 88–070, 53 FR 34534, Sept. 7,
chapter, are general in character, but 1988; CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40598, Oct. 2, 1989;
include all plans which normally show CGD 95–012, 60 FR 48049, Sept. 18, 1995; CGD
the intended construction and safety 95–072, 60 FR 50462, Sept. 29, 1995]
features coming under the cognizance
of the Coast Guard. In a particular § 50.20–10 Number of copies of plans
case, however, not all of the plans enu- required.
merated may be applicable, and in such (a) Three copies of each plan are nor-
cases the Coast Guard will so notify mally required so that one copy can be
the submitter. returned to the submitter. If the sub-
(b) Manufacturers of pressure vessels mitter desires additional copies of ap-
and other components, which require proved plans, a suitable number should
specific fabrication inspection in ac- be submitted to permit the required
cordance with the requirements of this distribution.
subchapter, shall submit and obtain ap-
proval of the applicable construction § 50.20–15 Previously approved plans.
plans prior to the commencement of (a) A manufacturer wishing to fab-
such fabrication. Manufacturers of ricate equipment in accordance with a
automatically controlled boilers shall plan previously approved (including
submit and obtain approval of the ap- work accomplished under a different
plicable control system plans prior to contract) shall not be required to re-
installation of the boiler. Manufactur- submit such plans provided:
ers of boilers which must meet the re- (1) Certification is submitted that
quirements of part 52 of this sub- the proposed equipment conforms in
chapter shall submit the applicable every respect to the plan previously ap-
construction plans for review prior to proved, and such certification contains
installation. the drawing number, title, date, and
last revision or change date, and date
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as
amended by CGD 81–79, 50 FR 9431, Mar. 8, of previous approval;
1985] (2) The current regulations, including
adopted specifications, standards or
§ 50.20–5 Procedures for submittal of codes, pertaining to the proposed
plans. equipment are the same as those cur-
(a) As the relative locations of ship- rent when the original plan was ap-
yards, design offices, and Coast Guard proved; and
offices vary throughout the country, (3) A copy of the approved plan is
no specific routing will be required in available for review by the approving
the submittal of plans. In general, one office.
of the procedures outlined in this sec- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as
tion apply, but if a more expeditious amended by CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40598, Oct. 2,
procedure can be used, there will nor- 1989]
mally be no objection to it.
(b) The plans may be submitted in § 50.20–25 Calculations.
duplicate to the Officer in Charge, Ma- (a) Calculations shall be forwarded
rine Inspection, at or nearest the place with plans submitted for approval and
where the vessel is to be built. Alter- shall clearly substantiate compliance
natively, the plans may be submitted with the regulations in this sub-
in triplicate to the Marine Safety Cen- chapter. Care shall be taken to identify
ter. sources of equations, factors and other
105
§ 50.20–30 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
information upon which the calcula- rine Inspection, in accordance with

tions are based. § 50.20–40.
(b) The results of the calculations,
such as the maximum allowable work- § 50.20–40 Right of appeal.
ing pressure (MAWP), test pressure, Any person directly affected by a de-
and safety device settings, shall be cision or action taken under this sub-
clearly identified. chapter, by or on behalf of the Coast
Guard, may appeal therefrom in ac-
§ 50.20–30 Alternative materials or cordance with subpart 1.03 of this chap-
methods of construction.
ter.
(a) When new or alternative proce-
[CGD 88–033, 54 FR 50380, Dec. 6, 1989]
dures, designs, or methods of construc-
tion are submitted for approval and for
which no regulations have been pro- Subpart 50.25—Acceptance of
vided, the Commandant will act re- Material and Piping Components
garding the approval or disapproval
thereof. § 50.25–1 General.
(b) If, in the development of indus- (a) Materials and piping components
trial arts, improved materials or meth- used in the construction of boilers,
ods of construction are developed, their pressure vessels, pressure piping sys-
use in lieu of those specified will be tems, and related components are ac-
given consideration upon formal appli- cepted by review of manufacturer or
cation to the Commandant, with full mill certificates under § 50.25–3 of this
information as to their characteristics, part, product marking in accordance
together with such scientific data and with an adopted industry standard, or
evidence as may be necessary to estab- technical information indicating their
lish the suitability of such materials or compliance with the requirements of
methods of construction for the pur- this subchapter.
pose intended. (b) Plate, bar stock, pipe, tube, pipe
joining fittings (tees, elbows, reducers,
§ 50.20–33 [Reserved] etc.), bolting, castings, forgings, and
flanges, are accepted by review of man-
§ 50.20–35 Marine inspector’s deci-
sions. ufacturer or mill certificates under
§§ 50.25–3, 50.25–5, and 50.25–7 of this
(a) When it becomes necessary for a part.
marine inspector to make decisions on (c) Valves, fluid conditioner fittings,
matters covered by the regulations in and special purpose fittings complying
this subchapter or by requirements in with an adopted industry standard and
referenced specifications, standards or marked in accordance with the stand-
codes, the inspector shall inform the ard are accepted through review of the
owner or his representative of the re- marking indicating compliance with
quirement, which will be identified by the adopted industry standard.
source, section and paragraph number, (d) Valves, fluid conditioner fittings,
on which the decisions are based. special purpose fittings, and pipe join-
Whenever it is necessary to make deci- ing fittings not complying with an
sions in matters not specifically cov- adopted industry standard are accepted
ered by the regulations in this sub- for use on a case-by-case basis. Accept-
chapter or by referenced requirements, ance is granted by the Marine Safety
the marine inspector shall clearly state Center or the Officer in Charge, Marine
the reasons which caused him to arrive Inspection, having cognizance over the
at such decisions. installation of the product. To obtain
(b) If the owner or his representative acceptance of a product, the manufac-
disagrees with a decision made by the turer must submit, via the vessel
marine inspector, he shall take up the owner or representative, the informa-
matter with the local Officer in tion described in § 50.25–10 of this part
Charge, Marine Inspection. The owner to the Marine Safety Center or the cog-
or his representative may appeal the nizant Officer in Charge, Marine In-
decision of the Officer in Charge, Ma- spection.
106
(e) Components designed for hydrau- the Coast Guard except as required by
lic service which require shock testing § 50.25–7.
under § 58.30–15(f) of this chapter and (b) The Officer in Charge, Marine In-
nonmetallic flexible hose assemblies spection, having cognizance over the
must be accepted by the Commandant installation of the products required to
(CG–ENG). Manufacturers desiring ac- be certified shall ensure that adequate
ceptance of these products must sub- control has been exercised to identify
mit information necessary to show the product with its manufacturer or
compliance with §§ 56.60–25(c) or 58.30–15 mill certificate.
of this chapter, as applicable. Accept- (c) In the event that the Officer in
ance of specific installations of accept- Charge, Marine Inspection, determines
able nonmetallic flexible hose assem- that handling of a product has been
blies and shock tested hydraulic com- such that proper identification is not
ponents is granted by the Marine Safe- possible, he may:
ty Center or the cognizant Officer in (1) Require testing in his presence
Charge, Marine Inspection, as described based on the applicable material or
in paragraph (d) of this section. fabrication specification; or
(f) The vessel owner or representative (2) Reject the product on the basis
shall make available to the Officer in that it cannot be properly identified.
Charge, Marine Inspection, the manu- (d) A product conforming to an ac-
facturer or mill certificates, specific ceptable material specification may, at
letters of acceptance, or approved plans the discretion of the Officer in Charge,
necessary to verify that piping compo- Marine Inspection, be accepted without
nents comply with the requirements of referring to its manufacturer or mill
this subchapter. certification, if:
[CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40598, Oct. 2, 1989, as (1) The product is marked in accord-
amended by CGD 95–072, 60 FR 50462, Sept. 29, ance with the identification marking
1995; CGD 96–041, 61 FR 50727, Sept. 27, 1996; requirements of the specification;
USCG–2004–18884, 69 FR 58345, Sept. 30, 2004; (2) The marking alone is sufficient to
USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65160, Oct. 31, 2008; identify that specification; and
USCG–2012–0832, 77 FR 59777, Oct. 1, 2012] (3) In the opinion of the Officer in
Charge, Marine Inspection, the applica-
§ 50.25–3 Manufacturer or mill certifi-
cation. tion of the product does not require
knowledge of the exact chemical anal-
(a) A manufacturer or mill producing ysis or mechanical properties enumer-
materials used in certain products for ated on the manufacturer or mill cer-
installation on inspected vessels, shall tificate.
issue a certificate or mill test report
which shall report the results of chem- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as
amended by CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40598, Oct. 2,
ical analysis and mechanical properties
1989]
required by the ASTM specification.
(b) This certificate shall be made § 50.25–7 Testing of products required
available to the marine inspector and to be certified in presence of ma-
Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, rine inspector.
upon request to the fabricator. (For ex- (a) Certified products are not nor-
ception refer to § 50.25–5(d).) mally tested in the presence of a ma-
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as rine inspector. The Commandant may,
amended by CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40598, Oct. 2, however, assign a marine inspector to
1989] witness tests required by the applicable
specifications to satisfy himself that
§ 50.25–5 Products requiring manufac- the requirements are met.
turer or mill certification. (b) Marine inspectors shall have free
(a) Products required to be certified entry at all times to those parts of the
by a manufacturer or by mill certifi- plant where material subject to the
cate shall be fabricated and tested in regulations in this subchapter is being
accordance with the applicable speci- manufactured. The manufacturer shall

fications. Such products will not nor- provide marine inspectors all reason-
mally be subject to mill inspection by able facilities to satisfy them that the
107
§ 50.25–10 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
material is being manufactured in ac- 56, subparts 56.15, 56.20, 56.25, 56.30, or
cordance with the requirements of the 56.35 of this chapter, as applicable.
Commandant. (7) Submit any additional informa-
(c) Unless otherwise authorized, re- tion necessary to evaluate the compo-
quired tests and inspections described nent’s acceptability for its intended ap-
in applicable specifications shall be plication.
made at the place of manufacture prior (b) If the component is found to com-
to shipment. Unless otherwise speci- ply with the requirements of this sub-
fied, tests shall be performed at room chapter, the component is designated
temperature. These tests when per- as acceptable for its intended installa-
formed in the presence of a marine in- tion. This acceptance is in the form of
spector will be so conducted as not to a specific letter relating directly to the
interfere unnecessarily with the oper- particular component or in the form of
ation of the plant. an approved piping system plan in
(d) Marine inspectors shall assure which the component is identified as
themselves that test specimens are an integral part.
marked for positive identification with [CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40599, Oct. 2, 1989]
the materials which they represent.
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as Subpart 50.30—Fabrication
amended by CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40599, Oct. 2, Inspection
1989]
§ 50.30–1 Scope.
§ 50.25–10 Acceptance of piping compo-
nents by specific letter or approved (a) The manufacturer shall notify the
plan. Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, of
the intended fabrication of pressure
(a) A manufacturer of a piping com-
vessels that will require Coast Guard
ponent which does not comply with an
inspection.
adopted industry standard and requires
(b) For exemption of certain pressure
acceptance by specific letter or ap-
vessels from shop inspection see § 54.01–
proved plan must do the following:
15 of this subchapter.
(1) Submit an engineering type cata- (c) For a classification delineation of
log or representative drawings of the boilers and pressure vessels refer to ta-
component which includes the pressure bles 54.01–5(a) and 54.01–5(b) of this sub-
and temperature ratings of the compo- chapter.
nent and identify the service for which
it is intended. [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as
(2) Identify materials used to fab- amended by CGD 81–79, 50 FR 9431, Mar. 8,
1985]
ricate the component. Materials must
meet the requirements of subpart 56.60 § 50.30–10 Class I, I-L and II-L pressure
of this chapter. If the component is not vessels.
manufactured to accepted material
(a) Classes I, I-L and II-L pressure
specifications, the manufacturer must
vessels shall be subject to shop inspec-
prove equivalency to accepted material
tion at the plant where they are being
specifications by comparing details of
fabricated, or when determined nec-
the materials’ chemical composition,
essary by the Officer in Charge, Marine
mechanical properties, method of man-
Inspection.
ufacture, and complete chemical and
(b) The manufacturer shall submit
mechanical test results with an accept-
Class I, I-L and II-L pressure vessels, as
ed material specification.
defined in parts 54 and 56 of this sub-
(3) Identify the industry standard, if
chapter for shop inspection at such
any, to which the component is manu-
stages of fabrication as may be re-
factured.
quested by the Officer in Charge, Ma-
(4) Submit a description of non-
rine Inspection.
destructive testing performed on the
component. [CGD 95–012, 60 FR 48049, Sept. 18, 1995]
(5) Submit a description of the mark-
§ 50.30–15 Class II pressure vessels.
ing applied to the component.

(6) Submit information showing com- (a) Class II pressure vessels shall be
pliance with the requirements of part subject to shop inspections at the plant
108
Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security Pt. 52
where they are being fabricated, as or 52.01–2 Adoption of section I of the ASME
when determined necessary by the Offi- Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.
cer in Charge, Marine Inspection. The 52.01–3 Definitions of terms used in this
part.
inspections described in this section 52.01–5 Plans.
are required, unless specifically ex- 52.01–10 Automatic controls.
empted by other regulations in this 52.01–35 Auxiliary, donkey, fired thermal
subchapter. fluid heater, and heating boilers.
(b) The first inspection of Class II 52.01–40 Materials and workmanship.
welded pressure vessels shall be per- 52.01–50 Fusible plugs (modifies A–19
through A–21).
formed during the welding of the longi- 52.01–55 Increase in maximum allowable
tudinal joint. At this time the marine working pressure.
inspector shall check the material and 52.01–90 Materials (modifies PG–5 through
fit-up of the work, and ascertain that PG–13).
only welders who have passed the re- 52.01–95 Design (modifies PG–16 through
quired tests are employed. PG–31 and PG–100).
52.01–100 Openings and compensation (modi-
(c) A second inspection of Class II
fies PG–32 through PG–39, PG–42 through
welded pressure vessels shall be made PG–55).
during the welding of the circumferen- 52.01–105 Piping, valves and fittings (modi-
tial joints. At this time the marine in- fies PG–58 and PG–59).
spector shall check any new material 52.01–110 Water-level indicators, water col-
being used which may not have been umns, gauge-glass connections, gauge
examined at the time of the first in- cocks, and pressure gauges (modifies PG–
spection, also the fit-up of the vessel at 60).
52.01–115 Feedwater supply (modifies PG–
this stage of fabrication, and in addi-
61).
tion, observe the welding and ascertain 52.01–120 Safety valves and safety relief
that only welders who have passed the valves (modifies PG–67 through PG–73).
required tests are employed. 52.01–130 Installation.
52.01–135 Inspection and tests (modifies PG–
§ 50.30–20 Class III pressure vessels. 90 through PG–100).
52.01–140 Certification by stamping (modi-
(a) Class III pressure vessels shall be fies PG–104 through PG–113).
subject to shop inspection at the plant 52.01–145 Manufacturers’ data report forms
where they are being fabricated, as or (modifies PG–112 and PG–113).
when determined necessary by the Offi-
cer in Charge, Marine Inspection. The Subpart 52.05—Requirements for Boilers
inspection described in this section is Fabricated by Welding
required, unless specifically exempted 52.05–1 General (modifies PW–1 through PW–
by other regulations in this sub- 54).
chapter. 52.05–15 Heat treatment (modifies PW–10).
(b) For Class III welded pressure ves- 52.05–20 Radiographic and ultrasonic exam-
sels, one inspection shall be made dur- ination (modifies PW–11 and PW–41.1).
ing the welding of the longitudinal 52.05–30 Minimum requirements for attach-
joint. If there is no longitudinal joint, ment welds (modifies PW–16).
52.05–45 Circumferential joints in pipes,
the inspection shall be made during the
tubes and headers (modifies PW–41).
welding of a circumferential joint. At
this time the marine inspector shall Subpart 52.15—Requirements for
check the material and fit-up of the Watertube Boilers
work and see that only welders who
have passed the required tests are em- 52.15–1 General (modifies PWT–1 through
ployed. PWT–15).
52.15–5 Tube connections (modifies PWT–9
and PWT–11).
PART 51 [RESERVED]
Subpart 52.20—Requirements for Firetube
PART 52—POWER BOILERS Boilers
52.20–1 General (modifies PFT–1 through
Subpart 52.01—General Requirements PFT–49).
52.20–17 Opening between boiler and safety

Sec. valve (modifies PFT–44).
52.01–1 Incorporation by reference. 52.20–25 Setting (modifies PFT–46).
109
§ 52.01–1 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
Subpart 52.25—Other Boiler Types 52.01–135; 52.01–140; 52.01–145; 52.05–1;

52.05–15; 52.05–20; 52.05–30; 52.05–45; 52.15–
52.25–1 General.
52.25–3 Feedwater heaters (modifies PFH–1).
1; 52.15–5; 52.20–1; 52.20–25; 52.25–3; 52.25–
52.25–5 Miniature boiler (modifies PMB–1 5; 52.25–7; and 52.25–10.
through PMB–21). (2) 1998 ASME Boiler and Pressure
52.25–7 Electric boilers (modifies PEB–1 Vessel Code, Section II, Part A—Fer-
through PEB–19). rous Material Specifications and Part
52.25–10 Organic fluid vaporizer generators B—Nonferrous Material Specifications
(modifies PVG–1 through PVG–12). (1998) (‘‘Section II of the ASME Boiler
52.25–15 Fired thermal fluid heaters.
52.25–20 Exhaust gas boilers.
and Pressure Vessel Code’’), 52.01–90.
(3) [Reserved]
AUTHORITY: 46 U.S.C. 3306, 3307, 3703; E.O.
12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; [USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65160, Oct. 31, 2008,
Department of Homeland Security Delega- as amended by USCG–2009–0702, 74 FR 49228,
tion No. 0170.1. Sept. 25, 2009; USCG–2012–0832, 77 FR 59777,
Oct. 1, 2012; USCG–2013–0671, 78 FR 60147,
SOURCE: CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, Sept. 30, 2013]
1968, unless otherwise noted.
§ 52.01–2 Adoption of section I of the
Subpart 52.01—General ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel
Code.
Requirements
(a) Main power boilers and auxiliary
§ 52.01–1 Incorporation by reference. boilers shall be designed, constructed,
(a) Certain material is incorporated inspected, tested, and stamped in ac-
by reference into this part with the ap- cordance with section I of the ASME
proval of the Director of the Federal Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (incor-
Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 porated by reference; see 46 CFR 52.01–
CFR part 51. To enforce any edition 1), as limited, modified, or replaced by
other than that specified in this sec- specific requirements in this part. The
tion, the Coast Guard must publish no- provisions in the appendix to section I
tice of change in the FEDERAL REG- of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Ves-
ISTER and the material must be avail- sel Code are adopted and shall be fol-
able to the public. All approved mate- lowed when the requirements in sec-
rial is available for inspection at the tion I make them mandatory. For gen-
National Archives and Records Admin- eral information, table 52.01–1(a) lists
istration (NARA). For information on the various paragraphs in section I of
the availability of this material at the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel
NARA, call 202–741–6030 or go to http:// Code that are limited, modified, or re-
www.archives.gov/federal_register/ placed by regulations in this part.
code_of_federal_regulations/
TABLE 52.01–1(a)—LIMITATIONS AND MODIFICA-
ibr_locations.html. The material is also
TIONS IN THE ADOPTION OF SECTION I OF THE
available for inspection at the Coast
ASME CODE
Guard Headquarters. Contact Com-
mandant (CG–ENG), Attn: Office of De- Paragraphs in section I, ASME Code1 Unit of this part
sign and Engineering Systems, U.S. and disposition
Coast Guard Stop 7509, 2703 Martin Lu- PG–1 replaced by ..................................... 54.01–5(a)
ther King Jr. Avenue SE., Washington, PG–5 through PG–13 modified by ........... 52.01–90
DC 20593–7509. The material is also PG–16 through PG–31 modified by ......... 52.01–95
PG–32 through PG–39 modified by ......... 52.01–100
available from the sources listed in PG–42 through PG–55 modified by ......... 52.01–100
paragraph (b) of this section. PG–58 and PG–59 modified by ............... 52.01–105
(b) American Society of Mechanical En- PG–60 modified by ................................... 52.01–110
PG–61 modified by ................................... 52.01–115
gineers (ASME) International, Three (56.50–30)
Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016–5990: PG–67 through PG–73 modified by ......... 52.01–120
(1) 2001 ASME Boiler and Pressure PG–90 through PG–100 modified by ....... 52.01–135
(52.01–95)
Vessel Code, Section I, Rules for Con- PG–91 modified by ................................... 52.01–135(b)
struction of Power Boilers (July 1, 2001) PG–99 modified by ................................... 52.01–135(c)
(‘‘Section I of the ASME Boiler and PG–100 modified by ................................. 52.01–95(e)
PG–104 through PG–113 modified by ..... 52.01–140(a)

Pressure Vessel Code’’), 52.01–2; 52.01–5; PG–112 and PG–113 modified by ........... 52.01–145
52.01–50; 52.01–90; 52.01–95; 52.01–100; PW–1 through PW–54 modified by .......... 52.05–1
52.01–105; 52.01–110; 52.01–115; 52.01–120; PW–10 modified by .................................. 52.05–15
110
TABLE 52.01–1(a)—LIMITATIONS AND MODIFICA- (2) Auxiliary or donkey boiler. An aux-

TIONS IN THE ADOPTION OF SECTION I OF THE iliary or donkey boiler is a steam boil-
ASME CODE—Continued er used for all purposes, including
emergency propulsion, for which steam
Paragraphs in section I, ASME Code1 Unit of this part may be required other than main pro-
and disposition
pulsion.
PW–11.1 modified by ............................... 52.05–20
PW–16 modified by .................................. 52.05–30 (3) Watertube boiler. A watertube boil-
PW–41 modified by .................................. 52.05–20, 52.05– er is a steam boiler in which the boiler
45 tubes contain water and steam. The
PWT–1 through PWT–15 modified by ...... 52.15–1
PWT–9 modified by .................................. 52.15–5 heat is applied to the outside surface of
PWT–9.2 replaced by ............................... 52.15–5(b) the tubes.
PWT–11 modified by ................................ 52.15–5 (4) Internally fired firetube boiler
PWT–11.3 replaced by ............................. 52.15–5(b)
PFT–1 through PFT–49 modified by ........ 52.20–1 (scotch boiler). An internally fired
PFT–44 modified by ................................. 52.20–17 firetube boiler is a steam boiler con-
PFT–46. modified by ................................ 52.20–25 taining furnaces, one or more combus-
PFH–1 modified by ................................... 52.25–3
PMB–1 through PMB–21 modified by ...... 52.25–5 tion chambers and tubes or flues,
PEB–1 through PEB–19 modified by ....... 52.25–7 which are surrounded by water and
PVG–1 through PVG–12 modified by ...... 52.25–10 through which the products of combus-
A–19 through A–21 modified by ............... 52.01–50
tion pass from the furnace to the up-
1 The references to specific provisions in the ASME Code
are coded. The first letter ‘‘P’’ refers to section I, while the let- take. In such boilers no part of the
ter ‘‘A’’ refers to the appendix to section I. The letter or letters shell is in contact with the fire or prod-
following ‘‘P’’ refer to a specific subsection of section I. The
number following the letter or letters refers to the paragraph ucts of combustion.
so numbered in the text. (5) Externally fired firetube or flue boil-
(b) References to the ASME Code, er (horizontal return tubular). An exter-
such as paragraph PG–1, indicate: nally fired firetube or flue boiler is a
steam boiler, part of the outer shell of
P = Section I, Power Boilers ASME Code. which is exposed to fire or to the prod-
G = Subsection—General.
1 = Paragraph 1. ucts of combustion, and containing
flues through which such products pass
(c) When a section or paragraph of from the furnace to the uptake.
the regulations in this part relates to (6) High temperature water boiler. A
material in section I of the ASME high temperature water boiler is a boil-
Code, the relationship with the code er containing water at a temperature
will be shown immediately following exceeding 250 °F.
the heading of the section or at the be-
(7) Packaged boiler. A packaged boiler
ginning of the paragraph as follows:
is a steam boiler equipped, and shipped
(1) (Modifies P ______.) This indicates
complete with fuel burning equipment,
that the material in P ______ is gen-
mechanical draft equipment, feed
erally applicable but is being altered,
water apparatus and all necessary con-
amplified or augmented.
trols for manual or automatic oper-
(2) (Replaces P ______.) This indicates
that P ______ does not apply. ation, all completely mounted on a
(3) (Reproduces P ______.) This indi- common base and requiring only to be
cates that P ______ is being identically connected to fuel, water and electric
reproduced for convenience, not for supplies to be ready for use.
emphasis. (8) Fired steam boiler. A pressure ves-
sel in which steam is generated by the
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as application of heat resulting from the
amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9975, June 17, combustion of fuel is classed as a fired
1970; CGD 81–79, 50 FR 9431, Mar. 8, 1985. Re-
designated and amended by CGD 88–032, 56
steam boiler.
FR 35821, July 29, 1991; USCG–2003–16630, 73 (9) Unfired steam boiler. A pressure
FR 65160, Oct. 31, 2008] vessel in which steam is generated by
means other than fuel combustion is
§ 52.01–3 Definitions of terms used in classed as an unfired steam boiler. (See
this part. § 54.01–10 of this subchapter.)
(a) Types of boilers—(1) Main power (10) Hybrid boiler. A hybrid boiler is a
boiler. A main power boiler is a steam steam boiler whose design employs fea-
boiler used for generating steam for tures from both watertube and firetube
main propulsion. boilers.
111
§ 52.01–3 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
(b) Parts of boilers—(1) Shell. The shell tially for additional strength and to
is the structure forming the outer en- provide for expansion.
velope of a boiler drum, or pressure (ii) Plain furnace. A plain furnace is a
vessel consisting of one or more plates cylindrical shell usually made in sec-
properly joined (or of seamless con- tions joined by means of riveting or
struction) as specified in this part. welding.
This does not include tube sheets or (10) Combustion chamber. A combus-
heads. tion chamber is that part of an inter-
(2) Heads. The heads are the ends of a nally fired boiler in which combustible
boiler or pressure vessel. They may be gases may be burned after leaving the
flat or dished, stayed or unstayed. furnace.
(i) Dished heads. Dished heads are (i) Separate combustion chamber. A
heads formed to a segment of a sphere separate combustion chamber is a com-
or to a hemispherical or elliptical sec- bustion chamber which is connected to
tion and may be attached to the shell one furnace only.
so that the pressure will be either on (ii) Common combustion chamber. A
the concave or on the convex side. common combustion chamber is a com-
(ii) Stayed heads. Stayed heads are bustion chamber connected to two or
heads supported in whole or in part by more furnaces in a boiler.
stays, furnaces, flues, tubes, etc. (iii) Crown or top plate. A crown or
(3) Water wall. A water wall is a series top plate is the top of a combustion
of tubes or elements spaced along or in- chamber and is usually supported by
tegral with a wall of a furnace to pro- girder stays or by sling stays or braces.
tect the wall and provide additional
(iv) Curved bottom plate. A curved bot-
heating surface.
tom plate is the bottom of a separate
(4) Header. A header is a hollow forg-
combustion chamber formed to an arc
ing, pipe, or welded plate of cylin-
of a circle and usually designed to be
drical, square, or rectangular cross sec-
self-supporting.
tion, serving as a manifold to which
tubes are connected. (v) Combustion chamber tube sheet. A
(5) Superheater. A superheater is an combustion chamber tube sheet is the
appliance for the purpose of increasing plate forming the end of a combustion
the temperature of steam. chamber in which the tubes are se-
(6) Economizer. An economizer is a cured.
feed-water heater usually located in (vi) Combustion chamber back sheet. A
the uptake or casing of a boiler to ab- combustion chamber back sheet is the
sorb heat from the waste gases. plate opposite the tube sheet forming
(7) Domes. Domes are superstructures the back of the combustion chamber. It
of shells, attached by riveting, bolting, is usually stayed to the back head of
or welding. They generally consist of a the boiler by means of screw staybolts,
cylindrical shell with one end flanged or, in the case of double-ended boilers,
for attachment to the main shell and to the back of the combustion chamber
the other end closed by a head which of the other end of the boiler.
may be integral with, riveted, or weld- (11) Flues. Flues are cylindrical shells
ed to the shell. made of seamless or welded tubing, or
(8) Steam chimneys. Steam chimneys with a riveted longitudinal joint, the
are superstructures of steam boilers ends being attached by riveting or
which are fitted with a lining inside of welding. Their purpose is to provide ad-
which the products of combustion pass ditional heating surface and to form a
to the smokestack. They may be con- path for the products of combustion.
structed in the form of a dome integral (12) Tubes. Tubes are cylindrical
with the boiler or as independent shells of comparatively small diameter
steam vessels connected by piping to constituting the main part of the heat-
the boiler. ing surface of a boiler or superheater.
(9) Furnace. A furnace is a firebox or (i) Seamless tube. A seamless tube is a
a large flue in which the fuel is burned. tube without any longitudinal joint.
(i) Corrugated furnace. A corrugated (ii) Electric-resistance-welded tube. An

furnace is a cylindrical shell wherein electric-resistance-welded tube is a
corrugations are formed circumferen- tube the longitudinal joint of which is
112
made by the electric-resistance butt being riveted over or fitted with nuts
welding process. or welded collars. (See Figure 52.01–
(iii) Stay tube. A stay tube is a 3(c).)
thickwalled tube, the end of which is (6) Flexible staybolt. A flexible
usually thickened by upsetting to com- staybolt is a bar made with ball-and-
pensate for threading. Such tubes are socket joint on one end, the cup of the
used for staying tube sheets into which socket being screwed into the outside
they are screwed and expanded. sheet and covered with a removable
(13) Tube sheet. A tube sheet is a por- cap, the plain end of the staybolt being
tion of a boiler drum, or header per- threaded, screwed through the inside
forated for the insertion of tubes. sheet and riveted over. (See Figure
(14) Ligament. The ligament is the 52.01–3(d).)
section of metal between the holes in a (7) Sling stay. A sling stay is a flexible
tube sheet. stay consisting of a solid bar having
(i) Longitudinal ligament. A longitu- one or both ends forged for a pin con-
dinal ligament is the minimum section nection to a crowfoot or other struc-
of metal between two tube holes on a tural fitting secured to the stayed
line parallel with the axis of the drum. plate. (See Figure 52.01–3(e).)
(ii) Circumferential ligament. A cir- (8) Crowfoot. A crowfoot is a forged
cumferential ligament is the minimum fitting with palms or lugs secured to
section of metal between two tube
the head to form a proper connection
holes on a line around the circum-
with a sling stay. (See Figure 52.01–
ference of the drum.
3(f).)
(iii) Diagonal ligament. A diagonal lig-
(9) Crowfoot stay. A crowfoot stay is a
ament is the minimum section of
solid bar stay terminating in a forged
metal between two tube holes in adja-
fork with palms or lugs for attachment
cent rows, measured diagonally from
to the plate. (See Figure 52.01–3(g).)
one row to the other.
(c) Stays and supports—(1) Surfaces to (10) Diagonal stay. A diagonal stay is
be stayed. Surfaces to be stayed or rein- a bar or formed plate forged with palms
forced include flat plates, heads, or or lugs for staying the head of the boil-
areas thereof, such as segments of er to the shell diagonally. (See Figure
heads, wrapper sheets, furnace plates, 52.01–3(h).)
side sheets, combustion chamber tops, (11) Gusset stay. A gusset stay is a tri-
etc., which are not self-supporting; and angular plate used for the same pur-
curved plates, constituting the whole pose as a diagonal stay and attached to
or parts of a cylinder subject to exter- the head and the shell by angles,
nal pressure, which are not entirely flanges, or other suitable means of at-
self-supporting. tachment. (See Figure 52.01–3(i).)
(2) Through stay. A through stay is a (12) Dog stay. A dog stay is a staybolt,
solid bar extending through both heads one end of which extends through a
of a boiler and threaded at the ends for girder, dog, or bridge, and is secured by
attachment by means of nuts. With a nut, the other end being screwed
this type of stay the ends are usually through the plate which it is sup-
upset to compensate for the threading. porting and riveted over or fitted with
(See Figure 52.01–3(a).) a nut or welded collar. (See Figure
(3) Solid screw staybolt. A solid screw 52.01–3(j).)
staybolt is a threaded bar screwed (13) Girder. A girder is a bridge, built
through the plates, the ends being riv- up of plates of structural shapes sepa-
eted over or fitted with nuts or welded rated by distance pieces, a forging, or a
collars. (See Figure 52.01–3(b).) formed plate, which spans an area re-
(4) Welded collar. A welded collar is a quiring support, abutting thereon and
beveled ring formed around the end of supporting the girder stays or
a screw stay by means of arc- or gas- staybolts. (See Figure 52.01–3(k).)
welding. It is used in lieu of a nut. (See (14) Structural stiffeners. Structural
Figure 52.01–3(1).) stiffeners are rolled shapes or flanged
(5) Hollow screw staybolt. A hollow plates which are used to stiffen a sur-
screw staybolt is a hollow threaded bar face which is not entirely self-sup-
screwed through the plate, the ends porting.
113
§ 52.01–3 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
(15) Reinforcement. A reinforcement is tion to the increase in pressure over

a doubling plate, washer, structural the opening pressure.
shape, or other form for stiffening or (iii) Safety relief valve. A safety relief
strengthening a plate. valve is a pressure relief valve charac-
(d) Pressure relief devices. For boilers, terized by rapid opening or pop action,
pressure vessels, and pressure piping, a or by opening in proportion to the in-
pressure relief device is designed to crease in pressure over the opening
open to prevent a rise of internal fluid pressure, depending on application.
pressure in excess of a specified value (A) Conventional safety relief valve. A
due to exposure to emergency or abnor- conventional safety relief valve has its
mal conditions. It may also be designed spring housing vented to the discharge
to prevent excessive internal vacuum. side of the valve. The performance
It may be a pressure relief valve, a characteristics (opening pressure, clos-
nonreclosing pressure relief device or a ing pressure, lift and relieving capac-
vacuum relief valve. ity) are directly affected by changes of
(1) Pressure relief valve. A pressure re- the back pressure on the valve.
lief valve is a pressure relief device (B) Balanced safety relief valve. A bal-
which is designed to reclose and pre- anced safety relief valve incorporates
vent the further flow of fluid after nor- means of minimizing the effect of back
mal conditions have been restored. pressure on the operational character-
istics (opening pressure, closing pres-
(i) Safety valve. A safety valve is a
sure, lift and relieving capacity).
pressure relief valve actuated by inlet
(C) Internal spring safety relief valve.
static pressure and characterized by
An internal spring safety relief valve
rapid opening or pop action. Examples
incorporates the spring and all or part
of types used on boilers include:
of the operating mechanism within the
(A) Spring-loaded safety valve. A pressure vessel.
spring-loaded safety valve is a safety (iv) Pilot operated pressure relief valve.
valve fitted with a spring which nor- A pilot operated pressure relief valve is
mally holds the valve disk in a closed a pressure relief valve in which the
position against the seat and allows it major relieving device is combined
to open or close at predetermined pres- with and is controlled by a self-actu-
sures. Spring-loaded safety valves are ated auxiliary pressure relief valve.
characterized by pop action. (v) Power actuated relief valve. A
(B) Pressure loaded pilot actuated safe- power actuated pressure relief valve is
ty valve. A pressure loaded pilot actu- a pressure relief valve in which the
ated safety valve is one which is held major relieving device is combined
in a closed position by steam pressure with and controlled by a device requir-
and controlled in operation by a pilot ing an external source of energy.
actuator valve. (vi) Temperature actuated pressure re-
(C) Spring loaded pilot actuated safety lief valve. A temperature actuated pres-
valve. A spring loaded, pilot actuated sure relief valve is a pressure relief
safety valve is one in which a spring is valve. A spring loaded, pilot actuated
used in the conventional way to hold internal temperature.
the disk against the seat, but which (2) Nonreclosing pressure relief device.
has a piston attached to the spindle A nonreclosing pressure relief device is
and enclosed within a cylinder, which a pressure relief device not designed to
when subjected to a limiting or set reclose after operation.
pressure, unbalances the spring load (i) Rupture disk device. A rupture disk
thereby opening the valve. device is a device actuated by inlet
(D) Spring loaded pilot valve. A spring static pressure and designed to func-
loaded pilot valve is a conventional tion by the bursting of a pressure re-
safety valve designed to actuate an- taining disk.
other spring loaded safety valve (ii) Explosion rupture disk device. An
through a pressure transmitting line explosion rupture disk device is a rup-
led from the body of the pilot valve. ture disk device designed for use at
(ii) Relief valve. A relief valve is a high rates of pressure rise.

pressure relief valve actuated by inlet (iii) Breaking pin device. A breaking
static pressure which opens in propor- pin device is a device actuated by inlet
114
static pressure and designed to func- (9) Test cocks. Test cocks are small
tion by the breakage of a load carrying cocks on a boiler for indicating the
section of a pin which supports a pres- water level.
sure retaining member. (10) Salinometer cocks. Salinometer
(iv) Shear pin device. A shear pin de- cocks are cocks attached to a boiler for
vice is a device actuated by inlet static the purpose of drawing off a sample of
pressure and designed to function by water for salinity tests.
the shearing of a load carrying pin (11) Fusible plugs. Fusible plugs are
which supports the pressure retaining plugs made with a bronze casing and a
member. tin filling which melts at a tempera-
(v) Fusible plug device. A fusible plug ture of 445° to 450 °F. They are intended
device is a device designed to function to melt in the event of low water and
by the yielding or melting of a plug of thus warn the engineer on watch.
suitable melting temperature. (f) Boiler fabrication—(1) Repair. Re-
(vi) Frangible disk device. A frangible pair is the restoration of any damaged
disk device is the same as a rupture or impaired part to an effective and
disk device. safe condition.
(vii) Bursting disk device. A bursting (2) Alteration. Alteration is a struc-
disk device is the same as a rupture tural modification to or departure from
disk device. an approved design or existing con-
(3) Vacuum relief valve. A vacuum re- struction.
lief valve is a valve designed to admit (3) Expanding. Expanding is the proc-
fluid to prevent an excessive internal ess of enlarging the end of a tube to
vacuum. make it fit tightly in the tube sheet.
(4) Beading. Beading is the process of
(e) Other boiler attachments—(1)
turning over the protruding end of a
Mountings. Mountings are nozzle con-
tube after expanding to form a sup-
nections, distance pieces, valves, or fit-
porting collar for the tube sheet.
tings attached directly to the boiler.
(5) Bell-mouthing. Bell-mouthing is
(2) Main steam stop valve. A main
the process of flaring the end of a tube
steam stop valve is a valve usually con-
beyond where it is expanded in the tube
nected directly to the boiler for the
sheet.
purpose of shutting off the steam from
(6) Telltale hole. A telltale hole is a
the main steam line.
small hole having a diameter not less
(3) Auxiliary steam stop valve. An aux- than three-sixteenths inch drilled in
iliary steam stop valve is a valve usu- the center of a solid stay, and extend-
ally connected directly to the boiler ing to at least one-half inch beyond the
for the purpose of shutting off the inside surface of the sheet.
steam from the auxiliary lines (includ- (7) Access or inspection openings. Ac-
ing the whistle lines). cess or inspection openings are holes
(4) Manifold. A manifold is a fitting cut in the shells or heads of boilers or
with two or more branches having boiler pressure part for the purpose of
valves either attached by bolting or in- inspection and cleaning.
tegral with the fitting. (8) Openings. Openings are holes cut
(5) Feed valve. A feed valve is a valve in shells or heads of boilers or boiler
in the feed-water line which controls pressure parts for the purpose of con-
the boiler feed. necting nozzles, domes, steam chim-
(6) Blowoff valve. A blowoff valve is a neys, or mountings.
valve connected directly to the boiler (g) Pressure. The term pressure is an
for the purpose of blowing out water, abbreviation of the more explicit ex-
scum or sediment. pression ‘‘difference in pressure inten-
(7) Dry pipe. A dry pipe is a per- sity.’’ It is measured in terms such as
forated or slotted pipe placed in the pounds per square inch (p.s.i.).
highest part of the steam space of a (1) Gage (or gauge) pressure. Gage
boiler to prevent priming. pressure is the difference between the
(8) Water column. A water column is a pressure at the point being measured
fitting or tube equipped with a water and the ambient pressure for the gage.
glass attached to a boiler for the pur- It is measured in units such as pounds
pose of indicating the water level. per square inch gage (p.s.i.g.).
115
§ 52.01–5 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
(2) Absolute pressure. Absolute pres- (4) External pressure. External pres-
sure is the difference between the pressure refers to a situation where the
sure at the point being measured and pressure outside exceeds that inside
that of a perfect vacuum. It is meas- the volume being described.
ured in units such as pounds per square (5) Maximum allowable working pres-
inch absolute (p.s.i.a.). sure. For a definition of maximum al-
(3) Internal pressure. Internal pressure lowable working pressure, see § 54.10–5
refers to a situation where the pressure of this subchapter.
inside exceeds that outside the volume
being described.
FIGURE 52.01–3—ACCEPTABLE TYPES OF BOILER STAYS
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as § 52.01–5 Plans.


1970; CGD 81–79, 50 FR 9431, Mar. 8, 1985; CGD (a) Manufacturers intending to fab-
83–043, 60 FR 24772, May 10, 1995] ricate boilers to be installed on vessels
116
EC01FE91.019
shall submit detailed plans as required § 52.01–35 Auxiliary, donkey, fired

by subpart 50.20 of this subchapter. The thermal fluid heater, and heating
plans, including design calculations, boilers.
must be certified by a registered pro- (a) To determine the appropriate part
fessional engineer as meeting the de- of the regulations where requirements
sign requirements in this part and in for miscellaneous boiler types, such as
section I of the ASME Boiler and Pres- donkey, fired thermal fluid heater,
sure Vessel Code (incorporated by ref- heating boiler, etc., may be found, refer
erence; see 46 CFR 52.01–1). to table 54.01–5(a) of this subchapter.
(b) The following information must (b) Fired vessels in which steam is
be included: generated at pressures exceeding 103
(1) Calculations for all pressure con- kPa gage (15 psig) shall meet the re-
tainment components including the quirements of this part.
maximum allowable working pressure
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as
and temperature, the hydrostatic or amended by CGD 81–79, 50 FR 9432, Mar. 8,
pneumatic test pressure, the maximum 1985]
steam generating capacity and the in-
tended safety valve settings. § 52.01–40 Materials and workmanship.
(2) Joint design and methods of at- All materials to be used in any of the
tachment of all pressure containment work specified in the various sections
components. of this part shall be free from injurious
(3) A bill of material meeting the re- defects and shall have a workmanlike
quirements of section I of the ASME finish. The construction work shall be
Code, as modified by this subpart. executed in a workmanlike manner
(4) A diagrammatic arrangement with proper tools or equipment and
drawing of the assembled unit indi- shall be free from defects which would
cating the location of internal and ex- impair strength or durability.
ternal components including any inter-
connecting piping. § 52.01–50 Fusible plugs (modifies A–19
through A–21).
(Approved by the Office of Management and
Budget under control number 1625–0097) (a) All boilers, except watertube boil-
ers, with a maximum allowable work-
[CGD 81–79, 50 FR 9432, Mar. 8, 1985, as ing pressure in excess of 206 kPa gauge
amended by USCG–2006–25697, 71 FR 55746, (30 psig), if fired with solid fuel not in
Sept. 25, 2006; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65160, suspension, or if not equipped for unat-
Oct. 31, 2008]
tended waterbed operation, must be
§ 52.01–10 Automatic controls. fitted with fusible plugs. Fusible plugs
must comply with only the require-
(a) Each main boiler must meet the ments of A19 and A20 of section I of the
special requirements for automatic ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code
safety controls in § 62.35–20(a)(1) of this (incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR
chapter. 52.01–1) and be stamped on the casing
(b) Each automatically controlled with the name of the manufacturer,
auxiliary boiler having a heat input and on the water end of the fusible
rating of less than 12,500,000 Btu/hr. metal ‘‘ASME Std.’’ Fusible plugs are
(3.66 megawatts) must meet the re- not permitted where the maximum
quirements of part 63 of this chapter. steam temperature to which they are
(c) Each automatically controlled exposed exceeds 218 °C (425 °F).
auxiliary boiler with a heat input rat- (b) Vertical boilers shall be fitted
ing of 12,500,000 Btu/hr. (3.66 with one fusible plug located in a tube
megawatts) or above, must meet the not more than 2 inches below the low-
requirements for automatic safety con- est gage cock.
trols in part 62 of this chapter. (c) Externally fired cylindrical boil-
ers with flues shall have one plug fitted
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as
to the shell immediately below the fire

amended by CGD 81–030, 53 FR 17837, May 18, line not less than 4 feet from the front
1988; CGD 88–057, 55 FR 24236, June 15, 1990]
end.
117
§ 52.01–55 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
(d) Firebox, Scotch, and other types cation and no marine inspector is in at-
of shell boilers not specifically pro- tendance, the Chief Engineer shall sub-
vided for, having a combustion cham- mit a written report to the Officer in
ber common to all furnaces, shall have Charge, Marine Inspection, who issued
one plug fitted at or near the center of the certificate of inspection informing
the crown sheet of the combustion him of the renewal. This letter report
chamber. shall contain the following informa-
(e) Double-ended boilers, having indi- tion:
vidual combustion chambers for each (i) Name and official number of ves-
end, in which combustion chambers are sel.
common to all the furnaces in one end (ii) Date of renewal of fusible plugs.
of the boiler, shall have one plug fitted (iii) Number and location of fusible
at or near the center of the crown plugs renewed in each boiler.
sheet of each combustion chamber. (iv) Manufacturer and heat number of
(f) Boilers constructed with a sepa- each plug.
rate combustion chamber for each indi- (v) Reason for renewal.
vidual furnace shall be fitted with a fu- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as
sible plug in the center of the crown amended by CGD 81–79, 50 FR 9432, Mar. 8,
sheet of each combustion chamber. 1985; USCG–1999–4976, 65 FR 6500, Feb. 9, 2000;
(g) Boilers of types not provided for USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65160, Oct. 31, 2008]
in this section shall be fitted with at
least one fusible plug of such dimen- § 52.01–55 Increase in maximum allow-
sions and located in a part of the boiler able working pressure.
as will best meet the purposes for (a) When the maximum allowable
which it is intended. working pressure of a boiler has been
(h) Fusible plugs shall be so fitted established, an increase in the pressure
that the smaller end of the filling is in settings of its safety valves shall not
direct contact with the radiant heat of be granted unless the boiler design
the fire, and shall be at least 1 inch meets the requirements of this sub-
higher on the water side than the plate chapter in effect at the time the boiler
or flue in which they are fitted, and in was contracted for or built; but in no
no case more than 1 inch below the case will a pressure increase be author-
lowest permissible water level. ized for boilers constructed prior to the
(i) The lowest permissible water level effective date of the regulations dated
shall be determined as follows: November 19, 1952, if the minimum
(1) Vertical firetube boilers, one-half thickness found by measurement shows
of the length of the tubes above the that the boiler will have a factor of
lower tube sheets. safety of less than 41⁄2. The piping sys-
(2) Vertical submerged tube boilers 1 tem, machinery, and appurtenances
inch above the upper tube sheet. shall meet the present requirements of
(3) Internally fired firetube boilers this subchapter for the maximum al-
with combustion chambers integral lowable working pressure requested.
with the boiler, 2 inches above the An increase in pressure shall be grant-
highest part of the combustion cham- ed only by the Commandant upon pres-
ber. entation of data or plans proving that
(4) Horizontal-return tubular and dry the requested increase in pressure is
back Scotch boilers, 2 inches above the justified.
top row of tubes. (b) When an existing boiler is re-
(j) [Reserved] placed by a new boiler designed to op-
(k)(1) Fusible plugs shall be cleaned erate at pressures in excess of the pres-
and will be examined by the marine insure indicated on the certificate of in-
spector at each inspection for certifi- spection for the previous boiler, an
cation, periodic inspection, and oftener analysis of the complete system shall
if necessary. If in the marine inspec- be made, including machinery and pip-
tor’s opinion the condition of any plug ing, to insure its compatibility with
is satisfactory, it may be continued in the increased steam pressure. The max-
use. imum allowable working pressure on

(2) When fusible plugs are renewed at the certificate of inspection shall be
other than the inspection for certifi- based on the results of this analysis.
118
§ 52.01–90 Materials (modifies PG–5 Controls need not be provided if the op-
through PG–13). erating superheater characteristic is
(a) Material subject to stress due to demonstrated to be such that the tem-
pressure must conform to specifica- perature limits of the material will not
tions as indicated in paragraphs PG–5 be exceeded. Visible and audible alarms
through PG–13 of section I of the indicating excessive superheat shall be
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code provided in any installation in which
(incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR the superheater outlet temperature ex-
52.01–1) except as noted otherwise in ceeds 454 °C (850 °F). The setting of the
this section. excessive superheat alarms must not
(b) Material not fully identified with exceed the maximum allowable tem-
an ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel perature of the superheater outlet,
Code-approved specification may be ac- which may be limited by the boiler de-
cepted as meeting Coast Guard require- sign, the main steam piping design, or
ments providing it satisfies the condi- the temperature limits of other equip-
tions indicated in paragraph PG–10 of ment subjected to the temperature of
section I of the ASME Boiler and Pres- the steam.
sure Vessel Code. (3) Arrangement shall be made for
(c) (Modifies PG–5.) When the max- venting and draining the superheater
imum allowable working pressure (See in order to permit steam circulation
PG–21) exceeds 15 pounds per square through the superheater when starting
inch, cross pipes connecting the steam the boiler.
and water drums of water tube boilers, (c) Economizer. The design pressure of
headers, cross boxes, and all pressure an economizer integral with the boiler
parts of the boiler proper, shall be and connected to the boiler drum with-
made of a wrought or cast steel listed out intervening stop valves shall be at
in tables 1A and 1B of section II of the least equal to 110 percent of the highest
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code setting of the safety valves on the
(incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR drum.
52.01–1). (d) Brazed boiler steam air heaters.
(d) (Modifies PG–8.2.) The use of cast Boiler steam air heaters utilizing
iron is prohibited for mountings, fit- brazed construction are permitted at
tings, valves, or cocks attached di- temperature not exceeding 525 °F.
rectly to boilers operating at pressures Refer to § 56.30–30(b)(1) of this sub-
exceeding 15 pounds per square inch. chapter for applicable requirements.
(e) Stresses. (Modifies PG–22.) The
[USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65161, Oct. 31, 2008] stresses due to hydrostatic head shall
be taken into account in determining
§ 52.01–95 Design (modifies PG–16 the minimum thickness of the shell or
through PG–31 and PG–100). head of any boiler pressure part unless
(a) Requirements. Boilers required to noted otherwise. Additional stresses,
be designed to this part shall meet the imposed by effects other than internal
requirements of PG–16 through PG–31 pressure or static head, which increase
of section I of the ASME Boiler and the average stress over substantial sec-
Pressure Vessel Code (incorporated by tions of the shell or head by more than
reference; see 46 CFR 52.01–1) except as 10 percent of the allowable stress shall
noted otherwise in this section. be taken into account. These effects in-
(b) Superheater. (1) The design pres- clude the weight of the vessel and its
sure of a superheater integral with the contents, method of support, impact
boiler shall not be less than the lowest loads, superimposed loads, localized
setting of the drum safety valve. stresses due to the reactions of sup-
(2) Controls shall be provided to in- ports, stresses due to temperature gra-
sure that the maximum temperature at dients and dynamic effects.
the superheater outlets does not exceed (f) Cylindrical components under inter-
the allowable temperature limit of the nal pressure. (Modifies PG–27.) The min-
material used in the superheater out- imum required thickness and max-
let, in the steam piping, and in the as- imum allowable working pressure of
sociated machinery under all operating boiler piping, tubes, drums and headers
conditions including boiler overload. shall be as required by the formula in
119
§ 52.01–100 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
PG–27 of section I of the ASME Boiler (1) Meet the design conditions and
and Pressure Vessel Code except that criteria in § 56.07–10 of this subchapter,
threaded boiler tubes are not per- except § 56.07–10(b);
mitted. (2) Be included in the pipe stress cal-
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as culations required by § 56.35–1 of this
amended by CGD 81–79, 50 FR 9432, Mar. 8, subchapter;
1985; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65161, Oct. 31, (3) Meet the nondestructive examina-
2008] tion requirements in § 56.95–10 of this
subchapter;
§ 52.01–100 Openings and compensa-
tion (modifies PG–32 through PG– (4) Have butt welding flanges and fit-
39, PG–42 through PG–55). tings when full radiography is required;
(a) The rules for openings and com- and
pensation shall be as indicated in PG– (5) Meet the requirements for thread-
32 through PG–55 of section I of the ed joints in § 56.30–20 of this subchapter.
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (c) Steam stop valves, in sizes ex-
(incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR ceeding 152mm (6 inch) NPS, must be
52.01–1) except as noted otherwise in fitted with bypasses for heating the
this section. line and equalizing the pressure before
(b) (Modifies PG–39.) Pipe and nozzle the valve is opened.
necks shall be attached to vessel walls (d) Feed connections. (1) Feed water
as indicated in PG–39 of section I of the shall not be discharged into a boiler
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code against surfaces exposed to hot gases
except that threaded connections shall or radiant heat of the fire.
not be used under any of the following (2) Feed water nozzles of boilers de-
conditions: signed for pressures of 2758 kPa (400
(1) Pressures greater than 4,137 kPa psi), or over, shall be fitted with
(600 psig); sleeves or other suitable means em-
(2) Nominal diameters greater than ployed to reduce the effects of metal
51 mm (2 in.); or temperature differentials.
(3) Nominal diameters greater than (e) Blowoff connections. (1) Firetube
19 mm (0.75 in.) and pressures above
and drum type boilers shall be fitted
1,034 kPa (150 psig).
with a surface and a bottom blowoff
(c) (Modifies PG–42.) Butt welding
valve or cock attached directly to the
flanges and fittings must be used when
boiler or to a short distance piece. The
full radiography is required by § 56.95–
surface blowoff valve shall be located
10.
within the permissible range of the
[CGD 81–79, 50 FR 9432, Mar. 8, 1985, as water level, or fitted with a scum pan
amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65161, or pipe at this level. The bottom blow-
Oct. 31, 2008]
off valve shall be attached to the low-
§ 52.01–105 Piping, valves and fittings est part of the boiler or fitted with an
(modifies PG–58 and PG–59). internal pipe leading to the lowest
point inside the boiler. Watertube boil-
(a) Boiler external piping within the
ers designed for pressures of 2413 kPa
jurisdiction of the ASME Boiler and
Pressure Vessel Code must be as indi- (350 psig) or over are not required to be
cated in PG–58 and PG–59 of section I of fitted with a surface blowoff valve.
the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Boilers equipped with a continuous
Code (incorporated by reference; see 46 blowdown valve on the steam drum are
CFR 52.01–1) except as noted otherwise not required to be fitted with an addi-
in this section. Piping outside the ju- tional surface blowoff connection.
risdiction of the ASME Boiler and (2) Where blowoff pipes are exposed
Pressure Vessel Code must meet the to radiant heat of the fire, they must
appropriate requirements of part 56 of be protected by fire brick or other suit-
this subchapter. able heat-resisting material.
(b) In addition to the requirements in (f) Dry pipes. Internal dry pipes may
PG–58 and PG–59 of section I of the be fitted to the steam drum outlet pro-
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, vided the dry pipes have a diameter
boiler external piping must: equal to the steam drum outlet and a
120
wall thickness at least equal to stand- section except that float gages may be
ard commercial pipe of the same di- substituted for gage glasses.
ameter. Openings in dry pipes must be (c) Water columns. (Modifies PG–60.2.)
as near as practicable to the drum out- The use of water columns is generally
let and must be slotted or drilled. The limited to firetube boilers. Water col-
width of the slots must not be less than umn installations shall be close hauled
6mm (0.25 in.). The diameter of the to minimize the effect of ship motion
holes must not be less than 10mm (0.375 on water level indication. When water
in.). Where dry pipes are used, they columns are provided they shall be
must be provided with drains at each fitted directly to the heads or shells of
end to prevent an accumulation of boilers or drums by 1 inch minimum
water. size pipes with shutoff valves attached
directly to the boiler or drums, or if
[CGD 81–79, 50 FR 9432, Mar. 8, 1985, as
amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65161, necessary, connected thereto by a dis-
Oct. 31, 2008] tance piece both at the top and bottom
of the water columns. Shutoff valves
§ 52.01–110 Water-level indicators, used in the pipe connections between
water columns, gauge-glass connec- the boiler and water column or be-
tions, gauge cocks, and pressure tween the boiler and the shutoff valves,
gauges (modifies PG–60). required by PG–60.6 of section I of the
(a) Boiler water level devices. Boiler ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code
water level devices shall be as indi- for gauge glasses, shall be locked or
cated in PG–60 of section I of the sealed open. Water column piping shall
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code not be fitted inside the uptake, the
(incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR smoke box, or the casing. Water col-
52.01–1) except as noted otherwise in umns shall be fitted with suitable
this section. drains. Cast iron fittings are not per-
(b) Water level indicators. (Modifies mitted.
PG–60.1.) (1) Each boiler, except those (d) Gage glass connections. (Modifies
of the forced circulation type with no PG–60.3.) Gage glasses and gage cocks
fixed water line and steam line, shall shall be connected directly to the head
have two independent means of indi- or shell of a boiler as indicated in para-
cating the water level in the boiler graph (b)(1) of this section. When water
connected directly to the head or shell. columns are authorized, connections to
One shall be a gage lighted by the the columns may be made provided a
emergency electrical system (See sub- close hauled arrangement is utilized so
part 112.15 of subchapter J (Electrical that the effect of ship roll on the water
Engineering) of this chapter) which level indication is minimized.
will insure illumination of the gages (e) Gage cocks. (Modifies PG–60.4.) (1)
under all normal and emergency condi- When the steam pressure does not ex-
tions. The secondary indicator may ceed 250 pounds per square inch, three
consist of a gage glass, or other accept- test cocks attached directly to the
able device. Where the allowance pres- head or shell of a boiler may serve as
sure exceeds 1724 kPa (250 psi), the gage the secondary water level indicator.
glasses shall be of the flat type instead (2) See paragraph (d) of this section
of the common tubular type. for restrictions on cock connections.
(2) Gage glasses shall be in contin- (f) Pressure gages. (Modifies PG–60.6.)
uous operation while the boiler is Each double-ended boiler shall be fitted
steaming. with two steam gages, one on either
(3) Double-ended firetube boilers end on the boiler.
shall be equipped as specified in this (g) Salinometer cocks. In vessels oper-
paragraph and paragraph (e) of this ating in salt water, each boiler shall be
section except that the required water equipped with a salinometer cock or
level indicators shall be installed on valve which shall be fitted directly to
each end of the boiler. the boiler in a convenient position.
(4) Externally fired flue boilers, such They shall not be attached to the
as are used on central western river water gage or water column.

vessels, shall be equipped as specified (h) High-water-level alarm. Each
in paragraphs (b) (1) through (3) of this watertube boiler for propulsion must
121
§ 52.01–115 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
have an audible and a visible high- (5) In the event the maximum steam
water-level alarm. The alarm indica- generating capacity of the boiler is in-
tors must be located where the boiler is creased by any means, the relieving ca-
controlled. pacity of the safety valves shall be
checked by an inspector, and, if deter-
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as
amended by CGD 81–79, 50 FR 9433, Mar. 8, mined to be necessary, valves of in-
1985; CGD 83–043, 60 FR 24772, May 10, 1995; creased relieving capacity shall be in-
USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65161, Oct. 31, 2008] stalled.
(6) (Modifies PG–67.) Drum safety
§ 52.01–115 Feedwater supply (modifies valves shall be set to relieve at a pres-
PG–61). sure not in excess of that allowed by
Boiler feedwater supply must meet the Certificate of Inspection. Where for
the requirements of PG–61 of section I any reason this is lower than the pres-
of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Ves- sure for which the boiler was originally
sel Code (incorporated by reference; see designed and the revised safety valve
46 CFR 52.01–1) and § 56.50–30 of this sub- capacity cannot be recomputed and
chapter. certified by the valve manufacturer,
one of the tests described in PG–70(3) of
[USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65161, Oct. 31, 2008]
section I of the ASME Boiler and Pres-
§ 52.01–120 Safety valves and safety re- sure Vessel Code shall be conducted in
lief valves (modifies PG–67 through the presence of the Inspector to insure
PG–73). that the relieving capacity is sufficient
(a)(1) Boiler safety valves and safety at the lower pressure.
relief valves must be as indicated in (7) On new installations the safety
PG–67 through PG–73 of section I of the valve nominal size for propulsion boil-
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code ers and superheaters must not be less
(incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR than 38mm (11⁄2 in.) nor more than
52.01–1) except as noted otherwise in 102mm (4 in.). Safety valves 38mm (11⁄2
this section. in.) to 114mm (41⁄2 in.) may be used for
(2) A safety valve must: replacements on existing boilers. The
(i) Be stamped in accordance with safety valve size for auxiliary boilers
PG–110 of section I of the ASME Boiler must be between 19mm (3⁄4 in.) and
and Pressure Vessel Code; 102mm (4 in.) NPS. The nominal size of
(ii) Have its capacity certified by the a safety valve is the nominal diameter
National Board of Boiler and Pressure (as defined in 56.07–5(b)) of the inlet
Vessel Inspectors; opening.
(iii) Have a drain opening tapped for (8) Lever or weighted safety valves
not less than 6mm (1⁄4 in.) NPS; and now installed may be continued in use
(iv) Not have threaded inlets for and may be repaired, but when renew-
valves larger than 51mm (2 in.) NPS. als are necessary, lever or weighted
(3) On river steam vessels whose boil- safety valves shall not be used. All
ers are connected in batteries without such replacements shall conform to the
means of isolating one boiler from an- requirements of this section.
other, each battery of boilers shall be (9) Gags or clamps for holding the
treated as a single boiler and equipped safety valve disk on its seat shall be
with not less than two safety valves of carried on board the vessel at all times.
equal size. (10) (Modifies PG–73.2.) Cast iron may
(4) (Modifies PG–70.) The total rated be used only for caps and lifting bars.
relieving capacity of drum and super- When used for these parts, the elon-
heater safety valves as certified by the gation must be at least 5 percent in
valve manufacturer shall not be less 51mm (2 inch) gage length. Nonmetallic
than the maximum generating capac- material may be used only for gaskets
ity of the boiler which shall be deter- and packing.
mined and certified by the boiler man- (b)(1) (Modifies PG–68.) Superheater
ufacturer. This capacity shall be in safety valves shall be as indicated in
compliance with PG–70 of section I of PG–68 of section I of the ASME Boiler

the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel and Pressure Vessel Code except as
Code. noted otherwise in this paragraph.
122
(2) The setting of the superheater be operated from the fireroom or

safety valve shall not exceed the design engineroom floor.
pressure of the superheater outlet [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as
flange or the main steam piping beyond amended by CGD 81–79, 50 FR 9433, Mar. 8,
the superheater. To prevent damage to 1985; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65161, Oct. 31,
the superheater, the drum safety valve 2008]
shall be set at a pressure not less than
that of the superheater safety valve § 52.01–130 Installation.
setting plus 5 pounds minimum plus (a) Foundations. (1) Plans showing de-
approximately the normal load pres- tails of proposed foundations and sup-
sure drop through the superheater and port for boilers and the proposed means
associated piping, including the con- of bracing boilers in the vessel shall be
trolled desuperheater if fitted. See also submitted for approval to the Officer in
§ 52.01–95(b) (1). Charge, Marine Inspection, in the dis-
(3) Drum pilot actuated superheater trict where the installation is being
safety valves are permitted provided made.
the setting of the pilot valve and super- (2) Provision shall be made in founda-
heater safety valve is such that the tions for expansion of the boilers when
superheater safety valve will open be- heated.
fore the drum safety valve. (3) Boilers shall be provided with
(c)(1) (Modifies PG–71.) Safety valves chocks to prevent movement in the
shall be installed as indicated in PG–71 event of collision unless a bolted or riv-
of section I of the ASME Boiler and eted construction satisfactorily pro-
Pressure Vessel Code except as noted vides for this contingency.
otherwise in this paragraph. (b) Protection of adjacent structure. (1)
(2) The final setting of boiler safety Boilers shall be so placed that all parts
valves shall be checked and adjusted are readily accessible for inspection
under steam pressure and, if possible, and repair.
while the boiler is on the line and the (2) In vessels having a double bottom
steam is at operating temperatures, in or other extensive surfaces directly
the presence of and to the satisfaction below the boiler, the distance between
of a marine inspector who, upon ac- such surface and a boiler shall in no
ceptance, shall seal the valves. This case be less than 18 inches at the low-
regulation applies to both drum and est part.
superheater safety valves of all boilers. (3) In certain types of vessels where
(3) The safety valve body drains re- the boiler foundation forms the ashpit,
quired by PG–71 of section I of the such foundations shall be efficiently
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code ventilated, except in cases where the
shall be run as directly as possible ashpit is partially filled with water at
from the body of each boiler safety all times.
valve, or the drain from each boiler (4) The pans of oil-burning, watertube
safety valve may be led to an inde- boilers shall be arranged to prevent oil
pendent header common only to boiler from leaking into the bilges and shall
safety valve drains. No valves of any be lined with firebrick or other heat re-
type shall be installed in the leakoff sisting material.
from drains or drain headers and they (5) The distance between a boiler and
shall be led to suitable locations to a compartment containing fuel oil
avoid hazard to personnel. shall not be less than 24 inches at the
(d)(1) (Modifies PG–72.) The operation back end of a boiler and 18 inches else-
of safety valves shall be as indicated in where, except that for a cylindrical
PG–72 of section I of the ASME Boiler part of a boiler or a knuckle in the cas-
and Pressure Vessel Code except as ing of a water-tube boiler, these dis-
noted in paragraph (d)(2) of this sec- tances may be reduced to 18 inches,
tion. provided all parts are readily acces-
(2) (Modifies PG–73.) The lifting device sible for inspection and repair.
required by PG–73.1.3 of section I of the (6) All oil-burning boilers shall be
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code provided with oiltight drip pans under
shall be fitted with suitable relieving the burners and elsewhere as necessary
gear so arranged that the controls may to prevent oil draining into the bilges.
123
§ 52.01–135 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
(c) Boiler uptakes. (1) Where dampers propulsion boilers, These tests are to
are installed in the uptakes or funnels, be performed after final installation.
the arrangement shall be such that it [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as
will not be possible to shut off the gas amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9976, June 17,
passages from the operating boilers. 1970; CGD 81–79, 50 FR 9433, Mar. 8, 1985; CGD
(2) Each main power boiler and auxil- 88–057, 55 FR 24236, June 15, 1990; USCG–2003–
iary boiler shall be fitted with a sepa- 16630, 73 FR 65162, Oct. 31, 2008]
rate gas passage. § 52.01–140 Certification by stamping
(modifies PG–104 through PG–113).
§ 52.01–135 Inspection and tests (modi-
fies PG–90 through PG–100). (a) All boilers built in accordance
with this part must be stamped with
(a) Requirements. Inspection and test the appropriate ASME Code symbol as
of boilers and boiler pressure parts required by PG–104 through PG–113 of
shall be as indicated in PG–90 through section I of the ASME Boiler and Pres-
PG–100 of section I of the ASME Boiler sure Vessel Code (incorporated by ref-
and Pressure Vessel Code (incorporated erence; see 46 CFR 52.01–1).
by reference; see 46 CFR 52.01–1) except (b)(1) Upon satisfactory completion
as noted otherwise in this section. of the tests and Coast Guard inspec-
(b) The inspections required by PG–90 tions, boilers must be stamped with the
through PG–100 of the ASME Code following:
shall be performed by the ‘‘Authorized (i) Manufacturer’s name and serial
Inspector’’ as defined in PG–91 of sec- number;
tion I of the ASME Boiler and Pressure (ii) ASME Code Symbol;
Vessel Code (incorporated by reference; (iii) Coast Guard symbol, which is af-
see 46 CFR 52.01–1). The Authorized In- fixed only by marine inspector (see
spector shall hold a valid commission § 50.10–15 of this subchapter);
issued by the National Board of Boiler (iv) Maximum allowable working
and Pressure Vessel Inspectors. After pressure ______ at ______ °C (°F): and
installation, boilers will be inspected (v) Boiler rated steaming capacity in
for compliance with this part by the kilograms (pounds) per hour (rated
joules (B.T.U.) per hour output for high
‘‘Marine Inspector’’ as defined in
temperature water boilers).
§ 50.10–15 of this subchapter.
(2) The information required in para-
(c) Hydrostatic test (Modifies PG–99). graph (b)(1) of this section must be lo-
Each new boiler shall be cated on:
hydrostatically tested after installa- (i) The front head or shell near the
tion to 11⁄2 times the maximum allow- normal waterline and within 610 mm
able working pressure as indicated in (24 inches) of the front of firetube boil-
PG–99 of section I of the ASME Boiler ers; and
and Pressure Vessel Code (incorporated (ii) The drum head of water tube boil-
by reference; see 46 CFR 52.01–1). Before ers.
the boilers are insulated, accessible (3) Those heating boilers which are
parts of the boiler shall be emptied, built to section I of section I of the
opened up and all interior surfaces ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code
shall be examined by the marine in- (incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR
spector to ascertain that no defects 52.01–1), as permitted by § 53.01–10(e) of
have occurred due to the hydrostatic this subchapter, do not require Coast
test. Guard stamping and must receive full
(d) Operating tests. In addition to hy- ASME stamping including the appro-
drostatic tests prescribed in paragraph priate code symbol.
(c) of this section, automatically con- (c) The data shall be legibly stamped
trolled auxiliary boilers must be sub- and shall not be obliterated during the
life of the boiler. In the event that the
jected to operating tests as specified in
portion of the boiler upon which the
§§ 61.30–20, 61.35–1, 61.35–3, 62.30–10, 63.15–
data is stamped is to be insulated or
9, 63.25–3, and 63.25–5 of this chapter, as
otherwise covered, a metal nameplate

appropriate, or as directed by the Offi- as described in PG–106.6 of section I of
cer in Charge, Marine Inspection, for the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel
124
Code (incorporated by reference; see 46 be nondestructively examined under

CFR 52.01–1) shall be furnished and § 52.05–20.
mounted. The nameplate is to be main-
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as
tained in a legible condition so that amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65162,
the data may be easily read. Oct. 31, 2008]
(d) Safety valves shall be stamped as
indicated in PG–110 of the ASME Boiler § 52.05–20 Radiographic and ultrasonic
and Pressure Vessel Code. examination (modifies PW–11 and
PW–41.1).
[CGD 81–79, 50 FR 9433, Mar. 8, 1985, as
amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65162, Radiographic and ultrasonic exam-
Oct. 31, 2008] ination of welded joints must be as de-
scribed in PW–11 of section I of the
§ 52.01–145 Manufacturers’ data report ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code
forms (modifies PG–112 and PG– (incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR
113). 52.01–1), except that parts of boilers
The manufacturers’ data report fabricated of pipe material such as
forms required by PG–112 and PG–113 of drums, shells, downcomers, risers,
section I of the ASME Boiler and Pres- cross pipes, headers, and tubes con-
sure Vessel Code (incorporated by ref- taining only circumferentially welded
erence; see 46 CFR 52.01–1) must be butt joints, must be nondestructively
made available to the marine inspector examined as required by § 56.95–10 of
for review. The Authorized Inspector’s this subchapter even though they may
National Board commission number be exempted by the limits on size spec-
must be included on the manufactur- ified in table PW–11 and PW–41.1 of sec-
ers’ data report forms. tion I of the ASME Boiler and Pressure
Vessel Code.
[CGD 81–79, 50 FR 9434, Mar. 8, 1985, as
amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65161, [USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65162, Oct. 31, 2008]
Oct. 31, 2008]
§ 52.05–30 Minimum requirements for
Subpart 52.05—Requirements for attachment welds (modifies PW–16).
Boilers Fabricated by Welding (a) The location and minimum size of
attachment welds for nozzles and other
§ 52.05–1 General (modifies PW–1 connections shall be as required by
through PW–54). PW–16 of section I of the ASME Boiler
(a) Boilers and component parts, in- and Pressure Vessel Code (incorporated
cluding piping, that are fabricated by by reference; see 46 CFR 52.01–1) except
welding shall be as indicated in PW–1 as noted otherwise in this section.
through PW–54 of section I of the (b) When nozzles or couplings are at-
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code tached to boilers, as shown in Figure
(incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR PW–16 (a) and (c) of section I of the
52.01–1) except as noted otherwise in ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code
this subpart. and are welded from one side only,
backing strips shall be used unless it
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as
can be determined visually or by ac-
Oct. 31, 2008] ceptable nondestructive test methods
that complete penetration has been ob-
§ 52.05–15 Heat treatment (modifies tained.
PW–10). (c) When attachments as shown in
(a) Vessels and vessel parts shall be Figure PW–16 (y) and (z) of section I of
preheated and postweld heat treated in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel
accordance with PW–38 and PW–39 of Code are employed they shall be lim-
section I of the ASME Boiler and Pres- ited to 2-inch pipe size for pressure ex-
sure Vessel Code (incorporated by ref- ceeding 150 pounds per square inch.
erence; see 46 CFR 52.01–1) (reproduces [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as
PW–10). This includes boiler parts made amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65161,
of pipe material even though they may Oct. 31, 2008]
125
§ 52.05–45 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
§ 52.05–45 Circumferential joints in PWT–11.3 of section I of the ASME

pipes, tubes and headers (modifies Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.
PW–41). (c) In welded wall construction em-
(a) Circumferential welded joints of ploying stub and welded wall panels
pipes, tubes and headers shall be as re- which are field welded, approximately
quired by PW–41 of section I of the 10 percent of the field welds shall be
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code checked using any acceptable non-
(incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR destructive test method.
52.01–1) except as noted otherwise in (d) Nondestructive testing of the butt
this section. welded joints shall meet the require-
(b) (Modifies PW–41.1) Circumferential ments of § 56.95–10 of this subchapter.
welded joints in pipes, tubes, and head-
ers of pipe material must be non- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as
destructively examined as required by amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9976, June 17,
§ 56.95–10 of this subchapter and PW–41 1970; CGD 81–79, 50 FR 9434, Mar. 8, 1985;
of section I of the ASME Boiler and USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65161, Oct. 31, 2008]
Pressure Vessel Code.
(c) (Modifies PW–41.5) Butt welded Subpart 52.20—Requirements for
connections shall be provided whenever Firetube Boilers
radiography is required by § 56.95–10 of
this subchapter for the piping system § 52.20–1 General (modifies PFT–1
in which the connection is to be made. through PFT–49).
When radiography is not required, Firetube boilers and parts thereof
welded socket or sleeve type joints shall be as indicated in PFT–1 through
meeting the requirements of PW–41.5 of PFT–49 of section I of the ASME Boiler
section I of the ASME Boiler and Pres-
and Pressure Vessel Code (incorporated
sure Vessel Code may be provided.
by reference; see 46 CFR 52.01–1) except
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as as noted otherwise in this subpart.
amended by CGD 81–79, 50 FR 9434, Mar. 8,
1985; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65161, Oct. 31, [USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65161, Oct. 31, 2008]
2008]
§ 52.20–17 Opening between boiler and
safety valve (modifies PFT–44).
Subpart 52.15—Requirements for
Watertube Boilers When a discharge pipe is used, it
must be installed in accordance with
§ 52.15–1 General (modifies PWT–1 the requirements of § 52.01–105.
through PWT–15).
[CGD 81–79, 50 FR 9434, Mar. 8, 1985]
Watertube boilers and parts thereof
shall be as indicated in PWT–1 through § 52.20–25 Setting (modifies PFT–46).
PWT–15 of section I of the ASME Boiler
and Pressure Vessel Code (incorporated (a) The method of supporting firetube
by reference; see 46 CFR 52.01–1) except boilers shall be as indicated in PFT–46
as noted otherwise in this subpart. of section I of the ASME Boiler and
Pressure Vessel Code (incorporated by
[CGD 81–79, 50 FR 9434, Mar. 8, 1985; USCG–
2003–16630, 73 FR 65161, Oct. 31, 2008] reference; see 46 CFR 52.01–1) except as
noted otherwise in this section.
§ 52.15–5 Tube connections (modifies (b) The foundations shall meet the
PWT–9 and PWT–11). requirements of § 52.01–130.
(a) Tubes, pipe and nipples shall be [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as
attached to sheets, heads, headers, and amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65161,
fittings as indicated in PWT–11 of sec- Oct. 31, 2008]
tion I of the ASME Boiler and Pressure
Vessel Code (incorporated by reference;
see 46 CFR 52.01–1) except as noted oth-
Subpart 52.25—Other Boiler Types
erwise in this section.
(b) (Replaces PWT–9.2 and PWT–11.3.) SOURCE: CGD 81–79, 50 FR 9434, Mar. 8, 1985,
Threaded boiler tubes shall not be per- unless otherwise noted.
mitted as described by PWT–9.2 and
126
§ 52.25–1 General. (b) The application and end use of or-

ganic fluid vaporizer generators shall
Requirements for fired boilers of var- be approved by the Commandant.
ious sizes and uses are referenced in
table 54.01–5(a) of this subchapter. [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as
§ 52.25–3 Feedwater heaters (modifies Oct. 31, 2008]
PFH–1).
§ 52.25–15 Fired thermal fluid heaters.
In addition to the requirements in (a) Fired thermal fluid heaters shall
PFH–1 of section I of the ASME Boiler be designed, constructed, inspected,
and Pressure Vessel Code (incorporated tested, and stamped in accordance with
by reference; see 46 CFR 52.01–1), the applicable provisions in this part.
feedwater heaters must meet the re- (b) Each fired thermal fluid heater
quirements in this part or the require- must be fitted with a control which
ments in part 54. prevents the heat transfer fluid from
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as being heated above its flash point.
amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65161, (c) The heat transfer fluid must be
Oct. 31, 2008] chemically compatible with any cargo
carried in the cargo tanks serviced by
§ 52.25–5 Miniature boilers (modifies the heat transfer system.
PMB–1 through PMB–21). (d) Each fired thermal fluid heater
must be tested and inspected in accord-
Miniature boilers must meet the ap-
ance with the requirements of subpart
plicable provisions in this part for the
61.30 of this chapter.
boiler type involved and the mandatory
requirements in PMB–1 through PMB– [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as
21 of section I of the ASME Boiler and amended by CGD 88–057, 55 FR 24236, June 15,
1990]
reference; see 46 CFR 52.01–1) § 52.25–20 Exhaust gas boilers.
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as Exhaust gas boilers with a maximum
amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65161, allowable working pressure greater
Oct. 31, 2008; USCG–2014–0688, 79 FR 58280, than 103 kPa gage (15 psig) or an oper-
Sept. 29, 2014] ating temperature greater than 454 °C.
(850 °F.) must be designed, constructed,
§ 52.25–7 Electric boilers (modifies
inspected, tested and stamped in ac-
PEB–1 through PEB–19).
cordance with the applicable provisions
Electric boilers required to comply in this part. The design temperature of
with this part must meet the applica- parts exposed to the exhaust gas must
ble provisions in this part and the man- be the maximum temperature that
datory requirements in PEB–1 through could normally be produced by the
PEB–19 except PEB–3 of section I of the source of the exhaust gas. This tem-
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code perature must be verified by testing or
(incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR by the manufacturer of the engine or
52.01–1). other equipment producing the ex-
haust. Automatic exhaust gas boiler
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as
control systems must be designed, con-
Oct. 31, 2008] structed, tested, and inspected in ac-
cordance with § 63.25–7 of this chapter.
§ 52.25–10 Organic fluid vaporizer gen- [CGD 88–057, 55 FR 24236, June 15, 1990]
erators (modifies PVG–1 through
PVG–12).
PART 53—HEATING BOILERS
(a) Organic fluid vaporizer generators
and parts thereof shall meet the re- Subpart 53.01—General Requirements
quirements of PVG–1 through PVG–12
Sec.
of section I of the ASME Boiler and 53.01–1 Incorporation by reference.
Pressure Vessel Code (incorporated by 53.01–3 Adoption of section IV of the ASME

reference; see 46 CFR 52.01–1) except as Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.
noted otherwise in this section. 53.01–5 Scope (modifies HG–100).
127
§ 53.01–1 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
53.01–10 Service restrictions and exceptions ther King Jr. Avenue SE., Washington,
(replaces HG–101). DC 20593–7509. You may also inspect
this material at the sources listed
Subpart 53.05—Pressure Relieving Devices
below.
(Article 4)
(b) American Society of Mechanical En-
53.05–1 Safety valve requirements for steam gineers (ASME) International, Three
boilers (modifies HG–400 and HG–401). Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016–5990:
53.05–2 Relief valve requirements for hot (1) 2001 ASME Boiler and Pressure
water boilers (modifies HG–400.2). Vessel Code, Section I, Rules for Con-
53.05–3 Materials (modifies HG–401.2).
53.05–5 Discharge capacities and valve
struction of Power Boilers (July 1, 2001)
markings. (‘‘Section I of the ASME Boiler and
Pressure Vessel Code’’), 53.01–10.
Subpart 53.10—Tests, Inspection, Stamping, (2) 2004 ASME Boiler and Pressure
and Reporting (Article 5) Vessel Code, Section IV, Rules for Con-
struction of Heating Boilers (July 1,
53.10–1 General. 2004) (‘‘Section IV of the ASME Boiler
53.10–3 Inspection and tests (modifies HG–
500 through HG–540).
and Pressure Vessel Code’’), 53.01–3;
53.10–10 Certification by stamping. 53.01–5; 53.01–10; 53.05–1; 53.05–2; 53.05–3;
53.10–15 Manufacturers’ data report forms. 53.05–5; 53.10–1; 53.10–3; 53.10–10; 53.10–15;
and 53.12–1.
Subpart 53.12—Instruments, Fittings, and (c) Underwriters Laboratories Inc., 333
Controls (Article 6) Pfingston Road, Northbrook, IL 60062–
2096:
53.12–1 General (modifies HG–600 through
HG–640). (1) UL 174, Standard for Household
Electric Storage Tank Water Heaters,
AUTHORITY: 46 U.S.C. 3306, 3703; E.O. 12234, Tenth Edition, Feb. 28, 1996 (Revisions
45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; De-
partment of Homeland Security Delegation
through and including Nov. 10, 1997)
No. 0170.1. (’’UL 174’’), 53.01–10.
(2) UL 1453, Standard for Electric
SOURCE: CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18826, Dec. 18, Booster and Commercial Storage Tank
Water Heaters, Fourth Edition, Sep. 1,
1995 (‘‘UL 1453’’), 53.01–10.
Subpart 53.01—General
Requirements [USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65163, Oct. 31, 2008,
as amended by USCG–2009–0702, 74 FR 49228,
§ 53.01–1 Incorporation by reference. Sept. 25, 2009; USCG–2012–0832, 77 FR 59777,
Oct. 1, 2012; USCG–2013–0671, 78 FR 60147,
(a) Certain material is incorporated Sept. 30, 2013]
by reference into this part with the ap-
proval of the Director of the Federal § 53.01–3 Adoption of section IV of the
Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel
CFR part 51. To enforce any edition Code.
other than that specified in this sec- (a) Heating boilers shall be designed,
tion, the Coast Guard must publish no- constructed, inspected, tested, and
tice of change in the FEDERAL REG- stamped in accordance with section IV
ISTER and the material must be avail- of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Ves-
able to the public. All approved mate- sel Code (incorporated by reference; see
rial is available for inspection at the 46 CFR 53.01–1) as limited, modified, or
National Archives and Records Admin- replaced by specific requirements in
istration (NARA). For information on this part. The provisions in the appen-
the availability of this material at dices to section IV of the ASME Boiler
NARA, call 202–741–6030 or go to http:// and Pressure Vessel Code are adopted
www.archives.gov/federal_register/ and shall be followed when the require-
code_of_federal_regulations/ ments in section IV make them manda-
ibr_locations.html. The material is also tory. For general information, table
available for inspection at the Coast 53.01–3(a) lists the various paragraphs
Guard Headquarters. Contact Com- in section IV of the ASME Boiler and
mandant (CG–ENG), Attn: Office of De- Pressure Vessel Code that are limited,
sign and Engineering Systems, U.S. modified, or replaced by regulations in
Coast Guard Stop 7509, 2703 Martin Lu- this part.
128
TABLE 53.01–3(a)—LIMITATIONS AND MODIFICA- in conjunction with section IV of the

TIONS IN THE ADOPTION OF SECTION IV OF ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code
THE ASME BOILER AND PRESSURE VESSEL (incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR
CODE 53.01–1). table 54.01–5(a) of this sub-
chapter gives a breakdown by parts in
Paragraphs in Section IV of the ASME Boiler Unit of this
and Pressure Vessel Code 1 and disposition part this subchapter of the regulations gov-
erning various types of pressure vessels
HG–100 modified by .......................................... 53.01–5(b) and boilers.
HG–101 replaced by ......................................... 53.01–10
HG–400 modified by .......................................... 53.05–1 (b) Modifies HG–100. The requirements
HG–400.2 modified by ....................................... 53.05–2 of part HG of section IV of the ASME
HG–401 modified by .......................................... 53.05–1 Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code shall
HG–401.2 modified by ....................................... 53.05–3
HG–500 through HG–540 modified by .............. 53.10–3
be used except as noted otherwise in
HG–600 through HG–640 modified by .............. 53.12–1 this part.
1 The references to specific provisions in the ASME Boiler [USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65163, Oct. 31, 2008]
and Pressure Vessel Code are coded. The first letter, such as
‘‘H,’’ refers to section IV. The second letter, such as ‘‘G,’’ re-
fers to a part or subpart in section IV. The number following § 53.01–10 Service restrictions and ex-
the letters refers to the paragraph so numbered in the text of ceptions (replaces HG–101).
the part or subpart in section IV.
(a) General. The service restrictions
(b) References to the ASME Boiler and exceptions shall be as indicated in
and Pressure Vessel Code, such as para- this section in lieu of the requirements
graph HG–307, indicate: in HG–101 of section IV of the ASME
H = Section IV of the ASME Boiler Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (incor-
and Pressure Vessel Code. porated by reference; see 46 CFR 53.01–
G = Part containing general require- 1).
ments. (b) Service restrictions. (1) Boilers of
3 = Article in part. wrought materials shall be restricted
307 = Paragraph within Article 3. to a maximum of 103 kPa gage (15 psig)
(c) When a paragraph or a section of for steam and a maximum of 689 kPa
the regulations in this part relates to (100 psig) or 121 °C (250 °F) for hot
material in section IV of the ASME water. If operating conditions exceed
Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, the these limits, design and fabrications
relationship with the code will be shall be in accordance with part 52 of
shown immediately following the head- this subchapter.
ing of the section or at the beginning (2) Boilers of cast iron materials
of the paragraph, as follows: shall be restricted to a maximum of 103
(1) (Modifies H______.) This indicates kPa gage (15 psig) for steam and to a
that the material in H______ is gen- maximum of 206 kPa gage (30 psig) or
erally applicable but is being altered, 121 °C (250 °F) for hot water.
amplified or augmented. (c) Hot water supply boilers. (1) Elec-
(2) (Replaces H______.) This indicates trically fired hot water supply boilers
that H______ does not apply. that have a capacity not greater than
(3) (Reproduces H______.) This indi- 454 liters (120 gallons), a heat input not
cates that H______ is being identically greater than 58.6 kilowatts (200,000 BTU
reproduced for convenience, not for per hour), and are listed as approved
emphasis. under Underwriters’ Laboratories UL
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18826, Dec. 18, 1968, as 174 or UL 1453 (both incorporated by
amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9976, June 17, reference; see 46 CFR 53.01–1) are ex-
1970; CGD 81–79, 50 FR 9435, Mar. 8, 1985. Re- empted from the requirements of this
designated and amended by CGD 88–032, 56 part provided they are protected by a
FR 35821, July 29, 1991; USCG–2003–16630, 73 pressure relief device. This relief device
FR 65163, Oct. 31, 2008] need not comply with § 53.05–2.
(2) Oil fired hot water supply boilers
§ 53.01–5 Scope (modifies HG–100). shall not be exempted from the require-
(a) The regulations in this part apply ments of this part on the basis of size
to steam heating boilers, hot water or heat input.
boilers (which include hot water heat- (d) Exhaust gas type boilers shall be
ing boilers and hot water supply boil- restricted to a working pressure equal
ers), and to appurtenances thereto. The to or less than 103 kPa gage (15 psig)
requirements in this part shall be used and an operating temperature equal to
129
§ 53.05–1 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
or less than 454 °C (850 °F). The design Vessel Code (incorporated by reference;
temperature of parts exposed to the ex- see 46 CFR 53.01–1) except as noted oth-
haust gas must be the maximum tem- erwise in this section.
perature that could normally be pro- (b) Each steam boiler must have at
duced by the source of exhaust gas. least one safety valve.
This temperature shall be verified by
testing or by the manufacturer of the [CGD 81–79, 50 FR 9435, Mar. 8, 1985, as
engine or other equipment producing amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65163,
the exhaust. Oct. 31, 2008]
(e) Heating boilers whose operating
conditions are within the service re- § 53.05–2 Relief valve requirements for
hot water boilers (modifies HG–
strictions of § 53.01–10(b)(1) may be con-
400.2).
structed in accordance with section I of
the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel (a) The relief valve requirements for
Code (incorporated by reference; see 46 hot water boilers must be as indicated
CFR 53.01–1). In addition, these heating in article 4 of section IV of the ASME
boilers must: Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (incor-
(1) Be stamped with the appropriate porated by reference; see 46 CFR 53.01–
ASME Code symbol in accordance with 1) except as noted otherwise in this sec-
PG–104 through PG–113 of section IV of tion.
the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel (b) Hot water heating boilers. Each hot
Code; water heating boiler must have at least
(2) Meet the service restrictions of one safety relief valve.
§ 53.01–10(b)(2) if made of cast iron;
(c) Hot water supply boilers. Each hot
(3) Have safety valves which meet the
requirements of § 52.01–120 of this sub- water supply boiler must have at least
chapter; one safety relief valve and a tempera-
(4) If a hot water supply boiler, have ture relief valve or a pressure-tempera-
a temperature relief valve or a pres- ture relief valve. The valve tempera-
sure-temperature relief valve in ac- ture setting must not be more than 99
cordance with § 53.05–2(c); °C (210 °F).
(5) If automatically controlled, meet [CGD 81–79, 50 FR 9435, Mar. 8, 1985, as
the applicable requirements in part 63 amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65163,
of this subchapter; and Oct. 31, 2008]
(6) Meet the inspection and test re-
quirements of § 53.10–3. § 53.05–3 Materials (modifies HG–
(f) Controls and miscellaneous acces- 401.2).
sories. Refer to part 63 of this sub-
Materials for valves must be in ac-
chapter for the requirements governing
controls and miscellaneous accessories. cordance with HG–401.2 of section IV of
the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18826, Dec. 18, 1968, as Code (incorporated by reference; see 46
amended by CGD 81–79, 50 FR 9435, Mar. 8,
CFR 53.01–1) except that nonmetallic
1985; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65163, Oct. 31,
2008] materials may be used only for gaskets
and packing.
Subpart 53.05—Pressure Relieving [USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65164, Oct. 31, 2008]
Devices (Article 4)
§ 53.05–5 Discharge capacities and
valve markings.
SOURCE: CGD 81–79, 50 FR 9435, Mar. 8, 1985,
unless otherwise noted. The discharge capacities and valve
markings must be as indicated in HG–
§ 53.05–1 Safety valve requirements for 402 of section IV of the ASME Boiler
steam boilers (modifies HG–400 and
HG–401). and Pressure Vessel Code (incorporated
by reference; see 46 CFR 53.01–1). The
(a) The pressure relief valve require- discharge capacities must be certified
ments and the safety valve require- by the National Board of Boiler and
ments for steam boilers must be as in-

Pressure Vessel Inspectors.
dicated in HG–400 and HG–401 of section
IV of the ASME Boiler and Pressure [USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65164, Oct. 31, 2008]
130
Subpart 53.10—Tests, Inspection, Authorized Inspector’s National Board

Stamping, and Reporting (Ar- commission number must be included
on the manufacturers’ data report
ticle 5) forms.
§ 53.10–1 General. [USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65164, Oct. 31, 2008]
The tests, inspection, stamping, and
reporting of heating boilers shall be as Subpart 53.12—Instruments,
indicated in article 5, part HG of sec- Fittings, and Controls (Article 6)
tion IV of the ASME Boiler and Pres-
sure Vessel Code (incorporated by ref- § 53.12–1 General (modifies HG–600
erence; see 46 CFR 53.01–1) except as through HG–640).
noted otherwise in this subpart. (a) The instruments, fittings and con-
trols for heating boilers shall be as in-
[USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65164, Oct. 31, 2008]
dicated in HG–600 through HG–640 of
§ 53.10–3 Inspection and tests (modi- section IV of the ASME Boiler and
fies HG–500 through HG–540). Pressure Vessel Code (incorporated by
reference; see 46 CFR 53.01–1) except as
(a) The inspections required by HG–
noted otherwise in this section.
500 through HG–540 must be performed (b) For control systems for auto-
by the ‘‘Authorized Inspector’’ as de- matic auxiliary heating equipment, the
fined in HG–515 of section IV of the requirements in part 63 of this sub-
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code chapter govern and shall be followed.
(incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR
53.01–1). The Authorized Inspector shall [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18826, Dec. 18, 1968, as
hold a valid commission issued by the amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65164,
Oct. 31, 2008]
National Board of Boiler and Pressure
Vessel Inspectors. After installation,
heating boilers must be inspected for PART 54—PRESSURE VESSELS
compliance with this part by a marine
inspector. Subpart 54.01—General Requirements
(b) Automatically controlled boilers Sec.
must be subjected to the operating 54.01–1 Incorporation by reference
tests prescribed in part 63 of this sub- 54.01–2 Adoption of division 1 of section VIII
chapter. of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel
(c) All heating boilers must have the Code.
54.01–5 Scope (modifies U–1 and U–2).
operation of their pressure relieving
54.01–10 Steam-generating pressure vessels
devices checked after the final installa- (modifies U–1(g)).
tion. 54.01–15 Exemptions from shop inspection
[CGD 81–79, 50 FR 9436, Mar. 8, 1985, as and plan approval (modifiesU–1(c)(2)).
amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65164, 54.01–17 Pressure vessel for human occu-
pancy (PVHO).
Oct. 31, 2008]
54.01–18 Plan approval.
54.01–25 Miscellaneous pressure components
§ 53.10–10 Certification by stamping. (modifies UG–11).
Stamping of heating boilers shall be 54.01–30 Loadings (modifies UG–22).
as indicated in HG–530 of section IV of 54.01–35 Corrosion (modifies UG–25).
the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel 54.01–40 External pressure (modifies UG–28).
Code (incorporated by reference; see 46 Subpart 54.03—Low Temperature
CFR 53.01–1). Operation
[USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65164, Oct. 31, 2008]
54.03–1 Scope.
54.03–5 General.
§ 53.10–15 Manufacturers’ data report
forms.
Subpart 54.05—Toughness Tests
The manufacturers’ data report
forms required by HG–520 of section IV 54.05–1 Scope (replaces UG–84).
54.05–3 Tests required.
of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Ves- 54.05–5 Toughness test specimens.
sel Code (incorporated by reference; see 54.05–6 Toughness test temperatures.

46 CFR 53.01–1) must be made available 54.05–10 Certification of material toughness
to the marine inspector for review. The tests.
131
§ 54.01–1 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
54.05–15 Weldment toughness tests—proce- 54.25–7 Requirements for postweld heat
dure qualifications. treatment (modifies UCS–56).
54.05–16 Production toughness testing. 54.25–8 Radiography (modifies UW–11(a),
54.05–17 Weld toughness test acceptance cri- UCS–57, UNF–57, UHA–33, and UHT–57).
teria. 54.25–10 Low temperature operation—fer-
54.05–20 Impact test properties for service of ritic steels (replaces UCS–65 through
0 °F. and below. UCS–67).
54.05–25 [Reserved] 54.25–15 Low temperature operation—high
54.05–30 Allowable stress values at low tem- alloy steels (modifies UHA–23(b) and
peratures. UHA–51).
54.25–20 Low temperature operation—fer-
Subpart 54.10—Inspection, Reports, and ritic steels with properties enhanced by
Stamping heat treatment (modifies UHT–5(c),
UHT–6, UHT–23, and UHT–82).
54.10–1 Scope (modifies UG–90 through UG–
54.25–25 Welding of quenched and tempered
103 and UG–115 through UG–120).
steels (modifies UHT–82).
54.10–3 Marine inspectors (replaces UG–90
and UG–91, and modifies UG–92 through
UG–103).
Subpart 54.30—Mechanical Stress Relief
54.10–5 Maximum allowable working pres- 54.30–1 Scope.
sure (reproduces UG–98). 54.30–3 Introduction.
54.10–10 Standard hydrostatic test (modifies
54.30–5 Limitations and requirements.
UG–99).
54.30–10 Method of performing mechanical
54.10–15 Pneumatic test (modifies UG–100).
stress relief.
54.10–20 Marking and stamping.
54.10–25 Manufacturers’ data report forms 54.30–15 Requirement for analysis and com-
(modifies UG–120). putation.
AUTHORITY: 33 U.S.C. 1509; 43 U.S.C. 1333; 46
Subpart 54.15—Pressure-Relief Devices U.S.C. 3306, 3703; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3
CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; Department of
54.15–1 General (modifies UG–125 through Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
UG–137).
54.15–3 Definitions (modifies appendix 3). SOURCE: CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18,
54.15–5 Protective devices (modifies UG– 1968, unless otherwise noted.
125).
54.15–10 Safety and relief valves (modifies
UG–126).
54.15–13 Rupture disks (modifies UG–127). Requirements
54.15–15 Relief devices for unfired steam
boilers, evaporators, and heat exchangers § 54.01–1 Incorporation by reference.
(modifies UG–126). (a) Certain material is incorporated
54.15–25 Minimum relief capacities for cargo
tanks containing compressed or liquefied
gas. proval of the Director of the Federal
Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1
Subpart 54.20—Fabrication by Welding CFR part 51. To enforce any edition
other than that specified in this sec-
54.20–1 Scope (modifies UW–1 through UW– tion, the Coast Guard must publish no-
65).
54.20–2 Fabrication for hazardous materials
tice of change in the FEDERAL REG-
(replaces UW–2(a)). ISTER and the material must be avail-
54.20–3 Design (modifies UW–9, UW–11(a), able to the public. All approved mate-
UW–13, and UW–16). rial is available for inspection at the
54.20–5 Welding qualification tests and pro- National Archives and Records Admin-
duction testing (modifies UW–26, UW–28, istration (NARA). For information on
UW–29, UW–47, and UW–48). the availability of this material at
NARA, call 202–741–6030 or go to http://
Subpart 54.23—Fabrication by Brazing
www.archives.gov/federal_register/
54.23–1 Scope (modifies UB–1). code_of_federal_regulations/
ibr_locations.html. The material is also
Subpart 54.25—Construction With Carbon, available for inspection at the Coast
Alloy, and Heat Treated Steels Guard Headquarters. Contact Com-
54.25–1 Scope. mandant (CG–ENG), Attn: Office of De-
54.25–3 Steel plates (modifies UCS–6). sign and Engineering Systems, U.S.
54.25–5 Corrosion allowance (replaces UCS– Coast Guard Stop 7509, 2703 Martin Lu-
25). ther King Jr. Avenue SE., Washington,
132
DC 20593–7509. The material is also sition Temperature of Ferritic Steels

available from the sources listed below. (‘‘ASTM Specification E 208’’), 54.05–5.
(b) American Society of Mechanical En- (d) Compressed Gas Association (CGA),
gineers (ASME) International, Three 500 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY 10036:
Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016–5990: (1) S–1.2, Pressure Relief Device
(1) ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Standards—Part 2—Cargo and Portable
Code, Section VIII, Division 1, Rules Tanks for Compressed Gases, 1979
for Construction of Pressure Vessels (‘‘CGA S–1.2’’), 54.15–10; and
(1998 with 1999 and 2000 addenda) (2) [Reserved]
(‘‘Section VIII of the ASME Boiler and (e) Manufacturers Standardization So-
Pressure Vessel Code’’), 54.01–2; 54.01–5; ciety of the Valve and Fittings Industry,
54.01–15; 54.01–18; 54.01–25; 54.01–30; 54.01– Inc. (MSS), 127 Park Street NE, Vienna,
35; 54.03–1; 54.05–1; 54.10–1; 54.10–3; 54.10– VA 22180:
5; 54.10–10; 54.10–15; 54.15–1; 54.15–5; 54.15– (1) SP–25–1998 Standard Marking Sys-
10; 54.15–13; 54.20–1; 54.20–3; 54.25–1; 54.25– tem for Valves, Fittings, Flanges and
3; 54.25–8; 54.25–10; 54.25–15; 54.25–20; Unions (1998) (‘‘MSS SP–25’’), 54.01–25;
54.30–3; 54.30–5; 54.30–10; and and
(2) [Reserved] (2) [Reserved]
(c) ASTM International, 100 Barr Har- [USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65164, Oct. 31, 2008,
bor Drive, P.O. Box C700, West as amended by USCG–2009–0702, 74 FR 49228,
Conshohocken, PA 19428–2959, 877–909– Sept. 25, 2009; USCG–2012–0832, 77 FR 59777,
2786, http://www.astm.org: Oct. 1, 2012; USCG–2012–0866, 78 FR 13249, Feb.
27, 2013; USCG–2013–0671, 78 FR 60148, Sept. 30,
(1) ASTM A 20/A 20M–97a, Standard
2013]
Specification for General Require-
ments for Steel Plates for Pressure § 54.01–2 Adoption of division 1 of sec-
Vessels (‘‘ASTM A 20’’), 54.05–10; 54.25– tion VIII of the ASME Boiler and
10; Pressure Vessel Code.
(2) ASTM A 203/A 203M–97 (Re- (a) Pressure vessels shall be designed,
approved 2007)e1, Standard Specifica- constructed, and inspected in accord-
tion for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy ance with section VIII of the ASME
Steel, Nickel (‘‘ASTM A 203’’), (ap- Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (incor-
proved November 1, 2007), incorporation porated by reference, see 46 CFR 54.01–
by reference approved for § 54.05–20; 1), as limited, modified, or replaced by
(3) ASTM A 370–97a, Standard Test specific requirements in this part. The
Methods and Definitions for Mechan- provisions in the appendices to section
ical Testing of Steel Products (‘‘ASTM VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure
A 370’’), 54.25–20; Vessel Code are adopted and shall be
(4) ASTM E 23–96, Standard Test followed when the requirements in sec-
Methods for Notched Bar Impact Test- tion VIII make them mandatory. For
ing of Metallic Materials (‘‘ASTM general information, table 54.01–2(a)
Specification E 23’’), 54.05–5; and lists the various paragraphs in section
(5) ASTM E 208–95a, Standard Test VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure
Method for Conducting Drop-Weight Vessel Code that are limited, modified,
Test to Determine Nil-Ductility Tran- or replaced by regulations in this part.
TABLE 54.01–2(a)—LIMITATIONS AND MODIFICATIONS IN THE ADOPTION OF SECTION VIII OF THE
ASME BOILER AND PRESSURE VESSEL CODE
Paragraphs in section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code1 and dis- Unit of this part
position
U–1 and U–2 modified by .............................................................................................. 54.01–5 through 54.01–15.

U–1(c) replaced by ......................................................................................................... 54.01–5.
U–1(d) replaced by ......................................................................................................... 54.01–5(a) and 54.01–15.
U–1(g) modified by ......................................................................................................... 54.01–10.
U–1(c)(2) modified by ..................................................................................................... 54.01–15.
UG–11 modified by ........................................................................................................ 54.01–25.
UG–22 modified by ........................................................................................................ 54.01–30.
UG–25 modified by ........................................................................................................ 54.01–35.
UG–28 modified by ........................................................................................................ 54.01–40.

UG–84 replaced by ........................................................................................................ 54.05–1.
UG–90 and UG–91 replaced by .................................................................................... 54.10–3.
133
§ 54.01–5 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
TABLE 54.01–2(a)—LIMITATIONS AND MODIFICATIONS IN THE ADOPTION OF SECTION VIII OF THE

ASME BOILER AND PRESSURE VESSEL CODE—Continued
Paragraphs in section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code1 and dis- Unit of this part
position
UG–92 through UG–103 modified by ............................................................................ 54.10–1 through 54.10–15.

UG–98 reproduced by .................................................................................................... 54.10–5.
UG–115 through UG–120 modified by .......................................................................... 54.10–1.
UG–116, except (k), replaced by ................................................................................... 54.10–20(a).
UG–116(k) replaced by .................................................................................................. 54.10–20(b).
UG–117 replaced by ...................................................................................................... 54.10–20(c).
UG–118 replaced by ...................................................................................................... 54.10–20(a).
UG–119 modified by ...................................................................................................... 54.10–20(d).
UG–120 modified by ...................................................................................................... 54.10–25.
UG–125 through UG–137 modified by .......................................................................... 54.15–1 through 54.15–15.
UW–1 through UW–65 modified by ............................................................................... 54.20–1.
UW–2(a) replaced by ..................................................................................................... 54.01–5(b) and 54.20–2.
UW–2(b) replaced by ..................................................................................................... 54.01–5(b) and 54.20–2.
UW–9, UW–11(a), UW–13, and UW–16 modified by .................................................... 54.20–3.
UW–11(a) modified by ................................................................................................... 54.25–8.
UW–26, UW–27, UW–28, UW–29, UW–47, and UW–48 modified by .......................... 54.20–5.
UB–1 modified by ........................................................................................................... 54.23–1
UB–2 modified by ........................................................................................................... 52.01–95(d) and 56.30–30(b)(1).
UCS–6 modified by ........................................................................................................ 54.25–3.
UCS–56 modified by ...................................................................................................... 54.25–7.
UCS–57, UNF–57, UHA–33, and UHT–57 modified by ................................................ 54.25–8.
UCS–65 through UCS–67 replaced by .......................................................................... 54.25–10.
UHA–23(b) and UHA–51 modified by ............................................................................ 54.25–15.
UHT–5(c), UHT–6, and UHT–23 modified by ................................................................ 54.25–20.
UHT–82 modified by ...................................................................................................... 54.25–20 and 54.25–25.
Appendix 3 modified by .................................................................................................. 54.15–3.
1 The references to specific provisions in section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code are coded. The first letter,
such as ‘‘U,’’ refers to division 1 of section VIII. The second letter, such as ‘‘G,’’ refers to a subsection within section VIII. The
number refers to the paragraph within the subsection.
(b) References to the ASME Boiler reproduced for convenience, not for
and Pressure Vessel Code, such as para- emphasis.
graph UG–125, indicate: [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as
U = Division 1 of section VIII of the amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9976, June 17,
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. 1970; CGFR 72–59R, 37 FR 6188, Mar. 25, 1972;
G = Part containing general require- CGD 72–206R, 38 FR 17226, June 29, 1973; CGD
73–254, 40 FR 40163, Sept. 2, 1975; CGD 77–147,
ments.
47 FR 21809, May 20, 1982; CGD 85–061, 54 FR
125 = Paragraph within part. 50963, Dec. 11, 1989. Redesignated by CGD 88–
(c) When a paragraph or a section of 032, 56 FR 35822, July 29, 1991; USCG–2003–
the regulations in this part relates to 16630, 73 FR 65164, Oct. 31, 2008]
material in section VIII of the ASME
§ 54.01–5 Scope (modifies U–1 and U–2).
Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, the
relationship with the code will be (a) This part contains requirements
shown immediately following the head- for pressure vessels. table 54.01–5(a)
ing of the section or at the beginning gives a breakdown by parts in this sub-
of the paragraph, as follows: chapter of the regulations governing
various types of pressure vessels, boil-
(1) (Modifies U______.) This indicates
ers, and thermal units.
that the material in U______ is gen- (b) Pressure vessels are divided into
erally applicable but is being altered, Classes I, I-L (low temperature), II, II-
amplified or augmented. L (low temperature), and III. table
(2) (Replaces U______.) This indicates 54.01–5(b) describes these classes and
that U______ does not apply. sets out additional requirements for
(3) (Reproduces U______.) This indi- welded pressure vessels.
cates that U______ is being identically (c) The requirements for pressure
vessels by class are as follows:
(1) Class I-L and II-L pressure vessels

must meet the applicable requirements
in this part.
134
(2) Pressure vessels containing haz- available to the Coast Guard prior to
ardous materials as defined in § 150.115 the inspection required by § 54.10–3(c).
of this chapter must meet the require- (f) If a pressure vessel has more than
ments of this part or, as applicable, the one independent chamber and the
requirements in 49 CFR parts 171–177 or chambers have different classifica-
part 64 of this chapter. tions, each chamber must, as a min-
(3) Except as provided in paragraph imum, meet the requirements for its
(c)(4) of this section, Classes I, II, and classification. If a single classification
III pressure vessels not containing haz- for the entire pressure vessel is pre-
ardous materials must be designed and ferred, the classification selected must
constructed in accordance with the re- be one that is required to meet all of
quirements in Section VIII, division 1, the regulations applicable to the clas-
of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Ves- sification that is not selected. For ex-
sel Code (incorporated by reference; see ample, if one chamber is Class I and
46 CFR 54.01–1) and must be stamped one chamber is Class II-L, the only sin-
with the ASME ‘‘U’’ symbol. These gle classification that can be selected
pressure vessels must also comply with is Class I-L.
the requirements that are listed or pre- (g) The design pressure for each
scribed in paragraphs (d) through (g) of interface between two chambers in a
this section. Compliance with other multichambered pressure vessel must
provisions in this part is not required. be—
(4) Classes II and III pressure vessels (1) The maximum allowable working
that have a net internal volume of less pressure (gauge) in the chamber with
than 0.14 cubic meters (5 cubic feet) the higher pressure; or
and do not contain hazardous materials (2) If one chamber is a vacuum cham-
must be stamped with either the ASME ber, the maximum allowable working
‘‘U’’ or ‘‘UM’’ symbol. Compliance with pressure (absolute) in the other cham-
other provisions in this part is not re- ber minus the least operating pressure
quired. (absolute) in the vacuum chamber.
(d) Pressure vessels described in para-
graph (c)(3) of this section must— TABLE 54.01–5(a)—REGULATION REFERENCE
FOR BOILERS, PRESSURE VESSELS, AND
(1) Have detailed plans that include
the information required by § 54.01–18 THERMAL UNITS
(approved by the Office of Management Part of sub- Part of sub-
and Budget under OMB control number Service and pressure tempera- chapter reg- chapter reg-
ulating me- ulating auto-
2130–0181); ture boundaries chanical de- matic con-
(2) Meet § 54.01–35, § 54.20–3(c), and sign trol
§ 54.25–3 of this part; Main (power) boiler: All ............. 52 62
(3) Have pressure relief devices re- Pressure vessel: All ................... 54 NA
quired by subpart 54.15; Fired auxiliary boiler 1 (combus-
tion products or electricity):
(4) Meet the applicable requirements (a) Steam:
in §§ 54.10–3, 54.10–20, and 54.10–25 for in- More than 103 kPa (15
spection, reports, and stamping; psig) ......................... 52 2 62 or 63
(5) If welded, meet the post weld heat Equal to or less than
103 kPa (15 psig) .... 53 63
treatment and minimum joint and ra- (b) Hot water heating:
diography requirement in table 54.01– More than 689 kPa
5(b); and (100 psig) or 121 °C
(6) If a steam generating pressure (250 °F) ................... 52 63
Equal to or less than
vessel, meet § 54.01–10. 689 kPa (100 psig)
(e) The plans required by paragraph and 121 °C (250 °F) 53 63
(d)(1) of this section must be certified (c) Hot water supply:
More than 689 kPa
by a registered professional engineer to (100 psig) or 121 °C
meet the design requirements in para- (250 °F) ................... 52 63
graph (d) of this section and in section Equal to or less than
VIII, division 1, of the ASME Boiler 689 kPa (100 psig)
and 121 °C (250 °F) 53 63
and Pressure Vessel Code. The certifi- Other:

cation must appear on all drawings and (a) Fired thermal fluid heat-
analyses. The plans must be made ers: All ............................. 52 63
135
§ 54.01–5 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
TABLE 54.01–5(a)—REGULATION REFERENCE TABLE 54.01–5(a)—REGULATION REFERENCE

FOR BOILERS, PRESSURE VESSELS, AND FOR BOILERS, PRESSURE VESSELS, AND
THERMAL UNITS—Continued THERMAL UNITS—Continued
Part of sub- Part of sub- Part of sub- Part of sub-
chapter reg- chapter reg- chapter reg- chapter reg-
Service and pressure tempera- Service and pressure tempera-
ulating me- ulating auto- ulating me- ulating auto-
ture boundaries ture boundaries
chanical de- matic con- chanical de- matic con-
sign trol sign trol
(b) Unfired steam boiler: (d) Unfired hot water supply

More than 206 kPa (30 or heating boiler: More
psig) or 454 °C (850 than 103 kPa (15 psig) 4 54 NA
°F) 3 .......................... 52 NA
1 Including
exhaust gas types.
Equal to or less than 2 Boilers with heat input ratings ≥12,500,000 Btu/hr. must
206 kPa (30 psig)
have controls that meet part 62. Boilers with heat input ratings
and 454 °C (850 °F) 54 NA <12,500,000 Btu/hr. must have controls that meet part 63.
(c) Evaporators and heat 3 Temperature of working fluid.
exchangers: More than 4 Relief device is required even if designed for less than
103 kPa (15 psig) 4 ......... 54 NA 103 kPa (15 psig).
TABLE 54.01–5(b)—PRESSURE VESSEL CLASSIFICATION

[Note to table 54.01–5(b): All classes of pressure vessels are subject to shop inspection and plan approval.4]
Radiography re-
quirements, sec-
tion VIII of the
Class limits on ASME Boiler and Post-weld heat
Joint require-
Class Service contents pressure and Pressure Vessel treatment require-
ments 1 6 7
temperature Code (incorporated ments 5 7
by reference, see
46 CFR 54.01–
1) 3 7
I ............................. (a) Vapor or gas ... Vapor or gas: Over (1) For category A; Full on all butt For carbon- or low-
(b) Liquid .............. 600 p.s.i. or 700 (1) or (2) for cat- joints regardless alloy steel, in ac-
(c) Hazardous Ma- °F. egory B. All cat- of thickness. Ex- cordance with
terials 2. Liquid: Over 600 egories C and D ceptions listed in table UCS–56 of
p.s.i. or 400 °F. must have full table UCS–57 of section VIII of
penetration welds section VIII of the ASME Boiler
extending through the ASME Boiler and Pressure
the entire thick- and Pressure Vessel Code, re-
ness of the ves- Vessel Code do gardless of thick-
sel wall or nozzle not apply. ness. For other
wall. materials, in ac-
cordance with
section VIII.
I–L Low Tempera- (a) Vapor or gas, Over 250 p.s.i. and (1) For categories A Full on all butt For carbon- or low-
ture. or liquid. service temp. and B. All cat- joints regardless alloy steel, in ac-
(b) Hazardous Ma- below 0 °F. egories C and D of thickness. Ex- cordance with
terials 2. must have full ceptions listed in table UCS–56 of
penetration welds table UCS–57 of section VIII of
extending through section VIII of the ASME Boiler
the entire thick- the ASME Boiler and Pressure
ness of the ves- and Pressure Vessel Code, re-
sel wall or nozzle Vessel Code do gardless of thick-
wall. No backing not apply. ness. For other
rings or strips left materials, in ac-
in place. cordance with
section VIII.
II ............................ (a) Vapor or gas ... Vapor or gas: 30 (1) Or (2) for cat- Spot, unless ex- In accordance with
(b) Liquid .............. through 600 egory A. (1), (2), empted by UW– section VIII of
(c) Hazardous Ma- p.s.i. or 275 or (3) for category 11(c) of section the ASME Boiler
terials 2 3 6. through 700 °F. B. VIII of the ASME and Pressure
Liquid: 200 through Categories C and D Boiler and Pres- Vessel Code.
600 p.s.i. or 250 in accordance sure Vessel
through 400 °F. with UW–16 of Code.
section VIII of the
ASME Boiler and
Pressure Vessel
Code.
136
TABLE 54.01–5(b)—PRESSURE VESSEL CLASSIFICATION—Continued

[Note to table 54.01–5(b): All classes of pressure vessels are subject to shop inspection and plan approval.4]
Radiography re-
quirements, sec-
tion VIII of the
Class limits on ASME Boiler and Post-weld heat
Joint require-
Class Service contents pressure and Pressure Vessel treatment require-
ments 1 6 7
temperature Code (incorporated ments 5 7
by reference, see
46 CFR 54.01–
1) 3 7
II–L Low Tempera- (a) Vapor or gas, 0 through 250 (1) For category A; Spot. The exemp- Same as for I–L
ture. or liquid. p.s.i. and service (1) or (2) for cat- tion of UW–11(c) except that me-
(b) Hazardous Ma- temp. below 0 egory B. All cat- of section VIII of chanical stress
terials 2. °F. egories C and D the ASME Boiler relief may be
must have full- and Pressure substituted if al-
penetration welds Vessel Code lowed under
extending through does not apply. subpart 54.30 of
the entire thick- this chapter.
ness of the ves-
sel wall or nozzle
wall.
III ........................... (a) Vapor or gas ... Vapor or gas: In accordance with Spot, unless ex- In accordance with
(b) Liquid .............. Under 30 p.s.i. section VIII of the empted by UW– section VIII of
(c) Hazardous Ma- and 0 through ASME Boiler and 11(c) of section the ASME Boiler
terials 2 3 6. 275 °F. Pressure Vessel VIII of the ASME and Pressure
Liquid: Under 200 Code. Boiler and Pres- Vessel Code.
p.s.i. and 0 sure Vessel
through 250 °F. Code.
1 Welded joint categories are defined under UW–3 of section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Joint types
are described in table UW–12 of section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, and numbered (1), (2), etc.
2 See 46 CFR 54.20–2.
3 See 46 CFR 54.25–8(c) and 54.25–10(d).
4 See 46 CFR 54.01–15 and 54.10–3 for exemptions.
5 Specific requirements modifying table UCS–56 of section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code appear in 46
CFR 54.25–7.
6 See 46 CFR 54.20–3(c) and (f).
7 Applies only to welded pressure vessels.
(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control number 2130–0181)
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9976, June 17, 1970;
CGD 77–147, 47 FR 21809, May 20, 1982; 55 FR 696, Jan. 8, 1990; CGD 88–057, 55 FR 24236, June
15, 1990; CGD 85–061, 55 FR 41917, Oct. 16, 1990; CGD 95–027, 61 FR 26000, May 23, 1996; USCG–
2000–7790, 65 FR 58460, Sept. 29, 2000; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65165, Oct. 31, 2008]
§ 54.01–10 Steam-generating pressure shall be fitted with an approved safety

vessels (modifies U–1(g)). device as required under § 54.15–15 and
(a) Pressure vessels in which steam is constructed in accordance with this
generated are classed as ‘‘Unfired part.
Steam Boilers’’ except as required oth- (c) An evaporator in which steam is
erwise by paragraph (b) of this section. generated shall be fitted with an effi-
Unfired steam boilers must be fitted cient water level indicator, a pressure
with an efficient water level indicator, gage, and a blowdown valve.
a pressure gage, a blowdown valve, and [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as
an approved safety valve as required by amended by CGD 81–79, 50 FR 9436, Mar. 8,
§ 54.15–15. Unfired steam boilers must 1985; CGD 95–012, 60 FR 48044, Sept. 18, 1995;
be constructed in accordance with this USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65166, Oct. 31, 2008]
part other than when the pressures are
more than 206 kPa (30 psig) or the tem- § 54.01–15 Exemptions from shop in-
peratures of the working fluid are more spection and plan approval
than 454 °C (850 °F) when such boilers (modifiesU–1(c)(2)).
must be constructed in accordance (a) The following classifications are
with part 52 of this subchapter. exempt from shop inspection and plan
(b) Vessels known as ‘‘Evaporators’’ approval requirements of this part:

or ‘‘Heat Exchangers’’ are not classi- (1) Vessels containing water at a
fied as unfired steam boilers. They pressure not greater than 689 kPa (100
137
§ 54.01–17 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
pounds per square inch gauge or § 54.01–17 Pressure vessel for human
‘‘psig’’), and at a temperature not occupancy (PVHO).
above 93 °C (200 °F) including those con- Pressure vessels for human occu-
taining air, the compression of which pancy (PVHO’s) must meet the require-
serves only as a cushion. Air-charging ments of subpart B (Commercial Div-
lines may be permanently attached if ing Operations) of part 197 of this chap-
the air pressure does not exceed 103 ter.
kPa (15 psig).
[CGD 76–009, 43 FR 53683, Nov. 16, 1978]
(2) Hot water supply storage tanks
heated by steam or any other indirect § 54.01–18 Plan approval.
means when none of the following limi-
(a) Manufacturers intending to fab-
tations is exceeded:
ricate pressure vessels, heat exchang-
(i) A heat input of 58 kW (200,000 ers, evaporators, and similar appur-
B.t.u. per hour); tenances, covered by the regulations in
(ii) A water temperature of 93 °C (200 this part shall submit detailed plans in
°F); accordance with subpart 50.20 of this
(iii) A nominal water-containing ca- subchapter.
pacity of 454 liters (120 gallons); or (b) The following information shall
(iv) A pressure of 689 kPa (100 psig). be submitted:
The exemption of any tank under this (1) Calculations for all pressure con-
subparagraph requires that it shall be tainment components including the
fitted with a safety relief valve of at maximum allowable working pressure,
least 1-inch diameter, set to relieve the hydrostatic or pneumatic test pres-
below the maximum allowable working sure, and the intended safety device
pressure of the tank. setting.
(3)(i) Vessels having an internal oper- (2) Joint design and methods of at-
tachment of all pressure containment
ating pressure not exceeding 103 kPa
components.
(15 psig) with no limitation on size.
(3) Foundations and supports (design
(See UG–28(f) of section VIII of the
and attachment).
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code
(4) Pertinent calculations for pres-
(incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR sure vessel foundations and/or sup-
54.01–1.) ports.
(ii) Cargo tanks of pressure vessel (5) A bill of material meeting the re-
configuration are not included in the quirements of section VIII of section
exemption in paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure
section. Vessel Code (incorporated by reference;
(4) Class I, II, and III pressure vessels see 46 CFR 54.01–1), as modified by this
that meet the requirements of § 54.01– part.
5(c)(3) and (c)(4). (6) A diagrammatic arrangement
(5) Condensers and heat exchangers, drawing of the assembled unit indi-
regardless of size, when the design is cating location of internal and external
such that the liquid phase is not great- components.
er than 689 kPa (100 psig) and 200 °F (93 [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as
°C) and the vapor phase is not greater amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65166,
than 103 kPa (15 psig) provided that the Oct. 31, 2008]
Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection is
satisfied that system overpressure con- § 54.01–25 Miscellaneous pressure com-
ditions are addressed by the owner or ponents (modifies UG–11).
operator. (a) Pressure components for pressure
(b) For fluid conditioner fittings see vessels shall be as required by UG–11 of
§ 56.15–1 of this subchapter. section VIII of the ASME Boiler and
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as
reference; see 46 CFR 54.01–1) except as
1970; CGFR 70–143, 35 FR 19906, Dec. 30, 1970; noted otherwise in this section.
CGD 77–147, 47 FR 21810, May 20, 1982; USCG– (b) All pressure components con-
2003–16630, 73 FR 65166, Oct. 31, 2008; USCG– forming to an accepted ANSI (Amer-
2010–0759, 75 FR 60002, Sept. 29, 2010] ican National Standards Institute)
138
Standard referred to in an adopted less of the allowable stress listed in

code, specification or standard or in section VIII of the ASME Boiler and
this subchapter shall also be marked in Pressure Vessel Code for calculating
accordance with MSS SP–25 (incor- thickness.
porated by reference; see 46 CFR 54.01– (c) Telltale holes shall not be per-
1). mitted in pressure vessels containing
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as dangerous fluids, such as acid, poison,
amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9977, June 17, corrosives, etc.
1970; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65167, Oct. 31, (d) Exemption from these corrosion
2008] allowance requirements will be granted
by the Commandant in those cases
§ 54.01–30 Loadings (modifies UG–22). where:
(a) The loadings for pressure vessels (1) The contents of the pressure ves-
shall be as required by UG–22 of section sel is judged to be sufficiently non-
VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure corrosive; and,
Vessel Code (incorporated by reference; (2) Where the external surface is also
see 46 CFR 54.01–1) except as noted oth- protected from corrosion. A suitable
erwise in this section. vapor barrier is adequate protection,
(b) In evaluating loadings for certain while paint or other thin coatings ex-
pressure vessel applications, the Com- posed to weather or mechanical dam-
mandant may require consideration of age are not acceptable.
the following loads in addition to those NOTE: No applied linings except as provided
listed in UG–22 of section VIII of the in part UCL of section VIII of the ASME
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code shall be ac-
(1) Loading imposed by vessel’s atti- ceptable.
tude in roll, list, pitch and trim. [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as
(2) Dynamic forces due to ship mo- amended by CGFR 72–59R, 37 FR 6189, Mar.
tions. 25, 1972; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65167, Oct. 31,
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as 2008]
Oct. 31, 2008] § 54.01–40 External pressure (modifies
UG–28).
§ 54.01–35 Corrosion (modifies UG–25). (a) The exemption from external
(a) Vessels or portions of vessels sub- pressure consideration provided by the
ject to corrosion shall be as required by note under UG–28(f) does not apply.
UG–25 of section VIII of the ASME (b) Vessels which may at times be
Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (incor- subjected to partial vacuum due to na-
porated by reference; see 46 CFR 54.01– ture of the contents, temperature, un-
1) except as noted otherwise in this sec- loading operations, or other facet of
tion. employment shall either have vacuum
(b) The pressure portions of pressure breaker protection or be designed for
vessels shall: not less than one-half atmosphere of
(1) Normally have a corrosion allow- external pressure.
ance of one-sixth of the calculated [CGFR 70–143, 35 FR 19906, Dec. 30, 1970]
thickness, or one-sixteenth inch,
whichever is smaller, added to the cal-
culated thickness as determined by the
Subpart 54.03—Low Temperature
applicable design formula. Operation
(2) Be specifically evaluated in cases § 54.03–1 Scope.
where unusually corrosive cargoes will
be involved, for the possible increase of The pressure vessels for low tempera-
this corrosion allowance. ture operation shall be as required by
(3) Have no additional thickness re- section VIII of the ASME Boiler and
quired when acceptable corrosion re- Pressure Vessel Code (incorporated by
sistant materials are used. reference; see 46 CFR 54.01–1) as modi-
(4) Not normally need additional fied by this subpart.
thickness allowance when the effective [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as
stress (either S or SE depending on the amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65167,
design formula used) is 80 percent or Oct. 31, 2008]
139
§ 54.03–5 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
§ 54.03–5 General. such treatment is subsequently applied

(a) Requirements for ferritic steels, to the material, test specimens shall be
high alloy steels, and heat treated fer- so taken and treated as to be rep-
ritic steels are contained in §§ 54.25–10, resentative of the material in the fin-
54.25–15, and 54.25–20 respectively of ished vessel.
(b) The requirements of this subpart
this subchapter.
(b) Requirements for toughness test- are also applicable to nonpressure ves-
ing of material product forms and sel type low temperature tanks and as-
weldments (including weld procedure sociated secondary barriers, as defined
in § 38.05–4 of subchapter D (Tank Ves-
qualification and production toughness
sels) of this chapter.
tests) are contained in subpart 54.05.
(c) Materials suitable for a given [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as
minimum service temperature may be amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9977, June 17,
used in warmer service. Steels differing 1970]
in chemical composition, mechanical
§ 54.05–5 Toughness test specimens.
properties, or heat treatments from
those specified may be specially ap- (a) Charpy V-notch impact tests. Where
proved by the Commandant. Similarly, required, Charpy V-notch tests shall be
aluminum alloys and other nonferrous conducted in accordance with ASTM
materials not intended to be covered Specification E 23 (incorporated by ref-
by these sections may be specially con- erence, see § 54.01–1), ‘‘Notched Bar Im-
sidered by the Commandant for service pact Testing of Metallic Materials’’,
at any low temperature. using the Type A specimen shown in
Figure 4 of the specification. Special
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as attention is drawn to the fact that the
Charpy Keyhole and U-notch specimens
1970]
are not acceptable substitutes for the
Charpy V-notch specimen and shall not
Subpart 54.05—Toughness Tests be used to qualify materials within the
scope of this subpart. Each set of
§ 54.05–1 Scope (replaces UG–84).
Charpy impact tests shall consist of
The toughness tests of materials used three specimens. For materials 1⁄2-inch
in pressure vessels shall be as required thick or less, the largest possible
by this subpart in lieu of requirements Charpy specimens for that thickness
in UG–84 of section VIII of the ASME shall be cut centered at the material’s
Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (incor- mid-thickness. For materials thicker
porated by reference; see 46 CFR 54.01– than 1⁄2-inch, full size Charpy speci-
1) mens shall be cut centered at a loca-
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as tion as near as practicable to a point
amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65167, midway between the material’s surface
Oct. 31, 2008] and half-thickness. Except where oth-
erwise specified, transversely oriented
§ 54.05–3 Tests required. specimens must be used. When longitu-
(a) Where material or welding tough- dinal specimens are used, the required
ness tests are required by §§ 54.25–10, energy values may not be less than 1.5
54.25–15, 54.25–20, and subpart 57.03 or times the values required for trans-
57.06 of this subchapter, the following versely oriented specimens. In all cases
requirements shall apply: the notch shall be cut normal to the
(1) Additional requirements for fer- material’s surface. Test specimens
ritic steels with properties enhanced by shall be taken at least one ‘‘t’’ from
heat treatment are in § 54.25–20. any heat treated edge (where ‘‘t’’ is the
(2) Certified reports of toughness material’s nominal thickness).
tests by the material manufacturer (b) Drop weight tests. Where required,
will be acceptable evidence provided drop weight tests shall be conducted
the specimens taken are representative for no-break performance in accord-
of the material delivered and that the ance with ASTM Specification E 208
material is not subject to treatment (incorporated by reference, see § 54.01–

during or following fabrication that 1), ‘‘Conducting Drop-Weight Test to
will reduce its impact properties. If Determine Nil-Ductility Transition
140
Temperature of Ferritic Steels’’. For with the nil-ductility transition tem-

material thicknesses between 1⁄2-inch perature determined by the drop-
and 5⁄8-inch, the ASTM E–208 specimen weight tests for the steels specified in
P–3, machined to 1⁄2-inch thickness, § 54.25–10. For materials for which there
shall be used with a stop distance of are other data showing suitable cor-
0.090–inch. In preparing weld specimens relation between Charpy V-notch and
for dropweight testing, weld reinforce- drop-weight tests, V-notch acceptance
ment shall be ground flush, the hard limits different from those tabulated
facing bead centered on and transverse herein may be specially approved by
to the weld, and the notch centered on the Commandant, based upon the ac-
and parallel to the weld axis. tual correlation. In the case of steels
(c) Retest procedures. (1) When Charpy for which the tabulated Charpy V-
V-notch impact specimens are used and notch values can be shown to be inap-
the average value of the three initial plicable or in the case of specially con-
specimens fails to meet the stated re- sidered steels, or as an alternative to
quirements by an amount not exceed- complying with the tabulated impact
ing 15 percent, or the value for more requirements, acceptance may be based
than one specimen is below the re- upon the material exhibiting a no-
quired average value of when the value break performance when tested in ac-
for one specimen is below the min- cordance with the drop-weight proce-
imum value permitted for a single dure. Whenever the drop-weight test is
specimen by an amount not exceeding used as an alternative to the Charpy V-
15 percent, three additional specimens notch test, two drop-weight specimens
from the same material may be tested shall be tested for each set of three
and the results combined with those Charpy V-notch specimens otherwise
previously obtained to form a new av- required. If the drop-weight test cannot
erage. This new average of six speci- be performed because of material
mens must exceed the specified min- thickness limitations (less than one-
imum average. In the event the Charpy half inch) or product shape, or is other-
retests fail, the material may still be wise inapplicable (because of heat
qualified by exhibiting a no-break per- treatment, chemistry, etc.), other tests
formance when tested in accordance and/or test criteria will be specified by
with the drop weight procedure, if ap- the Commandant to assure the ade-
plicable. Two drop weight specimens quacy of the material for the intended
shall be tested for each Charpy V-notch application.
set of three initial specimens which [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as
failed to qualify. Failure of either or amended by CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40163, Sept. 2,
both of these drop weight specimens 1975; USCG–2000–7790, 65 FR 58460, Sept. 29,
will constitute rejection of the mate- 2000]
rial or weldments represented, except § 54.05–6 Toughness test temperatures.
as outlined in paragraph (c)(3) of this
section. Each toughness test must be con-
(2) When drop weight specimens are ducted at temperatures not warmer
used, retests shall be permitted only than ¥20 °F or 10 °F below the min-
within the limits prescribed in ASTM imum service temperature, whichever
Specification E 208 (incorporated by is lower, except that for service at or
reference, see § 54.01–1), except as out- below ¥320 °F, the tests may be con-
lined in paragraph (c)(3) of this section. ducted at the service temperature in
(3) If, for heat treated base material, accordance with § 54.25–10(a)(2).
the required toughness results are not [CGD 85–061, 54 FR 50964, Dec. 11, 1989]
obtained in the initial test or in the
retest, the material may be reheat § 54.05–10 Certification of material
treated one time and tested again in toughness tests.
accordance with the initial require- (a) Plate material. The manufacturer
ments for the material. of plates may certify such material,
(d) Alternate toughness tests. The provided it has been given an appro-
Charpy V-notch impact values of priate heat-treatment, by reporting the

§§ 54.05–20(a) and 54.05–25(a) are rep- results of tests of one set of Charpy im-
resentative of those which correlate pact specimens or of two drop weight
141
§ 54.05–10 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
specimens, as applicable, taken from at random from each heat or furnace

each plate as rolled. Impact specimens batch or portion thereof to be certified.
shall be taken as outlined in section 12 (c) Forgings and forged or rolled fit-
of ASTM A 20 (incorporated by ref- tings. (1) The manufacturer of forgings
erence, see § 54.01–1). The long axis of for any purpose may certify them by
the Charpy specimen must be perpen- reporting the results of tests of one set
dicular to the final direction of rolling. of Charpy impact specimens or two
When the direction of maximum stress drop-weight specimens, as applicable,
is unknown, the manufacturer may taken from each 5 short tons of product
certify on the basis of specimens taken from each melting heat provided the
parallel to the final direction of roll- requirements in this paragraph for pro-
ing. duction and sampling are met.
(b) Pipe or tube material. (1) The man- (2) One or more test blocks shall be
ufacturer of pipe, tube, or welded fit- cut from billets or blooms selected at
tings formed from pipe or tube may random from each heat of material.
certify such material by reporting the Each test block shall be forge-reduced
results of tests of one set of Charpy im- in thickness to the thickness of the fin-
pact specimens, provided the require- ished forgings to be certified, within
ment for production in this paragraph the limitations set below. After forging
(b)(1) or paragraph (b)(2) of this sec- to the reduced thickness, the test
tion, as well as the requirement for block shall be heat-treated in the same
sampling in paragraph (b)(3) of this sec- manner as the finished forgings rep-
tion are met. The specimens shall have resented, which heat-treatment of test
the major axis parallel to the length of blocks may be carried out in the fur-
pipe or tube. In the case of welding fit- nace with the forgings, or separately. If
tings, the specimens may be taken carried out separately, both heat-treat-
from the tubing prior to forming pro- ments shall be done in automatically
vided the fittings are normalized after controlled furnaces equipped with cali-
forming. Such specimens shall be nor- brated recording pyrometers, the cer-
malized before testing. tified records of which shall be made
(2) One set of specimens may rep- available to the inspector.
resent each five (5) short tons, or less, (3) One set of Charpy impact speci-
of the pipe, tubes, or welding fittings mens or two drop-weight specimens, as
produced from one heat of steel poured applicable, shall be cut from each such
from a single melting furnace charge test block and these specimens shall
and subsequently processed in the same represent all forgings (up to 5 short
manner, provided all are given a nor- tons) that are from the same heat of
malizing heat-treatment in a contin- material and given the same heat-
uous treating furnace in which the treatment as the test block, and the
temperature is automatically con- thickness of which does not differ from
trolled and checked by recording py- that of the test block by more than
rometer. plus or minus 50 percent of 11⁄2 inches,
(3) One set of specimens may rep- whichever is less, except that forged
resent each five (5) short tons, or less, flanges and tube sheets thicker than
of the pipe, tubes, or welding fittings 51⁄2 inches may be qualified from a 4-
that have been given a normalizing inch test block.
heat-treatment as a single charge in a (4) As many test blocks shall be made
batch-treating furnace equipped with as are required under the foregoing
recording pyrometer provided all have rule in paragraph (c)(3) of this section
been produced from a single melting to cover the weight of product and
furnace heat and are subsequently range of thickness found in the forg-
processed in the same manner. If more ings represented. The major axis of the
than one melting furnace heat is test specimens shall be parallel to the
present in the batch heat-treating fur- length of the test block.
nace, means of identification shall be (d) Bars and shapes, rolled or forged.
provided and one set of specimens shall (1) The manufacturer of forged or
be taken from each heat. rolled bars and shapes may certify such
(4) One set of impact specimens shall by reporting the results of one set of
be taken from one pipe or tube picked Charpy impact specimens, or two drop-
142
weight specimens, as applicable, pro- drop-weight specimens, as applicable,

duced from each 5 short tons from a taken from one such part selected at
single melting furnace heat, processed random, provided the same kind of ma-
in a similar manner and heat-treated terial and the same process of produc-
as a single furnace batch, if heat-treat- tion were used for all of the lot. When
ed. The impact specimens shall be cut the part is too small to provide the
from the heaviest section, clear of fil- specimens of at least minimum size, no
lets, of the shape being tested with the impact test need be made. For such
axis of the specimens parallel to the parts too small to impact test, tough-
axis of the bar or shape. ness qualifications shall be determined
(e) Castings. (1) The manufacturer of by the Commandant based on material,
castings may certify them by reporting chemical, and mechanical properties.
the results of one set of Charpy impact
specimens or two drop-weight speci- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as
amended by CGFR 73–254, 40 FR 40164, Sept.
mens, as applicable, taken from each 5
2, 1975; USCG–1999–5151, 64 FR 67178, Dec. 1,
short tons of product from each melt- 1999]
ing furnace heat. These specimens shall
be taken either directly from a produc- § 54.05–15 Weldment toughness tests—
tion casting or from test coupons cast procedure qualifications.
attached thereto provided the addi-
(a) Plate for which Charpy V-notch
tional requirements in this paragraph
impact testing is required in the parent
are met.
material and for which V-notch mini-
(2) One set of Charpy impact or two
ma are specified shall similarly have
drop-weight specimens may represent
all castings (up to 5 short tons) that welding procedures qualified for tough-
are from the same heat of material and ness by Charpy V-notch testing. For
that have a thickness that does not dif- these tests, the test plates shall be ori-
fer from the thickness of the section ented with their final rolling direction
from which the specimens were taken parallel to the weld axis (i.e., so that
by more than plus or minus 25 percent, transverse impact specimens result),
or 11⁄2 inches, whichever is less. A wider and with the V-notch normal to the
range of thicknesses from one heat plate surface. The sample weld joint
may be covered by taking additional preparation shall be the same as that
sets of specimens from thicker or thin- used in production. The number of test
ner material as may be required. specimens and the location of their
(3) The test specimens shall be heat- notches shall be as shown in Figure
treated in the same manner as the 54.05–15(a) and as described in para-
castings represented, which heat-treat- graphs (a) (1) through (5) of this sec-
ment of specimens may be carried out tion.
in the furnace with the castings rep- (1) Three specimens with the notch
resented, or separately, but if carried centered in the weld metal.
out separately both heat-treatments (2) Three specimens with the notch
shall be done in automatically con- centered on the fusion line between
trolled furnaces equipped with cali- parent plate and weld. (The fusion line
brated recording pyrometers, the cer- may be identified by etching the speci-
tified records of which shall be made men with a mild reagent.)
available to the marine inspector. (3) Three specimens with the notch
(f) Small parts. The manufacturer of centered in the heat affected zone, 1
small parts, either cast or forged, may mm from the fusion line.
certify a lot of not more than 20 dupli- (4) Same as paragraph (a)(3) of this
cate parts or 5 short tons, whichever is section, but 3 mm from the fusion line.
less, by reporting the results of one set (5) Same as paragraph (a)(3) of this
of Charpy impact specimens, or two section, but 5 mm from the fusion line.
143
§ 54.05–15 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
FIGURE 54.05–15(A)—CHARPY V-NOTCH SPECIMEN REMOVAL DETAILS
(b) Plate materials for which Charpy mens are to be tested, with the notch
V-notch minimums are not specified, positioned directly above and parallel
or for which a Charpy V-notch correla- to the centerline of the weld.
tion with NDT is not known, and which (c) Piping welding toughness tests
are themselves tested for toughness by shall be qualified, by making Charpy
the drop-weight procedure, shall have V-notch impact tests as prescribed in
welding procedures similarly qualified paragraph (a) of this section.

by the drop-weight test. For such (d) Materials which are specially ap-
qualifications, two drop-weight speci- proved based on toughness criteria or
144
EC01FE91.020
tests, other than those discussed in ical location for toughness observed in
paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, the weld procedure qualification tests.
shall have welding procedures tested Where the drop weight specimen is
and qualified for toughness as deemed used in production weld testing, it
appropriate and necessary by the Com- shall be prepared in the same manner
mandant. as specified for procedure qualification
(e) In the case of stainless steels, testing, § 54.05–15(b).
weld procedure toughness tests may be (b) For vessels not exceeding 5 cubic
limited to weld metal only if this is all feet in volume, one set of impact speci-
that is required by § 54.25–15. mens, or two drop-weight specimens, as
applicable according to the test used in
§ 54.05–16 Production toughness test- procedure qualification, may represent
ing. all vessels from the same heat of mate-
(a) For vessels of welded construc- rial not in excess of 100 vessels, or one
tion, production toughness test plates heat-treatment furnace batch. In addi-
shall be prepared for each 50 feet of lon- tion, when such vessels are welded, one
gitudinal and circumferential butt weld test plate made from one of the
weld in each Class I-L vessel, or for heats of material used, and two sets of
each 150 feet in each Class II-L vessel, impact specimens or two drop-weight
except for material other than stain- specimens, as applicable, cut there-
less steel that is exempted from impact from, may represent the weld metal in
test requirements by this subchapter. the smallest of: One lot of 100 vessels or
In the case of stainless steels, weld pro- less; or each heat-treatment furnace
duction toughness tests may be limited batch; or each 50 feet of welding for
to weld metal only if this is all that is Class I-L vessels; or each 150 feet of
required be § 54.25–15. The test-plate welding for Class II-L vessels.
thickness shall be the same as that of (c) For several vessels or parts of ves-
the vessel wall at the location of the sels being welded in succession, the
production weld being sampled. The plate thickness of which does not vary
test plates shall be prepared, wherever by more than one-fourth inch, and
possible, as run-off tabs attached at the which are made of the same grade of
ends of weld butts or seams. The roll- material, a test plate shall be furnished
ing direction of the run-off tabs should for each 50 feet of welding for Class I-
be oriented parallel to the rolling di- L vessels or 150 feet of welding for
rection of the adjacent production ma- Class II-L vessels. For each 50- or 150-
terial. The test-plate material shall be foot increment of weld, as applicable,
taken from one of the heats of material the test plates shall be prepared at the
used in the vessel, and both the elec- time of fabrication of the first vessel
trodes and welding procedures shall be involving that increment.
the same as used in the fabrication of (d) The test plates and any other test
the vessel. From each test plate, one material from which toughness test
set of three Charpy impact bars or two specimens are cut shall be given the
drop-weight specimens, as applicable same heat-treatment as the production
according to the test used in procedure material they represent. Test speci-
qualification, shall be taken transverse mens representing other material than
to the weld axis. For Charpy V-notch the weld toughness test plates shall
specimens, the notch shall be normal preferably be cut from a part of the
to the material surface and its location vessel material but may be cut from
alternated (approximately) on succes- like material that has been heat-treat-
sive tests between the weld metal and ed within the temperature range speci-
heat affected zone. Thus, approxi- fied by the producer in treating the ac-
mately half of all weld production im- tual vessel material.
pact tests will be of weld metal and (e) For nonpressure vessel type tanks
half of heat affected zone material. For and associated secondary barriers, as
the weld metal tests, the V-notch is to defined in § 38.05–4, subchapter D (Tank
be centered between the fusion lines. Vessels) of this chapter, production
For the heat affected zone tests, the toughness test plates shall be prepared
notch is to be centered so as to sample, in accordance with paragraphs (a) and
as nearly as practicable, the most crit- (d) of this section. One set of toughness
145
§ 54.05–17 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
test plates shall be prepared for each (incorporated by reference, see § 54.01–1)
165 feet (50 meters) of production butt nickel steels must exhibit energies not
type welds. less than the values shown in § 54.05–20
(a). Requirements for 9 percent nickel
§ 54.05–17 Weld toughness test accept- steels are contained in § 54.25–20. Other
ance criteria. nickel alloy steels, when specially ap-
(a) For Charpy V-notch impact tests proved by the Commandant, must ex-
the energy absorbed in both the weld hibit a no-break performance when
metal and heat affected zone impact tested in accordance with the drop
tests in weld qualification and produc- weight procedure. If, for such mate-
tion shall be: rials, there are data indicating suitable
(1) For weld metal specimens, not correlation with drop-weight tests,
less than the transverse values re- Charpy V-notch tests may be specially
quired for the parent material. considered by the Commandant in lieu
(2) For heat affected zone specimens, of drop-weight tests. If the drop-weight
when the specimens are transversely test cannot be performed because of
oriented, not less than the transverse material thickness limitations (less
values required for the parent mate- than one-half inch), or product shape,
rial. or is otherwise inapplicable (because of
(3) For heat affected zone specimens, heat treatment, chemistry etc.) other
when the specimens are longitudinally tests or test criteria will be specified
oriented, not less than 1.5 times the by the Commandant.
transverse values required for the par- (c) Where sufficient data are avail-
ent material. able to warrant such waiver, the Com-
(b) For drop-weight tests both speci- mandant may waive the requirements
mens from each required set shall ex- for toughness testing austenitic stain-
hibit a no-break performance. less steel materials. Where required,
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as austenitic stainless steels are to be
amended by CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40164, Sept. 2, tested using the drop-weight procedure
1975] and must exhibit a no-break perform-
ance. Where data are available indi-
§ 54.05–20 Impact test properties for cating suitable correlation of Charpy
service of 0 ≥F and below. V-notch results with drop-weight NDT
(a) Test energy. The impact energies or no-break performance, Charpy V-
of each set of transverse Charpy speci- notch tests may be specially considered
mens may not be less than the values by the Commandant in lieu of
shown in table 54.05–20(a). Only one dropweight tests. If the dropweight
specimen in a set may be below the retest cannot be performed because of
quired average and the value of that material thickness limitations (less
specimen must be above the minimum than one-half inch), or product shape,
impact value permitted on one speci- or is otherwise inapplicable (because of
men only. See § 54.05–5(c) for retest reheat treatment, chemistry, etc.) other
quirements. tests and/or test criteria will be speci-
fied by the Commandant.
TABLE 54.05–20(a)—CHARPY V-NOTCH IMPACT
[CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40164, Sept. 2, 1975, as
REQUIREMENTS
Minimum impact Sept. 29, 2000]
Minimum impact
value required for value permitted on
average of each § 54.05–25 [Reserved]
Size of specimen one specimen
set of 3 speci- only of a set, foot-
mens foot- pounds § 54.05–30 Allowable stress values at
pounds 1
low temperatures.
10 × 10 mm ........... 20.0 13.5
10 × 7.5 mm .......... 16.5 11.0 (a) The Coast Guard will give consid-
10 × 5 mm ............. 13.5 9.0 eration to the enhanced yield and ten-
10 × 2.5 mm .......... 10.0 6.5
sile strength properties of ferrous and
1 Straight line interpolation for intermediate values is
nonferrous materials at low tempera-
permitted.
ture for the purpose of establishing al-

(b) Transversely oriented Charpy V- lowable stress values for service tem-
notch impact specimens of ASTM A 203 perature below 0 °F.
146
(b) The use of such allowable stress inspector will then stamp the vessel
values must be specially approved by with the Coast Guard Symbol.
the Coast Guard for each application. (c) Pressure vessels described in
Further information may be obtained § 54.01–5(c)(3), except pressure vessels in
by writing to the Commandant (CG– systems regulated under § 58.60 of this
ENG), Attn: Office of Design and Engi- chapter, must be visually examined by
neering Systems, U.S. Coast Guard a marine inspector prior to installa-
Stop 7509, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. tion. The marine inspector also reviews
Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20593. the associated plans and manufactur-
(c) Submittals must include informa- ers’ data reports. If, upon inspection,
tion and calculations specified by the the pressure vessel complies with the
U.S. Coast Guard, Office of Design and applicable requirements in § 54.01–5, the
Engineering Standards (CG–ENG) to marine inspector stamps the pressure
demonstrate that the allowable stress vessel with the Coast Guard Symbol.
for the material cannot be exceeded
under any possible combination of ves- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as
sel loads and metal temperature. amended by CGD 77–147, 47 FR 21810, May 20,
1982; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65167, Oct. 31,
[CGD 73–133R, 39 FR 9179, Mar. 8, 1974, as 2008]
amended by CGD 82–063b, 48 FR 4781, Feb. 3,
1983; CGD 95–072, 60 FR 50462, Sept. 29, 1995; § 54.10–5 Maximum allowable working
CGD 96–041, 61 FR 50727, 50728, Sept. 27, 1996; pressure (reproduces UG–98).
USCG–2009–0702, 74 FR 49228, Sept. 25, 2009;
USCG–2012–0832, 77 FR 59777, Oct. 1, 2012; (a) The maximum allowable working
USCG–2013–0671, 78 FR 60148, Sept. 30, 2013] pressure for a vessel is the maximum
pressure permissible at the top of the
Subpart 54.10—Inspection, vessel in its normal operating position
Reports, and Stamping at the designated coincident tempera-
ture specified for that pressure. It is
§ 54.10–1 Scope (modifies UG–90 the least of the values found for max-
through UG–103 and UG–115 imum allowable working pressure for
through UG–120). any of the essential parts of the vessel
The inspection, tests, stamping, and by the principles given in paragraph (b)
reports for pressure vessels shall be as of this section and adjusted for any dif-
required by paragraphs UG–90 through ference in static head that may exist
UG–103 and UG–115 through UG–120 of between the part considered and the
section VIII of the ASME Boiler and top of the vessel. (See appendix 3 of
Pressure Vessel Code (incorporated by section VIII of the ASME Boiler and
reference; see 46 CFR 54.01–1) except as Pressure Vessel Code (incorporated by
noted otherwise in this subpart. reference; see 46 CFR 54.01–1.)
(b) The maximum allowable working
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as
amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65167, pressure for a vessel part is the max-
Oct. 31, 2008] imum internal or external pressure, in-
cluding the static head hereon, as de-
§ 54.10–3 Marine inspectors (replaces termined by the rules and formulas in
UG–90 and UG–91, and modifies section VIII of the ASME Boiler and
UG–92 through UG–103). Pressure Vessel Code, together with
(a) Only marine inspectors shall the effect of any combination of load-
apply the Coast Guard Symbol. They ings listed in UG–22 of section VIII of
will not apply any other code symbol the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel
to pressure vessels. Code (see 46 CFR 54.01–30) that are like-
(b) All pressure vessels not exempted ly to occur, or the designated coinci-
under provisions of § 54.01–15 shall be dent operating temperature, excluding
inspected by a marine inspector refer- any metal thickness specified as corro-
ring to procedures outlined in UG–92 sion allowance. (See UG–25 of section
through UG–103 of section VIII of the VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Vessel Code.)
(incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR (c) Maximum allowable working pres-

54.01–1) and §§ 50.30–10, 50.30–15, and sure may be determined for more than
50.30–20 of this subchapter. The marine one designated operating temperature,
147
§ 54.10–5 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
using for each temperature the applica- levels pertinent to this part of the regula-
ble allowable stress value. tions. It includes reference to section VIII of
NOTE: Table 54.10–5 gives pictorially the the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code
interrelation among the various pressure for definitions and explanations.
148
ER31OC08.001</GPH>
149
ER31OC08.002</GPH>
§ 54.10–10 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
[USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65167, Oct. 31, 2008] (e) Vessels requiring stress relieving
shall be stress relieved after any weld-
§ 54.10–10 Standard hydrostatic test ing repairs have been made. (See UW–40
(modifies UG–99).
of section VIII of the ASME Boiler and
(a) All pressure vessels shall satisfac- Pressure Vessel Code.)
torily pass the hydrostatic test pre- (f) After repairs have been made the
scribed by this section, except those vessel shall again be tested in the reg-
pressure vessels noted under § 54.10– ular way, and if it passes the test, the
15(a). marine inspector may accept it. If it
(b) The hydrostatic-test pressure does not pass the test, the marine in-
must be at least one and three-tenths spector can order supplementary re-
(1.30) times the maximum allowable pairs, or, if in his judgment the vessel
working pressure stamped on the pres- is not suitable for service, he may per-
sure vessel, multiplied by the ratio of manently reject it.
the stress value ‘‘S’’ at the test tem-
perature to the stress value ‘‘S’’ at the [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as
design temperature for the materials of amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65170,
Oct. 31, 2008]
which the pressure vessel is con-
structed. The values for ‘‘S’’ shall be
§ 54.10–15 Pneumatic test (modifies
taken from tables UCS 23, UNF 23, UHA UG–100).
23, or UHT 23 of section VIII of the
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (a) Pneumatic testing of welded pres-
(incorporated by reference, see 46 CFR sure vessels shall be permitted only for
54.01–1). The value of ‘‘S’’ at test tem- those units which are so designed and/
perature shall be that taken for the or supported that they cannot be safely
material of the tabulated value of tem- filled with water, or for those units
perature closest to the test tempera- which cannot be dried and are to be
ture. The value of ‘‘S’’ at design tem- used in a service where traces of the
perature shall be as interpolated from testing medium cannot be tolerated.
the appropriate table. No ratio less (b) Proposals to pneumatically test
than one shall be used. The stress re- shall be submitted to the cognizant Of-
sulting from the hydrostatic test shall ficer in Charge, Marine Inspection, for
not exceed 90 percent of the yield stress approval.
of the material at the test tempera- (c) Except for enameled vessels, for
ture. External loadings which will exist which the pneumatic test pressure
in supporting structure during the hy- shall be at least equal to, but need not
drostatic test should be considered. exceed, the maximum allowable work-
The design shall consider the combined ing pressure to be marked on the ves-
stress during hydrostatic testing due sel, the pneumatic test pressure shall
to pressure and the support reactions. be at least equal to one and one-tenth
This stress shall not exceed 90 percent (1.10) times the maximum allowable
of the yield stress of the material at working pressure to be stamped on the
the test temperature. In addition the vessel multiplied by the lowest ratio
adequacy of the supporting structure (for the materials of which the vessel is
during hydrostatic testing should be constructed) of the stress value ‘‘S’’ for
considered in the design. the test temperature of the vessel to
(c) The hydrostatic test pressure the stress value ‘‘S’’ for the design
shall be applied for a sufficient period temperature (see UG–21 of section VIII
of time to permit a thorough examina- of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Ves-
tion of all joints and connections. The sel Code (incorporated by reference; see
test shall not be conducted until the 46 CFR 54.01–1)). In no case shall the
vessel and liquid are at approximately pneumatic test pressure exceed one and
the same temperature. one-tenth (1.10) times the basis for cal-
(d) Defects detected during the hy- culated test pressure as defined in UA–
drostatic test or subsequent examina- 60(e) of section VIII of the ASME Boiler
tion shall be completely removed and and Pressure Vessel Code.
then inspected. Provided the marine in- (d) The pneumatic test of pressure
spector gives his approval, they may vessels shall be accomplished as fol-
then be repaired. lows:
150
(1) The pressure on the vessel shall be (7) Water capacity in liters (U.S. gal-
gradually increased to not more than lons), if a cargo carrying pressure ves-
half the test pressure. sel.
(2) The pressure will then be in- (b) Multichambered pressure vessels (re-
creased at steps of approximately one- places UG–116(k)). In cases where more
tenth the test pressure until the test than one pressure vessel is involved in
pressure has been reached. an integral construction, as with a
(3) The pressure will then be reduced heat exchanger, the manufacturer may
to the maximum allowable working elect to class the component pressure
pressure of the vessel to permit exam- vessels differently. In such cases he
ination. shall stamp the combined structures as
(e) Pressure vessels pneumatically required in paragraph (a) of this sec-
tested shall also be leak tested. The tion with information for each pressure
test shall be capable of detecting leak- vessel. Where an item for stamping is
age consistent with the design require- identical for both vessels, as with name
ments of the pressure vessel. Details of and address of manufacturer, it need
the leak test shall be submitted to the not be duplicated. However, where dif-
Commandant for approval. ferences exist, each value and the ves-
(f) After satisfactory completion of sel to which it applies shall be clearly
the pneumatic pressure test, the vessel indicated.
may be stamped in accordance with (c) Stamping data (replaces UG–117).
§ 54.10–20. A marine inspector shall ob- Except as noted in paragraph (d) of this
serve the pressure vessel in a loaded section, the data shall be stamped di-
condition at the first opportunity fol- rectly on the pressure vessel. The data
lowing the pneumatic test. The tank shall be legibly stamped and shall not
supports and saddles, connecting pip- be obliterated during the service life of
ing, and insulation if provided shall be the pressure vessel. In the event that
examined to determine if they are sat- the portion of the pressure vessel upon
isfactory and that no leaks are evident. which the data is stamped is to be insu-
(g) The pneumatic test is inherently lated or otherwise covered, the data
more hazardous than a hydrostatic shall be reproduced on a metal name-
test, and suitable precautions shall be plate. This plate shall be securely at-
taken to protect personnel and adja- tached to the pressure vessel. The
cent property.
nameplate shall be maintained in a leg-
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as ible condition such that it may be eas-
amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65170, ily read.
Oct. 31, 2008] (1) Those parts of pressure vessels re-
quiring Coast Guard shop inspection
§ 54.10–20 Marking and stamping.
under this part which are furnished by
(a) Pressure vessels (replaces UG–116, other than the shop of the manufac-
except paragraph (k), and UG–118). Pres- turer responsible for the completed
sure vessels that are required by § 54.10– vessel shall be stamped with the Coast
3 to be stamped with the Coast Guard Guard Symbol, the Marine Inspection
Symbol must also be stamped with the Office identification letters (see § 50.10–
following information: 30 of this subchapter) and the word
(1) Manufacturer’s name and serial ‘‘Part’’, the manufacturer’s name and
number. serial number, and the design pressure.
(2) Coast Guard number, see § 50.10–30 (d) Thin walled vessels (Modifies UG–
of this subchapter. 119). In lieu of direct stamping on the
(3) Coast Guard Symbol, which is af- pressure vessel, the information re-
fixed only by the marine inspector. quired by paragraph (a) of this section
(4) Maximum allowable working pres- shall be stamped on a nameplate per-
sure ____ kPa (____ psig) at ____ °C (____ manently attached to the pressure ves-
°F). sel when the pressure vessel is con-
(5) Class. structed of—

(6) Minimum design metal tempera- (1) Steel plate less than one-fourth
ture, if below ¥18 °C (0 °F). inch thick; or
151
§ 54.10–25 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
(2) Nonferrous plate less than one- ASME Code must be provided with pro-
half inch thick. tective devices as indicated in UG–125
through UG–136 except as noted other-
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as
wise in this subpart.
1970; CGD 72–206R, 38 FR 17226, June 29, 1973; (b) The markings shall be in accord-
CGD 77–147, 47 FR 21810, May 20, 1982; USCG– ance with this chapter for devices cov-
2003–16630, 73 FR 65170, Oct. 31, 2008] ered by § 54.15–10.
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as
§ 54.10–25 Manufacturers’ data report amended by CGD 88–032, 56 FR 35822, July 29,
forms (modifies UG–120). 1991; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65170, Oct. 31,
(a) The Manufacturers’ data report 2008]
form, as provided by the Coast Guard,
shall be completed in duplicate and § 54.15–3 Definitions (modifies appen-
dix 3).
certified by the manufacturer for each
pressure vessel required to be shop in- (a) Definitions applicable to this sub-
spected under these regulations. The part are in § 52.01–3 of this subchapter.
original of this form shall be delivered [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as
to the Coast Guard inspector. amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65170,
(b) Data forms for those parts of a Oct. 31, 2008]
pressure vessel requiring inspection,
which are furnished by other than the § 54.15–5 Protective devices (modifies
shop of the manufacturer responsible UG–125).
for the completed unit, shall be exe- (a) All pressure vessels must be pro-
cuted in triplicate by the manufacturer vided with protective devices. The pro-
of the parts. The original and one copy tective devices must be in accordance
shall be delivered to the Coast Guard with the requirements of UG–125
inspector who shall forward one copy of through UG–136 of section VIII of the
the report to the Officer in Charge, Ma- ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code
rine Inspection, having cognizance over (incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR
the final assembly. These partial data 54.01–1) except as modified in this sub-
reports, together with the final inspec- part.
tion and tests, shall be the final Coast (b) An unfired steam boiler evapo-
Guard inspector’s authority to apply rator or heat exchanger (see § 54.01–10)
the Coast Guard symbol and number. A shall be equipped with protective de-
final data report shall be executed by vices as required by § 54.15–15.
the manufacturer or assembler who (c) All pressure vessels other than
completes the final assembly and tests. unfired steam boilers shall be pro-
(c) If a pressure vessel is required to tected by pressure-relieving devices
be inspected in accordance with § 54.10– that will prevent the pressure from ris-
3(c), the manufacturer’s data reports ing more than 10 percent above the
required by UG–120 must be made maximum allowable working pressure,
available to the Coast Guard inspector except when the excess pressure is
for review prior to inspection of the caused by exposure to fire or other un-
pressure vessel. expected source of heat.
(d) Where an additional hazard can be
(Approved by the Office of Management and
created by exposure of a pressure vessel
Budget under control number 2130–0181)
to fire or other unexpected sources of
[CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9977, June 17, 1970, as external heat (for example, vessels
amended by CGD 77–147, 47 FR 21810, May 20, used to store liquefied flammable
1982]
gases), supplemental pressure-relieving
devices shall be installed to protect
Subpart 54.15—Pressure-Relief against excessive pressure. Such sup-
Devices plemental pressure-relieving devices
shall be capable of preventing the pres-
§ 54.15–1 General (modifies UG–125 sure from rising more than 20 percent
through UG–137). above the maximum allowable working
(a) All pressure vessels built in ac- pressure of the vessel. The minimum
cordance with applicable requirements required relief capacities for com-
in Division 1 of section VIII of the pressed gas pressure vessels are given
152
under § 54.15–25. A single pressure-re- unobstructed flow between the vessel

lieving device may be used to satisfy and its pressure-relieving device.
the requirements of this paragraph and (l) Safety devices need not be pro-
paragraph (c) of this section, provided vided by the pressure vessel manufac-
it meets the requirements of both para- turer. However, overpressure protec-
graphs. tion shall be provided prior to placing
(e) Pressure-relieving devices should the vessel in service.
be selected on the basis of their in-
tended service. They shall be con- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as
amended by CGD 88–032, 56 FR 35822, July 29,
structed, located, and installed so that
1991; CGD 95–012, 60 FR 48049, Sept. 18, 1995;
they are readily accessible for inspec- USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65170, Oct. 31, 2008]
tion and repair and so arranged that
they cannot be readily rendered inoper- § 54.15–10 Safety and relief valves
ative. (modifies UG–126).
(f) Where pressure-indicating gages
are used, they shall be chosen to be (a) All safety and relief valves for use
compatible with the pressure to be in- on pressure vessels or piping systems
dicated. The size of the visual display, shall be designed to meet the protec-
the fineness of graduations, and the tion and service requirements for
orientation of the display will be con- which they are intended and shall be
sidered. In no case shall the upper set to relieve at a pressure which does
range of the gage be less than 1.2 times not exceed the ‘‘maximum allowable
nor more than 2 times the pressure at working pressure’’ of the pressure ves-
which the relieving device is set to sel or piping system. Relief valves are
function. not required to have huddling cham-
(g) The Commandant may authorize bers for other than steam service. In
or require the use of a rupture disk in addition, safety valves used on vessels
lieu of a relief or safety valve under in which steam is generated shall meet
certain conditions of pressure vessel § 52.01–120 of this subchapter except
use and design. See § 54.15–13. § 52.01–120(a)(9). For steam service
(h) Vessels that are to operate com- below 206 kPa (30 psig), bodies of safety
pletely filled with liquid shall be valves may be made of cast iron. Safe-
equipped with liquid relief valves un- ty relief valves used in liquefied com-
less otherwise protected against over- pressed gas service shall meet subpart
pressure. 162.017 or 162.018 in subchapter Q (Spec-
(i) The protective devices required ifications) of this chapter as appro-
under paragraph (a) of this section priate.
shall be installed directly on a pressure (b) Pilot-valve control or other indi-
vessel except when the source of pres- rect operation of safety valves is not
sure is external to the vessel, and is permitted unless the design is such
under such positive control that the that the main unloading valve will
pressure in the vessel cannot exceed open automatically at not over the set
the maximum allowable working pres- pressure and will discharge its full
sure at the operating temperature ex- rated capacity if some essential part of
cept as permitted in paragraphs (c) and the pilot or auxiliary device should
(d) of this section. fail. All other safety and relief valves
(j) Pressure-relieving devices shall be shall be of the direct spring loaded
constructed of materials suitable for type.
the pressure, temperature, and other (c) Safety and relief valves for steam
conditions of the service intended. or air service shall be provided with a
(k) The opening through all pipes and substantial lifting device so that the
fittings between a pressure vessel and disk can be lifted from its seat when
its pressure-relieving device shall have the pressure in the vessel is 75 percent
at least the area of the pressure-reliev- of that at which the valve is set to
ing device inlet, and in all cases shall blow.
have sufficient area so as not to unduly (d) Safety and relief valves for serv-
restrict the flow to the pressure-reliev- ice other than steam and air need not
ing device. The opening in the vessel be provided with a lifting device al-
shall be designed to provide direct and though a lifting device is desirable if
153
§ 54.15–13 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
the vapors are such that their release (b) For certain pressure vessels con-
will not create a hazard. taining substances which may render a
(e) If the design of a safety or relief relief or safety valve inoperative, or
valve is such that liquid can collect on where the installation of a valve is con-
the discharge side of the disk, the valve sidered impractical, the Commandant
shall be equipped with a drain at the may authorize or require the use of a
lowest point where liquid can collect rupture disk in parallel with or in lieu
(for installation, see UG–134 of section of a spring loaded safety or relief valve.
VIII of section VIII of the ASME Boiler These rupture disks shall:
and Pressure Vessel Code (incorporated (1) Comply with the general provi-
by reference; see 46 CFR 54.01–1). sions of § 54.15–5 except as noted other-
(f) Cast iron may be employed in the wise in this section;
construction of relief valves for pres- (2) Have a capacity for discharge such
sures not exceeding 125 pounds per that the volume of release is sufficient
square inch and temperatures not ex- to prevent the internal pressure from
ceeding 450 °F. Seats or disks of cast exceeding 120 percent of the ‘‘max-
iron are prohibited. imum allowable working pressure’’
(g) The spring in a relief valve in with the pressure vessel exposed to fire
service for pressures up to and includ- conditions (see § 54.15–25); and,
ing 250 pounds per square inch shall not (3) Operate at a pressure level which
be reset for any pressure more than 10 does not produce fatigue failure of the
percent above or 10 percent below that disk. The normal maximum operating
for which the relief valve is marked. pressure multiplied by 1.3 shall not ex-
For higher pressures, the spring shall ceed the nominal disk burst pressure.
not be reset for any pressure more than (Notice that this restriction for protec-
5 percent above or 5 percent below that tion of the rupture disk will usually re-
for which the relief valve is marked. quire operation below the ‘‘maximum
(h) The rated relieving capacity of allowable working pressure’’ of the
safety and relief valves for use on pres- pressure vessel and therefore should be
sure vessels shall be based on actual considered in design.)
flow test data and the capacity shall be (c) All disks shall be oriented so that
certified by the manufacturer in ac- if rupture occurs, the disk fragments
cordance with one of the following: and pressure vessel discharge will be
(1) 120 percent of the valve set pres- directed away from operating per-
sure for valves rated in accordance sonnel and vital machinery.
with CGA S–1.2 (incorporated by ref- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as
erence; see 46 CFR 54.01–1). amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65170,
(2) 110 percent of the valve set pres- Oct. 31, 2008]
sure for valves rated in accordance
with UG–131 of section VIII of section § 54.15–15 Relief devices for unfired
VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure steam boilers, evaporators, and
Vessel Code. heat exchangers (modifies UG–126).
(3) 103 percent of the valve set pres- (a) An approved safety valve set to
sure for steam in accordance with PG– relieve at a pressure not exceeding the
69 of section VIII of the ASME Boiler ‘‘maximum allowable working pres-
and Pressure Vessel Code. sure’’ of the shell shall be fitted to all
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as unfired steam boilers and evaporators
amended by CGD 81–79, 50 FR 9436, Mar. 8, except for evaporators of the atmos-
1985; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65170, Oct. 31, pheric type designed for vapor dis-
2008] charge direct to a distiller with no
shutoff valve in the discharge line. The
§ 54.15–13 Rupture disks (modifies UG– distiller connected to atmospheric
127). evaporators shall be fitted with a vent
(a) Paragraph UG–127 of section VIII to prevent a buildup in pressure. In no
of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Ves- case shall the vent be less than 11⁄2
sel Code (incorporated by reference; see inches in diameter. Evaporators oper-
46 CFR 54.01–1) provides for the use of ating between atmospheric pressure
rupture disks in series with spring and 15 p.s.i.g., may use a rupture disc
loaded safety or relief valves. as an alternative to the safety valve.
154
(b) Safety valves for use on pressure this test the pressure shall not rise
vessels in which steam or pressure is more than 6 percent above the safety
generated shall comply with the re- valve setting.
quirements of § 54.15–10. Rupture discs (f) A heat exchanger with liquid in
used in lieu of these safety valves, as the shell and the heating medium in
provided for in paragraph (a) of this the tubes or coils, shall be fitted with
section, shall comply with the require- a liquid relief valve meeting the re-
ments of § 54.15–13. quirement of § 54.15–5.
(c) The relieving capacity of evapo- (g)(1) A heat exchanger with steam in
rator safety valves required by para- the shell and liquid in the tubes or
graph (a) of this section shall be at coils at a pressure exceeding that in
least equal to the capacity of the ori- the shell, shall have a liquid relief
fice fitted in the steam supply to the valve fitted to protect the shell against
evaporator. The orifice capacity shall excess pressure.
be determined in accordance with the
(2) The discharge capacity of such re-
formula in paragraph (c) (1) or (2) of
lief valves shall be calculated on the
this section as appropriate:
basis of the discharge from one tube
(1) Where the set pressure of the
using the difference in pressures be-
evaporator shell safety valve is 58 per-
cent or less than the setting of the tween that in the shell and that in the
safety valve in the steam supply: tubes and shall be not less than that
W = 51.45AP determined by the following formula:
(2) Where the set pressure of the Q = 29.81KD 2√ P1¥P2
evaporator shell safety valve exceeds 58
percent of the setting of the safety where:
valve on the steam supply: Q = Required relief valve discharge capacity,
in gallons per minute, based on relief
W = 105.3A√ P1(P¥P1) valve set pressure.
where: P1 = Pressure in the tube or coils, in pounds
per square inch.
W = The required orifice capacity, in pounds
per hour. P2 = Set pressure of the shell relief valve, in
A = Cross-sectional area of rounded entrance pounds per square inch.
orifice, in square inches. The orifice shall D = Internal diameter of the largest tube or
be installed near the steam inlet or the coil, in inches.
coils or tubes and where no orifice is em- K = Coefficient of discharge = 0.62.
ployed the area used in the formula shall [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as
be that of the inlet connection or mani-
amended by CGD 72–206R, 38 FR 17226, June
fold.
29, 1973]
P = Set pressure of steam supply safety
valve, in pounds per square inch, abso-
lute.
§ 54.15–25 Minimum relief capacities
P1 = Set pressure of evaporator shell safety for cargo tanks containing com-
valve, in pounds per square inch, abso- pressed or liquefied gas.
lute. (a) Each tank shall be fitted with one
(d) The relieving capacity of safety or more safety relief valves designed,
valves on unfired steam boilers shall constructed, and flow tested in accord-
not be less than the maximum gener- ance with subpart 162.017 or 162.018 in
ating capacity of the unfired steam subchapter Q (Specifications) of this
boiler as certified by the manufacturer. chapter. Valves conforming to speci-
(e) On new installations and where fication subpart 162.017 shall be limited
the orifice size of an existing unfired to use on tanks whose maximum allow-
steam boiler or evaporator is increased, able working pressure is not in excess
an accumulation test shall be made by of 10 pounds per square inch. With spe-
closing all steam outlet connections cific approval of the Commandant,
except the safety valves for a period of such valves may be connected to the
five minutes. When conducting the ac- vessel in lieu of being directly fitted to
cumulation test, the water shall be at the tanks.
the normal operating level and the (b) The discharge pressure and the
steam pressure shall be at the normal maximum overpressure permitted shall
operating pressure, and while under be in accordance with § 54.15–5.
155
§ 54.15–25 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
(c) The rate of discharge for heat F = 0.5 for tanks on the open deck having in-
input of fire must meet the following sulation that has approved fire proofing,
thermal conductance, and stability under
formula:
fire exposure.
Q = FGA0.82 F = 0.5 for uninsulated independent tasks in-
stalled in holds.
where: F = 0.2 for insulated independent tanks in
Q = minimum required rate of discharge in holds or for uninsulated independent
cubic meters (cubic feet) per minute of tanks in insulated holds.
air at standard conditions 15 °C and 103 F = 0.1 for insulated independent tanks in
kPa (60 °F and 14.7 psia). inerted holds or for uninsulated inde-
pendent tanks in inerted, insulated
F = fire exposure factor for the following
holds.
tank types: F = 0.1 for membrane and semi-membrane
F = 1.0 for tanks without insulation located tanks.
on the open deck. G = gas factor of:
" G = [(177/LC) ( ZT/M )] SI units
G = [(633, 000/LC) ( ZT/M )] English units"
where: For a tank of a body of revolution shape:

L = latent heat of the material being vapor- A = external surface area.
ized at the relieving conditions, in Kcal/ For a tank other than a body of revolution
kg (Btu per pound). shape:
C = constant based on relation of specific A = external surface area less the projected
heats (k), table § 54.15–25(c) (if k is not bottom surface area.
known, C = .606(315)). For a grouping of pressure vessel tanks
Z = compressibility factor of the gas at the having insulation on the vessel’s struc-
relieving conditions (if not known, Z =
ture:
1.0).
T = temperature in degrees K = (273 + degrees A = external surface area of the hold with-
C) (R = (460 + degrees F)) at the relieving out the projected bottom area.
conditions (120% of the pressure at which For a grouping of pressure tanks having in-
the pressure relief valve is set). sulation on the tank:
M = molecular weight of the product. A = external surface area of the pressure
A = external surface area of the tank in m2 tanks excluding insulation, and without
(sq. ft.) for the following tank types: the projected bottom area. 1
1 Figure 54.15–25(c) shows a method of de-
termining the side external surface area of a

grouping of vertical pressure tanks.
156
ER25SE09.062</MATH>
TABLE 54.15–25(c)—CONSTANT C TABLE 54.15–25(c)—CONSTANT C—Continued

k C k C
1.00 ............................................ .606 (315) 1.82 ............................................ .747 (388)

1.02 ............................................ .611 (318) 1.84 ............................................ .750 (390)
1.04 ............................................ .615 (320) 1.86 ............................................ .752 (391)
1.06 ............................................ .620 (322) 1.88 ............................................ .755 (392)
1.08 ............................................ .624 (324) 1.90 ............................................ .758 (394)
1.10 ............................................ .628 (327) 1.92 ............................................ .760 (395)
1.12 ............................................ .633 (329) 1.94 ............................................ .763 (397)
1.14 ............................................ .637 (331) 1.96 ............................................ .765 (398)
1.16 ............................................ .641 (333) 1.98 ............................................ .767 (399)
1.18 ............................................ .645 (335) 2.00 ............................................ .770 (400)
1.20 ............................................ .649 (337) 2.02 ............................................ .772 (401)
1.22 ............................................ .652 (339)
2.20 ............................................ .792 (412)
1.24 ............................................ .658 (341)
1.26 ............................................ .660 (343)
1.28 ............................................ .664 (345) (c–1) For an independent tank that
1.30 ............................................ .667 (347) has a portion of the tank protruding
1.32 ............................................ .671 (349)
1.34 ............................................ .674 (351) above the open deck, the fire exposure
1.36 ............................................ .677 (352) factor must be calculated for the sur-
1.38 ............................................ .681 (354) face area above the deck and the sur-
1.40 ............................................ .685 (356)
1.42 ............................................ .688 (358)
face area below the deck, and this cal-
1.44 ............................................ .691 (359) culation must be specially approved by
1.46 ............................................ .695 (361) the U.S. Coast Guard, Office of Design
1.48 ............................................ .698 (363) and Engineering Standards (CG–ENG)..
1.50 ............................................ .701 (364)
1.52 ............................................ .704 (366) (d) In determining the total safety
1.54 ............................................ .707 (368) valve relieving capacity, the arrange-
1.56 ............................................ .710 (369) ment and location of the valves on the
1.58 ............................................ .713 (371)
1.60 ............................................ .716 (372) tank will be evaluated. The valves
1.62 ............................................ .719 (374) shall be placed so that a number of
1.64 ............................................ .722 (376) valves sufficient to provide the re-
1.66 ............................................ .725 (377)
1.68 ............................................ .728 (379)
quired relieving capacity shall always
1.70 ............................................ .731 (380) be in communication with the cargo
1.72 ............................................ .734 (382) vapor phase. The possible motions
1.74 ............................................ .736 (383) which the tank may see in its intended
1.76 ............................................ .739 (384)
1.78 ............................................ .742 (386) service and attendant changes in cargo
1.80 ............................................ .745 (387) liquid level will be considered. Shut off
157
EC01FE91.022</GPH>
§ 54.20–1 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
valves shall not be installed between I, O, or, when not specified, of a class
the vessel and the safety relief valves. determined by the Commandant.
Manifolds for mounting multiple relief (b) Class III pressure vessels must not
valves may be fitted with acceptable be used for the storage or stowage of
interlocking shut off valves so ar- hazardous materials unless there is
ranged that the required capacity of specific authorization in subchapters
discharge will be ‘‘lined up’’ at all D, I, or O.
times.
[CGD 77–147, 47 FR 21810, May 20, 1982]
(e)(1) Each safety relief valve shall be
tested in the presence of a marine in- § 54.20–3 Design (modifies UW–9, UW–
spector before being placed in service 11(a), UW–13, and UW–16).
except as noted otherwise in paragraph
(e)(2) of this section. The test shall sat- (a) Fabrication by welding shall be in
isfactorily show that the valve will accordance with the provisions of this
start to discharge at the required min- part and with part 57 of this sub-
imum pressure. chapter.
(2) Each safety relief valve fitted (b) Welding subject to UW–11(a) of
with a breaking pin and rupture disk section VIII of the ASME Boiler and
need not be tested in the presence of a Pressure Vessel Code (incorporated by
marine inspector before being placed in reference; see 46 CFR 54.01–1) shall be
service. In lieu thereof, a certificate modified as described in § 54.25–8 for ra-
shall be furnished with the valve at- diographic examination.
tested to by the manufacturer that the (c) A butt welded joint with one plate
test requirements of paragraph (e)(1) of edge offset, as shown in Figure UW–
this section have been met. 13.1(k) of section VIII of the ASME
Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, may
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as only be used for circumferential joints
amended by CGD 74–289, 44 FR 26007, May 3, of Class II and Class III pressure ves-
1979; CGD 82–063b, 48 FR 4781, Feb. 3, 1983;
CGD 95–072, 60 FR 50462, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD
sels.
96–041, 61 FR 50728, Sept. 27, 1996; USCG–2004– (d) Attachment welds for nozzles and
18884, 69 FR 58346, Sept. 30, 2004; USCG–2007– other connections shall be in accord-
29018, 72 FR 53965, Sept. 21, 2007; USCG–2009– ance with UW–16 of section VIII of the
0702, 74 FR 49228, Sept. 25, 2009; USCG–2012– ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.
0832, 77 FR 59777, Oct. 1, 2012] When nozzles or connections are made
to pressure vessels, as shown in Figure
Subpart 54.20—Fabrication by UW–16.1 (a) and (c) of the ASME Code,
Welding and are welded from one side only,
backing strips shall be used unless it
§ 54.20–1 Scope (modifies UW–1 can be determined visually that a full
through UW–65). penetration weld has been achieved.
(a) Pressure vessels and vessel parts (e) When fabricating by welding the
that are fabricated by welding shall be minimum joint requirements shall be
as required by paragraphs UW–1 as specified under the column headed
through UW–65 of section VIII of the ‘‘minimum joint requirements’’ in
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code table 54.01–5(b) for various classes of
(incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR pressure vessels.
54.01–1) except as noted otherwise in (f) Joints in Class II or III pressure
this subchapter. vessel cargo tanks must meet the fol-
(b) [Reserved] lowing:
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as
(1) Category A and B joints must be
amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65170, type (1) or (2).
Oct. 31, 2008] (2) Category C and D joints must
have full penetration welds extending
§ 54.20–2 Fabrication for hazardous through the entire thickness of the
materials (replaces UW–2(a)). vessel wall or nozzle wall.
(a) Pressure vessels containing haz- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as
ardous materials as defined in § 150.115 amended by CGD 77–147, 47 FR 21810, May 20,
of this chapter must be of the class and 1982; CGD 85–061, 54 FR 50964, Dec. 11, 1989;
construction required by subchapter D, USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65170, Oct. 31, 2008]
158
§ 54.20–5 Welding qualification tests § 54.25–7 Requirement for postweld

and production testing (modifies heat treatment (modifies UCS–56).
UW–26, UW–28, UW–29, UW–47, and (a) Postweld heat treatment is re-
UW–48).
quired for all carbon and low alloy
(a) Performance and procedure quali- steel Class I, I-L, and II-L vessels re-
fication. No production welding shall be gardless of thickness. (Refer to table
done until welding procedures and 54.01–5(b) for applicable requirements.)
welders have been qualified in accord- (b) Cargo tanks which are fabricated
ance with part 57 of this subchapter. of carbon or low alloy steel as Class II
(b) Tests. Production tests are re- pressure vessels, designed for pressures
quired in accordance with § 57.06–1 of exceeding 100 pounds per square inch
this subchapter. gage and used in the storage or trans-
portation of liquefied compressed gases
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as
shall be postweld heat treated regard-
1970] less of thickness.
[CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9977, June 17, 1970]
Subpart 54.23—Fabrication by § 54.25–8 Radiography (modifies UW–
Brazing 11(a), UCS–57, UNF–57, UHA–33, and
UHT–57).
§ 54.23–1 Scope (modifies UB–1).
(a) Full radiography is required for
(a) Fabrication by brazing shall be in all Class I and Class I-L vessels regard-
accordance with the provisions of this less of thickness. (Refer to table 54.01–
part and with part 57 of this sub- 5(b) for applicable requirements.)
chapter. (b) Class II-L vessels shall be spot
[CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9977, June 17, 1970] radiographed. The exemption provided
in UW–11(c) of section VIII of the
Subpart 54.25—Construction With (incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR
Carbon, Alloy, and Heat 54.01–1) does not apply. (Refer to table
Treated Steels 54.01–5(b) for applicable requirements.)
(c) Each butt welded joint in a Class
§ 54.25–1 Scope. II or III pressure vessel cargo tank
The carbon, alloy, and heat treated must be spot radiographed, in accord-
steels used in construction of pressure ance with UW–52, regardless of diame-
vessels and parts shall be as indicated ter or thickness, and each weld inter-
in section VIII of the ASME Boiler and section or crossing must be
Pressure Vessel Code (incorporated by radiographed for a distance of at least
reference; see 46 CFR 54.01–1) except as 10 thicknesses from the intersection.
noted otherwise in this subpart. [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 85–061, 54 FR 50964, Dec. 11,
amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65170, 1989; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65170, Oct. 31,
Oct. 31, 2008] 2008]
§ 54.25–10 Low temperature oper-

§ 54.25–3 Steel plates (modifies UCS–6). ation—ferritic steels (replaces UCS–
The steels listed in UCS–6(b) of sec- 65 through UCS–67).
tion VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pres- (a) Scope. (1) This section contains re-
sure Vessel Code (incorporated by ref- quirements for pressure vessels and
erence; see 46 CFR 54.01–1) will be al- nonpressure vessel type tanks and as-
lowed only in Class III pressure vessels sociated secondary barrier, as defined
(see table 54.01–5(b)). in § 38.05–4 and § 154.7 of this chapter,
[USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65170, Oct. 31, 2008] and their parts constructed of carbon
and alloy steels which are stressed at
§ 54.25–5 Corrosion allowance. operating or hydrostatic test tempera-
tures below 0 °F.
The corrosion allowance must be as
(2) The service temperature is the

required in 46 CFR 54.01–35.
minimum temperature of a product at
[USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65170, Oct. 31, 2008] which it may be contained, loaded and/
159
§ 54.25–10 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
or transported. However, the service —24 percent in 2 inches, or

temperature shall in no case be taken —22 percent in 5.65 √A, where ‘‘A’’
is the test specimen cross sec-
higher than given by the following for- tional area.
mula:
ts = tw¥0.25(tw¥tB) TABLE 54.25–10(b)(1)
where: Manganese
Minimum service 1 temperature Max. C 1 range 1 per-
ts = Service temperature. °F percent cent
tw = Boiling temperature of gas at normal
working pressure of container but not ¥30 ........................................... 0.20 0.70–1.35
¥50 ........................................... .16 1.15–1.50
higher than + 32 °F.
¥67 ........................................... .12 1.30–1.60
tB = Boiling temperature of gas at atmos-
1 At service temperatures intermediate between those speci-
pheric pressure.
fied, intermediate amounts of carbon and manganese will be
allowed (in proportion to the actual service temperature vari-
Only temperatures due to refrigerated ation from that listed), provided all other chemical and me-
service usually need to be considered in chanical properties specified for steels in this temperature
range are satisfied.
determining the service temperature,
except pressure vessel type cargo tanks Range per-
operating at ambient temperatures cent
must meet paragraph (d) of this sec- Si .......................................................................... 0.10–0.50
tion. ‘‘Refrigerated service’’, as used in
Maximum
this paragraph, means a service in
S ........................................................................... 0.035
which the temperature is controlled by P ........................................................................... 0.035
the process and not by atmospheric Ni .......................................................................... 0.80
conditions. Cr ......................................................................... 0.25
Mo ........................................................................ 0.08
(b) Specifications. Materials used in Cu ........................................................................ 0.035
the construction of vessels to operate Nb ........................................................................ 0.05
below 0 °F. (but not below the des- V ........................................................................... 0.08
ignated minimum service temperature) (2) For minimum service temperature
shall conform to a specification given below ¥67 °F., but not below the des-
in table UCS–23 in section VIII of the ignated minimum service temperature,
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code ferritic steels shall be normalized, low
(incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR carbon, fully killed, fine grain, nickel
54.01–1) and the following additional re- alloy type, conforming to any one of
quirements: the specifications in table 54.25–10(b)(2).
NOTE: For high alloy steels refer to § 54.25– Consideration will be given to other
15. For heat treated steels refer to § 54.25–20. heat treatments. Refer to § 57.03–1(d) of
(1)(i) For minimum service tempera- this subchapter for quenched and tem-
tures not lower than ¥67 °F., ferritic pered steels. The ultimate and yield
steels shall be made with fine grain strengths shall be as shown in the ap-
practice and shall have an austenitic plicable specification and shall be suit-
grain size of 5 or finer, and shall be able to the design stress levels adopted.
normalized. Consideration will be given The service temperature shall not be
to other heat treatments. Refer to colder than the minimum specified in
§ 57.03–1(d) of this subchapter. Plate for table 54.25–10(b)(2) for each steel.
pressure vessel applications shall con- TABLE 54.25–10(b)(2)
form to the requirements of ASTM A 20
(incorporated by reference, see § 54.01– Steel Minimum service temperature
1). It may be produced by the open
A–203, 21⁄4 percent, Ni, ¥80 °F. for Grade A.
hearth, basic oxygen or electric fur- normalized. ¥75 °F. for Grade B.
nace process and shall conform to the A–203, 31⁄2 percent, Ni, ¥130 °F. for Grade D.
requirements of table 54.25–10(b)(1). normalized. ¥110 °F. for Grade E.
5 percent Ni, normalized Dependent on chemical and
(Other alloying elements may only be physical properties.
present in trace amounts.)
(ii) Mechanical properties shall be (3) The materials permitted under
within the following limits: paragraphs (b) (1) and (2) of this section
Ultimate strength ......... —58,000 1–85,000 1 p.s.i.

Yield strength ............... —Minimum 35,000 p.s.i.
shall be tested for toughness in accord-
—Maximum 80 percent of ultimate. ance with and shall satisfy the applica-
Elongation minimum .... —20 percent in 8 inches, or ble requirements of subpart 54.05.
160
(4) Welded pressure vessels or non- materials if the thickness for each is
pressure vessel type tanks and associ- 11⁄4 inch or less:
ated secondary barriers, as defined in (i) A–203.
§ 38.05–4 of subchapter D (Tank Vessels) (ii) A–508, Class 1.
of this chapter shall meet the tough- (iii) A–516, normalized.
ness requirements of subparts 57.03 and (iv) A–524.
57.06 of this subchapter with regard to (v) A–537.
weld procedure qualifications and pro- (vi) A–612, normalized.
duction testing. (vii) A–662, normalized.
(5) The material manufacturer’s iden- (viii) A–724, normalized.
tification marking required by the ma- (3) Charpy impact tests are not re-
terial specification shall not be die- quired for any of the following bolt ma-
stamped on plate material less than terials:
one-fourth inch in thickness. (i) A–193, Grades B5, B7, B7M, and
B16.
(c) Design. Pressure vessels must
(ii) A–307, Grade B
meet the requirements for Class I-L
(iii) A–325, Type 1.
and II-L construction. (See table 54.01–
(iv) A–449.
5(b) for applicable requirements). Ex-
cept as permitted by § 54.05–30, the al- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as
lowable stress values used in the design amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9977, June 17,
of low temperature pressure vessels 1970; CGD 73–133R, 39 FR 9178, Mar. 8, 1974;
CGD 74–289, 44 FR 26007, May 3, 1979; CGD 77–
may not exceed those given in table
069, 52 FR 31626, Aug. 21, 1987; CGD 85–061, 54
UCS–23 of section VIII of the ASME FR 50964, Dec. 11, 1989; USCG–1999–5151, 64 FR
Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code for 67178, Dec. 1, 1999; USCG–2000–7790, 65 FR
temperatures of 0 °F. to 650 °F. For ma- 58460, Sept. 29, 2000; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR
terials not listed in this table allow- 65170, Oct. 31, 2008]
able stress values are determined in ac-
cordance with appendix P of section § 54.25–15 Low temperature oper-
VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure ation—high alloy steels (modifies
UHA–23(b) and UHA–51).
Vessel Code.
(d) Weldments and all materials used (a) Toughness tests for the materials
in pressure vessel type cargo tanks op- listed in UHA–51(a) in section VIII of
erating at ambient temperatures and the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel
constructed of materials listed in table Code (incorporated by reference; see 46
UCS–23 must pass Charpy impact tests CFR 54.01–1) for service temperatures
in accordance with UG–84 at a tempera- below ¥425 °F., UHA–51(b)(1) through
ture of ¥20 °F or colder, except as pro- (5) for service temperatures below 0 °F.,
vided by paragraphs (d)(1), (d)(2), and and UHA–51(c) for all service tempera-
(d)(3) of this section. tures, shall be performed in accordance
(1) Charpy impact tests are not re- with the requirements of subpart 54.05.
quired for any of the following ASTM These requirements are also applicable
materials if the thickness for each is 5⁄8 to nonpressure vessel type, low tem-
inch or less, unless otherwise indi- perature tanks and associated sec-
cated: ondary barriers, as defined in § 38.05–4
(i) A–182, normalized and tempered. in subchapter D (Tank Vessels) of this
chapter. Such tests are required re-
(ii) A–302, Grades C and D.
gardless of the vessel’s design stress.
(iii) A–336, Grades F21 and F22 that Service temperature is defined in
are normalized and tempered. § 54.25–10(a)(2).
(iv) A–387, Grades 21 and 22 that are (b) Materials for pressure vessels
normalized and tempered. with service temperatures below ¥320
(v) A–516, Grades 55 and 60. °F. shall be of the stabilized or low car-
(vi) A–533, Grades B and C. bon (less than 0.10 percent) austenitic
(vii) All other plates, structural stainless steel type, produced accord-
shapes and bars, and other product ing to the applicable specifications of
forms, except for bolting, if produced table UHA–23 of section VIII of the
to a fine grain practice and normalized. ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.
(2) Charpy impact tests are not re- These materials and their weldments
quired for any of the following ASTM shall be tested for toughness according
161
§ 54.25–20 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
to the requirements of subpart 54.05 ex- of subchapter D (Tank Vessels) of this

cept that the Charpy V-notch testing chapter. The ultimate and yield
acceptance criteria will be in accord- strengths shall be as shown in the ap-
ance with UHT–6(a)(4) and (5) of section plicable specification and shall be suit-
VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure able for the design stress levels adopt-
Vessel Code.’’ ed. The service temperature shall not
(c) Except as permitted by § 54.05–30, be colder than ¥320 °F. Service tem-
the allowable stress values used in the perature is defined in § 54.25–10(a) (2).
design of low temperature pressure ves-
sels may not exceed those given in TABLE 54.25–20(a)
table UHA–23 of section VIII of the Minimum
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Steel service
for temperatures of ¥20 °F. to 100 °F. tempera-
ture, °F.
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as
A–333, 9 percent Ni, grade 8 ................................ ¥320
amended by CGD 73–133R, 39 FR 9178, Mar. 8, A–334, 9 percent Ni, grade 8 ................................ ¥320
1974; CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40164, Sept. 2, 1975; A–353, 9 percent Ni, double normalized and tem-
USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65171, Oct. 31, 2008] pered .................................................................. ¥320
A–522, 9 percent Ni, NNT, Q and T, forging ........ ¥320
§ 54.25–20 Low temperature oper- A–553, 9 percent Ni, quenched and tempered ..... ¥320
ation—ferritic steels with prop-
erties enhanced by heat treatment (b) The materials permitted under
(modifies UHT–5(c), UHT–6, UHT– paragraph (a) of this section shall be
23, and UHT–82). tested for toughness in accordance
(a) For service temperatures below 0 with the requirements of UHT–6 of sec-
°F. but not below the designated min- tion VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pres-
imum service temperature, steel con- sure Vessel Code (incorporated by ref-
forming to the specifications of table erence; see 46 CFR 54.01–1) except that
54.25–20(a) may be used in the fabrica- tests shall be conducted at the tem-
tion of pressure vessels and nonpres- perature specified in § 54.05–6 in lieu of
sure vessel tanks and associated sec- that in UHT–5(c) of section VIII of the
ondary barriers, as defined in § 38.05–4 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.
162
(c) The qualification of welding pro- (e) Except as permitted by § 54.05–30,

cedures, welders and weld-production the allowable stress values may not ex-
testing for the steels of table 54.25–20(a) ceed those given in table UHT–23 of
must conform to the requirements of section VIII of the ASME Boiler Pres-
part 57 of this subchapter and to those sure and Vessel Code for temperatures
of subpart 54.05 of this part except that of 150 °F and below.
the acceptance criteria for Charpy V- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as
notch testing must be in accordance amended by CGD 73–133R, 39 FR 9179, Mar. 8,
with UHT–6(a)(4) of section VIII of the 1974; USCG–2000–7790, 65 FR 58460, Sept. 29,
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. 2000; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65171, Oct. 31,
(d) The values of absorbed energy in 2008]
foot-pounds and of fracture appearance
in percentage shear, which are recorded § 54.25–25 Welding of quenched and
tempered steels (modifies UHT–82).
for information when complying with
paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section (a) The qualification of welding pro-
shall also be reported to the marine in- cedures, welders, and weld-production
spector or the Commandant, as appli- testing must conform to the require-

cable. ments of part 57 of this subchapter.
The requirements of 46 CFR 57.03–1(d)
163
EC01FE91.023</GPH>
§ 54.30–1 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
apply to welded pressure vessels and and longitudinal joints for a distance
non-pressure vessel type tanks of of at least 20 times the plate thickness
quenched and tempered steels other from the junction. See 46 CFR 54.25–8
than 9-percent nickel. on spot radiography.
(b) [Reserved] (d) Severe cold forming will not be
permitted unless thermal stress relief
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as
amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65171, is used. For example, parts of the ves-
Oct. 31, 2008] sels which are individually cold
formed, such as heads, must be ther-
mally stress relieved, where the ex-
Subpart 54.30—Mechanical Stress treme fiber strain measured at the sur-
Relief face exceeds 5 percent as determined
§ 54.30–1 Scope. by:
(a) Certain pressure vessels may be Percent strain = (65t/Rf)[1–(Rf/Ro)]
mechanically stress relieved in accord- where:
ance with the requirements in this sub- t = Plate thickness.
part. Rf = Final radius.
(b) [Reserved] Ro = Original radius (equals infinity for flat
plate).
§ 54.30–3 Introduction.
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as
(a) Large conventional pressure ves- amended by USCG–2000–7790, 65 FR 58460,
sels used to transport liquefied petro- Sept. 29, 2000; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65171,
leum and natural gases, at ‘‘low tem- Oct. 31, 2008]
peratures’’ may often be difficult to
thermally stress relieve. Where no § 54.30–5 Limitations and require-
other problem, such as corrosion ex- ments.
ists, mechanical stress relief will be (a) Class II-L pressure vessels which
permitted for Class II-L pressure ves- require stress relief (see table 54.01–
sels. 5(b)) may be mechanically stress re-
(b) Mechanical stress relief serves to lieved provided:
cause small flaws, particularly in the (1) The steels from which they are
weld zone, to yield plastically at the fabricated do not specifically require
flaw tip resulting in a local relief of thermal stress relief in UCS–56 of sec-
stress and a blunting of the crack tip. tion VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pres-
To achieve the maximum benefit from sure Vessel Code (incorporated by ref-
mechanical stress relief, it is necessary erence; see 46 CFR 54.01–1) and have a
that the stresses so imposed be more ratio of yield to ultimate tensile
severe than those expected in normal strength not greater than 0.8. For ex-
service life. At the same time, it is nec- ample: A–537 steels could be mechani-
essary that the stresses which are im- cally stress relieved.
posed are not so high as to result in ap- (2) Pressure difference across the
preciable deformation or general yield- shell is not greater than 100 pounds per
ing. square inch, thickness of shell is not
(c) The weld joint efficiencies as list- greater than 1 inch, and the design
ed in table UW–12 of section VIII of the temperature is not greater than 115 °F.
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (3) It will carry liquids of specific
(incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR gravity no greater than 1.05.
54.01–1) shall apply except that a min- (4) Design details are sufficient to
imum of spot radiography will be re- eliminate stress concentrators: Me-
quired. UW–12(c) of section VIII of the chanical stress relief is not acceptable
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code in designs involving the following
that permits omitting all radiography types of welded connections shown in
does not apply. Spot examination shall UW–16.1 of section VIII of the ASME
follow UW–52 of section VIII of the Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code:
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (i) Types l, m, n, and p because of
and, in addition, these vessels will be nonintegral reinforcement. Type o will

required to have radiographic examina- be acceptable provided the plate, noz-
tion of intersecting circumferential zle, and reinforcement assembly are
164
furnace stress relieved and the rein- (2) At a temperature of 70 °F. or the
forcement is at least 6 inches or 10t, service temperature plus 50 °F., which-
whichever is larger, from the plate ever is higher. Where the ambient tem-
head. perature is below 70 °F., and use of
(ii) Types d, e, and f because expan- water at that temperature is not prac-
sion and contraction stresses are con- tical, the minimum temperature for
centrated at the junction points. mechanical stress relief may be below
(5) That no slip-on flanges in sizes 70 °F. but shall not be less than 50 °F.
greater than 2 inches are used. above service temperature.
(6) The categories A and B joints are (3) The stress relief shall be at the re-
type one as described in table UW–12 of quired temperature and pressure and
section VIII of the ASME Boiler and held for a period not less than 2 hours
Pressure Vessel Code and all categories per inch of metal thickness, but in no
C and D joints are full penetration case less than 2 hours.
welds. See UW–3 of the ASME Code for (b) It is considered preferable that
definition of categories. mechanical stress relief be accom-
(b) When a pressure vessel is to be plished with the tanks in place on their
mechanically stress relieved in accord- saddles or supporting structure in the
ance with § 54.30–10(a)(1), its maximum barge or ship in which they will be uti-
allowable working pressure will be 40 lized. In any case, it is considered man-
percent of the value which would oth- datory that the tank be supported only
erwise be determined. However, an in- by its regular saddles or supporting
crease of this 40 percent factor may be structure, without any auxiliary or
permitted if the stress relief is carried temporary supports.
out at a pressure higher than that re- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as
quired by § 54.30–10(a)(1) and an experi- amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65171,
mental strain analysis is carried out Oct. 31, 2008]
during stress relief. This evaluation
should provide information as to the § 54.30–15 Requirement for analysis
strains at the saddles, welded seams and computation.
and nozzles as well as the body of the (a) A stress analysis shall be per-
vessel. The hydrostatic pressure ap- formed to determine if the tank may be
plied during stress relief should be such exposed to excessive loadings during
that, except in the case of welds, the the mechanical stress relief process.
stresses in the vessel shall closely ap- This analysis should include consider-
proach but not exceed 90 percent of the ation of the local stresses in way of
yield stress of the material at the test saddles or other supporting structure
temperature. The proposed experi- and additional bending stresses due to
mental program should be submitted to the weight of the pressurizing liquid
the Commandant for approval prior to particularly in areas of high stress con-
its use. Photo-elastic coating, strain centration. While it is necessary that
gaging, or a brittle coating technique the general stress level during the
is suggested for the experimental anal- process be in excess of the normal
ysis. working level, the calculated max-
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as imum stress during test shall not ex-
amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65171, ceed 90 percent of the yield strength of
Oct. 31, 2008] the material at test temperature. The
supporting structure shall be analyzed
§ 54.30–10 Method of performing me- to verify its adequacy.
chanical stress relief. (b) In all cases where the tanks are
(a) The mechanical stress relief shall mechanically stress relieved in place in
be carried out in accordance with the the ship or barge and the tanks are de-
following stipulations using water as signed to carry cargoes with a specific
the pressurizing medium: gravity less than 1.05, the ship or barge
(1) At a hydrostatic pressure (meas- shall be shown to have adequate sta-
ured at the tank top) of 11⁄2 times the bility and buoyancy, as well as
design pressure. (See UA–60(e) of sec- strength to carry the excess weight of
tion VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pres- the tank during the stress relief proce-
sure Vessel Code.) dure.
165
PART 56—PIPING SYSTEMS AND 56.30–25 Flared, flareless, and compression

fittings.
APPURTENANCES 56.30–27 Caulked joints.
56.30–30 Brazed joints.
Subpart 56.01—General 56.30–35 Gasketed mechanical couplings.
Sec. 56.30–40 Flexible pipe couplings of the com-
56.01–1 Scope (replaces 100.1). pression or slip-on type.
56.01–2 Incorporation by reference.
56.01–3 Power boilers, external piping and Subpart 56.35—Expansion, Flexibility and
appurtenances (Replaces 100.1.1, 100.1.2, Supports
122.1, 132 and 133).
56.01–5 Adoption of ASME B31.1 for power 56.35–1 Pipe stress calculations (replaces
piping, and other standards. 119.7).
56.01–10 Plan approval. 56.35–10 Nonmetallic expansion joints (re-
places 119.5.1).
Subpart 56.04—Piping Classification 56.35–15 Metallic expansion joints (replaces
119.5.1).
56.04–1 Scope.
56.04–2 Piping classification according to Subpart 56.50—Design Requirements
service. Pertaining to Specific Systems
56.04–10 Other systems.
56.50–1 General (replaces 122).
Subpart 56.07—Design 56.50–10 Special gauge requirements.
56.50–15 Steam and exhaust piping.
56.07–5 Definitions (modifies 100.2).
56.07–10 Design conditions and criteria 56.50–20 Pressure relief piping.
(modifies 101–104.7). 56.50–25 Safety and relief valve escape pip-
ing.
Subpart 56.10—Components 56.50–30 Boiler feed piping.
56.50–35 Condensate pumps.
56.10–1 Selection and limitations of piping 56.50–40 BBlowoff piping (replaces 122.1.4).
components (replaces 105 through 108). 56.50–45 Circulating pumps.
56.10–5 Pipe. 56.50–50 Bilge and ballast piping.
56.50–55 Bilge pumps.
Subpart 56.15—Fittings 56.50–57 Bilge piping and pumps, alternative
56.15–1 Pipe joining fittings. requirements.
56.15–5 Fluid-conditioner fittings. 56.50–60 Systems containing oil.
56.15–10 Special purpose fittings. 56.50–65 Burner fuel-oil service systems.
56.50–70 Gasoline fuel systems.
Subpart 56.20—Valves 56.50–75 Diesel fuel systems.
56.50–80 Lubricating-oil systems.
56.20–1 General. 56.50–85 Tank-vent piping.
56.20–5 Marking (modifies 107.2). 56.50–90 Sounding devices.
56.20–7 Ends. 56.50–95 Overboard discharges and shell con-
56.20–9 Valve construction. nections.
56.20–15 Valves employing resilient mate- 56.50–96 Keel cooler installations.
rial. 56.50–97 Piping for instruments, control,
56.20–20 Valve bypasses. and sampling (modifies 122.3).
56.50–103 Fixed oxygen-acetylene distribu-
Subpart 56.25—Pipe Flanges, Blanks, tion piping.
Flange Facings, Gaskets, and Bolting 56.50–105 Low-temperature piping.
56.25–5 Flanges. 56.50–110 Diving support systems.
56.25–7 Blanks.
56.25–10 Flange facings. Subpart 56.60—Materials
56.25–15 Gaskets (modifies 108.4).
56.60–1 Acceptable materials and specifica-
56.25–20 Bolting.
tions (replaces 123 and table 126.1 in
ASME B31.1).
Subpart 56.30—Selection and Limitations of
56.60–2 Limitations on materials.
Piping Joints 56.60–3 Ferrous materials.
56.30–1 Scope (replaces 110 through 118). 56.60–5 Steel (High temperature applica-
56.30–3 Piping joints (reproduces 110). tions).
56.30–5 Welded joints. 56.60–10 Cast iron and malleable iron.
56.30–10 Flanged joints (modifies 104.5.1 (a)). 56.60–15 Ductile iron.

56.30–15 Expanded or rolled joints. 56.60–20 Nonferrous materials.
56.30–20 Threaded joints. 56.60–25 Nonmetallic materials.
166
Subpart 56.65—Fabrication, Assembly and SOURCE: CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18,
Erection 1968, unless otherwise noted.
56.65–1 General (replaces 127 through 135).

Subpart 56.70—Welding
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as
56.70–1 General.
56.70–3 Limitations.
56.70–5 Material. Oct. 31, 2008]
56.70–10 Preparation (modifies 127.3).
56.70–15 Procedure. § 56.01–1 Scope (replaces 100.1).
56.70–20 Qualification, general. (a) This part contains requirements
for the various ships’ and barges’ pip-
Subpart 56.75—Brazing
ing systems and appurtenances.
56.75–5 Filler metal. (b) The respective piping systems in-
56.75–10 Joint clearance stalled on ships and barges shall have
56.75–15 Heating.
the necessary pumps, valves, regula-
56.75–20 Brazing qualification.
56.75–25 Detail requirements. tion valves, safety valves, relief valves,
56.75–30 Pipe joining details. flanges, fittings, pressure gages, liquid
level indicators, thermometers, etc.,
Subpart 56.80—Bending and Forming for safe and efficient operation of the
56.80–5 Bending.
vessel.
56.80–10 Forming (reproduces 129.2). (c) Piping for industrial systems on
56.80–15 Heat treatment of bends and formed mobile offshore drilling units need not
components. fully comply with the requirements of
this part but must meet subpart 58.60
Subpart 56.85—Heat Treatment of Welds of this subchapter.
56.85–5 Heating and cooling method [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as
56.85–10 Preheating. amended by CGD 73–251, 43 FR 56799, Dec. 4,
56.85–15 Postheat treatment. 1978]
Subpart 56.90—Assembly
§ 56.01–2 Incorporation by reference.
56.90–1 General. (a) Certain material is incorporated
56.90–5 Bolting procedure.
56.90–10 Threaded piping (modifies 135.5). by reference into this part with the ap-
proval of the Director of the Federal
Subpart 56.95—Inspection Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1
CFR part 51. To enforce any edition
56.95–1 General (replaces 136).
other than that specified in this sec-
56.95–5 Rights of access of marine inspec-
tors. tion, the Coast Guard must publish no-
56.95–10 Type and extent of examination re- tice of change in the FEDERAL REG-
quired. ISTER and the material must be avail-
able to the public. All approved mate-
Subpart 56.97—Pressure Tests rial is available for inspection at the
56.97–1 General (replaces 137). National Archives and Records Admin-
56.97–5 Pressure testing of nonstandard pip- istration (NARA). For information on
ing system components. the availability of this material at
56.97–25 Preparation for testing (reproduces NARA, call 202–741–6030 or go to http://
137.2). www.archives.gov/federal_register/
56.97–30 Hydrostatic tests (modifies 137.4). code_of_federal_regulations/
56.97–35 Pneumatic tests (replaces 137.5). ibr_locations.html. The material is also
56.97–38 Initial service leak test (reproduces
137.7).
56.97–40 Installation tests. Guard Headquarters. Contact Com-
mandant (CG–ENG), Attn: Office of De-
AUTHORITY: 33 U.S.C. 1321(j), 1509; 43 U.S.C.
sign and Engineering Systems, U.S.
1333; 46 U.S.C. 3306, 3703; E.O. 12234, 45 FR
58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; E.O. 12777, 56 Coast Guard Stop 7509, 2703 Martin Lu-
FR 54757, 3 CFR, 1991 Comp., p. 351; Depart- ther King Jr. Avenue SE., Washington,
ment of Homeland Security Delegation No. DC 20593–7509. The material is also
0170.1. available from the sources listed below.
167
§ 56.01–2 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
(b) American National Standards Insti- (7) ASME B16.5–2003 Pipe Flanges and
tute (ANSI), 25 West 43rd Street, New Flanged Fittings NPS 1⁄2 Through NPS
York, NY 10036: 24 Metric/Inch Standard (2003) (‘‘ASME
(1) ANSI/ASME B1.1–1982 Unified Inch B16.5’’), 56.25–20; 56.30–10; 56.60–1;
Screw Threads (UN and UNR Thread (8) ASME B16.9–2003 Factory-Made
Form) (1982) (‘‘ANSI/ASME B1.1’’), Wrought Steel Buttwelding Fittings
56.25–20; 56.60–1; (2003) (‘‘ASME B16.9’’), 56.60–1;
(2) ANSI/ASME B1.20.1–1983 Pipe (9) ASME B16.10–2000 Face-to-Face
Threads, General Purpose (Inch) (1983) and End-to-End Dimensions of Valves
(‘‘ANSI/ASME B1.20.1’’), 56.60–1; (2000) (‘‘ASME B16.10’’), 56.60–1;
(3) ANSI/ASME B1.20.3–1976 (Re- (10) ASME B16.11–2001 Forged Fit-
affirmed 1982) Dryseal Pipe Threads tings, Socket-Welding and Threaded
(Inch) (‘‘ANSI/ASME B1.20.3’’), 56.60–1; (2001) (‘‘ASME B16.11’’), 56.30–5; 56.60–1;
(4) ANSI/ASME B16.15–1985 [Re- (11) ASME B16.14–1991 Ferrous Pipe
affirmed 1994] Cast Bronze Threaded Plugs, Bushings, and Locknuts with
Fittings, Classes 125 and 250 (1985) Pipe Threads (1991) (‘‘ASME B16.14’’),
(‘‘ANSI/ASME B16.15’’), 56.60–1; 56.60–1;
(c) American Petroleum Institute (API), (12) ASME B16.18–2001 Cast Copper
1220 L Street, NW., Washington, DC Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings
20005–4070: (2001) (‘‘ASME B16.18’’), 56.60–1;
(1) API Standard 607, Fire Test for (13) ASME B16.20–1998 (Revision of
Soft-Seated Quarter-Turn Valves, Man- ASME B16.20 1993), Metallic Gaskets
ufacturing, Distribution and Marketing for Pipe Flanges: Ring-Joint, Spiral-
Department, Fourth Edition (1993) Wound, and Jacketed (1998) (‘‘ASME
(‘‘API 607’’), 56.20–15; and B16.20’’), 56.60–1;
(2) [Reserved] (14) ASME B16.21–2005 (Revision of
(d) American Society of Mechanical En- ASME B16.21–1992) Nonmetallic Flat
gineers (ASME) International, Three Gaskets for Pipe Flanges (May 31, 2005)
Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016–5990: (‘‘ASME B16.21’’): 56.60–1;
(1) 2001 ASME Boiler and Pressure (15) ASME B16.22–2001 (Revision of
Vessel Code, Section I, Rules for Con- ASME B16.22–1995) Wrought Copper and
struction of Power Boilers (July 1, 2001) Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure
(‘‘Section I of the ASME Boiler and Fittings (Aug. 9, 2002) (‘‘ASME B16.22’’):
Pressure Vessel Code’’), 56.15–1; 56.15–5; 56.60–1;
56.20–1; 56.60–1; 56.70–15; 56.95–10; (16) ASME B16.23–2002 (Revision of
(2) ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel ASME B16.23–1992) Cast Copper Alloy
Code, Section VIII, Division 1, Rules Solder Joint Drainage Fittings: DWV
for Construction of Pressure Vessels (Nov. 8, 2002) (‘‘ASME B16.23’’): 56.60–1;
(1998 with 1999 and 2000 addenda) (17) ASME B16.24–2001 Cast Copper
(‘‘Section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Alloy Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fit-
Pressure Vessel Code’’), 56.15–1; 56.15–5; tings, Class 150, 300, 400, 600, 900, 1500,
56.20–1; 56.25–5; 56.30–10; 56.30–30; 56.60–1; and 2500 (2001) (‘‘ASME B16.24’’), 56.60–1;
56.60–2; 56.60–15; 56.95–10; (18) ASME B16.25–2003 Buttwelding
(3) 1998 ASME Boiler & Pressure Ves- Ends (2003) (‘‘ASME B16.25’’), 56.30–5;
sel Code, Section IX, Welding and Braz- 56.60–1; 56.70–10;
ing Qualifications (1998) (‘‘Section IX (19) ASME B16.28–1994 Wrought Steel
of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Ves- Buttwelding Short Radius Elbows and
sel Code’’), 56.70–5; 56.70–20; 56.75–20; Returns (1994) (‘‘ASME B16.28’’), 56.60–1;
(4) ASME B16.1–1998 Cast Iron Pipe (20) ASME B16.29–2007 (Revision of
Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Classes ASME B16.29–2001) Wrought Copper and
25, 125, 250 (1998) (‘‘ASME B16.1’’), 56.60– Wrought Copper Alloy Solder-Joint
1; 56.60–10; Drainage Fittings—DWV (Aug. 20, 2007)
(5) ASME B16.3–1998 Malleable Iron (‘‘ASME B16.29’’), 56.60–1;
Threaded Fittings, Classes 150 and 300 (21) ASME B16.34–1996 Valves—
(1998) (‘‘ASME B16.3’’), 56.60–1; Flanged, Threaded, and Welding End
(6) ASME B16.4–1998 Gray Iron (1996) (‘‘ASME B16.34’’), 56.20–1; 56.60–1;
Threaded Fittings, Classes 125 and 250 (22) ASME B16.42–1998 Ductile Iron
(1998) (‘‘ASME B16.4’’), 56.60–1; Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings,
168
Classes 150 and 300 (1998) (‘‘ASME (7) ASTM A 135–97c, Standard Speci-
B16.42’’), 56.60–1; fication for Electric-Resistance-Welded
(23) ASME B18.2.1–1996 Square and Steel Pipe (‘‘ASTM A 135’’), 56.60–1;
Hex Bolts and Screws (Inch Series) (8) ASTM A 139–96, Standard Speci-
(1996) (‘‘ASME B18.2.1’’), 56.25–20; 56.60– fication for Electric-Fusion (Arc)-Weld-
1; ed Steel Pipe (NPS 4 and Over) (‘‘ASTM
(24) ASME/ANSI B18.2.2–1987 Square A 139’’), 56.60–1;
and Hex Nuts (Inch Series) (1987) (9) ASTM A 178/A 178M–95, Standard
(‘‘ASME/ANSI B18.2.2’’), 56.25–20; 56.60– Specification for Electric-Resistance-
1; Welded Carbon Steel and Carbon-Man-
(25) ASME B31.1–2001 Power Piping ganese Steel Boiler and Superheater
ASME Code for Pressure Piping, B31 Tubes (‘‘ASTM A 178’’), 56.60–1;
(2001) (‘‘ASME B31.1’’), 56.01–3; 56.01–5; (10) ASTM A179/A179M–90a (Re-
56.07–5; 56.07–10; 56.10–1; 56.10–5; 56.15–1; approved 2012), Standard Specification
56.15–5; 56.20–1; 56.25–7; 56.30–1; 56.30–5; for Seamless Cold-Drawn Low-Carbon
56.30–10; 56.30–20; 56.35–1; 56.50–1; 56.50– Steel Heat-Exchanger and Condenser
15; 56.50–40; 56.50–65; 56.50–70; 56.50–97; Tubes (‘‘ASTM A 179’’), (approved
56.60–1; 56.65–1; 56.70–10; 56.70–15; 56.80–5; March 1, 2012), incorporation by ref-
56.80–15; 56.95–1; 56.95–10; 56.97–1; erence approved for § 56.60–1;
(26) ASME B36.10M–2004 Welded and (11) ASTM A 182/A 182M–97c, Standard
Seamless Wrought Steel Pipe (2004) Specification for Forged or Rolled
(‘‘ASME B36.10M’’), 56.07–5; 56.30–20; Alloy-Steel Pipe Flanges, Forged Fit-
56.60–1; and tings, and Valves and Parts for High-
(27) ASME B36.19M–2004 Stainless Temperature Service (‘‘ASTM A–182’’),
Steel Pipe (2004) (‘‘ASME B36.19M’’), 56.50–105;
56.07–5; 56.60–1. (12) ASTM A 192/A 192M–91 (1996),
(28) ASME SA–675 (1998), Specifica- Standard Specification for Seamless
tion for Steel Bars, Carbon, Hot- Carbon Steel Boiler Tubes for High-
Wrought, Special Quality, Mechanical Pressure Service (‘‘ASTM A 192’’),
Properties (‘‘ASME SA–675’’), 56.60–2. 56.60–1;
(e) ASTM International, 100 Barr Har- (13) ASTM A 194/A 194M–98b, Stand-
bor Drive, P.O. Box C700, West ard Specification for Carbon and Alloy
Conshohocken, PA 19428–2959, 877–909– Steel Nuts for Bolts for High Pressure
2786, http://www.astm.org: or High Temperature Service, or Both
(1) ASTM A 36/A 36M–97a, Standard (‘‘ASTM A–194’’), 56.50–105;
Specification for Carbon Structural (14) ASTM A 197–87 (1992), Standard
Steel (‘‘ASTM A 36’’), 56.30–10; Specification for Cupola Malleable Iron
(2) ASTM A 47–90 (1995), Standard (‘‘ASTM A 197’’), 56.60–1;
Specification for Ferritic Malleable (15) ASTM A 210/A 210M–96, Standard
Iron Castings (‘‘ASTM A 47’’), 56.60–1; Specification for Seamless Medium-
(3) ASTM A 53–98, Standard Speci- Carbon Steel Boiler and Superheater
fication for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot- Tubes (‘‘ASTM A 210’’), 56.60–1;
Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seam- (16) ASTM A 213/A 213M–95a, Stand-
less (‘‘ASTM Specification A 53’’ or ard Specification for Seamless Ferritic
‘‘ASTM A 53’’), 56.10–5; 56.60–1; and Austenitic Alloy-Steel Boiler,
(4) ASTM A 106–95, Standard Speci- Superheater, and Heat-Exchanger
fication for Seamless Carbon Steel Tubes (‘‘ASTM A 213’’), 56.60–1;
Pipe for High-Temperature Service (17) ASTM A214/A214M–96 (Re-
(‘‘ASTM A 106’’), 56.60–1; approved 2012), Standard Specification
(5) ASTM A 126–95, Standard Speci- for Electric-Resistance-Welded Carbon
fication for Gray Iron Castings for Steel Heat-Exchanger and Condenser
Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings Tubes (‘‘ASTM A 214’’), (approved
(‘‘ASTM A 126’’), 56.60–1; March 1, 2012), incorporation by ref-
(6) ASTM A134–96 (Reapproved 2012), erence approved for § 56.60–1;
Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, (18) ASTM A 226/A 226M–95, Standard
Electric-Fusion (Arc)-Welded (Sizes Specification for Electric-Resistance-
NPS 16 and Over) (‘‘ASTM A 134’’), (ap- Welded Carbon Steel Boiler and Super-
proved March 1, 2012), incorporation by heater Tubes for High-Pressure Service
reference approved for § 56.60–1; (‘‘ASTM A 226’’), 56.60–1;
169
§ 56.01–2 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
(19) ASTM A 234/A 234M–97, Standard for Low-Temperature Service (‘‘ASTM

Specification for Piping Fittings of A–352’’), 56.50–105;
Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel (32) ASTM A 358/A 358M–95a, Stand-
for Moderate and High Temperature ard Specification for Electric-Fusion-
Service (‘‘ASTM A 234’’), 56.60–1; Welded Austenitic Chromium-Nickel
(20) ASTM A 249/A 249M–96a, Stand- Alloy Steel Pipe for High-Temperature
ard Specification for Welded Austenitic Service (‘‘ASTM A 358’’), 56.60–1;
Steel Boiler, Superheater, Heat-Ex- (33) ASTM A 369/A 369M–92, Standard
changer, and Condenser Tubes (‘‘ASTM Specification for Carbon and Ferritic
A 249’’), 56.60–1; Alloy Steel Forged and Bored Pipe for
(21) ASTM A 268/A 268M–96, Standard High-Temperature Service (‘‘ASTM A
Specification for Seamless and Welded 369’’), 56.60–1;
Ferritic and Martensitic Stainless (34) ASTM A 376/A 376M–96, Standard
Steel Tubing for General Service Specification for Seamless Austenitic
(‘‘ASTM A 268’’), 56.60–1; Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Cen-
(22) ASTM A 276–98, Standard Speci- tral-Station Service (‘‘ASTM A 376’’),
fication for Stainless Steel Bars and 56.60–1; 56.60–2;
Shapes (‘‘ASTM A 276’’), 56.60–2; (35) ASTM A 395/A 395M–98, Standard
(23) ASTM A 307–97, Standard Speci- Specification for Ferritic Ductile Iron
fication for Carbon Steel Bolts and Pressure-Retaining Castings for Use at
Studs, 60,000 PSI Tensile Strength Elevated Temperatures (‘‘ASTM A
(‘‘ASTM A 307’’), 56.25–20; 395’’), 56.50–60; 56.60–1; 56.60–15;
(24) ASTM A 312/A 312M–95a, Stand- (36) ASTM A 403/A 403M–98, Standard
ard Specification for Seamless and Specification for Wrought Austenitic
Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Piping Fittings
Pipes (‘‘ASTM A–312’’ or ‘‘ASTM A (‘‘ASTM A 403’’), 56.60–1;
312’’), 56.50–105; 56.60–1; (37) ASTM A 420/A 420M–96a, Stand-
(25) ASTM A 320/A 320M–97, Standard ard Specification for Piping Fittings of
Specification for Alloy/Steel Bolting Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel
Materials for Low-Temperature Serv- for Low-Temperature Service (‘‘ASTM
ice (‘‘ASTM A–320’’), 56.50–105; A–420’’ or ‘‘ASTM A 420’’), 56.50–105;
(26) ASTM A 333/A 333M–94, Standard 56.60–1;
Specification for Seamless and Welded (38) ASTM A 520–97, Standard Speci-
Steel Pipe for Low-Temperature Serv- fication for Supplementary Require-
ice (‘‘ASTM A–333’’ or ‘‘ASTM A 333’’), ments for Seamless and Electric-Re-
56.50–105; 56.60–1; sistance-Welded Carbon Steel Tubular
(27) ASTM A 334/A 334M–96, Standard Products for High-Temperature Service
Specification for Seamless and Welded Conforming to ISO Recommendations
Carbon and Alloy-Steel Tubes for Low- for Boiler Construction (‘‘ASTM A
Temperature Service (‘‘ASTM A–334’’ 520’’), 56.60–1;
or ‘‘ASTM A 334’’), 56.50–105; 56.60–1; (39) ASTM A 522/A 522M–95b, Stand-
(28) ASTM A 335/A 335M–95a, Stand- ard Specification for Forged or Rolled 8
ard Specification for Seamless Ferritic and 9% Nickel Alloy Steel Flanges,
Alloy-Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Fittings, Valves, and Parts for Low-
Service (‘‘ASTM A 335’’), 56.60–1; Temperature Service (‘‘ASTM A–522’’),
(29) ASTM A 350/A 350M–97, Standard 56.50–105;
Specification for Carbon and Low- (40) ASTM A 536–84 (Reapproved 2009),
Alloy Steel Forgings, Requiring Notch; Standard Specification for Ductile Iron
Toughness Testing for Piping Compo- Castings (‘‘ASTM A 536’’), (approved
nents (‘‘ASTM A–350’’), 56.50–105; May 1, 2009), incorporation by reference
(30) ASTM A 351/A 351M–94a, Stand- approved for § 56.60–1;
ard Specification for Castings, Aus- (41) ASTM A 575–96 (Reapproved 2007),
tenitic, Austenitic-Ferritic (Duplex), Standard Specification for Steel Bars,
for Pressure-Containing Parts (‘‘ASTM Carbon, Merchant Quality, M-Grades
A–351’’), 56.50–105; (‘‘ASTM A 575’’), (approved September
(31) ASTM A 352/A 352M–93 (1998), 1, 2005), incorporation by reference ap-
Standard Specification for Steel Cast- proved for § 56.60–2;

ings, Ferritic and Martensitic, for (42) ASTM A576–90b (Reapproved
Pressure-Containing Parts, Suitable 2012), Standard Specification for Steel
170
Bars, Carbon, Hot-Wrought, Special loys (UNS NO6600, NO6601, NO6603,

Quality (‘‘ASTM A576’’), (approved NO6690, NO6025, and NO6045) Seamless
March 1, 2012), incorporation by ref- Pipe and Tube (‘‘ASTM B 167’’), 56.60–1;
erence approved for § 56.60–2; (59) ASTM B 171–95, Standard Speci-
(43) ASTM B 16–92, Standard Speci- fication for Copper-Alloy Plate and
fication for Free-Cutting Brass Rod, Sheet for Pressure Vessels, Condensers,
Bar, and Shapes for Use in Screw Ma- and Heat Exchangers (‘‘ASTM B 171’’),
chines (‘‘ASTM B 16’’), 56.60–2; 56.60–2;
(44) ASTM B 21–96, Standard Speci- (60) ASTM B 210–95, Standard Speci-
fication for Naval Brass Rod, Bar, and fication for Aluminum and Aluminum-
Shapes (‘‘ASTM B 21’’), 56.60–2; Alloy Drawn Seamless Tubes (‘‘ASTM
(45) ASTM B 26/B 26M–97, Standard B 210’’), 56.60–1;
Specification for Aluminum-Alloy (61) ASTM B 234–95, Standard Speci-
Sand Castings (‘‘ASTM B 26’’), 56.60–2; fication for Aluminum and Aluminum-
(46) ASTM B 42–96, Standard Speci- Alloy Drawn Seamless Tubes for Con-
fication for Seamless Copper Pipe, densers and Heat Exchangers (‘‘ASTM
Standard Sizes (‘‘ASTM B 42’’), 56.60–1; B 234’’), 56.60–1;
(47) ASTM B 43–96, Standard Speci- (62) ASTM B 241/B 241M–96, Standard
fication for Seamless Red Brass Pipe, Specification for Aluminum and Alu-
Standard Sizes (‘‘ASTM B 43’’), 56.60–1; minum-Alloy Seamless Pipe and Seam-
(48) ASTM B 68–95, Standard Speci- less Extruded Tube (‘‘ASTM B 241’’),
fication for Seamless Copper Tube, 56.60–1;
Bright Annealed (‘‘ASTM B 68’’), 56.60– (63) ASTM B 280–97, Standard Speci-
1; fication for Seamless Copper Tube for
(49) ASTM B 75–97, Standard Speci- Air Conditioning and Refrigeration
fication for Seamless Copper Tube Field Service (‘‘ASTM B 280’’), 56.60–1;
(‘‘ASTM B 75’’), 56.60–1; (64) ASTM B 283–96, Standard Speci-
(50) ASTM B 85–96, Standard Speci- fication for Copper and Copper-Alloy
fication for Aluminum-Alloy Die Cast- Die Forgings (Hot-Pressed) (‘‘ASTM B
ings (‘‘ASTM B 85’’), 56.60–2; 283’’), 56.60–2;
fication for Seamless Copper Water fication for Seamless Copper Alloy
Tube (‘‘ASTM B 88’’), 56.60–1; Pipe and Tube (‘‘ASTM B 315’’), 56.60–1;
fication for Copper-Silicon Alloy Plate, fication for Factory-Made Wrought
Sheet, Strip, and Rolled Bar for Gen- Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Weld-
eral Purposes and Pressure Vessels ing Fittings (‘‘ASTM B 361’’), 56.60–1;
(‘‘ASTM B 96’’), 56.60–2; (67) ASTM B 858M–95, Standard Test
(53) ASTM B 111–95, Standard Speci- Method for Determination of Suscepti-
fication for Copper and Copper-Alloy bility to Stress Corrosion Cracking in
Seamless Condenser Tubes and Ferrule Copper Alloys Using an Ammonia
Stock (‘‘ASTM B 111’’), 56.60–1; Vapor Test (‘‘ASTM B 858M’’), 56.60–2;
(54) ASTM B 124–96, Standard Speci- (68) ASTM E 23–96, Standard Test
fication for Copper and Copper Alloy Methods for Notched Bar Impact Test-
Forging Rod, Bar, and Shapes (‘‘ASTM ing of Metallic Materials (‘‘ASTM E
B 124’’), 56.60–2; 23’’), 56.50–105;
(55) ASTM B 134–96, Standard Speci- (69) ASTM F682–82a (Reapproved
fication for Pipe, Steel, Electric-Fu- 2008), Standard Specification for
sion (Arc)-Welded (Sizes NPS 16 and Wrought Carbon Steel Sleeve-Type
Over) (‘‘ASTM B 134’’), 56.60–1; Pipe Couplings (‘‘ASTM F 682’’), (ap-
(56) ASTM B 161–93, Standard Speci- proved November 1, 2008), incorporation
fication for Nickel Seamless Pipe and by reference approved for § 56.60–1;
Tube (‘‘ASTM B 161’’), 56.60–1; (70) ASTM F1006–86 (Reapproved
(57) ASTM B 165–93, Standard Speci- 2008), Standard Specification for En-
fication of Nickel-Copper Alloy (UNS trainment Separators for Use in Ma-
NO4400) Seamless Pipe and Tube rine Piping Applications (‘‘ASTM F
(‘‘ASTM B 165’’), 56.60–1; 1006’’), (approved November 1, 2008), in-

(58) ASTM B 167–97a, Standard Speci- corporation by reference approved for
fication for Nickel-Chromium-Iron Al- § 56.60–1;
171
§ 56.01–2 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
(71) ASTM F1007–86 (Reapproved Conditioner Fittings in Piping Applica-

2007), Standard Specification for Pipe- tions above 0 °F (‘‘ASTM F 1201’’),
line Expansion Joints of the Packed (approved May 1, 2010), incorporation
Slip Type for Marine Application by reference approved for § 56.60–1;
(‘‘ASTM F 1007’’), (approved December (81) ASTM F 1387–93, Standard Speci-
1, 2007), incorporation by reference ap- fication for Performance of Mechani-
proved for § 56.60–1; cally Attached Fittings (‘‘ASTM F
(72) ASTM F1020–86 (Reapproved 1387’’), 56.30–25;
2011), Standard Specification for Line- (82) ASTM F 1476–95a, Standard Spec-
Blind Valves for Marine Applications ification for Performance of Gasketed
(‘‘ASTM F 1020’’), (approved April 1, Mechanical Couplings for Use in Piping
2011), incorporation by reference ap- Applications (‘‘ASTM F 1476’’), 56.30–35;
proved for § 56.60–1; and
(73) ASTM F1120–87 (Reapproved (83) ASTM F 1548–94, Standard Speci-
2010), Standard Specification for Cir- fication for the Performance of Fit-
cular Metallic Bellows Type Expansion tings for Use with Gasketed Mechan-
Joints for Piping Applications (‘‘ASTM ical Couplings, Used in Piping Applica-
F 1120’’), (approved May 1, 2010), incor- tions (‘‘ASTM F 1548’’), 56.30–35.
poration by reference approved for (f) Expansion Joint Manufacturers As-
§ 56.60–1; sociation Inc. (EJMA), 25 North Broad-
(74) ASTM F1123–87 (Reapproved way, Tarrytown, NY 10591:
2010), Standard Specification for Non- (1) Standards of the Expansion Joint
Metallic Expansion Joints (‘‘ASTM F Manufacturers Association, 1980, 56.60–
1123’’), (approved March 1, 2010), incor- 1; and
poration by reference approved for (2) [Reserved]
§ 56.60–1;
(g) Fluid Controls Institute Inc. (FCI),
(75) ASTM F1139–88 (Reapproved
31 South Street, Suite 303, Morristown,
2010), Standard Specification for Steam
NJ 07960:
Traps and Drains (‘‘ASTM F 1139’’),
(1) FCI 69–1 Pressure Rating Standard
(approved March 1, 2010), incorporation
for Steam Traps (‘‘FCI 69–1’’), 56.60–1;
by reference approved for § 56.60–1;
and
(76) ASTM F1172–88 (Reapproved
2010), Standard Specification for Fuel (2) [Reserved]
Oil Meters of the Volumetric Positive (h) International Maritime Organiza-
Displacement Type (‘‘ASTM F 1172’’), tion (IMO), Publications Section, 4 Al-
(approved March 1, 2010), incorporation bert Embankment, London, SE1 7SR
by reference approved for § 56.60–1; United Kingdom:
(77) ASTM F 1173–95, Standard Speci- (1) Resolution A.753(18), Guidelines
fication for Thermosetting Resin Fi- for the Application of Plastic Pipes on
berglass Pipe and Fittings to be Used Ships, adopted on 4 November 1993
for Marine Applications (‘‘ASTM F (‘‘IMO Resolution A.753(18)’’), IBR ap-
1173’’), 56.60–1; proved for 56.60–25(a).
(78) ASTM F1199–88 (Reapproved (2) Resolution MSC.313(88), Amend-
2010), Standard Specification for Cast ments to the Guidelines for the Appli-
(All Temperatures and Pressures) and cation of Plastic Pipes on Ships, adopt-
Welded Pipe Line Strainers (150 psig ed 26 November 2010 (‘‘IMO Resolution
and 150 °F Maximum) (‘‘ASTM F MSC.313(88)’’), IBR approved for § 56.60–
1199’’), (approved March 1, 2010), incor- 25(a).
poration by reference approved for (i) International Organization for
§ 56.60–1; Standardization (ISO), Case Postal 56,
(79) ASTM F1200–88 (Reapproved CH–1211 Geneva 20 Switzerland:
2010), Standard Specification for Fab- (1) ISO 15540 Ships and Marine Tech-
ricated (Welded) Pipe Line Strainers nology-Fire Resistance of Hose Assem-
(Above 150 psig and 150 °F) (‘‘ASTM F blies-Test Methods, First Edition (Aug.
1200’’), (approved March 1, 2010), incor- 1, 1999) (‘‘ISO 15540’’), 56.60–25; and
poration by reference approved for (2) [Reserved]
§ 56.60–1; (j) Instrument Society of America (ISA),

(80) ASTM F1201–88 (Reapproved 67 Alexander Drive, Research Triangle
2010), Standard Specification for Fluid Park, NC 27709:
172
(1) ISA–S75.02 (1996) (‘‘ISA–S75.02’’), (l) Society of Automotive Engineers

56.20–15; and (SAE), 400 Commonwealth Drive,
(2) [Reserved] Warrendale, PA 15096:
(k) Manufacturers Standardization So- (1) J1475 (1996) Surface Vehicle Hy-
ciety of the Valve and Fittings Industry, draulic Hose Fittings for Marine Appli-
Inc. (MSS), 127 Park Street NE, Vienna, cations (June 1996) (‘‘SAE J1475’’),
VA 22180: 56.60–25; and
(1) SP–6–2001 Standard Finishes for (2) J1942 (1997) Standards Hose and
Contact Faces of Pipe Flanges and Con- Hose Assemblies for Marine Applica-
necting-End Flanges of Valves and Fit- tions (May 1997) (‘‘SAE J1942’’), 56.60–
tings (2001) (‘‘MSS SP–6’’), 56.25–10; 25.
56.60–1;
(2) SP–9–2001 Spot Facing for Bronze, [USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65171, Oct. 31, 2008,
Iron and Steel Flanges (2001) (‘‘MSS as amended by USCG–2009–0702, 74 FR 49228,
SP–9’’), 56.60–1; Sept. 25, 2009; USCG–2012–0832, 77 FR 59777,
(3) SP–25–1998 Standard Marking Sys- Oct. 1, 2012; USCG–2012–0866, 78 FR 13250, Feb.
tem for Valves, Fittings, Flanges and 27, 2013; USCG–2013–0671, 78 FR 60148, Sept. 30,
2013; USCG–2012–0196, 81 FR 48251, July 22,
Unions (1998) (‘‘MSS SP–25’’), 56.15–1;
2016]
56.20–5; 56.60–1;
(4) SP–44–1996 Steel Pipe Line § 56.01–3 Power boilers, external pip-
Flanges (Reaffirmed 2001) (‘‘MSS SP– ing and appurtenances (Replaces
44’’), 56.60–1; 100.1.1, 100.1.2, 122.1, 132 and 133).
(5) SP–45–2003 Bypass and Drain Con-
nections (2003) (‘‘MSS SP–45’’), 56.20–20; (a) Power boiler external piping and
56.60–1; components must meet the require-
(6) SP–51–2003 Class 150LW Corrosion ments of this part and §§ 52.01–105, 52.01–
Resistant Cast Flanges and Flanged 110, 52.01–115, and 52.01–120 of this chap-
Fittings (2003) (‘‘MSS SP–51’’), 56.60–1; ter.
(7) SP–53–95 Quality Standard for (b) Specific requirements for external
Steel Castings and Forgings for Valves, piping and appurtenances of power
Flanges and Fittings and Other Piping boilers, as defined in §§ 100.1.1 and
Components–Magnetic Particle Exam- 100.1.2, appearing in the various para-
ination Method (1995) (‘‘MSS SP–53’’), graphs of ASME B31.1 (incorporated by
56.60–1; reference; see 46 CFR 56.01–2), are not
(8) SP–55–2001 Quality Standard for adopted unless specifically indicated
Steel Castings for Valves, Flanges and elsewhere in this part.
Fittings and Other Piping Compo-
nents–Visual Method (2001) (‘‘MSS SP– [CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40602, Oct. 2, 1989; 55 FR
39968, Oct. 1, 1990; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR
55’’), 56.60–1;
65174, Oct. 31, 2008]
(9) SP–58 Pipe Hangers and Supports–
Materials, Design and Manufacture § 56.01–5 Adoption of ASME B31.1 for
(1993) (‘‘MSS SP–58’’), 56.60–1; power piping, and other standards.
(10) SP–61–2003 Pressure Testing of
Steel Valves (2003) (‘‘MSS SP–61’’), (a) Piping systems for ships and
56.60–1; barges must be designed, constructed,
(11) SP–67 Butterfly Valves (1995) and inspected in accordance with
(‘‘MSS SP–67’’), 56.60–1; ASME B31.1 (incorporated by reference;
(12) SP–69 Pipe Hangers and Sup- see 46 CFR 56.01–2), as limited, modi-
ports–Selection and Application (1996) fied, or replaced by specific require-
(‘‘MSS SP–69’’), 56.60–1; ments in this part. The provisions in
(13) SP–72 Ball Valves with Flanged the appendices to ASME B31.1 are
or Butt-Welding Ends for General Serv- adopted and must be followed when the
ice (1987) (‘‘MSS SP–72’’), 56.60–1; requirements of ASME B31.1 or the
(14) SP–73 (R 96) Brazing Joints for rules in this part make them manda-
Copper and Copper Pressure Fittings tory. For general information, table
(1991) (‘‘MSS SP–73’’), 56.60–1; and 56.01–5(a) lists the various paragraphs
(15) SP–83 Class 3000 Steel Pipe and sections in ASME B31.1 that are
Unions, Socket Welding and Threaded limited, modified, replaced, or repro-
(1995) (‘‘MSS SP–83’’), 56.60–1; duced by rules in this part.
173
§ 56.01–10 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
TABLE 56.01–5(a)—LIMITATIONS AND MODIFICA- applicable to piping systems that also

TIONS IN THE ADOPTION OF ASME B31.1 FOR constitute this subchapter.
PRESSURE AND POWER PIPING
[USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65175, Oct. 31, 2008]
Section or paragraph in Unit in this part
ASME B31.1 and disposition § 56.01–10 Plan approval.
100.1 replaced by .................. 56.01–1. (a) Plans and specifications for new
100.2 modified by .................. 56.07–5. construction and major alterations
101 through 104.7 modified 56.07–10.
by. showing the respective piping systems
101.2 modified by .................. 56.07–10(a), (b). shall be submitted, as required by sub-
101.5 replaced by .................. 56.07–10(c). part 50.20 of this subchapter.
102.2 modified by .................. 56.07–10(d).
102.3 and 104.1.2 modified 56.07–10(e).
(b) Piping materials and appliances,
by. such as pipe, tubing, fittings, flanges,
104.3 modified by .................. 56.07–10(f). and valves, except safety valves and
104.4 modified by .................. 56.07–10(e). safety relief valves covered in part 162
104.5.1 modified by ............... 56.30–10.
105 through 108 replaced by 56.10–1 through 56.25–20. of subchapter Q (Specifications) of this
110 through 118 replaced by 56.30–1 through 56.30–35. chapter, are not required to be specifi-
119.5.1 replaced by ............... 56.35–10, 56.35–15. cally approved by the Commandant,
119.7 replaced by .................. 56.35–1. but shall comply with the applicable
122.1.4 replaced by ............... 56.50–40.
122.3 modified by .................. 56.50–97. requirements for materials, construc-
122.6 through 122.10 re- 56.50–1 through 56.50–80. tion, markings, and testing. These ma-
placed by. terials and appliances shall be certified
123 replaced by ..................... 56.60–1.
Table 126.1 is replaced by .... 56.30–5(c)(3), 56.60–1.
as described in part 50 of this sub-
127 through 135 replaced by 56.65–1, 56.70–10 through chapter. Drawings listing material
56.90–10. specifications and showing details of
136 replaced by ..................... 56.95–1 through 56.95–10. welded joints for pressure-containing
137 replaced by ..................... 56.97–1 through 56.97–40.
appurtenances of welded construction
shall be submitted in accordance with
(viii) (b) When a section or paragraph
paragraph (a) of this section.
of the regulations in this part relates
to material in ASME B31.1, the rela- (c)(1) Prior to installation aboard
tionship with ASME B31.1 will appear ship, diagrams of the following systems
immediately after the heading of the shall be submitted for approval:
section or at the beginning of the para- (i) Steam and exhaust piping.
graph as follows: (ii) Boiler feed and blowoff piping.
(1) (Modifies ____.) This indicates that (iii) Safety valve escape piping.
the material in ASME B31.1 so num- (iv) Fuel oil service, transfer and fill-
bered for identification is generally ap- ing piping. (Service includes boiler fuel
plicable but is being altered, amplified, and internal combustion engine fuel
or augmented. piping.)
(2) (Replaces ____.) This indicates (v) Fire extinguishing systems in-
that the material in ASME B31.1 so cluding fire main and sprinkler piping,
numbered for identification does not inert gas and foam.
apply. (vi) Bilge and ballast piping.
(3) (Reproduces ____.) This indicates (vii) Tank cleaning piping.
that the material in ASME B31.1 so (viii) Condenser circulating water
numbered for identification is being piping.
identically reproduced for convenience,
(ix) Vent, sound and overflow piping.
not for emphasis.
(c) As stated in § 56.01–2 of this chap- (x) Sanitary drains, soil drains, deck
ter, the standards of the American Na- drains, and overboard discharge piping.
tional Standards Institute (ANSI) and (xi) Internal combustion engine ex-
ASME specifically referred to in this haust piping. (Refer to part 58 of this
part must be the governing require- subchapter for requirements.)
ments for the matters covered unless (xii) Cargo piping.
specifically limited, modified, or re- (xiii) Hot water heating systems if
placed by other rules in this sub- the temperature is greater than 121
chapter. See 46 CFR 56.60–1(b) for the °C(250 °F).
other adopted commercial standards (xiv) Compressed air piping.
174
(xv) Fluid power and control systems units must be submitted under subpart
(hydraulic, pneumatic). (Refer to sub- 58.60 of this subchapter.
part 58.30 of this subchapter for specific (e) Where piping passes through wa-
requirements.) tertight bulkheads and/or fire bound-
(xvi) Lubricating oil piping. aries, plans of typical details of piping
(xvii) Refrigeration and air condi- penetrations shall be submitted.
tioning piping. (Refer to part 58 of this (f) Arrangement drawings specified in
subchapter for specific requirements.) paragraph (c)(2) of this section are not
(2) Arrangement drawings of the fol- required if—
lowing systems shall also be submitted (1) The location of each component
prior to installation: for which there is a location require-
(i) All Classes I, I-L, and II-L sys- ment (i.e., shell penetration, fire sta-
tems. tion, foam monitor, etc.) is indicated
(ii) All Class II firemain, foam, sprin- on the piping diagram;
kler, bilge and ballast, vent sounding (2) The diagram includes, or is ac-
and overflow systems. companied by and makes reference to,
(iii) Other Class II systems only if a material schedule which describes
specifically requested or required by components in sufficient detail to sub-
regulations in this subchapter. stantiate their compliance with the
(d)(1) The drawings or diagrams shall regulations of this subchapter;
include a list of material, furnishing (3) A thermal stress analysis is not
pipe diameters, wall thicknesses, de- required; and
sign pressure, fluid temperature, appli- (4) A dynamic analysis is neither re-
cable ASTM material or ANSI compo- quired nor elected in lieu of allowable
nent specification, type, size, design stress reduction.
standard, and rating of valves, flanges,
and fittings. [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as
(2) Pump rated capacity and pump 1970; CGFR 72–59R, 37 FR 6189, Mar. 25, 1972;
shutoff head shall appear on piping dia- CGD 73–251, 43 FR 56799, Dec. 4, 1978, CGD 77–
grams. Pump characteristic curves 140, 54 FR 40602, Oct. 2, 1989; CGD 95–012, 60
shall be submitted for all pumps in the FR 48049, Sept. 18, 1995]
firemain and foam systems. These
curves need not be submitted if the fol- Subpart 56.04—Piping
lowing information is shown on the Classification
drawing:
(i) Rated capacity and head at rated § 56.04–1 Scope.
capacity.
(ii) Shutoff head. Piping shall be classified as shown in
(iii) Head at 150 percent rated capac- table 56.04–1.
ity. TABLE 56.04–1—PIPING CLASSIFICATIONS
(3) Standard drawings of the fol-
lowing fabrication details shall be sub- Service Class Section in
this part
mitted:
(i) Welding details for piping connec- Normal ........................ I, II .............................. 56.04–2
tions. Low temperature ......... I-L, II-L ........................ 56.50–105
(ii) Welding details for nonstandard
fittings (when appropriate). [CGD 72–206R, 38 FR 17229, June 29, 1973, as
(d–1) Plans of piping for industrial amended by CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40602, Oct. 2,
systems on mobile offshore drilling 1989; CGD 95–012, 60 FR 48049, Sept. 18, 1995]
§ 56.04–2 Piping classification according to service.

The designation of classes according to service is found in table 56.04–2.
TABLE 56.04–2—PRESSURE PIPING CLASSIFICATION

Service Class 1 Pressure (p.s.i.g.) Temp. (°F)
Class B and C poisons 2 ....................................................... I ........... any ........................ and .......... 0 and above.
I-L ........ any ........................ and .......... below 0.
175
§ 56.04–10 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
TABLE 56.04–2—PRESSURE PIPING CLASSIFICATION—Continued

Service Class 1 Pressure (p.s.i.g.) Temp. (°F)
II .......... (3 ) ......................... (3 ) ........... (3 )

II-L ....... (3 ) ......................... (3 ) ........... (3 )
Gases and vapors 2 ............................................................... I ........... above 150 ............ or ............ above 650.
I-L ........ above 150 ............ and .......... below 0.
II .......... 150 and below ...... and .......... 0 to 650.
II-L ....... 150 and below ...... and .......... below 0.
Liquefied flammable gases 2 ................................................. I ........... above 150 ............ and .......... 0 and above. 1
II .......... 150 and below ...... and .......... 0 and above.
Molten sulphur ....................................................................... I ........... above 225 ............ or ............ above 330.
II .......... 225 and below ...... and .......... 330 and below.
Cargo liquids Grades A through D 2 ...................................... I ........... above 225 ............ or ............ above 150.
Cargo liquids Grade E ........................................................... I ........... above 225 ............ or ............ above 400.
Water ..................................................................................... I ........... above 225 ............ or ............ above 350.
Fuels (Bunker, diesel, gasoline, etc.) .................................... I ........... above 150 ............ or ............ above 150.
Lubricating oil ........................................................................ I ........... above 225 ............ or ............ above 400.
Asphalt ................................................................................... I ........... above 225 ............ or ............ above 400.
Heat transfer oil ..................................................................... I ........... above 225 ............ or ............ above 400.
Hydraulic fluid ........................................................................ I ........... above 225 ............ or ............ above 400.
Flammable or combustible dangerous cargoes. .......................... Refer to specific requirements of part 40 of this chapter.
Other dangerous cargoes. ............................................................ Refer to specific requirements of part 98 of this chapter.
1 Where doubt exists as to proper classification, refer to the Commandant for resolution.
2 For definitions, see 46 CFR parts 30, 151, and 154. Note that the category ‘‘B and C’’ poisons is not used in the rules apply-
ing to self-propelled vessels (46 CFR part 153).
3 Not permitted except inside cargo tanks approved for Class B and C poisons.
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40164, Sept. 2, 1975;
CGD 73–96, 42 FR 49024, Sept. 26, 1977]
§ 56.04–10 Other systems. Subpart 56.07—Design

Piping systems and appurtenances
§ 56.07–5 Definitions (modifies 100.2).
not requiring plan approval may be ac-
cepted by the marine inspector if: (a) Piping. The definitions contained
(a) The system is suitable for the in 100.2 of ASME B31.1 (incorporated by
service intended, reference; see 46 CFR 56.01–2) apply, as
(b) There are guards, shields, insula- well as the following:
tion and similar devices where needed (1) The word piping within the mean-
for protection of personnel, ing of the regulations in this sub-
(c) Failure of the systems would not chapter refers to fabricated pipes or
hazard the vessel, personnel or vital tubes with flanges and fittings at-
systems, and tached, for use in the conveyance of va-
(d) The system is not manifestly un- pors, gases or liquids, regardless of
safe. whether the diameter is measured on
the inside or the outside.
[CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40602, Oct. 2, 1989] (b) Nominal diameter. The term nomi-
nal diameter or diameter as used in this
part, means the commercial diameter

of the piping, i.e., pipe size.
176
(c) Schedule. The word Schedule when (ix) Any other marine-engineering
used in this part refers to specific val- system identified by the cognizant
ues as given in ASME B36.10M and OCMI as crucial to the survival of the
B36.19M (both incorporated by ref- vessel or to the protection of the per-
erence; see 46 CFR 56.01–2). sonnel aboard.
(d) Fittings and appurtenances. The (2) For the purpose of this sub-
word fitting and the phrase fittings and chapter, a system not identified by
appurtenances within the meaning of paragraph (1) of this definition is a
the regulations in this subchapter refer non-vital system.
to pressure containing piping system (g) Plate flange. The term plate flange,
components other than valves and pipe. as used in this subchapter, means a
This includes piping system compo- flange made from plate material, and
nents whose function is to join may have a raised face and/or a raised
branches of the system (such as tees, hub.
wyes, elbows, unions, bushings, etc.) [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as
which are referred to as pipe joining amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9978, June 17,
fittings, as well as components which 1970; CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40602, Oct. 2, 1989;
operate on the fluid contained in the USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65175, Oct. 31, 2008]
system (such as traps, drains, strain-
ers, separators, filters, meters, etc.), § 56.07–10 Design conditions and cri-
which are referred to as ‘‘fluid condi- teria (modifies 101–104.7).
tioner’’ fittings. Thermometer wells (a) Maximum allowable working pres-
and other similar fittings which form sure. (1) The maximum allowable work-
part of the pressure barrier of any sys- ing pressure of a piping system must
tem are included under this heading. not be greater than the internal design
Expansion joints, slip joints, rotary pressure defined in 104.1.2 of ASME
joints, quick disconnect couplings, etc., B31.1 (incorporated by reference; see 46
are referred to as special purpose fit- CFR 56.01–2).
tings, and may be subject to such spe- (2) Where the maximum allowable
cial design and testing requirements as working pressure of a system compo-
prescribed by the Commandant. Refer nent, such as a valve or a fitting, is
to subpart 56.15 for design require- less than that computed for the pipe or
ments for fittings. tubing, the system pressure shall be
(e) Nonstandard fittings. ‘‘Non- limited to the lowest of the component
standard fitting’’ means a component maximum allowable working pressures.
of a piping system which is not fab- (b) Relief valves. (modifies 101.2). (1)
ricated under an adopted industry Every system which may be exposed to
standard. pressures higher than the system’s
(f) Vital systems. (1) Vital systems are maximum allowable working pressure
those systems that are vital to a ves- shall be safeguarded by appropriate re-
sel’s survivability and safety. For the lief devices. (See § 52.01–3 of this sub-
purpose of this subchapter, the fol- chapter for definitions.) Relief valves
lowing are vital systems: are required at pump discharges except
(i) Systems for fill, transfer, and for centrifugal pumps so designed and
service of fuel oil; applied that a pressure in excess of the
(ii) Fire-main systems; maximum allowable working pressure
(iii) Fixed gaseous fire-extinguishing for the system cannot be developed.
systems; (2) The relief valve setting shall not
(iv) Bilge systems; exceed the maximum allowable work-
(v) Ballast systems; ing pressure of the system. Its reliev-
(vi) Steering systems and steering- ing capacity shall be sufficient to pre-
control systems; vent the pressure from rising more
(vii) Propulsion systems and their than 20 percent above the system max-
necessary auxiliaries and control sys- imum allowable working pressure. The
tems; rated relieving capacity of safety and
(viii) Ship’s service and emergency relief valves used in the protection of
electrical-generation systems and their piping systems only shall be based on

auxiliaries vital to the vessel’s surviv- actual flow test data and the capacity
ability and safety; shall be certified by the manufacturer
177
§ 56.10–1 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
at 120 percent of the set pressure of the (f) Intersections (modifies 104.3). The
valve. material in 104.3 of ASME B31.1 is ap-
(3) Relief valves shall be certified as plicable with the following additions:
required in part 50 of this subchapter (1) Reinforcement calculations where
for valves, and shall also meet the re- applicable shall be submitted.
quirements of § 54.15–10 of this sub- (2) Wherever possible the longitu-
chapter. dinal joint of a welded pipe should not
(c) Ship motion dynamic effects be pierced.
(replaces 101.5.3). Piping system designs
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as
shall account for the effects of ship mo-
tion and flexure, including weight, 1970; 37 FR 16803, Aug. 19, 1972; CGD 73–254, 40
yaw, sway, roll, pitch, heave, and vi- FR 40164, Sept. 2, 1975; CGD 77–140, 54 FR
bration. 40602, Oct. 2, 1989; CGD 95–012, 60 FR 48050,
(d) Ratings for pressure and tempera- Sept. 18, 1995; CGD 95–028, 62 FR 51200, Sept.
ture (modifies 102.2). The material in 30, 1997; USCG–1998–4442, 63 FR 52190, Sept. 30,
102.2 of ASME B31.1 applies, with the 1998; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65175, Oct. 31,
following exceptions: 2008]
(1) The details of components not
having specific ratings as described in Subpart 56.10—Components
102.2.2 of ASME B31.1 must be furnished
to the Marine Safety Center for ap- § 56.10–1 Selection and limitations of
proval. piping components (replaces 105
through 108).
(1) The details of components not
having specific ratings as described in (a) Pipe, tubing, pipe joining fittings,
102.2.2 of ANSI B31.1 must be furnished and piping system components, shall
to the Marine Safety Center for ap- meet material and standard require-
proval. ments of subpart 56.60 and shall meet
(2) Boiler blowoff piping must be de- the certification requirements of part
signed in accordance with § 56.50–40 of 50 of this subchapter.
this part. (b) The requirements in this subpart
(e) Pressure design (modifies 102.3, and in subparts 56.15 through 56.25
104.1.2, and 104.4). (1) Materials for use must be met instead of those in 105
in piping must be selected as described through 108 in ASME B31.1 (incor-
in § 56.60–1(a) of this part. Tabulated porated by reference; see 46 CFR 56.01–
values of allowable stress for these ma- 2); however, certain requirements are
terials must be measured as indicated marked ‘‘reproduced.’’
in 102.3.1 of ASME B31.1 and in tables
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as
56.60–1 and 56.60–2(a) of this part.
(2) Allowable stress values, as found 1970; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65175, Oct. 31,
in the ASME Code, which are restricted 2008]
in application by footnote or are
italicized shall not be used. Where mul- § 56.10–5 Pipe.
tiple stresses are listed for a material, (a) General. Pipe and tubing shall be
the lowest value of the listing shall be
selected as described in table 56.60–1(a).
used unless otherwise approved by the
(b) Ferrous pipe. ASTM Specification
Commandant. In all cases the tempera-
A 53 (incorporated by reference, see
ture is understood to be the actual
§ 56.01–2) furnace welded pipe shall not
temperature of the component.
be used for combustible or flammable
(3) Where the operator desires to use
liquids within machinery spaces. (See
a material not listed, permission must
§§ 30.10–15 and 30.10–22 of this chapter.)
be obtained from the Commandant. Re-
quirements for testing found in § 56.97– (c) Nonferrous pipe. (See also § 56.60–
40(a)(2) and § 56.97–40(a)(4) may affect 20.) (1) Copper and brass pipe for water
design and should be considered. Spe- and steam service may be used for de-
sign pressures up to 250 pounds per
cial design limitations may be found

for specific systems. Refer to subpart square inch and for design tempera-
56.50 for specific requirements. tures to 406 °F.
178
(2) Copper and brass pipe for air may (c) Pipe joining fittings not accepted
be used in accordance with the allow- for use in piping systems in accordance
able stresses found from table 56.60– with paragraph (b) of this section must
1(a). meet the following:
(3) Copper-nickel alloys may be used (1) All pressure-containing materials
for water and steam service within the must be accepted in accordance with
design limits of stress and temperature § 56.60–1 of this part.
indicated in ASME B31.1 (incorporated (2) Fittings must be designed so that
by reference; see 46 CFR 56.01–2). the maximum allowable working pres-
(4) Copper tubing may be used for sure does not exceed one-fourth of the
dead-end instrument service up to 1,000 burst pressure or produce a primary
pounds per square inch. stress greater than one-fourth of the
(5) Copper, brass, or aluminum pipe ultimate tensile strength of the mate-
or tube shall not be used for flammable rial for Class II systems and for all
fluids except where specifically per- Class I, I-L, and II-L systems receiving
mitted by this part. ship motion dynamic analysis and non-
(6) Aluminum-alloy pipe or tube destructive examination. For Class I, I-
along with similar junction equipment L, or II-L systems not receiving ship
may be used within the limitation stat- motion dynamic analysis and non-
ed in 124.7 of ASME B31.1 and para- destructive examination under § 56.07–
graph (c)(5) of this section. 10(c) of this part, the maximum allow-
(d) Nonmetallic pipe. Plastic pipe may able working pressure must not exceed
be used subject to the conditions de- one-fifth of the burst pressure or
scribed in § 56.60–25. produce a primary stress greater than
one-fifth of the ultimate tensile
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as strength of the material. The max-
amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9978, June 17, imum allowable working pressure may
1970; CGFR 72–59R, 37 FR 6189, Mar. 25, 1972; be determined by—
CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40602, Oct. 2, 1989; CGD 95–
(i) Calculations comparable to those
028, 62 FR 51200, Sept. 30, 1997; USCG–2000–
7790, 65 FR 58460, Sept. 29, 2000; USCG–2003– of ASME B31.1 (incorporated by ref-
16630, 73 FR 65175, Oct. 31, 2008] erence; see 46 CFR 56.01–2) or section
VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure
Subpart 56.15—Fittings see 46 CFR 56.01–2);
(ii) Subjecting a representative
SOURCE: CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40602, Oct. 2, model to a proof test or experimental
1989, unless otherwise noted. stress analysis described in paragraph
A–22 of section I of the ASME Boiler
§ 56.15–1 Pipe joining fittings.
and Pressure Vessel Code (incorporated
(a) Pipe joining fittings certified in by reference; see 46 CFR 56.01–2); or
accordance with subpart 50.25 of this (iii) Other means specifically accept-
subchapter are acceptable for use in ed by the Marine Safety Center.
piping systems. (3) Fittings must be tested in accord-
(b) Threaded, flanged, socket-weld- ance with § 56.97–5 of this part.
ing, buttwelding, and socket-brazing (4) If welded, fittings must be welded
pipe joining fittings, made in accord- in accordance with subpart 56.70 of this
ance with the applicable standards in part and part 57 of this chapter or by
tables 56.60–1(a) and 56.60–1(b) of this other processes specifically approved
part and of materials complying with by the Marine Safety Center. In addi-
subpart 56.60 of this part, may be used tion, for fittings to be accepted for use
in piping systems within the material, in piping systems in accordance with
size, pressure, and temperature limita- this paragraph, the following require-
tions of those standards and within any ments must be met:
further limitations specified in this (i) For fittings sized three inches and
subchapter. Fittings must be designed below—
for the maximum pressure to which (A) The longitudinal joints must be
they may be subjected, but in no case fabricated by either gas or arc welding;
less than 50 pounds per square inch (B) One fitting of each size from each
gage. lot of 100 or fraction thereof must be
179
§ 56.15–5 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
flattened cold until the opposite walls § 56.15–5 Fluid-conditioner fittings.

meet without the weld developing any (a) Fluid conditioner fittings cer-
cracks; tified in accordance with subpart 50.25
(C) One fitting of each size from each of this subchapter are acceptable for
lot of 100 or fraction thereof must be use in piping systems.
hydrostatically tested to the pressure (b) Fluid conditioner fittings, not
required for a seamless drawn pipe of containing hazardous materials as de-
the same size and thickness produced fined in § 150.115 of this chapter, which
from equivalent strength material, as are made in accordance with the appli-
determined by the applicable pipe ma- cable standards listed in table 56.60–1(b)
terial specification; and of this part and of materials complying
(D) If a fitting fails to meet the test with subpart 56.60 of this part, may be
in paragraph (c)(4)(i)(B) or (c)(4)(i)(C) of used within the material, size, pres-
this section, no fitting in the lot from sure, and temperature limitations of
which the test fitting was chosen is ac- those standards and within any further
ceptable. limitations specified in this sub-
(ii) For fittings sized above three chapter.
inches— (c) The following requirements apply
(A) The longitudinal joints must be to nonstandard fluid conditioner fit-
fabricated by arc welding; tings which do not contain hazardous
(B) For pressures exceeding 150 materials as defined in § 150.115 of this
pounds per square inch, each fitting chapter:
must be radiographically examined as (1) The following nonstandard fluid
specified in section VIII of the ASME conditioner fittings must meet the ap-
Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code; plicable requirements in § 54.01–5 (c)(3),
(C) For pressures not exceeding 150 (c)(4), and (d) of this chapter or the re-
pounds per square inch, the first fitting maining provisions in part 54 of this
from each size in each lot of 20 or frac- chapter, except that Coast Guard shop
tion thereof must be examined by radi- inspection is not required:
ography to ensure that the welds are of (i) Nonstandard fluid conditioner fit-
acceptable quality; tings that have a net internal volume
(D) One fitting of each size from each greater than 0.04 cubic meters (1.5
lot of 100 or fraction thereof must be cubic feet) and that are rated for tem-
hydrostatically tested to the pressure peratures and pressures exceeding
required for a seamless drawn pipe of those specified as minimums for Class I
the same size and thickness produced piping systems.
from equivalent strength material, as (ii) Nonstandard fluid-conditioner fit-
determined by the applicable pipe ma- tings that have an internal diameter
terial specification; and exceeding 15 centimeters (6 inches) and
that are rated for temperatures and
(E) If a fitting fails to meet the test
pressures exceeding those specified as
in paragraph (c)(4)(ii)(C) or (c)(4)(ii)(D)
minimums for Class I piping systems.
of this section, no fitting in the lot
(2) All other nonstandard fluid condi-
from which the test fitting was chosen
tioner fittings must meet the fol-
is acceptable.
lowing:
(d) Single welded butt joints without (i) All pressure-containing materials
the use of backing strips may be em- must be accepted in accordance with
ployed in the fabrication of pipe join- § 56.60–1 of this part.
ing fittings of welded construction pro- (ii) Nonstandard fluid conditioner fit-
vided radiographic examination indi- tings must be designed so that the
cates that complete penetration is ob- maximum allowable working pressure
tained. does not exceed one-fourth of the burst
(e) Each pipe joining fitting must be pressure or produce a primary stress
marked in accordance with MSS SP–25 greater than one-fourth of the ultimate
(incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR tensile strength of the material for
56.01–2). Class II systems and for all Class I, I-
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as L, and II-L systems receiving ship mo-
amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65176, tion dynamic analysis and non-
Oct. 31, 2008] destructive examination. For Class I, I-
180
L, or II-L systems not receiving ship ards listed in table 56.60–1(b) of this
motion dynamic analysis and non- part and of materials complying with
destructive examination under § 56.07– subpart 56.60 of this part, may be used
10(c) of this part, the maximum allow- within the material, size, pressure, and
able working pressure must not exceed temperature limitations of those
one-fifth of the burst pressure or standards and within any further limi-
produce a primary stress greater than tations specified in this subchapter.
one-fifth of the ultimate tensile (c) Nonstandard special purpose fit-
strength of the material. The max- tings must meet the requirements of
imum allowable working pressure may §§ 56.30–25, 56.30–40, 56.35–10, 56.35–15, or
be determined by— 56.35–35 of this part, as applicable.
(A) Calculations comparable to those
of ASME B31.1 (incorporated by ref- Subpart 56.20—Valves
erence; see 46 CFR 56.01–2) or section
VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure § 56.20–1 General.
see 46 CFR 56.01–2); (a) Valves certified in accordance
(B) Subjecting a representative with subpart 50.25 of this subchapter
model to a proof test or experimental are acceptable for use in piping sys-
stress analysis described in paragraph tems.
A–22 of section I of the ASME Boiler (b) Non-welded valves complying
and Pressure Vessel Code (incorporated with the standards listed in § 56.60–1 of
by reference, see 46 CFR 56.01–2); or this part may be used within the speci-
(C) Other means specifically accepted fied pressure and temperature ratings
by the Marine Safety Center. of those standards, provided the limita-
(iii) Nonstandard fluid conditioner tions of § 56.07–10(c) of this part are ap-
fittings must be tested in accordance plied. Materials must comply with sub-
with § 56.97–5 of this part. part 56.60 of this part. Welded valves
(iv) If welded, nonstandard fluid con- complying with the standards and spec-
ditioner fittings must be welded in ac- ifications listed in § 56.60–1 of this part
cordance with subpart 56.70 of this part may be used in Class II systems only
and part 57 of this chapter or by other unless they meet paragraph (c) of this
processes specifically approved by the section.
Marine Safety Center. (c) All other valves must meet the
(d) All fluid conditioner fittings that following:
contain hazardous materials as defined (1) All pressure-containing materials
in § 150.115 of this chapter must meet must be accepted in accordance with
the applicable requirements of part 54 § 56.60–1 of this part.
of this chapter, except subpart 54.10. (2) Valves must be designed so that
(e) Heat exchangers having headers the maximum allowable working pres-
and tubes and brazed boiler steam air sure does not exceed one-fourth of the
heaters are not considered fluid condi- burst pressure or produce a primary
tioner fittings and must meet the re- stress greater than one-fourth of the
quirements in part 54 of this chapter ultimate tensile strength of the mate-
regardless of size. For brazed boiler rial for Class II systems and for all
steam air heaters, see also § 56.30– Class I, I-L, and II-L systems receiving
30(b)(1) of this part. ship motion dynamic analysis and non-
[CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40602, Oct. 2, 1989, as destructive examination. For Class I, I-
amended by CGD 83–043, 60 FR 24772, May 10, L, or II-L systems not receiving ship
1995; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65176, Oct. 31, motion dynamic analysis and non-
2008] destructive examination under § 56.07–
10(c) of this part, the maximum allow-
§ 56.15–10 Special purpose fittings. able working pressure must not exceed
(a) Special purpose fittings certified one-fifth of the burst pressure or
in accordance with subpart 50.25 of this produce a primary stress greater than
subchapter are acceptable for use in one-fifth of the ultimate tensile
piping systems. strength of the material. The max-

(b) Special purpose fittings made in imum allowable working pressure may
accordance with the applicable stand- be determined by—
181
§ 56.20–5 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
(i) Calculations comparable to those § 56.20–7 Ends.

of ASME B31.1 (incorporated by ref- (a) Valves may be used with flanged,
erence; see 46 CFR 56.01–2) or section threaded, butt welding, socket welding
VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure or other ends in accordance with appli-
Vessel Code (incorporated by reference; cable standards as specified in subpart
see 46 CFR 56.01–2), if the valve shape 56.60.
permits this;
(ii) Subjecting a representative § 56.20–9 Valve construction.
model to a proof test or experimental (a) Each valve must close with a
stress analysis described in paragraph right-hand (clockwise) motion of the
A–22 of section I the ASME Boiler and handwheel or operating lever as seen
Pressure Vessel Code (incorporated by by one facing the end of the valve
reference; see 46 CFR 56.01–2); or stem. Each gate, globe, and angle valve
(iii) Other means specifically accept- must generally be of the rising-stem
ed by the Marine Safety Center. type, preferably with the stem threads
(3) Valves must be tested in accord- external to the valve body. Where oper-
ating conditions will not permit such
ance with § 56.97–5 of this part.
installations, the use of a nonrising-
(4) If welded, valves must be welded stem valve will be acceptable. Each
in accordance with subpart 56.70 of this nonrising-stem valve, lever-operated
part and part 57 of this chapter or by valve, or other valve where, because of
other processes specifically approved design, the position of the disc or clo-
by the Marine Safety Center. sure mechanism is not obvious must be
(d) Where liquid trapped in any fitted with an indicator to show wheth-
closed valve can be heated and an un- er the valve is opened or closed, except
controllable rise in pressure can result, as provided for in § 56.50–1(g)(2)(iii) of
means must be provided in the design, this part. No such indicator is required
installation, and operation of the valve for any valve located in a tank or simi-
to ensure that the pressure in the valve lar inaccessible space when indicators
does not exceed that allowed by this are available at accessible sites. The
part for the attained temperature. (For operating levers of each quarter-turn
example, if a flexible wedge gate valve (rotary) valve must be parallel to the
with the stem installed horizontally is fluid flow when open and perpendicular
to the fluid flow when closed.
closed, liquid from testing, cleaning, or
(b) Valves of Class I piping systems
condensation can be trapped in the (for restrictions in other classes refer
bonnet section of the closed valve.) to sections on low temperature serv-
Any resulting penetration of the pres- ice), having diameters exceeding 2
sure wall of the valve must meet the inches must have bolted, pressure seal,
requirements of this part and those for or breech lock bonnets and flanged or
threaded and welded auxiliary connec- welding ends, except that socket type
tions in ASME B16.34 (incorporated by welding ends shall not be used where
reference; see 46 CFR 56.01–2). prohibited by § 56.30–5(c) of this part,
§ 56.30–10(b)(4) of this part for the same
[CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40604, Oct. 2, 1989; 55 FR
39968, Oct. 1, 1990; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR
pressure class, or elsewhere in this
65176, Oct. 31, 2008] part. For diameters not exceeding 2
inches, screwed union bonnet or bolted
§ 56.20–5 Marking (modifies 107.2). bonnet, or bonnetless valves of a type
which will positively prevent the stem
Each valve shall bear the manufac- from screwing out of the body may be
turer’s name or trademark and ref- employed. Outside screw and yoke de-
erence symbol to indicate the service sign must be used for valves 3 inches
conditions for which the manufacturer and larger for pressures above 600
guarantees the valve. The marking pounds per square inch gage. Cast iron
shall be in accordance with MSS SP–25 valves with screwed-in or screwed-over
(incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR bonnets are prohibited. Union bonnet
56.01–2). type cast iron valves must have the

bonnet ring made of steel, bronze, or
[USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65176, Oct. 31, 2008]
malleable iron.
182
(c) Valves must be designed for the nal pipe size through the line after re-
maximum pressure to which they may moval of all resilient material and
be subjected, but in no case shall the testing at full rated pressure. Packing
design pressure be less than 50 pounds material must be fire resistant. Piping
per square inch gage. The use of wafer subject to internal head pressure from
type resilient seated valves is not per- a tank containing oil must be fitted
mitted for shell connections unless with positive shutoff valves located at
they are so arranged that the piping the tank in accordance with § 56.50–
immediately inboard of the valve can 60(d). Otherwise positive shutoff valves
be removed without affecting the wa- may be used in any location in lieu of
tertight integrity of the shell connec- a required Category A or Category B
tion. Refer also to § 56.20–15(b)(2)(iii) of valve.
this part. Large fabricated ballast (2) Category A valves. The closed valve
manifold connecting lines exceeding 8 must pass less than the greater of 5
inches nominal pipe size must be de- percent of its fully open flow rate or 15
signed for a pressure of not less than 25 percent divided by the square root of
pounds per square inch gage. the nominal pipe size (NPS) of its fully
(d) Disks or disk faces, seats, stems open flow rate through the line after
and other wearing parts of valves shall complete removal of all resilient seat-
be made of material possessing corro- ing material and testing at full rated
sion and heat-resisting qualities suit- pressure; as represented by the for-
able for the service conditions to which mula: (15% / SQRT × (NPS)) (Fully open
they may be subjected. flow rate). Category A valves may be
(e) Plug cocks shall be constructed used in any location except where posi-
with satisfactory and positive means of tive shutoff valves are required by
preventing the plug from becoming § 56.50–60(d). Category A valves are re-
loosened or removed from the body quired in the following locations:
when the plug is operated. Cocks hav- (i) Valves at vital piping system
ing plug locking arrangements depend- manifolds;
ing on cotter pins are prohibited. (ii) Isolation valves in cross-connects
(f) Cocks shall be marked in a between two piping systems, at least
straight line with the body to indicate one of which is a vital system, where
whether they are open or closed. failure of the valve in a fire would pre-
(g) Materials forming a portion of the vent the vital system(s) from func-
pressure barrier shall comply with the tioning as designed.
applicable provisions of this part. (iii) Valves providing closure for any
opening in the shell of the vessel.
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as (3) Category B valves. The closed valve
1989; CGD 95–012, 60 FR 48050, Sept. 18, 1995;
will not provide effective closure of the
USCG–2004–18884, 69 FR 58346, Sept. 30, 2004; line or will permit appreciable leakage
USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65176, Oct. 31, 2008] from the valve after the resilient mate-
rial is damaged or destroyed. Category
§ 56.20–15 Valves employing resilient B valves are not required to be tested
material. and may be used in any location except
(a) A valve in which the closure is ac- where a Category A or positive shutoff
complished by resilient nonmetallic valve is required.
material instead of a metal to metal (c) If a valve designer elects to use ei-
seat shall comply with the design, ma- ther a calculation or actual fire testing
terial, construction and testing for instead of material removal and pres-
valves specified in this part. sure testing, the calculation must em-
(b) Valves employing resilient mate- ploy ISA–S75.02 (incorporated by ref-
rial shall be divided into three cat- erence; see 46 CFR 56.01–2) to determine
egories, Positive shutoff, Category A, the flow coefficient (Cv), or the fire
and Category B, and shall be tested and testing must be conducted in accord-
used as follows: ance with API 607 (incorporated by ref-
(1) Positive shutoff valves. The closed erence; see 46 CFR 56.01–2).
valve must pass less than 10 ml/hr (0.34 [CGD 95–028, 62 FR 51200, Sept. 30, 1997, as
fluid oz/hr) of liquid or less than 3 l/hr amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65176,
(0.11 cubic ft/hr) of gas per inch nomi- Oct. 31, 2008]
183
§ 56.20–20 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
§ 56.20–20 Valve bypasses. § 56.25–10 Flange facings.

(a) Sizes of bypasses shall be in ac- (a) Flange facings shall be in accord-
cordance with MSS SP–45 (incor- ance with the applicable standards list-
porated by reference; see 46 CFR 56.01– ed in table 56.60–1(b) and MSS SP–6 (in-
2). corporated by reference; see 46 CFR
(b) Pipe for bypasses should be at 56.01–2).
least Schedule 80 seamless, and of a (b) When bolting class 150 standard
material of the same nominal chemical steel flanges to flat face cast iron
composition and physical properties as flanges, the steel flange must be fur-
that used for the main line. Lesser nished with a flat face, and bolting
thickness may be approved depending must be in accordance with § 56.25–20 of
on the installation and service condi- this part. Class 300 raised face steel
tions. flanges may be bolted to class 250
(c) Bypasses may be integral or at- raised face cast iron flanges with bolt-
tached. ing in accordance with § 56.25–20(b) of
this part.
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as
amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65176, [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as
Oct. 31, 2008] amended by CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40605, Oct. 2,
1989; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65176, Oct. 31,
Subpart 56.25—Pipe Flanges, 2008]
Blanks, Flange Facings, Gas- § 56.25–15 Gaskets (modifies 108.4).
kets, and Bolting (a) Gaskets shall be made of mate-
§ 56.25–5 Flanges. rials which are not injuriously affected
by the fluid or by temperature.
Each flange must conform to the de- (b) Each gasket must conform to the
sign requirements of either the appli- design requirements of the applicable
cable standards of table 56.60–1(b) of standards of table 56.60–1(b) of this
this part, or of those of appendix 2 of part.
section VIII of the ASME Boiler and (c) Only metallic and suitable asbes-
Pressure Vessel Code (incorporated by tos-free nonmetallic gaskets may be
reference; see 46 CFR 56.01–2). Plate used on flat or raised face flanges if the
flanges must meet the requirements of expected normal operating pressure ex-
§ 56.30–10(b)(5) of this part and the ma- ceeds 720 pounds per square inch or the
terial requirements of § 56.60–1(a) of operating temperature exceeds 750 °F.
this part. Flanges may be integral or
(d) The use of metal and nonmetallic
may be attached to pipe by threading,
gaskets is not limited as to pressure
welding, brazing, or other means with-
provided the gasket materials are suit-
in the applicable standards specified in
able for the maximum fluid tempera-
table 56.60–1(b) of this part and the re-
tures.
quirements of this subpart. For flange
facing gasket combinations other than [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as
those specified above, calculations amended by CGD 86–035, 54 FR 36316, Sept. 1,
must be submitted indicating that the 1989; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65176, Oct. 31,
2008]
gaskets will not result in a higher bolt
loading or flange moment than for the § 56.25–20 Bolting.
acceptable configurations.
(a) General. (1) Bolts, studs, nuts, and
[CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40605, Oct. 2, 1989, as washers must comply with applicable
amended by USCG–2002–13058, 67 FR 61278, standards and specifications listed in 46
Sept. 30, 2002; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65176,
Oct. 31, 2008]
CFR 56.60–1. Unless otherwise specified,
bolting must be in accordance with
§ 56.25–7 Blanks. ASME B16.5 (incorporated by reference;
see 46 CFR 56.01–2).
Each blank must conform to the de- (2) Bolts and studs must extend com-
sign requirements of 104.5.3 of ASME pletely through the nuts.
B31.1 (incorporated by reference; see 46
(3) See § 58.30–15(c) of this chapter for

CFR 56.01–2). exceptions on bolting used in fluid
[USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65176, Oct. 31, 2008] power and control systems.
184
(b) Carbon steel bolts or bolt studs 2); however, certain requirements are
may be used if expected normal oper- marked ‘‘reproduced’’ in this subpart.
ating pressure does not exceed 300
[USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65177, Oct. 31, 2008]
pounds per square inch gauge and the
expected normal operating tempera- § 56.30–3 Piping joints (reproduces
ture does not exceed 400 °F. Carbon 110).
steel bolts must have heavy hexagon
heads in accordance with ASME B18.2.1 The type of piping joint used shall be
(incorporated by reference, see 46 CFR suitable for the design conditions and
56.01–2) and must have heavy semi- shall be selected with consideration of
finished hexagonal nuts in accordance joint tightness, mechanical strength
with ASME/ANSI B18.2.2 (incorporated and the nature of the fluid handled.
by reference, see 46 CFR 56.01–2), unless
the bolts are tightly fitted to the holes § 56.30–5 Welded joints.
and flange stress calculations taking (a) General. Welded joints may be
the bolt bending stresses into account used for materials for which welding
are submitted. When class 250 cast iron procedures, welders, and welding ma-
flanges are used or when class 125 cast chine operators have been qualified in
iron flanges are used with ring gaskets, accordance with part 57 of this sub-
the bolting material must be carbon chapter.
steel conforming to ASTM A 307 (incor- (b) Butt welds—general. Butt welds
porated by reference, see 46 CFR 56.01– may be made with or without backing
2), Grade B. or insert rings within the limitations
(c) Alloy steel stud bolts must be established in § 56.70–15. When the use
threaded full length or, if desired, may of backing rings will result in undesir-
have reduced shanks of a diameter not able conditions such as severe stress
less than that at the root of the concentrations, corrosion or erosion,
threads. They must have heavy semi- then:
finished hexagonal nuts in accordance (1) The backing rings shall be re-
with ANSI B18.2.2. moved and the inside of the joint
(d) All alloy bolts or studs and ac- ground smooth, or
companying nuts are to be threaded in (2) The joint shall be welded without
accordance with ANSI/ASME B1.1 (in- backing rings, or
corporated by reference; see 46 CFR (3) Consumable insert rings must be
56.01–2), Class 2A external threads, and used. Commonly used types of butt
Class 2B internal threads (8-thread se- welding end preparations are shown in
ries 8UN for one inch and larger). ASME B16.25 (incorporated by ref-
(e) (Reproduces 108.5.1) Washers, when erence; see 46 CFR 56.01–2).
used under nuts, shall be of forged or (4) Restrictions as to the use of back-
rolled material with steel washers ing rings appear for the low tempera-
being used under steel nuts and bronze ture piping systems and should be
washers under bronze nuts.
checked when designing for these sys-
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as tems.
amended by CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40605, Oct. 2, (c) Socket welds (Modifies 127.3.3A.).
1989; USCG–2000–7790, 65 FR 58460, Sept. 29, (1) Each socket weld must conform to
2000; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65176, Oct. 31,
ASME B16.11 (incorporated by ref-
2008]
erence; see 46 CFR 56.01–2), to applica-
ble standards listed in 46 CFR 56.60–1,
Subpart 56.30—Selection and table 56.60–1(b), and to Figure 127.4.4C
Limitations of Piping Joints in ASME B31.1 (incorporated by ref-
erence; see 46 CFR 56.01–2) as modified
§ 56.30–1 Scope (replaces 110 through by § 56.30–10(b)(4) of this part. A gap of
118). approximately one-sixteenth inch be-
The selection and limitation of pip- tween the end of the pipe and the bot-
ing joints must be as required by this tom of the socket must be provided be-
subpart rather than as required by 110 fore welding. This may best be provided
through 118 of ASME B31.1 (incor- by bottoming the pipe and backing off
porated by reference; see 46 CFR 56.01– slightly before tacking.
185
§ 56.30–10 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
(2) Socket welds must not be used NPS, in Class II systems without di-
where severe erosion or crevice corro- ameter limitations, and in Class II–L
sion is expected to occur. Restrictions systems not exceeding 1 NPS. If 100
on the use of socket welds appear in percent radiography is required by 46
§ 56.70–15(d)(3) of this part for Class I CFR 56.95–10 for the class, diameter,
service and in § 56.50–105 of this part for wall thickness, and material of pipe
low temperature service. These sec- being joined, the use of the threaded
tions should be checked when designing flanges is not permitted and
for these systems. See § 56.70–15(d)(4) of buttwelding flanges must be provided.
this part for Class II service. For Class II piping systems, the size of
(3) (Reproduces 111.3.4.) Drains and by- the strength fillet may be limited to a
passes may be attached to a fitting or maximum of 0.525 inch instead of 1.4T.
valve by socket welding provided the (3) Figure 56.30–10(b), Method 3. Slip-
socket depth, bore diameter and shoul- on flanges meeting ASME B16.5 may be
der thickness conform to ASME B16.11. used in piping systems of Class I, Class
(d) Fillet welds. A fillet weld may vary II, or Class II–L not to exceed the serv-
from convex to concave. The size of a ice pressure-temperature ratings for
fillet weld is determined as shown in flanges of class 300 and lower, within
Figure 127.4.4A of ASME B31.1. Fillet- the temperature limitations of the ma-
weld details for socket-welding compo- terial selected for use, and not to ex-
nents must meet § 56.30–5(c). Fillet-weld ceed 4-inch Nominal Pipe Size (NPS) in
details for flanges must meet § 56.30–10 systems of Class I and Class II–L. If 100
of this part (see also § 56.70–15(d)(3) and percent radiography is required by 46
(4) of this part for applications of fillet CFR 56.95–10 for the class, diameter,
welds). wall thickness, and material of the
(e) Seal welds. Seal welds may be used pipe being joined, then slip-on flanges
but shall not be considered as contrib- are not permitted and butt-welding
uting any strength to the joint. flanges are required. The configuration
in Figure 127.4.4B(b) of ASME B31.1 (in-
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as
amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9978, June 17, corporated by reference; see 46 CFR
1970; CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40605, Oct. 2, 1989; 56.01–2), using a face and backweld,
CGD 95–012, 60 FR 48050, Sept. 18, 1995; USCG– may be preferable where eliminating
2003–16630, 73 FR 65177, Oct. 31, 2008] void spaces is desirable. For systems of
Class II, the size of the strength fillet
§ 56.30–10 Flanged joints (modifies may be limited to a maximum of 0.525
104.5.1(a)). inch instead of 1.4T, and the distance
(a) Flanged or butt-welded joints are from the face of the flange to the end
required for Classes I and I-L piping for of the pipe may be a maximum of
nominal diameters exceeding 2 inches, three-eighths of an inch. Restrictions
except as otherwise specified in this on the use of slip-on flanges appear in
subchapter. 46 CFR 56.50–105 for low-temperature
(b) Flanges may be attached by any piping systems.
method shown in Figure 56.30–10(b) or (4) Figure 56.30–10(b), Method 4. ASME
by any additional means that may be B16.5 socket welding flanges may be
approved by the Marine Safety Center. used in Class I or II–L systems not ex-
Pressure temperature ratings of the ap- ceeding 3 NPS for class 600 and lower
propriate ANSI/ASME standard must class flanges and 21/2NPS for class 900
not be exceeded. and class 1500 flanges within the serv-
(1) Figure 56.30–10(b), Method 1. ice pressure-temperature ratings of the
Flanges with screw threads may be standard. Whenever full radiography is
used in accordance with 46 CFR 56.30– required by 46 CFR 56.95–10 for the
20, table 56.30–20(c). class, diameter, and wall thickness of
(2) Figure 56.30–10(b), Method 2. ASME the pipe being joined, the use of socket
B16.5 (incorporated by reference; see 46 welding flanges is not permitted and a
CFR 56.01–2) Class 150 and Class 300 low- butt weld type connection must be pro-
hubbed flanges with screw threads, plus vided. For Class II piping, socket weld-
the addition of a strength fillet weld of ing flanges may be used without diame-
the size as shown, may be used in Class ter limitation, and the size of the fillet
I systems not exceeding 750 °F or 4 weld may be limited to a maximum of
186
0.525 inch instead of 1.4T. Restrictions chined surface must be free from sur-
on the use of socket welds appear in 46 face defects and the back of the Van
CFR 56.50–105 for low temperature pip- Stone lap must be machined to a fine
ing systems. tool finish to furnish a line contact
(5) Figure 56.30–10(b), Method 5. with the mating surface on the flange
Flanges fabricated from steel plate for the full circumference as close as
meeting the requirements of part 54 of possible to the fillet of the flange. The
this chapter may be used for Class II number of heats to be used in forming
piping for pressures not exceeding 150 a flange must be determined by the size
pounds per square inch and tempera- of the pipe and not more than two
tures not exceeding 450 °F. Plate mate- pushups per heat are permitted. The
rial listed in UCS–6(b) of section VIII of width of the lap flange must be at least
the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel three times the thickness of the pipe
Code (incorporated by reference; see 46 wall and the end of the pipe must be
CFR 56.01–2) may not be used in this properly stress relieved after the flang-
application, except that material meeting operation is completed. Manufac-
ing ASTM A 36 (incorporated by ref- turers desiring to produce this type of
erence, see 46 CFR 56.01–2) may be used. joint must demonstrate to a marine in-
The fabricated flanges must conform at spector that they have the proper
least to the ASME B16.5 class 150 equipment and personnel to produce an
flange dimensions. The size of the acceptable joint.
strength fillet weld may be limited to a (8) Figure 56.30–10 (b), Method 8. Weld-
maximum of 0.525 inches instead of 1.4T ing neck flanges may be used on any
and the distance from the face of the piping provided the flanges are butt-
flange to the end of the pipe may be a welded to the pipe. The joint must be
maximum of three-eighths inch. welded as indicated by Figure 56.30–
(6) Figure 56.30–10 (b), Method 6. Steel 10(b), Method 8, and a backing ring em-
plate flanges meeting the material and ployed which will permit complete pen-
construction requirements listed in etration of the weld metal. If a backing
paragraph (b)(5) of this section may be ring is not used, refer to 46 CFR 56.30–
used for Class II piping for pressures 5(b) for requirements.
not exceeding 150 pounds per square (9) Figure 56.30–10 (b), Method 9. Weld-
inch or temperatures not exceeding 650 ing neck flanges may also be attached
°F. The flange shall be attached to the to pipe by a double-welded butt joint as
pipe as shown by Figure 56.30–10(b). shown by Figure 56.30–10(b), Method 9.
Method 6. The pressure shall not ex- (10) Figure 56.30–10 (b), Method 10.
ceed the American National Standard Flanges may be attached by shrinking
Service pressure temperature rating. the flange on to the end of the pipe and
The size of the strength fillet weld may flaring the end of the pipe to an angle
be limited to a maximum of 0.525 inch of not less than 20°. A fillet weld of the
instead of 1.4T and the distance from size shown by Figure 56.30–10(b), Meth-
the face of the flange to the end of the od 10, must be used to attach the hub
pipe may be a maximum of three- to the pipe. This type of flange is lim-
eighths inch. ited to a maximum pressure of 300
(7) Figure 56.30–10 (b), Method 7. Lap pounds per square inch at temperatures
joint flanges (Van Stone) may be used not exceeding 500 °F.
for Class I and Class II piping. The Van (11) Figure 56.30–10(b), Method 11. The
Stone equipment must be operated by flange of the type described and illus-
competent personnel. The ends of the trated by Figure 56.30–10(b), Method 10,
pipe must be heated from 1,650° to 1,900 except with the fillet weld omitted,
°F. dependent on the size of the pipe may be used for Class II piping for pres-
prior to the flanging operation. The sures not exceeding 150 pounds per
foregoing temperatures must be care- square inch and temperatures not ex-
fully adhered to in order to prevent exceeding 450 °F.
cess scaling of the pipe. The extra (12) Figure 56.30–10(b), Method 12.
thickness of metal built up in the end High-hub bronze flanges may be used
for temperatures not exceeding 425 °F.
of the pipe during the forming oper-

ation must be machined to restore the The hub of the flange must be bored to
pipe to its original diameter. The ma- a depth not less than that required for
187
§ 56.30–10 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
a threaded connection of the same di- ing alloy, a bevel may be machined on
ameter leaving a shoulder for the pipe the end of the hub and the silver braz-
to butt against. A preinserted ring of ing alloy introduced from the end of
silver brazing alloy having a melting the hub to attach the pipe to the
point not less than 1,000 °F and of suffi- flange.
cient quantity to fill the annular clear- (14) Figure 56.30–10(b), Method 14.
ance between the flange and the pipe Flanges may be attached to nonferrous
must be inserted in the groove. The pipe by inserting the pipe in the flange
pipe must then be inserted in the and flanging the end of the pipe into
flange and sufficient heat applied ex-
the recess machined in the face of the
ternally to melt the brazing alloy until
flange to receive it. The width of the
it completely fills the clearance be-
tween the hub and the flange of the flange must be not less than three
pipe. A suitable flux must be applied to times the pipe wall thickness. In addi-
the surfaces to be joined to produce a tion, the pipe must be securely brazed
satisfactory joint. to the wall of the flange.
(13) Figure 56.30–10(b), Method 13. The (15) Figure 56.30–10(b), Method 15. The
type of flange as described for Figure flange of the type described and illus-
56.30–10(b), Method 12, may be em- trated by Figure 56.30–10(b), Method 14,
ployed and in lieu of an annular groove except with the brazing omitted, may
being machined in the hub of the flange be used for Class II piping and where
for the preinserted ring of silver braz- the temperature does not exceed 250 °F.
188
NOTE TO FIG. 56.30–10(b): ‘‘T’’ is the nomi- § 56.30–15 Expanded or rolled joints.
nal pipe wall thickness used. Consult the
text of paragraph (b) for modifications on (a) Expanded or rolled joints may be
Class II piping systems. Fillet weld leg size used where experience or test has dem-
need not exceed the thickness of the applica- onstrated that the joint is suitable for
ble ASME hub. the design conditions and where ade-
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as quate provisions are made to prevent
amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9978, June 17, separation of the joint. Specific appli-
1970; CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40605, Oct. 2, 1989; cation for use must be made to the
USCG–2000–7790, 65 FR 58460, Sept. 29, 2000; Commandant.
USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65177, Oct. 31, 2008; 73 (b) [Reserved]
FR 76247, Dec. 16, 2008]
189
ER16DE08.002</GPH>
§ 56.30–20 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
§ 56.30–20 Threaded joints. § 56.30–25 Flared, flareless, and com-

pression fittings.
(a) Threaded joints may be used with-
in the limitations specified in subpart (a) This section applies to pipe fit-
56.15 of this chapter and within other tings that are mechanically connected
limitations specified in this section. to pipe by such means as ferrules,
(b) (Reproduces 114.1.) All threads on flared ends, swaging, elastic strain pre-
piping components must be taper pipe load, crimping, bite-type devices, and
threads in accordance with the applica- shape memory alloys. Fittings to
which this section applies must be de-
ble standard listed in 46 CFR 56.60–1,
signed, constructed, tested, and
table 56.60–1(b). Threads other than
marked in accordance with ASTM F
taper pipe threads may be used for pip-
1387 (incorporated by reference, see
ing components where tightness of the
§ 56.01–2). Previously approved fittings
joint depends on a seal weld or a seat-
may be retained as long as they are
ing surface other than the threads, and
maintained in good condition to the
where experience or test has dem-
satisfaction of the Officer in Charge,
onstrated that such threads are suit- Marine Inspection.
able. (b) Flared, flareless and compression
(c) Threaded joints may not be used fittings may be used within the service
where severe erosion, crevice corrosion, limitations of size, pressure, tempera-
shock, or vibration is expected to ture, and vibration recommended by
occur; or at temperatures over 925 °F. the manufacturer and as specified in
Size limitations are given in table this section.
56.30–20(c) of this section. (c) Flared, flareless, and compression
type tubing fittings may be used for
TABLE 56.30–20(c)—THREADED JOINTS 1 2 tube sizes not exceeding 50 millimeters
Maximum nominal size, (2 inches) outside diameter within the
Maximum pressure, p.s.i.g.
inches limitations of applicable standards and
specifications listed in this section and
Above 2″ ............................ (Not permitted in Class I piping
service.)
§ 56.60–1 of this part.
Above 1″ up to 2″ .............. 600. (d) Flareless fittings must be of a de-
Above 3⁄4″ up to 1″ ............ 1,200. sign in which the gripping member or
3⁄4″ and below .................... 1,500. sleeve must grip or bite into the outer
1 Further restrictions on the use of threaded joints appear in surface of the tube with sufficient
the low temperature piping section. strength to hold the tube against pres-
2 Threaded joints in hydraulic systems are permitted above
the pressures indicated for the nominal sizes shown when
sure, but without appreciably dis-
commercially available components such as pumps, valves torting the inside tube diameter or re-
and strainers may only be obtained with threaded ducing the wall thickness. The gripping
connections.
member must also form a pressure seal
(d) No pipe with a wall thickness less against the fitting body.
than that of standard weight of ASME (e) For fluid services, other than hy-
B36.10M (incorporated by reference; see draulic systems, using a combustible
46 CFR 56.01–2) steel pipe may be fluid as defined in § 30.10–15 of this
threaded regardless of service. For re- chapter and for fluid services using a
strictions on the use of pipe in steam flammable fluid as defined in § 30.10–22
service more than 250 pounds per of this chapter, flared fittings must be
square inch or water service over 100 used; except that flareless fittings of
pounds per square inch and 200 °F the nonbite type may be used when the
(938C), see part 104.1.2(c)(1) of ASME tubing system is of steel, nickel copper
B31.1 (incorporated by reference; see 46 or copper nickel alloy. When using cop-
CFR 56.01–2). Restrictions on the use of per or copper zinc alloy, flared fittings
threaded joints apply for low-tempera- are required. (See also § 56.50–70 for gas-
ture piping and must be checked when oline fuel systems, § 56.50–75 for diesel
designing for these systems. fuel systems, and § 58.25–20 for hydrau-
lic systems for steering gear.)
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as
amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9978, June 17, [CGD 95–027, 61 FR 26000, May 23, 1996; 61 FR
1970; CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40164, Sept. 2, 1975; 35138, July 5, 1996, as amended by USCG–1999–
CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40606, Oct. 2, 1989; USCG– 5151, 64 FR 67180, Dec. 1, 1999; USCG–2000–7790,
2003–16630, 73 FR 65178, Oct. 31, 2008] 65 FR 58460, Sept. 29, 2000]
190
§ 56.30–27 Caulked joints. tion to the satisfaction of the Officer in

Caulked joints may not be used in Charge, Marine Inspection.
(b) Gasketed mechanical couplings
marine installations.
may be used within the service limita-
[CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40606, Oct. 2, 1989] tions of pressure, temperature and vi-
bration recommended by the manufac-
§ 56.30–30 Brazed joints. turer, except that gasketed mechanical
(a) General (refer also to subpart 56.75). couplings must not be used in—
Brazed socket-type joints shall be (1) Any location where leakage, unde-
made with suitable brazing alloys. The tected flooding or impingement of liq-
minimum socket depth shall be suffi- uid on vital equipment may disable the
cient for the intended service. Brazing vessel; or
alloy shall either be end-fed into the (2) In tanks where the liquid con-
socket or shall be provided in the form veyed in the piping system is not
of a preinserted ring in a groove in the chemically compatible with the liquid
socket. The brazing alloy shall be suffi- in the tank.
cient to fill completely the annular (c) Gasketed mechanical couplings
clearance between the socket and the must not be used as expansion joints.
pipe or tube. Positive restraints must be included,
(b) Limitations. (1) Brazed socket-type where necessary, to prevent the cou-
joints shall not be used on systems pling from creeping on the pipe and un-
containing flammable or combustible covering the joint. Bite-type devices do
fluids in areas where fire hazards are not provide positive protection against
involved or where the service tempera- creep and are generally not accepted
ture exceeds 425 °F. When specifically for this purpose. Machined grooves,
approved by the Commandant, brazed centering pins, and welded clips are
construction may be used for service considered positive means of protec-
temperatures up to 525 °F. in boiler tion against creep.
steam air heaters provided the require-
[CGD 95–027, 61 FR 26001, May 23, 1996, as
ments of UB–12 of section VIII ASME amended by USCG–1999–5151, 64 FR 67180,
Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (incor- Dec. 1, 1999]
porated by reference; see 46 CFR 56.01–
2) are satisfied at the highest tempera- § 56.30–40 Flexible pipe couplings of
ture desired. the compression or slip-on type.
(2) Brazed joints depending solely (a) Flexible pipe couplings of the
upon a fillet, rather than primarily compression or slip-on type must not
upon brazing material between the pipe be used as expansion joints. To ensure
and socket are not acceptable. that the maximum axial displacement
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as (approximately 3⁄8″ maximum) of each
amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65178, coupling is not exceeded, positive re-
Oct. 31, 2008] straints must be included in each in-
stallation.
§ 56.30–35 Gasketed mechanical cou- (b) Positive means must also be pro-
plings. vided to prevent the coupling from
(a) This section applied to pipe fit- ‘‘creeping’’ on the pipe and uncovering
tings that form a seal by compressing a the joint. Bite type devices do not pro-
resilient gasket onto the pipe joint pri- vide positive protection against creep-
marily by threaded fasteners and where ing and are not generally accepted for
joint creep is only restricted by such this purpose unless other means are
means as machined grooves, centering also incorporated. Machined grooves or
pins, or welded clips. Fittings to which centering pins are considered positive
this section applies must be designed, means, and other positive means will
constructed, tested, and marked in ac- be considered.
cordance with ASTM F 1476 (incor- (c) Couplings which employ a solid
porated by reference, see § 56.01–2) and sleeve with welded attachments on
ASTM F 1548 (incorporated by ref- both pipes will require the removal of
erence, see § 56.01–2). Previously ap- one set of attachments before disman-
proved fittings may be retained as long tling. Rewelding of the attachments
as they are maintained in good condi- may require gas freeing of the line.
191
§ 56.35–1 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
(d) The installation shall be such as combined expansion stress at all such
to preclude appreciable difference in points. The location of the maximum
the vibration magnitudes of the pipes combined stress shall be indicated in
joined by the couplings. The couplings each run of pipe between anchor points.
shall not be used as a vibration damp- (b) The Marine Safety Center (MSC)
er. The vibration magnitude and fre- will give special consideration to the
quency should not exceed that rec- use of the full tabulated value of ‘‘S’’
ommended by the coupling manufac- in computing Sh and Sc where all mate-
turer. rial used in the system is subjected to
(e) Flexible couplings made in ac- further nondestructive testing speci-
cordance with the applicable standards fied by the MSC, and where the cal-
listed in table 56.60–1(b) of this part and culations prescribed in 119.6.4 and
of materials complying with subpart 102.3.2 of ASME B31.1 (incorporated by
56.60 of this part may be used within reference; see 46 CFR 56.01–2) and 46
the material, size, pressure, and tem- CFR 56.07–10 are performed. The proce-
perature limitations of those standards dures for nondestructive testing and
and within any further limitations the method of stress analysis must be
specified in this subchapter. Flexible approved by the MSC before the sub-
couplings fabricated by welding must mission of computations and drawings
also comply with part 57 of this chap- for approval.
ter.
(f) Flexible couplings must not be [CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40607, Oct. 2, 1989, as
used in cargo holds or in any other amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65178,
space where leakage, undetected flood- Oct. 31, 2008]
ing, or impingement of liquid on vital
equipment may disable the ship, or in § 56.35–10 Nonmetallic expansion
joints (replaces 119.5.1).
tanks where the liquid conveyed in the
piping system is not compatible with (a) Nonmetallic expansion joints cer-
the liquid in the tank. Where flexible tified in accordance with subpart 50.25
couplings are not allowed by this sub- of this subchapter are acceptable for
part, joints may be threaded, flanged use in piping systems.
and bolted, or welded. (b) Nonmetallic expansion joints
(g) Damaged or deteriorated gaskets must conform to the standards listed
shall not be reinstalled. in table 56.60–1(b) of this part. Non-
(h) Each coupling shall be tested in metallic expansion joints may be used
accordance with § 56.97–5. within their specified pressure and
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as temperature rating in vital and
amended by CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40606, Oct. 2, nonvital machinery sea connections in-
1989] board of the skin valve. These joints
must not be used to correct for im-
Subpart 56.35—Expansion, proper piping workmanship or mis-
Flexibility and Supports alignment. Joint movements must not
exceed the limits set by the joint man-
§ 56.35–1 Pipe stress calculations (re- ufacturer.
places 119.7).
[CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40607, Oct. 2, 1989]
(a) A summary of the results of pipe
stress calculations for the main and § 56.35–15 Metallic expansion joints
auxiliary steam piping where the de- (replaces 119.5.1).
sign temperatures exceed 800 °F shall (a) Metallic expansion joints certified
be submitted for approval. Calculations in accordance with subpart 50.25 of this
shall be made in accordance with one subchapter are acceptable for use in
of the recognized methods of stress piping systems.
analysis acceptable to the Marine Safe-
(b) Metallic expansion joints must
ty Center to determine the magnitude
conform to the standards listed in
and direction of the forces and move-
table 56.60–1(b) of this part and may be
ments at all terminal connections, an-
used within their specified pressure and
chor and junction points, as well as the

temperature rating.
resultant bending stress, longitudinal
pressure stress, torsional stress, and [CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40607, Oct. 2, 1989]
192
Subpart 56.50—Design Require- ternative to the fitting of the second

ments Pertaining to Specific pipe and further provided the safety of
Systems the vessel is maintained.
(c) Valves and cocks not forming part
§ 56.50–1 General (replaces 122). of a piping system are not permitted in
The requirements in this subpart for watertight subdivision bulkheads, how-
piping systems apply instead of those ever, sluice valves or gates in oiltight
in section 122 of ASME B31.1 (incor- bulkheads of tankships may be used if
porated by reference; see 46 CFR 56.01– approved by the Marine Safety Center.
2). Installation requirements applicable (d) Piping shall not be run over or in
to all systems: the vicinity of switchboards or other
(a) Where pipes and scuppers are car- electrical equipment if avoidable.
ried through watertight or oiltight When such leads are necessary, welded
bulkheads, decks or tank tops, or are joints only shall be used and provision
carried through fire control bulkheads shall be made to prevent leakage from
and decks, the integrity of the struc- damaging the equipment.
ture shall be maintained. Lead or other (e) Stuffing boxes shall not be used
heat sensitive materials shall not be on deep tank bulkheads, double bot-
used in piping systems which make toms or in any position where they
such bulkhead or deck penetrations cannot be easily examined. This re-
where the deterioration of such sys- quirement does not apply to ore car-
tems in the event of fire would impair riers operating on the Great Lakes or
the integrity of the bulkheads or cargo lines of oil tankers.
decks. (For plastic pipe installations, (f) Piping systems shall be installed
see § 56.60–25(a).) Where plate insert so that under no condition will the op-
pads are used, bolted connections shall eration of safety or relief valves be im-
have threads tapped into the plate to a paired.
depth of not less than the diameter of (g)(1) Power actuated valves in sys-
the bolt. If welded, the pipe or flange tems other than as specified in § 56.50–
shall be welded to both sides of the 60 of this part may be used if approved
plating. Openings in structure through for the system by the Marine Safety
which pipes pass shall be reinforced Center. All power actuated valves re-
where necessary. Flanges shall not be quired in an emergency to operate the
bolted to bulkheads so that the plate vessel’s machinery, to maintain its sta-
forms a part of the joint. Metallic ma- bility, and to operate the bilge and
terials having a melting point of 1,700 firemain systems must have a manual
°F. or less are considered heat sensitive means of operation.
and if used must be suitably insulated.
(2)(i) Remote valve controls that are
(b)(1) Pipes piercing the collision
not readily identifiable as to service
bulkhead shall be fitted with
screwdown valves operable from above must be fitted with nameplates.
the bulkhead deck and the valve shall (ii) Remote valve controls must be
be fitted inside the forepeak tank adja- accessible under service conditions.
cent to the collision bulkhead. The (iii) Remote valve controls, except
pipe penetrating the collision bulkhead reach rods, must be fitted with indica-
shall be welded to the bulkhead on tors that show whether the valves they
both sides. On new installations or re- control are open or closed. Valve posi-
placement in vessels of 150 gross tons tion indicating systems must be inde-
and over, the valve body shall be of pendent of valve control systems.
steel or ductile cast iron. (iv) Valve reach rods must be ade-
(2) Passenger vessels shall not have quately protected.
the collision bulkhead pierced below (v) Solid reach rods must be used in
the margin line by more than one pipe tanks containing liquids, except that
conveying liquids in the forepeak tank tank barges having plug cocks inside
except that if the forepeak tank is di- cargo tanks may have reach rods of
vided to hold two different kinds of liq- extra-heavy pipe with the annular
uids, the collision bulkhead may be space between the lubricant tube and
pierced below the margin line by two the pipe wall sealed with a nonsoluble
pipes, provided there is no practical al- to prevent penetration of the cargo.
193
§ 56.50–10 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
(3) Air operated remote control § 56.50–15 Steam and exhaust piping.
valves must be provided with self-indi-
(a) The design pressures of the steam
cating lines at the control boards
which indicate the desired valve posi- piping connected to the boiler drum or
tions, i.e., open or closed. to the superheater inlet header shall
(h) Suitable drains shall be provided not be less than the lowest pressure
at low points of piping systems. setting of any drum safety valve. The
(i) Valves and cocks shall be located value of allowable stress for the mate-
so as to be easily accessible and valves rial shall not exceed that cor-
or cocks attached to the shell of the responding to the saturated steam tem-
vessel or to sea chests located below perature at drum pressure and shall be
the floorplating shall be operable from selected as described in § 56.07–10(e).
above the floorplates. (b) Main superheater outlet piping
(j) When welded fabrication is em- systems, desuperheated piping systems,
ployed, a sufficient number of detach- and other auxiliary superheated piping
able joints shall be provided to facili- systems led directly from the boiler
tate overhauling and maintenance of superheater shall be designed for a
machinery and appurtenances. The pressure not less than the pressure at
joints shall be located so that adequate which the superheater safety valve is
space is provided for welding, and the set. In the case of a superheated safety
location of the welds shall be indicated valve which is drum pilot actuated, the
on the plans. design pressure of such piping systems
(k) Piping, including valves, pipe fit- shall not be less than the pressure set-
tings and flanges, conveying vapors, ting of the actuator valve on the drum.
gases or liquids whose temperature ex- Where it can be shown that the limita-
ceeds 150 °F., shall be suitably insu- tions set forth in 102.2.4 of ASME B31.1
lated where necessary to preclude in- (incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR
jury to personnel. 56.01–2) will not be exceeded, the design
(l) Where pipes are run through dry pressure of such piping systems may be
cargo spaces they must be protected
reduced but shall not be less than the
from mechanical injury by a suitable
pressure setting of the actuator valve
enclosure or other means.
on the drum less the pressure drop
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as through the superheater, including as-
amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9978, June 17, sociated piping and a control
1970; CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40607, Oct. 2, 1989; desuperheater if fitted, at the normal
USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65178, Oct. 31, 2008]
rated operating condition. In both
§ 56.50–10 Special gauge requirements. cases, the value of allowable stress
shall be selected using a temperature
(a) Where pressure-reducing valves not less than that of the steam at the
are employed, a pressure gauge must be
superheater outlet at the normal rated
provided on the low-pressure side of the
operating conditions in accordance
reducing station.
with § 56.07–10(e). Valves and fittings
(b) Fuel oil service, fire, cargo and
shall be selected for the above tem-
fuel oil transfer and boiler feed pumps
must be provided with a pressure gage perature and pressure from the accept-
on the discharge side of the pump. Ad- ed standards in 46 CFR 56.60–1, Table
ditional information pertaining to fire 56.60–1(b), using the pressure-tempera-
pumps is in § 34.10–5 of subchapter D ture rating in the standard.
(Tank Vessels), § 76.10–5 of subchapter (c) Steam stop valves in sizes exceed-
H (Passenger Vessels), § 95.10–5 of sub- ing 6 inches shall be fitted with by-
chapter I (Cargo and Miscellaneous passes for heating the line and equal-
Vessels), and § 108.417 of subchapter IA izing the pressure before the valve is
(Mobile Offshore Drilling Units) of this opened.
chapter. (d) In multiple boiler installations
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as
each boiler’s main, auxiliary and
amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9978, June 17, desuperheated steam lines shall be
1970; CGD 73–251, 43 FR 56799, Dec. 4, 1978; fitted with two valves, one a stop valve
USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65178, Oct. 31, 2008] and one a stop check valve.
194
(e) Main and auxiliary steam stop ceeding the maximum allowable pres-
valves must be readily accessible, oper- sure. A device that will throttle the
able by one person and arranged to seat inlet valve, so that the exhaust side
against boiler pressure. does not exceed the maximum allow-
(f) The auxiliary steam piping of each able pressure, may be substituted for
vessel equipped with more than one the back pressure trip.
boiler must be so arranged that steam (j) Shore steam connections shall be
for the whistle and other vital auxil- fitted with a relief valve set at a pres-
iary systems, such as the electrical- sure not exceeding the design pressure
generation plant, may be supplied from of the piping.
any power boiler. (k) Means must be provided for drain-
(g) Steam and exhaust pipes shall not ing every steam pipe in which dan-
be led through coal bunkers or dry gerous water hammer might otherwise
cargo spaces unless approved by the occur.
Commandant. [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as
(h)(1) Steam piping, with the excep- amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9978, June 17,
tion of the steam heating system, must 1970; CGFR 72–59R, 37 FR 6189, Mar. 25, 1972;
not be led through passageways, ac- CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40165, Sept. 2, 1975; CGD 77–
commodation spaces, or public spaces 140, 54 FR 40607, Oct. 2, 1989; CGD 83–043, 60
unless the arrangement is specifically FR 24772, May 10, 1995; USCG–2003–16630, 73
approved by the Marine Safety Center. FR 65178, Oct. 31, 2008]
(2) Steam pressure in steam heating
§ 56.50–20 Pressure relief piping.
systems must not exceed 150 pounds
per square inch gage, except that (a) General. There must be no inter-
steam pressure for accommodation and vening stop valves between the vessel
public space heating must not exceed or piping system being protected and
45 pounds per square inch gage. its protective device or devices, except
(3) Steam lines and registers in non- as specifically provided for in other
accommodation and non-public spaces regulations or as specifically author-
must be suitably located and/or shield- ized by the Marine Safety Center.
ed to minimize hazards to any per- (b) Discharge lines (reproduces
sonnel within the space. Where hazards 122.6.2(d)). Discharge lines from pres-
in a space cannot be sufficiently mini- sure-relieving safety devices shall be
mized, the pressure in the steam line to designed to facilitate drainage.
that space must be reduced to a max- (c) Stop valves. Stop valves between
imum of 45 pounds per square inch the safety or relief valve and the point
gage. of discharge are not permitted, except
(4) High temperature hot water for as specifically provided for in other
heating systems may not exceed 375 °F. regulations or as specifically approved
(i) Where positive shutoff valves are by the Marine Safety Center.
fitted in the exhaust lines of machin- (d) Reference. See also § 56.07–10(a) and
ery, and the exhaust side, including en- (b) for specific requirements.
gine steam cylinders and chests, tur- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as
bine casings, exhaust piping and shut- amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9979, June 17,
off valves, is not designed for the full 1970; CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40607, Oct. 2, 1989]
inlet pressure, the exhaust side must
be protected from over pressure by one § 56.50–25 Safety and relief valve es-
of the following means: cape piping.
(1) A full flow relief valve in the ex- (a) Escape piping from unfired steam
haust side so set and of sufficient ca- generator, boiler, and superheater safe-
pacity to prevent the exhaust side from ty valves shall have an area of not less
being accidentally or otherwise sub- than that of the combined areas of the
jected to a pressure in excess of its outlets of all valves discharging there-
maximum allowable pressure. to and shall be led as near vertically as
(2) A sentinel relief valve or other practicable to the atmosphere.
warning device fitted on the exhaust (b) Expansion joints or flexible pipe
side together with a back pressure trip connections shall be fitted in escape
device which will close the inlet valve piping. The piping shall be adequately
prior to the exhaust side pressure ex- supported and installed so that no
195
§ 56.50–30 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
stress is transmitted to the safety (4) Feed pumps for water tube boilers
valve body. shall have fresh water connections
(c) Safety or relief valve discharges, only. Care shall be taken to prevent
when permitted to terminate in the the accidental contamination of feed
machinery space, shall be led below the water from salt water or oil systems.
floorplates or to a remote position to (b) Feed valves. (1) Stop and stop-
minimize the hazardous effect of the check valves must be fitted in the main
escaping steam. feed line and must be attached as close-
(d) The effect of the escape piping on ly as possible to drum inlets or to the
the operation of the relief device shall economizer inlet on boilers fitted with
be considered. The back pressure in the integral economizers.
escape piping from the main propulsion (2) Where the installation will not
steam generator should not exceed 10 permit the feed stop valve to be at-
percent of the relief device setting un- tached directly to the drum inlet noz-
less a compensated relief device is zle on boilers not fitted with econo-
used. Back pressure must be calculated mizers, a distance piece may be in-
with all relief valves which discharge stalled between the stop valve and the
to a common escape pipe relieving si- inlet nozzle.
multaneously at full capacity. (3) Feed stop or stop-check valves
may be located near the operating plat-
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as form on boilers fitted with economizers
amended by CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40608, Oct. 2, provided the piping between the valves
1989; CGD 95–012, 60 FR 48050, Sept. 18, 1995]
and the economizer, exclusive of the
§ 56.50–30 Boiler feed piping. feed valves and the economizer inlet
nozzles, is installed with a minimum of
(a) General requirements. (1) Steam intervening flanged connections.
vessels, and motor vessels fitted with (4) Auxiliary feed lines shall be fitted
steam driven electrical generators with stop valves and stop-check valves.
shall have at least two separate means Boilers not having auxiliary feed water
of supplying feed water for the boilers. nozzles, or where independent auxiliary
All feed pumps shall be fitted with the feed lines are not installed, shall have
necessary connections for this purpose. the auxiliary feed line to the drum or
The arrangement of feed pumps shall economizer connected to the main feed
be in accordance with paragraph (d) or line as close as possible to the main
(e) of this section. feed stop valves; and the valves in the
(2) Feed pump supply to power boilers auxiliary feed line shall be fitted as
may utilize the group feed system or close as possible to the junction point.
the unit feed system. (5) Boilers fitted with economizers
(3) Feed discharge piping from the shall have a check valve fitted in the
pump up to, but not including the re- economizer discharge and located as
quired stop and stop-check valves, close as possible to the drum fed inlet
shall be designed for either the feed nozzle. When economizer bypasses are
pump relief valve setting or the shutoff fitted, a stop-check valve shall be in-
head of the pump if a relief valve is not stalled in lieu of the aforementioned
fitted. (Refer to § 56.07–10(b) for specific check valve.
requirements.) Feed piping from the (6) A sentinel valve is not required
boiler, to and including the required for vessels constructed after September
stop and stop-check valves (see para- 30, 1997, and for other vessels to which
graph (b) of this section), shall have a it has been shown to the satisfaction of
design pressure which exceeds the max- the cognizant Officer in Charge, Marine
imum allowable working pressure of Inspection or the Coast Guard Marine
the boiler by either 25 percent or 225 Safety Center, that a sentinel valve is
pounds per square inch whichever is not necessary for the safe operation of
less. The value of allowable stress for the particular boiler.
design purposes shall be selected as de- (c) Feed water regulators, heaters, and
scribed in § 56.07–10(e) at a temperature grease extractors. (1) Where feed water
not below that for saturated steam at regulators, tubular feed water heaters,
the maximum allowable working pres- and grease extractors are installed, an
sure of the boiler. alternate means of operation with
196
these devices bypassed shall be pro- each boiler shall have its own inde-
vided. pendently driven main feed pump capa-
(2) Feed water regulators designed ble of supplying the boiler at its nor-
with a built-in bypass for emergency mal operating capacity. In addition
use need not be fitted with an external these shall be an auxiliary independ-
bypass when installed in a feed system ently driven feed pump of the same ca-
provided with an auxiliary feed line. pacity which can be operated in place
All feed water regulators installed in a of and in conjunction with the main
unit feed system shall be fitted with an feed pump. In vessels with three or
external bypass. Feed water regulators more boilers, not more than two boil-
bypasses shall be so arranged that the ers may be served by any one auxiliary
regular feed valves are in operation pump. The auxiliary pump may be so
while the bypass is in use. interconnected that any pump can feed
(3) A feed water regulator may be any boiler.
interposed between the stop and stop- (2) In the unit feed system, a separate
check valves in the feed lines. feed line shall be provided for each
(d) Group feed system. Group feed sys- boiler from its pumps. A separate aux-
tems shall be provided with pumps and iliary feed line is not required. The dis-
piping as follows: charge from each pump and the feed
(1) Oceangoing and Great Lakes supply to each boiler shall be auto-
steam vessels, having a feed pump at- matically controlled by the level of the
tached to the main propelling unit, water in that boiler. In addition to the
shall be provided with at least one automatic control, manual control
independently driven feed pump. Each shall be provided.
of these pumps shall be used exclu- (f) Feedwater. The feedwater shall be
sively for feed purposes and shall be ca- introduced into a boiler as required by
pable of supplying the operating boilers § 52.01–105(b) of this subchapter.
at their normal capacity. In addition, a [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as
second independently driven pump, ca- amended by CGD 95–028, 62 FR 51201, Sept. 30,
pable of supplying such boilers at 75 1997; USCG–2002–13058, 67 FR 61278, Sept. 30,
percent of their normal capacity, shall 2002; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65178, Oct. 31,
be provided for emergency use. This 2008]
second pump may be used for other
purposes. § 56.50–35 Condensate pumps.
(2) If two independently driven pumps Two means shall be provided for dis-
are provided, each capable of supplying charging the condensate from the main
the boilers at their normal required op- condenser, one of which shall be me-
erating capacity, and neither of which chanically independent of the main
is used for other purposes, the third or propelling machinery. If one of the
emergency feed pump is not required. independent feed pumps is fitted with a
Where more than two independently direct suction from the condenser and
driven feed pumps are provided, their a discharge to the feed tank, it may be
aggregate capacity shall not be less accepted as an independent condensate
than 200 percent of that demanded by pump. On vessels operating on lakes
the boilers at their required normal op- (including Great Lakes), bays, sounds,
erating capacity. or rivers, where provision is made to
(3) River or harbor steam vessels operate noncondensing, only one con-
shall have at least two means for feed- densate unit will be required.
ing the boilers; one of which shall be an
independently driven pump, the other § 56.50–40 Blowoff piping (replaces
may be an attached pump, an addi- 122.1.4).
tional independently driven pump, or (a)(1) The owner or operator of a ves-
an injector. sel must follow the requirements for
(e) Unit feed system. Unit feed systems blowoff piping in this section instead of
shall be provided with pumps and pip- the requirements in 122.1.4 of ASME
ing as follows: B31.1 (incorporated by reference; see 46
(1) The unit feed system may be used CFR 56.01–2).

on vessels having two or more boilers. (2) Where blowoff valves are con-
When the unit feed system is employed nected to a common discharge from
197
§ 56.50–45 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
two or more boilers, a nonreturn valve § 56.50–50 Bilge and ballast piping.
shall be provided in the line from each (a)(1) All vessels except unmanned
boiler to prevent accidental blowback barges shall be provided with a satis-
in the event the boiler blowoff valve is factory bilge pumping plant capable of
left open. pumping from and draining any water-
(b) Blowoff piping external to the tight compartment except for ballast,
boiler shall be designed for not less oil and water tanks which have accept-
than 125 percent of the maximum al- able means for filling and emptying
lowable working pressure of the boiler, independent of the bilge system. The
or the maximum allowable working bilge pumping system shall be capable
pressure of the boiler plus 225 pounds of operation under all practicable con-
per square inch, whichever is less. ditions after a casualty whether the
When the required blowoff piping de- ship is upright or listed. For this pur-
sign pressure exceeds 100 pounds per pose wing suctions will generally be
square inch gage, the wall thickness of necessary except in narrow compart-
the piping shall not be less than Sched- ments at the ends of the vessel where
ule 80. The value of allowable stress for one suction may be sufficient. In com-
design purposes shall be selected as departments of unusual form, additional
scribed in § 56.07–10(e) at a temperature suctions may be required.
not below that of saturated steam at (2) Arrangements shall be made
the maximum allowable working pres- whereby water in the compartments
sure of the boiler. will drain to the suction pipes. Effi-
cient means shall be provided for
(c) Boiler blowoff piping which dis-
draining water from all tank tops,
charges above the lightest loadline of a
other watertight flats and insulated
vessel shall be arranged so that the dis-
holds. Peak tanks, chain lockers and
charge is deflected downward. decks over peak tanks may be drained
(d) Valves such as the globe type so by eductors, ejectors, or hand pumps.
designed as to form pockets in which Where piping is led through the
sediment may collect shall not be used forepeak, see § 56.50–1(b).
for blowoff service. (3) Where drainage from particular
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as compartments is considered undesir-
amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9978, June 17, able, the provisions for such drainage
1970; CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40165, Sept. 2, 1975; may be omitted, provided it can be
USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65178, Oct. 31, 2008] shown by calculations that the safety
of the vessel will not be impaired.
§ 56.50–45 Circulating pumps. (4) Where the vessel is to carry Class
(a) A main circulating pump and 3 flammable liquids with a flashpoint
emergency means for circulating water below 23 °C (74 °F), Class 6, Division 6.1,
through the main condenser shall be poisonous liquids, or Class 8 corrosive
provided. The emergency means may liquids with a flashpoint below 23 °C (74
consist of a connection from an inde- °F) as defined in 49 CFR part 173, in en-
closed cargo spaces, the bilge-pumping
pendent power pump fitted between the
system must be designed to ensure
main circulating pump and the con-
against inadvertent pumping of such
denser.
liquids through machinery-space pip-
(b) Independent sea suctions shall be ing or pumps.
provided for the main circulating and (5) For each vessel constructed on or
the emergency circulating pumps. after June 9, 1995, and on an inter-
(c) A cross connection between the national voyage, arrangements must be
circulating pumps in the case of mul- made to drain the enclosed cargo
tiple units will be acceptable in lieu of spaces on either the bulkhead deck of a
an independent power pump connec- passenger vessel or the freeboard deck
tion. of a cargo vessel.
(d) On vessels operating on lakes (in- (i) If the deck edge, at the bulkhead
cluding Great Lakes), bays, sounds, or deck of a passenger vessel or the
rivers, where provision is made to oper- freeboard deck of a cargo vessel, is im-
ate noncondensing, only one circu- mersed when the vessel heels 5° or less,
lating unit will be required. the drainage of the enclosed cargo
198
spaces must discharge to a space, or easily accessible at all times. As far as

spaces, of adequate capacity, each of practicable, each overboard-discharge
which has a high-water-level alarm and valve for a bilge system must comply
a means to discharge overboard. The with the requirements governing loca-
number, size and arrangement of the tion and accessibility for suction mani-
drains must prevent unreasonable ac- folds. Except as otherwise permitted by
cumulation of water. The pumping ar- paragraph (c)(4) of this section for a
rangements must take into account vessel employing a common-rail bilge
the requirements for any fixed manual system, each bilge-manifold valve con-
or automatic sprinkling system. In en- trolling a bilge suction from any com-
closed cargo spaces fitted with carbon- partment must be of the stop-check
dioxide extinguishing systems, the type.
drains must have traps or other means
(2) Each passenger vessel on an inter-
to prevent escape of the smothering
national voyage must comply with the
gas. The enclosed cargo spaces must
provisions of SOLAS II–1/21.
not drain to machinery spaces or other
spaces where sources of ignition may (3) A common-rail bilge system may
be present if water may be contami- be installed as an acceptable alter-
nated with Class 3 flammable liquids; native to the system required by para-
Class 6, Division 6.1, poisonous liquids; graph (c)(1) of this section, provided it
or Class 8 corrosive liquids with a satisfies all of the following criteria:
flashpoint below 23 °C (74 °F). (i) The common-rail main runs in-
(ii) If the deck edge, at the bulkhead board at least one-fifth of the beam of
deck of a passenger vessel or the the vessel.
freeboard deck of a cargo vessel, is im- (ii) A stop-check valve or both a stop
mersed only when the vessel heels valve and a check valve are provided in
more than 5°, the drainage of the en- each branch line and located inboard at
closed cargo spaces may be by means of least one-fifth of the beam of the ves-
a sufficient number of scuppers dis- sel.
charging overboard. The installation of (iii) The stop valve or the stop-check
scuppers must comply with § 42.15–60 of valve is power-driven, is capable of re-
this chapter. mote operation from the space where
(b) Passenger vessels shall have pro- the pump is, and, regardless of the sta-
vision made to prevent the compart- tus of the power system, is capable of
ment served by any bilge suction pip- manual operation to both open and
ing from being flooded in the event the close the valve.
pipe is severed or otherwise damaged (iv) The stop valve or the stop-check
by collision or grounding in any other valve is accessible for both manual op-
compartment. Where the piping is lo- eration and repair under all operating
cated within one-fifth of the beam of
conditions, and the space used for ac-
the side of the vessel (measured at
cess contains no expansion joint or
right angles to the centerline at the
flexible coupling that, upon failure,
level of the deepest subdivision
would cause flooding and prevent ac-
loadline or deepest loadline where a
cess to the valve.
subdivision loadline is not assigned) or
is in a ductkeel, a nonreturn valve (v) A port and a starboard suction
shall be fitted to the end of the pipe in serve each space protected unless,
the compartment which it serves. under the worst conditions of list and
(c)(1) Each bilge suction must lead trim and with liquid remaining after
from a manifold except as otherwise pumping, the vessel’s stability remains
approved by the Commanding Officer, acceptable, in accordance with sub-
Marine Safety Center. As far as prac- chapter S of this chapter.
ticable, each manifold must be in, or be (vi) For each vessel designed for the
capable of remote operation from, the carriage of combinations of both liquid
same space as the bilge pump that nor- and dry bulk cargoes (O/B/O), no bilge
mally takes suction on that manifold. pump or piping is located in a machin-
In either case, the manifold must be ery space other than in a pump room
capable of being locally controlled for cargo, and no liquid and other car-
from above the floorplates and must be goes are carried simultaneously.
199
§ 56.50–50 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
(vii) For each cargo vessel in Great on an international voyage, D must be meas-
Lakes service, each common-rail pip- ured to the next deck above the bulkhead
ing for the bilge and ballast system deck if an enclosed cargo space on the bulk-
head deck that is internally drained in ac-
serving cargo spaces, if installed and if cordance with paragraph (a)(4) of this section
connected to a dedicated common-rail extends the entire length of the vessel.
bilge system, must lead separately Where the enclosed cargo space extends a
from a valved manifold located at the lesser length, D must be taken as the sum of
pump. the molded depth (in feet) to the bulkhead
(d) The internal diameter of bilge deck plus lh/L where l and h are the aggre-
suction pipes including strainers shall gate length and height (in feet) of the en-
be determined by formulas (1) and (2), closed cargo space.
except that the nearest commercial (3) For vessels of 150 gross tons and
size not more than one-fourth inch over, no main suction piping shall be
under the required diameter may be less than 21⁄2 inches internal diameter.
used. Bilge suction pipes shall be suit- Branch piping need not be more than 4
ably faired to pump inlets. inches and shall not be less than 2
(1) For suctions to each main bilge inches in diameter except for drainage
pump: of small pockets or spaces in which
case 11⁄2-inch diameter may be used.
L( B + D) For vessels less than 150 gross tons no
d = 1+ (1) ( 4 ) (5) bilge suction shall be less than 11⁄2
2500 inches internal diameter and no branch
(2) For branch suctions to cargo and piping shall be less than 1 inch nominal
machinery spaces: pipe size.
(4) For vessels of 65 feet in length or
c(B + D) less and not engaged on an inter-
d = 1+ (2) (3) (5) national voyage, the bilge pipe sizes
1500 computed by Formulas (1) and (2) of
where: this paragraph are not mandatory, but
L = Length of vessel on loadwater line, in in no case shall the size be less than 1
feet. inch nominal pipe size.
B = Breadth of vessel, in feet. (5) (5) The number, location, and size of
D = Molded depth (in feet) to the bulkhead bilge suctions in the boiler and ma-
deck. (6) chinery compartments shall be deter-
c = Length of compartment, in feet. mined when the piping plans are sub-
d = Required internal diameter of suction
mitted for approval and shall be based
pipe, in inches.
upon the size of the compartments and
NOTE 1. For tank vessels, ‘‘L’’ may be re- the drainage arrangements.
duced by the combined length of the cargo (e) Independent bilge suction. One of
oil tanks.
NOTE 2. For bulk carriers with full depth
the independent bilge pumps must have
wing tanks served by a ballast system where a suction of a diameter not less than
the beam of the vessel is not representative that given by Formula (2) in paragraph
of the breadth of the compartment, ‘‘B’’ may (d) of this section that is led directly
be appropriately modified to the breadth of from the engine room bilge entirely
the compartment. independent of the bilge main, and on
NOTE 3. In the calculation for a vessel with passenger vessels each independent
more than one hull, such as a catamaran, the bilge pump located in the machinery
breadth of the unit is the breadth of one
hull.
spaces must have such direct suctions
NOTE 4. In the calculation for a mobile off- from these spaces, except that not
shore drilling unit, ‘‘L’’ is reducible by the more than two pumps are required to
combined length of spaces that can be have direct suctions from any one
pumped by another piping system meeting space. A suction that is led directly
§§ 56.50–50 and 56.50–55, where ‘‘L’’ is the from a suitably located pump manifold
length of the unit at the waterline. may be considered to be independent of
NOTE 5. For mobile offshore drilling units
the bilge main. Where two direct suc-
employing unusual hull forms, ‘‘B’’ may be
modified to the average breadth rather than tions are required in any one compart-
EC01FE91.026</MATH>
the maximum breadth. ment on passenger vessels, one suction

NOTE 6. For each passenger vessel con- must be located on each side of the
structed on or after June 9, 1995, and being compartment. If watertight bulkheads
200
EC01FE91.025</MATH>
separate the engine and boiler rooms, a suction inlet of the pump. The dis-
direct suction or suctions must be charge capacity of the pump selected
fitted to each compartment unless the shall exceed the capacity of the re-
pumps available for bilge service are quired main bilge pump.
distributed throughout these compart- (3) Vessels over 180 feet in length
ments, in which case at least one pump which are not passenger vessels and
in each such compartment must be which operate on international voyages
fitted with direct suction in its com- or in ocean, coastwise, or Great Lakes
partment. In a vessel with more than service, must be provided with a direct
one hull, there must be one bilge pump emergency bilge suction from any
that has an independent bilge suction pump in the machinery space, except
in each hull. In a column stabilized mo- that a required bilge pump may not be
bile offshore drilling unit, the inde- used. The discharge capacity of the
pendent bilge suction must be from the pump selected must exceed the capac-
pumproom bilge. ity of the required main bilge pump
(f) Emergency bilge suctions. In addi- and the area of the suction inlet is to
tion to the independent bilge suction(s) be equal to the full suction inlet of the
required by paragraph (e) of this sec- pump.
tion, an emergency bilge suction must (4) Vessels under 180 feet in length
be provided in the machinery space for need not provide an emergency bilge
all self-propelled vessels as described in suction, except that passenger vessels
the following subparagraphs. Emer- shall comply with the requirements of
gency suctions must be provided from paragraphs (f) (1) and (2) of this sec-
pumps other than those required by tion.
§ 56.50–55(a) of this part. Such suctions (5) Each vessel with more than one
must have nonreturn valves, and must hull must have an emergency bilge suc-
meet the following criteria as appro- tion in each hull.
priate: (6) Each column stabilized mobile off-
(1) On passenger vessels propelled by shore drilling unit must have—
steam and operating on an inter- (i) An emergency bilge suction in
national voyage or on ocean, coastwise, each hull; and
or Great Lakes routes, the main circu- (ii) A remote control for the emer-
lating pump is to be fitted with a di- gency pump and associated valves that
rect bilge suction for the machinery can be operated from the ballast con-
space. The diameter of such suctions trol room.
shall not be less than two-thirds the di- (g) Each individual bilge suction
ameter of the main sea injection. When shall be fitted with a suitable bilge
it can be shown to the satisfaction of strainer having an open area of not less
the Commandant that the main circu- than three times at of the suction pipe.
lating pump is not suitable for emer- In addition a mud box or basket strain-
gency bilge service, a direct emergency er shall be fitted in an accessible posi-
bilge suction is to be led from the larg- tion between the bilge suction mani-
est available independent power driven fold and the pump.
pump to the drainage level of the ma- (h) Pipes for draining cargo holds or
chinery space. The suction is to be of machinery spaces must be separate
the same diameter as the main inlet of from pipes which are used for filling or
the pump used and the capacity of the emptying tanks where water or oil is
pump shall exceed that of a required carried. Bilge and ballast piping sys-
main bilge pump. tems must be so arranged as to prevent
(2) On passenger vessels propelled by oil or water from the sea or ballast
internal combustion engines and oper- spaces from passing into cargo holds or
ating on an international voyage or on machinery spaces, or from passing
ocean, coastwise, or Great Lakes from one compartment to another,
routes, the largest available pump in whether from the sea, water ballast, or
the engine room is to be fitted with the oil tanks, by the appropriate installa-
direct bilge suction in the machinery tion of stop and non-return valves. The
space except that a required bilge bilge and ballast mains must be fitted
pump may not be used. The area of the with separate control valves at the
suction pipe is to be equal to the full pumps. Except as allowed by paragraph
201
§ 56.50–55 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
(c)(4)(vii) of this section, piping for quirements need not be met provided
draining a cargo hold or machinery the contents of the tank and piping
space must be separate from piping system are chemically compatible and
used for filling or emptying any tank strength and stability calculations are
where water or oil is carried. Piping for submitted showing that crossflooding
bilge and ballast must be arranged so resulting from a pipe, the tank, and the
as to prevent, by the appropriate in- spaces through which the piping passes
stallation of stop and non-return will not seriously affect the safety of
valves, oil or water from the sea or bal- the ship, including the launching of
last spaces from passing into a cargo lifeboats due to the ship’s listing. Bilge
hold or machinery space, or from pass- lines led through tanks without a pipe
ing from one compartment to another, tunnel must be fitted with nonreturn
regardless of the source. The bilge and valves at the bilge suctions.
ballast mains must be fitted with sepa- (l) When bilge pumps are utilized for
rate control valves at the pumps. other services, the piping shall be so
(i) Ballast piping shall not be in- arranged that under any condition at
stalled to any hull compartment of a least one pump will be available for
wood vessel. Where the carriage of liq- drainage of the vessel through an over-
uid ballast in such vessels is necessary, board discharge, while the other
suitable ballast tanks, structurally pump(s) are being used for a different
independent of the hull, shall be pro- service.
vided. (m) All bilge pipes used in or under
(j) When dry cargo is to be carried in fuel storage tanks or in the boiler or
deep tanks, arrangement shall be made machinery space, including spaces in
for disconnecting or blanking-off the which oil settling tanks or oil pumping
oil and ballast lines, and the bilge suc-
units are located, shall be of steel or
tions shall be disconnected or blanked-
other acceptable material.
off when oil or ballast is carried. Blind
flanges or reversible pipe fittings may (n) Oil pollution prevention require-
be employed for this purpose. ments for bilge and ballast systems are
(k) Where bilge and ballast piping is contained in subpart B of part 155, title
led through tanks, except ballast pip- 33, Code of Federal Regulations.
ing in ballast tanks, means must be NOTE: For the purposes of this section, a
provided to minimize the risk of flood- pumproom is a machinery space on a column
ing of other spaces due to pipe failure stabilized mobile offshore drilling unit.
within the tanks. In this regard, such [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as
piping may be in an oiltight or water- amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9979, June 17,
tight pipe tunnel, or the piping may be 1970; CGD 73–58R, 39 FR 18767, May 30, 1974;
of Schedule 80 pipe wall thickness, CGD 79–165a, 45 FR 64188, Sept. 29, 1980; CGD
fitted with expansion bends, and all 77–140, 54 FR 40608, Oct. 2, 1989; 55 FR 39968,
joints within the tanks are welded. Al- Oct. 1, 1990; CGD 83–043, 60 FR 24772, May 10,
ternative designs may be installed as 1995; CGD 95–028, 62 FR 51201, Sept. 30, 1997]
approved by the Marine Safety Center.
Where a pipe tunnel is installed, the § 56.50–55 Bilge pumps.
watertight integrity of the bulkheads (a) Self-propelled vessels. (1) Each self-
must be maintained. No valve or fit- propelled vessel must be provided with
ting may be located within the tunnel a power-driven pump or pumps con-
if the pipe tunnel is not of sufficient nected to the bilge main as required by
size to afford easy access. These re- table 56.50–55(a).
TABLE 56.50–55(a)—POWER BILGE PUMPS REQUIRED FOR SELF-PROPELLED VESSELS
Passenger vessels 1 Dry-cargo vessels 2 Tank Mobile
vessels offshore
Ocean, Ocean, drilling
Vessel length, in feet Inter- coast- coast- units
All other
national wise and wise and All waters
waters All waters
voyages 3 Great Great All waters
Lakes Lakes
180′ or more .............................................. 43 43 2 2 2 2 2

Below 180′ and exceeding 65′ ................. 43 52 52 52 52 2 2
202
TABLE 56.50–55(a)—POWER BILGE PUMPS REQUIRED FOR SELF-PROPELLED VESSELS—Continued

Passenger vessels 1 Dry-cargo vessels 2 Tank Mobile
vessels offshore
Ocean, Ocean, drilling
Vessel length, in feet Inter- coast- coast- units
All other
national wise and wise and All waters
waters All waters
voyages 3 Great Great All waters
Lakes Lakes
65′ or less ................................................. 3 1 1 1 1 1 ................

1 Small passenger vessels under 100 gross tons refer to subpart 182.520 of subchapter T (Small Passenger Vessel) of this
chapter.
2 Dry-bulk carriers having ballast pumps connected to the tanks outside the engineroom and to the cargo hold may substitute
the appropriate requirements for tank vessels.
3 Not applicable to passenger vessels which do not proceed more than 20 mile from the nearest land, or which are employed
in the carriage of large numbers of unberthed passengers in special trades.
4 When the criterion numeral exceeds 30, an additional independent power-driven pump is required. (See part 171 of this
chapter for determination of criterion numeral.)
5 Vessels operating on lakes (including Great Lakes), bays, sounds, or rivers where steam is always available, or where a suit-
able water supply is available from a power-driven pump of adequate pressure and capacity, may substitute siphons or eductors
for one of the required power-driven pumps, provided a siphon or eductor is permanently installed in each hold or compartment.
(b) Nonself-propelled vessels. (1) Ocean the bilge main as required in table
going sailing vessels and barges shall 56.50–55(b)(1).
be provided with pumps connected to
TABLE 56.50–55(b)(1)—BILGE PUMPS REQUIRED FOR NONSELF-PROPELLED VESSELS
Hand
Type of vessel Waters navigated Power pumps (1) pumps
Sailing ................................................. Ocean and coastwise ........................ Two .................................................... (2)
Manned barges ................................... ......do ................................................. Two .................................................... (2)
Manned barges ................................... Other than ocean and coastwise ...... (3) ....................................................... (3)
Unmanned barges .............................. All waters ........................................... (3) ....................................................... (3)
Mobile offshore drilling units ............... All waters ........................................... Two .................................................... None.
1 Where power is always available, independent power bilge pumps shall be installed as required and shall be connected to
the bilge main.
2 Efficient hand pumps connected to the bilge main may be substituted for the power pumps. Where there is no common bilge
main, one hand pump will be required for each compartment.
3 Suitable hand or power pumps or siphons, portable or fixed, carried either on board the barge or on the towing vessel shall
be provided.
(2) The pumps and source of power for (d) Priming. Suitable means shall be
operation on oceangoing sailing vessels provided for priming centrifugal pumps
and barges shall be located above the which are not of the self-priming type.
bulkhead deck or at the highest con- (e) Location. (1) For self-propelled
venient level which is always acces- vessels, if the engines and boilers are in
sible. two or more watertight compartments,
(3) Each hull of a vessel with more the bilge pumps must be distributed
than one hull, such as a catamaran, throughout these compartments. On
must meet Table 56.50–55(b). other self-propelled vessels and mobile
(c) Capacity of independent power bilge offshore drilling units, the bilge pumps
pump. Each power bilge pump must must be in separate compartments to
have the capacity to develop a suction the extent practicable. When the loca-
velocity of not less than 400 feet per tion of bilge pumps in separate water-
minute through the size of bilge main tight compartments is not practicable,
piping required by § 56.50–50(d)(1) of this alternative arrangements may be sub-
part under ordinary conditions; except mitted for consideration by the Marine
that, for vessels of less than 65 feet in Safety Center.
length not engaged on international (2) For nonself-propelled vessels re-
voyages, the pump must have a min- quiring two bilge pumps, these pumps,
imum capacity of 25 gallons per minute insofar as practicable, shall be located
and need not meet the velocity require- in separate watertight machinery
ment of this paragraph. spaces. When the location of bilge
203
§ 56.50–57 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
pumps in separate watertight compart- tional Technical Information Service,

ments is not possible, the Commandant Springfield, Virginia, 22151, under the
will consider alternate arrangements of title ‘‘Regulations on Subdivision and
the bilge pumps. Stability of Passenger Ships as Equiva-
(3) The emergency bilge pumps shall lent to part B of chapter II of the Inter-
not be installed in a passenger ship for- national Convention for the Safety of
ward of the collision bulkhead. Life at Sea, 1960’’ (Volume IV of the
(4) Each hull of a vessel with more U.S. Coast Guard’s ‘‘Commandant’s
than one hull must have at least two International Technical Series’’,
means for pumping the bilges in each USCG–CITS–74–1–1.)
hull. No multi-hulled vessel may oper- [CGD 76–053, 47 FR 37553, Aug. 26, 1982, as
ate unless one of these means is avail- amended by CGD 79–023, 48 FR 51007, Nov. 4,
able to pump each bilge. 1983]
(f) Other pumps. Sanitary, ballast,
and general service pumps having the § 56.50–60 Systems containing oil.
required capacity may be accepted as (a)(1) Oil-piping systems for the
independent power bilge pumps if fitted transfer or discharge of cargo or fuel
with the necessary connections to the oil must be separate from other piping
bilge pumping system. systems as far as practicable, and posi-
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as tive means shall be provided to prevent
amended by CGD 79–023, 48 FR 51007, Nov. 4, interconnection in service.
1983; CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40608, Oct. 2, 1989; 55 (2) Fuel oil and cargo oil systems
FR 39968, Oct. 1, 1990; CGD 83–043, 60 FR 24773, may be combined if the cargo oil sys-
May 10, 1995; USCG–2004–18884, 69 FR 58346, tems contain only Grade E oils and
Sept. 30, 2004] have no connection to cargo systems
containing grades of oil with lower
§ 56.50–57 Bilge piping and pumps, al- flash points or hazardous substances.
ternative requirements.
(3) Pumps used to transfer oil must
(a) If a passenger vessel complies have no discharge connections to fire
with §§ 171.075 and 171.082 of this chap- mains, boiler feed systems, or con-
ter, its bilge pumping and piping sys- densers unless approved positive means
tems must meet §§ 56.50–50 and 56.50–55, are provided to prevent oil from being
except as follows: accidentally discharged into any of the
(1) Each bilge pumping system must aforementioned systems.
comply with— (b) When oil needs to be heated to
(i) Regulation 19(b) of the Annex to lower its viscosity, heating coils must
IMCO Resolution A.265 (VIII) in place be properly installed in each tank.
of §§ 56.50–55(a)(1), 56.50–55(a)(3), and (1) Each drain from a heating coil as
56.50–55(f); well as each drain from an oil heater
(ii) Regulation 19(d) of the Annex to must run to an open inspection tank or
IMCO Resolution A.265 (VIII) in place other suitable oil detector before re-
of § 56.50–55(a)(2). turning to the feed system.
(2) Each bilge main must comply (2) As far as practicable, no part of
with Regulation 19(i) of the Annex to the fuel-oil system containing heated
IMCO Resolution A.265 (VIII) in place oil under pressure exceeding 180 KPa
of § 56.50–50(d) except— (26 psi) may be placed in a concealed
(i) The nearest commercial pipe size position so that defects and leakage
may be used if it is not more than one- cannot be readily observed. Each ma-
fourth inch under the required diame- chinery space containing a part of the
ter; and system must be adequately illumi-
(ii) Each branch pipe must comply nated.
with § 56.50–50(d)(2). (c) Filling pipes may be led directly
(b) The standards referred to in this from the deck into the tanks or to a
section, which are contained in the manifold in an accessible location per-
Inter-governmental Maritime Consult- manently marked to indicate the tanks
ative Organization (IMCO) Resolution to which they are connected. A shutoff
A.265 (VIII), dated December 10, 1973, valve must be fitted at each filling end.
are incorporated by reference. This Oil piping must not be led through ac-
document is available from the Na- commodation spaces, except that low
204
pressure fill piping not normally used from the initial valve position to the
at sea may pass through accommoda- opposite position and return. The cross
tion spaces if it is of steel construc- connection of this system to an alter-
tion, all welded, and not concealed. nate power supply will be given special
(d) Piping subject to internal head consideration by the Marine Safety
pressure from oil in the tank must be Center.
fitted with positive shutoff valves lo- (ii) The valve shall have a local
cated at the tank. power actuator to both open and close
(1) Valves installed on the outside of the valve unless local manual opening
the oil tanks must be made of steel, operation will not prevent remote clos-
ductile cast iron ASTM A 395 (incor- ing of the valve.
porated by reference; see 46 CFR 56.01– (iii) The positioning of the valve by
2), or a ductile nonferrous alloy having either the local or remote actuators
a melting point above 1,700 °F and must shall not void the ability of the other
be arranged with a means of manual actuator to close the valve.
control locally at the valve and re- (iv) The valve shall be provided with
motely from a readily accessible and a means of emergency manual oper-
safe location outside of the compart- ation to both open and close the valve
ment in which the valves are located. regardless of the status of the power
(i) In the special case of a deep tank operating system. Such manual oper-
in any shaft tunnel, piping tunnel, or ation may interfere with the power op-
similar space, one or more valves must eration, and if so, shall be protected
be fitted on the tank, but control in from causal use by means of covers,
the event of fire may be effected by locking devices, or other suitable
means of an additional valve on the means. Instructions and warnings re-
piping outside the tunnel or similar garding the emergency system shall be
space. Any such additional valve in- conspicuously posted at the valve.
stalled inside a machinery space must (4) Remote operation for shutoff
be capable of being operated from out- valves on small independent oil tanks
side this space. will be specially considered in each
(ii) [Reserved] case where the size of tanks and their
(2) If valves are installed on the in- location may warrant the omission of
side of the tank, they may be made of remote operating rods.
cast iron and arranged for remote con- (e) Fuel oil tanks overhanging boilers
trol only. Additional valves for local are prohibited.
control must be located in the space (f) Valves for drawing fuel or drain-
where the system exits from the tank ing water from fuel are not permitted
or adjacent tanks. Valves for local con- in fuel oil systems except that a single
trol outside the tanks must be made of valve may be permitted in the case of
steel, ductile cast iron ASTM A 395 , or diesel driven machinery if suitably lo-
a ductile nonferrous alloy having a cated within the machinery space away
melting point above 1,700 °F. from any potential source of ignition.
(3) Power operated valves installed to Such a valve shall be fitted with a cap
comply with the requirements of this or a plug to prevent leakage.
section must meet the following re- (g) Test cocks must not be fitted to
quirements: fuel oil or cargo oil tanks.
(i) Valve actuators must be capable (h) Oil piping must not run through
of closing the valves under all condi- feed or potable water tanks. Feed or
tions, except during physical interrup- potable water piping must not pass
tion of the power system (e.g., cable through oil tanks.
breakage or tube rupture). Fluid power (i) Where flooding equalizing cross-
actuated valves, other than those connections between fuel or cargo
opened against spring pressure, must tanks are required for stability consid-
be provided with an energy storage sys- erations, the arrangement must be ap-
tem which is protected, as far as prac- proved by the Marine Safety Center.
ticable, from fire and collision. The (j) Piping conveying oil must be run
storage system must be used for no well away from hot surfaces wherever
other purpose and must have sufficient possible. Where such leads are unavoid-
capacity to cycle all connected valves able, only welded joints are to be used,
205
§ 56.50–65 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
or alternatively, suitable shields are to flexible piping or hose is permitted in

be fitted in the way of flanged or me- accordance with the applicable require-
chanical pipe joints when welded joints ments of §§ 56.35–10, 56.35–15, and 56.60–
are not practicable. Piping that con- 25(c).
veys fuel oil or lubricating oil to equip- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as
ment and is in the proximity of equip- amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9979, June 17,
ment or lines having an open flame or 1970; CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40165, Sept. 2, 1975;
having parts operating above 500 °F CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40609, Oct. 2, 1989; 55 FR
must be of seamless steel. (See § 56.50– 39968, Oct. 1, 1990; CGD 83–043, 60 FR 24774,
65 of this part.) May 10, 1995; USCG–2000–7790, 65 FR 58460,
(k) Oil piping drains, strainers and Sept. 29, 2000; USCG–2004–18884, 69 FR 58346,
Sept. 30, 2004; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65178,
other equipment subject to normal oil Oct. 31, 2008]
leakage must be fitted with drip pans
or other means to prevent oil draining § 56.50–65 Burner fuel-oil service sys-
into the bilge. tems.
(l) Where oil piping passes through a (a) All discharge piping from the fuel
non-oil tank without stop valves com- oil service pumps to burners must be
plying with paragraph (d) of this sec- seamless steel with a thickness of at
tion installed at all tank penetrations, least Schedule 80. If required by § 56.07–
the piping must comply with § 56.50– 10(e) of this part or paragraph 104.1.2 of
50(k). ASME B31.1 (incorporated by reference;
(m) Each arrangement for the stor- see 46 CFR 56.01–2), the thickness must
age, distribution, and use of oil in a be greater than Schedule 80. Short
pressure-lubrication system must— lengths of steel, or annealed copper
(1) As well as comply with § 56.50–80, nickel, nickel copper, or copper pipe
be such as to ensure the safety of the and tubing may be used between the
vessel and all persons aboard; and fuel oil burner front header manifold
(2) In a machinery space, meet the and the atomizer head to provide flexi-
applicable requirements of §§ 56.50–60 bility. All material used must meet the
(b)(2) and (d), 56.50–85(a)(11), 56.50–90 (c) requirements of subpart 56.60 of this
and (d), and 58.01–55(f) of this subpart. The use of non-metallic materials
chapter. No arrangement need comply is prohibited. The thickness of the
with § 56.50–90 (c)(1) and (c)(3) of this short lengths must not be less than the
subchapter if the sounding pipe is larger of 0.9 mm (0.35 inch) or that re-
fitted with an effective means of clo- quired by § 56.07–10(e) of this part.
sure, such as a threaded cap or plug or Flexible metallic tubing for this appli-
other means acceptable to the Officer cation may be used when approved by
in Charge, Marine Inspection. The use the Marine Safety Center. Tubing fit-
of flexible piping or hose is permitted tings must be of the flared type except
in accordance with the applicable re- that flareless fittings of the nonbite
quirements of §§ 56.35–10, 56.35–15, and type may be used when the tubing is
56.60–25(c). steel, nickel copper or copper nickel.
(n) Each arrangement for the stor- (b)(1) All vessels having oil fired boil-
age, distribution, and use of any other ers must have at least two fuel service
flammable oil employed under pressure pumps, each of sufficient capacity to
in a power transmission-system, con- supply all the boilers at full power, and
trol and activating system, or heating arranged so that one may be over-
system must be such as to ensure the hauled while the other is in service. At
safety of the vessel and all persons least two fuel oil heaters of approxi-
aboard by— mately equal capacity must be in-
(1) Complying with subpart 58.30 of stalled and so arranged that any heater
this subchapter; and, may be overhauled while the other(s) is
(2) Where means of ignition are (are) in service. Suction and discharge
present, meeting the applicable re- strainers must be of the duplex or
quirements of §§ 56.50–85(a)(11), 56.50–90 other type capable of being cleaned
(c) and (d), and 58.01–55(f) of this sub- without interrupting the oil supply.
chapter. Each pipe and its valves and (2) All auxiliary boilers, except those
fittings must be of steel or other ap- furnishing steam for vital equipment
proved material, except that the use of and fire extinguishing purposes other
206
than duplicate installations, may be copper, or copper nickel pipe or tubing

equipped with a single fuel oil service meeting the requirements of subpart
pump and a single fuel oil heater. Such 56.60.
pumps need not be fitted with dis- (2) Thicknesses of tubing walls must
charge strainers. not be less than the larger of that
(3) Strainers must be located so as to shown in Table 56.50–70(a) of this sec-
preclude the possibility of spraying oil tion or that required by 46 CFR 56.07–
on the burner or boiler casing, or be 10(e) and 104.1.2 of ASME B31.1 (incor-
provided with spray shields. Coamings, porated by reference; see 46 CFR 56.01–
drip pans, etc., must be fitted under 2).
fuel oil service pumps, heaters, etc., (3) Tubing fittings shall be of non-
where necessary to prevent oil drain- ferrous drawn or forged metal and of
age to the bilge. the flared type except that the flareless
(4) Boilers burning fuel oils of low fittings of the nonbite type may be
viscosity need not be equipped with used when the tubing system is of nick-
fuel oil heaters, provided acceptable el copper or copper nickel. Tubing shall
evidence is furnished to indicate that be cut square and flared by suitable
satisfactory combustion will be ob- tools. Tube ends shall be annealed be-
tained without the use of heaters. fore flaring. Pipe fittings shall be of
(c) Piping between service pumps and nonferrous material. Pipe thread joints
burners shall be located so as to be shall be made tight with a suitable
readily observable, and all bolted compound.
flange joints shall be provided with a (4) Valves for fuel lines shall be of
wrap around deflector to deflect spray nonferrous material of the union bon-
in case of a leak. The relief valve lo- net type with ground seats except that
cated at the pump and the relief valves cocks may be used if they are the solid
fitted to the fuel oil heaters shall dis- bottom type with tapered plugs and
charge back into the settling tank or union bonnets.
the suction side of the pump. The re-
turn line from the burners shall be so TABLE 56.50–70(a)—TUBING WALL THICKNESS
arranged that the suction piping can-
Thickness
not be subjected to discharge pressure. Outside diameter of tubing in inches
(d) If threaded-bonnet valves are em- B.W.G. Inch
ployed, they shall be of the union-bon- ⁄ , ⁄ , ⁄ ..........................................
18 3 16 14 #21 0.032
net type capable of being packed under ⁄ , 3⁄8 ................................................
5 16 #20 .035
pressure. ⁄ , 1⁄2 ................................................
7 16 #19 .042
(e) Unions shall not be used for pipe
diameters of 1 inch and above. (b) Installation. (1) All fuel pipes, pipe
(f) Boiler header valves of the quick connections, and accessories shall be
closing type shall be installed in the readily accessible. The piping shall run
fuel supply lines as close to the boiler in sight wherever practicable, pro-
front header as practicable. The loca- tected against mechanical injury, and
tion is to be accessible to the operator effectively secured against excessive
or remotely controlled. movement and vibration by the use of
(g) Bushings and street ells are not soft nonferrous metal liners or straps
permitted in fuel oil discharge piping. without sharp edges. Where passing
(h) Each fuel-oil service pump must through steel decks or bulkheads, fuel
be equipped with controls as required lines shall be protected by close fitting
by § 58.01–25 of this subchapter. ferrules or stuffing boxes. Refer to
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as
§ 56.30–25 for tubing joint installations.
amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9978, June 17, (2) Either a short length of suitable
1970; CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40609, Oct. 2, 1989; metallic or nonmetallic flexible tubing
CGD 83–043, 60 FR 24774, May 10, 1995; USCG– or hose or a loop of annealed copper
2003–16630, 73 FR 65178, Oct. 31, 2008] tubing must be installed in the fuel-
supply line at or near the engine to
§ 56.50–70 Gasoline fuel systems. prevent damage by vibration.
(a) Material. (1) Fuel supply piping to (i) If nonmetallic flexible hose is
the engines shall be of seamless drawn used, it must meet the requirements of
annealed copper pipe or tubing, nickel 46 CFR 56.60–25(b) for fuel service.
207
§ 56.50–75 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
(ii) Flexible hose connections should (h) Vent pipes. Each tank shall be
maintain metallic contact between the fitted with a vent, the cross-sectional
sections of the fuel-supply lines; how- area of which shall not be less than
ever, if they do not, the fuel tank must that of the filling pipe. The vent pipes
be grounded. shall terminate at least 2 feet above
(3) Valves in fuel lines shall be in- the weather deck and not less than 3
stalled to close against the flow. feet from any opening into living quar-
(c) Shutoff valves. Shutoff valves of a ters or other below deck space. The
suitable type shall be installed in the ends of vent pipes shall terminate with
fuel supply lines, one as close to each U-bends and shall be fitted with flame
tank as practicable, and one as close to screens or flame arresters. The flame
each carburetor as practicable. Where screens shall consist of a single screen
fuel tanks are installed below the of corrosion resistant wire of at least
weather deck, arrangements shall be 30 by 30 mesh.
provided for operating all shutoff
(i) Gasoline tanks. For requirements
valves at the tanks from outside the
pertaining to independent gasoline fuel
compartments in which they are lo-
cated, preferably from an accessible po- tanks see subpart 58.50 of this sub-
sition on the weather deck. The oper- chapter.
ating gear for the shutoff valves at the (j) Fuel pumps. Each fuel pump must
tanks shall be accessible at all times be equipped with controls as required
and shall be suitably marked. by § 58.01–25 of this subchapter.
(d) Strainers. A suitable twin strainer [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as
shall be fitted in the fuel supply line in amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9978, June 17,
the engine compartment. Strainers 1970; CGFR 72–59R, 37 FR 6189, Mar. 25, 1972;
shall be of the type opening on top for CGD 83–043, 60 FR 24774, May 10, 1995; USCG–
cleaning screens. A drip pan shall be 2002–13058, 67 FR 61278, Sept. 30, 2002; USCG–
fitted under the strainer. 2003–16630, 73 FR 65178, Oct. 31, 2008]
(e) Outlets and drains. Outlets in fuel
lines for drawing gasoline for any pur- § 56.50–75 Diesel fuel systems.
pose are prohibited. Valved openings in (a) Vessels greater than 100 gross tons.
the bottom of fuel tanks are prohib- (1) The diesel fuel system shall comply
ited; however, openings fitted with with §§ 56.50–60, 56.50–85, and 56.50–90.
threaded plug or cap can be used for The fuel supply piping to engines shall
cleaning purposes. be of seamless steel, annealed seamless
(f) Fuel suction connections. All fuel copper or brass pipe or tubing, or of
suction and return lines shall enter the nickel copper or copper nickel alloy
top of the fuel tanks and connections meeting the requirements of subpart
shall be fitted into spuds. Such lines 56.60 for materials and § 56.50–70(a)(2)
shall extend nearly to the bottom of for thickness. Fuel oil service or unit
the tank. pumps shall be equipped with controls
(g) Filling and sounding pipes. Filling to comply with § 58.01–25 of this sub-
and sounding pipes shall be so arranged
chapter.
that vapors or possible overflow when
(2) The installation shall comply
filling cannot escape to the inside of
the vessel but will discharge overboard. with § 56.50–70(b).
Such pipes shall terminate on the (3) Tubing connections and fittings
weather deck clear of any coamings shall be drawn or forged metal of the
and shall be fitted with suitable shutoff flared type except that flareless fit-
valves or deck plugs. Filling and sound- tings of the nonbite type may be used
ing pipes shall extend to within one- when the tubing system is steel, nick-
half of their diameter from the bottom el-copper, or copper-nickel. When mak-
of the tank or from the surface of the ing flared tube connections the tubing
striking plate in case of a sounding shall be cut square and flared by suit-
pipe. A flame screen of noncorrodible able tools. Tube ends shall be annealed
wire mesh shall be fitted in the throat before flaring.
of the filling pipe. Sounding pipes shall (b) Vessels of 100 gross tons and less
be kept closed at all times except dur- and tank barges—(1) Materials. Fuel sup-
ing sounding. ply piping shall be of copper, nickel
208
copper or copper nickel having a min- any vessel below 300 gross tons. Where
imum wall thickness of 0.035 inch ex- the size and design of an engine is such
cept that piping of other materials that lubrication before starting is not
such as seamless steel pipe or tubing necessary and an attached pump is nor-
which provides equivalent safety may mally used, the independent auxiliary
be used. pump is not required if a duplicate of
(2) Tubing connections and fittings. the attached pump is carried as spare.
Tubing connections shall comply with In meeting the requirements of para-
the provisions of § 56.50–75(a)(3). graph (c) of this section in the case of
(3) Installation. The installation of internal combustion engines, two sepa-
diesel fuel piping shall comply with the rate means are to be provided for circu-
requirements of § 56.50–70(b).
lating coolant on those engines on
(4) Shutoff valves. Shutoff valves shall
which oil coolers are fitted. One of
be installed in the fuel supply lines,
those means must be independently
one as close to each tank as prac-
ticable, and one as close to each fuel driven and may consist of a connection
pump as practicable. Valves shall be from a pump of adequate size normally
accessible at all times. used for other purposes utilizing the re-
(5) Outlets and drains. Valves for required coolant. Where the design of an
moving water or impurities from fuel engine will not readily accommodate
oil systems will be permitted in the an independent pump connection, the
machinery space provided such valves independent auxiliary pump will not be
are fitted with caps or plugs to prevent required if a duplicate of the attached
leakage. pump is carried as a spare. Oil filters
(6) Filling pipe. Tank filling pipes on shall be provided on all internal com-
motorboats and motor vessels of less bustion engine installations. On main
than 100 gross tons and tank barges propulsion engines which are fitted
shall terminate on an open deck and with full-flow type filters, the arrange-
shall be fitted with suitable shutoff ment shall be such that the filters may
valves, deck plugs, or caps. be cleaned without interrupting the oil
(7) Vent pipes. Each tank shall be supply except that such an arrange-
fitted with a vent pipe complying with ment is not required on vessels having
§ 56.50–85. more than a single main propulsion en-
(8) Independent diesel fuel tanks. See gine.
subpart 58.50 of this subchapter for spe- (e) The lubricating oil piping shall be
cific requirements. independent of other piping systems
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as and shall be provided with necessary
amended by CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40610, Oct. 2, coolers, heaters, filters, etc., for proper
1989] operation. Oil heaters shall be fitted
§ 56.50–80 Lubricating-oil systems. with bypasses.
(f) Diesel engine lubrication systems
(a) The lubricating oil system shall shall be so arranged that vapors from
be designed to function satisfactorily the sump tank may not be discharged
when the vessel has a permanent 15°
back into the engine crank case of en-
list and a permanent 5° trim.
gines of the dry sump type.
(b) When pressure or gravity-forced
lubrication is employed for the steam (g) Steam turbine driven propulsion
driven main propelling machinery, an and auxiliary generating machinery de-
independent auxiliary lubricating pending on forced lubrication shall be
pump shall be provided. arranged to shut down automatically
(c) Oil coolers on steam driven ma- upon failure of the lubricating system.
chinery shall be provided with two sep- (h) Sight-flow glasses may be used in
arate means of circulating water lubricating-oil systems provided it has
through the coolers. been demonstrated, to the satisfaction
(d) For internal combustion engine of the Commanding Officer, Marine
installations, the requirements of para- Safety Center, that they can withstand
graphs (b) and (c) of this section shall exposure to a flame at a temperature of
be met, but they do not apply to ves- 927 °C (1700 °F) for one hour, without
sels in river and harbor service, nor to failure or appreciable leakage.
209
§ 56.50–85 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
(i) Steam driven propulsion machin- at least Schedule 40 in wall thickness.

ery must be provided with an emer- Except for barges in inland service and
gency supply of lubricating oil that for Great Lakes vessels, the height
must operate automatically upon fail- from the deck to any point where
ure of the lubricating oil system. The water may gain access through the
emergency oil supply must be adequate vent to below deck must be at least 30
to provide lubrication until the equip- inches (760mm) on the freeboard deck
ment comes to rest during automatic and 171⁄2 inches (450mm) on the super-
shutdown. structure deck. On Great Lakes ves-
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as
sels, the height from the deck to any
amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9979, June 17, point where water may gain access
1970; CGD 81–030, 53 FR 17837, May 18, 1988; through the vent to below deck must
CGD 83–043, 60 FR 24774, May 10, 1995] be at least 30 inches (760mm) on the
freeboard deck, 24 inches (610mm) on
§ 56.50–85 Tank-vent piping. the raised quarterdeck, and 12 inches
(a) This section applies to vents for (305mm) on other superstructure decks.
all independent, fixed, non-pressure Where the height of vents on Great
tanks or containers or for spaces in Lakes vessels may interfere with the
which liquids, such as fuel, ship’s working of the vessel, a lower height
stores, cargo, or ballast, are carried. may be approved by the Marine Safety
(1) The structural arrangement in Center provided the vent cap is prop-
double bottom and other tanks shall be erly protected from mechanical dam-
such as to permit the free passage of age. For barges in inland service, the
air and gases from all parts of the vents must extend at least six inches
tanks to vent pipes. above the deck. A lesser amount may
(2) Tanks having a comparatively be approved by the Marine Safety Cen-
small surface, such as fuel oil settling ter if evidence is provided that a par-
tanks, need be fitted with only one ticular vent has proven satisfactory in
vent pipe, but tanks having a compara- service.
tively large surface shall be fitted with (7) Satisfactory means, permanently
at least two vent pipes. The vents shall attached, shall be provided for closing
be located so as to provide venting of the openings of all vents, except that
the tanks under any service condition. barges in inland service may be ex-
(3) Vent pipes for fuel oil tanks shall, empted. Acceptable means of closure
wherever possible, have a slope of no are:
less than 30°. Header lines, where both (i) A ball check valve where the ball
ends are adequately drained to a tank, float, normally in the open position,
are excluded from this requirement. will float up and close under the action
(4) Tank vents must extend above the of a submerging wave. The valve shall
weather deck, except vents from fresh be designed so that the effective clear
water tanks, bilge oily-water holding discharge area through the valve with
tanks, bilge slop tanks, and tanks con- the float in the open position is not
taining Grade E combustible liquids, less than the inlet area of the vent pipe
such as lubricating oil, may terminate to which the valve is connected.
in the machinery space, provided— (ii) A hinged closure normally open
(i) The vents are arranged to prevent on the outlet of the return bend, which
overflow on machinery, electrical must close automatically by the force
equipment, and hot surfaces; of a submerging wave; or
(ii) Tanks containing combustible (iii) Another suitable device accept-
liquids are not heated; and able to the Commanding Officer, Ma-
(iii) The vents terminate above the rine Safety Center.
deep load waterline if the tanks have (8) Vent outlets from all tanks which
boundaries in common with the hull. may emit flammable or combustible
(5) Vents from oil tanks must termi- vapors, such as bilge slop tanks and
nate not less than three feet from any contaminated drain tanks, must be
opening into living quarters. fitted with a single screen of corrosion-
(6) Vents extending above the resistant wire of at least 30 by 30 mesh,

freeboard deck or superstructure deck or two screens of at least 20 by 20 mesh
from fuel oil and other tanks must be spaced not less than one-half inch
210
(13mm) nor more than 11⁄2 inches must terminate above the weather
(38mm) apart. The clear area through deck.
the mesh must not be less than the in- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as
ternal unobstructed area of the re- amended by CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40610, Oct. 2,
quired pipe. 1989; CGD 83–043, 60 FR 24774, May 10, 1995;
(9) Where vents are provided with CGD 95–012, 60 FR 48050, Sept. 18, 1995]
flame screens, the closure device shall
be situated so as not to damage these § 56.50–90 Sounding devices.
screens. (a) Each tank must be provided with
(10) The diameter of each vent pipe a suitable means of determining liquid
must not be less than 11⁄2 inches nomi- level. Except for a main cargo tank on
nal pipe size for fresh water tanks, 2 a tank vessel, each integral hull tank
inches nominal pipe size for water bal- and compartment, unless at all times
last tanks, and 21⁄2 inches nominal pipe accessible while the vessel is operating,
size for fuel oil tanks, except that must be fitted with a sounding pipe.
small independent tanks need not have (b) Where sounding pipes terminate
a vent more than 25% greater in cross- below the freeboard deck on cargo ves-
sectional area than the fill line. sels, they shall be fitted with gate
(11)(i) If a tank may be filled by a valves. On passenger vessels, where
pressure head exceeding that for which sounding pipes terminate below the
the tank is designed, the aggregate bulkhead deck, they shall be fitted
cross-sectional area of the vents in with self-closing gate valves.
each tank must be not less than the (c) Except as allowed by this para-
cross-sectional area of the filling line graph, on each vessel constructed on or
unless the tank is protected by over- after June 9, 1995, no sounding pipe
flows, in which case the aggregate used in a fuel-oil tank may terminate
cross-sectional area of the overflows in any space where the risk of ignition
must be not less than the cross-sec- of spillage from the pipe might arise.
tional area of the filling line. None may terminate in a space for pas-
(ii) Provision must be made to guard sengers or crew. When practicable,
against liquids rising in the venting none may terminate in a machinery
system to a height that would exceed space. When the Commanding Officer,
the design head of a cargo tank or fuel- Marine Safety Center, determines it
oil tank. It may be made by high-level impracticable to avoid terminating a
alarms or overflow-control systems or pipe in a machinery space, a sounding
other, equivalent means, together with pipe may terminate in a machinery
gauging devices and procedures for fill- space if all the following requirements
ing cargo tanks. are met:
(12) Where deep tanks are intended (1) In addition to the sounding pipe,
for the occasional carriage of dry or the fuel-oil tank has an oil-level gauge
liquid cargo, a ‘‘spectacle’’ or ring and complying with paragraph (d) of this
blank flange may be fitted in the over- section.
flow pipe so arranged as not to inter- (2) The pipe terminates in a place re-
fere with venting when the tanks con- mote from ignition hazards unless pre-
tain oil. cautions are taken such as fitting an
(13) Vents from fresh water or water effective screen (shield) to prevent the
ballast tanks shall not be connected to fuel oil, in case of spillage through the
a common header with vents from oil end of the pipe, from coming into con-
or oily ballast tanks. tact with a source of ignition.
(b) Tank vents must remain within (3) The end of the pipe is fitted with
the watertight subdivision boundaries a self-closing blanking device and a
in which the tanks they vent are lo- small-diameter, self-closing control
cated. Where the structural configura- cock located below the blanking device
tion of a vessel makes meeting this re- for the purpose of ascertaining before
quirement impracticable, the Marine the blanking device is opened that no
Safety Center may permit a tank vent fuel oil is present. Provision must be
to penetrate a watertight subdivision made to ensure that no spillage of fuel

bulkhead. All tank vents which pene- oil through the control cock involves
trate watertight subdivision bulkheads an ignition hazard.
211
§ 56.50–95 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
(d) On each vessel constructed on or by making each discharge serve for as

after June 9, 1995, other oil-level many as possible of the sanitary and
gauges may be used instead of sounding other pipes, or in any other satisfac-
pipes if all the following requirements tory manner.
are met: (3) In general, when the bulkhead
(1) In a passenger vessel, no such deck is above the freeboard deck, the
gauge may require penetration below requirements of this section apply rel-
the top of the tank, and neither the ative to the bulkhead deck. For vessels
failure of a gauge nor an overfilling of not assigned load lines, such as certain
the tank may permit release of fuel inland vessels and barges, the weather
into the space. deck shall be taken as the freeboard
(2) In a cargo vessel, neither the fail- deck.
ure of such a gauge nor an overfilling (b)(1) Scuppers and discharge pipes
of the tank may permit release of fuel originating at any level and pene-
into the space. The use of cylindrical trating the shell either more than 171⁄2
gauge-glasses is prohibited. The use of inches (450mm) below the freeboard
oil-level gauges with flat glasses and deck or less than 231⁄2 inches (600mm)
self-closing valves between the gauges above the summer load waterline must
and fuel tanks is acceptable. be provided with an automatic non-
(e) The upper ends of sounding pipes return valve at the shell. This valve,
terminating at the weather deck shall unless required by paragraph (b)(2) of
be closed by a screw cap or plug. Great this section, may be omitted if the pip-
Lakes dry cargo carriers may have the ing is not less than Schedule 80 in wall
sounding pipes which service ballast thickness for nominal pipe sizes
water tanks terminate at least 4 inches through 8 inches, Schedule 60 for nomi-
above the deck if closure is provided by nal pipe sizes above 8 inches and below
a tight fitting hinged cover making 16 inches, and Schedule 40 for nominal
metal-to-metal contact with the hinge pipe sizes 16 inches and above.
on the forward side. Positive means to (2) Discharges led through the shell
secure these caps in the closed position originating either from spaces below
shall be provided. Provision shall be the freeboard deck or from within en-
made to prevent damage to the vessels’ closed superstructures and equivalent
plating by the striking of the sounding deckhouses on the freeboard deck as
rod. defined in § 42.13–15(i) of subchapter E
(f) On mobile offshore drilling units (Load Lines) of this chapter, shall be
where installation of sounding pipes fitted with efficient and accessible
may not be practicable for some tanks, means for preventing water from pass-
alternate means of determining liquid ing inboard. Normally each separate
level may be used if approved by the discharge shall have one automatic
Commandant. nonreturn valve with a positive means
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as of closing it from a position above the
amended by CGD 73–251, 43 FR 56800, Dec. 4, freeboard deck. Where, however, the
1978; CGD 83–043, 60 FR 24774, May 10, 1995; vertical upward distance from the sum-
CGD 95–028, 62 FR 51201, Sept. 30, 1997] mer load line to the inboard end of the
discharge pipe through which flooding
§ 56.50–95 Overboard discharges and can take place exceed 0.01L, the dis-
shell connections. charge may have two automatic non-
(a)(1) All inlets and discharges led return valves without positive means
through the vessel’s side shall be fitted of closing, provided that the inboard
with efficient and accessible means, lo- valve is always accessible for examina-
cated as close to the hull penetrations tion under service conditions. Where
as is practicable, for preventing the ac- that vertical distance exceeds 0.02L a
cidental admission of water into the single automatic nonreturn valve with-
vessel either through such pipes or in out positive means of closing is accept-
the event of fracture of such pipes. able. In an installation where the two
(2) The number of scuppers, sanitary automatic nonreturn valves are used,
discharges, tank overflows, and other the inboard valve must be above the
similar openings in the vessel’s side tropical load line. The means for oper-
shall be reduced to a minimum, either ating the positive action valve shall be
212
readily accessible and provided with an controls shall be readily accessible

indicator showing whether the valve is above the floor plates and shall be pro-
open or closed. A suitable arrangement vided with indication showing whether
shall be made to insure the valve is not the valve is opened or closed. Manned
closed by unauthorized persons, and a machinery spaces include the main ma-
notice shall be posted in a conspicuous chinery space and are either attended
place at the operating station to the ef- by the crew or are automated in ac-
fect that the valve shall not be closed cordance with part 62 of this sub-
except as required in an emergency. chapter to be comparable to an at-
(3) Where scuppers and drains are intended space.
stalled in superstructures or deck- (2) In unmanned machinery spaces,
houses not enclosed as defined in all machinery inlets and discharges as
§ 42.13–15(j) of subchapter E (Load
described in paragraph (d)(1) of this
Lines) of this chapter, they shall be led
section shall be remotely operable
overboard. Refer to paragraph (b)(1) of
from a position above the freeboard
this section for any nonreturn valve re-
deck unless otherwise approved and
quirement.
(4) Sanitary pump discharges leading shall meet the access and marking re-
directly overboard or via a holding quirements of paragraph (b)(2) of this
tank must meet the standards pre- section.
scribed by this paragraph. The location (e)(1) Pipes terminating at the shell
of the sanitary system openings within plating shall be fitted with bends or el-
the vessel determines whether the re- bows between the outboard openings
quirements of paragraph (b)(2) or (3) of and the first rigid connection inboard.
this section are applicable. In no case shall such pipes be fitted in
(c) Overflow pipes which discharge a direct line between the shell opening
through the vessel’s side must be lo- and the first inboard connection.
cated as far above the deepest load line (2) Seachests and other hull fittings
as practicable and fitted with valves as shall be of substantial construction
required by paragraph (b) of this sec- and as short as possible. They shall be
tion. Two automatic nonreturn valves located as to minimize the possibility
must be used unless it is impracticable of being blocked or obstructed.
to locate the inboard valve in an acces- (3) The thickness of inlet and dis-
sible position, in which case a non- charge connections outboard of the
return valve with a positive means of shutoff valves, and exclusive of
closure from a position above the seachests, must be not less than that of
freeboard deck will be acceptable. Schedule 80 for nominal pipe sizes
Overflows which extend at least 30 through 8 inches, Schedule 60 for nomi-
inches above the freeboard deck before
nal pipe sizes above 8 inches and below
discharging overboard may be fitted
16 inches, and Schedule 40 for nominal
with a single automatic nonreturn
pipe sizes 16 inches and above.
valve at the vessel’s side. Overflow
pipes which serve as tank vents must (f) Valves required by this section
not be fitted with positive means of and piping system components out-
closure without the specific approval of board of such required valves on new
the Marine Safety Center. Overflow vessel installations or replacements in
pipes may be vented to the weather. vessels of 150 gross tons and over shall
(d)(1) Sea inlets and discharges, such be of a steel, bronze, or ductile cast
as used in closed systems required for iron specification listed in Table 56.60–
the operation of main and auxiliary 1(a). Lead or other heat sensitive mate-
machinery, as in pump connections or rials having a melting point of 1,700 °F.
scoop injection heat exchanger connec- or less shall not be used in such serv-
tions, need not meet the requirements ice, or in any other application where
of paragraphs (b) (1) and (2) of this sec- the deterioration of the piping system
tion but instead shall be fitted with a in the event of fire would give rise to
shutoff valve located as near the shell danger of flooding. Brittle materials
plating as practicable, and may be lo- such as cast iron shall not be used in
cally controlled if the valve is located such service. Where nonmetallic mate-
in a manned machinery space. These rials are used in a piping system, and
213
§ 56.50–96 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
shell closures are required by this sec- bilge discharges or fire pump suctions
tion, a positive closure metallic valve must not be locked closed, whether
is required (see also § 56.60–25). they are sea valves or not.
(g) The inboard openings of ash and
rubbish-chute discharges shall be fitted [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843; Dec. 18, 1968, as
with efficient covers. If the inboard
1970; CGFR 72–59R, 37 FR 6189, Mar. 25, 1972;
opening is located below the freeboard CGD 81–030, 53 FR 17837, May 18, 1988; CGD 77–
deck, the cover shall be watertight, 140, 54 FR 40610, Oct. 2, 1989]
and in addition, an automatic non-
return valve shall be fitted in the chute § 56.50–96 Keel cooler installations.
in any easily accessible position above
the deepest load line. Means shall be (a) Keel cooler installations shall
provided for securing both the cover meet the requirements of § 56.50–95(d)(1)
and the valve when the chute is not in and (2), and (e)(3), and (f) except that
use. When ash-ejectors or similar ex- shutoff or isolation valves will not be
pelling devices located in the boiler- required for the inlet and discharge
room have the inboard openings below connections if:
the deepest load line, they shall be (1) The installation is forward of the
fitted with efficient means for pre- collision bulkhead; or,
venting the accidental admission of (2) The installation is integral with
water. The thickness of pipe for ash the ship’s hull such that the cooler
ejector discharge shall be not less than tubes are welded directly to the hull of
Schedule 80. the vessel with the hull forming part of
(h) Where deck drains, soil lines, and the tube and satisfies all of the fol-
sanitary drains discharge through the lowing:
shell in way of cargo tanks on tank (i) The cooler structure is fabricated
vessels, the valves required by this sec- from material of the same thickness
tion shall be located outside the cargo
and quality as the hull plating to
tanks. These valves shall meet the ma-
which it is attached except that in the
terial requirements of paragraph (f) of
this section. The piping led through case of half round pipe lesser thickness
such tanks shall be fitted with expan- may be used if specifically approved by
sion bends where required, and shall be the Commandant. In any case the
of steel pipe having a wall thickness of structure, with the exception of the
not less than five-eighths inch, except hull proper, need not exceed three-
that the use of suitable corrosion-re- eighths inch in thickness.
sistant material of lesser thickness (ii) The flexible connections and all
will be given special consideration by openings internal to the vessel, such as
the Commandant. All pipe joints with- expansion tank vents and fills, in the
in the tanks shall be welded. Soil lines installation are above the deepest load
and sanitary drains which pass through line and all piping components are
cargo tanks shall be provided with non- Schedule 80 or thicker below the deep-
return valves with positive means of est load line.
closing or other suitable means for pre- (iii) Full penetration welds are em-
venting the entrance of gases into liv- ployed in the fabrication of the struc-
ing quarters. ture and its attachment to the hull.
(i) Except as provided for in § 58.20– (iv) The forward end of the structure
20(c) of this chapter, sea valves must
must be faired to the hull such that the
not be held open with locks. Where it is
horizontal length of the fairing is no
necessary to hold a discharge or intake
less than four times the height of the
closed with a lock, either a locking
valve may be located inboard of the sea structure, or be in a protected location
valve, or the design must be such that such as inside a bow thruster trunk.
there is sufficient freedom of motion to [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as
fully close the locked sea valve after amended by CGFR 72–59R, 37 FR 6189, Mar.
an event, such as fire damage to the 25, 1972; CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40611, Oct. 2, 1989]
seat, causes significant leakage

through the valve. Valves which must
be opened in and emergency, such as
214
§ 56.50–97 Piping for instruments, con- shall not exceed the maximum design
trol, and sampling (modifies 122.3). pressure of the piping system. Relief
(a) Piping for instruments, control, devices shall discharge to a location in
and sampling must comply with para- the weather at least 3 m (10 ft) from
graph 122.3 of ASME B31.1 (incor- sources of ignition or openings to
porated by reference; see 46 CFR 56.01– spaces or tanks.
2) except that: (j) Outlet stations are to be provided
(1) Soldered type fittings may not be with suitable protective devices which
used. will prevent the back flow of gas into
(2) The outside diameter of takeoff the supply lines and prevent the pas-
connections may not be less than 0.840 sage of flame into the supply lines.
inches for service conditions up to 900 (k) Shutoff valves shall be fitted at
psi or 800 °F., and 1.050 inches for condi- each outlet.
tions that exceed either of these limits. [CGD 95–028, 62 FR 51201, Sept. 30, 1997]
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as
§ 56.50–105 Low-temperature piping.
1970; CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40165, Sept. 2, 1975; (a) Class I-L. Piping systems des-
USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65178, Oct. 31, 2008] ignated to operate at temperatures
below 0 °F. and pressures above 150
§ 56.50–103 Fixed oxygen-acetylene dis- pounds per square inch gage shall be of
tribution piping. Class I-L. Exceptions to this rule may
(a) This section applies to fixed pip- be found in the individual requirements
ing installed for the distribution of ox- for specific commodities in subchapters
ygen and acetylene carried in cylinders D, I, and O of this chapter. The fol-
as vessels stores. lowing requirements for Class I-L pip-
(b) The distribution piping shall be of ing systems shall be satisfied:
at least standard wall thickness and (1) Materials. All materials used in
shall include a means, located as close low temperature piping systems shall
to the supply cylinders as possible, of be selected from among those specifica-
regulating the pressure from the sup- tions listed in Table 56.50–105 and shall
ply cylinders to the suitable pressure satisfy all of the requirements of the
at the outlet stations. specifications, except that:
(c) Acetylene distribution piping and (i) The minimum service temperature
pipe fittings must be seamless steel. as defined in § 54.25–10(a)(2) of this sub-
Copper alloys containing less than 65 chapter shall not be colder than that
percent copper may be used in connec- shown in Table 56.50–105; and
tion with valves, regulators, gages, and (ii) The material shall be tested for
other equipment used with acetylene. low temperature toughness using the
(d) Oxygen distribution piping and Charpy V-notch specimen of ASTM E
pipe fittings must be seamless steel or 23 (incorporated by reference, see
copper. § 56.01–2), ‘‘Notched Bar Impact Testing
(e) When more than two cylinders are of Metallic Materials’’, Type A, Figure
connected to a manifold, the supply 4. The toughness testing requirements
pipe between each cylinder and mani- of subpart 54.05 of this subchapter shall
fold shall be fitted with a non-return be satisfied for each particular product
valve. form. Charpy V-notch tests shall be
(f) Except for the cylinder manifolds, conducted at temperatures not warmer
acetylene is not to be piped at a pres- than 10 °F. below the minimum service
sure in excess of 100 kPa (14.7 psi). temperature of the design, except that
(g) Pipe joints on the low pressure for service temperatures of ¥320 °F.
side of the regulators shall be welded. and below, the impact test may be con-
(h) Branch lines shall not run ducted at the service temperature. The
through unventilated spaces or accom- minimum average energy shall not be
modation spaces. less than that shown in Table 56.50–105.
(i) Relief valves or rupture discs shall In the case of steels conforming to the
be installed as relief devices in the pip- specifications of Table 54.25–20(a) of
ing system if the maximum design this subchapter the minimum lateral
pressure of the piping system can be expansion shall not be less than that
exceeded. The relief device set pressure required in § 54.25–20 of this subchapter.
215
§ 56.50–105 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
The minimum energy permitted for a joints shall not be used, except in small
single specimen and the minimum diameter instrument lines.
subsize energies shall be those obtained (5) Other requirements. All other re-
by multiplying the average energy quirements of this part for Class I pip-
shown in Table 56.50–105 by the applica- ing apply to Class I-L piping. Pressure
ble fraction shown in Table 56.50–105(a). testing must comply with subpart 56.97
of this part, and nondestructive testing
TABLE 56.50–105(a)—CHARPY V-NOTCH of circumferentially welded joints
ENERGY MULTIPLYING FACTORS must comply with § 56.95–10. Seamless
Factor for Factor for tubular products must be used except
minimum minimum that, when the service pressure does
Charpy V-notch specimen size 1 energy, av- energy sin-
erage of 3 gle speci- not exceed 1724 KPa (250 psi), the Com-
specimens 1 men 1 manding Officer, Marine Safety Center,
10 × 10 mm ............................... 1 2/3 may give special consideration to ap-
10 × 7.5 mm .............................. 5/6 5/9 propriate grades of piping and tubing
10 × 5.0 mm .............................. 2/3 4/9 that are welded without the addition of
10 × 2.5 mm .............................. 1/2 1/3
filler metal in the root pass. Each pro-
1 Straight line interpolation for intermediate values is
permitted. duction procedure and quality-control
program for welded products must be
(iii) Steels equivalent to those listed acceptable to the Officer in Charge,
in Table 56.50–105 of this part, but not Marine Inspection.
produced according to a particular (b) Class II-L. Piping systems de-
ASTM specification, may be used only signed to operate at temperatures
with the prior consent of the Marine below 0 °F. and pressures not higher
Safety Center. Steels differing in than 150 pounds per square inch gage
chemical composition, mechanical shall be of Class II-L. Exceptions to
properties or heat treatments from this rule may be found in the indi-
those specified may be specially ap-
vidual requirements for specific com-
proved by the Marine Safety Center.
modities in subchapter D (Tank Ves-
Similarly, aluminum alloys and other
sels) and I (Cargo and Miscellaneous
nonferrous materials not covered in
Vessels) of this chapter. The following
Table 56.50–105 of this part may be spe-
requirements for Class II-L piping sys-
cifically approved by the Marine Safe-
tems shall be satisfied:
ty Center for service at any low tem-
perature. There are restrictions on the (1) Materials must be the same as
use of certain materials in this part those required by paragraph (a)(1) of
and in subchapter O of this chapter. this section except that pipe and tub-
(2) Piping weldments. Piping ing of appropriate grades welded with-
weldments shall be fabricated to sat- out the addition of a filler metal may
isfy the requirements of § 57.03–1(b) of be used. The Commandant may give
this subchapter in addition to subpart special consideration to tubular prod-
56.70. Toughness testing of production ucts welded with the addition of filler
weldments for low temperature piping metal.
systems and assemblies is not required. (2) Piping weldments shall be fab-
(3) Postweld heat treatment. All piping ricated to satisfy the requirements of
weldments shall be postweld heat § 57.03–1(b) of this subchapter in addi-
treated for stress relief in accordance tion to subpart 56.70. Toughness testing
with the procedures of subpart 56.85. of production weldments for low tem-
The only exceptions to this require- perature piping systems and assemblies
ment are for materials which do not re- is not required.
quire postweld heat treatment as (3) All piping weldments shall be
shown in Table 56.85–10. Relief from postweld heat treated for stress relief
postweld heat treatment shall not be in accordance with the procedures of
dependent upon pipe thickness or weld subpart 56.85. The only exceptions to
joint type. this requirement are for materials
(4) Nonacceptable joints. Single welded which do not require postweld heat
butt joints with backing ring left in treatment as shown in Table 56.85–10
place, socket welds, slip-on flanges, and for socket weld joints and slip-on
pipe joining sleeves, and threaded flange weld attachments where the
216
weld thickness does not exceed that ex- (5) Pressure testing must comply
empted by this table. Otherwise, relief with subpart 56.97, and nondestructive
from post-weld heat treatment shall testing of welded joints must comply
not be dependent upon pipe thickness with § 56.95–10.
or weld joint type. (6) All other requirements contained
(4) Socket welds in nominal sizes in this part for Class II piping shall be
above 3 inches, slip-on flanges in nomi- applicable to Class II-L systems, except
nal sizes above 4 inches, and threaded that § 56.70–15(b)(3)(iv) shall not apply.
joints in sizes above 1 inch shall not be
used.
TABLE 56.50–105—ACCEPTABLE MATERIALS AND TOUGHNESS TEST CRITERIA 2
Minimum service tem- Minimum avg Charpy V
Product form ASTM specification 3 Grade 4 perature notch energy
Pipe .............................. 1 ................................... ¥30 °F ......................... 20 ft. lb.

3 ................................... ¥150 °F ....................... 25 ft. lb.
Tube (carbon and low A–333 and 4 (A–333 only) ............. ¥100 °F ....................... 25 ft. lb.
alloy steels). A–334 ........................... 6 ................................... ¥30 °F ......................... 20 ft. lb.
7 ................................... ¥100 °F ....................... 25 ft. lb.
8 ................................... ¥320 °F ....................... Refer to § 54.25–20 of
this subchapter.
Pipe (Austenitic stain- A–312 ........................... All Grades .................... No limit ......................... Austenitic stainless
less steel). steel piping need be
impact tested only
when toughness
tests are specified in
subpart 54.25 of this
subchapter for plating
of the same alloy
designation. When
such toughness tests
are required, the min-
imum average en-
ergy is 25 ft. lb.
Wrought welding fittings WPL1 ........................... ¥30 °F ......................... 20 ft. lb.
(carbon and low alloy A–420 ........................... WPL3 ........................... ¥150 °F ....................... 25 ft. lb.
steels). WPL4 ........................... ¥100 °F ....................... 25 ft. lb.
Forged or rolled LF1 ............................... ¥30 °F ......................... 20 ft. lb.
flanges,
forged fittings, valves A–350 1 ........................ LF2 ............................... ¥30 °F ......................... 20 ft. lb.
and pressure parts LF3 ............................... ¥150 °F ....................... 25 ft. lb.
(carbon and low alloy LF4 ............................... ¥100 °F ....................... 25 ft. lb.
steels).
Forged or rolled A–182 ........................... Austenitic grades only No limit ......................... These products need
flanges, forged fit- (304, 304H, 304L, be impact tested only
tings, valves and 310, 316, 316H, when toughness
pressure parts (high 316L, 321, 321H, tests are specified in
alloy steels). 347, 347H, 348, subpart 54.25 of this
348H). subchapter for plating
of the same alloy
designation. When
such toughness tests
are required, the min-
imum average en-
ergy is 25 ft. lb.
Forged flanges, fittings, A–522 ........................... 9% Ni ........................... ¥320 °F ....................... Refer to § 54.25–20 of
and valves (9% nick- this subchapter.
el).
Castings for valves and LCB .............................. ¥30 °F ......................... 20 ft. lb.
pressure parts (car- A–3521 ......................... LC1 .............................. ¥50 °F ......................... 20 ft. lb.
bon
and low alloy steels). LC2 .............................. ¥100 °F ....................... 25 ft. lb.
LC3 .............................. ¥150 °F ....................... 25 ft. lb.
Castings for valves and A–351 ........................... Austenitic grades CF3, No limit, except ¥325 No toughness testing
pressure parts (high CF3A, CF8, CF8A, °F for grades CF8C required except for
alloy steel). CF3M, CF8M, CF8C, and CK20. service temperatures
CK20 only. colder than ¥425 °F
for grades CF3,
CF3A, CF8, CF8A,

CF3M, and CF8M.
25 ft. lb.
217
§ 56.50–110 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
TABLE 56.50–105—ACCEPTABLE MATERIALS AND TOUGHNESS TEST CRITERIA 2—Continued

Minimum service tem- Minimum avg Charpy V
Product form ASTM specification 3 Grade 4 perature notch energy
average must be
attained in these
tests.
Bolting .......................... A–320 ........................... L7, L9, L10, L43 .......... ¥150 °F ....................... 20 ft. lb.
B8D, B8T, B8F, B8M ... ¥325 °F ....................... No test required.
2B8, B8C ..................... No limit ......................... No test required, ex-
cept for service tem-
peratures colder than
¥425 °F. In such
case the minimum
average energy is 25
ft. lb.
4 ................................... ¥150 °F ....................... 20 ft. lb.
Nuts, bolting ................. A–194 ........................... 8T, 8F .......................... ¥325 °F ....................... No test required.
8, 8C ............................ No limit ......................... Same requirement as
comparable grades
(B8, B8C) of bolting
listed above.
1 Quench and temper heat treatment may be permitted when specifically authorized by the Commandant. In those cases the
minimum average Charpy V-notch energy shall be specially designated by the Commandant.
2 Other material specifications for product forms acceptable under part 54 for use at low temperatures may also be used for
piping systems provided the applicable toughness requirements of this Table are also met.
3 Any repair method must be acceptable to the Commandant CG–ENG, and welding repairs as well as fabrication welding
must be in accordance with part 57 of this chapter.
4 The acceptability of several alloys for low temperature service is not intended to suggest acceptable resistance to marine cor-
rosion. The selection of alloys for any particular shipboard location must take corrosion resistance into account and be approved
by the Marine Safety Center.
NOTE: The ASTM standards listed in table

56.50–105 are incorporated by reference; see 46
CFR 56.01–2.
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 72–59R, 37 FR 6189, 6190, Mar.
25, 1972; CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40165, Sept. 2, 1975; CGD 79–108, 43 FR 46545, Oct. 10, 1978; CGD 74–
289, 44 FR 26008, May 3, 1979; CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40611, Oct. 2, 1989; CGD 83–043, 60 FR 24775,
May 10, 1995; USCG–2000–7790, 65 FR 58460, Sept. 29, 2000; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65178, Oct.
31, 2008; USCG–2009–0702, 74 FR 49228, Sept. 25, 2009; USCG–2012–0832, 77 FR 59777, Oct. 1, 2012]
§ 56.50–110 Diving support systems. Subpart 56.60—Materials

(a) In addition to the requirements of
§ 56.60–1 Acceptable materials and
this part, piping for diving installa- specifications (replaces 123 and
tions which is permanently installed Table 126.1 in ASME B31.1).
on the vessel must meet the require-
ments of subpart B (Commercial Div- (a)(1) The material requirements in
ing Operations) of part 197 of this chap- this subpart shall be followed in lieu of
ter. those in 123 in ASME B31.1 (incor-
(b) Piping for diving installations porated by reference; see 46 CFR 56.01–
which is not permanently installed on 2).
the vessel need not meet the require- (2) Materials used in piping systems
ments of this part, but must meet the must be selected from the specifica-
requirements of subpart B of part 197 of tions that appear in Table 56.60–1(a) of
this chapter. this section or 46 CFR 56.60–2, Table
(c) Piping internal to a pressure ves- 56.60–2(a), or they may be selected from
sel for human occupancy (PVHO) need the material specifications of sections
not meet the requirements of this part, I or VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pres-
but must meet the requirements of sure Vessel Code (both incorporated by
subpart B of part 197 of this chapter. reference; see 46 CFR 56.01–2) if not pro-
hibited by a regulation of this sub-
[CGD 76–009, 43 FR 53683, Nov. 16, 1978] chapter dealing with the particular
218
section of the ASME Boiler and Pres- in Table 56.60–1(b) of this section and
sure Vessel Code. Table 56.60–1(a) of made of materials complying with
this section contains only pipe, tubing, paragraph (a) this section may be used
and fitting specifications. Determina- in piping systems within the limita-
tion of acceptability of plate, forgings, tions of the standards and within any
bolting, nuts, and castings may be further limitations specified in this
made by reference to the ASME Boiler subchapter.
and Pressure Vessel Code as previously NOTE: Table 56.60–1(a) replaces Table 126.1
described. Additionally, accepted mate- in ASME B31.1 and sets forth specifications
rials for use as piping system compo- of pipes, tubing, and fittings intended for use
nents appear in 46 CFR 56.60–2, Table in piping-systems. The first column lists ac-
56.60–2(a). Materials conforming to ceptable standards from ASTM (all incor-
specifications not described in this sub- porated by reference; see 46 CFR 56.01–2); the
paragraph must receive the specific ap- second lists those from ASME (all incor-
proval of the Marine Safety Center be- porated by reference; see 46 CFR 56.01–2). The
Coast Guard will consider use of alternative
fore being used. Materials listed in
pipes, tubing, and fittings when it receives
Table 126.1 of ASME B31.1 are not ac- certification of their mechanical properties.
cepted unless specifically permitted by Without this certification it will restrict use
this paragraph. of such alternatives to piping-systems inside
(b) Components made in accordance heat exchangers that ensure containment of
with the commercial standards listed the material inside pressure shells.
TABLE 56.60–1(a)—ADOPTED SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS
ASTM standards ASME standards Notes
Pipe, seamless:
A 106 Carbon steel .............................. ASME B31.1.
A 335 Ferritic alloys .............................. ASME B31.1.
A 376 Austenitic alloys ......................... ASME B31.1 ....................................................... (1).
Pipe, seamless and welded:
A 53 Types S, F, and E steel pipe ....... ASME B31.1 ....................................................... (2 3 4).
A 312 Austenitic steel (welded with no ASME B31.1 ....................................................... (1 4).
filler metal).
A 333 Low temperature steel pipe ....... Sec. VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Ves- (5).
sel Code.
Pipe, welded:
A 134 Fusion welded steel plate pipe .. See footnote 7 .................................................... (7).
A 135 ERW pipe ................................... ASME B31.1 ....................................................... (3).
A 139 Grade B only, fusion welded ASME B31.1 ....................................................... (8).
steel pipe.
A 358 Electric fusion welded pipe, high ASME B31.1 ....................................................... (1 4 9).
temperature, austenitic.
Pipe, forged and bored:
A 369 Ferritic alloy ............................... ASME B31.1.
Pipe, centrifugally cast: ....................................... (None applicable) ................................................ (1 9)
Tube, seamless:
A 179 Carbon steel heat exchanger UCS23, Sec. VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pres- (11).
and condenser tubes. sure Vessel Code.
A 192 Carbon steel boiler tubes .......... PG23.1, Sec. I of the ASME Boiler and Pres- (10).
sure Vessel Code.
A 210 Medium carbon boiler tubes ...... PG23.1, Sec. I of the ASME Boiler and Pres-
sure Vessel Code.
A 213 Ferritic and austenitic boiler PG23.1, Sec. I of the ASME Boiler and Pres- (1).
tubes. sure Vessel Code.
Tube, seamless and welded:
A 268 Seamless and ERW ferritic PG23.1, Sec. I of the ASME Boiler and Pres- (4).
stainless tubing. sure Vessel Code.
A 334 Seamless and welded (no UCS23, Sec. VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pres- (4 5).
added filler metal) carbon and low sure Vessel Code.
alloy tubing for low temperature.
Tube, welded:
A 178 (Grades A and C only) ERW PG23.1, Sec. I of the ASME Boiler and Pres- (10 Grade A) (4).
boiler tubes. sure Vessel Code.
A 214 ERW heat exchanger and con- UCS27, Sec. VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pres-
denser tubes. sure Vessel Code.
A 226 ERW boiler and superheater PG23.1, Sec. I of the ASME Boiler and Pres- (4 10).
tubes. sure Vessel Code.

A 249 Welded austenitic boiler and PG23.1, Sec. I of the ASME Boiler and Pres- (1 4).
heat exchanger tubes (no added sure Vessel Code.
filler metal).
219
§ 56.60–1 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
TABLE 56.60–1(a)—ADOPTED SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS—Continued

ASTM standards ASME standards Notes
Wrought fittings (factory made):

A 234 Carbon and ferritic alloys ........... Conforms to applicable American National (12).
Standards (ASME B16.9 and ASME B16.11).
A 403 Austenitic alloys ......................... ......do .................................................................. (12).
A 420 Low temperature carbon and ......do .................................................................. (12).
steel alloy.
Castings,13 iron:
A 47 Malleable iron ............................... Conform to applicable American National (14).
Standards or refer to UCI–23 or UCD–23,
Sec. VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure
Vessel Code.
A 126 Gray iron .................................... ......do .................................................................. (14).
A 197 Malleable iron ............................ ......do .................................................................. (14).
A 395 Ductile iron ................................. UCD–23, Sec. VIII of the ASME Boiler and (14).
Pressure Vessel Code.
A 536 Ductile iron ................................. See footnote 20 .................................................. (20).
Nonferrous Materials 15
Pipe, seamless:
B 42 Copper ......................................... UNF23, Sec. VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pres- (16).
sure Vessel Code.
B 43 Red brass .................................... ......do.
B 241 Aluminum alloy .......................... ......do.
Pipe and tube, seamless:
B 161 Nickel ......................................... ......do.
B 165 Nickel-copper ............................. ......do.
B 167 Ni-Cr-Fe ..................................... ......do.
B 315 Copper-silicon ............................ ......do.
Tube, seamless:
B 68 Copper ......................................... See footnote 17 .................................................. (16 17 18).
B 75 Copper ......................................... UNF23, Sec. VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pres- (16).
sure Vessel Code.
B 88 Copper ......................................... See footnote 17 .................................................. (16 17).
B 111 Copper and copper alloy ........... UNF23, Sec. VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pres-
sure Vessel Code.
B 210 Aluminum alloy, drawn ............... ......do.
B 234 Aluminum alloy, drawn ............... ......do.
B 280 Copper tube for refrigeration See footnote 17 .................................................. (16 17).
service.
Welding fittings:
B 361 Wrought aluminum welding fit- Shall meet ASME Standards.
tings.
Minimum Longitudinal
ASTM specification P No. Allowable stresses (p.s.i.)
tensile joint efficiency
A 134:
Grade 285A ......................... 45,000 0.80 1 11,250 × 0,8 = 9,000.
Grade 285B ......................... 50,000 0.80 1 12,500 × 0,8 = 10,000.
Grade 285C ........................ 55,000 0.80 1 13,750 × 0,8 = 11,000.
Note: When using 104.1.2 in ASME B31.1 to compute wall thickness, the stress shown here shall be applied as though taken
from the stress tables. An additional factor of 0.8 may be required by § 56.07–10(c) and (e).
1 For austenitic materials where two sets of stresses appear, use the lower values.
2 Type F (Furnace welded, using open hearth, basic oxygen, or electric furnace only) limited to Class II applications with a
maximum service temperature of 450 °F. Type E (ERW grade) limited to maximum service temperature of 650 °F, or less.
3 Electric resistance welded pipe or tubing of this specification may be used to a maximum design pressure of 350 pounds per
square inch gage.
4 Refer to limitations on use of welded grades given in § 56.60–2(b).
5 Use generally considered for Classes I–L and II–L applications. For Class I–L service only, the seamless grade is permitted.
For other service refer to footnote 4 and to § 56.50–105.
6 Furnace lap or furnace butt grades only. Limited to Class II applications only where the maximum service temperature is 450
°F, or less.
7 Limited to Grades 285A, 285B, and 285C only (straight and spiral seam). Limited to Class II applications only where max-
imum service temperature is 300 °F or less for straight seam, and 200 °F or less for spiral seam.
8 Limited to Class II applications where the maximum service temperature is 300 °F or less for straight seam and 200 °F or
less for spiral seam.
9 For Class I applications only the Class I Grade of the specification may be used.
10 When used in piping systems, a certificate shall be furnished by the manufacturer certifying that the mechanical properties
at room temperature specified in ASTM A 520 (incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR 56.01–2) have been met. Without this
certification, use is limited to applications within heat exchangers.
11 When used in piping systems, a certificate shall be furnished by the manufacturer certifying that the mechanical properties
for A192 in ASTM A 520 have been met. Without this certification, use is limited to applications within heat exchangers.
12 Hydrostatic testing of these fittings is not required but all fittings shall be capable of withstanding without failure, leakage, or
impairment of serviceability, a hydrostatic test of 11⁄2 times the designated rating pressure.
220
13 Other acceptable iron castings are in UCI–23 and UCD–23 of section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.
(See also §§ 56.60–10 and 56.60–15.) Acceptable castings of materials other than cast iron may be found in sections I or VIII of
the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.
14 Acceptable when complying with American National Standards Institute standards. Ductile iron is acceptable for tempera-
tures not exceeding 650 °F. For pressure temperature limitations refer to UCD–3 of section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure
Vessel Code. Other grades of cast iron are acceptable for temperatures not exceeding 450 °F. For pressure temperature limita-
tions refer to UCI–3 of section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.
15 For limitations in use refer to §§ 56.10–5(c) and 56.60–20.
16 Copper pipe must not be used for hot oil systems except for short flexible connections at burners. Copper pipe must be an-
nealed before installation in Class I piping systems. See also §§ 56.10–5(c) and 56.60–20.
17 The stress values shall be taken from UNF23 of section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code for B75 an-
nealed and light drawn temper as appropriate.
18 B68 shall be acceptable if provided with a mill hydrostatic or eddy current test.
19 Centrifugally cast pipe must be specifically approved by the Marine Safety Center.
20 Limited to pipe fittings and valves. See 46 CFR 56.60–15(d) for additional information.
TABLE 56.60–1(b)—ADOPTED STANDARDS APPLICABLE TO PIPING SYSTEMS (REPLACES TABLE

126.1)
American National Standards Institute (all incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR 56.01–2)
ANSI/ASME B1.1 ............................ 1982 Unified Inch Screw Threads (UN and UNR Thread
Form).
ANSI/ASME B1.20.1 ....................... 1983 Pipe Threads, General Purpose (Inch).
ANSI/ASME B1.20.3 ....................... 1976 (Reaffirmed 1982) Dryseal Pipe Threads (Inch).
ANSI/ASME B16.15 ........................ 1985 [Reaffirmed 1994] Cast Bronze Threaded Fittings,
Classes 125 and 250.
American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) International (all incorporated by reference;

see 46 CFR 56.01–2)
ASME B16.1 ................................... 1998 Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Class-
es 25, 125, 250.
ASME B16.3 ................................... 1998 Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings, Classes 150 and
300.
ASME B16.4 ................................... 1998 Gray Iron Threaded Fittings, Classes 125 and 250.
ASME B16.5 ................................... 2003 Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings NPS 1⁄2 Through
NPS 24 Metric/Inch Standard.3
ASME B16.9 ................................... 2003 Factory-Made Wrought Steel Buttwelding Fittings.
ASME B16.10 ................................. 2000 Face-to-Face and End-to-End Dimensions of Valves.
ASME B16.11 ................................. 2001 Forged Fittings, Socket-Welding and Threaded.
ASME B16.14 ................................. 1991 Ferrous Pipe Plugs, Bushings, and Locknuts with
Pipe Threads.
ASME B16.18 ................................. 2001 Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings.4
ASME B16.20 ................................. 1998 (Revision of ASME B16.20 1993) Metallic Gaskets
for Pipe Flanges: Ring-Joint, Spiral-Wound, and Jack-
eted.
ASME B16.21 ................................. 2005 Nonmetallic Flat Gaskets for Pipe Flanges.
ASME B16.22 ................................. 2001 Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint
Pressure Fittings.4
ASME B16.23 ................................. 2002 Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings:
DWV.4
ASME B16.24 ................................. 2001 Cast Copper Alloy Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fit-
tings: Class 150, 300, 400, 600, 900, 1500, and 2500.3
ASME B16.25 ................................. 2003 Buttwelding Ends.
ASME B16.28 ................................. 1994 Wrought Steel Buttwelding Short Radius Elbows and
Returns.4
ASME B16.29 ................................. 2007 Wrought Copper and Wrought Copper Alloy Solder
Joint Drainage Fittings-DWV.4
ASME B16.34 ................................. 1996 Valves—Flanged, Threaded, and Welding End.3
ASME B16.42 ................................. 1998 Ductile Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings,
Classes 150 and 300.

ASME B18.2.1 ................................ 1996 Square and Hex Bolts and Screws (Inch Series).
ASME/ANSI B18.2.2 ....................... 1987 Square and Hex Nuts (Inch Series).
221
§ 56.60–1 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)

126.1)—Continued
ASME B31.1 ................................... 2001 Power Piping ASME Code for Pressure Piping, B31.
ASME B36.10M .............................. 2004 Welded and Seamless Wrought Steel Pipe.
ASME B36.19M .............................. 2004 Stainless Steel Pipe.
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) (all incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR
56.01–2)
ASTM F 682 .................................... Standard Specification for Wrought Carbon Steel Sleeve-
Type Pipe Couplings.
ASTM F 1006 .................................. Standard Specification for Entrainment Separators for Use
in Marine Piping Applications.4
ASTM F 1007 .................................. Standard Specification for Pipe-Line Expansion Joints of
the Packed Slip Type for Marine Application.
ASTM F 1020 .................................. Standard Specification for Line-Blind Valves for Marine
Applications.
ASTM F 1120 .................................. Standard Specification for Circular Metallic Bellows Type
Expansion Joints for Piping Applications.4
ASTM F 1123 .................................. Standard Specification for Non-Metallic Expansion Joints.
ASTM F 1139 .................................. Standard Specification for Steam Traps and Drains.
ASTM F 1172 .................................. Standard Specification for Fuel Oil Meters of the Volu-
metric Positive Displacement Type.
ASTM F 1173 .................................. Standard Specification for Thermosetting Resin Fiberglass
Pipe and Fittings to be Used for Marine Applications.
ASTM F 1199 .................................. Standard Specification for Cast (All Temperature and
Pressures) and Welded Pipe Line Strainers (150 psig
and 150 Degrees F Maximum).
ASTM F 1200 .................................. Standard Specification for Fabricated (Welded) Pipe Line
Strainers (Above 150 psig and 150 Degrees F.)
ASTM F 1201 .................................. Standard Specification for Fluid Conditioner Fittings in Pip-
ing Applications above 0 Degrees F.
Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association Inc. (incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR 56.01–
2)
Standards of the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, 1980
Fluid Controls Institute Inc. (incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR 56.01–2)
FCI 69–1 ......................................... Pressure Rating Standard for Steam Traps.
Manufacturers’ Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry, Inc. (all incorporated
by reference; see 46 CFR 56.01–2) 4
SP–6 ............................................... Standard Finishes for Contact Faces of Pipe Flanges and
Connecting-End Flanges of Valves and Fittings.
SP–9 ............................................... Spot Facing for Bronze, Iron and Steel Flanges.
SP–25 ............................................. Standard Marking System for Valves, Fittings, Flanges
and Unions.
SP–44 ............................................. Steel Pipe Line Flanges.4
SP–45 ............................................. Bypass and Drain Connection Standard.
SP–51 ............................................. Class 150LW Corrosion Resistant Cast Flanges and
Flanged Fittings.4
SP–53 ............................................. Quality Standard for Steel Castings and Forgings for
Valves, Flanges and Fittings and Other Piping Compo-
nents—Magnetic Particle Examination Method.
222

126.1)—Continued
SP–55 ............................................. Quality Standard for Steel Castings for Valves, Flanges
and Fittings and Other Piping Components—Visual
Method.
SP–58 ............................................. Pipe Hangers and Supports—Materials, Design and Man-
ufacture.
SP–61 ............................................. Pressure Testing of Steel Valves.
SP–67 ............................................. Butterfly Valves.2 4
SP–69 ............................................. Pipe Hangers and Supports—Selection and Application.
SP–72 ............................................. Ball Valves with Flanged or Butt-Welding Ends for Gen-
eral Service.4
SP–73 ............................................. Brazing Joints for Copper and Copper Pressure Fittings.
SP–83 ............................................. Class 3000 Steel Pipe Unions, Socket-Welding and
Threaded.
1 [Reserved]
2 In addition, for bronze valves, adequacy of body shell thickness shall be satisfactory to the Marine Safety Center. Refer
to § 56.60–10 of this part for cast-iron valves.
3 Mill or manufacturer’s certification is not required, except where a needed portion of the required marking is deleted be-
cause of size or is absent because of age of existing stocks.
4 Because this standard offers the option of several materials, some of which are not generally acceptable to the Coast
Guard, compliance with the standard does not necessarily indicate compliance with these rules. The marking on the compo-
nent or the manufacturer or mill certificate must indicate the specification or grade of the materials as necessary to fully
identify the materials. The materials must comply with the requirements in this subchapter governing the particular
application.
[USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65179, Oct. 31, 2008] the following applies to the material as
furnished prior to any fabrication:
§ 56.60–2 Limitations on materials. (i) For use in service above 800 °F.
Welded pipe and tubing. The following full welding procedure qualifications
restrictions apply to the use of welded by the Coast Guard are required. See
pipe and tubing specifications when part 57 of this subchapter.
utilized in piping systems, and not (ii) Ultrasonic examination as re-
when utilized in heat exchanger, boiler, quired by item S–6 in ASTM A 376 (in-
pressure vessel, or similar components: corporated by reference; see 46 CFR
(a) Longitudinal joint. Wherever pos- 56.01–2) shall be certified as having
sible, the longitudinal joint of a welded been met in all applications except
pipe shall not be pierced with holes for where 100 percent radiography is a re-
branch connections or other purposes. quirement of the particular material
(b) Class II. Use unlimited except as specification.
restricted by maximum temperature or (2) For those specifications in which
pressure specified in Table 56.60–1(a) or no filler material is used in the welding
by the requirements contained in process, the ultrasonic examination as
§ 56.10–5(b) of this chapter. required by item S–6 in ASTM A–376
(c) Class I. (1) For those specifica- shall be certified as having been met
tions in which a filler metal is used, for service above 800 °F.
TABLE 56.60–2(a)—ADOPTED SPECIFICATIONS NOT LISTED IN THE ASME BOILER AND PRESSURE
VESSEL CODE *
ASTM specifications Source of allowable stress Notes
Ferrous Materials 1
Bar stock:
A 276 ..................................................... See footnote 4 ..................................................... (4).
(Grades 304–A, 304L–A, 310–A, 316–
A, 316L–A, 321–A, 347–A, and 348–
A).
A 575 and A 576.
(Grades 1010–1030) ............................. See footnote 2 ..................................................... (2 3).
223
§ 56.60–3 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
TABLE 56.60–2(a)—ADOPTED SPECIFICATIONS NOT LISTED IN THE ASME BOILER AND PRESSURE
VESSEL CODE *—Continued
ASTM specifications Source of allowable stress Notes
Nonferrous Materials
Bar stock:
B 16 (soft and half hard tempers) ......... See footnote 5 ..................................................... (5 7).
B 21 (alloys A, B, and C) ...................... See footnote 8 ..................................................... (8).
B 124:
Alloy 377 ................................. See footnotes 5 and 9 ......................................... (5 9).
Alloy 464 ................................. See footnote 8 ..................................................... (8 10).
Alloy 655 ................................. See footnote 11 ................................................... (11).
Alloy 642 ................................. See footnote 12 ................................................... (7 12).
Alloy 630 ................................. See footnote 13 ................................................... (7 13).
Alloy 485 ................................. See footnote 8 ..................................................... (8 10).
Forgings:
B 283 (forging brass) ............................. See footnotes 5 and 9 ......................................... (5 9).
Castings:
B 26 ....................................................... See footnotes 5, 14, and 15 ................................ (5 14 15).
B 85 ....................................................... See footnotes 5, 14, and 15 ................................ (5 14 15).
* NOTE: Table 56.60–2(a) is a listing of adopted bar stock and nonferrous forging and casting specifications not listed in the
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Particular attention should be given to the supplementary testing requirements and
service limitations contained in the footnotes. All ASTM standards referred to in Table 56.60–2(a) and its footnotes are incor-
porated by reference (see 46 CFR 56.01–2).
1 For limitations in use refer to 46 CFR 56.60–5.
2 Allowable stresses shall be the same as those listed in UCS23 of section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code
(incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR 56.01–2) for SA–675 material of equivalent tensile strength.
3 Physical testing shall be performed as for material manufactured to ASME SA–675 (incorporated by reference, see 46 CFR
56.01–2), except that the bend test shall not be required.
4 Allowable stresses shall be the same as those listed in UCS23 of section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code
for the corresponding SA–182 material.
5 Limited to air and hydraulic service with a maximum design temperature of 150 °F. The material must not be used for salt
water service or other fluids that may cause dezincification or stress corrosion cracking.
6 [Reserved]
7 An ammonia vapor test, in accordance with ASTM B 858M–95 shall be performed on a representative model of each finished
product design.
8 Allowable stresses shall be the same as those listed in UNF23 of section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code
for SB–171, naval brass.
9 An ammonia vapor test, in accordance with ASTM B 858M, shall be performed on a representative model for each finished
product design. Tension tests shall be performed to determine tensile strength, yield strength, and elongation. Minimum values
shall be those listed in Table 3 of ASTM B 283.
10 Physical testing, including mercurous nitrate test, shall be performed as for material manufactured to ASTM B 21.
11 Physical testing shall be performed as for material manufactured to ASTM B 96. Allowable stresses shall be the same as
those listed in UNF23 of section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code for SB–96 and shall be limited to a max-
imum allowable temperature of 212 °F.
12 Physical testing shall be performed as for material manufactured to ASTM B 171, alloy D. Allowable stresses shall be the
same as those listed in UNF23 of section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code for SB–171, aluminum bronze D.
13 Physical testing shall be performed as for material manufactured to ASTM B 171, alloy E. Allowable stresses shall be the
same as those listed in UNF23 of section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code for SB–171, aluminum bronze,
alloy E.
14 Tension tests shall be performed to determine tensile strength, yield strength, and elongation. Minimum values shall be
those listed in table X–2 of ASTM B 85.
15 Those alloys with a maximum copper content of 0.6 percent or less shall be acceptable under this specification. Cast alu-
minum shall not be welded or brazed.
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as (b) (Reproduces 124.2.C) Carbon or
amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9978, June 17, alloy steel having carbon content of
1970; CGD 72–104R, 37 FR 14233, July 18, 1972; more than 0.35 percent shall not be
CGD 73–248, 39 FR 30839, Aug. 26, 1974; CGD used in welded construction, nor be
73–254, 40 FR 40165, Sept. 2, 1975; CGD 77–140,
shaped by oxygen-cutting process or
54 FR 40612, Oct. 2, 1989; CGD 95–012, 60 FR
48050, Sept. 18, 1995; CGD 95–027, 61 FR 26001, other thermal-cutting process.
May 23, 1996; CGD 95–028, 62 FR 51201, Sept. [CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40165, Sept. 2, 1975, as
30, 1997; USCG–1998–4442, 63 FR 52190, Sept. 30, amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65183,
1998; USCG–1999–5151, 64 FR 67180, Dec. 1, 1999; Oct. 31, 2008]
USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65182, Oct. 31, 2008]
§ 56.60–5 Steel (High temperature ap-
§ 56.60–3 Ferrous materials. plications).
(a) Ferrous pipe used for salt water (a) (Reproduces 124.2.A.) Upon pro-
service must be protected against cor- longed exposure to temperatures above

rosion by hotdip galvanizing or by the 775 °F (412 °C), the carbide phase of
use of extra heavy schedule material. plain carbon steel, plain nickel-alloy
224
steel, carbon-manganese-alloy steel, flame, or any parts operating at tem-

manganese-vanadium-alloy steel, and peratures above 500 °F. Cast iron shall
carbon-silicon steel may convert to not be used for hull fittings, or in sys-
graphite. tems conducting lethal products.
(b) (Reproduces 124.2.B.) Upon pro- (c) Malleable iron and cast iron
longed exposure to temperatures above valves and fittings, designed and
875 °F (468 °C), the carbide phase of marked for Class 300 refrigeration serv-
alloy steels, such as carbon-molyb- ice, may be used for such service pro-
denum, manganese-molybdenum-vana- vided the pressure limitation of 300
dium, manganese-chromium-vanadium, pounds per square inch is not exceeded.
and chromium-vanadium, may convert
Malleable iron flanges of this class
to graphite.
may also be used in sizes 4 inches and
(c) [Reserved]
(d) The design temperature of a pip- smaller (oval and square design).
ing system employing one or more of [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as
the materials listed in paragraphs (a), amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9978, June 17,
(b), and (c) of this section shall not ex- 1970; CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40165, Sept. 2, 1975;
ceed the lowest graphitization tem- CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40612, Oct. 2, 1989; CGD 95–
perature specified for materials used. 027, 61 FR 26001, May 23, 1996; USCG–2003–
16630, 73 FR 65183, Oct. 31, 2008]
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as
amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9978, June 17, § 56.60–15 Ductile iron.
1970; CGD 72–104R, 37 FR 14233, July 18, 1972;
CGD 73–248, 39 FR 30839, Aug. 26, 1974; CGD (a) Ductile cast iron components
73–254, 40 FR 40165, Sept. 2, 1975; USCG–2003– made of material conforming to ASTM
16630, 73 FR 65183, Oct. 31, 2008] A 395 (incorporated by reference, see 46
CFR 56.01–2) may be used within the
§ 56.60–10 Cast iron and malleable
iron. service restrictions and pressure-tem-
perature limitations of UCD–3 of sec-
(a) The low ductility of cast iron and tion VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pres-
malleable iron should be recognized
sure Vessel Code (incorporated by ref-
and the use of these metals where
erence; see 46 CFR 56.01–2).
shock loading may occur should be
avoided. Cast iron and malleable iron (b) Ductile iron castings conforming
components shall not be used at tem- to ASTM A 395 (incorporated by ref-
peratures above 450 °F. Cast iron and erence, see § 56.01–2) may be used in hy-
malleable iron fittings conforming to draulic systems at pressures in excess
the specifications of 46 CFR 56.60–1, of 7500 kilopascals (1000 pounds per
Table 56.60–1(a) may be used at pres- square inch) gage, provided the fol-
sures not exceeding the limits of the lowing:
applicable standards shown in that (1) The castings receive a ferritizing
table at temperatures not exceeding 450 anneal when the as-cast thickness does
°F. Valves of either of these materials not exceed one inch;
may be used if they conform to the (2) Large castings for components,
standards for class 125 and class 250 such as hydraulic cylinders, are exam-
flanges and flanged fittings in ASME ined as specified for a casting quality
B16.1 (incorporated by reference; see 46 factor of 90 percent in accordance with
CFR 56.01–2) and if their service does UG–24 of section VIII of the ASME
not exceed the rating as marked on the Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code; and
valve.
(3) The castings are not welded,
(b) Cast iron and malleable iron shall
brazed, plugged, or otherwise repaired.
not be used for valves or fittings in
lines carrying flammable or combus- (c) After machining, ductile iron
tible fluids 1 which are directly con- castings must be hydrostatically tested
nected to, or in the proximity of, to twice their maximum allowable
equipment or other lines having open working pressure and must show no
leaks.
(d) Ductile iron castings exhibiting
1 For definitions of flammable or combus-
tible fluids, see §§ 30.10–15 and 30.10–22 of sub- less than 12 percent elongation in 50
chapter D (Tank Vessels) of this chapter. millimeters (2 inches) when subjected
225
§ 56.60–20 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
to a tensile test must meet the require- (1) Plastic pipe and associated fit-
ments for cast iron in this part. tings must be approved to approval se-
[CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40612, Oct. 2, 1989, as ries 164.141 as follows:
amended by CGD 95–027, 61 FR 26001, May 23, (i) All piping, except pipe used on
1996; USCG–2000–7790, 65 FR 58460, Sept. 29, open decks, in cofferdams, void spaces,
2000; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65183, Oct. 31, or ducts, must meet the flame spread
2008] requirements of Appendix 3 of IMO Res-
olution A.753(18).
§ 56.60–20 Nonferrous materials.
(ii) Where fire endurance is required
Nonferrous materials listed in this in Appendix 4 of IMO Resolution
subpart may be used in piping systems A.753(18) the pipe must, at a minimum,
under the following conditions (see also be approved as meeting the fire endur-
§ 56.10–5(c)):
ance level required in Appendix 4. Rat-
(a) The low melting points of many
ings of ‘‘0’’ in Appendix 4 indicate that
nonferrous metals and alloys, such as
no fire endurance test is required. Rat-
aluminum and aluminum alloys, must
be recognized. These types of heat sen- ings of ‘‘N/A’’ or ‘‘X’’ indicate that
sitive materials must not be used to plastic pipe is not permitted.
conduct flammable, combustible, or (iii) Piping in accommodation, serv-
dangerous fluids, or for vital systems ice and control spaces must be ap-
unless approved by the Marine Safety proved for use in those spaces.
Center. (2) Plastic pipe that has not been ap-
proved for use in accommodation, serv-
NOTE: For definitions of flammable or com-
bustible fluids, see §§ 30.10–15 and 30.10–22 or ice and control spaces is permitted in a
parts 151–154 of this chapter. Dangerous concealed space in an accommodation,
fluids are those covered by regulations in service or control space, such as behind
part 98 of this chapter. ceilings or linings or between double
(b) The possibility of galvanic corro- bulkheads if:
sion due to the relative solution poten- (i) The piping is enclosed in a trunk
tials of copper and aluminum and their or duct constructed of ‘‘A’’ class divi-
alloys should be considered when used sions; or
in conjunction with each other or with (ii) An approved smoke detection sys-
steel or with other metals and their al- tem is fitted in the concealed space and
loys when an electrolyte is present. each penetration of a bulkhead or deck
(c) A suitable thread compound must and each installation of a draft stop is
be used in making up threaded joints in made in accordance with IMO Resolu-
aluminum pipe to prevent seizing tion A.753(18) and IMO Resolution
which might cause leakage and perhaps MSC.313(88) to maintain the integrity
prevent disassembly. Pipe in the an- of fire divisions.
nealed temper should not be threaded. (3) Requests for the use of plastic
(d) The corrosion resistance of copper pipe for non-vital systems, as defined
bearing aluminum alloys in a marine
in 46 CFR 56.07–5, containing non-flam-
atmosphere is poor and alloys with
mable or non-combustible liquids in lo-
copper contents exceeding 0.6 percent
cations that do not require fire endur-
should not be used. Refer to Table
56.60–2(a) of this part for further guidance testing, as indicated in Appendix 4
ance. of IMO Resolution A.753(18), must be
submitted to the Marine Safety Center
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as for review. The proposed piping must
meet the following requirements:
1989; CGD 95–027, 61 FR 26001, May 23, 1996]
(i) The length of pipe must be 30
§ 56.60–25 Nonmetallic materials. inches or less;
(a) Plastic pipe installations must be (ii) The pipe must be contained with-
in accordance with IMO Resolution in the space and does not penetrate any
A.753(18) and IMO Resolution bulkhead, overhead or deck; and
MSC.313(88) (both incorporated by ref- (iii) Material specifications must be

erence, see § 56.01–2) and the following provided with the installation pro-
supplemental requirements. posal.
226
(4) Pipe that is to be used for potable its of paragraphs (a)(1) through (4) of
water must bear the appropriate cer- this section. Unreinforced hoses are
tification mark of a nationally-recog- limited to a maximum service pressure
nized, ANSI-accredited third-party cer- of 345 kPa (50 psi); reinforced hoses are
tification laboratory. Plastic pipe fit- limited to a maximum service pressure
ting and bonding techniques must fol- of 1,034 kPa (150 psi).
low the manufacturer’s installation (4) Nonmetallic flexible hose may be
guidelines. Bonders must hold certifi- used in lube oil, fuel oil and fluid power
cations required by the manufacturer’s systems only where flexibility is re-
guidelines and provide documentation quired and in lengths not exceeding 30
of current certification to the Marine inches.
Inspector when requested. (5) Nonmetallic flexible hose must
(5) Systems identified by § 56.97– have factory-assembled end fittings re-
40(a)(1) through (c) that contain plastic quiring no further adjustment or field
piping must be tested to 1.5 MAWP as attachable fittings. Hose end fittings
required by § 56.97–40(a). must comply with SAE J1475 (incor-
(6) Plastic pipe used outboard of the porated by reference, see § 56.01–2).
required metallic shell valve in any Field attachable fittings must be in-
piping system penetrating the vessel’s stalled following the manufacturer’s
shell (see § 56.50–95(f)) must have the recommended practice. If special equip-
same fire endurance as the metallic ment is required, such as crimping ma-
shell valve. Where the shell valve and chines, it must be of the type and de-
the plastic pipe are in the same un- sign specified by the manufacturer. A
manned space, the valve must be oper- hydrostatic test of each hose assembly
able from above the freeboard deck. must be conducted in accordance with
(7) Pipe that is to be used for potable § 56.97–5.
water must bear the appropriate cer-
(6) The fire-test procedures of ISO
tification mark of a nationally-recog-
15540 (incorporated by reference; see 46
nized, ANSI-accredited, third-party
CFR 56.01–2) are an acceptable alter-
certification laboratory.
native to those procedures of SAE
(8) Plastic pipe must also comply
with appropriate requirements for spe- J1942. All other tests of SAE J1942 are
cific uses and arrangements of pipe still required.
given elsewhere in this part. (c) Plastic valves, fittings, and
(b) Nonmetallic flexible hose. (1) Non- flanges may be used in systems em-
metallic flexible hose must be in ac- ploying plastic pipe. Such valves, fit-
cordance with SAE J1942 (incorporated tings, and flanges must be designed,
by reference; see 46 CFR 56.01–2) and fabricated, tested, and installed so as
may be installed only in vital and to satisfy the intent of the require-
nonvital fresh and salt water systems, ments for plastic pipe contained in this
nonvital pneumatic systems, lube oil section.
and fuel systems, and fluid power sys- (d) If it is desired to use nonmetallic
tems. materials other than those specified in
(2) Nonmetallic flexible hose may be this section, a request furnishing the
used in vital fresh and salt water sys- chemical and physical properties of the
tems at a maximum service pressure of material must be submitted to the
1,034 kPa (150 psi). Nonmetallic flexible Commandant for consideration.
hose may be used in lengths not ex- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as
ceeding 76 cm (30 inches) where flexi- amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9979, June 17,
bility is required, subject to the limits 1970; CGD 72–104R, 37 FR 14234, July 18, 1972;
in paragraphs (a)(1) through (4) of this CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40165, Sept. 2, 1975; CGD 77–
section. Nonmetallic flexible hose may 140, 54 FR 40613, Oct. 2, 1989; CGD 88–032, 56
be used for plastic pipe in duplicate in- FR 35822, July 29, 1991; CGD 83–043, 60 FR
stallations in accordance with this 24775, May 10, 1995; CGD 95–072, 60 FR 50462,
Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96–041, 61 FR 50728, Sept.
paragraph (b).
27, 1996; CGD 95–028, 62 FR 51201, Sept. 30,
(3) Nonmetallic flexible hose may be 1997; USCG–2002–13058, 67 FR 61278, Sept. 30,
used for plastic pipe in non-vital fresh 2002; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65183, Oct. 31,
and salt water systems and non-vital 2008; USCG–2012–0196, 81 FR 48251, July 22,
pneumatic systems, subject to the lim- 2016]
227
§ 56.65–1 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
Subpart 56.65—Fabrication, and one or two of the three members

Assembly and Erection are ferritic and the other member or
members are austenitic, the satisfac-
§ 56.65–1 General (replaces 127 tory use of such materials shall be de-
through 135). termined by procedure qualifications.
The requirements for fabrication, as- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as
sembly and erection in subparts 56.70 amended by CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40165, Sept. 2,
through 56.90 shall apply in lieu of 127 1975; USCG–2002–13058, 67 FR 61278, Sept. 30,
through 135.4 of ASME B31.1 (incor- 2002; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65184, Oct. 31,
porated by reference; see 46 CFR 56.01– 2008]
2). Those paragraphs reproduced are so § 56.70–10 Preparation (modifies 127.3).
noted.
(a) Butt welds (reproduces 127.3)—(1)
[USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65184, Oct. 31, 2008] End preparation. (i) Oxygen or arc cut-
ting is acceptable only if the cut is rea-
§ 56.70–1 General.
sonably smooth and true, and all slag
(a) The following generally applies to is cleaned from the flame cut surfaces.
all types of welding, such as stud weld- Discoloration which may remain on
ing, casting repair welding and all the flame cut surface is not considered
processes of fabrication welding. Where to be detrimental oxidation.
the detailed requirements are not ap- (ii) Butt-welding end preparation di-
propriate to a particular process, alter- mensions contained in ASME B16.25
natives must be approved by the Ma- (incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR
rine Safety Center. 56.01–2) or any other end preparation
[CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40614, Oct. 2, 1989] that meets the procedure qualification
requirements are acceptable.
§ 56.70–3 Limitations. (iii) If piping component ends are
Backing rings. Backing strips used at bored, such boring shall not result in
longitudinal welded joints must be re- the finished wall thickness after weld-
moved. ing being less than the minimum de-
sign thickness. Where necessary, weld
[CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40165, Sept. 2, 1975] metal of the appropriate analysis may
be deposited on the inside or outside of
§ 56.70–5 Material. the piping component to provide suffi-
(a) Filler metal. All filler metal, in- cient material for machining to insure
cluding consumable insert material, satisfactory fitting of rings.
must comply with the requirements of (iv) If the piping component ends are
section IX of the ASME Boiler and upset they may be bored to allow for a
Pressure Vessel Code (incorporated by completely recessed backing ring, pro-
reference; see 46 CFR 56.01–2) and 46 vided the remaining net thickness of
CFR 57.02–5. the finished ends is not less than the
(b) Backing rings. When metallic minimum design thickness.
backing rings are used they shall be (2) Cleaning. Surfaces for welding
made from material of weldable qual- shall be clean and shall be free from
ity compatible with the base metal, paint, oil, rust, scale, or other material
whether subsequently removed or not. which is detrimental to welding.
When nonmetallic backing rings are (3) Alignment. The inside diameters of
used they shall be of material which piping components to be joined must be
does not deleteriously affect either aligned as accurately as practicable
base or weld metal, and shall be re- within existing commercial tolerances
moved after welding is completed. on diameters, wall thicknesses, and out
Backing rings may be of the of roundness. Alignment must be pre-
consumable insert type, removable ce- served during welding. Where ends are
ramic type, of solid or split band type. to be joined and the internal misalign-
A ferrous backing ring which becomes ment exceeds 1⁄16-inch, it is preferred
a permanent part of the weld shall not that the component with the wall ex-
exceed 0.05 percent sulphur. If two tending internally be internally

abutting surfaces are to be welded to a trimmed (see Fig. 127.3) so that adjoin-
third member used as a backing ring ing internal surfaces are approximately
228
flush. However, this trimming must welded butt joints or equivalent single
not reduce a piping component wall welded butt joints for pipe diameters
thickness below the minimum design exceeding three-fourth inch nominal
thickness and the change in the con- pipe size. The use of a single welded
tour may not exceed 30°. butt joint employing a backing ring
(4) Spacing. The root opening of the (note restrictions in paragraph
joint shall be as given in the procedure (b)(3)(iv) of this section) on the inside
specification. of the pipe is an acceptable equivalent
(b) Fillet welds (modifies 127.4.4). In for Class I and Class II-L applications,
making fillet welds, the weld metal but not permitted for Class I-L applica-
must be deposited in such a way as to tions. Single welded butt joints em-
obtain adequate penetration into the ploying either an inert gas for first
base metal at the root of the weld. Pip- pass backup or a consumable insert
ing components that are to be joined ring may be considered the equivalent
utilizing fillet welds must be prepared of a double welded butt joint for all
in accordance with applicable provi- classes of piping and is preferable for
sions and requirements of this section. Class I-L and II-L systems where dou-
For typical details, see Figures 127.4.4A ble butt welds cannot be used. Appro-
and 127.4.4C of ASME B31.1 (incor- priate welding procedure qualification
porated by reference; see 46 CFR 56.01– tests shall be conducted as specified in
2) and 46 CFR 56.30–10(b). See 46 CFR part 57 of this subchapter. A first pass
56.30–5(d) for additional requirements. inert gas backup is intended to mean
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as
that the inside of the pipe is purged
amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9978, June 17, with inert gas and that the root is
1970; CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40165, Sept. 2, 1975; welded with the inert gas metal arc
CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40614, Oct. 2, 1989; USCG– (mig) or inert gas tungsten arc (tig)
2003–16630, 73 FR 65184, Oct. 31, 2008] processes. Classes I, I-L, and II-L pip-
ing are required to have the inside of
§ 56.70–15 Procedure. the pipe machined for good fit up if the
(a) General. (1) Qualification of the misalignment exceeds that specified in
welding procedures to be used, and of § 56.70–10(a)(3). In the case of Class II
the performance of welders and opera- piping the machining of the inside of
tors, is required, and shall comply with the pipe may be omitted. For single
the requirements of part 57 of this sub- welded joints, where possible, the in-
chapter. side of the joint shall be examined vis-
(2) No welding shall be done if there ually to assure full penetration. Radio-
is direct impingement of rain, snow, graphic examination of at least 20 per-
sleet, or high wind on the piping com- cent of single welded joints to check
ponent weldment. for penetration is required for all Class
(3) Sections of pipe shall be welded I and Class I-L systems regardless of
insofar as possible in the fabricating size following the requirements of
shop. Prior to welding Class I piping or § 56.95–10. Ultrasonic testing may be
low temperature piping, the fabricator utilized in lieu of radiographic exam-
shall request a marine inspector to ination if the procedures are approved.
visit his plant to examine his fabri- (3) For Class II piping, the type of
cating equipment and to witness the joints shall be similar to Class I piping,
qualification tests required by part 57 with the following exceptions:
of this subchapter. One test specimen (i) Single-welded butt joints may be
shall be prepared for each process and employed without the use of backing
welding position to be employed in the rings in all sizes provided that the weld
fabrication. is chipped or ground flush on the root
(b) Girth butt welds. (1) Girth butt side of the weld.
welds must be complete penetration (ii) For services such as vents, over-
welds and may be made with a single flows, and gravity drains, the backing
vee, double vee, or other suitable type ring may be eliminated and the root of
of groove, with or without backing the weld need not be ground.
rings or consumable inserts. (iii) Square-groove welds without

(2) Girth butt welds in Class I, I-L, edge preparation may be employed for
and II-L piping systems shall be double butt joints in vents, overflows, and
229
§ 56.70–15 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
gravity drains where the pipe wall (iv) If the surface of the weld requires
thickness does not exceed three-six- grinding to meet the above criteria,
teenth inch. care must be taken to avoid reducing
(iv) The crimped or forged backing the weld or base material below the
ring with continuous projection around minimum required thickness.
the outside of the ring is acceptable (7) The type and extent of examina-
only for Class II piping. The projection tion required for girth butt welds is
must be completely fused. specified in § 56.95–10.
(4) Tack welds which become part of (8) Sections of welds that are shown
the finished weld, shall be made by a by radiography or other examination
qualified welder. Tack welds made by to have any of the following type of im-
an unqualified welder shall be removed. perfections shall be judged unaccept-
Tack welds which are not removed able and shall be repaired as provided
shall be made with an electrode which in paragraph (f) of this section:
is the same as or equivalent to the (i) Any type of crack or zone of in-
electrode to be used for the first pass. complete fusion or penetration.
Their stopping and starting ends must (ii) Any slag inclusion or porosity
be properly prepared by grinding or greater in extent than those specified
other suitable means so that they may as acceptable set forth in PW–51 of sec-
be satisfactorily incorporated into the tion I of the ASME Boiler and Pressure
final weld. Tack welds which have Vessel Code (incorporated by reference;
cracked shall be removed. see 46 CFR 56.01–2).
(5) When components of different out- (iii) Undercuts in the external sur-
side diameters are welded together, the faces of butt welds which are more
weld joint must be filled to the outside than 1⁄32-inch deep.
surface of the component having the (iv) Concavity on the root side of full
larger diameter. There must be a grad- penetration girth butt welds where the
ual transition, not exceeding a slope of resulting weld thickness is less than
1:3, in the weld between the two sur- the minimum pipe wall thickness re-
faces. To avoid unnecessary weld de- quired by this subchapter. Weld rein-
posit, the outside surface of the compo- forcement up to a maximum of 1⁄32-inch
nent having the larger diameter must thickness may be considered as pipe
be tapered at an angle not to exceed 30 wall thickness in such cases.
degrees with the axis of the pipe. (See (c) Longitudinal butt welds. Longitu-
Fig. 127.4.2 of ASME B31.1 (incor- dinal butt welds in piping components
porated by reference; see 46 CFR 56.01– not made in accordance with the stand-
2).) ards and specifications listed in 56.60–1
(6) As-welded surfaces are permitted; (a) and (b) must meet the requirements
however, the surface of the welds must of paragraph 104.7 of ASME B31.1 (in-
be sufficiently free from coarse ripple, corporated by reference; see 46 CFR
grooves, overlaps, abrupt ridges and 56.01–2) and may be examined non-
valleys to meet the following: destructively by an acceptable method.
(i) The surface condition of the fin- Imperfections shall not exceed the lim-
ished welds must be suitable for the its established for girth butt welds ex-
proper interpretation of radiographic cept that no undercutting shall be per-
and other nondestructive examinations mitted in longitudinal butt welds. See
when nondestructive examinations are also § 56.60–2(b).
required by § 56.95–10. In those cases (d) Fillet welds. (1) Fillet welds may
where there is a question regarding the vary from convex to concave. The size
surface condition on the interpretation of a fillet weld is determined as shown
of a radiographic film, the film must be in Figure 127.4.4A in ASME B31.1. Fillet
compared to the actual weld surface for weld details for socket-welding compo-
interpretation and determination of ac- nents must meet § 56.30–5(c) of this
ceptability. part. Fillet weld details for flanges
(ii) Reinforcements are permitted in must meet § 56.30–10(c) of this part. Fil-
accordance with Table 56.70–15. let weld details for flanges must meet
(iii) Undercuts must not exceed 1⁄32- § 56.30–10 of this part.

inch and must not encroach on the (2) The limitations on cracks and un-
minimum required section thickness. dercutting set forth in paragraph (b)(8)
230
of this section for girth welds are also moved by a flame or arc-gouging,
applicable to fillet welds. grinding, chipping, or machining. Re-
(3) Class I piping not exceeding 3 pair welds must be made in accordance
inches nominal pipe size and not sub- with the same procedures used for
ject to full radiography by § 56.95–10 of original welds, or by another welding
this part may be joined by sleeves process if it is a part of a qualified pro-
fitted over pipe ends or by socket type cedure, recognizing that the cavity to
joints. Where full radiography is re- be repaired may differ in contour and
quired, only butt type joints may be dimensions from the original joint. The
used. The inside diameter of the sleeve types, extent, and method of examina-
must not exceed the outside diameter tion and limits of imperfections of re-
of the pipe or tube by more than 0.080 pair welds shall be the same as for the
inch. Fit between socket and pipe must original weld.
conform to applicable standards for (2) Preheating may be required for
socket weld fittings. Depth of insertion flame-gouging or arc-gouging certain
of pipe or tube within the socket or alloy materials of the air hardening
sleeve must not be less than three- type in order to prevent surface check-
eighths inch. The fillet weld must be ing or cracking adjacent to the flame
deposited in a minimum of two passes, or arc-gouged surface.
unless specifically approved otherwise (g) Welded branch connections. (1) Fig-
in a special procedure qualification. ure 127.4.8A, Figure 127.4.8B, and Figure
Requirements for joints employing 127.4.8C of ASME B31.1 show typical de-
socket weld and slip-on flanges are in tails of branch connections with and
§ 56.30–10 of this part. without added reinforcement. However,
(4) Sleeve and socket type joints may no attempt has been made to show all
be used in Class II piping systems with- acceptable types of construction and
out restriction as to size of pipe or tub- the fact that a certain type of con-
ing joined. Applicable standards must struction is illustrated does not indi-
be followed on fit. The fillet welds cate that it is recommended over other
must be deposited in a minimum of two types not illustrated. See also Figure
passes, unless specifically approved 56.70–15(g) for additional pipe connec-
otherwise in a special procedure quali- tions.
fication. Requirements for joints em- (2) Figure 127.4.8D of ASME B31.1
ploying socket weld and slip-on flanges shows basic types of weld attachments
are in § 56.30–10 of this part. used in the fabrication of branch con-
(e) Seal welds (reproduces 127.4.5). (1) nections. The location and minimum
Where seal welding of threaded joints size of these attachment welds shall
is performed, threads shall be entirely conform to the requirements of this
covered by the seal weld. Seal welding paragraph. Weld sizes shall be cal-
shall be done by qualified welders. culated in accordance with 104.3.1 of
(2) The limitation on cracks and un- ASME B31.1, but shall not be less than
dercutting set forth in § 56.70–15(b)(8) the sizes shown in Figure 127.4.8D and
for girth welds are also applicable to F of ASME B31.1.
seal welds. (3) The notations and symbols used in
(f) Weld defect repairs. (1) All defects this paragraph and in Figure 127.4.8D
in welds requiring repair must be re- and F of ASME B31.1 are as follows:
231
§ 56.70–15 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
FIGURE 56.70–15(G)—ACCEPTABLE TYPES OF WELDED PIPE CONNECTIONS
tn = nominal thickness of branch wall less added reinforcement to the run, shall
corrosion allowance, inches. be a fillet weld with a minimum throat
tc = the smaller of 1⁄4 inch or 0.7tn.
dimension of 0.5 te.
te = nominal thickness of reinforcing ele-
ment (ring or saddle), inches (te = 0 if (ii) If the weld joining the added rein-
there is no added reinforcement). forcement to the branch is a fillet
tmin = the smaller of tn or te. weld, the throat dimension shall not be
tw = dimension of partial penetration weld, less than 0.7 tmin. The weld at the outer
inches. edge joining the outer reinforcement to
(4) Branch connections (including the run shall also be a fillet weld with
specially made, integrally reinforced a minimum throat dimension of 0.5 te.
branch connection fittings) that abut (6) When rings or saddles are used, a
the outside surface of the run wall, or vent hole shall be provided (at the side
that are inserted through an opening and not at the crotch) in the ring or
cut in the run wall, shall have opening saddle to reveal leakage in the weld be-
and branch contour to provide a good tween branch and main run and to pro-
fit and shall be attached by means of vide venting during welding and heat
full penetration groove welds except as treating operations. Rings or saddles
otherwise permitted in paragraph (g)(7) may be made in more than one piece if
of this section. The full penetration the joints between the pieces have
groove welds shall be finished with strength equivalent to ring or saddle
cover fillet welds having a minimum parent metal and if each piece is pro-
throat dimension not less than 2tc. The
vided with a vent hole. A good fit shall
limitation as to imperfection of these
be provided between reinforcing rings
groove welds shall be as set forth in
or saddles and the parts to which they
127.4.2(C) of ASME B31.1 for girth
welds. are attached.
(5) In branch connections having re- (7) Branch connections 2 in. NPS and
inforcement pads or saddles, the rein- smaller that do not require reinforce-
forcement shall be attached by welds ment may be constructed as shown in
at the outer edge and at the branch pe- Fig. 127.4.8F of ASME B31.1. This con-
riphery as follows: struction is limited to use in Class I
(i) If the weld joining the added rein- and II piping systems at a maximum
forcement to the branch is a full pene- design temperature of 750 °F. or a max-
tration groove weld, it shall be finished imum pressure of 1025 psi.
with a cover fillet weld having a min- (h) Heat treatment. Heat treatment for
imum throat dimension not less than tc welds shall be in accordance with sub-
the weld at the outer edge, joining the part 56.85.
232
EC01FE91.027
TABLE 56.70–15—REINFORCEMENT OF GIRTH AND LONGITUDINAL BUTT WELDS

Maximum thickness (in inches) of rein-
forcement for design temperature
Thickness (in inches) of base metal 0 °F and

Below 0 °F 350° to 750 above but
or above °F less than
750 °F 350 °F
Up to 1⁄8, inclusive ......................................................................................................... ⁄

1 16 ⁄
3 32 ⁄
3 16
Over 1⁄8 to 3⁄16, inclusive ............................................................................................... ⁄

1 16 18 ⁄ ⁄
3 16
Over 3⁄16 to 1⁄2, inclusive ............................................................................................... ⁄

1 16 ⁄
5 32 ⁄
3 16
Over 1⁄2 to 1, inclusive .................................................................................................. 3⁄32 ⁄

3 16 3⁄16
Over 1 to 2, inclusive .................................................................................................... 1⁄8 1⁄4 1⁄4
Over 2 ............................................................................................................................ 5⁄32 (1) (1)

1 The greater of 1⁄4 in. or 1⁄8 times the width of the weld in inches.
NOTES: 1. For double welded butt joints, this limitation on reinforcement given above applies separately to both inside and out-
side surfaces of the joint.
2. For single welded butt joints, the reinforcement limits given above apply to the outside surface of the joint only.
3. The thickness of weld reinforcement is based on the thickness of the thinner of the materials being joined.
4. The weld reinforcement thicknesses must be determined for the higher of the abutting surfaces involved.
5. For boiler external piping use the column titled ‘‘Below 0 °F. or above 750 °F.’’ for weld reinforcement thicknesses.
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9978, June 17, 1970;
CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40165, Sept. 2, 1975; CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40614, Oct. 2, 1989; 55 FR 39969, Oct.
1, 1990; CGD 95–012, 60 FR 48050, Sept. 18, 1995; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65184, Oct. 31, 2008]
§ 56.70–20 Qualification, general. brazing material in a piping system,

the requirements of § 56.60–20 of this
(a) Qualification of the welding pro-
part should be considered.
cedures to be used, and of the perform-
(b) The brazing material used shall
ance of welders and welding operators,
have a shearing strength of at least
is required, and shall comply with the
10,000 pounds per square inch. The max-
requirements of section IX of the
imum allowable working pressure for
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code brazing piping shall be determined by
(incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR this part.
56.01–2) except as modified by part 57 of (c) Fluxes that are fluid and chemi-
this subchapter. cally active at the brazing temperature
(b) Each butt-welded joint of Class I must be used when necessary to pre-
of Class I-L piping shall be marked vent oxidation of the filler metal and
with the welder’s identification sym- of the surfaces to be joined and to pro-
bol. Dies shall not be used to mark the mote free flowing of the filler metal.
pipe where the pressure exceeds 600
pounds per square inch or the tempera- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as
ture exceeds 750 °F. or in Class I-L sys- amended by CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40615, Oct. 2,
1989; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65184, Oct. 31,
tems. 2008]
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as
amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65184, § 56.75–10 Joint clearance.
Oct. 31, 2008] (a) The clearance between surfaces to
be joined shall be no larger than is nec-
Subpart 56.75—Brazing essary to insure complete capillary dis-
tribution of the filler metal; between
§ 56.75–5 Filler metal. 0.002–inch minimum and 0.006-inch
(a) The filler metal used in brazing maximum.
must be a nonferrous metal or alloy (b) [Reserved]
having a melting point above 1,000 °F. [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as
and below that of the metal being amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65184,
joined. The filler metal must meet and Oct. 31, 2008]
flow freely within the desired tempera-
ture range and, in conjunction with a § 56.75–15 Heating.
suitable flux or controlled atmosphere, (a) The joint shall be brought to braz-
must wet and adhere to the surfaces to ing temperature in as short a time as
be joined. Prior to using a particular possible to minimize oxidation.
233
§ 56.75–20 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
(b) [Reserved] er. The annular clearance of socket

joints shall be held to small clearances
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as
amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65184, which experience indicates is satisfac-
Oct. 31, 2008] tory for the brazing alloy to be em-
ployed, method of heating, and mate-
§ 56.75–20 Brazing qualification. rial to be joined. The annular clearance
(a) The qualification of the perform- shall be shown on drawings submitted
ance of brazers and brazing operators for approval of socket joints.
shall be in accordance with the require- (2) Copper pipe fabricated with longi-
tudinal joints for pressures not exceed-
ments of part C, section IX of the
ing that permitted by the regulations
in this subchapter may have butt,
(incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR
lapped, or scarfed joints. If of the latter
56.01–2) and part 57 of this subchapter.
type, the kerf of the material shall be
(b) Manufacturers shall perform
not less than 60°.
those tests required by paragraph (a) of
(c) Brazing, general. (1) Heat shall be
this section prior to performing pro-
applied evenly and uniformly to all
duction brazing.
parts of the joint in order to prevent
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as local overheating.
amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65184, (2) The members to be joined shall be
Oct. 31, 2008] held firmly in place until the brazing
alloy has set so as to prevent any
§ 56.75–25 Detail requirements. strain on the joint until the brazing
(a) Pipe may be fabricated by brazing alloy has thoroughly solidified. The
when the temperature to which such brazing shall be done by placing the
connections may be subjected does not flux and brazing material on one side of
exceed 425 °F. (For exception refer to the joint and applying heat until the
§ 56.30–30(b)(1).) brazing material flows entirely
(b) The surfaces to be brazed must be through the lap and shows uniformly
clean and free from grease, oxides, along the seam on the other side of the
paint, scale, and dirt of any kind. Any joint. Sufficient flux shall be used to
suitable chemical or mechanical clean- cause the brazing material to appear
ing method may be used to provide a promptly after reaching the brazing
clean, wettable surface for brazing. temperature.
(c) After the parts to be joined have
been thoroughly cleaned the edges to Subpart 56.80—Bending and
be brazed shall be given an even coat- Forming
ing of flux prior to heating the joint as
a protection against oxidation. § 56.80–5 Bending.
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as Pipe may be bent by any hot or cold
amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65184, method and to any radius which will
Oct. 31, 2008] result in a bend surface free of cracks,
as determined by a method of inspec-
§ 56.75–30 Pipe joining details. tion specified in the design, and sub-
(a) Silver brazing. (1) Circumferential stantially free of buckles. Such bends
pipe joints may be either of the socket shall meet the design requirements of
or butt type. When butt joints are em- 102.4.5 and 104.2.1 of ASME B31.1 (incor-
ployed the edges to be joined shall be porated by reference; see 46 CFR 56.01–
cut or machined square and the edges 2). This shall not prohibit the use of
shall be held closely together to insure bends designed as creased or cor-
a satisfactory joint. rugated. If doubt exists as to the wall
(b) Copper-alloy brazing. (1) Copper- thickness being adequate, Class I pip-
alloy brazing may be employed to join ing having diameters exceeding 4
pipe, valves, and fittings. Circumferen- inches shall be nondestructively exam-
tial joints may be either of the butt or ined by the use of ultrasonics or other
socket type. Where butt joints are em- acceptable method. Alternatively, the
ployed, the included angle shall be not pipe may be drilled, gaged, and fitted
less than 90° where the wall thickness with a screwed plug extending outside
is three-sixteenths of an inch or great- the pipe covering. The nondestructive
234
method shall be employed where the (e) For other materials the heat
design temperature exceeds 750 °F. treatment of bends and formed compo-
Prior to the use of nondestructive nents must be such as to ensure pipe
method of examination by the above properties that are consistent with the
procedure, it shall be demonstrated by original pipe specification.
the user, in the presence of a marine (f) All scale shall be removed from
inspector on specimens similar to those heat treated pipe prior to installation.
to be examined, that consistent re- (g) Austenitic stainless-steel pipe
sults, having an accuracy of plus or that has been heated for bending or
minus 3 percent, can be obtained. other forming may be used in the ‘‘as-
bent’’ condition unless the design spec-
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as ification requires post-bending heat
1970; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65185, Oct. 31,
treatment.
2008] [CGFR 68–62, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as
§ 56.80–10 Forming (reproduces 129.2). 1970; CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40166, Sept. 2, 1975;
USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65185, Oct. 31, 2008]
(a) Piping components may be
formed (swaging, lapping, or upsetting
of pipe ends, extrusion of necks, etc.) Subpart 56.85—Heat Treatment of
by any suitable hot or cold working Welds
method, providing such processes re-
§ 56.85–5 Heating and cooling method.
sult in formed surfaces which are uni-
form and free of cracks or other de- Heat treatment may be accomplished
fects, as determined by methods of in- by a suitable heating method that will
spection specified in the design. provide the desired heating and cooling
rates, the required metal temperature,
§ 56.80–15 Heat treatment of bends and metal temperature uniformity, and
formed components. temperature control.
(a) Carbon-steel piping that has been [USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65185, Oct. 31, 2008]
heated to at least 1,650 °F (898 °C) for
bending or other forming requires no § 56.85–10 Preheating.
subsequent heat treatment. (a) The minimum preheat tempera-
(b) Ferritic alloy steel piping which tures listed in Table 56.85–10 for P-num-
has been heated for bending or other ber materials groupings are mandatory
forming operations shall receive a minimum pre-heat temperatures. Pre-
stress relieving treatment, a full an- heat is required for Class I, I-L, I-N, II-
neal, or a normalize and temper treat- N and II-L piping when the ambient
ment, as specified by the design speci- temperature is below 50 °F.
fication before welding. (b) During the welding of dissimilar
(c) Cold bending and forming of car- materials, the minimum preheat tem-
bon steel having a wall thickness of perature may not be lower than either
three-fourths of an inch and heavier, the highest temperature listed in Table
and all ferritic-alloy pipe in nominal 56.85–10 for any of the materials to be
pipe sizes of 4 inches and larger, or one- welded or the temperature established
half-inch wall thickness or heavier, in the qualified welding procedure.
will require a stress-relieving treat- (c) The preheat temperature shall be
ment. checked by use of temperature-indi-
(d) Cold bending of carbon-steel and cating crayons, thermocouples,
ferritic-alloy steel pipe in sizes and pyrometers, or other suitable methods
wall thicknesses less than specified in to ensure that the required preheat
129.3.3 of ASME B31.1 (incorporated by temperature is obtained before, and
reference; see 46 CFR 56.01–2) may be uniformly maintained during the weld-
used without a postheat treatment. ing.
235
§ 56.85–10 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
TABLE 56.85–10—PREHEAT AND POSTHEAT TREATMENT OF WELDS

Preheat required Post heat treatment requirement (1)(2)
Time cycle
ASME Sec IX Minimum tem- Minimum wall
Nos. Minimum wall Temperature Minimum
perature and other Hour per
(3)(4) (inch) (7)(8)(9)(10)(11)(12)(°F)(inch) time within
(5)(6)(°F) (3)(4)(17)(inch) inch of wall range
(3)(4) (hour)
P–1(16) ............ All ................... 50 (for .30 C. Over 3⁄4 in ....... 1,100 to 1,200 (minimum) 1 1
maximum or (maximum).
less) (13).
P–1(16) ............ All ................... 175 (for over ......do ............. ......do .................................... 1 1
.30 C.) (13)
and wall
thickness
over 1 in.
P–3(15) ............ All walls .......... 175 ................. Over 1⁄2 in ....... 1,200 to 1,350 (minimum) 1 1
(maximum).
P–4(15) ............ Up to 3⁄4 in in- 300 ................. Over 1⁄2 in or 1,330 to 1,400 (minimum) 1 1
clusive. over 4 in (maximum).
nom. size or.
Over 3⁄4 in ...... 400 ................. Over .15 C.
maximum.
P–5(15) (less Up to 3⁄4 in in- 300 ................. Over 1⁄2 in or 1,300 to 1,425 (minimum) 1 1
than 5 cr.). clusive. over 4 in. (maximum).
nom. size or.
Over 3⁄4 in ...... 400 ................. Over 0.15 C.
maximum.
P–5(15) (5 cr. Up to ⁄ inclu-
34 300 ................. All walls .......... ......do .................................... 1 2
and higher). sive.
Over 3⁄4 in ...... 400 ................. Over 0.15 C.
maximum.
P–6 .................. All walls .......... 300 (14). ........ All walls .......... 1,400 to 1,500 (minimum) 1 2
(maximum).
P–8 .................. ......do ............. None required ......do ............. None required.
For P–7, P–9A, P–9B, P–10C and other mate- (9) Heating rate for furnace, gas, electric
rials not listed the Preheat and Postheat resistance, and other surface heating meth-
Treatment is to be in accordance with the ods must not exceed: (i) 600 °F per hour for
qualified procedure. thicknesses 2 inches and under.
Notes Applicable to Table 56.85–10: (ii) 600 °F per hour divided by 1⁄2 the thick-
(1) Not applicable to dissimilar metal ness in inches for thickness over 2 inches.
welds. (10) Heating route for induction heating
(2) When postheat treatment by annealing must not exceed:
or normalizing is used, the postheat treat- (i) 600 °F per hour for thickness less than
ment temperatures must be in accordance 11⁄2 inches (60 and 400 cycles).
with the qualified welding procedure. (ii) 500 °F per hour when using 60 cycles
(3) Wall thickness of a butt weld is defined and 400 °F per hour when using 400 cycles for
as the thicker of the two abutting ends after thicknesses 11⁄2 inches and over.
end preparation including I.D. machining. (11) When local heating is used, the weld
must be allowed to cool slowly from the
(4) The thickness of socket, fillet, and seal
postheat treatment temperature. A sug-
welds is defined as the throat thicknesses for
gested method of retarding cooling is to
pressure and nonpressure retaining welds.
wrap the weld with asbestos and allow to
(5) Preheat temperatures must be checked cool in still air. When furnace cooling is
by use of temperature indicating crayons, used, the pipe sections must be cooled in the
thermocouple pyrometers, or other suitable furnace to 1000 °F and may then be cooled
method. further in still air.
(6) For inert gas tungsten arc root pass (12) Local postheat treatment of butt weld-
welding lower preheat in accordance with ed joints must be performed on a circum-
the qualified procedure may be used. ferential band of the pipe. The minimum
(7) The maximum postheat treatment tem- width of this band, centered on the weld,
perature listed for each P number is a rec- must be the width of the weld plus 2 inches.
ommended maximum temperature. Local postheat treatment of welded branch
(8) Postheat treatment temperatures must connections must be performed by heating a

be checked by use of thermocouple circumferential band of the pipe to which the
pyrometers or other suitable means. branch is welded. The width of the heated
236
band must extend at least 1 inch beyond the (c) All complicated connections in-
weld joining the branch. cluding manifolds shall be stress-re-
(13) 0.30 C. max applies to specified ladle lieved in a furnace as a whole as re-
analysis. quired by Table 56.85–10 before being
(14) 600 °F maximum interpass tempera-
taken aboard ship for installation.
ture.
(15) Welding on P–3, P–4, and P–5 with 3 Cr
(d) The postheating treatment se-
max. may be interrupted only if— lected for parts of an assembly must
(i) At least 3⁄8 inch thickness of weld is de- not adversely affect other components.
posited or 25 percent of welding groove is Heating a fabricated assembly as a
filled, whichever is greater; complete unit is usually desirable;
(ii) The weld is allowed to cool slowly to however, the size or shape of the unit
room temperature; and or the adverse effect of a desired treat-
(iii) The required preheat is resumed before ment on one or more components
welding is continued. where dissimilar materials are in-
(16) When attaching welding carbon steel volved may dictate alternative proce-
non-pressure parts to steel pressure parts
and the throat thickness of the fillet or par-
dures. For example, it may be heated
tial or full penetration weld is 1⁄2 in. or less, as a section of the assembly before the
postheat treatment of the fillet weld is not attachment of others or local circum-
required for Class I and II piping if preheat ferential-band heating of welded joints
to a minimum temperature of 175 °F is ap- in accordance with 46 CFR 56.85–10,
plied when the thickness of the pressure part Table 56.85–10 Note (12) and 46 CFR
exceeds 3⁄4 in. 56.85–15(j)(3).
(17) For Class I-L and II-L piping systems, (e) Postheating treatment of welded
relief from postweld heat treatment may not joints between dissimilar metals hav-
be dependent upon wall thickness. See also
§§ 56.50–105(a)(3) and 56.50–105(b)(3) of this
ing different postheating requirements
chapter. must be established in the qualified
welding procedure.
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as (f)–(h) [Reserved]
amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9980, June 17, (i) For those materials listed under
1970; CGD 72–104R, 37 FR 14234, July 18, 1972;
CGD 72–206R, 38 FR 17229, June 29, 1973; CGD
P–1, when the wall thickness of the
73–254, 40 FR 40166, Sept. 2, 1975; CGD 77–140, thicker of the two abutting ends, after
54 FR 40615, Oct. 2, 1989; USCG–2003–16630, 73 their preparation, is less than three-
FR 65185, Oct. 31, 2008] fourths inch, the weld needs no
postheating treatment. In all cases,
§ 56.85–15 Postheat treatment. where the nominal wall thickness is
(a) Where pressure retaining compo- three-fourths inch or less, postheating
nents having different thicknesses are treatment is not required.
welded together as is often the case (j) (1)–(2) [Reserved]
when making branch connections, the (3) In local postheat treatment the
preheat and postheat treatment re- entire band must be brought up to uni-
quirements of Table 56.85–10 apply to form specified temperature over the
the thicker of the components being complete circumference of the pipe sec-
joined. Postweld heat treatment is re- tion, with a gradual diminishing of the
quired for Classes I, I-L, II-L, and sys- temperature outward from the edges of
tems. It is not required for Class II pip- the band.
ing. Refer to § 56.50–105(a)(3) for excep- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as
tions in Classes I-L and II-L systems amended by CGD 72–206R, 38 FR 17229, June
and to paragraph (b) of this section for 29, 1973; CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40167, Sept. 2, 1975;
Class I systems. USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65185, Oct. 31, 2008]
(b) All buttwelded joints in Class I
piping shall be postweld heated as re- Subpart 56.90—Assembly
quired by Table 56.85–10. The following
exceptions are permitted: § 56.90–1 General.
(1) High pressure salt water piping (a) The assembly of the various pip-
systems used in tank cleaning oper- ing components, whether done in a
ations; and, shop or as field erection, shall be done
(2) Gas supply piping of carbon or so that the completely erected piping
carbon molybdenum steel used in gas conforms with the requirements of the
turbines. regulations in this subchapter and with
237
§ 56.90–5 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
the specified requirements of the engi- modified by this subchapter. This in-
neering design. spection is the responsibility of the
owner and may be performed by em-
§ 56.90–5 Bolting procedure. ployees of the owner or of an engineer-
(a) All flanged joints shall be fitted ing organization employed by the
up so that the gasket contact faces owner, together with the marine in-
bear uniformly on the gasket and then spector.
shall be made up with relatively uni- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as
form bolt stress. Bolt loading and gas- amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9979, June 17,
ket compression need only be verified 1970; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65185, Oct. 31,
by touch and visual observation. 2008]
(b) When bolting gasketed flanged
joints, the gasket must be properly § 56.95–5 Rights of access of marine in-
compressed in accordance with the de- spectors.
sign principles applicable to the type of Marine inspectors shall have rights
gasket used. of access to any place where work con-
(c) Steel to cast iron flanged joints cerned with the piping is being per-
shall be assembled with care to prevent formed. This includes manufacture,
damage to the cast iron flange in ac- fabrication, assembly, erection, and
cordance with § 56.25–10. testing of the piping or system compo-
(d) All bolts must be engaged so that nents. Marine inspectors shall have ac-
there is visible evidence of complete cess to review all certifications or
threading through the nut or threaded records pertaining to the inspection re-
attachment. quirements of § 56.95–1, including cer-
tified qualifications for welders, weld-
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as
ing operators, and welding procedures.
Oct. 31, 2008]
§ 56.95–10 Type and extent of examina-
tion required.
§ 56.90–10 Threaded piping (modifies
135.5). (a) General. The types and extent of
(a) Any compound or lubricant used nondestructive examinations required
in threaded joints shall be suitable for for piping must be in accordance with
the service conditions and shall not this section and Table 136.4 of ASME
react unfavorably with either the serv- B31.1 (incorporated by reference; see 46
ice fluid or the piping materials. CFR 56.01–2). In addition, a visual ex-
(b) Threaded joints which are to be amination shall be made.
seal welded shall be made up without (1) 100 percent radiography 1 is re-
any thread compound. quired for all Class I, I-L, and II-L pip-
(c) Backing off to permit alignment ing with wall thickness equal to or
of pipe threaded joints shall not be per- greater than 10 mm (.375 in.).
mitted. (2) Nondestructive examination is re-
quired for all Class II piping equal to or
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as greater than 18 inches nominal diame-
amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65185, ter regardless of wall thickness. Any
Oct. 31, 2008] test method acceptable to the Officer
in Charge, Marine Inspection may be
Subpart 56.95—Inspection used.
(3) Appropriate nondestructive ex-
§ 56.95–1 General (replaces 136). aminations of other piping systems are
(a) The provisions in this subpart required only when deemed necessary
shall apply to inspection in lieu of 136 by the Officer in Charge, Marine In-
of ASME B31.1 (incorporated by ref- spection. In such cases a method of
erence; see 46 CFR 56.01–2). testing satisfactory to the Officer in
(b) Prior to initial operation, a piping Charge, Marine Inspection must be se-
installation shall be inspected to the lected from those described in this sec-
extent necessary to assure compliance tion.
with the engineering design, and with (b) Visual examination. Visual exam-
the material, fabrication, assembly and ination consists of observation by the
test requirements of ASME B31.1, as marine inspector of whatever portions
238
of a component or weld are exposed to surface of the weld being inspected

such observation, either before, during, shall be covered using extreme care
or after manufacture, fabrication, as- and careful methods to be sure that a
sembly or test. All welds, pipe and pip- true representation of the actual condi-
ing components shall be capable of tions is obtained. The procedures to be
complying with the limitations on im- used shall be submitted to the Com-
perfections specified in the product mandant for approval.
specification under which the pipe or (4) Liquid penetrant. Where liquid pen-
component was purchased, or with the etrant examination is required, the en-
limitations on imperfections specified tire surface of the weld being examined
in § 56.70–15(b) (7) and (8), and (c), as ap- shall be covered. The examination
plicable. shall be performed in accordance with
(c) Nondestructive types of examina- appendix VIII to section VIII of the
tions—(1) 100 Percent radiography. Where ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.
100 percent radiography 1 is required for The following standards of acceptance
welds in piping, each weld in the piping shall be met:
shall be completely radiographed. If a (i) All linear discontinuities and
butt weld is examined by radiography, aligned penetrant indications revealed
for either random or 100 percent radi- by the test shall be removed. Aligned
ography, the method used shall be as penetrant indications are those in
follows: which the average of the center-to-cen-
(i) X-ray or gamma ray method of ra- ter distances between any one indica-
diography may be used. The selection tion and the two adjacent indications
of the method shall be dependent upon in any straight line is less than three-
its adaptability to the work being sixteenths inch. All other discontinu-
radiographed. The procedure to be fol- ities revealed on the surface need not
lowed shall be as indicated in PW–51 of be removed unless the discontinuities
section I of the ASME Boiler and Pres- are also revealed by radiography, in
sure Vessel Code (incorporated by ref- which case the pertinent radiographic
erence; see 46 CFR 56.01–2). specification shall apply.
(ii) If a piping component or a weld (5) Magnetic particle. Where magnetic
other than a butt weld is radiographed, particle testing is required, the entire
the method used shall be in accordance surface of the weld being examined
with UW–51 of section VIII of the shall be covered. The testing shall be
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code performed in accordance with appendix
(incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR VI to section VIII of the ASME Boiler
56.01–2). and Pressure Vessel Code. The fol-
(2) Random radiography. Where ran- lowing standards of acceptance are re-
dom radiography 1 is required, one or quired for welds. All linear discontinu-
more welds may be completely or par- ities and aligned indications revealed
tially radiographed. Random radiog- by the test shall be removed. Aligned
raphy is considered to be a desirable indications are those in which the av-
means of spot checking welder per- erage of the center-to-center distances
formance, particularly in field welding between any one indication and the
where conditions such as position, am- two adjacent indications in any
bient temperatures, and cleanliness are straight line is less than three-six-
not as readily controlled as in shop teenths inch. All other revealed dis-
welding. It is to be employed whenever continuities need not be removed un-
an Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection less the discontinuities are also re-
questions a pipe weld not otherwise revealed by radiography, in which case
quired to be tested. The standards of the requirements of paragraph (c)(1) of
acceptance are the same as for 100 per- this section shall be met.
cent radiography.
(3) Ultrasonic. Where 100 percent ul- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as
amended by CGD 72–206R, 38 FR 17229, June
trasonic testing is specified, the entire
29, 1973; CGD 78–108, 43 FR 46546, Oct. 10, 1978;
CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40615, Oct. 2, 1989; CGD 95–
1 Where for some reason, such as joint con- 028, 62 FR 51202, Sept. 30, 1997; USCG–2000–
figuration, radiography is not applicable, an- 7790, 65 FR 58460, Sept. 29, 2000; USCG–2003–
other approved examination may be utilized. 16630, 65185, Oct. 31, 2008]
239
§ 56.97–1 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
Subpart 56.97—Pressure Tests (4) The hydrostatic test of the piping

system, when conducted in accordance
§ 56.97–1 General (replaces 137). with the requirements of this part, is
acceptable as the test for piping sub-
(a) Scope. The requirements in this
assemblies and may also be used in lieu
subpart apply to pressure tests of pip-
of any such test required by the mate-
ing in lieu of 137 of ASME B31.1 (incor-
rial specification for material used in
porated by reference; see 46 CFR 56.01–
the piping subassembly or system pro-
2). Those paragraphs reproduced are so
vided the minimum test pressure re-
noted.
quired for the piping system is met, ex-
(b) Leak tightness. It is mandatory cept where the installation would pre-
that the design, fabrication and erec- vent performing any nondestructive ex-
tion of piping constructed under the amination required by the material
regulations in this subchapter dem- specification to be performed subse-
onstrate leak tightness. Except where quent to the hydrostatic or pneumatic
otherwise permitted in this subpart, test.
this requirement must be met by a hy-
drostatic leak test prior to initial oper- [CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40167, Sept. 2, 1975, as
ations. Where a hydrostatic test is not amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65185,
practicable, a pneumatic test (§ 56.97– Oct. 31, 2008]
35) or initial service leak test (§ 56.97–
38) may be substituted if approved by § 56.97–5 Pressure testing of non-
standard piping system compo-
the Commandant. nents.
(1) At no time during the hydrostatic
test may any part of the piping system (a) All nonstandard piping system
be subjected to a stress greater than 90 components such as welded valves and
percent of its yield strength (0.2 per- fittings, nonstandard fittings, mani-
cent offset) at test temperature. folds, seacocks, and other appur-
(2) Pneumatic tests may be used in tenances must be hydrostatically test-
lieu of the required hydrostatic test ed to twice the rated pressure stamped
(except as permitted in paragraph (b)(3) thereon, except that no component
of this section), only when— should be tested at a pressure causing
stresses in excess of 90 percent of its
(i) Piping subassemblies or systems
yield strength.
are so designed or supported that they
cannot be safely filled with water; 1 or (b) Items for which an accepted
standard appears in Table 56.60–1(b)
(ii) Piping subassemblies or systems
need not be tested as described in para-
are to be used in services where traces
graph (a) of this section, but need only
of the testing medium cannot be toler-
meet the test required in the applica-
ated and, whenever possible, the piping
ble standard.
subassemblies or system have been pre-
viously hydrostatically tested to the [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as
pressure required in § 56.97–30(e). amended by CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40615, Oct. 2,
(3) A pneumatic test at a pressure 1989]
not to exceed 25 psig may be applied be-
fore a hydrostatic or a pneumatic test § 56.97–25 Preparation for testing (re-
produces 137.2).
as a means of locating major leaks.
The preliminary pneumatic test must (a) Exposure of joints. All joints in-
be carried out in accordance with the cluding welds must be left uninsulated
requirements of § 56.97–35. and exposed for examination during the
test.
NOTE: Compressed gas is hazardous when
used as a testing medium. It is, therefore,
(b) Addition of temporary supports.
recommended that special precautions for Piping systems designed for vapor or
protection of personnel be taken whenever gas may be provided with additional
gas under pressure is used as the test me- temporary supports, if necessary, to
dium. support the weight of the test liquid.
(c) Restraint or isolation of expansion
1 These tests may be made with the item joints. Expansion joints must be pro-
being tested partially filled with water, if de- vided with temporary restraint, if re-
sired. quired for the additional pressure load
240
under test, or they must be isolated for a minimum of 10 minutes (see

from the test. § 56.97–30(g)), examination for leakage
(d) Isolation of equipment not subjected must be made of all joints, connections
to pressure test. Equipment that is not and of all regions of high stress, such
to be subjected to the pressure test as regions around openings and thick-
must be either disconnected from the ness-transition sections.
piping subassembly or system or iso- (e) Minimum required hydrostatic test
lated by a blank flange or similar pressure. Except as otherwise permitted
means. Valves may be used if the valve in § 56.97–30(f) or § 56.97–40, piping sys-
with its closure is suitable for the pro- tems must be subjected to a hydro-
posed test pressure. static test pressure that at every point
(e) Treatment of flanged joints con- in the system is not less than 1.5 times
taining blinds. Flanged joints at which the maximum allowable working pres-
blinds are inserted to blank off other sure.
equipment during the test need not be (f) Maximum permissible hydrostatic
tested. test pressure. (1) When a system is test-
(f) Precautions against test medium ex- ed hydrostatically, the test pressure
pansion. If a pressure test is to be must not exceed the maximum test
maintained for a period of time and the pressure of any component such as ves-
test medium in the system is subject to sels, pumps, or valves in the system.
thermal expansion, precautions must
(2) At no time during the hydrostatic
be taken to avoid excessive pressure. A
test may any part of the piping system
small relief valve set to 11⁄3 times the
be subjected to a stress greater than 90
test pressure is recommended during
percent of its yield strength (0.2 per-
the pressure test.
cent offset) at test temperature.
[CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40167, Sept. 2, 1975] (g) Hydrostatic test pressure holding
time. The hydrostatic test pressure
§ 56.97–30 Hydrostatic tests (modifies must be maintained for a minimum
137.4).
total time of 10 minutes and for such
(a) Provision of air vents at high points. additional time as may be necessary to
Vents must be provided at all high conduct the examination for leakage
points of the piping subassembly or required by § 56.97–30(d).
system in the position in which the
test is to be conducted to purge air [CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40167, Sept. 2, 1975, as
pockets while the component or system amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65185,
Oct. 31, 2008]
is filling.
(b) Test medium and test temperature. § 56.97–35 Pneumatic tests (replaces
(1) Water will be used for a hydrostatic 137.5).
leak test unless another medium is ap-
proved by the Commandant. (a) General Requirements. When a
(2) The temperature of the test me- pneumatic test is performed, it must be
dium will be that of the available conducted in accordance with the re-
source unless otherwise approved by quirements of this section.
the Commandant upon review of the (b) Test medium and test temperature.
metallurgical aspects of the piping ma- (1) The gas used as the test medium
terials with respect to its brittle frac- must not be flammable.
ture properties. (2) The temperature of the test me-
(c) Check of test equipment before ap- dium will be that of the available
plying pressure. The test equipment source unless otherwise approved by
must be examined before pressure is the Commandant upon review of the
applied to ensure that it is tight and metallurgical aspects of the piping ma-
that all low-pressure filling lines and terials with respect to its brittle frac-
other items that should not be sub- ture properties.
jected to the test pressure have been (c) Check of test equipment before ap-
disconnected or isolated by valves or plying pressure. The test equipment
other suitable means. must be examined before pressure is
(d) Examination for leakage after appli- applied to ensure that it is tight and
cation of pressure. Following the appli- that all items that should not be sub-
cation of the hydrostatic test pressure jected to the test pressure have been
241
§ 56.97–38 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
disconnected or isolated by valves or complete and all joints are leak-tight,

other suitable means. the piping has met the requirements of
(d) Procedure for applying pressure. § 56.97–1.
The pressure in the system must
gradually be increased to not more [CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40168, Sept. 2, 1975]
than one-half of the test pressure, after
§ 56.97–40 Installation tests.
which the pressure is increased in steps
of approximately one-tenth of the test (a) The following piping systems
pressure until the required test pres- shall be hydrostatically leak tested in
sure has been reached. the presence of a marine inspector at a
(e) Examination for leakage after appli- pressure of 11⁄2 times the maximum al-
cation of pressure. Following the appli- lowable working pressure of the sys-
cation of pressure for the time speci- tem:
fied in § 56.97–35(h), examination for (1) Class I steam, feedwater, and
leakage in accordance with 56.97–30(d) blowoff piping. Where piping is at-
must be conducted. tached to boilers by welding without
(f) Minimum required pneumatic test
practical means of blanking off for
pressure. Except as provided in § 56.97–
testing, the piping shall be subjected to
35(g) or § 56.97–40, the pneumatic test
the same hydrostatic pressure to which
pressure may not be less than 1.20 nor
more than 1.25 times the maximum al- the boiler is tested. The maximum al-
lowable working pressure of the piping lowable working pressures of boiler
subassembly system. feedwater and blowoff piping shall be
(g) Maximum permissible pneumatic test the design pressures specified in
pressure. When a system is tested pneu- §§ 56.50–30(a)(3) and 56.50–40(b), respec-
matically, the test pressure may not tively.
exceed the maximum test pressure of (2) Fuel oil discharge piping between
any component such as vessels, pumps the pumps and the burners, but not less
or valves in the system. than 500 pounds per square inch.
(h) Pneumatic test pressure holding (3) High-pressure piping for tank
time. The pneumatic test pressure must cleaning operations.
be maintained for a minimum total (4) Flammable or corrosive liquids
time of 10 minutes and for such addi- and compressed gas cargo piping, but
tional time as may be necessary to not less than 150 pounds per square
conduct the examination for leakage inch.
required in § 56.97–30(d). (5) Any Class I, I-L, II-L piping.
[CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40168, Sept. 2, 1975] (6) Cargo oil piping.
(7) Firemains, but not less than 150
§ 56.97–38 Initial service leak test (re- pounds per square inch.
produces 137.7).
(8) Fuel oil transfer and filling pip-
(a) An initial service leak test and in- ing.
spection is acceptable when other types (9) Class I compressed air piping.
of test are not practical or when leak
(10) Fixed oxygen-acetylene system
tightness is conveniently demonstrable
piping.
due to the nature of the service. One
example is turbine extraction piping (b) Installation testing requirements
where shut-off valves are not available for refrigeration, fluid power, and liq-
for isolating a line and where tem- uefied petroleum gas cooking and heat-
porary closures are impractical. Others ing systems may be found in part 58 of
may be systems for service water, low this subchapter.
pressure condensate, plant and instru- (c) Class II piping systems shall be
ment air, etc., where checking out of tested under working conditions as
pumps and compressors afford ample specified in the section on initial serv-
opportunity for leak tightness inspec- ice leak test, § 56.97–38.
tion prior to fullscale operation. [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as
(b) The piping system must be gradu- amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9980, June 17,
ally brought up to design pressure. 1970; CGD 72–206R, 38 FR 17229, June 29, 1973
After inspection of the piping system CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40168, Sept. 2, 1975; CGD 95–
has proven that the installation is 028, 62 FR 51202, Sept. 30, 1997]
242
PART 57—WELDING AND BRAZING (b) (Modifies QW 305 and QB 305.) Op-
erators of fully automatic welding and
Subpart 57.01—Scope brazing machines are specifically ex-
empt from performance qualification
Sec. tests.
57.01–1 Qualifications and production tests.
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18872, Dec. 18, 1968, as
Subpart 57.02—General Requirements amended by CGD 74–102, 40 FR 27460, June 30,
1975]
57.02–2 Adoption of section IX of the ASME
Code. Subpart 57.02—General
57.02–3 Performance qualifications issued by Requirements
other agencies.
57.02–4 Fabricator’s responsibility. § 57.02–1 Incorporation by reference.
57.02–5 Filler metals. (a) Certain material is incorporated
Subpart 57.03—Procedure Qualifications by reference into this part with the ap-
proval of the Director of the Federal
57.03–1 General requirements. Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C.
552(a). To enforce any edition other
Subpart 57.04—Procedure Qualification than that specified in paragraph (b) of
Range this section, the Coast Guard must
57.04–1 Test specimen requirements and def- publish notice of change in the FED-
inition of ranges (modifies QW 202, QW ERAL REGISTER and make the material
210, QW 451, and QB 202). available to the public. All approved
material is on file at the Coast Guard
Subpart 57.05—Performance Qualifications Headquarters. Contact Commandant
57.05–1 General. (CG–ENG), Attn: Office of Design and
57.05–2 Transfer of performance qualifica- Engineering Systems, U.S. Coast Guard
tions. Stop 7509, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr.
57.05–3 Limited space qualifications. Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20593–7509.
57.05–4 Welder qualification by procedure The material is also and is available
tests. from the sources indicated in para-
57.05–5 Low temperature application.
graph (b) of this section or at the Na-
Subpart 57.06—Production Tests tional Archives and Records Adminis-
tration (NARA). For information on
57.06–1 Production test plate requirements. the availability of this material at
57.06–2 Production test plate interval of NARA, call 202–741–6030, or go to: http://
testing. www.archives.gov/federal_register/
57.06–3 Method of performing production
testing.
57.06–4 Production testing specimen re- ibr_locations.html.
quirements. (b) The material approved for incor-
57.06–5 Production toughness testing. poration by reference in this part and
AUTHORITY: 46 U.S.C. 3306, 3703, E.O. 12234,
the sections affected are:
45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; 49 CFR American Society of Mechanical Engineers
1.46. (ASME) International
SOURCE: CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18872, Dec. 18, Three Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016–5990
1968, unless otherwise noted. Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, sec-
tion IX, Welding and Brazing
Subpart 57.01—Scope Qualifications, July 1989 with 1989
addenda......57.01–1; 57.02–2; 57.02–3; 57.02–4;
§ 57.01–1 Qualifications and produc- 57.03–1; 57.04–1; 57.05–1; 57.06–1; 57.06–3;
tion tests. 57.06–4
(a) (Replaces QW 101 and QB 101.) The [CGD 88–032, 56 FR 35823, July 29, 1991, as
regulations in this part shall apply to amended by CGD 95–072, 60 FR 50462, Sept. 29,
1995; 60 FR 54106, Oct. 19, 1995; CGD 96–041, 61
the qualification of welding proce-
FR 50728, Sept. 27, 1996; USCG–1999–6216, 64
dures, welders, and brazers, and to pro- FR 53224, Oct. 1, 1999; USCG–2009–0702, 74 FR
duction tests for all types of manual 49229, Sept. 25, 2009; USCG–2012–0832, 77 FR
and machine arc and gas welding and 59778, Oct. 1, 2012; USCG–2013–0671, 78 FR
brazing processes. 60148, Sept. 30, 2013]
243
§ 57.02–2 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
§ 57.02–2 Adoption of section IX of the W = Part containing requirements for weld-

ASME Code. ing procedure, welder, and welding oper-
ator qualifications.
(a) The qualifications for all types of 131 = Major division within the part.
welders and brazers, the qualification 131.1 = Specific subparagraph within the
of welding procedures, and the produc- part.
tion tests for all types of manual and (c) When a paragraph or a section of
machine arc and gas welding and braz- the regulations in this part relates to
ing processes shall be in accordance material in section IX of the ASME
with section IX of the ASME (Amer- Code, the relationship with the code
ican Society of Mechanical Engineers) will be shown immediately following
Code, as limited, modified, or replaced the heading of the section or at the be-
by specific requirements in this part. ginning of the paragraph as follows:
For general information Table 57.02– (1) (Modifies Q______.) This indicates
1(a) lists the various paragraphs in sec- that the material in Q______ is gen-
tion IX of the ASME Code which are erally applicable but is being altered,
limited, modified, or replaced by regu- amplified or augmented.
lations in this part. (2) (Replaces Q______.) This indicates
that Q______ does not apply.
TABLE 57.02–1(a)—LIMITATIONS AND MODIFICA-
(3) (Reproduces Q______.) This indi-
TIONS TO THE ADOPTION OF SECTION IX OF
cates that Q______ is being identically
THE ASME CODE
reproduced for convenience, not for
Paragraphs in section IX ASME code, and emphasis.
Unit of this part
Disposition
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18872, Dec. 18, 1968, as
QW–101 replaced by .................................... 57.01–1(a). amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9980, June 17,
QW–103 replaced by .................................... 57.02–3(a). 1970; CGD 74–102, 40 FR 27460, June 30, 1975.
QW–201 modified by .................................... 57.03–1(a). Redesignated by CGD 88–032, 56 FR 35823,
QW–202 modified by .................................... 57.04–1 July 29, 1991; CGD 95–012, 60 FR 48050, Sept.
QW–202.1 modified by ................................. 57.03–1(b). 18, 1995]
QW–210 modified by .................................... 57.04–1.
QW–211 modified by .................................... 57.02–4. § 57.02–3 Performance qualifications
QW–253 modified by .................................... 57.03–1(g). issued by other agencies.
QW–254 modified by .................................... 57.03–1(g).
QW–255 modified by .................................... 57.03–1(g). (a) Within the limits of the qualifica-
QW–305 modified by .................................... 57.01–1(b). tion tests passed, the Officer in Charge,
QW–451 modified by .................................... 57.03–1(b) and Marine Inspection, may accept welders
57.04–1.
who have been qualified by other agen-
QB–101 replaced by ..................................... 57.01–1(a).
QB–103 replaced by ..................................... 57.02–3(a). cies of the Federal Government; by the
QB–201 modified by ..................................... 57.03–1(a). American Bureau of Shipping; or by
QB–202 modified by ..................................... 57.04–1. the fabricator concerned, provided the
QB–305 modified by ..................................... 57.01–1(b). fabricator’s tests have been certified by
an authorized Code inspector as defined
(1) As stated in § 50.15–5 of this sub- in paragraphs PG–91, N–612, HG–515.2,
chapter, section IX of the ASME Code or UG–91 of the ASME Code.
is adopted and shall be the governing
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18872, Dec. 18, 1968. Redes-
requirements for the qualification of
ignated by CGD 88–032, 56 FR 35832, July 29,
all types of welders and brazers, the 1991]
qualification of all types of welding
procedures, and the production tests § 57.02–4 Fabricator’s responsibility.
for all types of manual and machine
(a) (Replaces QW 103 and QB 103).
arc and gas welding and brazing proc-
Each manufacturer or contractor is re-
esses used in fabricating power boilers,
sponsible for the welding and brazing
heating boilers, pressure vessels and
done by his organization and shall con-
piping unless specifically limited,
duct tests required in this part to qual-
modified or replaced by other regula-
ify the welding and brazing procedures
tions in this part.
used and the performance of welders
(b) References to the ASME Code, and brazers who apply these proce-
like paragraph QW–131.1 indicate:
dures. The manufacturer shall bear the

Q = Section IX, Welding and Brazing Quali- expense of conducting the tests. Each
fications, ASME Code. manufacturer shall maintain a record
244
of the test results obtained in welding Subpart 57.03—Procedure

and brazing procedure and welder and Qualifications
brazer performance qualifications.
These required records, together with § 57.03–1 General requirements.
identification data, shall be main- (a) (Modifies QW 201 and QB 201). In
tained by the manufacturer or con- order to obtain Coast Guard approval
tractor on the recommended forms il- of a weld procedure to be used on weld-
lustrated in QW 480 and QB 480 of sec- ed fabrication that is required to meet
tion IX, ASME Code, or on any other the requirements of this part each
form acceptable to the Officer in manufacturer or contractor must do
Charge, Marine Inspection. Upon re- the following:
quest, duplicate forms shall be fur- (1) Each manufacturer or contractor
nished by the manufacturer or con- must submit to the cognizant Officer in
tractor to the marine inspector. Charge, Marine Inspection, for ap-
(b) Except as otherwise provided for proval, a welding or brazing procedure
specification for the particular welding
in § 57.02–2, the fabricator shall notify
or brazing process to be used. The weld-
the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspec-
ing or brazing procedure specification
tion, prior to conducting performance must include a sketch showing joint
or procedure qualification tests, and preparation. Suggested forms showing
arrange a suitable time and place for the information which is required in
conducting the tests, so that a marine the welding or brazing procedure speci-
inspector may be present. fication are in QW 480 and QB 480 of
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18872, Dec. 18, 1968, as section IX of the ASME Code.
amended by CGD 74–102, 40 FR 27460, June 30, (2) Each manufacturer or contractor
1975. Redesignated by CGD 88–032, 56 FR must submit to the cognizant Officer in
35823, July 29, 1991] Charge, Marine Inspection, for ap-
proval, the results of the physical tests
§ 57.02–5 Filler metals. required by section IX of the ASME
Code.
(a) Except as provided for in para-
(b) (Modifies QW 202.1 and QW 451). To
graph (b) of this section, when filler obtain approval of the welding proce-
metal is used in a welded fabrication dure, fabricators desiring to use any
that is required to meet the require- welding process for applications involv-
ments of this part the filler metal must ing temperatures below ¥18 °C (approx.
be one that has been approved by the 0 °F) must conduct a procedure quali-
American Bureau of Shipping. fication test in accordance with the re-
(b) In instances where a fabricator quirements of paragraph (a) of this sec-
desires to use a filler metal which has tion and the following additional re-
not been approved by the American Bu- quirements:
reau of Shipping the approval of the (1) The test piece must be large
filler metal can be made by the Officer enough so that sufficient material is
in Charge, Marine Inspection on the available for the tests prescribed in QW
basis of the fabricator passing the weld 451 of the ASME Code, plus toughness
procedure qualification tests as out- tests and a macro-etch specimen.
lined in this part. This alternate means (2) To obtain approval the fabricator
of approval applies to wire-gas and must conduct toughness tests and qual-
wire-flux combinations as well as to ify in accordance with § 54.05 of the sub-
stick electrodes. Filler metal approvals chapter. Results of toughness tests
must be submitted for approval to the
given in this manner will extend only
to the specific fabricator to whom they
spection.
are granted. (3) The macro-etch specimen must be
[CGD 74–102, 40 FR 27460, June 30, 1975. Redes- submitted with the test results re-
ignated by CGD 88–032, 56 FR 35823, July 29, quired by paragraph (a) of this section.
1991] Macro-etch specimens must not be ob-
tained by flame or arc cutting from the

test piece. Weld reinforcement must re-
main in place unless the production
245
§ 57.04–1 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
welds are to be machined or ground. Subpart 57.04—Procedure

Backing rings must also be left in place Qualification Range
unless they are to be removed in pro-
duction. § 57.04–1 Test specimen requirements
(4) Low temperature procedure quali- and definition of ranges (modifies
fication thickness ranges are as indi- QW 202, QW 210, QW 451, and QB
202).
cated in Table 57.03–1(b).
The type and number of specimens
TABLE 57.03–1(b)—LOW TEMPERATURE WELD that must be tested to qualify an auto-
PROCEDURE QUALIFICATION THICKNESS RANGES matic, semiautomatic, or manual pro-
cedure specification shall be in accord-
Range of thickness ance with QW 202, QW 210, or QB 202 of
of materials qualified
Thickness, ‘‘t’’ of test plate or pipe as by test plate or pipe the ASME Code as applicable, except as
welded (inches) (inches) supplemented by §§ 57.03–1(b) and 57.03–
Minimum Maximum 1(d).
⁄ to ⁄ , inclusive ............................
1 16 38 ⁄
1 16 ⁄
38 [CGD 74–102, 40 FR 27461, June 30, 1975]
Over 3⁄8 but less than 3⁄4 ................... *3⁄8 ⁄
34
3⁄4 to 3, inclusive ................................ 3⁄4 **t Subpart 57.05—Performance

*For thicknesses less than 5⁄8 inch, the thickness of the test Qualifications
plate or pipe is the minimum thickness qualified.
**Where ‘‘t’’ is the thickest material over 3⁄4 inch to be used
in production. § 57.05–1 General.
(5) The limits for heat input produc- (a) This subpart supplements the var-
ious paragraphs in section IX of the
tion, as measured in Joules/inch, must
Code dealing with Performance Quali-
be at or below the maximum heat input
fications (see § 57.02–2).
applied to the procedure test plate. The
word ‘‘maximum’’ must not be inter- [CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9980, June 17, 1970]
preted as either nominal or average.
§ 57.05–2 Transfer of performance
(c) [Reserved] qualifications.
(d) For quenched and tempered
steels, the Commandant may prescribe (a) The performance qualification
records of a welder may be transferred
special testing to assure that the weld-
from one plant to another of the same
ing procedure produces weldments
company or from one company to an-
which are not prone to low energy frac-
other company provided the following
ture through the heat affected zone. requirements are met:
(e) Welding procedures that utilize (1) The transfer is authorized by the
type E 6012, E 6013, E 6014, E 6024, E cognizant Officer in Charge, Marine In-
7014, or E 7024 electrode will be ap- spection;
proved only for the specific type, size, (2) A copy of the qualification test
and brand electrode used. If a different records of each welder together with
type, size, or brand of electrode is used, employment records and identification
a new procedure qualification test data are transferred by the plant or
must be conducted. company which qualified the welder to
(f) Welding or brazing procedure ap- the new plant or company; and,
provals cannot be transferred from one (3) The new plant or company accepts
plant to another plant of the same the welder as qualified.
company or from one company to an-
§ 57.05–3 Limited space qualifications.
other.
(g) (Modifies QW 253, QW 254, and QW When a welder is to be qualified for
255). Item QW 402.4 is an essential vari- welding or torch brazing of piping on
able for all procedure specifications. board ship in a limited or restricted
space, the space restrictions shown in
[CGD 74–102, 40 FR 27461, June 30, 1975] connection with Figure 57.05–3(a) or (b)
shall be used when welding and brazing
the test joint.
246
FIGURE 57.05–3(A)—LIMITED SPACE RESTRICTION FOR PIPE WELDING PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATION

247
EC01FE91.028
§ 57.05–4 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
FIGURE 57.05–3(B)—LIMITED SPACE RESTRICTION FOR PIPE BRAZING PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATION
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 118872, Dec. 18, 1968, as and Class II-L pressure vessels are
amended by CGD 74–102, 40 FR 27461, June 30, specified in this section.
1975]
(b) Main power boilers shall meet the
§ 57.05–4 Welder qualification by pro- test plate requirements for Class I
cedure tests. pressure vessels.
Qualification tests of welders may be (c) Test plates are not required for
omitted for welders who weld satisfac- heating boilers or Class III pressure
tory procedure qualification test as- vessels. Test plates are not required for
semblies as required by subpart 57.03. main power boilers or pressure vessels
constructed of P–1 material as listed in
§ 57.05–5 Low temperature application. QW 422 of the ASME Code whose welded
For low temperature application, joints are fully radiographed as re-
each welder shall demonstrate his abil- quired by part 52 or 54 of this sub-
ity to weld satisfactorily in accordance chapter as applicable except when
with procedures qualified in accord- toughness tests are required in accord-
ance with § 57.03–1(b). Manual welding ance with § 57.06–5. When toughness
shall be qualified in the position pre- tests are required all prescribed pro-
scribed by the procedure. duction tests shall be performed.
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18872, Dec. 18, 1968, as
Subpart 57.06—Production Tests amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9980, June 17,
1970; CGD 72–206R, 38 FR 17229, June 29, 1973;
§ 57.06–1 Production test plate require- CGD 74–102, 40 FR 27461, June 30, 1975; CGD
ments.
95–012, 60 FR 48050, Sept. 18, 1995]

(a) Production test plates shall be
provided for Class I, Class I-L, Class II,
248
EC01FE91.029
§ 57.06–2 Production test plate interval § 57.06–3 Method of performing pro-

of testing. duction testing.
(a) At least one set of production test (a) Except as otherwise specified in
plates shall be welded for each Class I this section a test plate shall be at-
or Class I-L pressure vessel except as tached to the shell plate on one end of
follows: the longitudinal joint of each vessel as
(1) When the extent of welding on a shown in Figure 57.06–3, so that the
single vessel exceeds 50 lineal feet of ei- edges of the test plate to be welded are
a continuation of and duplication of
ther or both longitudinal and circum-
the corresponding edges of the longitu-
ferential joints, at least one set of test
dinal joint. For attached test plates,
plates shall be welded for each 50 feet
the weld metal shall be deposited in
of joint. the test plate welding groove continu-
(2) When the extent of welding on ously with the weld metal deposited in
vessels welded in succession exceeds 50 the groove of the longitudinal joint. As
lineal feet of either or both longitu- an alternate method, the marine in-
dinal and circumferential joints, at spector may permit the use of separate
least one set of test plates shall be test plates, provided the same welding
welded for each 50 feet of aggregate process, procedure, and technique em-
joint of the same material where the ployed in the fabrication of the longi-
plate thicknesses fall within a range of tudinal joint are used in welding the
one-fourth inch. For each 50-foot incre- test plates.
ment of weld, test plates shall be pre- (b) All test plates, whether attached
pared at the time of fabrication of the to the shell or separate in accordance
first vessel involving that increment. with paragraphs (a) and (d) of this sec-
(b) Production test plates for Class tion, shall be prepared from material of
II-L pressure vessels shall be prepared the same specification, thickness, and
as for Classes I and I-L vessels except heat treatment and, for Class I-L and
that the provisions of paragraphs (a)(1) Class II-L vessels, the same heat as
and (2) of this section are applicable to that of the vessel for which they are re-
quired. However, except when required
each 150 lineal feet of welded joint in
to be from a specific heat, test plates
lieu of each 50 lineal feet.
may be prepared from material of a dif-
(c) In the case of Class II pressure ferent product form, such as plate in
vessels no more than one set of produc- lieu of a forging, provided the chemical
tion test plates need be prepared for composition is within the vessel mate-
each 300 lineal feet of either or both rial specification limits and the melt-
longitudinal and circumferential ing practice is the same.
joints. In the case of single vessel fab- (c) Test plates are not required for
rication a set of test plates is required welded nozzle attachments.
for each 300 lineal feet of weld or frac- (d) In the case of vessels having no
tion thereof. In the case of multiple longitudinal welded joints, at least one
vessel fabrication where each incre- set of test plates shall be welded for
ment of 300 lineal feet of weld involves each vessel, using the circumferential
more than one pressure vessel, the set joint process, procedure and technique,
of test plates shall be prepared at the except that the provisions of § 57.06–2(a)
time of fabrication of the first vessel shall also apply for Classes I and I-L
involving that increment. vessels, and that the provisions of
§ 57.06–2 (a) and (c) shall also apply for
Classes II and II-L vessels.
249
§ 57.06–4 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
FIGURE 57.06–3—(PW–53.2) METHOD OF FORMING LONGITUDINAL TEST PLATES
(e) Test plates shall be made by the guided side bend specimen shall be
same welder producing the longitu- tested. In addition boiler drums of
dinal and circumferential joints. If thickness five-eighths inch or greater
more than one welder is employed in shall have a tension test specimen of
the welding of the pressure vessel(s), the weld metal as required by para-
the test plates shall be made by the graph (f)(2) of this section. Toughness
welder designated by the marine in- tests are required for Classes I-L and
spector. The test plates shall be of the II-L pressure vessels as specified in
same thickness as the material being § 57.06–5.
welded and shall be of sufficient size to (b) The test plates shall be so sup-
provide two specimens of each type reported that the warping due to welding
quired, except that in the case of pres- shall not throw the finished test plate
sure vessels having no longitudinal out of line by an angle of over 5°.
seams, the test plate need be only of (c) Where the welding has warped the
sufficient length to provide one set of test plates, the plates shall be straight-
test specimens, and if a retest is nec- ened before being stress-relieved. The
essary, an additional set of test plates test plates shall be subjected to the
may be welded separately. same stress-relieving operation as re-
quired by this subchapter for the pres-
§ 57.06–4 Production testing specimen sure vessel itself. At no time shall the
requirements. test plates be heated to a temperature
(a) For test plates three-fourths inch higher than that used for stress-reliev-
or less in thickness one reduced section ing the vessel.
tensile specimen and two free-bend (d) The bend specimens shall be
specimens shall be tested. For plates taken from opposite sides of the re-
exceeding three-fourths inch in thick- duced-section tensile specimen in their
ness one reduced section tensile speci- respective test plates as shown in Fig-
men, one free-bend specimen and one ures 57.06–4(d)(1) and 57.06–4(d)(2).
250
EC01FE91.030
FIGURE 57.06–4(D)(1)—WORKMANSHIP TEST PLATES FOR MATERIAL THREE-FOURTHS INCH OR LESS

IN THICKNESS
251
EC01FE91.031
§ 57.06–4 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
FIGURE 57.06–4(D)(2)—WORKMANSHIP TEST PLATES FOR MATERIAL THREE-FOURTHS INCH OR LESS

IN THICKNESS
(e) In submitting the samples for test form and dimensions shall be as shown
the manufacturer shall state the min- in Figure 57.06–4(f)(1)(i). When the ca-
imum and maximum tensile range of pacity of the available testing machine
the base metal. does not permit testing a specimen of
(f) The external appearances of the the full thickness of the welded plate,
welds and the amount of weld rein- the specimen may be cut with a thin
forcement shall conform to the re- saw into as many portions of the thick-
quirements for fabrication, and the ness as necessary, as shown in Figure
maximum reinforcement for the test 57.06–4(f)(1)(ii) each of which shall meet
plates shall not exceed the maximum the requirements. The tensile strength
permitted for construction. of the joint specimen when it breaks in
(1) The tension-test specimen of the the weld shall not be less than the min-
joint shall be transverse to the welded imum of the specified tensile range of
joint and shall be of the full thickness the plate used. If the specimen breaks
of the plate after the weld reinforce- in the plate at not less than 95 percent
ment has been machined flush. The of the minimum specified tensile range
252
EC01FE91.032
of the plate and the weld shows no sign taken entirely from the deposited
of weakness, the test is considered ac- metal. The all-weld tension test speci-
ceptable. men shall have a tensile strength of
(2) Boiler drums fabricated of plate of not less than the minimum of the
thicknesses of five-eighths inch or range of the plate which is welded and
greater shall have a tension-test speci- shall have a minimum elongation in 2
men of the weld metal machined to inches of not less than 20 percent.
form as shown in Figure 57.06–4(f)(2)
FIGURE 57.06–4(F)(1)(I)—(PW–53.1) REDUCED-SECTION TEST SPECIMEN FOR TENSION TEST OF

WELDED JOINT
253
EC01FE91.033
§ 57.06–4 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
FIGURE 57.06–4(F)(1)(II)—(PW–53.3) CROSS SECTION OF BEND-TEST SPECIMENS FROM VERY THICK

PLATE
FIGURE 57.06–4(F)(2)—(PW–53.3) ALL WELD METAL TENSION-TEST SPECIMEN
(g) The freebend specimens shall be fourths inch or less in thickness one of
of the form and dimensions shown in the specimens shall be bent with the
Figure 57.06–4(g). For plates of three- face of the weld in tension. Each
EC01FE91.034 EC01FE91.035
254
freebend specimen shall be bent cold many portions of the thickness as nec-
under freebending conditions until the essary as shown in Figure 57.06–
elongation measured within or across 4(f)(1)(ii), provided each such piece re-
approximately the entire weld on the tains the proportion of 11⁄2 to 1, width
outer surface of the bend is at least 30 to thickness, each of which shall meet
percent, except that for Class II and the requirements. Cracks at the cor-
Class II-L pressure vessels, the min- ners of the specimens or small defects
imum elongation shall be 20 percent. in the convex surface, the greatest di-
When the capacity of the available mensions of which do not exceed one-
testing machine will not permit testing
sixteenth inch need not be considered
a full thickness specimen, the speci-
as failures.
men may be cut with a thin saw into as
FIGURE 57.06–4(G)—(PW–53.8) SPECIMEN FOR FREE-BEND TEST
(h) The guided-bend specimen shall direction. Where the plate thickness
be bent with the side of the weld in exceeds two inches, the specimen shall
tension, its width shall be equal to the be cut in two so that each portion does
full thickness of the plate and its not exceed 2 inches in width. Each such
thickness, after machining, shall be portion shall be tested and shall meet
0.350 inch to 0.380 inch to permit bend- the requirements.
ing in a jig having the contour of the (i) One retest shall be made for each
standard jig as shown in Figure QW of the original specimens which fails to
466.1, QW 466.2, or QW 466.3 of the meet the requirements. Should the
ASME Code. The specimen shall with- retests fail to meet the requirements,
stand being bent cold to the full capac- the welds which they represent shall be
ity of the jig without developing any
crack exceeding one-eighth inch in any
255
EC01FE91.036
§ 57.06–5 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
chipped out, rewelded and new test 58.10–10 Diesel engine installations.
plates provided. 58.10–15 Gas turbine installations.
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18872, Dec. 18, 1968, as Subpart 58.16—Liquefied Petroleum Gases
amended by CGFR 69–127R, 35 FR 9980, June for Cooking and Heating
17, 1970; CGD 74–102, 40 FR 27461, June 30,
1975; CGD 80–004, 45 FR 10796, Feb. 19, 1980; 58.16–1 Scope.
CGD 95–012, 60 FR 48050, Sept. 18, 1995] 58.16–5 Definition.
58.16–7 Use of liquefied petroleum gas.
§ 57.06–5 Production toughness test- 58.16–10 Approvals.
ing. 58.16–15 Valves and safety relief devices.
58.16–16 Reducing regulators.
(a) In addition to the test specimens 58.16–17 Piping and fittings.
required by § 57.06–4(a), production 58.16–18 Installation.
toughness test plates shall be prepared 58.16–19 Tests.
for Classes I-L and II-L pressure vessels 58.16–20 Ventilation of compartments con-
in accordance with subpart 54.05 of this taining gas-consuming appliances.
subchapter. 58.16–25 Odorization.
58.16–30 Operating instructions.
(b) For nonpressure vessel type cargo 58.16–35 Markings.
tanks and associated secondary bar-
riers as defined in § 38.05–4 of sub- Subpart 58.20—Refrigeration Machinery
chapter D (Tank Vessels) of this chap-
ter, production toughness test plates 58.20–1 Scope.
58.20–5 Design.
shall be prepared in accordance with
58.20–10 Pressure relieving devices.
subpart 54.05 of this subchapter. 58.20–15 Installation of refrigerating ma-
[CGD 68–82, 33 FR 18872, Dec. 18, 1968, as chinery.
amended by CGD 72–206R, 38 FR 17229, June 58.20–20 Refrigeration piping.
29, 1973; CGD 95–012, 60 FR 48050, Sept. 18, 58.20–25 Tests.
1995]
Subpart 58.25—Steering Gear
PART 58—MAIN AND AUXILIARY 58.25–1 Applicability.
MACHINERY AND RELATED SYS- 58.25–5 General.
58.25–10 Main and auxiliary steering gear.
TEMS 58.25–15 Voice communications.
58.25–20 Piping for steering gear.
Subpart 58.01—General Requirements 58.25–25 Indicating and alarm systems.
58.25–30 Automatic restart.
Sec. 58.25–35 Helm arrangements.
58.01–1 Scope.
58.25–40 Arrangement of the steering-gear
58.01–5 Applicable standards.
compartment.
58.01–10 Fuel oil.
58.25–45 Buffers.
58.01–20 Machinery guards.
58.25–50 Rudder stops.
58.01–25 Means of stopping machinery.
58.25–55 Overcurrent protection for steering-
58.01–30 Trial-trip observance.
gear systems.
58.01–35 Main propulsion auxiliary machin-
58.25–60 Non-duplicated hydraulic rudder ac-
ery.
tuators.
58.01–40 Machinery, angles of inclination.
58.25–65 Feeder circuits.
58.01–45 Machinery space, ventilation.
58.25–70 Steering-gear control systems.
58.01–50 Machinery space, noise.
58.25–75 Materials.
58.01–55 Tanks for flammable and combus-
58.25–80 Automatic pilots and ancillary
tible oil.
steering gear.
58.25–85 Special requirements for tank ves-
Subpart 58.03—Incorporation of Standards
sels.
Subpart 58.30—Fluid Power and Control
Subpart 58.05—Main Propulsion Machinery Systems
58.05–1 Material, design and construction. 58.30–1 Scope.
58.05–5 Astern power. 58.30–5 Design requirements.
58.05–10 Automatic shut-off. 58.30–10 Hydraulic fluid.
58.30–15 Pipe, tubing, valves, fittings,
Subpart 58.10—Internal Combustion Engine pumps, and motors.
Installations 58.30–20 Fluid power hose and fittings.

58.30–25 Accumulators.
58.10–5 Gasoline engine installations. 58.30–30 Fluid power cylinders.
256
58.30–35 Testing. (2) Except as otherwise permitted by
58.30–40 Plans. § 58.50–1(b), fuel oil with a flashpoint of
58.30–50 Requirements for miscellaneous
not less than 43 °C (110 °F) may be used
fluid power and control systems.
in emergency generators.
Subpart 58.50—Independent Fuel Tanks (3) Subject to such further pre-
cautions as the Commanding Officer,
58.50–1 General requirements.
Marine Safety Center, considers nec-
58.50–5 Gasoline fuel tanks.
58.50–10 Diesel fuel tanks. essary, and provided that the ambient
58.50–15 Alternate material for construction temperature of the space in which such
of independent fuel tanks. fuel oil is stored or used does not rise
to within 18 °F (10 °C) below the
Subpart 58.60—Industrial Systems and flashpoint of the fuel oil, fuel oil hav-
Components on Mobile Offshore Drill- ing a flashpoint of less than 140 °F (60
ing Units (MODU) °C) but not less than 110 °F (43 °C) may
58.60–1 Applicability. be used.
58.60–2 Alternatives and substitutions. (4) In a cargo vessel, fuel having a
58.60–3 Pressure vessel. lower flashpoint than otherwise speci-
58.60–5 Industrial systems: Locations.
fied in this section—for example, crude
58.60–7 Industrial systems: Piping.
58.60–9 Industrial systems: Design. oil—may be used provided that such
58.60–11 Analyses, plans, diagrams and spec- fuel is not stored in any machinery
ifications: Submission. space and that the Commanding Offi-
58.60–13 Inspection. cer, Marine Safety Center, approves
AUTHORITY: 43 U.S.C. 1333; 46 U.S.C. 3306, the complete installation.
3703; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 (b) The flashpoint of oil must be de-
Comp., p. 277; Department of Homeland Secu- termined by the Pensky-Martens
rity Delegation No. 0170.1. Closed Tester, ASTM D 93 (incor-
SOURCE: CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18878, Dec. 18, porated by reference, see § 58.03–1).
[CGD 83–043, 60 FR 24775, May 10, 1995, as
Subpart 58.01—General Dec. 1, 1999; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65186,
Requirements Oct. 31, 2008]
§ 58.01–1 Scope. § 58.01–20 Machinery guards.

The regulations in this part contain Gears, couplings, flywheels and all
requirements for the design and con- machinery capable of injuring per-
struction of main and auxiliary ma-
sonnel shall be provided with adequate
chinery installed on vessels.
covers or guards.
§ 58.01–5 Applicable standards.
§ 58.01–25 Means of stopping machin-
The applicable standards established ery.
by the ABS Steel Vessel Rules (incor-
porated by reference, see 46 CFR 58.03– Machinery driving forced-draft and
1), may be used as the standard for the induced-draft fans, fuel-oil transfer
design, construction, and testing of pumps, fuel-oil unit and service pumps,
main and auxiliary machinery except and similar fuel-oil pumps must be
as modified in this subchapter. fitted with remote controls from a
readily accessible position outside the
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18878, Dec. 18, 1968, as
space concerned so that the fans or
Oct. 31, 2008] pumps may be stopped in case of fire in
the compartment in which they are lo-
§ 58.01–10 Fuel oil. cated. The controls must be suitably
(a) The following limits apply to the protected against accidental operation
use of oil as fuel: and against tampering and must be
(1) Except as otherwise permitted by suitably marked.
this section, no fuel oil with a [CGD 83–043, 60 FR 24775, May 10, 1995]
flashpoint of less than 60 °C (140 °F)
may be used.
257
§ 58.01–30 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
§ 58.01–30 Trial-trip observance. for the operation of the machinery and

for the safety, efficiency, and comfort
The operation of main and auxiliary
of the crew.
engines, boilers, steering gear, and aux-
iliaries shall be observed on the trial [CGD 83–043, 60 FR 24775, May 10, 1995]
trip of each new vessel and all defi-
ciencies which affect the safety of the § 58.01–50 Machinery space, noise.
vessel shall be corrected to the satis- (a) Each machinery space must be de-
faction of the Officer in Charge, Marine signed to minimize the exposure of per-
Inspection. sonnel to noise in accordance with IMO
A.468(XII) (incorporated by reference,
§ 58.01–35 Main propulsion auxiliary see 46 CFR 58.03–1). No person may en-
machinery. counter a 24-hour effective noise level
Auxiliary machinery vital to the greater than 82 dB(A) when noise is
main propulsion system must be pro- measured using a sound-level meter
vided in duplicate unless the system and an A-weighting filter.
served is provided in independent du- (b) Except as allowed by paragraph
plicate, or otherwise provides contin- (c) of this section, no machinery space
ued or restored propulsion capability in may exceed the following noise levels:
the event of a failure or malfunction of (1) Machinery control room—75 dB(A)
any single auxiliary component. (2) Manned machinery space—90
dB(A)
NOTE: Partial reduction of normal propul- (3) Unmanned machinery space—110
sion capability as a result of malfunction or
failure is acceptable if the reduced capability
dB(A)
is not below that necessary for the vessel to (4) Periodically unattended machin-
run ahead at 7 knots or half speed, whichever ery space—110 dB(A)
is less, and is adequate to maintain control (5) Workshop—85 dB(A)
of the ship. (6) Any other work space around ma-
[CGD 81–030, 53 FR 17837, May 18, 1988]
chinery—90 dB(A)
(c) If adding a source of noise would
§ 58.01–40 Machinery, angles of incli- cause a machinery space to exceed the
nation. noise level permitted by paragraph (b)
of this section, the new source must be
(a) Propulsion machinery and all
suitably insulated or isolated so that
auxiliary machinery essential to the
the space does not exceed that noise
propulsion and safety of the vessel
level. If the space is manned, a refuge
must be designed to operate when the
from noise must be provided within the
vessel is upright, when the vessel is in-
space.
clined under static conditions at any
(d) Ear protection must be provided
angle of list up to and including 15°,
for any person entering any space with
and when the vessel is inclined under a noise level greater than 85 dB(A).
dynamic conditions (rolling) at any (e) Each entrance to a machinery
angle of list up to and including 22.5° space with a noise level greater than 85
and, simultaneously, at any angle of dB(A) must have a warning sign stat-
trim (pitching) up to and including 7.5° ing that each person entering the space
by bow or stern. must wear ear protection.
(b) Deviations from these angles of
inclination may be permitted by the [CGD 83–043, 60 FR 24776, May 10, 1995, as
Commanding Officer, Marine Safety amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65186,
Oct. 31, 2008]
Center, considering the type, size, and
service of the vessel. § 58.01–55 Tanks for flammable and
[CGD 83–043, 60 FR 24775, May 10, 1995] combustible oil.
(a) For the purposes of this section, a
§ 58.01–45 Machinery space, ventila- machinery space of category A is a
tion. space that contains any of the fol-
Each machinery space must be venti- lowing:
lated to ensure that, when machinery (1) Internal-combustion machinery
or boilers are operating at full power in used for main propulsion.

all weather including heavy weather, (2) Internal-combustion machinery
an adequate supply of air is maintained used for other than main propulsion,
258
whose power output is equal to or Subpart 58.03—Incorporation of

greater than 500 HP (375 kw). Standards
(3) Any oil-fired boiler.
(4) Any equipment used to prepare § 58.03–1 Incorporation by reference.
fuel oil for delivery to an oil-fired boil- (a) Certain material is incorporated
er, or equipment used to prepare heat- by reference into this part with the ap-
ed oil for delivery to an internal-com- proval of the Director of the Federal
bustion engine, including any oil-pres- Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1
sure pumps, filters, and heaters dealing CFR part 51. To enforce any edition
with oil pressures above 26 psi. other than that specified in this sec-
(b) As far as practicable, each fuel-oil tion, the Coast Guard must publish no-
tank must be part of the vessel’s struc- tice of change in the FEDERAL REG-
ture and be located outside a machin- ISTER and the material must be avail-
ery space of category A. able to the public. All approved mate-
(c) If a fuel-oil tank, other than a rial is available for inspection at the
double-bottom tank, must be located National Archives and Records Admin-
adjacent to or within a machinery istration (NARA). For information on
space of category A— the availability of this material at
NARA, call 202–741–6030 or go to http://
(1) At least one of its vertical sides
must be contiguous to the boundary of
the machinery space; ibr_locations.html. This material is also
(2) The tank must have a common available for inspection at the Coast
boundary with the double-bottom Guard Headquarters. Contact Com-
tanks; and mandant (CG–ENG), Attn: Office of De-
(3) The area of the tank boundary sign and Engineering Systems, U.S.
common with the machinery spaces Coast Guard Stop 7509, 2703 Martin Lu-
must be kept as small as practicable. ther King Jr. Avenue SE., Washington,
(d) If a fuel-oil tank must be located DC 20593–7509. The material is also
within a machinery space of category available from the sources listed below.
A, it must not contain fuel oil with a (b) American Boat and Yacht Council
flashpoint of less than 60 °C (140 °F). (ABYC), 613 Third Street, Suite 10, An-
(e) In general, no freestanding fuel- napolis, MD 21403:
oil tank is permitted in any machinery (1) P–1–73, Safe Installation of Ex-
space of Category A on a passenger ves- haust Systems for Propulsion and Aux-
sel. A freestanding fuel-oil tank is per- iliary Machinery, 1973 (‘‘ABYC P–1’’),
mitted in other spaces only if author- 58.10–5; and
ized by the Commanding Officer, Ma- (2) [Reserved]
rine Safety Center. If so authorized, (c) American Bureau of Shipping
each freestanding fuel-oil tank must— (ABS), ABS Plaza, 16855 Northchase
(i) Comply with subpart 58.50 of this Drive, Houston, TX 77060.
subchapter; and (1) Rules for Building and Classing
Steel Vessels, Part 4 Vessel Systems
(ii) Be placed in an oil-tight spill
and Machinery (2003) (’’ABS Steel Ves-
tray with a drain pipe leading to a sel Rules’’), 58.01–5; 58.05–1; 58.10–15;
spill-oil tank. 58.20–5; 58.25–5; and
(f) No fuel-oil tank may be located (2) [Reserved]
where spillage or leakage from it can (d) American National Standards Insti-
constitute a hazard by falling on heat- tute (ANSI), 11 West 42nd Street, New
ed surfaces. The design must also pre- York, NY 10036:
vent any oil that may escape under (1) ANSI B31.3, Chemical Plant and
pressure from any pump, filter, or Petroleum Refinery Piping, 1987
heater from coming into contact with (‘‘ANSI B31.3’’), 58.60–7;
heated surfaces. (2) ANSI B31.5, Refrigeration Piping,
[CGD 83–043, 60 FR 24776, May 10, 1995] 1987 (‘‘ANSI B31.5’’), 58.20–5; 58.20–20;
and
(3) ANSI B93.5, Recommended prac-
tice for the use of Fire Resistant Fluids
259
§ 58.03–1 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
for Fluid Power Systems, 1979 (‘‘ANSI Alloy Sheet and Plate (‘‘ASTM B 209’’),
B93.5’’), 58.30–10. 58.50–5; 58.50–10;
(e) American Petroleum Institute (API), (7) ASTM D 92–97, Standard Test
1220 L Street, NW., Washington, DC Method for Flash and Fire Points by
20005–4070: Cleveland Open Cup (‘‘ASTM D 92’’),
(1) API RP 14C, Analysis, Design, In- 58.30–10;
stallation and Testing of Basic Surface (8) ASTM D 93–97, Standard Test
Safety Systems for Offshore Produc- Methods for Flash Point by Pensky-
tion Platforms, 1986 (‘‘API RP 14C’’), Martens Closed Cup Tester (‘‘ASTM D
58.60–9; and 93’’), 58.01–10; and
(2) API RP 53, Recommended Prac- (9) ASTM D 323–94, Standard Test
tice for Blowout Prevention Equipment Method for Vapor Pressure of Petro-
Systems for Drilling Wells, 1984 (‘‘API leum Products (Reid Method) (‘‘ASTM
RP 53’’), 58.60–7. D 323’’), 58.16–5.
(f) American Society of Mechanical En- (h) International Maritime Organiza-
gineers (ASME) International, Three tion (IMO), Publications Section, 4 Al-
Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016–5990: bert Embankment, London SE1 7SR,
(1) 2001 ASME Boiler and Pressure United Kingdom:
Vessel Code, Section I, Rules for Con- (1) A.467(XII), Guidelines for Accept-
struction of Power Boilers (July 1, 2001) ance of Non-Duplicated Rudder Actu-
(‘‘Section I of the ASME Boiler and ators for Tankers, Chemical Tankers
Pressure Vessel Code’’), 58.30–15; and and Gas Carriers of 10,000 Tons Gross
(2) ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Tonnage and Above But Less Than
Code, Section VIII, Division 1, Rules 100,000 Tonnes Deadweight, 1981 (‘‘IMO
for Construction of Pressure Vessels A.467(XII)’’), 58.25–60; and
(1998 with 1999 and 2000 addenda) (2) A.468(XII), Code on Noise Levels
(‘‘Section VIII of the ASME Boiler and on Board Ships, 1981 (‘‘IMO
Pressure Vessel Code’’), 58.30–15. A.468(XII)’’), 58.01–50.
(g) ASTM International (formerly Amer- (i) National Fire Protection Association
ican Society for Testing and Materials)
(NFPA), 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy,
(ASTM), 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West
MA 02169:
Conshohocken, PA 19428–2959:
(1) NFPA 302, Fire Protection Stand-
(1) ASTM A 193/A 193M–98a, Standard
ard for Pleasure and Commercial Craft,
Specification for Alloy-Steel and
1989 (‘‘NFPA 302’’), 58.10–5; and
Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for
High-Temperature Service (‘‘ASTM A (2) [Reserved]
193’’), 58.30–15; (j) Society of Automotive Engineers
(2) ASTM B 96–93, Standard Specifica- (SAE), 400 Commonwealth Drive,
tion for Copper-Silicon Alloy Plate, Warrendale, PA 15096:
Sheet, Strip, and Rolled Bar for Gen- (1) SAE J–1928, Devices Providing
eral Purposes and Pressure Vessels Backfire Flame Control for Gasoline
(‘‘ASTM B 96’’), 58.50–5; Engines in Marine Applications, 1989
(3) ASTM B 122/B 122M–95, Standard (‘‘SAE J–1928’’), 58.10–5; and
Specification for Copper-Nickel-Tin (2) SAE J429, Mechanical and Mate-
Alloy, Copper-Nickel-Zinc Alloy (Nick- rial Requirements for Externally
el Silver), and Copper-Nickel Alloy Threaded Fasteners (Aug. 1983) (‘‘SAE
Plate, Sheet, Strip, and Rolled Bar J429’’), 58.30–15.
(‘‘ASTM B 122’’), 58.50–5; (k) Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
(4) ASTM B 127–93a, Standard Speci- (UL), 12 Laboratory Drive, Research
fication for Nickel-Copper Alloy (UNS Triangle Park, NC 27709:
NO4400) Plate, Sheet, and Strip (1) UL 1111, Marine Carburetor Flame
(‘‘ASTM B 127’’), 58.50–5; 58.50–10; Arresters, 1988 (‘‘UL 1111’’), 58.10–5; and
(5) ASTM B 152–97a, Standard Speci- (2) [Reserved]
fication for Copper Sheet, Strip, Plate,
[USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65186, Oct. 31, 2008,
and Rolled Bar (‘‘ASTM B 152’’), 58.50– as amended by USCG–2009–0702, 74 FR 49229,
5; Sept. 25, 2009; USCG–2012–0832, 77 FR 59778,

(6) ASTM B 209–96, Standard Speci- Oct. 1, 2012; USCG–2013–0671, 78 FR 60148,
fication for Aluminum and Aluminum- Sept. 30, 2013]
260
Subpart 58.05—Main Propulsion (b) Carburetors. (1) Drip collectors

Machinery shall be fitted under all carburetors,
except the down-draft type, to prevent
§ 58.05–1 Material, design and con- fuel leakage from reaching the bilges
struction. and so arranged as to permit ready re-
moval of such fuel leakage. Drip collec-
(a) The material, design, construc-
tors shall be covered with flame
tion, workmanship, and arrangement
screens.
of main propulsion machinery and of
each auxiliary, directly connected to NOTE: It is recommended that drip collec-
the engine and supplied as such, must tors be drained by a device for automatic re-
be at least equivalent to the standards turn of all drip to engine air intakes.
established by the ABS Steel Vessel (2) All gasoline engines must be
Rules (incorporated by reference, see 46 equipped with an acceptable means of
CFR 58.03–1), except as otherwise pro- backfire flame control. Installations of
vided by this subchapter. backfire flame arresters bearing basic
(b) When main and auxiliary machin- Approval Nos. 162.015 or 162.041 or en-
ery is to be installed without classi- gine air and fuel induction systems
fication society review, the builder bearing basic Approval Nos. 162.015 or
shall submit in quadruplicate to the 162.042 may be continued in use as long
cognizant Officer in Charge, Marine In- as they are serviceable and in good
spection, such drawings and particulars condition. New installations or replace-
of the installation as are required by ments must meet the applicable re-
the American Bureau of Shipping Rules quirements of this section.
for Building and Classing Steel Vessels, (3) The following are acceptable
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery means of backfire flame control for
(2003) for similar installations on gasoline engines:
classed vessels. (i) A backfire flame arrester com-
[USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65186, Oct. 31, 2008] plying with SAE J–1928 (incorporated
by reference; see 46 CFR 58.03–1) or UL
§ 58.05–5 Astern power. 1111 (incorporated by reference; see 46
CFR 58.03–1) and marked accordingly.
(a) All vessels shall have sufficient The flame arrester must be suitably se-
power for going astern to secure proper cured to the air intake with a
control of the ship in all normal cir- flametight connection.
cumstances.
(ii) An engine air and fuel induction
§ 58.05–10 Automatic shut-off. system which provides adequate pro-
tection from propagation of backfire
Main propulsion machinery must be flame to the atmosphere equivalent to
provided with automatic shut-off con- that provided by an acceptable back-
trols in accordance with part 62 of this fire flame arrester. A gasoline engine
subchapter. These controls must shut utilizing an air and fuel induction sys-
down main propulsion machinery in tem, and operated without an approved
case of a failure, such as failure of the backfire flame arrester, must either in-
lubricating-oil supply, that could lead clude a reed valve assembly or be in-
rapidly to complete breakdown, serious stalled in accordance with SAE J–1928.
damage, or explosion. (iii) An arrangement of the carbu-
[CGD 83–043, 60 FR 24776, May 10, 1995] retor or engine air induction system
that will disperse any flames caused by
engine backfire. The flames must be
Subpart 58.10—Internal dispersed to the atmosphere outside
Combustion Engine Installations the vessel in such a manner that the
flames will not endanger the vessel,
§ 58.10–5 Gasoline engine installations. persons, on board, or nearby vessels
(a) Engine design. All installations and structures. Flame dispersion may
shall be of marine type engines suit- be achieved by attachments to the car-
able for the intended service, designed buretor or location of the engine air in-
and constructed in conformance with duction system. All attachments must
the requirements of this subchapter. be of metallic construction with
261
§ 58.10–10 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
flametight connections and firmly se- (c) A diesel engine exhaust on a mo-
cured to withstand vibration, shock, bile offshore drilling unit must not dis-
and engine backfire. Such installations charge into a classified location. 1
do not require formal approval and la- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18878, Dec. 18, 1968, as
beling but must comply with this sub- amended by CGD 73–251, 43 FR 56801, Dec. 4,
part. 1978; CGD 95–028, 62 FR 51202, Sept. 30, 1997]
(c) Exhaust manifold. The exhaust
§ 58.10–15 Gas turbine installations.
manifold shall either be water-jacketed
and cooled by discharge from a pump (a) Standards. The design, construc-
which operates whenever the engine is tion, workmanship and tests of gas tur-
running, or woodwork within nine bines and their associated machinery
inches shall be protected by 1⁄4-inch as- shall be at least equivalent to the
bestos board covered with not less than standards of the ABS Steel Vessel
No. 22 USSG (U.S. standard gage) gal- Rules (incorporated by reference, see 46
CFR 58.03–1).
vanized sheet iron or nonferrous metal.
(b) Materials. The materials used for
A dead air space of 1⁄4-inch shall be left
gas turbine installations shall have
between the protecting asbestos and properties suitable for the intended
the wood, and a clearance of not less service. When materials not con-
than two inches maintained between forming to standard ASTM specifica-
the manifold and the surface of such tions are employed, data concerning
protection. their properties, including high tem-
(d) Exhaust pipe. (1) Exhaust pipe in- perature strength data, where applica-
stallations must conform to the re- ble, shall be furnished.
quirements of ABYC P–1 and part 1, (c) Exhausts. (1) Where piping is used
section 23 of NFPA 302 (both incor- for gas turbine exhaust lines, Class II is
porated by reference; see 46 CFR 58.03– required as a minimum. (See subpart
1) and the following additional require- 56.04 of this subchapter.) Where the ex-
ments: haust pressure exceeds 150 pounds per
(i) All exhaust installations with square inch, such as in closed cycle
pressures in excess of 15 pounds per systems, Class I shall be used. Where
square inch gage or employing runs ducting other than pipe is employed,
passing through living or working the drawings and design data shall be
spaces shall meet the material require- submitted to substantiate suitability
and safety for the intended service.
ments of part 56 of this subchapter.
(2) Where considered necessary, gas
(ii) Horizontal dry exhaust pipes are turbines and associated exhaust sys-
permitted only if they do not pass tems shall be suitably insulated or
through living or berthing spaces, they cooled, by means of lagging, water
terminate above the deepest load wa- spray, or a combination thereof.
terline and are so arranged as to pre- (3) Gas turbine exhausts shall not be
vent entry of cold water from rough or interconnected with boiler uptakes ex-
boarding seas, and they are con- cept for gas turbines used for emer-
structed of corrosion resisting material gency power and lighting or for emer-
‘‘at the hull penetration.’’ gency propulsion. Dampers or other
suitable means shall be installed to
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18878, Dec. 18, 1968, as
amended by CGD 88–032, 56 FR 35824, July 29,
prevent backflow of boiler exhaust
1991; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65187, Oct. 31, gases through the turbine. Inter-
2008] connected exhausts must be specifi-
cally approved by the Commandant.
§ 58.10–10 Diesel engine installations. (4) A gas turbine exhaust on a mobile
offshore drilling unit must not dis-
(a) The requirements of § 58.10–5 (a), charge in a classified location. 1
(c), and (d) shall apply to diesel engine (d) Air inlets. Air inlets must be de-
installations. signed as follows:
(b) A diesel engine air intake on a
mobile offshore drilling unit must not 1 Sections 108.171 to 108.175 of this chapter
be in a classified location. 1 define classified locations for mobile off-
shore drilling units.
262
(1) Each air inlet must have means to (i) Fire extinguishing systems. A spe-
protect the safety of life and to prevent cial local fire extinguishing system
the entrance of harmful foreign mate- may be required for gas turbine instal-
rial, including water, into the system. lations if considered necessary by the
(2) A gas turbine air inlet must not Commandant. Such a system would be
be in a classified location. 1 in addition to any other required in the
(e) Cooling and ventilation. Means compartment in which the gas turbine
shall be provided for circulating air, ei- is located.
ther natural or forced, through the en-
gine compartment for cooling and ven- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18878, Dec. 18, 1968, as
tilation. amended by CGFR 72–59R, 37 FR 6190, Mar.
25, 1972; CGD 73–251, 43 FR 56801, Dec. 4, 1978;
(f) Automatic shutdown. (1) The con-
CGD 83–043, 60 FR 24776, May 10, 1995; USCG–
trol system shall be designed for auto- 2003–16630, 73 FR 65187, Oct. 31, 2008]
matic shutdown of the engine with ac-
tuation of audible and visible alarms at
shutdown. The visible malfunction in- Subpart 58.16—Liquefied Petro-
dicator shall indicate what condition leum Gases for Cooking and
caused the shutdown and remain visi- Heating
ble until reset. Automatic shutdown
shall occur under the following condi- § 58.16–1 Scope.
tions: (a) This subpart prescribes standards
(i) Overspeed. for the use of liquefied petroleum gas
(ii) Low lubricating oil pressure. Con- for heating and cooking on inspected
sideration will be given providing vessels, except ferries.
alarm only (without shutdown) in (b) It is the intent of the regulations
those cases where suitable antifriction in this subpart to permit liquefied pe-
bearings are fitted.
troleum gas systems of the vapor with-
(2) Audible or visible alarms shall
drawal type only. Cylinders designed to
also be provided for:
admit liquid gas into any other part of
(i) Excessive gas temperature, meas-
the system are prohibited.
ured at the turbine inlet, gas gener-
ator, interstage turbine or turbine ex- (c) Except as provided by § 58.16–7(b),
haust. all component parts of the system, ex-
(ii) Excessive lubricating oil tem- cept cylinders, appliances, and low
perature. pressure tubing, shall be designed to
(iii) Excessive speed. withstand a pressure of 500 pounds per
(iv) Reduced lubricating oil pressure. square inch without failure.
(3) A remote, manually operated [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18878, Dec. 18, 1968, as
shutdown device shall be provided. amended by CGD 83–013, 54 FR 6402, Feb. 10,
Such device may be totally mechanical 1989]
or may be electrical with a manually
actuated switch. § 58.16–5 Definition.
(g) Drawings and design data. Draw- For the purpose of this subpart the
ings and design data of the following term ‘‘liquefied petroleum gas’’ means
components shall be submitted to sub- any liquefied flammable gas which is
stantiate their suitability and safety composed predominantly of hydro-
for the service intended:
carbons or mixtures of hydrocarbons,
(1) Combustion chamber.
such as propane, propylene, butane, bu-
(2) Regenerator or recuperator.
tylene, or butadiene, and which has a
(3) Casing or piping conveying the
Reid ASTM D 323 (incorporated by ref-
gas from the combustion device to the
erence, see § 58.03–1). Method of test for
gas turbine.
(h) Fuel systems. Gas turbine fuel sys- Vapor Pressure of Petroleum Products
tems shall meet the requirements of (Reid Method)) vapor pressure exceed-
part 56 of this subchapter. ing 40 pounds per square inch absolute
at 100 °F.
1 Sections 108.171 to 108.175 of this chapter [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18878, Dec. 18, 1968, as
define classified locations for mobile off- amended by USCG–2000–7790, 65 FR 58460,
shore drilling units. Sept. 29, 2000]
263
§ 58.16–7 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
§ 58.16–7 Use of liquefied petroleum (c) Safety-relief devices. All required

gas. safety-relief devices must be approved
(a) Cooking equipment using lique- as to type, size, pressure setting, and
fied petroleum gas on vessels of 100 location by the Commandant (CG–521)
gross tons or more that carry pas- as being in accordance with 49 CFR
sengers for hire must meet the require- part 178.
ments of this subpart. (d) Valves, regulators, and vaporizers.
(b) Cooking equipment using lique- All component parts of the system,
fied petroleum gas on vessels of less other than cylinders and low pressure
than 100 gross tons that carry pas- distribution tubing between regulators
sengers for hire must meet the require- and appliances, shall be tested and ap-
ments of 46 CFR 25.45–2 or 184.05, as approved by and bear the label of the Un-
plicable. derwriters Laboratories, Inc., or other
(c) Systems using liquefied petro- recognized testing laboratory.
leum gas for cooking or heating on any (e) Plan approval. Drawings in trip-
other vessels subject to inspection by licate, showing the location and instal-
the Coast Guard must meet the relation of all piping, gas-consuming ap-
quirements of this subpart. pliances, cylinders, and other compo-
nent parts of the system shall be sub-
[CGD 83–013, 54 FR 6402, Feb. 10, 1989] mitted for approval.
§ 58.16–10 Approvals. [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18878, Dec. 18, 1968, as
amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9980 June 17,
(a) Gas appliances. (1) All gas-con- 1970; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65187, Oct. 31,
suming appliances used for cooking and 2008]
heating shall be of a type approved by
the Commandant, and shall be tested, § 58.16–15 Valves and safety relief de-
listed and labeled by an acceptable lab- vices.
oratory, such as: (a) Each cylinder shall have a manu-
(i) The American Gas Association ally operated screw-down shutoff valve
Testing Laboratories. fitted with a handwheel installed di-
(ii) The Marine Department, Under- rectly at the cylinder outlet.
writers’ Laboratories, Inc. (formerly (b) All cylinders shall be protected by
Yacht Safety Bureau). one or more safety relief devices com-
(2) Continuous-burning pilot flames plying with the requirements of § 58.16–
are prohibited for use on gas appliances 10(a). The safety relief device shall be a
when installed below the weather deck. shutoff valve with an integral spring-
(3) Printed instructions for proper in- loaded safety relief valve and supple-
stallation, operation, and maintenance mentary fusible plug, the latter de-
of each gas-consuming appliance shall signed to yield when the cylinder has
be furnished by the manufacturer. been emptied of liquid gas by the relief
(1) Cylinders in which liquefied petro- valve under conditions of exposure to
leum gas is stored and handled must be excessive heat.
constructed, tested, marked, main- (c) Cylinder valves and safety relief
tained, and retested in accordance with devices shall have direct communica-
49 CFR part 178. tion with the vapor space of the cyl-
(2) All liquefied petroleum gas cylinder.
inders in service shall bear a test date (d) In addition to the cylinder valve,
marking indicating that they have a multiple cylinder system shall be
been retested in accordance with the provided with a two-way positive shut-
regulations of the Department of off manifold valve of the manually op-
Transportation. erated type. The manifold valve shall
(3) Regardless of the date of the pre- be so arranged that the replacement of
vious test, a cylinder shall be rejected empty cylinders can be made without
for further service when it leaks; when shutting down the flow of gas in the
it is weakened appreciably by corro- system.
sion, denting, bulging or other evidence (e) A master packless shutoff valve
of rough usage; when it has lost more controlling all burners simultaneously
than 5 percent of its tare weight; or shall be installed at the manifold of all
when it has been involved in a fire. gas-consuming appliances.
264
§ 58.16–16 Reducing regulators. ment shall be so mounted as to be read-

(a) All systems shall be provided with ily accessible and capable of easy re-
a regulating device so adjusted as to moval for refilling and inspection. The
release gas to the distribution tubing stowage of high pressure equipment in
at a pressure not in excess of 18 inches the housing shall be such that the cyl-
water column, or approximately 10.5 inder valves can be readily operated
ounces per square inch. and the pressure gage dial be easily
(b) The low pressure side of all regu- visible. Where possible cylinders shall
lators shall be protected against exces- be mounted in an upright position.
sive pressure by means of a suitable re- (3) Stowage of unconnected spare cyl-
lief valve which shall be integral with inders, filled or empty, shall comply
the regulator. The relief valve shall be with the requirements for cylinders.
set to start to discharge at a pressure (4) All valves, manifolds and regu-
not less than two times and not more lators shall be securely mounted in lo-
than three times the delivery pressure. cations readily accessible for inspec-
(c) All reducing regulators shall be tion, maintenance and testing, and
fitted with a pressure gage located on shall be adequately protected.
the high pressure side of the regulator. (5) Discharge of the safety relief
valves shall be vented away from the
§ 58.16–17 Piping and fittings. cylinder, and insofar as practicable, up-
(a) The piping between the cylinders ward into the open atmosphere, but in
and the appliances shall be seamless all cases so as to prevent impingement
annealed copper tubing or such other of the escaping gas onto a cylinder.
seamless tubing as may be approved by (b) Piping. (1) All piping shall be in-
the Commandant. stalled so as to provide minimum inte-
(b) All high pressure tubing between rior runs and adequate flexibility. The
the cylinders and the regulators shall piping at the cylinder outlets shall be
have a minimum wall thickness of 0.049 fitted with flexible metallic connec-
inch. All low-pressure tubing between tions to minimize the effect of cylinder
the regulator and appliances shall have movement on the outlet piping.
a minimum wall thickness of 0.032 (2) Distribution lines shall be pro-
inch. tected from physical damage and be
(c) Tubing connecting fittings shall readily accessible for inspection. Lines
be of the flare type; or connections shall be substantially secured against
may be soldered or brazed with mate- vibration by means of soft nonferrous
rial having a melting point in excess of metal clips without sharp edges in con-
1,000 °F. tact with the tubing. When passing
through decks or bulkheads, the lines
§ 58.16–18 Installation. shall be protected by ferrules of non-
(a) Cylinders, regulating and safety abrasive material. The distribution
equipment. (1) Cylinders, regulating and lines shall be continuous length of
safety equipment shall be installed in a tubes from the regulator to the shutoff
substantially constructed and firmly valve at the appliance manifold.
fixed metal enclosure located on or (c) Gas-consuming appliances. All gas-
above the weather deck. The cylinder consuming appliances shall be perma-
enclosure shall have access from the nently and securely fastened in place.
weather deck only. The enclosure shall (d) Electrical. No electrical connec-
be provided with top and bottom ven- tions shall be made within the cylinder
tilation consisting of a fresh air inlet housing.
pipe and an exhaust pipe both entering
through the top of the cylinder hous- § 58.16–19 Tests.
ing. The enclosure shall be constructed (a) Installation. (1) After installation,
so that when the access opening is the distribution tubing shall be tested
closed, no gas can escape except prior to its connection to the regulator
through the ventilation system. and appliance by an air pressure of not
(2) Cylinders, regulating and safety less than 5 pounds per square inch.
devices shall be securely fastened and (2) After satisfactory completion of

supported within the metal enclosure. the tests prescribed in paragraph (a)(1)
The cylinders and high pressure equip- of this section, the distribution tubing
265
§ 58.16–20 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
shall be connected to the regulator and § 58.16–30 Operating instructions.

appliance and the entire system sub- (a) Before opening a cylinder valve,
jected to a leak test as required by the outlet of the cylinder shall be con-
§ 58.16–30(j). nected tightly to system; and in the
(b) Periodic. Leak tests as required by
case where only a single cylinder is
§ 58.16–30(j) shall be conducted at least
used in the system, all appliance valves
once each month and at each regular
and pilots shall be shut off before the
annual or biennial inspection. The
cylinder valve is opened.
tests required at monthly intervals (b) Before opening cylinder valve
shall be conducted by a credentialed of- after connecting it to system, the cyl-
ficer of the vessel or qualified per- inder shall be securely fastened in
sonnel acceptable to the Officer in place.
Charge, Marine Inspection. The owner, (c) When cylinders are not in use
master, or person in charge of the ves- their outlet valves shall be kept closed.
sel shall keep records of such tests (d) Cylinders when exhausted shall
showing the dates when performed and have their outlet valves closed.
the name(s) of the person(s) and/or (e) Nothing shall be stored in the
company conducting the tests. Such metal enclosure except liquefied petro-
records shall be made available to the leum gas cylinders and permanently
marine inspector upon request and fastened parts of the system.
shall be kept for the period of validity (f) Valve protecting caps, if provided,
of the vessel’s current certificate of in- shall be firmly fixed in place on all cyl-
spection. Where practicable, these inders not attached to the system.
records should be kept in or with the Caps for cylinders in use may remain
vessel’s logbook. in the cylinder enclosure if rigidly fas-
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18878, Dec. 18, 1968, as tened thereto.
amended by USCG–2006–24371, 74 FR 11265, (g) The opening to the cylinder enclo-
Mar. 16, 2009] sure shall be closed at all times except
when access is required to change cyl-
§ 58.16–20 Ventilation of compartments inders or maintain equipment.
containing gas-consuming appli- (h) Close master valve whenever gas-
ances.
consuming appliance is not in use.
(a) Compartments containing gas- (i) No smoking is permitted in the vi-
consuming appliances which are lo- cinity of the cylinder enclosure when
cated above the weather deck shall be access to enclosure is open.
fitted with at least two natural venti- (j) Test system for leakage in accord-
lator ducts led from the atmosphere ance with the following procedure:
with one extending to the floor level With appliance valve closed, the mas-
and the other extending to the over- ter shutoff valve on the appliance open,
head of the compartment. Powered and with one cylinder valve open, note
ventilation may be used provided the pressure in the gage. Close cylinder
motor is outside the compartment. valve. The pressure should remain con-
(b) Compartments in which gas-constant for at least 10 minutes. If the
suming appliances are located entirely pressure drops, locate leakage by appli-
below the weather deck shall be pro- cation of liquid detergent or soapy
vided with powered ventilation of suffi- water solution at all connections.
cient capacity to effect a change of air Never use flame to check for leaks. Re-
at least once every 6 minutes. The peat test for each cylinder in a multi-
motor for the powered ventilation shall cylinder system.
be located outside the compartment. (k) Report any presence of gas odor
to
§ 58.16–25 Odorization. llllllllllllllllllllllll
(a) All liquefied petroleum gases llllllllllllllllllllllll
shall be effectively odorized by an
agent of such character as to indicate § 58.16–35 Markings.
positively by a distinctive odor, the (a) The outside of the cylinder enclo-
presence of gas down to concentration sure housing liquefied petroleum gas

in air of not over one-fifth the lower cylinders, valves and regulators shall
limit of combustibility. be marked as follows:
266
Liquefied Petroleum Gas § 58.20–10 Pressure relieving devices.
Keep Open Fires Away.
Operating Instructions
(a) Each pressure vessel containing
Inside and In lllllllllllll
refrigerants, which may be isolated,
shall be protected by a relief valve set
(b) A durable and permanently leg- to relieve at a pressure not exceeding
ible instruction sign covering safe op- the maximum allowable working pres-
eration and maintenance of the gas- sure of the vessel. When a pressure ves-
consuming appliance shall be installed sel forms an integral part of a system
adjacent to the appliance. having a relief valve, such vessel need
(c) ‘‘Operating Instructions’’ as listed not have an individual relief valve.
in § 58.16–30 shall be framed under glass, (b) Relief valves fitted on the high
or other equivalent, clear, transparent pressure side may discharge to the low
material, in plainly visible locations pressure side before relieving to atmos-
on the outside of the metal enclosure phere. When relieving to atmosphere, a
relief valve shall be fitted in the at-
and near the most frequently used gas-
mospheric discharge connection from
consuming appliance, so they may be
the receivers and condensers. The relief
easily read. valve from the receivers may relieve to
the condenser which in turn may re-
Subpart 58.20—Refrigeration lieve either to the low side or to atmos-
Machinery phere. It shall be set to relieve at a
pressure not greater than the max-
§ 58.20–1 Scope. imum allowable working pressure. A
(a) The regulations in this subpart rupture disk may be fitted in series
apply to fixed refrigeration systems for with the relief valve, provided the
bursting pressure of the rupture disk is
air conditioning, refrigerated spaces,
not in excess of the relief valve set
cargo spaces, and reliquefaction of low
pressure. Where a rupture disk is fitted
temperature cargo installed on vessels. on the downstream side of the relief
(b) The regulations in this subpart valve, the relief valve shall be of the
shall not apply to small self-contained type not affected by back pressure.
units.
§ 58.20–15 Installation of refrigerating
§ 58.20–5 Design. machinery.
(a) Refrigeration machinery may be (a) Where refrigerating machines are
accepted for installation provided the installed in which anhydrous ammonia
design, material, and fabrication com- is used as a refrigerant, such machines
ply with the applicable requirements of shall be located in a well-ventilated,
the ABS Steel Vessel Rules (incor- isolated compartment, preferably on
porated by reference, see 46 CFR 58.03– the deck, but in no case shall it be per-
1). The minimum pressures for design missible to install such machines in
of all components must be those listed the engineroom space unless the ar-
for piping in Table 501.2.4 of ANSI B31.5 rangement is such as to eliminate any
(incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR hazard from gas escaping to the
58.03–1). In no case may pressure com- engineroom. Absorption machines
using a solution of aqua ammonia and
ponents be designed for a pressure less
machines using carbon dioxide are ex-
than that for which the safety devices
empt from this requirement, provided
of the system are set. Pressure vessels
the maximum charges that might be
must be designed in accordance with
released in the event of breakage do
part 54 of this subchapter.
not exceed 300 pounds.
(b) For refrigeration systems other (b) Machinery compartments con-
than those for reliquefaction of cargo, taining equipment for ammonia shall
only those refrigerants under § 147.90 of be fitted with a sprinkler system pro-
this chapter are allowed. viding an effective water spray and
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18878, Dec. 18, 1968, as having a remote control device located
amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9980, June 17, outside the compartment.

1970; CGD 84–044, 53 FR 7748, Mar. 10, 1988; (c) All refrigeration compressor
USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65187, Oct. 31, 2008] spaces shall be effectively ventilated
267
§ 58.20–20 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
and drained and shall be separated gas or any flammable mixture of gases
from the insulated spaces by a water- be used for testing.
tight bulkhead, unless otherwise ap-
proved. Subpart 58.25—Steering Gear
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18878, Dec. 18, 1968, as
amended by USCG–2004–18884, 69 FR 58346, SOURCE: CGD 83–043, 60 FR 24776, May 10,
Sept. 30, 2004]
§ 58.20–20 Refrigeration piping.
§ 58.25–1 Applicability.
(a) All piping materials shall be suit-
able for handling the primary refrig- (a) Except as specified otherwise, this
erant, brine, or fluid used, and shall be subpart applies to—
of such chemical and physical prop- (1) Each vessel or installation of
erties as to remain ductile at the low- steering gear contracted for on or after
est operating temperature. June 9, 1995; and
(b) Piping systems shall be designed (2) Each vessel on an international
in accordance with ANSI B31.5 (incor- voyage with an installation of steering
porated by reference; see 46 CFR 58.03– gear contracted for on or after Sep-
1). Piping used for cargo reliquefaction tember 1, 1984.
systems shall also comply with the ap- (b) Each vessel not on an inter-
plicable requirements found in low national voyage with an installation of
temperature piping, § 56.50–105 of this steering gear contracted for before
subchapter. June 9, 1995, and each vessel on an
(c) A relief valve shall be fitted on or international voyage with such an in-
near the compressor on the gas dis- stallation contracted for before Sep-
charge side between the compressor tember 1, 1984, may meet either the re-
and the first stop valve with the dis- quirements of this subpart or those in
charge therefrom led to the suction effect on the date of the installation.
side. A check valve shall be fitted in
the atmospheric discharge line if it is § 58.25–5 General.
led through the side of the vessel below
the freeboard deck, or a shutoff valve (a) Definitions.
may be employed if it is locked in the Ancillary steering equipment means
open position. steering equipment, other than the re-
quired control systems and power actu-
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18878, Dec. 18, 1968, as ating systems, that either is not re-
quired, such as automatic pilot or non-
1970; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65187, Oct. 31,
2008] followup control from the pilothouse,
or is necessary to perform a specific re-
§ 58.20–25 Tests. quired function, such as the automatic
(a) All pressure vessels, compressors, detection and isolation of a defective
piping, and direct expansion cooling section of a tanker’s hydraulic steering
coils shall be leak tested after installa- gear.
tion to their design pressures, Auxiliary steering gear means the
hydrostatically or pneumatically. equipment, other than any part of the
(b) No pneumatic tests in refrigera- main steering gear, necessary to steer
tion systems aboard ships shall be the vessel in case of failure of the main
made at pressures exceeding the design steering gear, not including a tiller,
pressure of the part of the system quadrant, or other component serving
being tested. Pneumatic tests may be the same purpose. Control system
made with the refrigerant in the sys- means the equipment by which orders
tem or if the refrigerant has been re- for rudder movement are transmitted
moved, oil-pumped dry nitrogen or from the pilothouse to the steering-
bone dry carbon dioxide with a detect- gear power units. A control system for
able amount of the refrigerant added, steering gear includes, but is not lim-
should be used as a testing medium. ited to, one or more—
(Carbon dioxide should not be used to (1) Transmitters;

leak test an ammonia system.) In no (2) Receivers;
case should air, oxygen, any flammable (3) Feedback devices;
268
(4) Hydraulic servo-control pumps, Steering gear means the machinery,

with associated motors and motor con- including power actuating systems,
trollers; control systems, and ancillary equip-
(5) Differential units, hunting gear, ment, necessary for moving the rudder
and similar devices; to steer the vessel.
(6) All gearing, piping, shafting, ca- Steering-gear power unit means:
bles, circuitry, and ancillary devices (1) In the case of electric steering
for controlling the output of power gear, an electric motor and its associ-
units; and ated electrical equipment, including
(7) Means of bringing steering-gear motor controller, disconnect switch,
power units into operation. and feeder circuit.
Fast-acting valve, as used in this sub-
(2) In the case of an electro-hydraulic
part, means a ball, plug, spool, or simi-
steering gear, an electric motor, con-
lar valve with a handle connected for
nected pump, and associated electrical
quick manual operation.
equipment such as the motor con-
Followup control means closed-loop
troller, disconnect switch, and feeder
(feedback) control that relates the po-
sition of the helm to a specific rudder circuit.
angle by transmitting the helm-angle (3) In the case of hydraulic steering
order to the power actuating system gear, the pump and its prime mover.
and, by means of feedback, automati- Tank vessel, as used in this subpart,
cally stopping the rudder when the means a self-propelled vessel, including
angle selected by the helm is reached. a chemical tanker or a gas carrier, de-
Main steering gear means the machin- fined either as a tanker by 46 U.S.C.
ery, including power actuating sys- 2101(38) or as a tank vessel by 46 U.S.C.
tems, and the means of applying torque 2101(39).
to the rudder stock, such as a tiller or (b) Unless it otherwise complies with
quadrant, necessary for moving the this subpart, each self-propelled vessel
rudder to steer the vessel in normal must be provided with a main steering
service. gear and an auxiliary steering gear.
Maximum ahead service speed means These gear must be arranged so that—
the greatest speed that a vessel is de- (1) The failure of one will not render
signed to maintain in service at sea at the other inoperative; and
the deepest loadline draft. (2) Transfer from the main to the
Maximum astern speed means the auxiliary can be effected quickly.
speed that it is estimated the vessel (c) Each substantial replacement of
can attain at the maximum designed steering-gear components or reconfig-
power astern at the deepest loadline uration of steering-gear arrangements
draft. on an existing vessel must comply with
Power actuating system means the hy-
the requirements of this subpart for
draulic equipment for applying torque
new installations to the satisfaction of
to the rudder stock. It includes, but is
the cognizant Officer in Charge, Marine
not limited to—
Inspection.
(1) Rudder actuators;
(2) Steering-gear power units; and (d) Each non-pressure-containing
(3) Pipes, valves, fittings, linkages, steering-gear component and each rud-
and cables for transmitting power from der stock must be of sound and reliable
the power unit or units to the rudder construction, meet the minimum ma-
actuator or actuators. terial requirements of § 58.25–75, and be
Speedily regained, as used in this sub- designed to standards at least equal to
part, refers to the time it takes one those established by the ABS Steel
qualified crewmember, after arriving in Vessel Rules (incorporated by ref-
the steering-gear compartment, and erence, see 46 CFR 58.03–1).
without the use of tools, to respond to (e) The suitability of any essential
a failure of the steering gear and take steering-gear component not dupli-
the necessary corrective action. cated must be specifically approved by
Steering capability means steering the Commanding Officer, Marine Safe-

equivalent to that required of auxiliary ty Center. Where a steering-gear com-
steering gear by § 58.25–10(c)(2). ponent is shared by—
269
§ 58.25–10 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
(1) A control system (e.g., a control- ahead service speed, which must be
system transfer switch located in the demonstrated to the satisfaction of the
steering-gear compartment); cognizant Officer in Charge, Marine In-
(2) The main and auxiliary steering spection;
gear (e.g., an isolation valve); or (2) Capable of moving the rudder
(3) A power actuating system and its from 35° on either side to 35° on the
control system (e.g., a directional con- other with the vessel at its deepest
trol valve)—the requirements for both loadline draft and running at max-
systems apply, to provide the safest imum ahead service speed, and from 35°
and most reliable arrangement. on either side to 30° on the other in not
(f) Steering gear must be separate
more than 28 seconds under the same
and independent of all other shipboard
conditions;
systems, except—
(1) Electrical switchboards from (3) Operated by power when necessary
which they are powered; to comply with paragraph (b)(2) of this
(2) Automatic pilots and similar section or when the diameter of the
navigational equipment; and rudder stock is over 12 centimeters (4.7
(3) Propulsion machinery for an inte- inches) in way of the tiller, excluding
grated system of propulsion and steer- strengthening for navigation in ice;
ing. and
(g) Except on a vessel with an inte- (4) Designed so that they will not be
grated system of propulsion and steer- damaged when operating at maximum
ing, no thruster may count as part of a astern speed; however, this require-
vessel’s required steering capability. ment need not be proved by trials at
(h) Except for a tank vessel subject maximum astern speed and maximum
to § 58.25–85(e), each oceangoing vessel rudder angle.
required to have power-operated steer- (c) The auxiliary steering gear must
ing gear must be provided with ar- be—
rangements for steadying the rudder (1) Of adequate strength for and capa-
both in an emergency and during a ble of steering the vessel at navigable
shift from one steering gear to another. speed and of being brought speedily
On hydraulic steering gear, a suitable into action in an emergency;
arrangement of stop valves in the main (2) Capable of moving the rudder
piping is an acceptable means of from 15° on either side to 15° on the
steadying the rudder. other in not more than 60 seconds with
(i) General arrangement plans for the the vessel at its deepest loadline draft
main and auxiliary steering gear and and running at one-half maximum
their piping must be submitted for ap-
ahead service speed or 7 knots, which-
proval in accordance with subpart 50.20
ever is greater; and
of this subchapter.
(3) Operated by power when necessary
[CGD 83–043, 60 FR 24776, May 10, 1995, as to comply with paragraph (c)(2) of this
amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65187, section or when the diameter of the
Oct. 31, 2008]
rudder stock is over 23 centimeters (9
§ 58.25–10 Main and auxiliary steering inches) in way of the tiller, excluding
gear. strengthening for navigation in ice.
(a) Power-operated main and auxil- (d) No auxiliary means of steering is
iary steering gear must be separate required on a double-ended ferryboat
systems that are independent through- with independent main steering gear
out their length. Other systems and ar- fitted at each end of the vessel.
rangements of steering gear will be ac- (e) When the main steering gear in-
ceptable if the Commanding Officer, cludes two or more identical power
Marine Safety Center, determines that units, no auxiliary steering gear need
they comply with, or exceed the re- be fitted, if—
quirements of, this subpart. (1) In a passenger vessel, the main
(b) The main steering gear and rud- steering gear is capable of moving the
der stock must be— rudder as required by paragraph (b)(2)

(1) Of adequate strength for and capa- of this section while any one of the
ble of steering the vessel at maximum power units is not operating;
270
(2) In a cargo vessel, the main steer- generated from the power units or from
ing gear is capable of moving the rud- external forces such as wave action.
der as required by paragraph (b)(2) of The valves must be of adequate size,
this section while all the power units and must be set to limit the maximum
are operating; pressure to which the system may be
(3) In a vessel with an installation exposed, in accordance with § 56.07–10(b)
completed on or after September 1, of this subchapter.
1984, and on an international voyage, (c) Each hydraulic system must be
and in any other vessel with an instal- provided with—
lation completed after June 9, 1995, the (1) Arrangements to maintain the
main steering gear is arranged so that, cleanliness of the hydraulic fluid, ap-
after a single failure in its piping sys- propriate to the type and design of the
tem (if hydraulic), or in one of the hydraulic system; and
power units, the defect can be isolated (2) For a vessel on an ocean, coast-
so that steering capability can be wise, or Great Lakes voyage, a fixed
maintained or speedily regained in less storage tank having sufficient capacity
than ten minutes; or to recharge at least one power actu-
(4) In a vessel with an installation ating system including the reservoir.
completed before September 1, 1986, The storage tank must be permanently
and on an international voyage, with connected by piping so that the hy-
steering gear not complying with para- draulic system can be readily re-
graph (e)(3) of this section, the in- charged from within the steering-gear
stalled steering gear has a proved compartment and must be fitted with a
record of reliability and is in good re- device to indicate liquid level that
pair. complies with § 56.50–90 of this sub-
chapter.
NOTE: The place where isolation valves join
the piping system, as by a flange, constitutes (d) Neither a split flange nor a
a single-failure point. The valve itself need flareless fitting of the grip or bite type,
not constitute a single-failure point if it has addressed by § 56.30–25 of this sub-
a double seal to prevent substantial loss of chapter, may be used in hydraulic pip-
fluid under pressure. Means to purge air that ing for steering gear.
enters the system as a result of the piping
failure must be provided, if necessary, so § 58.25–25 Indicating and alarm sys-
that steering capability can be maintained tems.
or speedily regained in less than ten min-
utes. (a) Indication of the rudder angle
must be provided both at the main
(f) In each vessel of 70,000 gross tons steering station in the pilothouse and
or over, the main steering gear must in the steering-gear compartment. The
have two or more identical power units rudder-angle indicator must be inde-
complying with paragraph (e) of this pendent of control systems for steering
section. gear.
(b) Each electric-type rudder-angle
§ 58.25–15 Voice communications. indicator must comply with § 113.40–10
Each vessel must be provided with a of this chapter and, in accordance with
sound-powered telephone system, com- § 112.15–5(h) of this chapter, draw its
plying with subpart 113.30 of this chap- power from the source of emergency
ter, to communicate between the pilot- power.
house and the steering-gear compart- (c) On each vessel of 1,600 gross tons
ment, unless an alternative means of or over, a steering-failure alarm must
communication between them has been be provided in the pilothouse in accord-
approved by the Commanding Officer, ance with §§ 113.43–3 and 113.43–5 of this
Marine Safety Center. chapter.
(d) An audible and a visible alarm
§ 58.25–20 Piping for steering gear. must activate in the pilothouse upon—
(a) Pressure piping must comply with (1) Failure of the electric power to
subpart 58.30 of this part. the control system of any steering
(b) Relief valves must be fitted in any gear;

part of a hydraulic system that can be (2) Failure of that power to the power
isolated and in which pressure can be unit of any steering gear; or
271
§ 58.25–30 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
(3) Occurrence of a low oil level in sion, but must be clearly visible at
any oil reservoir of a hydraulic, power- night.
operated steering-gear system.
NOTE: See § 113.40–10 of this chapter for the
(e) An audible and a visible alarm arrangement of rudder-angle indicators at
must activate in the machinery space steering stations.
upon—
(1) Failure of any phase of a three- § 58.25–40 Arrangement of the steer-
phase power supply; ing-gear compartment.
(2) Overload of any motor described (a) The steering-gear compartment
by § 58.25–55(c); or must—
(3) Occurrence of a low oil level in (1) Be readily accessible and, as far as
any oil reservoir of a hydraulic, power- practicable, separated from any ma-
operated steering-gear system. chinery space;
NOTE: See § 62.50–30(f) of this subchapter re- (2) Ensure working access to machin-
garding extension of alarms to the navi- ery and controls in the compartment;
gating bridge on vessels with periodically and
unattended machinery spaces. (3) Include handrails and either
(f) Each power motor for the main gratings or other non-slip surfaces to
and auxiliary steering gear must have ensure a safe working environment if
a ‘‘motor running’’ indicator light in hydraulic fluid leaks.
the pilothouse, and in the machinery NOTE: Where practicable, all steering gear
space, that activates when the motor is should be located in the steering-gear com-
energized. partment.
§ 58.25–30 Automatic restart. (b) [Reserved]

Each control system for main and § 58.25–45 Buffers.
auxiliary steering gear and each power
actuating system must restart auto- For each vessel on an ocean, coast-
matically when electrical power is re- wise, or Great Lakes voyage, steering
stored after it has failed. gear other than hydraulic must be de-
signed with suitable buffering arrange-
§ 58.25–35 Helm arrangements. ments to relieve the gear from shocks
(a) The arrangement of each steering to the rudder.
station, other than in the steering-gear
§ 58.25–50 Rudder stops.
compartment, must be such that the
helmsman is abaft the wheel. The rim (a) Power-operated steering gear
of the wheel must be plainly marked must have arrangements for cutting off
with arrows and lettering for right and power to the gear before the rudder
left rudder, or a suitable notice indi- reaches the stops. These arrangements
cating these directions must be posted must be synchronized with the rudder
directly in the helmsman’s line of stock or with the gear itself rather
sight. than be within the control system for
(b) Each steering wheel must turn the steering gear, and must work by
clockwise for ‘‘right rudder’’ and coun- limit switches that interrupt output of
terclockwise for ‘‘left rudder.’’ When the control system or by other means
the vessel is running ahead, after acceptable to the Commanding Officer,
clockwise movement of the wheel the Marine Safety Center.
vessel’s heading must change to the (b) Strong and effective structural
right. rudder stops must be fitted; except
(c) If a lever-type control is provided, that, where adequate positive stops are
it must be installed and marked so provided within the steering gear, such
that its movement clearly indicates structural stops need not be fitted.
both the direction of the rudder’s
movement and, if followup control is § 58.25–55 Overcurrent protection for
also provided, the amount of the rud- steering-gear systems.
der’s movement. (a) Each feeder circuit for steering

(d) Markings in the pilothouse must must be protected by a circuit breaker
not interfere with the helmsman’s vi- on the switchboard that supplies it and
272
must have an instantaneous trip set at § 58.25–60 Non-duplicated hydraulic

a current of at least— rudder actuators.
(1) 300% and not more than 375% of Non-duplicated hydraulic rudder ac-
the rated full-load current of one steer- tuators may be installed in the steer-
ing-gear motor for a direct-current ing-gear control systems on each vessel
motor; or of less than 100,000 deadweight tons.
(2) 175% and not more than 200% of These actuators must meet IMO
the locked-rotor current of one steer- A.467(XII) (incorporated by reference,
ing-gear motor for an alternating-cur- see 46 CFR 58.03–1) and be acceptable to
rent motor. the Commanding Officer, Marine Safe-
(b) No feeder circuit for steering may ty Center. Also, the piping for the main
have any overcurrent protection, ex- gear must comply with 46 CFR 58.25–
cept that required by paragraph (a) of 10(e)(3).
this section. [USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65187, Oct. 31, 2008]
(c) Neither a main or an auxiliary
steering-gear motor, nor a motor for a § 58.25–65 Feeder circuits.
steering-gear control system, may be (a) Each vessel with one or more elec-
protected by an overload protective de- tric-driven steering-gear power units
vice. The motor must have a device must have at least two feeder circuits,
that activates an audible and a visible which must be separated as widely as
alarm at the main machinery-control practicable. One or more of these cir-
station if there is an overload that cuits must be supplied from the ves-
would cause overheating of the motor. sel’s service switchboard. On a vessel
(d) No control circuit of a motor con- where the rudder stock is over 23 centi-
troller, steering-gear control system, meters (9 inches) in diameter in way of
or indicating or alarm system may the tiller, excluding strengthening for
navigation in ice, and where a final
have overcurrent protection except
source of emergency power is required
short-circuit protection that is instan-
by § 112.05–5(a) of this chapter, one or
taneous and rated at 400% to 500% of—
more of these circuits must be supplied
(1) The current-carrying capacity of from the emergency switchboard, or
the conductor; or from an alternative source of power
(2) The normal load of the system. that—
(e) The short-circuit protective de- (1) Is available automatically within
vice for each steering-gear control sys- 45 seconds of loss of power from the
tem must be in the steering-gear com- vessel’s service switchboard;
partment and in the control circuit im- (2) Comes from an independent source
mediately following the disconnect of power in the steering-gear compart-
switch for the system. ment;
(f) When, in a vessel of less than 1,600 (3) Is used for no other purpose; and
gross tons, an auxiliary steering gear, (4) Has a capacity for one half-hour of
which § 58.25–10(c)(3) requires to be op- continuous operation, to move the rud-
erated by power, is not operated by der from 15° on either side to 15° on the
electric power or is operated by an other in not more than 60 seconds with
electric motor primarily intended for the vessel at its deepest loadline draft
other service, the main steering gear and running at one-half maximum
may be fed by one circuit from the ahead service speed or 7 knots, which-
ever is greater.
main switchboard. When such an elec-
(b) Each vessel that has a steering
tric motor is arranged to operate an
gear with multiple electric-driven
auxiliary steering gear, neither § 58.25–
power units must be arranged so that
25(e) nor paragraphs (a) through (c) of each power unit is supplied by a sepa-
this section need be complied with if rate feeder.
both the overcurrent protection and (c) Each feeder circuit must have a
compliance with §§ 58.25–25(d), 58.25–30, disconnect switch in the steering-gear
and 58.25–70 (j) and (k) satisfy the Com-
compartment.
manding Officer, Marine Safety Center. (d) Each feeder circuit must have a
current-carrying capacity of—
273
§ 58.25–70 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
(1) 125% of the rated full-load current (f) Each motor controller for a steer-
rating of the electric steering-gear ing gear must be in the steering-gear
motor or power unit; and compartment.
(2) 100% of the normal current of one (g) A means of starting and stopping
steering-gear control system including each motor for a steering gear must be
all associated motors. in the steering-gear compartment.
(h) When the main steering gear is
§ 58.25–70 Steering-gear control sys- arranged in accordance with § 58.25–
tems.
10(e), two separate and independent
(a) Each power-driven steering-gear systems for full followup control must
system must be provided with at least be provided in the pilothouse; except
one steering-gear control system. that—
(b) The main steering gear must be (1) The steering wheel or lever need
operable from the pilothouse by me- not be duplicated; and
chanical, hydraulic, electrical, or other (2) If the system consists of a hydrau-
means acceptable to the Commanding lic telemotor, no second separate and
Officer, Marine Safety Center. This independent system need be provided
gear and its components must give full other than on each tank vessel subject
followup control of the rudder. Supple- to § 58.25–85.
mentary steering-gear control not giv- (i) When only the main steering gear
ing full followup may also be provided is power-driven, two separate and inde-
from the pilothouse. pendent systems for full followup con-
(c) Each steering-gear control system trol must be provided in the pilot-
must have in the pilothouse a switch house; except that the steering wheel
arranged so that one operation of the or lever need not be duplicated.
switch’s lever automatically supplies
(j) When the auxiliary steering gear
power to a complete system and its as-
is power-driven, a control system for
sociated power unit or units. This
the auxiliary steering gear must be
switch must be—
provided in the pilothouse that is sepa-
(1) Operated by one lever;
rate and independent from the control
(2) Arranged so that not more than
system for the main steering gear; ex-
one control system and its associated
cept that the steering wheel or lever
power unit or units can be energized
need not be duplicated.
from the pilothouse at any one time;
(3) Arranged so that the lever passes (k) On a vessel of 500 gross tons or
through ‘‘off’’ during transfer of con- above, each main steering gear and
trol from one control system to an- auxiliary steering gear must be ar-
other; and ranged so that its power unit or units
(4) Arranged so that the switches for are operable by controls from the
each control system are in separate en- steering-gear compartment. These con-
closures or are separated by fire-resist- trols must not be rendered inoperable
ant barriers. by failure of the controls in the pilot-
(d) Each steering-gear control system house.
must receive its power from—
§ 58.25–75 Materials.
(1) The feeder circuit supplying power
to its steering-gear power unit or units (a) Materials used for the mechanical
in the steering-gear compartment; or or hydraulic transmission of power to
(2) A direct connection to the busbars the rudder stock must have an elon-
supplying the circuit for its steering- gation of at least 15% in 5 centimeters
gear power unit or units from a point (2 inches); otherwise, components used
on the switchboard adjacent to that for this purpose must be shock-tested
supply. in accordance with subpart 58.30 of this
(e) Each steering-gear control system part.
must have a switch that— (b) No materials with low melting-
(1) Is in the steering-gear compart- points, including such materials as alu-
ment; and minum and nonmetallic seals, may be
(2) Disconnects the system from its used in control systems for steering
power source and from the steering gear or in power actuating systems un-
gear that the system serves. less—
274
(1) The materials are within a com- (i) Two separate and independent
partment having little or no risk of power actuating systems, complying
fire; with § 58.25–10(b)(2); or
(2) Because of redundancy in the sys- (ii) At least two identical hydraulic-
tem, damage by fire to any component power actuating systems, which, acting
would not prevent immediate restora- simultaneously in normal operation,
tion of steering capability; or must comply with § 58.25–10(b)(2).
(3) The materials are within a steer- (When they must so comply, these sys-
ing-gear power actuating system. tems must be connected. Loss of hy-
draulic fluid from one system must be
§ 58.25–80 Automatic pilots and ancil- capable of being detected, and the de-
lary steering gear. fective system automatically isolated,
(a) Automatic pilots and ancillary so the other system or systems remain
steering gear, and steering-gear control fully operational.)
systems, must be arranged to allow im- (3) Steering gear other than hydrau-
mediate resumption of manual oper- lic must meet equivalent standards to
ation of the steering-gear control sys- the satisfaction of the Commanding Of-
tem required in the pilothouse. A ficer, Marine Safety Center.
switch must be provided, at the pri- (d) On each tank vessel of 10,000 gross
mary steering position in the pilot- tons or over, but less than 100,000 dead-
house, to completely disconnect the weight tons, the main steering gear
automatic equipment from the steer- need not comply with paragraph (c) of
ing-gear controls. this section if the rudder actuator or
actuators installed are non-duplicated
(b) Automatic pilots and ancillary
hydraulic and if—
steering gear must be arranged so that
(1) The actuators comply with § 58.25–
no single failure affects proper oper-
60; and
ation and independence of the main or
(2) In case of loss of steering capa-
auxiliary steering gear, required con-
bility due to a single failure either of
trols, rudder-angle indicators, or steer-
any part of the piping systems or in
ing-failure alarm.
one of the power units, steering capa-
§ 58.25–85 Special requirements for bility can be regained in not more than
tank vessels. 45 seconds.
(e) On each tank vessel of less than
(a) Each tank vessel must meet the 70,000 deadweight tons, constructed be-
applicable requirements of §§ 58.25–1 fore, and with a steering-gear installa-
through 58.25–80. tion before, September 1, 1986, and on
(b) On each tank vessel of 10,000 gross an international voyage, the steering
tons or over, the main steering gear gear not complying with paragraph (c)
must comprise two or more identical (1), (2), or (3) of this section, as applica-
power units that comply with § 58.25– ble, may continue in service if the
10(e)(2). steering gear has a proved record of re-
(c) Each tank vessel of 10,000 gross liability and is in good repair.
tons or over constructed on or after (f) Each tank vessel of 10,000 gross
September 1, 1984, must comply with tons or over, constructed before, and
the following: with a steering-gear installation be-
(1) The main steering gear must be fore, September 1, 1984, must—
arranged so that, in case of loss of (1) Meet the applicable requirements
steering capability due to a single fail- in §§ 58.25–15, 58.25–20(c), 58.25–25 (a), (d),
ure in any part of the power actuating and (e), and 58.25–70 (e), (h), (i), and (j);
system of the main steering gear, ex- (2) Ensure working access to machin-
cluding seizure of a rudder actuator or ery and controls in the steering-gear
failure of the tiller, quadrant, or com- compartment (which must include
ponents serving the same purpose, handrails and either gratings or other
steering capability can be regained not non-slip surfaces to ensure a safe work-
more than 45 seconds after the loss of ing environment in case hydraulic fluid
one power actuating system. leaks);

(2) The main steering gear must in- (3) Have two separate and inde-
clude either— pendent steering-gear control systems,
275
§ 58.30–1 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
each of which can be operated from the gear. It does not include rudder actuators or
pilothouse; except that it need not hydraulic-control servo piping and pumps
have separate steering wheels or steer- used to stroke the pump or valves of the
power unit, unless their failure would result
ing levers;
in failure of the unit or of the piping to the
(4) Arrange each system required by actuator.
paragraph (f)(3) of this section so that,
if the one in operation fails, the other
can be operated from the pilothouse Subpart 58.30—Fluid Power and
immediately; and Control Systems
(5) Supply each system required by
§ 58.30–1 Scope.
paragraph (f)(3) of this section, if elec-
tric, with power by a circuit that is— (a) This subpart contains require-
(i) Used for no other purpose; and ei- ments for fluid power transmission and
ther— control systems and appurtenances.
(ii) Connected in the steering-gear Except as otherwise provided for in
compartment to the circuit supplying this section, these requirements are ap-
power to the power unit or units oper- plicable to the following fluid power
ated by that system; or and control systems:
(iii) Connected directly to the (1) Steering apparatus, main and aux-
busbars supplying the circuit for its iliary, including bow thruster systems.
steering-gear power unit or units at a (2) Cargo hatch operating systems
point on the switchboard adjacent to unless fitted with an alternate mechan-
that supply. ical means of operation and approved
(g) Each tank vessel of 40,000 gross by the Commandant as hydraulically
tons or over, constructed before, and or pneumatically fail-safe. A system is
with a steering-gear installation be- considered to be fail-safe if a compo-
fore, September 1, 1984, and on an nent failure will result in a slow and
international voyage, must have the controlled release of the loading so as
steering gear arranged so that, in case not to endanger personnel.
of a single failure of the piping or of (3) Watertight door operating system.
one of the power units, either steering (4) Automatic propulsion boiler sys-
capability equivalent to that required tem.
of the auxiliary steering gear by § 58.25– (5) Starting systems for internal
10(c)(2) can be maintained or the rud- combustion engines used for main pro-
der’s movement can be limited so that pulsion, main or auxiliary power, as
steering capability can be speedily re- the prime mover for any required emer-
gained in less than 10 minutes. This ar- gency apparatus, or as the source of
rangement must be achieved by— propulsion power in ship maneuvering
(1) An independent means of restrain- thruster systems.
ing the rudder; (6) Centralized control system of
(2) Fast-acting valves that may be main propulsion and auxiliary machin-
manually operated to isolate the actu- ery.
ator or actuators from the external hy- (7) Lifeboat handling equipment.
draulic piping, together with a means (8) Controllable pitch propeller sys-
of directly refilling the actuators by a tem.
fixed, independent, power-operated (9) Installations used to remotely
pump and piping; or control components of piping systems
(3) An arrangement such that, if hy- listed in § 56.01–10(c)(1) of this sub-
draulic-power actuating systems are chapter.
connected, loss of hydraulic fluid from (10) All systems containing a pneu-
one system must be detected and the matic or hydropneumatic accumulator.
defective system isolated either auto- In the case of hydropneumatic accumu-
matically or from within the pilot- lators where it can be shown to the sat-
house so that the other system remains isfaction of the Commandant that due
fully operational. to friction losses, constriction, or other
NOTE: The term ‘‘piping or * * * one of the design features, the hazard of explosive
power units’’ in paragraph (g) of this section rupture does not exist downstream of a
refers to the pressure-containing components certain point in the hydraulic system,
in hydraulic or electro-hydraulic steering the requirements of this subpart will
276
apply only to the accumulator and the tem and must drain the system of liq-
system upstream of this point. uids.
(11) Materials and/or personnel han- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18878, Dec. 18, 1968, as
dling equipment systems, i.e. cranes, amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9980, June 17,
hydraulic elevators, etc., not approved 1970; CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40168, Sept. 2, 1975;
by the Commandant as fail-safe as de- CGD 83–043, 60 FR 24781, May 10, 1995; CGD 95–
fined in paragraph (a)(2) of this section. 027, 61 FR 26001, May 23, 1996]
(12) Any fluid power or control sys-
tem installed in the cargo area of pump § 58.30–10 Hydraulic fluid.
rooms on a tank vessel, or in spaces in (a) The requirements of this section
which cargo is handled on a liquefied are applicable to all fluid power trans-
flammable gas carrier. mission and control systems installed
(13) All pneumatic power and control on vessels subject to inspection.
systems having a maximum allowable (b) The fluid used in hydraulic power
working pressure in excess of 150 transmission systems shall have a
pounds per square inch. flashpoint of not less than 200 °F. for
(14) Any other hydraulic or pneu- pressures below 150 pounds per square
matic system on board that, in the inch and 315 °F. for pressures 150
judgment of the Commandant, con- pounds per square inch and above, as
stitutes a hazard to the seaworthiness determined by ASTM D 92 (incor-
of the ship or the safety of personnel porated by reference, see § 58.03–1),
either in normal operation or in case of Cleveland ‘‘Open Cup’’ test method.
failure. (c) The chemical and physical prop-
(b) Other fluid power and control sys- erties of the hydraulic fluid shall be
tems do not have to comply with the suitable for use with any materials in
detailed requirements of this subpart the system or components thereof.
but must meet the requirements of (d) The hydraulic fluid shall be suit-
§ 58.30–50. able for operation of the hydraulic sys-
tem through the entire temperature
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18878, Dec. 18, 1968, as range to which it may be subjected in
amended by CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40168, Sept. 2, service.
1975] (e) The recommendations of the sys-
tem component manufacturers and
§ 58.30–5 Design requirements.
ANSI B93.5 (incorporated by reference;
(a) The requirements of part 56 are see 46 CFR 58.03–1) shall be considered
also applicable to piping and fittings in in the selection and use of hydraulic
fluid power and control systems listed fluid.
in § 58.30–1 of this part, except as modi-
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18878, Dec. 18, 1968, as
fied herein. The designer should con- amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9980, June 17,
sider the additional pressure due to hy- 1970; USCG–1999–5151, 64 FR 67180, Dec. 1, 1999;
draulic shock and should also consider USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65187, Oct. 31, 2008]
the rate of pressure rise caused by hy-
draulic shock. § 58.30–15 Pipe, tubing, valves, fittings,
(b) The system shall be so designed pumps, and motors.
that proper functioning of any unit (a) The requirements of this section
shall not be affected by the back pres- are applicable to those hydraulic and
sure in the system. The design shall be pneumatic systems listed in § 58.30–1.
such that malfunctioning of any unit (b) Materials used in the manufac-
in the system will not render any other ture of tubing, pipes, valves, flanges,
connected or emergency system inoper- and fittings shall be selected from
ative because of back pressure. those specifications that appear in 46
(c) Pneumatic systems with a max- CFR 56.60–1, Table 56.60–1(a) or 46 CFR
imum allowable working pressure in 56.60–2, Table 56.60–2(a); or they may be
excess of 150 pounds per square inch selected from the material specifica-
shall be designed with a surge tank or tions of section I or section VIII of the
other acceptable means of pulsation ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code
dampening. (both incorporated by reference; see 46

(d) Each pneumatic system must CFR 58.03–1) if not prohibited by the
minimize the entry of oil into the sys- section of this subchapter dealing with
277
§ 58.30–20 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
the particular section of the ASME (c) Hose assemblies may be installed
Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Mate- between two points of relative motion
rials designated by other specifications but shall not be subjected to torsional
shall be evaluated on the basis of phys- deflection (twisting) under any condi-
ical and chemical properties. To assure tions of operation and shall be limited,
these properties, the specifications in general, to reasonable lengths re-
shall specify and require such physical quired for flexibility. Special consider-
and chemical testing as considered nec- ation may be given to the use of longer
essary by the Commandant. All tubing lengths of flexible hose where required
and pipe materials shall be suitable for for proper operation of machinery and
handling the hydraulic fluid used and components in the hydraulic system.
shall be of such chemical and physical (d) Sharp bends in hoses shall be
properties as to remain ductile at the avoided.
lowest operating temperature.
(c) Bolting shall meet the require- § 58.30–25 Accumulators.
ments of 46 CFR 56.25–20 except that (a) An accumulator is an unfired
regular hexagon bolts conforming to pressure vessel in which energy is
SAE J429, grades 2 through 8 (incor- stored under high pressure in the form
porated by reference, see 46 CFR 58.03– of a gas or a gas and hydraulic fluid.
1), or ASTM A 193 (incorporated by ref- Accumulators must meet the applica-
erence, see 46 CFR 58.03–1) may be used ble requirements in § 54.01–5 (c)(3),
in sizes not exceeding 11⁄2 inches. (c)(4), and (d) of this chapter or the re-
(d) The maximum allowable working maining requirements in part 54.
pressure and minimum thickness shall (b) If the accumulator is of the gas
be calculated as required by § 56.07–10(e) and fluid type, suitable separators
of this subchapter when the outside di- shall be provided between the two
ameter to wall thickness ratio is great- media, if their mixture would be dan-
er than 6. Where the ratio is less than gerous, or would result in contamina-
6, the wall thickness may be estab- tion of the hydraulic fluid and loss of
lished on the basis of an applicable gas through absorption.
thick-wall cylinder equation accept- (c) Each accumulator which may be
able to the Commandant using the al- isolated, shall be protected on the gas
lowable stress values specified in and fluid sides by relief valves set to
§ 56.07–10(e) of this subchapter. relieve at pressures not exceeding the
(e) All flared, flareless and compres- maximum allowable working pressures.
sion type joints shall be in accordance When an accumulator forms an inte-
with § 56.30–25 of this subchapter. gral part of systems having relief
(f) Fluid power motors and pumps in- valves, the accumulator need not have
stalled on vessels subject to inspection individual relief valves.
shall be certified by the manufacturer [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18878, Dec. 18, 1968, as
as suitable for the intended use. Such amended by CGD 77–147, 47 FR 21811, May 20,
suitability shall be demonstrated by 1982]
operational tests conducted aboard the
vessel which shall be witnessed by a § 58.30–30 Fluid power cylinders.
marine inspector. (a) The requirements of this section
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18878, Dec. 18, 1968, as
are applicable to those hydraulic and
amended by CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40168, Sept. 2, pneumatic systems listed in § 58.30–1
1975; CGD 95–027, 61 FR 26001, May 23, 1996; and to all pneumatic power trans-
USCG–2000–7790, 65 FR 58460, Sept. 29, 2000; mission systems.
USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65187, Oct. 31, 2008] (b) Fluid power cylinders consisting
of a container and a movable piston rod
§ 58.30–20 Fluid power hose and fit- extending through the containment
tings. vessel, not storing energy but con-
(a) The requirements of this section verting a pressure to work, are not
are applicable to those hydraulic and considered to be pressure vessels and
pneumatic systems listed in § 58.30–1. need not be constructed under the pro-
(b) Hose and fittings shall meet the visions of part 54 of this subchapter.
requirements of subpart 56.60 of this (c) Cylinders shall be designed for a
subchapter. bursting pressure of not less than 4
278
times the maximum allowable working paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section
pressure. Drawings and calculations or provided the accumulators have been
a certified burst test report shall be previously tested in accordance with
submitted to show compliance with paragraph (b) of this section and weld-
this requirement. ed or brazed piping joints are not em-
(d) Piston rods, except steering gear ployed in the system. If welded or
rams, shall either be of corrosion re- brazed joints are employed, the system
sistant material or shall be of steel shall be tested in accordance with the
protected by a plating system accept- requirements of paragraphs (c)(1) and
able to the Commandant. (2) of this section except that the accu-
(e) Materials selection shall be in ac- mulators may be isolated from the re-
cordance with the requirements of mainder of the system.
§ 58.30–15(b). (d) Fluid power and control systems
shall be purged with an inert gas or
§ 58.30–35 Testing. with the working fluid and all trapped
(a) All fluid power and control sys- air bled from the system prior to any
tems and components thereof shall be shipboard testing. In no case shall air,
tested as required by this section. oxygen, any flammable gas, or any
(b) Accumulators constructed as flammable mixture of gases be used for
pressure vessels under the provisions of testing fluid power systems.
part 54 of this subchapter shall be test- (e) Fluid control systems, such as
ed and retested as required by parts 54 boiler combustion controls, containing
and 61 of this subchapter. components with internal parts, such
(c) Fluid power and control systems as bellows or other sensing elements,
and piping assemblies shall be given an which would be damaged by the test
installation test as follows: pressure prescribed in paragraphs (c)
(1) Fluid power and control systems (1) and (2) of this section may be tested
and piping assemblies and associated at the maximum allowable working
equipment components, including hy- pressure of the system. In addition, all
draulic steering gear, in lieu of being fluid control systems may be tested
tested at the time of installation, may using the system working fluid.
be shop tested by the manufacturer to
11⁄2 times the maximum allowable pres- § 58.30–40 Plans.
sure of the system. The required test (a) Diagrammatic plans and lists of
pressure shall be maintained for a suf- materials must be submitted for each
ficient amount of time to check all of the fluid power and control systems
components for strength and porosity listed in § 58.30–1(a) that is installed on
and to permit an inspection to be made the vessel. Plan submission must be in
of all connections. accordance with subpart 50.20 of this
(2) Fluid power and control systems subchapter and must include the fol-
and associated hydraulic equipment lowing:
components which have been tested in (1) The purpose of the system.
conformance with paragraph (c)(1) of (2) Its location on the vessel.
this section and so certified by the (3) The maximum allowable working
manufacturer, may be tested after in- pressure.
stallation as a complete assembly by
(4) The fluid used in the system.
stalling the driven unit in a safe and
(5) The velocity of the fluid flow in
satisfactory manner and by blowing
the system.
the relief valves. Otherwise, these sys-
(6) Details of the system components
tems shall be hydrostatically tested in
in accordance with § 56.01–10(d) of this
the presence of a marine inspector at a
subchapter.
pressure of 11⁄2 times the maximum al-
lowable pressure. [CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40168, Sept. 2, 1975]
(3) Fluid power and control systems
incorporating hydropneumatic accu- § 58.30–50 Requirements for miscella-
mulators containing rupture discs may neous fluid power and control sys-
tems.
be tested at the maximum allowable

working pressure of the system in lieu (a) All fluid power and control sys-
of 11⁄2 times this value as prescribed in tems installed on a vessel, except those
279
§ 58.50–1 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
listed in § 58.30–1(a), must meet the fol- (PMCC) for internal combustion engine
lowing requirements: units. Such vessels shall carry a suffi-
(1) Diagrams of the system providing cient quantity of fuel to supply the
the information required by § 58.30– emergency electrical system. Refer to
40(a)(1) through (4) must be submitted. § 112.05–5 of subchapter J (Electrical
These are not approved but are needed Engineering), of this chapter.
for records and for evaluation of the (c) An outage of 2 percent shall be
system in accordance with § 58.30– provided on all fuel tanks containing
1(a)(14). petroleum products.
(2) The hydraulic fluid used in the
system must comply with § 58.30–10. [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18878, Dec. 18, 1968, as
(3) The installed system must be test- amended by CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40169, Sept. 2,
ed in accordance with § 58.30–35(c)(2). 1975]
(4) All pneumatic cylinders must
comply with § 58.30–30. § 58.50–5 Gasoline fuel tanks.
(5) Additional plans may be required (a) Construction—(1) Shape. Tanks
for ‘‘fail-safe’’ equipment and for cargo may be of either cylindrical or rectan-
hatch systems with alternate means of gular form, except that tanks for emer-
operation. gency electrical systems shall be of cy-
[CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40168, Sept. 2, 1975] lindrical form.
(2) Materials and construction. The
Subpart 58.50—Independent Fuel material used and the minimum thick-
Tanks ness allowed shall be as indicated in
Table 1 to § 58.50–5(a) except that con-
§ 58.50–1 General requirements. sideration will be given to other mate-
(a) The regulations in this subpart rials which provide equivalent safety
contain requirements for independent as indicated in § 58.50–15.
fuel tanks. (3) Prohibited types. Tanks with
(b) Passenger vessels exceeding 100 flanged-up top edges that may trap and
gross tons constructed prior to July 1, hold moisture shall not be used.
1935, may carry gasoline as fuel not ex- (4) Openings. Openings for fill, vent
ceeding 40 gallons to supply the emer- and fuel pipes, and openings for fuel
gency electrical system. Passenger ves- level gages where used, shall be on the
sels exceeding 100 gross tons con- topmost surface of tanks. Tanks shall
structed on or after July 1, 1935, and all have no openings in bottoms, sides, or
emergency systems converted on or ends, except that an opening fitted
after July 1, 1935, shall use fuel which with threaded plug or cap may be used
has a flashpoint exceeding 110 °F. for tank cleaning purposes.
TABLE 1 TO § 58.50–5(a)
ASTM specifica- Thickness in inches and gage numbers 1 vs. tank capacities for—
tion
Material (all incorporated More than 80- and not more
by reference; see 1- through 80-gallon tanks Over 150-gallon tanks 2
than 150-gallon tanks
46 CFR 58.03–1)
Aluminum 5 B 209, Alloy 0.250 (USSG 3) ..................... 0.250 (USSG 3) ..................... 0.250 (USSG 3).
5086 6.
Nickel-cop- B 127, Hot rolled 0.037 (USSG 20) 3 ................ 0.050 (USSG 18) ................... 0.107 (USSG 12).
per. sheet or plate.
Copper- B 122, Alloy No. 5 0.045 (AWG 17) .................... 0.057 (AWG 15) .................... 0.128 (AWG 8).
nickel.
Copper ..... B 152, Type ETP 0.057 (AWG 15) .................... 0.080 (AWG 12) .................... 0.182 (AWG 5).
Copper-sil- B 96, alloys 0.050 (AWG 16) .................... 0.064 (AWG 14) .................... 0.144 (AWG 7).
icon. C65100 and
C65500.
Steel or .............................. 0.0747 (MfgStd 14) ............... 0.1046 (MfgStd 12) ............... 0.179 (MfgStd 7).
iron 4.
Notes:
1 Gauges used are U.S. standard ‘‘USSG’’ for aluminum and nickel-copper; ‘‘AWG’’ for copper, copper-nickel and copper-sil-
icon; and ‘‘MfgStd’’ for steel.

2 Tanks over 400 gallons will be designed with a factor of safety of four on the ultimate strength of the material used with a de-
sign head of not less than 4 feet of liquid above the top of the tank.
3 Nickel-copper not less than 0.031 inch (USSG 22) may be used for tanks up to a 30-gallon capacity.
280
4 Fuel tanks constructed of iron or steel, which is less than 3⁄16-inch thick must be galvanized inside and outside by the hot dip
process.
5 Anodic to most common metals. Avoid dissimilar metal contact with tank body.
6 And other alloys acceptable to the Commandant.
(5) Joints. All metallic tank joints ment. Portable fuel tanks are not per-
shall be welded or brazed. mitted.
(6) Fittings. Nozzles, flanges, or other (5) All fuel tanks shall be electrically
fittings for pipe connections shall be bonded to the common ground.
welded or brazed to the tank. The tank (c) Testing. (1) Prior to installation,
openings in way of pipe connections tanks vented to atmosphere shall be
shall be properly reinforced where nec- tested to, and must withstand, a pres-
essary. Where fuel level gages are used, sure of 5 pounds per square inch or 11⁄2
the flange to which gage fittings are times the maximum head to which
attached shall be welded or brazed to they may be subjected in service,
the tank. No tubular gage glasses or
whichever is greater. A standpipe of
trycocks shall be fitted to the tanks.
111⁄2 feet in height attached to the tank
(7) Baffle plates. All tanks exceeding
30 inches in any horizontal dimension may be filled with water to accomplish
shall be fitted with vertical baffle the 5 pounds per square inch test. Per-
plates where necessary for strength or manent deformation of the tank will
for control of excessive surge. In gen- not be cause for rejection unless ac-
eral, baffle plates installed at intervals companied by leakage.
not exceeding 30 inches will be consid- (2) After installation of the fuel tank
ered as meeting this requirement. on a vessel the complete installation
(8) Baffle plate details. Baffle plates, shall be tested in the presence of a ma-
where required, shall be of the same rine inspector to a head not less than
material and not less than the min- that to which the tank may be sub-
imum thickness required in the tank jected in service. Fuel may be used as
walls and shall be connected to the a testing medium.
tank walls by welding or brazing. Lim- (3) All tanks not vented to atmos-
ber holes at the bottom and air holes phere shall be constructed and tested
at the top of all baffles shall be pro- in accordance with part 54 of this sub-
vided. chapter.
(b) Installation. (1) Gasoline fuel
tanks used for propulsion shall be lo- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18878, Dec. 18, 1968, as
cated in water-tight compartments amended by CGFR 72–59R, 37 FR 6190, Mar.
25, 1972; USCG–1999–5151, 64 FR 67180, Dec. 1,
separate from, but adjacent to the
1999; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65187, Oct. 31,
engineroom or machinery space. Fuel 2008; USCG–2016–0498, 82 FR 35089, July 28,
tanks for auxiliaries shall be located 2017]
on or above the weather deck outside
of the engine housing or compartment § 58.50–10 Diesel fuel tanks.
and as close to the engine as prac-
ticable. All tanks shall be so installed (a) Construction. (1) Tanks may be of
as to provide a free circulation of air either cylindrical or rectangular form.
around the tanks. (2) The materials used and the min-
(2) Cylindrical tanks with longitu- imum thickness allowed in the con-
dinal seams shall be arranged hori- struction of independent fuel tanks
zontally where practicable so that such shall be as indicated in Table 1 to
seams are located as near the top as § 58.50–10(a), except that consideration
possible. will be given to other materials which
(3) Fuel tanks shall be so installed as provide equivalent safety as indicated
to permit examination, testing, or rein § 58.50–15.
moval for cleaning. (3) Tanks with flanged-up top edges,
(4) Fuel tanks shall be adequately that may trap and hold moisture, shall
supported and braced to prevent move- not be used.
281
§ 58.50–10 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
TABLE 1 TO § 58.50–10(a)
ASTM specifica- Thickness in inches and gage numbers 1 vs. tank capacities for—
tion
Material (all incorporated More than 80- and not more
by reference; see 1- through 80-gallon tanks Over 150-gallon tanks 2
than 150-gallon tanks
46 CFR 58.03–1)
Aluminum 5 B 209, Alloy 0.250 (USSG 3) ..................... 0.250 (USSG 3) ..................... 0.250 (USSG 3).
5086 6.
Nickel-cop- B 127, Hot rolled 0.037 (USSG 20) 3 ................ 0.050 (USSG 18) ................... 0.107 (USSG 12).
per. sheet or plate.
Steel or .............................. 0.0747 (MfgStd 14) ............... 0.1046 (MfgStd 12) ............... 0.179 (MfgStd 7).
iron 4.
Notes:
1 Gauges used are U.S. standard ‘‘USSG’’ for aluminum and nickel-copper and ‘‘MfgStd’’ for steel or iron.
2 Tanks over 400 gallons shall be designed with a factor of safety of four on the ultimate strength of the material used with a
design head of not less than 4 feet of liquid above the top of the tank.
3 Nickel-copper not less than 0.031 inch (USSG 22) may be used for tanks up to a 30-gallon capacity.
4 For diesel tanks the steel or iron shall not be galvanized on the interior.
5 Anodic to most common metals. Avoid dissimilar metal contact with tank body.
6 And other alloys acceptable to the Commandant.
(4) Openings for fill and vent pipes or brazing. Limber holes at the bottom
must be on the topmost surface of a and air holes at the top of all baffle
tank. There must be no openings in the plates shall be provided.
bottom, sides, or ends of a tank except (9) Iron or steel tanks shall not be
as follows: galvanized on the interior. Galvanizing
(i) The opening for the fuel supply paint or other suitable coating shall be
piping is not restricted to the top of used to protect the outside of iron and
the tank. steel tanks.
(ii) An opening fitted with threaded (b) Installation. (1) Tanks containing
plug or cap may be used on the bottom fuel for emergency lighting units shall
of the tank for tank cleaning purposes. be located on an open deck or in an
(iii) Liquid level gages must pene- adequately ventilated metal compart-
trate at a point that is more than 2 ment. No tank shall be located in a
inches from the bottom of the tank. compartment where the temperature
(5) All tank joints shall be welded. may exceed 150 °F.
(6) Nozzles, flanges, or other fittings (2) When cylindrical tanks are in-
for pipe connections shall be welded or stalled, longitudinal seams shall be lo-
brazed to the tank. The tank opening cated as near the top of the tank as
in way of pipe connections shall be possible. Fuel tanks shall be located in,
properly reinforced where necessary. or as close as practicable, to the ma-
Where liquid level indicating devices chinery space which is served.
are attached to the tank, they shall be (3) Fuel tanks shall be so installed as
of heat resistant materials adequately to permit examination, testing, or re-
protected from mechanical damage and moval for cleaning.
provided at the tank connections with (4) Fuel tanks shall be adequately
devices which will automatically close supported and braced to prevent move-
in the event of rupture of the gage or ment. Portable tanks are not per-
gage lines. mitted.
(7) All tanks exceeding 30 inches in (5) All fuel tanks shall be electrically
any horizontal dimension shall be bonded to the common ground.
fitted with vertical baffle plates where (c) Tests. (1) Prior to installation,
necessary for strength or for control of tanks vented to the atmosphere shall
excessive surge. In general, baffle be tested to and must withstand a pres-
plates installed at intervals not ex- sure of 5 pounds per square inch or 11⁄2
ceeding 30 inches will be considered as times the maximum head to which
meeting this requirement. they may be subjected in service,
(8) Baffle plates, where required, whichever is greater. A standpipe of
shall be of the same material and not 111⁄2 feet in height attached to the tank
less than the minimum thickness re- may be filled with water to accomplish
quired in the tank walls and shall be the 5 pounds per square inch test. Per-
connected to the tank walls by welding manent deformation of the tank will
282
not be cause for rejection unless ac- (c) Blow out preventor control sys-
companied by leakage. tems.
(2) After installation of the fuel tank (d) Riser and guideline tensioning
on a vessel the complete installation systems.
shall be tested in the presence of a ma- (e) Motion compensation systems.
rine inspector to a head not less than (f) Bulk material storage and han-
that to which the tank may be sub- dling systems.
jected in service. Fuel may be used as (g) Other pressurized systems de-
a testing medium. signed for the MODU’s industrial oper-
(3) All tanks not vented to atmos- ations.
phere shall be constructed and tested
in accordance with part 54 of this sub- § 58.60–2 Alternatives and substi-
chapter. tutions.
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18878, Dec. 18, 1968, as (a) The Coast Guard may accept sub-
amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9980, June 17, stitutes for fittings, material, appa-
1970; CGFR 72–59R, 37 FR 6190, Mar. 25, 1972; ratus, equipment, arrangements, cal-
USCG–1999–5151, 64 FR 67180, Dec. 1, 1999; culations, and tests required in this
USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65188, Oct. 31, 2008; subpart if the substitute provides an
USCG–2016–0498, 82 FR 35090, July 28, 2017]
equivalent level of safety.
§ 58.50–15 Alternate material for con- (b) In any case where it is shown to
struction of independent fuel tanks. the satisfaction of the Commandant
that the use of any particular equip-
(a) Materials other than those spe-
ment, apparatus, arrangement, or test
cifically listed in 46 CFR 58.50–5, Table
is unreasonable or impracticable, the
58.50–5(a) and in 46 CFR 58.50–10, Table
Commandant may permit the use of al-
58.50–10(a) may be used for fuel tank
ternate equipment, apparatus, arrange-
construction only if the tank as con-
ment, or test to such an extent and
structed meets material and testing re-
upon such condition as will insure, to
quirements approved by the Com-
his satisfaction, a degree of safety con-
mandant (CG–ENG). Approved testing
sistent with the minimum standards
may be accomplished by any accept-
set forth in this subpart.
able laboratory, such as the Marine De-
partment, Underwriters’ Laboratories, § 58.60–3 Pressure vessel.
Inc., or may be done by the fabricator
if witnessed by a marine inspector. A pressure vessel that is a component
(b) [Reserved] in an industrial system under this sub-
part must meet the applicable require-
[USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65188, Oct. 31, 2008, ments in § 54.01–5 of this chapter.
Oct. 1, 2012] [CGD 73–251, 43 FR 58601, Dec. 4, 1978, as
amended by CGD 77–147, 47 FR 21811, May 20,
1982]
Subpart 58.60—Industrial Systems
and Components on Mobile § 58.60–5 Industrial systems: Locations.
Offshore Drilling Units An industrial system under this sub-
(MODU) part must not be in a space that is—
(a) Concealed; or
SOURCE: CGD 73–251, 43 FR 56801, Dec. 4, (b) Inaccessible to industrial per-
sonnel.
§ 58.60–1 Applicability. § 58.60–7 Industrial systems: Piping.
This subpart applies to the following
The piping for industrial systems
industrial systems on board a mobile
under this subpart must meet ANSI
offshore drilling unit (MODU):
B31.3 (incorporated by reference, see 46
(a) Cementing systems.
CFR 58.03–1), except that blow out
(b) Circulation systems, including—
preventor control systems must also
(1) Pipes and pumps for mud;
meet API RP 53 (incorporated by ref-
(2) Shale shakers;

erence, see 46 CFR 58.03–1).
(3) Desanders; and
(4) Degassers. [USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65188, Oct. 31, 2008]
283
§ 58.60–9 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
§ 58.60–9 Industrial systems: Design. 59.10–25 Stayed areas.

59.10–30 Seal welding.
Each system under this subpart must 59.10–35 Wrapper plates and back heads.
be designed and analyzed in accordance
with the principles of API RP 14C (in- Subpart 59.15—Miscellaneous Boiler
corporated by reference, see 46 CFR Repairs
58.03–1).
59.15–1 Furnace repairs.
[USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65188, Oct. 31, 2008]
59.15–5 Stayed furnaces and combustion
§ 58.60–11 Analyses, plans, diagrams chambers.
and specifications: Submission. 59.15–10 Bagged or blistered shell plates.
(a) Each industrial system must be Subpart 59.20—Welding Repairs to

analyzed by a registered professional Castings
engineer to certify that the system has
been designed in accordance with appli- 59.20–1 Carbon-steel or alloy-steel castings.
cable standards. AUTHORITY: 46 U.S.C. 3306, 3703; E.O. 12234,
(b) The certification must— 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 227; De-
(1) Appear on all diagrams and anal- partment of Homeland Security Delegation
yses; and No. 0170.1.
(2) Be submitted under § 50.20–5 of SOURCE: CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18887, Dec. 18,
this chapter. 1968, unless otherwise noted.
(c) Standards or specifications for
non-pressurized, mechanical or struc-
tural systems, and components such as Subpart 59.01—General
derricks, drawworks, and rotary tables Requirements
which comply with standards or speci-
fications not referenced in this sub- § 59.01–1 Scope.
chapter must be referenced on the The regulations in this part apply to
plans or in the specifications of the the repairs of all boilers, appur-
unit. tenances and pressure vessels subject
to inspection by the Coast Guard.
§ 58.60–13 Inspection.
An industrial system is accepted by § 59.01–2 Incorporation by reference.
the Coast Guard if the inspector finds— (a) Certain material is incorporated
(a) The system meets this subpart; by reference into this part with the ap-
(b) There are guards, shields, insula- proval of the Director of the Federal
tion or similar devices for protection of Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1
personnel; and CFR part 51. To enforce any edition
(c) The system is not manifestly un- other than that specified in this sec-
safe. tion, the Coast Guard must publish no-
tice of change in the FEDERAL REG-
PART 59—REPAIRS TO BOILERS, ISTER and the material must be avail-
PRESSURE VESSELS AND APPUR- able to the public. All approved mate-
TENANCES rial is available for inspection at the
National Archives and Records Admin-
Subpart 59.01—General Requirements istration (NARA). For information on
the availability of this material at
Sec. NARA, call 202–741–6030 or go to http://
59.01–1 Scope.
59.01–5 Repairs, replacements, or alter- code_of_federal_regulations/
ations. ibr_locations.html. The material is also
Subpart 59.10—Welding Repairs to Boilers Guard Headquarters. Contact Com-
and Pressure Vessels in Service mandant (CG–ENG), Attn: Office of De-
sign and Engineering Systems, U.S.
59.10–1 Scope.
59.10–5 Cracks. Coast Guard Stop 7509, 2703 Martin Lu-
59.10–10 Corroded surfaces. ther King Jr. Avenue SE., Washington,

59.10–15 Rivets and staybolts. DC 20593–7509. The material is also
59.10–20 Patches in shells and tube sheets. available from the sources listed below.
284
(b) American Society of Mechanical En- the construction standards for the item
gineers (ASME) International, Three in question.
Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016–5990: (e) Where applicable, manufacturers’
(1) 2001 ASME Boiler and Pressure instruction books, manuals, and the
Vessel Code, Section I, Rules for Con- like, and section VII of the ASME Boil-
struction of Power Boilers (July 1, 2001) er and Pressure Vessel Code (incor-
(‘‘Section I of the ASME Boiler and porated by reference; see 46 CFR 59.01–
Pressure Vessel Code’’), 59.10–5; 2) must be used for guidance.
(2) ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18887, Dec. 18, 1968, as
Code, Section VII, Recommended amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65189,
Guidelines for the Care of Power Boil- Oct. 31, 2008]
ers (July 1, 2001) (‘‘Section VII of the
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel
Code’’), 59.01–5;
Subpart 59.10—Welding Repairs to
(3) ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Boilers and Pressure Vessels in
Code, Section VIII, Division 1, Rules Service
for Construction of Pressure Vessels
(1998 with 1999 and 2000 addenda) § 59.10–1 Scope.
(‘‘Section VIII of the ASME Boiler and (a) Repairs to boilers or pressure ves-
Pressure Vessel Code’’), 59.10–5; 59.10–10; sels in service may be performed by
and welding provided the welding meets the
(4) ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel applicable requirements of part 57 of
Code, Section IX, Welding and Brazing this subchapter.
Qualifications (1998) (‘‘Section IX of (b) No repairs by welding shall be
the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel made except temporary emergency re-
Code’’), 59.10–5. pairs without prior approval of the Of-
ficer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
[USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65188, Oct. 31, 2008,
as amended by USCG–2009–0702, 74 FR 49229, Emergency repairs shall be replaced
Sept. 25, 2009; USCG–2012–0832, 77 FR 59778, with permanent repairs meeting the re-
Oct. 1, 2012; USCG–2013–0671, 78 FR 60148, quirements of this subchapter when the
Sept. 30, 2013] vessel returns to a port in which an Of-
ficer in Charge, Marine Inspection, is
§ 59.01–5 Repairs, replacements, or al- located except in the case of minor re-
terations. pairs which in the opinion of the Offi-
(a) No repairs, replacements, or alter- cer in Charge, Marine Inspection, do
ations, except emergency repairs, shall not materially affect the safety of the
be made to boilers, pressure vessels, boiler or pressure vessel.
their mountings or internal fittings, (c) Repair welding of power boilers,
safety valves, piping systems, or pres- not meeting the requirements of sub-
sure appliances without prior approval part 52.05 of this subchapter, is prohib-
by the Officer in Charge, Marine In- ited unless the stress is carried by such
spection. other type(s) of construction com-
(b) Emergency repairs, replacements, plying with the requirements of this
or alterations shall be reported as soon subchapter, and where the adequacy of
as practicable to the Officer in Charge, the boiler design is not solely depend-
Marine Inspection, at or nearest the ent upon the strength of the welds.
first port where the vessel may call (d) Only welded repairs as specified in
after such repairs are made. this subchapter are permitted on boil-
(c) Plan approval shall be obtained ers and pressure vessels. The welding
from the Officer in Charge, Marine In- repairs allowed by this subpart apply
spection, for all alterations to systems only to boilers and pressure vessels fab-
in service as listed in § 56.01–10(c) of ricated of carbon steel. Welding repairs
this subchapter and those items listed to boilers and pressure vessels fab-
in paragraph (a) of this section. ricated of alloy steel will be given spe-
(d) Repairs, replacements, or alter- cial consideration by the Commandant.
ations to machinery or items not cov- Such other method of repairs by means
ered by other sections of this part shall of welding not covered in this sub-
be made in a manner consistent with chapter shall be referred to the Com-
the part of this subchapter containing mandant and may be authorized by
285
§ 59.10–5 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
him, if in his opinion, it meets the in- welding groove. The first two methods
tent of this subchapter. of excavation are preferable. Either a V
groove or U groove wherein complete
§ 59.10–5 Cracks. penetration of the weld metal is se-
(a) Cracks extending from the calk- cured may be used. After excavation is
ing edge of plates to the rivet holes of completed and prior to welding, the ex-
circumferential joints may be welded cavated area shall be examined by
provided the cracks are veed out so magnetic particle, dye penetrant, or
that complete penetration of the weld other acceptable test method. When
metal is secured. the reverse side of the weld is acces-
(b) Circumferential cracks from rivet sible the root of the weld shall be
hole to rivet hole in girth joints may chipped or ground out to insure a clean
be welded provided there are not more surface of the originally deposited
than three consecutive cracked liga- metal and the resultant groove welded
ments nor more than a total of six to obtain a sound weld having complete
cracked ligaments in any one girth penetration. When the weld cannot be
joint.
back chipped because the reverse side
(c) Cracks in staybolted plates may
is inaccessible, a backing strip or other
be welded provided they are located en-
approved means of assuring full pene-
tirely within staybolted areas and the
total length of any crack or series of tration shall be employed.
consecutive cracks does not exceed two (i) During welding of cracks a pre-
staybolt pitches. heat shall be maintained by controlled
(d) Cracks in plain, circular or Adam- temperatures. The degree of preheat
son ring or similar type furnaces may shall be determined by the rules listed
be welded provided any one crack does in accordance with the materials P-
not exceed 12 inches in length and after number groupings of PW–38, section I,
completion the weld is stress-relieved. appendix R, section VIII and Table Q.
Cracks in corrugated furnaces may be 11.1, section IX of the ASME Boiler and
repaired by welding provided any one Pressure Vessel Code (all incorporated
crack does not exceed 20 inches in by reference; see 46 CFR 59.01–2). For
length. thicknesses exceeding three-fourths
(e) Fire cracks may be welded at riv- inch, suitable U grooves should be em-
eted door openings extending from the ployed. A welding sequence shall be
edge of the plate, but not more than 2 used so as to equalize welding stresses.
inches beyond the centerline of the (j) Postweld heat treatment of re-
rivet holes. paired cracks shall be performed in ac-
(f) Cracks may be welded between cordance with the rules specified in
tube holes in the shell of water tube PW–39, section I and UW–40, section
boiler drums, provided there are not VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure
more than two cracks in any one row Vessel Code for boilers and pressure
in any direction, nor more than a total vessels respectively.
of four cracks in a drum, and further
(k) Welded repairs of cracks shall be
provided the welding meets the re-
nondestructively tested in accordance
quirements of this subchapter for Class
I welded pressure vessels and is ap- with the rules specified in PW–40, sec-
proved by the Commandant. tion I, and UW–51, section VIII of the
(g) Cracks that occur in superheater ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code
manifolds, water wallheaders, water for boilers and pressure vessels respec-
drums, sectional headers, and other ap- tively.
purtenances including steam manifolds (l) After cracks originating in tube or
of water tube boilers may be repaired rivet holes are repaired by welding, the
in accordance with paragraph (h) of holes shall be properly reamed and the
this section if the repair is approved. weld reinforcing ground flush with the
(h) All cracks permitted to be re- plate in way of rivet heads.
paired under this subpart shall be exca- (m) Flat tube sheets in fire-tube boil-
vated to sound metal by grinding, ers which have corroded or where

flame or arc gouging or chipping out cracks exist in the ligaments may be
the defective metal to form a clean repaired by welding.
286
(n) Welding repairs to drums of power forced: Provided, that the distance be-
boilers, except as otherwise permitted tween the reinforced surfaces is not
in this subpart, are prohibited. less than 30 inches.
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18887, Dec. 18, 1968, as
(e) When the corroded portion of a
amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65189, staybolted surface exceeds 400 square
Oct. 31, 2008] inches, it is permissible to make re-
pairs by cutting out the defective por-
§ 59.10–10 Corroded surfaces. tion and replacing it with a new plate,
(a) Corroded surfaces in the calking the edges of the new plate to be welded
edges of circumferential seams may be in position. In such cases, new
built up by welding to the original staybolts shall be fitted in accordance
thickness under the following condi- with the requirements of § 52.20–15 of
tions: this subchapter and where welding is
(1) The thickness of the original performed through a line of staybolts,
metal to be built up between the rivet welded collars as required by Figure
holes and the calking edge shall not be 52.01–3 of this subchapter shall be used
less than one-fourth of the diameter of to attach the staybolts.
the rivet hole, and the portion of the (f) Eroded seams of welded pressure
calking edge to be thus reinforced shall vessels may be repaired by rewelding
not exceed 30 inches in length in a cir- the wasted portion. The wasted section
cumferential direction. of the seam shall be excavated suffi-
(2) In all repairs to circumferential ciently by grinding, flame or arc
seams by welding, the rivets shall be gouging or chipping to ensure proper
removed over the portions to be welded weld penetration. Rewelded seams shall
for a distance of at least 6 inches be- be nondestructively tested in accord-
yond the repaired portion. ance with section VIII of the ASME
(3) After repairs are made the rivet Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (incor-
holes shall be reamed before the rivets porated by reference, see 46 CFR 59.01–
are redriven. 2).
(b) It is not permissible to build up or [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18887, Dec. 18, 1968, as
reinforce a grooved or corroded area of amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65189,
unstayed internal surfaces by means of Oct. 31, 2008]
welding, except that widely scattered
pit holes may be built up by welding. § 59.10–15 Rivets and staybolts.
(c) Where external corrosion has re- (a) It is not permitted to reinforce or
duced the thickness of flat plates build up by welding the heads of rivets
around hand holes to an extent of not or staybolts that have deteriorated.
more than 40 percent of the original Such rivets or staybolts shall be re-
thickness and for a distance not ex- placed. The seal welding of rivet heads
ceeding 2 inches from the edge of the to secure tightness is prohibited.
hole, the plate may be built up by (b) Where leaks develop around
welding. staybolts which are otherwise in good
(d) Where stayed sheets have cor- condition, the nuts may be replaced
roded to a depth not exceeding 40 per- with a beveled collar formed around
cent of their original thickness, they the end of the stay by means of weld-
may be reinforced or built up by welding. In such cases, the depth of collar
ing. Where the staybolts are fitted with measured on the stay and the width
riveted heads, the staybolts in the rein- measured on the plate, shall be equal
forced area shall be renewed in accord- to one-half the diameter of the
ance with the provisions of § 52.20–15 of staybolt.
this subchapter, but where the
staybolts are fitted with nuts, the nuts § 59.10–20 Patches in shells and tube
may be removed and after reinforcing sheets.
has been applied, collars may be welded (a) Unreinforced openings in the
around the staybolts in lieu of the shells or drums of boilers or pressure
nuts. Such reinforced areas shall not vessels, the diameter of which does not
exceed 400 square inches nor more than exceed the maximum diameter of an
30 inches in one direction. Two such unreinforced opening in accordance
areas in any one plate may be rein- with § 52.01–100 of this subchapter may
287
§ 59.10–25 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
be closed by the use of a patch or plate (b) The edges of wrapper plates riv-
inside the drum or shell and sealed eted to tube sheets and back heads
against leakage by welding. Such shall be removed by cutting out the
plates shall have a diameter of at least rivets.
2 inches larger than the diameter of (c) The edges of existing plates and
the hole and shall have a thickness new plates shall be beveled by chip-
equal to the thickness of the plate to ping, flame cutting or grinding so as to
which it is attached. It is not permis- form a suitable groove whereby com-
sible to insert such patches in the shell plete penetration of the weld metal
or head flush with the surrounding will be obtained. The edge preparation
plate unless the requirements of this and preheat shall comply with the re-
subchapter for Class I welded pressure quirements of § 59.10–5(h).
vessels are met. (d) The edges of the new plate shall
(b) Portions of tube sheets which be buttwelded and the plate shall be
have deteriorated may be renewed by riveted to the flanges of the tube sheet
replacing the wasted portion with a and back heads and the staybolts re-
new section. The ligaments between newed.
the tube holes may be joined by means (e) Sections of wrapper plates of com-
of welding and staytubes. Other accept- bustion chambers outside of stayed
able means of lowering the stress on areas may be repaired by welding pro-
the repaired section may be used if in vided the welded joints are stress-re-
the judgment of the Officer in Charge, lieved by means of controlled heat and
Marine Inspection, it is necessary. the joints are nondestructively tested.
§ 59.10–25 Stayed areas. Subpart 59.15—Miscellaneous

Welding repairs are permitted in Boiler Repairs
staybolted areas or areas adequately
stayed by other means so that should § 59.15–1 Furnace repairs.
failure of the welds occur the stress (a) Where corrugated or plain fur-
will be carried by the stays. The welds naces or flues are distorted by 11⁄2
shall be located entirely within inches or more, they shall be repaired
staybolted areas and shall not pass by either of the following methods:
through the outer row of stays. (1) The furnace shall be forced back
to a true circular shape, and the Officer
§ 59.10–30 Seal welding.
in Charge, Marine Inspection, may re-
Where leaks occur in riveted joints or quire strongbacks or other acceptable
connections, they shall be carefully in- means of support to hold the furnace
vestigated to determine the cause. from future collapse, if in his opinion
Such leaks may be made tight by seal such support is necessary; or,
welding the edge, if, in the opinion of (2) The furnace shall be adequately
the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspec- stayed as found necessary in the judg-
tion, this will make a satisfactory re- ment of the Officer in Charge, Marine
pair. Inspection.
(b) Distortion means the difference
§ 59.10–35 Wrapper plates and back between any single measured diameter
heads.
of the furnace and the diameter of a
Wrapper plates and back heads may true circle at the same location. The
be renewed in whole or repaired as fol- diameter of the true circle may be
lows: taken as the original furnace diameter
(a) Wrapper plates or backs heads or may be determined by a means ac-
shall be cut between two rows of ceptable to the Officer in Charge, Ma-
staybolts or on a line of staybolts rine Inspection.
where the thickness is approximately (c) Where the distortion does not ex-
the same as the original construction. ceed 11⁄2 inches it will not be necessary
If welding is employed on a line of to force the furnace back to a true cir-
staybolts, the staybolts shall be fitted cle if the allowable pressure is reduced
with a welded collar as required by Fig- in the ratio of 11⁄2 percent for each one-
ure 52.01–3 of this subchapter. tenth of an inch of distortion. However,
288
if the maximum distortion does not ex- (e) Furnace crowns which have be-
ceed 1 inch and the length of the dis- come distorted, not in excess of the
torted area is not more than three cor- limitations provided in paragraph (c) of
rugations, or, if the maximum distor- this section, may be repaired by pump-
tion does not exceed three-fourths inch ing back the distorted section to as
for a length greater than three cor- nearly a true circle as possible and re-
rugations of distorted area, the repairs inforcing the same by means of a ring,
or reduction in pressure will not be re- arc- or gas-welded to the distorted cor-
quired unless considered necessary by rugation as shown in Figure 59.15–1, the
the marine inspector.
welding to be done by welders and
(d) When it becomes necessary to
welding processors qualified in accord-
rivet a patch to a furnace or other part
of the heating surface, the riveted ance with part 57 of this subchapter
patch shall be placed on the waterside using acceptable welding electrodes in
of the plate in order not to form a accordance with § 57.02–4 of this sub-
pocket in which sediment may collect. chapter.
FIGURE 59.15–1—APPROVED METHOD OF REINFORCING FURNACES BY MEANS OF ARC OR GAS WELDING
§ 59.15–5 Stayed furnaces and combus- § 59.15–10 Bagged or blistered shell

tion chambers. plates.
(a) Where the plate forming the walls (a) When the shell plates of cylin-
of stayed furnaces or combustion drical boilers which are exposed to the
chambers become bulged between radiant heat of the fire become bagged
staybolts, repairs may be made by in- or blistered, it shall be the duty of the
serting an additional staybolt in the chief engineer in charge of the vessel
center of such space supported by the to notify the Officer in Charge, Marine
four staybolts. Inspection, for examination before
(b) Where it is desired to rivet a raising steam on the boiler.
patch to the wall of a stayed furnace or (b) Where the shell plate is bagged
combustion chamber, the defective por- due to overheating, the Officer in
tion of the plate shall be cut away Charge, Marine Inspection, may, if in
until solid material is reached, the his judgment it is practicable, permit
patch shall be riveted on the waterside, the same to be driven back to its origi-
and the staybolts renewed, and ex- nal position.

tended through the new plate.
289
EC01FE91.037
§ 59.20–1 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
(c) Where the shell plate has blis- 61.15–5 Steam piping.
tered, bagged, or bulged to such an ex- 61.15–10 Liquefied-petroleum-gas piping for
tent that there is an appreciable heating and cooking.
61.15–12 Nonmetallic expansion joints.
thinning of the plate, the Officer in 61.15–15 Other piping.
Charge, Marine Inspection, shall re-
quire the defective portion to be cut Subpart 61.20—Periodic Tests of Machinery
away and the shell repaired by fitting a and Equipment
patch of steel plate conforming to the
requirements of § 52.01–90 of this sub- 61.20–1 Steering gear.
61.20–3 Main and auxiliary machinery and
chapter in place of the defective por-
associated equipment, including fluid
tion. Care shall be taken that the riv- control systems.
eting schedule of the patch is so ar- 61.20–5 Drydock examination.
ranged as to give the plate sufficient 61.20–15 Tailshaft examination.
strength to withstand the stress placed 61.20–17 Examination intervals.
on it in service. 61.20–18 Examination requirements.
61.20–21 Extension of examination interval.
61.20–23 Tailshaft clearance; bearing
Subpart 59.20—Welding Repairs to weardown.
Castings
Subpart 61.30—Tests and Inspections of
§ 59.20–1 Carbon-steel or alloy-steel Fired Thermal Fluid Heaters
castings.
61.30–1 Scope.
Defects in carbon-steel or alloy-steel
61.30–5 Preparation of thermal fluid heater
castings may be repaired by welding. for inspection and test.
The repairs shall be performed in ac- 61.30–10 Hydrostatic test.
cordance with the material specifica- 61.30–15 Visual inspection.
tion to which the casting was origi- 61.30–20 Automatic control and safety tests.
nally supplied.
Subpart 61.35—Design Verification and
Periodic Testing for Automatic Auxil-
PART 60 [RESERVED] iary Boilers
PART 61—PERIODIC TESTS AND 61.35–1 General.
INSPECTIONS 61.35–3 Required tests and checks.
Subpart 61.40—Design Verification and

Subpart 61.01—General Periodic Testing of Vital System Auto-
Sec. mation
61.01–1 Scope.
61.40–1 General.
Subpart 61.03—Incorporation of Standards 61.40–3 Design verification testing.
61.40–6 Periodic safety tests.
61.03–1 Incorporation by reference. 61.40–10 Test procedure details.
AUTHORITY: 43 U.S.C. 1333; 46 U.S.C. 2103,
Subpart 61.05—Tests and Inspections of 3306, 3307, 3703; sec. 617, Pub. L. 111–281, 124
Boilers Stat. 2905; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR 1980
Comp., p. 277; Department of Homeland Secu-
61.05–1 Scope.
rity Delegation No. 0170.1.
61.05–5 Preparation of boilers for inspection
and test. SOURCE: CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18890, Dec. 18,
61.05–10 Boilers in service. 1968, unless otherwise noted.
61.05–15 Boiler mountings and attachments.
61.05–20 Boiler safety valves.
Subpart 61.10—Tests and Inspections of § 61.01–1 Scope.
Pressure Vessels
(a) Periodic tests and inspection shall
61.10–1 Scope. be made of the main and auxiliary ma-
61.10–5 Pressure vessels in service. chinery, boilers, and other equipment
as prescribed in this part.
Subpart 61.15—Periodic Tests of Piping
(b) The inspections and tests shall in-

Systems
sure that the equipment and associated
61.15–1 Scope. structure are in satisfactory operating
290
conditions and fit for the service for Subpart 61.05—Tests and
which they are intended. Inspections of Boilers
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18890, Dec. 18, 1968, as
amended by CGD 95–012, 60 FR 48050, Sept. 18, § 61.05–1 Scope.
1995] The term boiler as used in this sub-
part includes power boilers subject to
Subpart 61.03—Incorporation of part 52 and heating boilers subject to
Standards part 53 of this subchapter.
[CGD 80–064, 49 FR 32193, Aug. 13, 1984]
(a) Certain material is incorporated § 61.05–5 Preparation of boilers for in-
by reference into this part with the ap- spection and test.
proval of the Director of the Federal (a) For internal inspection, manhole
Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 and handhold plates, and washout
CFR part 51. To enforce any edition plugs shall be removed as required by
other than that specified in paragraph the marine inspector and the furnace
(b) of this section, the Coast Guard and combustion chambers shall be
must publish a notice of change in the thoroughly cooled and cleaned. Port-
FEDERAL REGISTER and the material able obstructions shall be removed as
must be available to the public. All ap- necessary for proper access.
proved material is available for inspec- (b) In preparing the boilers for the
tion at the Coast Guard Headquarters. hydrostatic test, they shall be filled
Contact Commandant (CG–ENG), Attn: with water at not less than 70 °F. and
Office of Design and Engineering Sys- not more than 160 °F. for watertube
tems, U.S. Coast Guard Stop 7509, 2703 boilers, and not more than 100 °F. for
Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., firetube boilers. The safety valves shall
Washington, DC 20593–7509. The mate- be secured by means of gags or clamps.
rial is also available from the sources [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18890, Dec. 18, 1968, as
indicated in paragraph (b) of this sec- amended by CGD 95–027, 61 FR 26001, May 23,
tion or at the National Archives and 1996]
Records Administration (NARA). For
information on the availability of this § 61.05–10 Boilers in service.
material at NARA, call 202–741–6030, or (a) Each boiler, including super-
go to: http://www.archives.gov/fed- heater, reheater, economizer, auxiliary
eral_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ boiler, low-pressure heating boiler, and
ibr_locations.html. unfired steam boiler, must be available
(b) The material approved for incor- for examination by the marine inspec-
poration by reference in this part and tor at intervals specified by Table
the sections affected are as follows: 61.05–10, and more often if necessary, to
determine that the complete unit is in
American Society for Testing and Materials
(ASTM)
a safe and satisfactory condition. When
a hydrostatic test is required, the ma-
100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, rine inspector may examine all acces-
PA 19428–2959. sible parts of the boiler while it is
ASTM D 665–98, Standard Test Method under pressure.
for Rust-Preventing Characteris-
(b) The owner, master, or person in
tics of Inhibited Mineral Oil in the
Presence of Water .........................61.20–17 charge of the vessel shall give ample
notice to the cognizant Officer in
[CGD 95–027, 61 FR 26001, May 23, 1996, as Charge, Marine Inspection, so that a
amended by CGD 96–041, 61 FR 50728, Sept. 27, marine inspector may witness the tests
1996; CGD 97–057, 62 FR 51044, Sept. 30, 1997; and make the required inspections.
USCG–1999–6216, 64 FR 53225, Oct. 1, 1999;
USCG–1999–5151, 64 FR 67180, Dec. 1, 1999;
(c) Firetube boilers which cannot be
USCG–2009–0702, 74 FR 49229, Sept. 25, 2009; entered or which cannot be satisfac-
USCG–2012–0832, 77 FR 59778, Oct. 1, 2012; torily examined internally, all boilers

USCG–2013–0671, 78 FR 60149, Sept. 30, 2013] of lap seam construction and all boilers
to which extensive repairs have been
291
§ 61.05–15 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
made or the strength of which the ma- flue boiler has been installed for 10
rine inspector has any reason to ques- years, it shall be gaged to determine
tion, shall be subjected to a hydro- the extent of deterioration. Thickness
static test of 11⁄2 times the maximum will be measured at or near the water-
allowable working pressure. All other line, at the bottom and at such other
boilers shall be subjected to a hydro- places deemed necessary by the marine
static test of 11⁄4 times the maximum inspector. Examination may be by
allowable working pressure. drilling or a nondestructive means ac-
(d) In applying hydrostatic pressure ceptable to the marine inspector. Prior
to boilers, arrangements shall be made to the use of a nondestructive method
to prevent main and auxiliary stop of examination, the user shall dem-
valves from being simultaneously sub- onstrate to the marine inspector that
jected to the hydrostatic pressure on results having an accuracy within plus
one side and steam pressure on the
or minus 5 percent are consistently ob-
other side.
tainable when using specimens similar
(e) If the marine inspector has reason
to those to be examined on the boiler.
to believe that the boiler has deterio-
rated to any appreciable extent under (g) If the thickness is found to be less
the bottom where it rests on saddles or than the original thickness upon which
foundations, he shall cause the boiler the maximum allowable working pres-
to be lifted to such position that it can sure was based, it shall be recalculated.
be thoroughly examined, provided the The thickness of the thinnest measured
examination cannot be made other- portion shall be used in this calcula-
wise. tion. Either the design formulas given
(f) The marine inspector may require in this subchapter or the ones in effect
any boiler to be drilled or gaged to de- when the boiler was contracted for or
termine actual thickness any time its built may normally be used in this re-
safety is in doubt. At the first inspec- calculation. In no case will an increase
tion for certification after a firetube or in the pressure allowed be made.
TABLE 61.05–10—INSPECTION INTERVALS FOR BOILERS 1 2 3
Any firetube
Firetube boil- Watertube Firetube boil-
boiler for
er ≥150 psi boiler er <150 psi
propulsion
Hydro Test:
Passenger Vessel ............................................................. 2.5 2.5 1 2.5
Other Vessel ..................................................................... 2.5 5 1 5
Fireside Inspection .......................................................................... 1 2.5 1 2.5
Waterside Inspection ....................................................................... 1 2.5 1 2.5
Boiler Safety-Valve Test ................................................................. 1 2.5 1 1
Valves Inspection ............................................................................ 5 5 5 5
Studs and Bolts Inspection ............................................................. 10 10 10 10
Mountings Inspection ...................................................................... 10 10 10 10
Steam Gauge Test .......................................................................... 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
Fusible Plug Inspection ................................................................... 2.5 ...................... 2.5 2.5
1 All intervals are in years.
2 Where the 2.5-year interval is indicated: two tests or inspections must occur within any five-year period, and no more than
three years may elapse between any test or inspection and its immediate predecessor.
3 Intervals for hybrid boilers are the same as for firetube boilers.
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18890, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 80–064, 49 FR 32193, Aug. 13, 1984;
CGD 83–043, 60 FR 24781, May 10, 1995; USCG–1999–4976, 65 FR 6500, Feb. 9, 2000]
§ 61.05–15 Boiler mountings and at- section requires to be removed may be

tachments. examined by the marine inspector.
(a) Each valve shall be opened and ex- (c)(1) Each boiler mounting may be
amined by the marine inspector at the removed from the boiler and be exam-
interval specified in Table 61.05–10. ined by the marine inspector at the in-
terval specified by Table 61.05–10 when
(b) Each stud or bolt for each boiler

mounting that paragraph (c) of this any of the following conditions exist:
292
(2) Where boiler mountings or valves condition is satisfactory and that the
are attached to boiler nozzles and a pressure vessel is fit for the service in-
satisfactory internal examination of tended.
these mountings or valves and their at- (b) Internal and external tests and in-
taching studs, bolts, or other means of spections. (1) Each pressure vessel listed
attachment, can be performed by open- on the Certificate of Inspection must
ing up the valves, such mountings or be thoroughly examined externally
valves need not be removed from the every 5 years.
boiler unless in the opinion of the Offi- (2) In addition, each pressure vessel
cer in Charge, Marine Inspection, such listed on the Certificate of Inspection
action is necessary. that is fitted with a manhole or other
(d) The Officer in Charge, Marine In- inspection opening so it can be satis-
spection, may require the examina- factorily examined internally, must be
tions prescribed in this section to be
opened for internal examination every
made at more frequent intervals, if in
5 years.
his opinion such action is necessary to
be assured of the safety of the boiler (3) No pressure vessel need be
and its attachments. hydrostatically tested except when a
(e) Water columns, gage glasses, and defect is found that, in the marine in-
gage cocks shall be examined to deter- spector’s opinion, may affect the safety
mine that they are in satisfactory of the pressure vessel. In this case, the
working order. pressure vessel should be
(f) Each steam gauge for a boiler or a hydrostatically tested at a pressure of
main steam line may be examined and 1 ⁄2 times the maximum allowable
1
checked for accuracy by the marine in- working pressure.

spector at the interval specified by (c) Special purpose vessels. (1) If your
Table 61.05–10. vessel’s Certificate of Inspection is re-
(g) Each fusible plug may be exam- newed annually, the following must be
ined by the marine inspector at the in- examined under operating conditions
terval specified by Table 61.05–10. at each inspection for certification: all
tubular heat exchangers, hydraulic ac-
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18890, Dec. 18, 1968, as
cumulators, and all pressure vessels
1970; CGD 83–043, 60 FR 24782, May 10, 1995] used in refrigeration service.
(2) If your vessel’s Certificate of In-
§ 61.05–20 Boiler safety valves. spection is renewed less often than an-
Each safety valve for a drum, super- nually, the following must be examined
heater, or reheater of a boiler shall be under operating conditions twice every
tested at the interval specified by table 5 years: all tubular heat exchangers,
61.05–10. hydraulic accumulators, and all pres-
sure vessels used in refrigeration serv-
[CGD 95–028, 62 FR 51202, Sept. 30, 1997] ice.
(3) No more than 3 years may elapse
Subpart 61.10—Tests and between any examination and its im-
Inspections of Pressure Vessels mediate predecessor.
(d) Hydrostatic tests under pressure.
§ 61.10–1 Scope. Each pressure vessel, other than one
All pressure vessels aboard ships, mo- exempted by this section, must be sub-
bile offshore drilling units, and barges jected to a hydrostatic test at a pres-
are subject to periodic inspection. sure of 11⁄4 times the maximum allow-
[CGD 68–82, 33 FR 18890, Dec. 18, 1968, as able working pressure twice within any
amended by CGD 73–251, 43 FR 56801, Dec. 4, five-year period, except that no more
1978; CGD 95–012, 60 FR 48050, Sept. 18, 1995] than three years may elapse between
any test and its immediate prede-
§ 61.10–5 Pressure vessels in service. cessor.
(a) Basic requirements. Each pressure (e) Exemptions from hydrostatic tests.
vessel must be examined or tested The following pressure vessels will not
every 5 years. The extent of the test or normally be subjected to a hydrostatic

examination should be that necessary test:
to determine that the pressure vessel’s (1) Tubular heat exchangers.
293
§ 61.15–1 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
(2) Pressure vessels used in refrigera- lations there, instead of the ones in
tion service. this section.
(3) Hydraulic accumulators. (i) Safety or relief valves on pressure
(4) Pressure vessels which have been vessels. (1) If your vessel’s Certificate of
satisfactorily examined internally by a Inspection is renewed annually, the
marine inspector and in which no de- marine inspector must check the set-
fects have been found which impair the tings of the safety or relief valves on
safety of the pressure vessel. all pressure vessels, except cargo
(5) Pressure vessels which were ini- tanks, at each inspection for certifi-
tially pneumatically tested in accord- cation.
ance with part 54 of this subchapter. (2) If your vessel’s Certificate of In-
(6) Pressure vessels not stamped with spection is renewed less often than an-
the Coast Guard Symbol. nually, the marine inspector must
(f) Compressed gas or hazardous liquid check the settings of the safety or re-
pressure vessel tests. Cargo tanks of lief valves on all pressure vessels, ex-
pressure vessel configuration con- cept cargo tanks, twice every 5 years.
taining liquefied, compressed gases or No more than 3 years may elapse be-
hazardous liquids must be inspected tween any check and its immediate
and tested as required by the applica- predecessor.
ble regulations published in subchapter (3) Cargo tank safety or relief valves
D or subchapter I of this chapter. must be checked at the interval re-
(g) Bulk storage tanks. Each bulk stor- quired in subchapter D (Tank Vessels)
age tank containing refrigerated lique- or subchapter I (Cargo and Miscella-
fied CO2 for use aboard a vessel as a neous Vessels) of this chapter.
fire-extinguishing agent shall be sub-
jected to a hydrostatic test of 11⁄2 times [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18890, Dec. 18, 1968, as
the maximum allowable working pres-
1970; CGD 73–251, 43 FR 56801, Dec. 4, 1978;
sure in the tenth year of the installa- CGD 77–147, 47 FR 21811, May 20, 1982; CGD 86–
tion and at ten-year intervals there- 033, 53 FR 36024, Sept. 16, 1988; CGD 83–043, 60
after. After the test, the tank should FR 24782, May 10, 1995; CGD 95–028, 62 FR
be drained and an internal examination 51202, Sept. 30, 1997; USCG–1999–6216, 64 FR
made. Parts of the jacket and lagging 53225, Oct. 1, 1999; USCG–1999–4976, 65 FR 6500,
on the underside of the tank designated Feb. 9, 2000]
by the marine inspector must be re-
moved at the time of the test so the Subpart 61.15—Periodic Tests of
marine inspector may determine the Piping Systems
external condition of the tank.
(h) Pneumatic tests. (1) Pressure ves- § 61.15–1 Scope.
sels that were pneumatically tested be-
In conducting hydrostatic tests on
fore being stamped with the Coast
piping, the required test pressure shall
Guard Symbol must be examined inter-
be maintained for a sufficient length of
nally twice every 5 years and examined
time to permit an inspection to be
externally at each Inspection for Cer-
made of all joints and connections. The
tification. No more than 3 years may
setting of the relief valve or safety
elapse between any external examina-
valve will be considered as establishing
tion and its immediate predecessor.
the maximum allowable working pres-
(2) For tanks whose design precludes
sure of the system.
a thorough internal or external exam-
ination, the thickness must be deter- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18890, Dec. 18, 1968, as
mined by a nondestructive method ac- amended by CGD 95–012, 60 FR 48050, Sept. 18,
ceptable to the Officer in Charge, Ma- 1995]
rine Inspection.
(3) If (due to the product carried) § 61.15–5 Steam piping.
your vessel’s inspection intervals are (a) Main steam piping shall be sub-
prescribed in subchapter D (Tank Ves- jected to a hydrostatic test equal to 11⁄4
sels), subchapter I (Cargo and Miscella- times the maximum allowable working
neous Vessels), or subchapter I-A (Mo- pressure at the same periods prescribed
bile Offshore Drilling Units), you must for boilers in § 61.05–10. The hydrostatic
comply with the pneumatic test regu- test shall be applied from the boiler
294
drum to the throttle valve. If the cov- of the vessel’s current certificate of in-
ering of the piping is not removed, the spection. Where practicable, these
test pressure shall be maintained on records should be kept in or with the
the piping for a period of ten minutes. vessel’s logbook.
If any evidence of moisture or leakage (b) Test the system for leakage in ac-
is detected, the covering shall be re- cordance with the following procedure:
moved and the piping thoroughly ex- With the appliance valve closed, the
amined. master shutoff valve on the appliance
(b) All steam piping subject to pres- open, and one cylinder valve open, note
sure from the main boiler should be pressure in gauge.
subjected to a hydrostatic test at a
pressure of 11⁄4 times the maximum al- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18890, Dec. 18, 1968, as
lowable working pressure of the boiler amended by USCG–1999–4976, 65 FR 6500, Feb.
9, 2000; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65189, Oct. 31,
after every five years of service except 2008; USCG–2006–24371, 74 FR 11265, Mar. 16,
as otherwise provided for in paragraph 2009]
(a) of this section. Unless the covering
of the piping is removed, the test pres- § 61.15–12 Nonmetallic expansion
sure must be maintained on the piping joints.
for ten minutes. If any evidence of
(a) Nonmetallic expansion joints
moisture or leakage is detected, the
must be examined externally at each
covering should be removed and the
inspection for certification and peri-
piping thoroughly examined. No piping
odic inspection for signs of excessive
with a nominal size of 3 inches or less
need be hydrostatically tested. wear, fatigue, deterioration, physical
(c) The setting of safety and relief damage, misalignment, improper
valves installed in piping systems shall flange-to-flange spacing, and leakage.
be checked by the marine inspector at A complete internal examination must
each inspection for certification for be conducted when an external exam-
vessels whose Certificates of Inspection ination reveals excessive wear or other
are renewed each year. For other ves- signs of deterioration or damage.
sels, the setting must be checked twice (b) A nonmetallic expansion joint
within any 5-year period, and no more must be replaced 10 years after it has
than 3 years may elapse between any been placed into service if it is located
check and its immediate predecessor. in a system which penetrates the side
of the vessel and both the penetration
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18890, Dec. 18, 1968, as and the nonmetallic expansion joint
amended by CGD 73–248, 39 FR 30839, Aug. 26,
are located below the deepest load wa-
1974; CGD 83–043, 60 FR 24782, May 10, 1995;
USCG–1999–4976, 65 FR 6500, Feb. 9, 2000] terline. The Officer in Charge, Marine
Inspection may grant an extension of
§ 61.15–10 Liquefied-petroleum-gas the ten year replacement to coincide
piping for heating and cooking. with the vessel’s next drydocking.
(a) Leak tests as described in para- [CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40615, Oct. 2, 1989, as
graph (b) of this section shall be con- amended by CGD 95–028, 62 FR 51202, Sept. 30,
ducted at least once each month, at 1997; USCG–1999–4976, 65 FR 6501, Feb. 9, 2000]
each inspection for certification, and
at each periodic inspection. The tests § 61.15–15 Other piping.
required at monthly intervals shall be (a) All other piping systems shall be
conducted by an appropriately examined under working conditions as
credentialed officer of the vessel or required by the marine inspector.
qualified personnel acceptable to the
Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
The owner, master, or person in charge Subpart 61.20—Periodic Tests of
of the vessel shall keep records of such Machinery and Equipment
tests showing the dates when per-
formed and the name(s) of the person(s) § 61.20–1 Steering gear.
and/or company conducting the tests. (a) The marine inspector must in-
Such records shall be made available to spect the steering gear at each inspec-
the marine inspector upon request and tion for certification for vessels whose
shall be kept for the period of validity Certificate of Inspections are renewed
295
§ 61.20–3 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
each year. For other vessels, the ma- sections must be conducted in the pres-
rine inspector must inspect the steer- ence of a marine inspector.
ing gear twice within a 5-year period,
[CGD 78–153, 45 FR 52388, Aug. 7, 1980]
and no more than 3 years may elapse
between any inspection and its imme- § 61.20–17 Examination intervals.
diate predecessor. The marine inspec-
tor may inspect the steering gear more (a) A lubricant that demonstrates the
often, if necessary. corrosion inhibiting properties of oil
(b) All devices employed in the when tested in accordance with ASTM
change-over from automatic to manual D 665 (incorporated by reference, see
operation shall be examined and tested. § 61.03–1) is considered to be equivalent
to oil for the purposes of the tailshaft
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18890, Dec. 18, 1968, as examination interval.
amended by USCG–1999–4976, 65 FR 6501, Feb. (b) Except as provided in paragraphs
9, 2000]
(c) through (f) of this section, each
§ 61.20–3 Main and auxiliary machin- tailshaft on a vessel must be examined
ery and associated equipment, in- twice within any 5 year period. No
cluding fluid control systems. more than 3 years may elapse between
any 2 tailshaft examinations.
(a) At each inspection for certifi-
cation and periodic inspection the ma- (c) Tailshafts on vessels fitted with
rine inspector shall conduct such tests multiple shafts must be examined once
and inspections of the main propulsion every 5 years.
and auxiliary machinery and of its as- (d) Tailshafts with inaccessible por-
sociated equipment, including the fluid tions fabricated of materials resistant
control systems, as he feels necessary to corrosion by sea water, or fitted
to check safe operation. with a continuous liner or a sealing
(b) Remote control for the means of gland which prevents sea water from
stopping machinery driving forced and contacting the shaft, must be examined
induced draft fans, fuel oil transfer once every 5 years if they are con-
pumps, fuel oil unit pumps, and fans in structed or fitted with a taper,
the ventilation systems serving ma- keyway, and propeller designed in ac-
chinery and cargo spaces shall be test- cordance with the American Bureau of
ed at each regular inspection for cer- Shipping standards to reduce stress
tification and periodic inspection. concentrations or are fitted with a
flanged propeller. Accessible portions
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18890, Dec. 18, 1968, as of tailshafts must be examined visually
amended by USCG–1999–4976, 65 FR 6501, Feb. during each drydock examination.
9, 2000]
(e) Tailshafts with oil lubricated
§ 61.20–5 Drydock examination. bearings, including bearings lubricated
with a substance considered to be
(a) When any vessel is drydocked, ex- equivalent to oil under the provisions
amination shall be made of the proof paragraph (a) of this section need
peller, stern bushing, sea connection, not be drawn for examination—
and fastenings if deemed necessary by (1) If tailshaft bearing clearance
the marine inspector. readings are taken whenever the vessel
(b) Sea chests, sea valves, sea strain- undergoes a drydock examination or
ers, and valves for the emergency bilge underwater survey;
suction shall be opened up for examina- (2) If the inboard seal assemblies are
tion every 5 years at the time of examined whenever the vessel under-
drydocking. goes a drydock examination or under-
[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18890, Dec. 18, 1968, as water survey;
amended by CGD 84–024, 53 FR 32231, Aug. 24, (3) If an analysis of the tailshaft
1988; CGD 95–028, 62 FR 51202, Sept. 30, 1997] bearing lubricant is performed semi-
annually in accordance with the lubri-
§ 61.20–15 Tailshaft examination. cation system manufacturer’s rec-
The rules in §§ 61.20–15 through 61.20– ommendations to determine bearing
23 apply only to vessels in ocean and material content or the presence of

coastwise service. Each examination, other contaminants; and
inspection and test prescribed by these (4) If—
296
(i) For tailshafts with a taper, the § 61.20–21 Extension of examination in-
propeller is removed and the taper and terval.
the keyway (if fitted) are nondestruc- The Commandant CG–CVC may au-
tively tested at intervals not to exceed thorize extensions of the interval be-
5 years; or tween tailshaft examinations.
(ii) For tailshafts with a propeller [CGD 84–024, 52 FR 39652, Oct. 23, 1987, as
fitted to the shaft by means of a cou- amended by CGD 95–072, 60 FR 50463, Sept. 29,
pling flange, the propeller coupling 1995; CGD 96–041, 61 FR 50728, Sept. 27, 1996;
bolts and flange radius are nondestruc- USCG–2009–0702, 74 FR 49229, Sept. 25, 2009;
tively tested whenever they are re- USCG–2012–0832, 77 FR 59778, Oct. 1, 2012]
moved or made accessible in connec-
§ 61.20–23 Tailshaft clearance; bearing
tion with overhaul or repairs. weardown.
(f) Tailshafts on mobile offshore
(a) Water lubricated bearings, other
drilling units are not subject to exam-
than rubber, must be rebushed as fol-
ination intervals under paragraphs (b) lows:
through (d) of this section if they are— (1) Where the propelling machinery is
(1) Examined during each regularly located amidship, the after stern tube
scheduled drydocking; or bearing must be rebushed when it is
(2) Regularly examined in a manner worn down to 6.4 mm (0.25 in) clearance
acceptable to the Commandant CG– for shafts of 229 mm (9 in) or less in di-
CVC. ameter, 7.95 mm (0.3125 in) clearance
for shafts exceeding 229 mm (9 in) but
[CGD 95–027, 61 FR 26001, May 23, 1996, as
not exceeding 305 mm (12 in) in diame-
1996; 61 FR 52497, Oct. 7, 1996; USCG–1999–5151,
ter, and 9.53 mm (0.375 in) clearance for
64 FR 67180, Dec. 1, 1999; USCG–2009–0702, 74 shafts exceeding 305 mm (12 in) in di-
FR 49229, Sept. 25, 2009; USCG–2012–0832, 77 ameter.
FR 59778, Oct. 1, 2012] (2) Where the propelling machinery is
located aft, the after stern tube bear-
§ 61.20–18 Examination requirements. ing must be rebushed when weardown
is 1.6 mm (.0625 in) less than the appli-
(a) Each tailshaft must be drawn and
cable clearance for propelling machin-
visually inspected at each examina- ery located amidship.
tion. (b) Water lubricated rubber bearings
(b) On tailshafts with a taper, must be rebushed when any water
keyway, (if fitted) and propeller de- groove is half the original depth.
signed in accordance with American (c) Oil lubricated bearings must be
Bureau of Shipping standards to reduce rebushed when deemed necessary by
stress concentrations, the forward 1⁄3 of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspec-
the shaft’s taper section must be non- tion. The manufacturer’s recommenda-
destructively tested in addition to a tion shall be considered in making this
visual inspection of the entire shaft. determination.
(c) On tailshafts with a propeller [CGD 78–153, 45 FR 52388, Aug. 7, 1980]
fitted to the shaft by means of a cou-
pling flange, the flange, the fillet at Subpart 61.30—Tests and Inspec-
the propeller end, and each coupling
tions of Fired Thermal Fluid
bolt must be nondestructively tested in
addition to a visual inspection of the
Heaters
entire shaft.
SOURCE: CGD 80–064, 49 FR 32193, Aug. 13,
[CGD 84–024, 52 FR 39652, Oct. 23, 1987, as 1984, unless otherwise noted.
amended by CGD 84–024, 53 FR 32231, Aug. 24,
1988] § 61.30–1 Scope.
The term thermal fluid heater as used
in this part includes any fired auto-
matic auxiliary heating unit which
uses a natural or synthetic fluid in the

liquid phase as the heat exchange me-
dium and whose operating temperature
297
§ 61.30–5 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
and pressure do not exceed 204 °C (400 cation, periodic inspection, and when
°F) and 225 psig, respectively. Thermal directed by the Officer in Charge, Ma-
fluid heaters having operating tem- rine Inspection, to determine that the
peratures and pressures higher than 204 control components and safety devices
°C (400 °F) and 225 psig, respectively, are functioning properly and are in sat-
are inspected under subpart 61.05— isfactory operating condition. These
Tests and Inspections of Boilers. tests and checks must be conducted in
the presence of a marine inspector and
§ 61.30–5 Preparation of thermal fluid must include the following: proper
heater for inspection and test. prepurge, burner ignition sequence
For visual inspection, access plates checks, operation of the combustion
and manholes shall be removed as re- controls, limit controls, fluid flow con-
quired by the marine inspector and the trols, fluid level controls, high tem-
heater and combustion chambers shall perature control, proper postpurge con-
be thoroughly cooled and cleaned. trol, and verification of the flame safe-
[CGD 80–064, 49 FR 32193, Aug. 13, 1984, as guard.
amended by CGD 95–027, 61 FR 26002, May 23, [CGD 88–057, 55 FR 24237, June 15, 1990, as
1996] amended by USCG–1999–4976, 65 FR 6501, Feb.
9, 2000]
§ 61.30–10 Hydrostatic test.
NOTE: Sections 63.05–90 and 63.10–90 of this
All new installations of thermal fluid chapter may be referenced concerning oper-
heaters must be given a hydrostatic ating tests.
test of 11⁄2 times the maximum allow-
able working pressure. The test must
be conducted in the presence of a ma-
Subpart 61.35—Design Verification
rine inspector. No subsequent hydro- and Periodic Testing for Auto-
static tests are required unless, in the matic Auxiliary Boilers
opinion of the Officer in Charge Marine
Inspection, the condition of the heater SOURCE: CGD 88–057, 55 FR 24237, June 15,
warrants such a test. Where hydro- 1990, unless otherwise noted.
static tests are required, an inspection
is made of all accessible parts under § 61.35–1 General.
pressure. The thermal fluid may be (a) All automatic auxiliary boilers
used as the hydrostatic test medium. except fired thermal fluid heaters must
be tested and inspected in accordance
§ 61.30–15 Visual inspection. with this subpart and subpart 61.05 of
Thermal fluid heaters are examined this part.
by a marine inspector at the inspection (b) Fired thermal fluid heaters must
for certification, periodic inspection be tested and inspected in accordance
and when directed by the Officer in with subpart 61.30 of this part.
Charge Marine Inspection, to deter- (c) All controls, safety devices, and
mine that the complete unit is in a safe other control system equipment must
and satisfactory condition. The visual be tested and inspected to verify their
examination includes, but is not lim- proper design, construction, installa-
ited to, the combustion chamber, heat tion, and operation.
exchanger, refractory, exhaust stack, (d) All tests must be performed after
and associated pumps and piping. installation of the automatic auxiliary
[CGD 80–064, 49 FR 32193, Aug. 13, 1984, as boiler and its control system(s) aboard
amended by USCG–1999–4976, 65 FR 6501, Feb. the vessel.
9, 2000] (e) As far as practicable, test tech-
niques must not simulate monitored
§ 61.30–20 Automatic control and safe- system conditions by misadjustment,
ty tests. artificial signals, improper wiring,
Operational tests and checks of all tampering, or revision of the system
safety and limit controls, combustion tested. The use of a synthesized signal
controls, programming controls, and or condition applied to a sensor is ac-
safety relief valves must be conducted ceptable if the required test equipment
by the owner, chief engineer, or person is maintained in good working order
in charge at the inspection for certifi- and is periodically calibrated. Proper
298
operation and proper calibration of test low water cutoff and the lower low
equipment must be demonstrated to water cutoff must each be tested. The
the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspec- audible alarm and visible indicator as-
tion. sociated with the lower low water cut-
off must be tested. The manual reset
§ 61.35–3 Required tests and checks. device must be tested after the lower
(a) Tests and checks must include the low water cutoff has been activated.
following: (10) Feed water flow controls. The feed
(1) Safety (Programming) controls. water flow limit device (found on
Safety controls must control and cycle steam boilers and water heaters with-
the unit in the proper manner and se- out water level controls) must be test-
quence. Proper prepurge, ignition, ed by interrupting the feed water sup-
postpurge, and modulation must be ply. Manual reset must be required
verified. All time intervals must be prior to restarting the boiler.
verified.
(11) Low voltage test. The fuel supply
(2) Flame safeguard. The flame safe-
to the burners must automatically
guard system must be tested by caus-
ing flame and ignition failures. Oper- shut off when the supply voltage is
ation of the audible alarm and visible lowered.
indicator must be verified. The shut- (12) Switches. All switches must be
down times must be verified. tested to verify satisfactory operation.
(3) Fuel supply controls. Satisfactory
shutdown operation of the two fuel Subpart 61.40—Design Verification
control solenoid valves must be and Periodic Testing of Vital
verified. No visible leakage from the System Automation
valves into the burner(s) must be
verified.
(4) Fuel oil pressure limit control. A SOURCE: CGD 81–030, 53 FR 17837, May 18,
safety shutdown must be initiated by
lowering the fuel oil pressure below the
§ 61.40–1 General.
value required for safe combustion.
System shutdown and the need for (a) All automatically or remotely
manual reset prior to automatic start- controlled or monitored vital systems
up must be verified. addressed by part 62 of this subchapter
(5) Fuel oil temperature limit control. must be subjected to tests and inspec-
(Units designed to burn heavy fuel oil.) tions to evaluate the operation and re-
A safety shutdown must be initiated by liability of controls, alarms, safety fea-
lowering the fuel oil temperature tures, and interlocks. Test procedures
below the designed temperature. Sys- must be submitted to the Coast Guard
tem shutdown and the need for manual for approval.
reset prior to automatic startup must (b) Persons designated by the owner
be verified. of the vessel shall conduct all tests and
(6) Combustion controls. Smooth and the Design Verification and Periodic
stable operation of the combustion Safety tests shall be witnessed by the
controls must be verified. Coast Guard.
(7) Draft limit control. The draft loss
(c) Design Verification and Periodic
interlock switch must be tested to en-
Safety test procedure documents ap-
sure proper operation. The draft limit
proved by the Coast Guard must be re-
control must cause burner shutdown
and prevent startup when an inad- tained aboard the vessel.
equate air volume is supplied to the § 61.40–3 Design verification testing.
burner(s).
(8) Limit controls. Shutdown caused by (a) Tests must verify that automated
the limit controls must be verified. vital systems are designed, con-
(9) Water level controls. Water level structed, and operate in accordance
controls must be tested by slowly low- with all applicable requirements of
ering the water level in the boiler. part 62 of this subchapter. The tests
Each operating water level control must be based upon the failure anal-
must be individually tested. The upper ysis, if required by § 62.20–3(b) of this
299
§ 61.40–6 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
subchapter, functional performance re- Commanding Officer, Marine Safety

quirements, and the Periodic Safety Center.
tests of § 61.40–6. [CGD 80–064, 49 FR 32193, Aug. 13, 1984, as
(b) Tests must be performed imme- amended by CGD 95–072, 60 FR 50463, Sept. 29,
diately after the installation of the 1995; CGD 96–041, 61 FR 50728, Sept. 27, 1996;
automated equipment or before the USCG–2009–0702, 74 FR 49229, Sept. 25, 2009;
issuance of the initial Certificate of In- USCG–2012–0832, 77 FR 59778, Oct. 1, 2012;
USCG–2012–0208, 79 FR 48924, Aug. 18, 2014]
spection.
§ 61.40–6 Periodic safety tests. PART 62—VITAL SYSTEM

(a) Periodic Safety tests must dem-
AUTOMATION
onstrate the proper operation of the
Subpart 62.01—General Provisions
primary and alternate controls,
alarms, power sources, transfer over- Sec.
ride arrangements, interlocks, and 62.01–1 Purpose, preemptive effect.
62.01–3 Scope.
safety controls. Systems addressed 62.01–5 Applicability.
must include fire detection and extin-
guishing, flooding safety, propulsion, Subpart 62.05—Reference Specifications
maneuvering, electric power genera-
tion and distribution, and emergency
internal communications. Subpart 62.10—Terms Used
(b) Tests must be conducted at peri-
odic intervals specified by the Coast 62.10–1 Definitions.
Guard to confirm that vital systems Subpart 62.15—Equivalents
and safety features continue to operate
in a safe, reliable manner. 62.15–1 Conditions under which equivalents
may be used.
NOTE: Normally, these tests are conducted
annually. Subpart 62.20—Plan Submittal
§ 61.40–10 Test procedure details. 62.20–1 Plans for approval.

62.20–3 Plans for information.
(a) Test procedure documents must 62.20–5 Self-certification.
be in a step-by-step or checkoff list for-
mat. Each test instruction must speci- Subpart 62.25—General Requirements for
fy equipment status, apparatus nec- All Automated Vital Systems
essary to perform the tests, safety pre- 62.25–1 General.
cautions, safety control and alarm set- 62.25–5 All control systems.
points, the procedure to be followed, 62.25–10 Manual alternate control systems.
62.25–15 Safety control systems.
and the expected test result. 62.25–20 Instrumentation, alarms, and cen-
(b) Test techniques must not simu- tralized stations.
late monitored system conditions by 62.25–25 Programmable systems and devices.
mis-adjustment, artificial signals, im- 62.25–30 Environmental design standards.
proper wiring, tampering, or revision of
Subpart 62.30—Reliability and Safety
the system unless the test would dam-
Criteria, All Automated Vital Systems
age equipment or endanger personnel.
In the latter case, the use of a syn- 62.30–1 Failsafe.
thesized signal or condition applied to 62.30–5 Independence.
62.30–10 Testing.
the sensor is acceptable if test equip-
ment is maintained in good working Subpart 62.35—Requirements for Specific
order and is periodically calibrated to Types of Automated Vital Systems
the satisfaction of the Officer in
Charge, Marine Inspection. Other test 62.35–1 General.
62.35–5 Remote propulsion-control systems.
techniques must be approved by the 62.35–10 Flooding safety.
62.35–15 Fire safety.
62.35–20 Oil-fired main boilers.

62.35–35 Starting systems for internal-com-
bustion engines.
300
62.35–40 Fuel systems. § 62.01–5 Applicability.
62.35–50 Tabulated monitoring and safety
control requirements for specific sys- (a) Vessels. This part applies to self-
tems. propelled vessels of 500 gross tons and
over that are certificated under sub-
Subpart 62.50—Automated Self-propelled chapters D, I, or U, to self-propelled
Vessel Manning vessels of 100 gross tons and over that
62.50–1 General. are certificated under subchapter H,
62.50–20 Additional requirements for mini- and to OSVs of at least 6,000 GT ITC
mally attended machinery plants. (500 GRT if GT ITC is not assigned) as
62.50–30 Additional requirements for peri- defined in § 125.160 of this chapter.
odically unattended machinery plants. (b) Systems and equipment. Except as
AUTHORITY: 46 U.S.C. 3306, 3703, 8105; sec. noted in § 62.01–5(c), this part applies to
617, Pub. L. 111–281, 124 Stat. 2905; E.O. 12234, automation of vital systems or equip-
45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; De- ment that—
No. 0170.1.
(1) Is automatically controlled or
monitored;
SOURCE: CGD 81–030, 53 FR 17838, May 18, (2) Is remotely controlled or mon-
itored; or
(3) Utilizes automation for the pur-
Subpart 62.01—General Provisions pose of replacing specific personnel or
§ 62.01–1 Purpose, preemptive effect. to reduce overall crew requirements.
(c) Exceptions. This part does not
The purpose of this part is to make apply to the following systems and
sure that the safety of a vessel with equipment unless they are specifically
automated vital systems, in maneu- addressed or unless their failure would
vering and all other sailing conditions,
degrade the safety and reliability of
is equal to that of the vessel with the
the systems required by this part:
vital systems under direct manual op-
erator supervision. The regulations in (1) Automatic auxiliary heating
this part have preemptive effect over equipment (see part 63 of this sub-
State or local regulations in the same chapter).
field. (2) Steering systems (see subparts
58.25 and 111.93 of this chapter).
[CGD 81–030, 53 FR 17838, May 18, 1988, as
(3) Non-vital and industrial systems.
amended by USCG 2006–24797, 77 FR 33874,
June 7, 2012] (4) The communication and alarm
systems in part 113 of this chapter.
§ 62.01–3 Scope. (d) Central control rooms. The require-
(a) This part contains the minimum ments of subpart 62.50 only apply to
requirements for vessel automated vessels automated to replace specific
vital systems. Specifically, this part personnel or to reduce overall crew re-
contains— quirements, except where the main
(1) In subpart 62.25, the general re- propulsion or ship service electrical
quirements for all vital system auto- generating plants are automatically or
mation; remotely controlled from a control
(2) In subpart 62.30, the criteria used room. In this case, § 62.50–20(a)(3) (ex-
to evaluate the designed reliability and cept the provision in paragraph 62.50–
safety of all automated vital systems; 20(a)(3)(ii) relating to electrical power
(3) In subpart 62.35, the minimum ad- distribution), (b)(3), (c), (e)(1), (e)(2),
ditional equipment, configuration, and (e)(4), and (f)(2) apply, regardless of
functional requirements necessary manning.
when certain vital systems are auto-
mated; and [CGD 81–030, 53 FR 17838, May 18, 1988, as
(4) In subpart 62.50, the minimum ad-
Sept. 29, 2000; USCG–2012–0208, 79 FR 48925,
ditional requirements when automated Aug. 18, 2014]
systems are provided to replace spe-

cific personnel or to reduce overall
crew requirements.
301
§ 62.05–1 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
Subpart 62.05—Reference Automatic control means self-regu-

Specifications lating in attaining or carrying out an
operator-specified equipment response
§ 62.05–1 Incorporation by reference. or sequence.
Boiler low-low water level is the min-
(a) Certain material is incorporated imum safe level in the boiler, in no
by reference into this part with the ap- case lower than that visible in the gage
proval of the Director of the Federal glass (see § 52.01–110 of this chapter,
Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 Water Level Indicators).
CFR part 51. To enforce any edition Engineering Control Center (ECC)
other than that specified in this sec- means the centralized engineering con-
tion, the Coast Guard must publish no- trol, monitoring, and communications
tice of change in the FEDERAL REG- location.
ISTER and the material must be avail- Failsafe means that upon failure or
able to the public. All approved mate- malfunction of a component, sub-
rial is available for inspection at the system, or system, the output auto-
National Archives and Records Admin- matically reverts to a pre-determined
istration (NARA). For information on design state of least critical con-
the availability of this material at sequence. Typical failsafe states are
NARA, call 202–741–6030 or go to http:// listed in Table 62.10–1(a).
code_of_federal_regulations/ TABLE 62.10–1(a)—TYPICAL FAILSAFE STATES
ibr_locations.html. The material is also System or component Preferred failsafe state
Cooling water valve ............. As is or open.
Guard Headquarters. Contact Com- Alarm system ....................... Annunciate.
mandant (CG–ENG), Attn: Office of De- Safety system ...................... Shut down, limited, or as is &
sign and Engineering Systems, U.S. alarm.
Coast Guard Stop 7509, 2703 Martin Lu- Burner valve ......................... Closed.
Propulsion speed control ..... As is.
ther King Jr. Avenue SE., Washington, Feedwater valve .................. As is or open.
DC 20593–7509. The material is also Controllable pitch propeller .. As is.
from the sources in paragraph (b) of Propulsion safety trip ........... As is & alarm.
Fuel tank valve .................... See § 56.50–60(d).
this section.
(b) American Bureau of Shipping Flooding safety refers to flooding de-
(ABS), ABS Plaza, 16855 Northchase tection, watertight integrity, and
Drive, Houston, TX 77060: dewatering systems.
(1) Rules for Building and Classing Independent refers to equipment ar-
Steel Vessels, Part 4 Vessel Systems ranged to perform its required function
and Machinery (2003) (‘‘ABS Steel Ves- regardless of the state of operation, or
sel Rules’’), 62.25–30; 62.35–5; 62.35–35; failure, of other equipment.
62.35–40; 62.35–50; 62.50–30; and Limit control means a function of an
(2) [Reserved] automatic control system to restrict
operation to a specified operating
[USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65189, Oct. 31, 2008,
range or sequence without stopping the
Sept. 25, 2009; USCG–2012–0832, 77 FR 59778, machinery.
Oct. 1, 2012; USCG–2013–0671, 78 FR 60149, Local control means operator control
Sept. 30, 2013] from a location where the equipment
and its output can be directly manipu-
lated and observed, e.g., at the switch-
Subpart 62.10—Terms Used board, motor controller, propulsion en-
§ 62.10–1 Definitions. gine, or other equipment.
Manual control means operation by
(a) For the purpose of this part: direct or power-assisted operator inter-
Alarm means an audible and visual vention.
indication of a hazardous or poten- Monitor means the use of direct ob-
tially hazardous condition that re- servation, instrumentation, alarms, or
quires attention. a combination of these to determine
Automated means the use of auto- equipment operation.

matic or remote control, instrumenta- Remote control means non-local auto-
tion, or alarms. matic or manual control.
302
Safety trip control system means a (2) Control and monitoring console,
manually or automatically operated panel, and enclosure layouts.
system that rapidly shuts down an- (3) Schematic or logic diagrams in-
other system or subsystem. cluding functional relationships, a
System means a grouping or arrange- written description of operation, and
ment of elements that interact to per- sequences of events for all modes of op-
form a specific function and typically eration.
includes the following, as applicable: (4) A description of control or moni-
A fuel or power source. toring system connections to non-vital
Power conversion elements. systems.
Control elements. (5) A description of programmable
Power transmission elements. features.
Instrumentation.
Safety control elements.
(6) A description of built-in test fea-
Conditioning elements. tures and diagnostics.
Vital system or equipment is essential (7) Design Verification and Periodic
to the safety of the vessel, its pas- Safety test procedures described in
sengers and crew. This typically in- subpart 61.40 of this chapter.
cludes, but is not limited to, the fol- (8) Control system normal and emer-
lowing: gency operating instructions.
Fire detection, alarm, and extin- [CGD 81–030, 53 FR 17838, May 18, 1988, as
guishing systems. amended by USCG–2014–0688, 79 FR 58280,
Flooding safety systems. Sept. 29, 2014]
Ship service and emergency elec-
trical generators, switchgear, and § 62.20–3 Plans for information.
motor control circuits serving vital (a) One copy of the following plans
electrical loads. must be submitted to the Officer in
The emergency equipment and sys- Charge, Marine Inspection, for use in
tems listed in § 112.15 of this chapter. the evaluation of automated systems
Propulsion systems, including those provided to replace specific personnel
provided to meet § 58.01–35. or to reduce overall crew requirements:
Steering systems. (1) Proposed manning, crew organiza-
tion and utilization, including routine
Subpart 62.15—Equivalents maintenance, all operational evo-
lutions, and emergencies.
§ 62.15–1 Conditions under which (2) A planned maintenance program
equivalents may be used. for all vital systems.
(a) The Coast Guard accepts a sub- (b) One copy of a qualitative failure
stitute or alternate for the require- analysis must be submitted in accord-
ments of this part if it provides an ance with § 50.20–5 of this chapter for
equivalent level of safety and reli- the following:
ability. Demonstration of functional (1) Propulsion controls.
equivalence must include comparison (2) Microprocessor-based system
of a qualitative failure analysis based hardware.
on the requirements of this part with a (3) Safety controls.
comparable analysis of the proposed (4) Automated electric power man-
substitute or alternate. agement.
(5) Automation required to be inde-
Subpart 62.20—Plan Submittal pendent that is not physically sepa-
rate.
§ 62.20–1 Plans for approval. (6) Any other automation that, in the
(a) The following plans must be sub- judgment of the Commandant, poten-
mitted to the Coast Guard for approval tially constitutes a safety hazard to
in accordance with § 50.20–5 and § 50.20– the vessel or personnel in case of fail-
10 of this chapter: ure.
(1) A general arrangement plan of NOTE: The qualitative failure analysis is
control and monitoring equipment, intended to assist in evaluating the safety

control locations, and the systems and reliability of the design. It should be
served. conducted to a level of detail necessary to
303
§ 62.20–5 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
demonstrate compliance with applicable re- (c) Each console for a vital control or
quirements and should follow standard quali- alarm system and any similar enclo-
tative analysis procedures. Assumptions, op- sure that relies upon forced cooling for
erating conditions considered, failures con-
proper operation of the system must
sidered, cause and effect relationships, how
failures are detected by the crew, alter- have a backup means of providing cool-
natives available to the crew, and possible ing. It must also have an alarm acti-
design verification tests necessary should be vated by the failure of the tempera-
included. Questions regarding failure anal- ture-control system.
ysis should be referred to the Marine Safety
Center at an early stage of design. [CGD 81–030, 53 FR 17838, May 18, 1988, as
[CGD 81–030, 53 FR 17838, May 18, 1988, as Oct. 31, 2008]
Sept. 29, 2014] § 62.25–5 All control systems.
§ 62.20–5 Self-certification. (a) Local and remote starting for any
propulsion engine or turbine equipped
(a) The designer or manufacturer of with a jacking or turning gear must be
an automated system shall certify to prevented while the turning gear is en-
the Coast Guard, in writing, that the gaged.
automation is designed to meet the en- (b) Automatic control systems must
vironmental design standards of § 62.25– be stable over the entire range of nor-
30. Plan review, shipboard testing, or mal operation.
independent testing to these standards (c) Inadvertent grounding of an elec-
is not required. trical or electronic safety control sys-
(b) [Reserved] tem must not cause safety control op-
NOTE: Self-certification should normally eration or safety control bypassing.
accompany plan submittal.
[CGD 81–030, 53 FR 17838, May 18, 1988, as
Subpart 62.25—General Require- Oct. 31, 2008]
ments for All Automated Vital
§ 62.25–10 Manual alternate control
Systems systems.
§ 62.25–1 General. (a) Manual alternate control systems
must—
(a) Vital systems that are automati-
cally or remotely controlled must be (1) Be operable in an emergency and
provided with— after a remote or automatic primary
control system failure;
(1) An effective primary control sys-
tem; (2) Be suitable for manual control for
prolonged periods;
(2) A manual alternate control sys-
tem; (3) Be readily accessible and oper-
able; and
(3) A safety control system, if re-
quired by § 62.25–15; (4) Include means to override auto-
matic controls and interlocks, as appli-
(4) Instrumentation to monitor sys-
cable.
tem parameters necessary for the safe
(b) Permanent communications must
and effective operation of the system;
be provided between primary remote
and
control locations and manual alternate
(5) An alarm system if instrumenta-
control locations if operator attend-
tion is not continuously monitored or
ance is necessary to maintain safe al-
is inappropriate for detection of a fail-
ternate control.
ure or unsafe condition.
(b) Automation systems or sub- NOTE: Typically, this includes main boiler
systems that control or monitor more fronts and local propulsion control.
than one safety control, interlock, or
operating sequence must perform all § 62.25–15 Safety control systems.
assigned tasks continuously, i.e., the (a) Minimum safety trip controls re-
detection of unsafe conditions must quired for specific types of automated

not prevent control or monitoring of vital systems are listed in Table 62.35–
other conditions. 50.
304
NOTE: Safety control systems include auto- in Table 62.35–50 and subparts 58.01, 56.50, and
matic and manual safety trip controls and 112.45.
automatic safety limit controls.
(4) Sequential interlocks provided in
(b) Safety trip controls must not op- control systems to ensure safe oper-
erate as a result of failure of the nor- ation, such as boiler programming con-
mal electrical power source unless it is trol or reversing of propulsion diesels,
determined to be the failsafe state. must have summary indicators in the
(c) Automatic operation of a safety machinery spaces and at the cognizant
control must be alarmed in the ma- control location to show if the inter-
chinery spaces and at the cognizant re- locks are satisfied.
mote control location. (5) Instrumentation listed in Table
(d) Local manual safety trip controls 62.35–50 must be of the continuous dis-
must be provided for all main boilers, play type or the demand display type.
turbines, and internal combustion en- Displays must be in the ECC or in the
gines. machinery spaces if an ECC is not pro-
(e) Automatic safety trip control sys- vided.
tems must— (c) Instrumentation details. Demand
(1) Be provided where there is an im- instrumentation displays must be
mediate danger that a failure will re- clearly readable and immediately
sult in serious damage, complete available to the operator.
breakdown, fire, or explosion; (d) Alarms. (1) All alarms must clear-
(2) Require manual reset prior to re- ly distinguish among—
newed operation of the equipment; and (i) Normal, alarm, and acknowledged
(3) Not be provided if safety limit alarm conditions; and
controls provide a safe alternative and (ii) Fire, general alarm, carbon diox-
trip would result in loss of propulsion. ide/Halon 1301/clean agent fire extin-
§ 62.25–20 Instrumentation, alarms, guishing system, vital machinery,
and centralized stations. flooding, engineers’ assistance-needed,
and non-vital alarms.
(a) General. Minimum instrumenta- (2) Required alarms in high ambient
tion and alarms required for specific noise areas must be supplemented by
types of automated vital systems are visual means, such as rotating beacons,
listed in Table 62.35–50. that are visible throughout these
(b) Instrumentation Location. (1) Man- areas. Red beacons must only be used
ual control locations, including remote for general or fire alarm purposes.
manual control and manual alternate
(3) Automatic transfer to required
control, must be provided with the in-
backup or redundant systems or power
strumentation necessary for safe oper-
sources must be alarmed in the ma-
ation from that location.
chinery spaces.
NOTE: Typically, instrumentation includes (4) Flooding safety, fire, loss of
means to monitor the output of the mon- power, and engineers’ assistance-need-
itored system. ed alarms extended from the machin-
(2) Systems with remote instrumen- ery spaces to a remote location must
tation must have provisions for the in- not have a duty crewmember selector.
stallation of instrumentation at the NOTE: Other alarms may be provided with
monitored system equipment. such a selector, provided there is no off posi-
(3) The status of automatically or re- tion.
motely controlled vital auxiliaries,
power sources, switches, and valves (5) Automation alarms must be sepa-
must be visually indicated in the ma- rate and independent of the following:
chinery spaces or the cognizant remote (i) The fire detection and alarm sys-
control location, as applicable. tems.
(ii) The general alarm.
NOTE: Status indicators include run, stand- (iii) CO2/halon release alarms.
by, off, open, closed, tripped, and on, as ap-
plicable. Status indicators at remote control (6) Failure of an automatic control,
locations other than the ECC, if provided, remote control, or alarm system must
may be summarized. Equipment normally be immediately alarmed in the machin-
provided with status indicators are addressed ery spaces and at the ECC, if provided.
305
§ 62.25–25 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
(e) Alarm details. (1) All alarms ment of system response to control
must— input.
(i) Have a manual acknowledgement (2) Visual alarms and instruments on
device (No other means to reduce or the navigating bridge must not inter-
eliminate the annunciated signal may fere with the crew’s vision. Dimmers
be provided except dimmers described must not eliminate visual indications.
in paragraph (g)(2) of this section); (3) Alarms and instrumentation at
(ii) Be continuously powered; the main navigating bridge control lo-
(iii) Be provided with a means to test cation must be limited to those that
audible and visual annunciators; require the attention or action of the
(iv) Provide for normal equipment officer on watch, are required by this
starting and operating transients and chapter, or that would result in in-
vessel motions, as applicable, without creased safety.
actuating the alarm; [CGD 81–030, 53 FR 17838, May 18, 1988, as
(v) Be able to simultaneously indi- amended by USCG–2006–24797, 77 FR 33874,
cate more than one alarm condition, as June 7, 2012; USCG–2014–0688, 79 FR 58280,
applicable; Sept. 29, 2014]
(vi) Visually annunciate until the
alarm is manually acknowledged and § 62.25–25 Programmable systems and
the alarm condition is cleared; devices.
(vii) Audibly annunciate until manu- (a) Programmable control or alarm
ally acknowledged; system logic must not be altered after
(viii) Not prevent annunciation of Design Verification testing without the
subsequent alarms because of previous approval of the cognizant Officer in
alarm acknowledgement; and Charge, Marine Inspection (OCMI). (See
(ix) Automatically reset to the nor- subpart 61.40 of this subchapter, Design
mal operating condition only after the Verification Tests). Safety control or
alarm has been manually acknowl- automatic alarm systems must be pro-
edged and the alarm condition is vided with means, acceptable to the
cleared. cognizant OCMI, to make sure set-
(2) Visual alarms must initially indi- points remain within the safe oper-
cate the equipment or system malfunc- ating range of the equipment.
tion without operator intervention. (b) Operating programs for micro-
(3) Power failure alarms must mon- processor-based or computer-based
itor on the load side of the last supply vital control, alarm, and monitoring
protective device. systems must be stored in non-volatile
(f) Summarized and grouped alarms. memory and automatically operate on
Visual alarms at a control location supply power resumption.
that are summarized or grouped by (c) If a microprocessor-based or com-
function, system, or item of equipment puter-based system serves both vital
must— and non-vital systems, hardware and
(1) Be sufficiently specific to allow software priorities must favor the vital
any necessary action to be taken; and systems.
(2) Have a display at the equipment (d) At least one copy of all required
or an appropriate control location to manuals, records, and instructions for
identify the specific alarm condition or automatic or remote control or moni-
location. toring systems required to be aboard
(g) Central control locations. (1) Cen- the vessel must not be stored in elec-
tral control locations must— tronic or magnetic memory.
(i) Be arranged to allow the operator [CGD 81–030, 53 FR 17838, May 18, 1988; 53 FR
to safely and efficiently communicate, 19090, May 26, 1988; USCG–2014–0688, 79 FR
control, and monitor the vital systems 58280, Sept. 29, 2014]
under normal and emergency condi-
tions, with a minimum of operator con- § 62.25–30 Environmental design
fusion and distraction; standards.
(ii) Be on a single deck level; and (a) All automation must be suitable
(iii) Co-locate control devices and infor the marine environment and must
strumentation to allow visual assess- be designed and constructed to operate
306
indefinitely under the following condi- mentation systems for any vital sys-
tions: tem must be independent of each other.
(1) Ship motion and vibration de- (2) Independent sensors are not re-
scribed in Table 9 of section 4–9–7 of the quired except that sensors for primary
ABS Steel Vessel Rules (incorporated speed, pitch, or direction of rotation
by reference; see 46 CFR 62.05–1); note control in closed loop propulsion con-
that inclination requirements for fire trol systems must be independent and
and flooding safety systems are de- physically separate from required safe-
scribed in 46 CFR 112.05–5(c). ty control, alarm, or instrumentation
(2) Ambient air temperatures de- sensors.
scribed in Table 9 of part 4–9–7 of the (3) The safety trip control of § 62.35–
ABS Steel Vessel Rules. 5(b)(2) must be independent and phys-
(3) Electrical voltage and frequency ically separate from all other systems.
tolerances described in Table 9 of part (c) Two independent sources of power
4–9–7 of the ABS Steel Vessel Rules. must be provided for all primary con-
(4) Relative humidity of 0 to 95% at trol, safety control, instrumentation
45 °C. and alarm systems. Failure of the nor-
(5) Hydraulic and pneumatic pressure mal source of power must actuate an
variations described in Table 9 of part alarm in the machinery spaces. One
4–9–7 of the ABS Steel Vessel Rules. source must be from the emergency
power source (see part 112 of this chap-
NOTE: Considerations should include nor-
ter, Emergency Lighting and Power
mal dynamic conditions that might exceed
these values, such as switching, valve clo- Systems) unless one of the sources is—
sure, power supply transfer, starting, and (1) Derived from the power supply of
shutdown. the system being controlled or mon-
itored;
(b) Low voltage electronics must be (2) A power take-off of that system;
designed with due consideration for of
static discharge, electromagnetic in- (3) An independent power source
terference, voltage transients, fungal equivalent to the emergency power
growth, and contact corrosion. source.
[CGD 81–030, 53 FR 17838, May 18, 1988, as
amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65189, § 62.30–10 Testing.
Oct. 31, 2008] (a) Automated vital systems must be
tested in accordance with subpart 61.40
Subpart 62.30—Reliability and of this chapter.
Safety Criteria, All Automated (b) On-line built-in test equipment
Vital Systems must not lock out or override safety
trip control systems. This equipment
§ 62.30–1 Failsafe. must indicate when it is active.
(a) The failsafe state must be evalu-
ated for each subsystem, system, or Subpart 62.35—Requirements for
vessel to determine the least critical Specific Types of Automated
consequence. Vital Systems
(b) All automatic control, remote
control, safety control, and alarm sys- § 62.35–1 General.
tems must be failsafe. (a) Minimum instrumentation,
alarms, and safety controls required
§ 62.30–5 Independence. for specific types of automated vital
(a) Single non-concurrent failures in systems are listed in Table 62.35–50.
control, alarm, or instrumentation sys- (b) Automatic propulsion systems,
tems, and their logical consequences, automated electric power management
must not prevent sustained or restored systems, and all associated subsystems
operation of any vital system or sys- and equipment must be capable of
tems. meeting load demands from standby to
(b)(1) Except as provided in para- full system rated load, under steady
graphs (b)(2) and (b)(3) of this section, state and maneuvering conditions,
primary control, alternate control, without need for manual adjustment or
safety control, and alarm and instru- manipulation.
307
§ 62.35–5 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
§ 62.35–5 Remote propulsion-control must be limited to reserve 50% of the

systems. required starting capability.
(d) Transfer of control location. Trans-
(a) Manual propulsion control. All ves-
fer of control location must meet sec-
sels having remote propulsion control
tion 4–9–2/5.11 of the ABS Steel Vessel
from the navigating bridge, an ECC or
Rules (incorporated by reference; see 46
maneuvering platform, or elsewhere
CFR 62.05–1). Manual alternative-pro-
must have a manual alternate propul-
pulsion-control locations must be capa-
sion control located at the equipment.
ble of overriding, and of operating
NOTE: Separate local control locations may independent of, all remote and auto-
be provided for each independent propeller. matic propulsion-control locations.
(b) Centralized propulsion control (e) Control system details. (1) Each op-
equipment. Navigating bridge, ECC, ma- erator control device must have a de-
neuvering platform, and manual alter- tent at the zero thrust position.
(2) Propulsion machinery automatic
nate control locations must include—
safety trip control operation must only
(1) Control of the speed and direction
occur when continued operation could
of thrust for each independent pro-
result in serious damage, complete
peller controlled;
breakdown, or explosion of the equip-
(2) A guarded manually actuated ment. Other than the overrides men-
safety trip control (which stops the tioned in § 62.25–10(a)(4) and temporary
propelling machinery) for each inde- overrides located at the main navi-
pendent propeller controlled; gating bridge control location, over-
(3) Shaft speed and thrust direction rides of these safety trip controls are
indicators for each independent pro- prohibited. Operation of permitted
peller controlled; overrides must be alarmed at the navi-
(4) The means to pass propulsion or- gating bridge and at the maneuvering
ders required by § 113.30–5 and § 113.35–3 platform or ECC, as applicable, and
of this chapter; and must be guarded against inadvertent
(5) The means required by paragraph operation.
(d) of this section to achieve control lo- (3) Remote propulsion control sys-
cation transfer and independence. tems must be failsafe by maintaining
(c) Main navigating bridge propulsion the preset (as is) speed and direction of
control. (1) Navigating bridge remote thrust until local manual or alternate
propulsion control must be performed manual control is in operation, or the
by a single control device for each manual safety trip control operates.
independent propeller. Control must in- Failure must activate alarms on the
clude automatic performance of all as- navigating bridge and in the machinery
sociated services, and must not permit spaces.
rate of movement of the control device
[CGD 81–030, 53 FR 17838, May 18, 1988; 53 FR
to overload the propulsion machinery. 19090, May 26, 1988, as amended by USCG–
(2) On vessels propelled by steam tur- 2003–16630, 73 FR 65189, Oct. 31, 2008; USCG–
bines, the navigation bridge primary 2011–0618, 76 FR 60754, Sept. 30, 2011]
control system must include safety
limit controls for high and low boiler § 62.35–10 Flooding safety.
water levels and low steam pressure. (a) Automatic bilge pumps must—
Actuation of these limits must be (1) Be provided with bilge high level
alarmed on the navigating bridge and alarms that annunciate in the machin-
at the maneuvering platform or ECC. ery spaces and at a manned control lo-
(3) On vessels propelled by internal cation and are independent of the pump
combustion engines, an alarm must an- controls;
nunciate on the navigating bridge and (2) Be monitored to detect excessive
at the maneuvering platform or ECC, if operation in a specified time period;
provided, to indicate starting capa- and
bility less than 50% of that required by (3) Meet all applicable pollution con-
§ 62.35–35. If the primary remote control trol requirements.
system provides automatic starting, (b) Remote controls for flooding safe-
the number of automatic consecutive ty equipment must remain functional
attempts that fail to produce a start under flooding conditions to the extent
308
required for the associated equipment main burner trial for ignition must not
by § 56.50–50 and § 56.50–95 of this chap- proceed until the pilot flame is proven.
ter. (b) Feedwater control. Automatic
(c) Remote bilge level sensors, where feedwater control subsystems must
provided, must be located to detect sense, at a minimum, boiler water level
flooding at an early stage and to pro- and steam flow.
vide redundant coverage. (c) Combustion control. Automatic
combustion control subsystems must
§ 62.35–15 Fire safety. provide—
(a) All required fire pump remote (1) An air/fuel ratio which ensures
control locations must include the con- complete combustion and stable flame
trols necessary to charge the firemain with the fuel in use, under light off,
and— steady state, and transient conditions;
(1) A firemain pressure indicator; or and
(2) A firemain low pressure alarm. (2) Stable boiler steam pressure and
outlet temperatures under steady state
§ 62.35–20 Oil-fired main boilers. and transient load conditions; and
(a) General. (1) All main boilers, re- (3) A low fire interlock to prevent
gardless of intended mode of operation, high firing rates and superheater dam-
must be provided with the automatic age during boiler warm up.
safety trip control system(s) of para- (d) Programming control. The program-
graphs (h)(1), (h)(2)(i), (h)(2) (ii), and (i) ming control must provide a pro-
of this section to prevent unsafe condi- gramed sequence of interlocks for the
tions after light off. safe ignition and normal shutdown of
(2) Manual alternate control of boil- the boiler burners. The programming
ers must be located at the boiler front. control must prevent ignition if unsafe
(3) A fully automatic main boiler conditions exist and must include the
must include— following minimum sequence of events
(i) Automatic combustion control; and interlocks:
(ii) Programming control; (1) Prepurge. Boilers must undergo a
(iii) Automatic feedwater control; continuous purge of the combustion
(iv) Safety controls; and chamber and convecting spaces to
(v) An alarm system. make sure of a minimum of 5 changes
(4) Following system line-up and of air. The purge must not be less than
starting of auxiliaries, fully automatic 15 seconds in duration, and must occur
main boilers must only require the op- immediately prior to the trial for igni-
erator to initiate the following se- tion of the initial burner of a boiler.
quences: All registers and dampers must be open
(i) Boiler pre-purge. and an air flow of at least 25 percent of
(ii) Trial for ignition of burners sub- the full load volumetric air flow must
sequent to successful initial burner be proven before the purge period com-
light-off. mences. The prepurge must be com-
(iii) Normal shutdown. plete before trial for ignition of the ini-
(iv) Manual safety trip control oper- tial burner.
ation.
(v) Adjustment of primary control NOTE: A pre-purge is not required imme-
diately after a complete post-purge.
setpoints.
(5) All requirements for programming (2) Trial for ignition and ignition. (i)
control subsystems and safety control Only one burner per boiler is to be in
systems must be met when a boiler— trial for ignition at any time.
(i) Automatically sequences burners; (ii) Total boiler air flow during light
(ii) Is operated from a location re- off must be sufficient to prevent pock-
mote from the boiler front; or eting and explosive accumulations of
(iii) Is fully automatic. combustible gases.
(6) Where light oil pilots are used, the (iii) The burner igniter must be in po-
programming control and burner safety sition and proven energized before ad-
trip controls must be provided for the mission of fuel to the boiler. The ig-
light oil system. Trial for ignition niter must remain energized until the
must not exceed 15 seconds and the burner flame is established and stable,
309
§ 62.35–35 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
or until the trial for ignition period (iv) Manual safety trip operation; or
ends. (v) Loss of flame at all burners.
(iv) The trial for ignition period must (2) The low-low water level safety
be as short as practical for the specific trip control must account for normal
installation, but must not exceed 15 vessel motions and operating tran-
seconds. sients.
(v) Failure of the burner to ignite
[CGD 81–030, 53 FR 17838, May 18, 1988, as
during a trial for ignition must auto- amended by USCG–2002–13058, 67 FR 61278,
matically actuate the burner safety Sept. 30, 2002]
trip controls.
(3) Post-purge. (i) Immediately after § 62.35–35 Starting systems for inter-
normal shutdown of the boiler, an nal-combustion engines.
automatic purge of the boiler equal to The starting systems for propulsion
the volume and duration of the engines and for prime movers of ships’
prepurge must occur. service generators required to start
(ii) Following boiler safety trip con- automatically must meet sections 4–6–
trol operation, the air flow to the boil- 5/9.5 and 4–8–2/11.11 of the ABS Steel
er must not automatically increase. Vessel Rules (incorporated by ref-
Post purge in such cases must be under erence; see 46 CFR 62.05–1).
manual control.
(e) Burner fuel oil valves. Each burner [USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65189, Oct. 31, 2008]
must be provided with a valve that is—
(1) Automatically closed by the burn- § 62.35–40 Fuel systems.
er or boiler safety trip control system; (a) Level alarms. Where high or low
and fuel tank level alarms are required,
(2) Operated by the programming they must be located to allow the oper-
control or combustion control sub- ator adequate time to prevent an un-
systems, as applicable. safe condition.
(f) Master fuel oil valves. Each boiler (b) Coal fuels. (1) Controls and instru-
must be provided with a master fuel oil mentation for coal systems require spe-
valve to stop fuel to the boiler auto- cial consideration by the Commandant
matically upon actuation by the boiler CG–521.
safety trip control system. (2) Interlocks must be provided to en-
(g) Valve closure time. The valves de- sure a safe transfer of machinery oper-
scribed in paragraphs (e) and (f) of this ation from one fuel to another.
section must close within 4 seconds of (c) Automatic fuel heating. Automatic
automatic detection of unsafe trip con- fuel heating must meet section 4–9–3/
ditions. 15.1 of the ABS Steel Vessel Rules (in-
(h) Burner safety trip control system. corporated by reference; see 46 CFR
(1) Each burner must be provided with 62.05–1).
at least one flame detector. (d) Overflow prevention. Fuel oil day
(2) The burner valve must automati- tanks, settlers, and similar fuel oil
cally close when— service tanks that are filled automati-
(i) Loss of burner flame occurs; cally or by remote control must be pro-
(ii) Actuated by the boiler safety trip vided with a high level alarm that an-
control system; nunciates in the machinery spaces and
(iii) The burner is not properly seated either an automatic safety trip control
or in place; or or an overflow arrangement.
(iv) Trial for ignition fails, if a pro-
[CGD 81–030, 53 FR 17838, May 18, 1988, as
gramming control is provided. amended by CGD 95–072, 60 FR 50463, Sept. 29,
(i) Boiler safety trip control system. (1) 1995; CGD 96–041, 61 FR 50728, Sept. 27, 1996;
Each boiler must be provided with a USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65190, Oct. 31, 2008;
safety trip control system that auto- USCG–2009–0702, 74 FR 49229, Sept. 25, 2009]
matically closes the master and all
burner fuel oil valves upon— § 62.35–50 Tabulated monitoring and
(i) Boiler low-low water level; safety control requirements for spe-
cific systems.
(ii) Inadequate boiler air flow to sup-

port complete combustion; The minimum instrumentation,
(iii) Loss of boiler control power; alarms, and safety controls required
310
for specific types of systems are listed

in Table 62.35–50.
TABLE 62.35–50—MINIMUM SYSTEM MONITORING AND SAFETY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS FOR
SPECIFIC SYSTEMS (NOTE 1)
System Service Instrumentation Alarm Safety control Notes
Main (Propulsion) boiler (1) ............................. (1) ............................. (1) ............................. .................................. (2)
Supply casing and .................................. Fire.
uptakes.
Burner flame ............ Status ....................... Failure ...................... Burner auto trip ........ (3)
Burner seating .......... .................................. Failure ...................... ......ditto .................... (3)
Trial for ignition ........ Status ....................... Failure ...................... ......ditto.
Control power ........... Available (pressure) Failure (low) ............. ......ditto .................... (3)
.................................. .................................. .................................. Manual trip ............... (3)
Burner valve ............. Open/closed.
Low fire interlock ...... Status.
Program control Status.
interlock.
Main (Propulsion steam) (2) ............................. (2) ............................. (2) ............................. .................................. (4, 5)
turbine.
.................................. .................................. .................................. Manual trip.
Main propulsion, diesel (1) ............................. (1) ............................. (1) ............................. .................................. (4, 5)
.................................. .................................. .................................. Manual trip.
Main propulsion, remote .................................. .................................. Failure ...................... ......ditto.
control.
Auto safety trip over- .................................. Activated.
ride.
Starting power .......... Pressure (voltage) .... Low ........................... Limit .......................... (2)
Location in control .... Status ....................... Override ................... .................................. (6)
Shaft speed/direc- (3) ............................. (3) ............................. (3).
tion/pitch.
Clutch fluid ............... Pressure ................... Low.
Main propulsion, electric (4) ............................. (4) ............................. (4) ............................. (4) ............................. (7)
Main propulsion, shaft- Stern tube oil tank .................................. Low.
ing. level.
Line shaft bearing .... Temperature ............. High.
.................................. Forced lubrication Low.
Pressure.
Main propulsion, control- Hydraulic oil ............. Pressure ................... High, Low.
lable pitch propeller.
.................................. Temperature ............. High.
Generators .................... Ship service ............. (1) ............................. (1).
.................................. Starting pressure/ Low.
voltage.
.................................. .................................. Tripped.
Emergency ............... (5) ............................. (5) ............................. (5).
Turbogenerator ........ (1 6) ........................... (1 6) ........................... (6).
.................................. .................................. .................................. Manual trip.
Diesel ....................... (1 7) ........................... (1 7) ........................... (7) ............................. (5)
.................................. .................................. .................................. Manual trip.
Auxiliary boiler ............... .................................. Run ........................... Trip ........................... .................................. (12)
Gas turbine ................... (8) ............................. (8) ............................. (8) ............................. (8) ............................. (5)
Engines and turbines .... Jacking/turning gear Engaged ................... .................................. .................................. (8)
Fuel oil .......................... (9) ............................. (9) ............................. (9).
Remote/auto fill level .................................. High .......................... Auto trip or overflow
arrangement.
Hi. press. leakage .................................. High.
level.
Bilge .............................. Pump remote control Run.
Pump auto control .... Run ........................... Excessive operations.
Level ......................... .................................. High/location.
Machinery space CL.3 .................................. Open/closed.
W.T. doors.
Fire detection ................ Machinery spaces .... .................................. Space on fire ............ .................................. (9)
Fire main ....................... .................................. Pressure ................... Low.
Personnel ...................... Deadman .................. .................................. Fail to acknowledge .................................. (10)
General, control and Power supply ........... Available (pressure) Failure (low).
alarm systems.
System function ....... .................................. Failure ...................... .................................. (11)
Console air condi- .................................. Failure.
tioning.
Built in test equip- Active.
ment.
Sequential interlock .. Activated.
311
§ 62.50–1 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
TABLE 62.35–50—MINIMUM SYSTEM MONITORING AND SAFETY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS FOR

SPECIFIC SYSTEMS (NOTE 1)—Continued
System Service Instrumentation Alarm Safety control Notes
Safety control ........... .................................. Activated .................. Auto trip/limit ............ (11)
Redundant auxiliary, .................................. Status ....................... Auto transfer.
system, power supply.
1 See the ABS Steel Vessel Rules (incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR 62.05–1) Part 4–9–4, tables 7A and 8.
2 See ABS Steel Vessel Rules Part 4–9–4, tables 7A and 8.
3 See § 113.37 of this chapter.
4 See subparts 111.33 and 111.35 of this chapter.
5 See subparts 112.45 and 112.50 of this chapter.
6 See § 111.12–1(c) of this chapter.
7 See § 111.12–1 (b), (c) of this chapter.
8 See ABS Steel Vessel Rules Part 4–9–4, Table 8; and 46 CFR 58.10–15(f).
9 See ABS Steel Vessel Rules Part 4–9–4, tables 7A and 8.
NOTES ON TABLE 62.35–50: equal to that of the same vessel with

1. The monitoring and controls listed in the entire plant under fully attended
this table are applicable if the system listed direct manual supervision.
is provided or required. (b) Coast Guard acceptance of auto-
2. Safety limit controls must be provided mated systems to replace specific per-
in navigating bridge primary propulsion con-
sonnel or to reduce overall crew re-
trol systems. See § 62.35–5(c).
3. Safety trip controls and alarms must be quirements is predicated upon—
provided for all main boilers, regardless of (1) The capabilities of the automated
mode of operation. See § 62.35–20(a). systems;
4. Loss of forced lubrication safety trip (2) The combination of the personnel,
controls must be provided, as applicable. equipment, and systems necessary to
5. Override of overspeed and loss of forced
lubrication pressure safety trip controls ensure the safety of the vessel, per-
must not be provided. See § 62.35–5(e)(2). sonnel, and environment in all sailing
6. Transfer interlocks must be provided. conditions, including maneuvering;
7. Semiconductor controlled rectifiers (3) The ability of the crew to perform
must have current limit controls. all operational evolutions, including
8. Interlocks must be provided. See § 62.25–
emergencies such as fire or control or
5(a).
9. Main and remote control stations, in- monitoring system failure;
cluding the navigational bridge, must pro- (4) A planned maintenance program
vide visual and audible alarms in the event including routine maintenance, inspec-
of a fire in the main machinery space. tion, and testing to ensure the contin-
10. See § 62.50–20(b)(1). ued safe operation of the vessel; and
11. Alarms and controls must be failsafe.
See § 62.30–1.
(5) The automated system’s dem-
12. Vital auxiliary boilers only. Also see onstrated reliability during an initial
part 63. trial period, and its continuing reli-
[CGD 81–030, 53 FR 17838, May 18, 1988; 53 FR
ability.
19090, May 26, 1988, as amended by USCG– NOTE: The cognizant Officer in Charge, Ma-
2000–7790, 65 FR 58461, Sept. 29, 2000; USCG– rine Inspection, (OCMI) also determines the
2003–16630, 73 FR 65190, Oct. 31, 2008] need for more or less equipment depending
on the vessel characteristics, route, or trade.
Subpart 62.50—Automated Self-
(c) Equipment provided to replace
propelled Vessel Manning specific personnel or to reduce overall
§ 62.50–1 General. crew requirements that proves unsafe
or unreliable in the judgment of the
(a) Where automated systems are
provided to replace specific personnel
in the control and observation of the spection, must be immediately re-
engineering plant and spaces, or reduce placed or repaired or vessel manning
overall crew requirements, the ar- will be modified to compensate for the
equipment inadequacy.
rangements must make sure that under

all sailing conditions, including ma-
neuvering, the safety of the vessel is
312
§ 62.50–20 Additional requirements for both alarms and instrumentation must

minimally attended machinery be provided.
plants. (3) All required audible alarms must
NOTE: Minimally attended machinery annunciate throughout the ECC and
plants include vessel machinery plants and machinery spaces.
spaces that are automated, but not to a de- (c) Fire detection and alarms. An ap-
gree where the plant could be left unat- proved automatic fire detection and
tended. Emphasis is placed on the central- alarm system must be provided to
ized remote control and monitoring of the monitor all machinery spaces. The sys-
machinery plant and machinery spaces. tem must activate all alarms at the
(a) General. (1) Navigating bridge pro- ECC, the navigating bridge, and
pulsion control must be provided. throughout the machinery spaces and
(2) An ECC must be provided and engineers’ accommodations. The ECC
must include the automatic and re- and bridge alarms must visually indi-
mote control and monitoring systems cate which machinery space is on fire,
necessary to limit the operator’s activ- as applicable.
ity to monitoring the plant, initiating NOTE: For purposes of this part, the spe-
programmed control system sequences, cific location of fires that are not in machin-
and taking appropriate action in an ery spaces need not be indicated.
emergency. (d) Fire pumps. (1) The ECC must in-
(3) The ECC must include control and clude control of the main machinery
monitoring of all vital engineering sys- space fire pumps.
tems, including— (2) Remote control of a required fire
(i) The propulsion plant and its auxil- pump must be provided from the navi-
iaries; gating bridge. Where one or more fire
(ii) Electrical power generation and pumps is required to be independent of
distribution; the main machinery space, at least one
(iii) Machinery space fire detection, such pump must be controlled from the
alarm, and extinguishing systems; and navigating bridge.
(iv) Machinery space flooding safety (e) Flooding safety. (1) Machinery
systems, except the valves described in space bilges, bilge wells, shaft alley
paragraph (e)(4) of this section. bilges, and other minimally attended
(4) ECC control of vital systems must locations where liquids might accumu-
include the ability to place required late must be monitored from the ECC
standby systems, auxiliaries, and to detect flooding angles from vertical
power sources in operation, unless of up to 15° heel and 5° trim.
automatic transfer is provided, and to (2) The ECC must include the con-
shut down such equipment when nec- trols necessary to bring at least one
essary. independent bilge pump and inde-
pendent bilge suction required by
NOTE: ECC remote control need not include § 56.50–50(e) of this chapter into oper-
means for a single operator to bring the ation to counter flooding.
plant to standby from a cold plant or dead
(3) Where watertight doors in sub-
ship condition or controls for non-vital sys-
tems or equipment. division bulkheads are required in the
machinery spaces, they must be Class 3
(b) Alarms and instrumentation. (1) A watertight doors and must be control-
personnel alarm must be provided and lable from the ECC and the required
must annunciate on the bridge if not navigating bridge control location.
routinely acknowledged at the ECC or (4) Controls must be provided to oper-
in the machinery spaces. ate the sea inlet and discharge valves
(2) Continuous or demand instrumen- required by § 56.50–95(d) of this chapter
tation displays must be provided at the and the emergency bilge suction re-
ECC to meet the system and equipment quired by § 56.50–50(f). These controls
monitoring requirements of this part if must be arranged to allow time for op-
the ECC is to be continuously at- eration in the event of flooding with
tended. If the watchstander’s normal the vessel in the fully loaded condition.
activities include maintenance, a rov- Time considerations must include de-

ing watch, or similar activities in the tection, crew response, and control op-
machinery spaces but not at the ECC, eration time.
313
§ 62.50–30 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
(f) Communications. (1) A means must § 62.50–30 Additional requirements for

be provided at the ECC to selectively periodically unattended machinery
summon any engineering department plants.
member from the engineering accom- NOTE: Periodically unattended machinery
modations to the ECC. plants include machinery plants and spaces
(2) The voice communications system that are automated to the degree that they
required by § 113.30–5(a) of this chapter are self-regulating and self-monitoring and
could safely be left periodically unattended.
must also include the engineering offi-
Emphasis is placed on providing systems
cers’ accommodations. that act automatically until the crew can
(g) Electrical systems. (1) The ECC take action in the event of a failure or emer-
must include the controls and instru- gency. Requirements are in addition to those
mentation necessary to place the ship of a minimally attended machinery plant.
service and propulsion generators in (a) General. The requirements of this
service in 30 seconds. section must be met in addition to
(2) The main distribution and propul- those of § 62.50–20 of this part.
sion switchboards and generator con- (b) Automatic transfer. Redundant
trols must either be located at the vital auxiliaries and power sources
ECC, if the ECC is within the bound- must automatically transfer to the
aries of the main machinery space, or backup units upon failure of operating
the controls and instrumentation re- units.
quired by part 111 of this chapter must (c) Fuel systems. Each system for the
be duplicated at the ECC. Controls at service or treatment of fuel must meet
the switchboard must be able to over- section 4–6–4/13.5 of the ABS Steel Ves-
ride those at the ECC, if separate. Also sel Rules (incorporated by reference;
see § 111.12–11(g) and § 111.30–1 regarding see 46 CFR 62.05–1).
switchboard location. (d) Starting systems. Automatic or re-
(h) Maintenance program. (1) The ves- mote starting system receivers, accu-
sel must have a planned maintenance mulators, and batteries must be auto-
program to ensure continued safe oper- matically and continuously charged.
ation of all vital systems. Program (e) Assistance-needed alarm. The engi-
content and detail is optional, but neer’s assistance-needed alarm (see
must include maintenance and repair subpart 113.27 of this chapter) must an-
manuals for work to be accomplished nunciate if—
by maintenance personnel and checkoff (1) An alarm at the ECC is not ac-
lists for routine inspection and mainte- knowledged in the period of time nec-
nance procedures. essary for an engineer to respond at
(2) The planned maintenance pro- the ECC from the machinery spaces or
gram must be functioning prior to the engineers’ accommodations; or
completion of the evaluation period for (2) An ECC alarm system normal
reduced manning required by § 62.50– power supply fails.
1(b)(5). (f) Remote alarms. ECC alarms for
(3) Maintenance and repair manuals vital systems that require the imme-
must include details as to what, when, diate attention of the bridge watch of-
and how to troubleshoot, repair and ficer for the safe navigation of the ves-
test the installed equipment and what sel must be extended to the bridge. All
ECC alarms required by this part must
parts are necessary to accomplish the
be extended to the engineers’ accom-
procedures. Schematic and logic dia-
modations. Other than fire or flooding
grams required by § 62.20–1 of this part
alarms, this may be accomplished by
must be included in this documenta- summarized visual alarm displays.
tion. Manuals must clearly delineate
(g) ECC alarms. All requirements of
information that is not applicable to this part for system or equipment mon-
the installed equipment. itoring must be met by providing both
[CGD 81–030, 53 FR 17838, May 18, 1988; 53 FR displays and alarms at the ECC.
19090, May 26, 1988; 53 FR 24270, June 28, 1988; (h) Fire control station. A control sta-
USCG–2004–18884, 69 FR 58346, Sept. 30, 2004; tion for fire protection of the machin-
USCG–2014–0688, 79 FR 58281, Sept. 29, 2014] ery spaces must be provided outside
314
the machinery spaces. At least one ac- PART 63—AUTOMATIC AUXILIARY

cess to this station must be inde- BOILERS
pendent of category A machinery
spaces, and any boundary shared with Subpart 63.01—General Provisions
these spaces must have an A–60 fire
classification as defined in § 72.05 of Sec.
this chapter. Except where such an ar- 63.01–1 Purpose.
rangement is not possible, control and 63.01–3 Scope and applicability.
monitoring cables and piping for the
Subpart 63.05—Reference Specifications
station must not adjoin or penetrate
the boundaries of a category A machin- 63.05–1 Incorporation by reference.
ery space, uptakes, or casings. The fire
control station must include— Subpart 63.10—Miscellaneous Submittals
(1) Annunciation of which machinery 63.10–1 Test procedures and certification re-
space is on fire; port.
(2) Control of a fire pump required by
this chapter to be independent of the Subpart 63.15—General Requirements
main machinery spaces;
(3) Controls for machinery space 63.15–1 General.
fixed gas fire extinguishing systems; 63.15–3 Fuel system.
63.15–5 Strainers.
(4) Control of oil piping positive shut- 63.15–7 Alarms.
off valves located in the machinery 63.15–9 Inspections and tests.
spaces and required by § 56.50–60(d);
(5) Controls for machinery space fire Subpart 63.20—Additional Control System
door holding and release systems, sky- Requirements
lights and similar openings;
(6) The remote stopping systems for 63.20–1 Specific control system require-
ments.
the machinery listed in § 111.103 of this
chapter; and Subpart 63.25—Requirements for Specific
(7) Voice communications with the Types of Automatic Auxiliary Boilers
bridge.
(i) Oil leakage. Leakages from high 63.25–1 Small automatic auxiliary boilers.
pressure fuel oil pipes must be col- 63.25–3 Electric hot water supply boilers.
lected and high levels must be alarmed 63.25–5 Fired thermal fluid heaters.
63.25–7 Exhaust gas boilers.
at the ECC.
63.25–9 Incinerators.
(j) Maintenance program. The mainte-
nance program of § 62.50–20(h) must in- AUTHORITY: 46 U.S.C. 3306, 3703; E.O. 12234,
clude a checkoff list to make sure that 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; De-
routine daily maintenance has been partment of Homeland Security Delegation
No. 0170.1.
performed, fire and flooding hazards
have been minimized, and plant status SOURCE: CGD 88–057, 55 FR 24238, June 15,
is suitable for unattended operation. 1990, unless otherwise noted.
Completion of this checkoff list must
be logged before leaving the plant un- Subpart 63.01—General Provisions
attended.
(k) Continuity of electrical power. The § 63.01–1 Purpose.
electrical plant must meet sections 4– This part specifies the minimum re-
8–2/3.11 and 4.8.2/9.9 of the ABS Steel quirements for safety for each auto-
Vessel Rules, and must: matic auxiliary boiler, including its de-
(1) Not use the emergency generator sign, construction, testing, and oper-
for this purpose; ation.
(2) Restore power in not more than 30
seconds; and § 63.01–3 Scope and applicability.
(3) Account for loads permitted by (a) This part contains the require-
§ 111.70–3(f) of this chapter to automati- ments for automatic auxiliary boilers,
cally restart. including their controls, control sys-
[CGD 81–030, 53 FR 17838, May 18, 1988; 53 FR tem components, electrical devices,
19090, May 26, 1988, as amended by USCG– safety devices, and accessories. Types
2003–16630, 73 FR 65190, Oct. 31, 2008] of automatic auxiliary boilers which
315
§ 63.05–1 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
are covered include large and small proval of the Director of the Federal
automatic auxiliary boilers, automatic Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1
heating boilers, automatic waste heat CFR part 51. To enforce any edition
boilers, donkey boilers, miniature boil- other than that specified in this sec-
ers, electric boilers, fired thermal fluid tion, the Coast Guard must publish no-
heaters, automatic incinerators, and tice of change in the FEDERAL REG-
electric hot water supply boilers. Auto- ISTER and the material must be avail-
matic auxiliary boilers are classified able to the public. All approved mate-
by their service, control systems, pres- rial is available for inspection at the
sure and temperature boundaries, heat National Archives and Records Admin-
input ratings, and firing mediums as istration (NARA). For information on
follows: the availability of this material at
(1) Automatic auxiliary boilers listed NARA, call 202–741–6030 or go to http://
in Table 54.01–5(A) of this chapter www.archives.gov/federal_register/
which reference this part for regulation code_of_federal_regulations/
of their automatic controls. ibr_locations.html. The material is also
(2) Automatic control systems for available for inspection at the Coast
automatic auxiliary boilers having a Guard Headquarters. Contact Com-
heat input rating of less than 12,500,000 mandant (CG–ENG), Attn: Office of De-
Btu/hr. (3.66 megawatts). sign and Engineering Systems, U.S.
(3) Electric hot water supply boilers Coast Guard Stop 7509, 2703 Martin Lu-
(heaters) containing electric heating ther King Jr. Avenue SE., Washington,
elements rated at 600 volts or less. DC 20593–7509. The material is also
(4) Exhaust gas boilers, and their available from the sources listed in
controls and accessories used to heat paragraphs (b) through (g) of this sec-
water and/or generate steam. tion.
(5) Incinerators (and their control (b) American Gas Association, 1515 Wil-
systems) used for the generation of son Boulevard, Arlington, VA 22209:
steam and/or oxidation of ordinary (1) ANSI/AGA Z21.22–86 Relief Valves
waste materials and garbage. This part and Automatic Shutoff Devices for Hot
also includes incinerators which serve Water Supply Systems, March 28, 1986
as automatic auxiliary boilers. (‘‘ANSI/AGA Z21.22’’), 63.25–3; and
(6) Fired thermal fluid heaters and (2) [Reserved]
their controls. (c) American Society of Mechanical En-
(b) Exceptions. Automatic boilers hav-
gineers (ASME) International, Three
ing heat input ratings of 12,500,000 Btu/
Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016–5990:
hr. (3.66 megawatts) and above must
(1) ASME CSD–1–2004, Controls and
meet the requirements of part 52 of
Safety Devices for Automatically Fired
this chapter. Their control systems
Boilers (2004) (‘‘ASME CSD–1’’), 63.10–1;
must meet the requirements of part 62
63.15–1; 63.20–1; and
of this chapter. Electric cooking equip-
(2) [Reserved]
ment must comply with § 111.77–3 of
(d) ASTM International (formerly Amer-
this chapter. Electric oil immersion
ican Society for Testing and Materials)
heaters must comply with part 111,
(ASTM), 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West
subpart 111.85 of this chapter. Electric
Conshohocken, PA 19428–2959:
air heating equipment must comply
(1) ASTM F 1323–2001, Standard Spec-
with part 111, subpart 111.87 of this
ification for Shipboard Incinerators
chapter.
(2001) (‘‘ASTM F 1323’’), 63.25–9; and
[CGD 88–057, 55 FR 24238, June 15, 1990, as (2) [Reserved]
amended by USCG–2002–13058, 67 FR 61278, (e) International Maritime Organization
Sept. 30, 2002; USCG–2004–18884, 69 FR 58346, (IMO), Publications Section, 4 Albert
Sept. 30, 2004] Embankment, London, SE1 7SR United
Kingdom:
Subpart 63.05—Reference (1) Resolution MEPC.76(40), Standard
Specifications Specification for Shipboard Inciner-
ators (Sep. 25, 1997) (‘‘IMO
MEPC.76(40)’’), 63.25–9; and

(a) Certain material is incorporated (2) The International Convention for
by reference into this part with the ap- the Prevention of Pollution from Ships
316
(MARPOL 73/78), Annexes I, II, III, and 20593–7430, in a written or electronic

V (1978) (‘‘IMO MARPOL 73/78’’), 63.25–9 format. Information for submitting the
(f) International Organization for VSP electronically can be found at
Standardization (ISO), Case postale 56, http://www.uscg.mil/HQ/MSC.
CH–1211 Geneva 20, Switzerland: (a) Detailed instructions for oper-
(1) ISO 9096, Stationary source emis- ationally testing each automatic auxil-
sions—Manual determination of mass iary boiler, its controls, and safety de-
concentration of particulate matter, vices.
Second edition (Feb. 1, 2003) (‘‘ISO
(b) A certification report for each
9096’’), 63.25–9;
(2) ISO 10396, Stationary source emis- automatic auxiliary boiler that:
sions—Sampling for the automated de- (1) Meets paragraph CG–510 of ASME
termination of gas emission concentra- CSD–1 (incorporated by reference, see
tions for permanently-installed moni- 46 CFR 63.05–1); and
toring systems, Second edition (Feb. 1, (2) Certifies that each automatic aux-
2007) (‘‘ISO 10396’’), 63.25–9; and iliary boiler, its controls, and safety
(3) ISO 13617, Shipbuilding-Shipboard devices comply with the additional re-
Incinerators—Requirements, Second quirements of this part.
Edition (Nov. 15, 2001) (‘‘ISO 13617’’),
[CGD 88–057, 55 FR 24238, June 15, 1990, as
63.25–9.
(g) Underwriters’ Laboratories, Inc. Sept. 21, 2007; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65190,
(UL), 12 Laboratory Drive, Research Oct. 31, 2008; USCG–2009–0702, 74 FR 49229,
Triangle Park, NC 27709–3995: Sept. 25, 2009; USCG–2013–0671, 78 FR 60149,
(1) UL 174, Standard for Household Sept. 30, 2013; USCG–2016–0498, 82 FR 35090,
Electric Storage Tank Water Heaters, July 28, 2017]
Tenth Edition, Feb. 28, 1996 (Revisions
through and including Nov. 10, 1997)
(‘‘UL 174’’), 63.25–3;
(2) UL 296, Oil Burners (1993) (‘‘UL Requirements
296’’), 63.15–5;
(3) UL 343, Pumps for Oil-Burning Ap- § 63.15–1 General.
pliances, Eighth Edition (May 27, 1997) (a) Each automatic auxiliary boiler
(‘‘UL 343’’), 63.15–3; and must be designed and constructed for
(4) UL 1453, Standard for Electric its intended service according to the
Booster and Commercial Storage Tank requirements of the parts referenced in
Water Heaters, Fourth Edition (Sep. 1, § 54.01–5, Table 54.01–5(A) of this chap-
1995) (‘‘UL 1453’’), 63.25–3. ter.
[USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65190, Oct. 31, 2008, (b) Controls and safety devices for
as amended by USCG–2009–0702, 74 FR 49229, automatic auxiliary boilers must meet
Sept. 25, 2009; USCG–2012–0832, 77 FR 59778, the applicable requirements of ASME
Oct. 1, 2012; USCG–2013–0671, 78 FR 60149, CSD–1 (incorporated by reference, see
Sept. 30, 2013]
46 CFR 63.05–1), except Paragraph CG–
310.
Subpart 63.10—Miscellaneous (c) All devices and components of an
Submittals automatic auxiliary boiler must satis-
§ 63.10–1 Test procedures and certifi- factorily operate within the marine en-
cation report. vironment. The boiler must satisfac-
Two copies of the following items torily operate with a momentary roll
must be submitted. Visitors may de- of 30°, a list of 15°, and a permanent
liver them to the Commanding Officer, trim of 5° with it installed in a position
Marine Safety Center, U.S. Coast as specified by the manufacturer.
Guard, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Av- (d) An electrical control used to shut
enue SE., Washington, DC 20593, or down the automatic auxiliary boiler
they may be transmitted by mail to must be installed in accordance with
the Commanding Officer (MSC), Attn: § 58.01–25 of this chapter. This device
Marine Safety Center, U.S. Coast must stop the fuel supply to the fuel
Guard Stop 7430, 2703 Martin Luther burning equipment.
King Jr. Avenue SE., Washington, DC
317
§ 63.15–3 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
(e) Mercury tube actuated controls to the burner or reduce the effective
are prohibited from being installed and area of the straining element.
used on automatic auxiliary boilers. (c) The strainer must meet the re-
[CGD 88–057, 55 FR 24238, June 15, 1990, as
quirements for strainers found in UL
amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65191, 296 (incorporated by reference, see 46
Oct. 31, 2008] CFR 63.05–1) and the requirements for
fluid conditioner fittings found in 46
§ 63.15–3 Fuel system. CFR 56.15–5.
(a) Firing of an automatic auxiliary [CGD 88–057, 55 FR 24238, June 15, 1990, as
boiler by natural gas is prohibited un- amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65191,
less specifically approved by the Ma- Oct. 31, 2008]
rine Safety Center.
(b) Heated heavy fuel oil may be used § 63.15–7 Alarms.
provided the heaters are equipped with (a) An audible alarm must automati-
a high temperature limiting device cally sound when a flame safety system
that shuts off the heating source at a shutdown occurs. A visible indicator
temperature below the flashpoint of must indicate that the shutdown was
the oil and is manually reset. When a caused by the flame safety system.
thermostatically-controlled electric oil (b) Means must be provided to silence
heater and a level device is used, it the audible alarm. The visible indica-
must meet the requirements of part tors must require manual reset.
111, subpart 111.85 of this chapter. (c) For steam boilers, operation of
NOTE: An auxiliary boiler may be safely ig- the lower low water cutoff must auto-
nited from the cold condition using unheated matically sound an audible alarm. A
diesel or light fuel oil and subsequently visual indicator must indicate that the
shifted to heated heavy fuel. shutdown was caused by low water.
(c) The fuel oil service pump and its (d) For a periodically unattended ma-
piping system must be designed in ac- chinery space, the auxiliary boiler trip
cordance with § 56.50–65 of this chapter. alarm required by 46 CFR 62.35–50,
All materials must meet the require- Table 62.35–50 satisfies the require-
ments of part 56, subpart 56.60 of this ments for the audible alarms specified
chapter. The use of cast iron or malle- in this section.
able iron is prohibited.
§ 63.15–9 Inspections and tests.
(d) The fuel oil service system (in-
cluding the pump) must meet the pres- All automatic auxiliary boilers must
sure classification and design criteria be inspected and tested in accordance
found in § 56.04–2, Table 56.04–2 of this with the requirements of part 61 of this
chapter. chapter.
(e) When properly selected for the in-
tended service, fuel pumps meeting the Subpart 63.20—Additional Control
performance and test requirements of System Requirements
UL 343 (incorporated by reference, see
46 CFR 63.05–1) meet the requirements § 63.20–1 Specific control system re-
of this section. quirements.
[CGD 88–057, 55 FR 24238, June 15, 1990, as In addition to the requirements
amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65191, found in ASME CSD–1 (incorporated by
Oct. 31, 2008] reference; see 46 CFR 63.05–1), the fol-
lowing requirements apply for specific
§ 63.15–5 Strainers. control systems:
(a) Strainers must be installed in the (a) Primary safety control system. Fol-
fuel supply line. Each strainer must be lowing emergency safety trip control
self-cleaning, fitted with a bypass, or operation, the air flow to the boiler
be capable of being cleaned without in- must not automatically increase. For
terrupting the fuel oil supply. this condition, postpurge must be ac-
(b) The strainer must not allow a complished manually.

quantity of air to be trapped inside (b) Combustion control system. A low
which would affect the rate of fuel flow fire interlock must ensure low fire
318
start when variable firing rates are ments of UL 174 or UL 1453 (both incor-
used. porated by reference, see 46 CFR 63.05–
(c) Water level controls and low water 1), and are protected by the relief de-
cutoff controls. Water level controls vice(s) required in 46 CFR 53.05–2 do not
must be constructed and located to have to meet any other requirements
minimize the effects of vessel roll and of this section except the periodic test-
pitch. Float chamber low water cutoff ing required by paragraph (j) of this
controls using stuffing boxes to trans- section. Electric hot water supply boil-
mit the motion of the float from the ers that meet the requirements of UL
chamber to the external switches are 174 may have temperature-pressure re-
prohibited. No outlet connection other lief valves that meet the requirements
than pressure controls, water columns, of ANSI/AGA Z21.22 (incorporated by
drains, and steam gages may be in- reference, see 46 CFR 63.05–1) in lieu of
stalled on the float chamber or on the 46 CFR subpart 53.05.
pipes connecting the float chamber to
(b) Each hot water supply boiler
the boiler. The water inlet valve must
must be constructed in accordance
not feed water into the boiler through
the float chamber. The boiler feed pip- with the applicable requirements of
ing must comply with the applicable part 52 or part 53 of this chapter.
requirements of § 56.50–30 of this chap- (c) Branch circuit conductors for hot
ter. water supply boilers which have a ca-
pacity not greater than 454 liters (120
[CGD 88–057, 55 FR 24238, June 15, 1990, as U.S. gallons) must have a current car-
Oct. 31, 2008]
rying capacity of not less than 125 per-
cent of the current rating of the appli-
ance. Branch circuit conductors for hot
Subpart 63.25—Requirements for water supply boilers with capacities of
Specific Types of Automatic more than 454 liters (120 U.S. gallons)
Auxiliary Boilers must have a current carrying capacity
§ 63.25–1 Small automatic auxiliary of not less than 100 percent of the cur-
boilers. rent rating of the appliance. Wiring
materials and methods must comply
Small automatic auxiliary boilers de- with part 111, subpart 111.60 of this
fined as having heat-input ratings of
chapter. A hot water supply boiler hav-
400,000 Btu/hr. or less (117 kilowatts or
ing a current rating of more than 48
less) must also meet the following re-
amperes and employing resistance type
quirements.
heating elements must have the heat-
(a) Small automatic auxiliary boilers
must be equipped with a visual indi- ing elements on subdivided circuits.
cator which indicates when the low Each subdivided load, except for an
water cutoff has activated. electric hot water supply boiler em-
(b) A prepurge period of a sufficient ploying a resistance type immersion
duration to ensure at least four electric heating element, must not ex-
changes of air in the combustion cham- ceed 48 amperes, and it must be pro-
ber and stack, but not less than 15 sec- tected at not more than 60 amperes. An
onds must be provided. Ignition must electric hot water supply boiler em-
occur only before or simultaneously ploying a resistance type immersion
with the opening of the fuel oil valve. electric heating element may be sub-
divided into circuits not exceeding 120
[CGD 88–057, 55 FR 24238, June 15, 1990, as
amperes and protected at not more
Oct. 31, 2008] than 150 amperes. Overcurrent protec-
tion devices must comply with part 111,
§ 63.25–3 Electric hot water supply subpart 111.50 of this chapter.
boilers. (d) Heating elements must be insu-
(a) Electric hot water supply boilers lated electrically from the water being
that have a capacity not greater than heated, guarded against mechanical in-
454 liters (120 U.S. gallons), a heat jury and contact with outside objects,
input rate not greater than 200,000 Btu/ and securely supported. Consideration
hr. (58.6 kilowatts), meet the require- must be given to sagging, opening, and
319
§ 63.25–5 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
other adverse conditions of the ele- 52 or part 53, as applicable. Electric hot
ments resulting from continuous heat- water supply boilers that meet the re-
ing, and flexion of supports and wiring quirements of UL 174 or UL 1453 and
due to alternate heating and cooling. have heating elements, temperature
Wrap-around elements must be secured regulating controls, and temperature
in a manner which prevents loosening. limiting controls are satisfactory for
(e) Iron and steel parts must be pro- installation and service without fur-
tected against corrosion by enameling, ther installation testing. All electric
galvanizing, or plating. Iron and steel hot water supply boilers not meeting
storage tanks having a wall thickness the requirements of UL 174 or UL 1453
less than 6.4mm (1⁄4-inch) must have must have their heating elements, tem-
the inside surface protected against perature regulating controls, and tem-
corrosion. perature limiting controls tested by
(f) Each heating element must have a the marine inspector at the time of in-
temperature regulating device. The de- stallation.
vice must limit the water from obtain- [CGD 88–057, 55 FR 24238, June 15, 1990, as
ing a temperature greater than 90 °C amended by CGD 95–028, 62 FR 51202, Sept. 30,
(194 °F). If the control has a marked off 1997; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65191, Oct. 31,
position, the control must disconnect 2008]
the heating element from all
ungrounded conductors, and it must § 63.25–5 Fired thermal fluid heaters.
not respond to temperature when (a) Construction. Fired thermal fluid
placed in the off position. heaters must meet the requirements of
(g) An independent temperature lim- part 52 of this chapter, as applicable.
iting device must prevent the water in (b) Controls. Fired thermal fluid heat-
the upper 25 percent of the tank from ers must have a low fluid level cutout
attaining a temperature higher than 99 device or a low flow device. When the
°C (210 °F). This device must require rate of fluid flow through the heating
manual resetting, be trip free from the coils is insufficient to ensure proper
operating means, open all ungrounded heat transfer, the device must cut off
power supply conductors to the heater, the fuel supply to the burner. If the
and be readily accessible. fluid temperature exceeds the designed
(h) Electric hot water supply boilers maximum operating temperature, a
must have pressure and temperature high temperature limit device must
relieving valves. The valve tempera- cut off the fuel supply to the burner.
ture setting must not be more than 99 These devices must be of the manual
°C (210 °F). The pressure relief setting reset type.
must not be higher than the marked
working pressure of the boiler. The § 63.25–7 Exhaust gas boilers.
pressure and temperature relief valves (a) Construction. An auxiliary exhaust
must meet part 53, subpart 53.05 of this gas boiler must meet the applicable
chapter. The pressure and temperature construction requirements of part 52 or
relief valves may be combined into a part 53 of this chapter as determined
pressure-temperature relief valve. from § 54.01–5, Table 54.01–5(A) of this
(i) Electric hot water supply boilers chapter.
must be marked in a visible location (b) Controls. Each drum type exhaust
with the manufacturer’s name, model gas steam boiler must have a feed
or other identification number, water water control system. The system
capacity, and the electrical ratings of must automatically supply the re-
each heating element. When two or quired amount of feed water and main-
more heating elements are installed, tain it at the proper level. For boilers
the maximum wattage or current con- without a fixed water level, the control
sumption must be indicated. The cold system must supply the feed water at a
water inlet and the hot water outlet rate sufficient to ensure proper heat
must each be clearly distinguished or transfer. The system must adequately
marked for identification purposes. fill the boiler when cold.
(j) All electric hot water supply boil- (c) Alarms. When a condition arises
ers must have their pressure relief de- which results in inadequate heat trans-
vices tested as required by 46 CFR part fer, a high temperature alarm or low
320
flow alarm must be activated. An audi- (c) Prohibited substances. Shipboard

ble alarm must automatically sound, incineration of the following sub-
and a visual indicator must indicate stances is prohibited:
when the fluid temperature exceeds the (1) Annex I, II, and III cargo residues
maximum operating temperature or of IMO MARPOL 73/78 (incorporated by
when the fluid/steam flowing through reference; see 46 CFR 63.05–1) and re-
the heat exchanger is insufficient to lated contaminated packing materials.
ensure proper heat transfer. Addition- (2) Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs).
ally, an audible alarm must automati- (3) Garbage, as defined in Annex V of
cally sound, and a visual indicator IMO MARPOL 73/78, containing more
must indicate when a soot fire is
than traces of heavy metals.
present in the exhaust gas boiler’s up-
(4) Refined petroleum products con-
take.
taining halogen compounds.
§ 63.25–9 Incinerators. (d) Operating manual. Each ship with
an incinerator subject to this rule
(a) General. Incinerators installed on
must possess a manufacturer’s oper-
or after March 26, 1998 must meet the
ating manual, which must specify how
requirements of IMO MEPC.76(40) (in-
to operate the incinerator within the
corporated by reference; see § 63.05–1).
Incinerators in compliance with ISO limits described in Annex A1.5 of IMO
13617 (incorporated by reference; see MEPC.76(40).
§ 63.05–1), are considered to meet IMO (e) Training. Each person responsible
MEPC.76(40). Incinerators in compli- for operating any incinerator must be
ance with both ASTM F 1323 (incor- trained and be capable of implementing
porated by reference; see § 63.05–1) and the guidance provided in the manufac-
Annexes A1–A3 of IMO MEPC.76(40) are turer’s operating manual.
considered to meet IMO MEPC.76(40). (f) Acceptable methods and standards
An application for type approval of for testing emissions. The methods and
shipboard incinerators may be deliv- standards for testing emissions that
ered to the Commanding Officer, Ma- the laboratory may use in determining
rine Safety Center, U.S. Coast Guard, emissions-related information de-
2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue scribed in Annex A1.5 of IMO
SE., Washington, DC 20593, or it may be MEPC.76(40) are:
transmitted by mail to the Com- (1) 40 CFR part 60 Appendix A, Meth-
manding Officer (MSC), Attn: Marine od 1–Sample and velocity traverses for
Safety Center, U.S. Coast Guard Stop stationary sources;
7430, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Ave- (2) 40 CFR part 60 Appendix A, Meth-
nue SE., Washington, DC 20593–7430.
od 3A–Determination of oxygen and
(b) Testing. Before type approval is carbon dioxide concentrations in emis-
granted, the manufacturer must have sions from stationary sources (instru-
tests conducted, or submit evidence
mental-analyzer procedure);
that such tests have been conducted by
an independent laboratory acceptable (3) 40 CFR part 60 Appendix A, Meth-
to the Commandant (CG–521). The lab- od 5–Determination of particulate
oratory must: emissions from stationary sources;
(1) Have the equipment and facilities (4) 40 CFR part 60 Appendix A, Meth-
for conducting the inspections and od 9–Visual determination of the opac-
tests required by this section; ity of emissions from stationary
(2) Have experienced and qualified sources;
personnel to conduct the inspections (5) 40 CFR part 60 Appendix A, Meth-
and tests required by this section; od 10–Determination of carbon-mon-
(3) Have documentary proof of the oxide emissions from stationary
laboratory’s qualifications to perform sources;
the inspections and tests required by (6) ISO 9096 (incorporated by ref-
this section; and erence; see 46 CFR 63.05–1); and
(4) Not be owned or controlled by a

manufacturer, supplier, or vendor of
shipboard incinerators.
321
(7) ISO 10396 (incorporated by ref- Subpart E—Periodic Inspections and Tests
erence; see 46 CFR 63.05–1). of MPTs
[USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65191, Oct. 31, 2008, 64.77 Inspection and test.
as amended by USCG–2009–0702, 74 FR 49229, 64.79 Inspection of pressure and vacuum re-
Sept. 25, 2009; USCG–2013–0671, 78 FR 60149, lief device.
Sept. 30, 2013; USCG–2016–0498, 82 FR 35090, 64.81 30-month inspection of an MPT.
July 28, 2017] 64.83 Hydrostatic test.
Subpart F—Cargo Handling System

PART 64—MARINE PORTABLE
TANKS AND CARGO HANDLING 64.87 Purpose.
SYSTEMS 64.88 Plan approval, construction, and in-
spection of cargo-handling systems.
64.89 Cargo pump unit.
Subpart A—General 64.91 Relief valve for the cargo pump dis-
charge.
Sec. 64.93 Pump controls.
64.1 Purpose. 64.95 Piping.
64.2 Incorporation by reference. 64.97 Cargo hose.
64.3 Applicability.
64.5 Definitions. AUTHORITY: 46 U.S.C. 3306, 3703; 49 U.S.C.
App. 1804; Department of Homeland Security
64.9 Maintenance, repair, and alteration of
Delegation No. 0170.1.
MPTs.
SOURCE: CGD 73–172, 39 FR 22950, June 25,
Subpart B—Standards for an MPT 1974, unless otherwise noted.
64.11 Design of MPTs.

64.13 Allowable stress; tank. Subpart A—General
64.15 Allowable stress; framework.
§ 64.1 Purpose.
64.17 Minimum tank thickness.
64.19 External pressure. This part contains the requirements
64.21 Material. for—
64.23 Gasket and lining. (a) Design, construction, repair, al-
64.25 Cross section. teration, and marking of marine port-
64.27 Base. able tanks (MPTs) authorized by this
64.29 Tank saddles. chapter to be carried on inspected ves-
64.31 Inspection opening. sels;
64.33 Pipe connection. (b) Periodic inspections and tests of
64.35 Bottom filling or discharge connec- MPTs; and
tion.
(c) Design and construction of cargo-
64.37 Valve and fitting guard.
64.39 Valve securing device.
handling systems for MPTs and other
64.41 Stop valve closure. portable tanks authorized under sub-
64.43 Lifting fittings. parts 98.30 and 98.33 of this chapter.
64.45 Securing devices. [CGD 84–043, 55 FR 37409, Sept. 11, 1990; 55 FR
64.47 Type of relief devices. 47477, Nov. 14, 1990]
64.49 Labeling openings.
64.51 Tank parts marking. § 64.2 Incorporation by reference.
64.53 Information plate for MPTs.
64.55 Relief device location.
(a) Certain material is incorporated
Subpart C—Pressure Relief Devices and proval of the Director of the Federal
Vacuum Relief Devices for MPTs Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C.
552(a). To enforce any edition other
64.57 Acceptance of pressure relief devices. than the one listed in paragraph (b) of
64.59 Spring loaded pressure relief valve. this section, the Coast Guard must
64.61 Rupture disc. publish notice of the change in the
64.63 Minimum emergency venting capac-
FEDERAL REGISTER and make the mate-
ity.
64.65 Vacuum relief device.
rial available to the public. All ap-
64.67 Shutoff valve. proved material is on file at the Coast
64.69 Location of the pressure relief device. Guard Headquarters. Contact Com-
64.71 Marking of pressure relief devices. mandant (CG–DCO–D), Attn: Deputy

for Operations Policy and Capabilities,
Subpart D [Reserved] U.S. Coast Guard Stop 7318, 2703 Martin
322
Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 64.5
Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Wash- (5) Was inspected and stamped by the
ington, DC 20593–7318. The material is Coast Guard on or before September 30,
also available from the source indi- 1992.
cated in paragraph (b) of this section or (b) Tank means the pressure vessel
at the National Archives and Records and the associated fittings of an MPT
Administration (NARA). For informa- that come in contact with the product
tion on the availability of this mate- being carried.
rial at NARA, call 202–741–6030, or go (c) Total containment pressure means
to: http://www.archives.gov/fed- the minimum pressure for total prod-
eral_register/code_of_federal_regulations/
uct containment under normal oper-
ibr_locations.html.
ating conditions at a gauge pressure
(b) The material approved for incor-
consisting of the absolute vapor pres-
poration by reference in this part, and
the sections affected, are: sure of the product at 122 °F added to
the dynamic pressure, based on the
American Society of Mechanical Engineers tank dimensions and the location of
(ASME) International the relief devices, of not less than 5
Three Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016– pounds per square inch gauge (psig) at
5990. the top of the tank in the operating po-
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel sition.
Code, Section VIII, Division 1, (d) Maximum allowable working pres-
Pressure Vessels, 1989, with Ad-
denda issued December 31, 1989 sure means the maximum gauge pres-
(‘‘ASME Code’’).........64.5, 64.7, 64.11, 64.13, sure at the top of the tank in the oper-
64.21, 64.25, 64.31 ating position at 122 °F, equal to or
[CGD 84–043, 55 FR 37409, Sept. 11, 1990; 55 FR
greater than the total containment
47477, Nov. 14, 1990, as amended by CGD 96– pressure as defined in paragraph (c) of
041, 61 FR 50728, Sept. 27, 1996; CGD 97–057, 62 this section. The maximum allowable
FR 51044, Sept. 30, 1997; USCG–1999–6216, 64 working pressure is used in the calcula-
FR 53225, Oct. 1, 1999; USCG–2012–0832, 77 FR tion of the minimum thickness of each
59778, Oct. 1, 2012; USCG–2013–0671, 78 FR element of the tank, excluding the al-
60149, Sept. 30, 2013]
lowance for corrosion and the thick-
§ 64.3 Applicability. ness for loadings other than pressure,
as provided for in the ASME Code.
(a) This part applies to each MPT for
(e) Test pressure means a hydrostatic
which the Commanding Officer, U.S.
pressure of at least one and one-half
Coast Guard Marine Safety Center, re-
ceives an application for approval on or times the maximum allowable working
before May 1, 1991. pressure.
(b) Subpart F of this part also applies (f) Dynamic loading conditions means
to portable tanks and to cargo-han- the following:
dling systems for portable tanks au- (1) A loading in the vertical down di-
thorized under subparts 98.30 and 98.33 rection equal to 2 times the weight of
of this chapter. the tank and the heaviest product car-
ried.
[CGD 84–043, 55 FR 37409, Sept. 11, 1990]
(2) A loading in the transverse direc-
§ 64.5 Definitions. tion equal to the weight of the tank
and the heaviest product carried.
As used in this part:
(3) A loading in the longitudinal di-
(a) Marine portable tank or MPT
rection equal to the weight of the tank
means a liquid-carrying tank that—
and the heaviest product carried.
(1) Has a capacity of 110 gallons or
more; (g) Owner means the person, corpora-
(2) Is designed to be carried on a ves- tion, company, partnership, or organi-
sel; zation in which is vested the owner-
(3) Can be lifted full or empty onto ship, dominion, or title of a portable
and off a vessel, and can be filled and tank.
discharged while on a vessel; [CGD 73–172, 39 FR 22950, June 25, 1974, as

(4) Is not permanently attached to amended by CGD 84–043, 55 FR 37409, Sept. 11,
the vessel; and 1990]
323
§ 64.9 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
§ 64.9 Maintenance, repair, and alter- stress 1 of the material, whichever is

ation of MPTs. less.
(a) Each MPT must be maintained in [CGD 73–172, 39 FR 22950, June 25, 1974, as
accordance with the approved plans, amended by CGD 84–043, 55 FR 37410, Sept. 11,
this part, and subpart 98.30 of this 1990]
chapter.
(b) Repair of an MPT is authorized, § 64.15 Allowable stress; framework.
provided that each repair is in accord- The calculated stress for the frame-
ance with the approved plans. work must be 80 percent or less of the
(c) No MPT may be altered, except minimum yield stress of the frame-
with the written approval of the Com- work material under the dynamic load-
manding Officer, U.S. Coast Guard Ma- ing conditions that are applied simul-
rine Safety Center. taneously.
(d) After each welded repair or alter-
ation, an MPT must be hydrostatically § 64.17 Minimum tank thickness.
pressure-tested in accordance with (a) Except as allowed in paragraph (b)
paragraph (a) of § 64.83 of this part. of this section, a tank with a diameter
of—
[CGD 84–043, 55 FR 37409, Sept. 11, 1990]
(1) 6 feet or less must have a shell
and head of 3⁄16 inch thickness or more;
Subpart B—Standards for an MPT or
(2) More than 6 feet must have a shell
§ 64.11 Design of MPTs.
and head of 1⁄4 inch thickness or more.
An MPT must be designed— (b) If the tank has additional frame-
(a) In accordance with the ASME work to guard against accidental punc-
Code and this subpart; turing of the tank, the shell and head
(b) With a maximum gross weight of thickness must be 1⁄8 inch or more.
55,000 pounds;
(c) To hold a liquid cargo that has a § 64.19 External pressure.
vapor pressure of 43 pounds per square (a) A tank without a vacuum breaker
inch absolute (psia) or less at a tem- must be designed to withstand an ex-
perature of 122 °F; ternal pressure of 71⁄2 psig or more.
(d) With a minimum service tempera- (b) A tank with a vacuum breaker
ture of 0 °F or higher; must be designed to withstand an ex-
(e) With a maximum allowable work- ternal pressure of 3 psig or more.
ing pressure of not less than 20 pounds
per square inch gauge (psig) but not § 64.21 Material.
more than 48 psig; and The material for a tank must meet
(f) To withstand dynamic loading the requirements in Division 1 of sec-
conditions applied simultaneously. tion VIII of the ASME Code.
[CGD 84–043, 55 FR 37410, Sept. 11, 1990; 55 FR [CGD 73–172, 39 FR 22950, June 25, 1974, as
40755, Oct. 4, 1990] amended by CGD 84–043, 55 FR 37410, Sept. 11,
1990]
§ 64.13 Allowable stress; tank.
(a) The calculated stress in the tank § 64.23 Gasket and lining.
under design conditions, including dy- Each gasket and lining must be made
namic loading conditions applied si- of material that is—
multaneously, must not exceed the al- (a) Chemically compatible with the
lowable stress listed in Division 1 of product for which the tank is approved;
section VIII of the ASME Code, for a and
design temperature of 122 °F. (b) Resistant to deterioration from
(b) The calculated stress in the tank the product for which the tank is ap-
at test pressure must not exceed 75 per- proved.
cent of the minimum yield stress, 1 or
37.5 percent of the minimum tensile § 64.25 Cross section.
A tank must have a cross section de-

1 Listed in Division 1 of section VIII of the sign that is—
ASME Code. (a) Circular; or
324
(b) Other than circular and stress § 64.39 Valve securing device.
analyzed experimentally by the meth- Each filling and discharge valve must
od contained in UG–101 of the ASME have a securing device to prevent unin-
Code. tentional opening.
[CGD 73–172, 39 FR 22950, June 25, 1974, as
amended by CGD 84–043, 55 FR 37410, Sept. 11, § 64.41 Stop valve closure.
1990] A stop valve that operates by a
screwed spindle must close in a clock-
§ 64.27 Base. wise direction.
The base of an MPT must be as wide
and as long as the tank. § 64.43 Lifting fittings.
Each MPT must have attached lifting
§ 64.29 Tank saddles. fittings so that the tank remains hori-
If a tank is not completely supported zontal and stable while being moved.
by a framework, it must be supported § 64.45 Securing devices.
by two or more external saddles, each
of which extends to 120 degrees or more An MPT or its framework must have
of the shell circumference. sufficient number of positive action se-
curing devices, including hooks, lugs,
§ 64.31 Inspection opening. or padeyes, to attach the unit to the
vessel so that—
An MPT must have an inspection (a) The stress does not exceed the
opening that is designed in accordance standard contained in § 64.15; and
with Division 1 of section VIII of the (b) Additional lashing is not needed.
ASME Code.
[CGD 73–172, 39 FR 22950, June 25, 1974, as
§ 64.47 Type of relief devices.
amended by CGD 84–043, 55 FR 37410, Sept. 11, (a) An MPT with an internal capacity
1990] of more than 550 U.S. gallons must
have one or more spring loaded relief
§ 64.33 Pipe connection. valves. In addition, a rupture disc may
Each pipe connection that is not a be attached.
pressure relief device must be fitted (b) An MPT with an internal capacity
with a manually operated stop valve or of 550 U.S. gallons or less must have a
closure located as close to the tank as rupture disc or a spring loaded relief
practicable. valve.
§ 64.35 Bottom filling or discharge con- § 64.49 Labeling openings.

nection. Each opening of a tank must be la-
If an MPT is designed with a filling beled to identify the function such as
or discharge connection in the bottom, ‘‘suction’’, ‘‘discharge’’, ‘‘heating coil’’.
the connection must be fitted with a § 64.51 Tank parts marking.
bolted blank flange, threaded cap, or
similar device to protect against leak- Any part of a tank furnished by an
age of the product, and a manually op- outside supplier may not be used in a
erated valve that is located— tank unless it bears—
(a) Inside the tank and operated out- (a) The Coast Guard symbol;
side the tank; or (b) The Marine Inspection Office
(b) Outside the tank but as close to it identification letters;
(c) The word ‘‘part’’;
as practicable.
(d) The manufacturer’s name and se-
§ 64.37 Valve and fitting guard. rial number; and
(e) The design pressure.
Each valve and fitting must be pro-
tected from mechanical damage by— § 64.53 Information plate for MPTs.
(a) The tank; (a) A corrosion-resistant metal plate
(b) A tank saddle; containing the information in para-

(c) The framework; or graph (b) of this section must be per-
(d) A guard. manently attached to each MPT.
325
§ 64.55 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
(b) Each information plate required percent of the maximum allowable

in paragraph (a) of this section must working pressure;
bear the following information in leg- (c) Close after discharge of a pressure
ible letters 3⁄16 inch or more in height: not lower than 115 percent of the max-
(1) Owner’s name. imum allowable working pressure; and
(2) Manufacturer’s name. (d) If closed, remain closed at any
(3) Date of manufacture. pressure less than 115 percent of the
(4) Serial number of tank. maximum allowable working pressure.
(5) Maximum allowable working pres-
sure in psig. § 64.61 Rupture disc.
(6) Test pressure in psig. If a rupture disc is the only pressure
(7) External-pressure rating in psig. relief device on the tank, the rupture
(8) Total capacity in gallons. disc must—
(9) Maximum net weight in long tons. (a) Rupture at a pressure of 125 per-
(10) Maximum gross weight in long cent of the maximum allowable work-
tons. ing pressure; and
(11) Percent ullage at 122 °F. (b) Have a minimum normal venting
(12) Date of hydrostatic test. capacity that is sufficient to prevent
the tank pressure from exceeding 137.5
[CGD 84–043, 55 FR 37410, Sept. 11, 1990]
percent of the maximum allowable
§ 64.55 Relief device location. working pressure.
A pressure relief device must be lo- § 64.63 Minimum emergency venting
cated on an MPT in a place that— capacity.
(a) Is the highest practical point of (a) The total emergency venting ca-
the tank; and pacity (Q) of the relief devices of an
(b) Allows direct communication uninsulated MPT must be in accord-
with the vapor space. ance with Table 1 or the following for-
mula based upon the pressure relief de-
Subpart C—Pressure Relief De- vice operating at a pressure not to ex-
vices and Vacuum Relief De- ceed the test pressure:
vices for MPTs
⎛ A 0.82 ⎞ ZT
§ 64.57 Acceptance of pressure relief Q = 633,000 ⎜ ⎟
devices. ⎝ LC ⎠ M
A pressure relief device for an MPT where:
must be— Q = Minimum required rate of discharge in
(a) From a supplier 2 accepted under cubic feet per minute of free air at stand-
chapter I of title 46, Code of Federal ard conditions (60 °F and 14.7 psia).
Regulations; or M = Molecular weight of the product, or 86.7.
(b) Accepted by the Coast Guard in T = Temperature, degrees Rankine (460° +
accordance with the procedures in temperature in degrees F of gas at reliev-
ing temperature), or 710° Rankine.
§ 50.25–10 of this chapter. A = Total external surface area of the tank
[CGD 84–043, 55 FR 37410, Sept. 11, 1990] compartment in square feet.
L = Latent heat of the product being vapor-
§ 64.59 Spring loaded pressure relief ized at relieving conditions in Btu per
valve. pound, or 144 Btu per pound.
Z = Compressibility factor of the gas at re-
A spring loaded pressure relief valve lieving conditions, or 1.0.
must— C = Constant based on relation of specific
(a) Be set at a nominal pressure of 125 heats, in accordance with appendix J of
percent of the maximum allowable division 1 of section VIII of the ASME
working pressure; Code, 1974 edition, or 315.
(b) Have a minimum normal venting (b) The total emergency venting ca-
capacity that is sufficient to prevent pacity (Q) of an insulated portable
the tank pressure from exceeding 137.5 tank may have a reduction if—
(1) It is shown to the Coast Guard

2 Accepted suppliers are listed in CG–190, that the insulation reduces the heat
Equipment list. transmission to the tank;
326
EC13NO91.047</MATH>
(2) The present reduction of the (b) Attached so that escaping gas
emergency venting capacity (Q) is lim- does not impinge on the tank or frame-
ited to the percent reduction of the work.
heat transmission to the tank or 50
percent, whichever is less; and § 64.71 Marking of pressure relief de-
(3) The insulation is sheathed. vices.
A pressure relief device must be
TABLE 1—MINIMUM EMERGENCY VENTING CA- plainly and permanently marked with
PACITY IN CUBIC FEET: FREE AIR/HOUR (14.7 the—
LB/IN2A AND 60 °F) (a) Set pressure rating;
(b) Rated flow capacity expressed as
Exposed
area Cubic feet free Exposed Cubic feet free cubic feet of standard air (60 °F 14.7
area square
square air per hour air per hour psia) per minute and the pressure at
feet 1
feet 1
which the flow capacity is determined;
20 27,600 275 237,000 (c) Manufacturer’s name and identi-
30 38,500 300 256,000 fying number; and
40 48,600 350 289,500 (d) Pipe size of inlet.
50 58,600 400 322,100
60 67,700 450 355,900
70 77,000 500 391,000 Subpart D [Reserved]
80 85,500 550 417,500
90 94,800 600 450,000
100 104,000 650 479,000 Subpart E—Periodic Inspections
120 121,000 700 512,000 and Tests of MPTs
140 136,200 750 540,000
160 152,100 800 569,000 § 64.77 Inspection and test.
180 168,200 850 597,000
200 184,000 900 621,000 For the handling and stowage re-
225 199,000 950 656,000 quirements in § 98.30–3 of this chapter,
250 219,500 1,000 685,000 each MPT must pass the following in-
1 Interpolate for intermediate sizes. spections and tests conducted by the
owner or the owner’s representative:
[CGD 73–172, 39 FR 22950, June 25, 1974, as (a) Pressure relief and vacuum relief
amended by CGD 84–043, 55 FR 37410, Sept. 11, devices must be inspected one time or
1990; 55 FR 47477, Nov. 14, 1990] more during each 12 month period of
service in accordance with § 64.79.
§ 64.65 Vacuum relief device. (b) An MPT must be inspected during
(a) Each MPT that is designed for an the 30 months before any month in
external pressure of less than 7.5 psig which it is in service in accordance
must have a vacuum relief device. with § 64.81.
(b) A vacuum relief device for an (c) An MPT must pass a hydrostatic
MPT must— test in accordance with § 64.83 during
(1) Open at an external pressure of the 60 months before any month in
not less than 3 psig; and which it is in service.
(2) Have an opening with a cross-sec- (d) After each welded repair, an MPT
tion of 0.44 square inch or more. must pass a hydrostatic test in accord-
ance with § 64.83.
[CGD 84–043, 55 FR 37410, Sept. 11, 1990]
[CGD 73–172, 39 FR 22950, June 25, 1974, as
§ 64.67 Shutoff valve. amended by CGD 84–043, 55 FR 37410, Sept. 11,
1990]
A shutoff valve may not be located—
(a) Between the tank opening and § 64.79 Inspection of pressure and vac-
pressure relief device; or uum relief device.
(b) On the discharge side of the pres- (a) The inspection of the pressure and
sure relief device. vacuum relief device required in
§ 64.77(a) must include—
§ 64.69 Location of the pressure relief (1) Disassembling;
device.
(2) A visual inspection for defective
A pressure relief device must be— parts; and

(a) Accessible for inspection and re- (3) A test of the accuracy of the pres-
pair before stowage of the tank; and sure setting.
327
§ 64.81 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
(b) If the pressure and vacuum relief Subpart F—Cargo Handling

valve passes the inspection required in System
paragraph (a) of this section, the owner
or his representative may attach to the § 64.87 Purpose.
device a metal tag containing the date
of the inspection. Each cargo-handling system required
to satisfy § 98.30–25 or § 98.33–13 of this
§ 64.81 30-month inspection of an MPT. chapter must meet the requirements of
this subpart.
(a) The 30-month inspection of an
MPT required in § 64.77(b) must in- [CGD 84–043, 55 FR 37410, Sept. 11, 1990]
clude—
(1) An internal and external examina- § 64.88 Plan approval, construction,
tion for— and inspection of cargo-handling
systems.
(i) Corrosion;
(ii) Cracking of base material; and Plans for the cargo-handling system
(iii) Weld defects; and of a portable tank authorized under
(2) A visual inspection for defective subpart 98.30 of this chapter must be
parts and a manual operation of the approved by the Coast Guard in accord-
gauging device, remote operating ance with the requirements of § 56.01–10
mechanism, and each valve, except the of this subchapter. In addition, the
pressure relief device. cargo-handling system must be con-
(b) If the tank passes the inspection structed and inspected in accordance
required in paragraph (a) of this sec- with part 56 of this subchapter.
tion, the owner or his representative [CGD 84–043, 55 FR 37410, Sept. 11, 1990]
may stencil the date of the inspection
on the MPT near the metal identifica- § 64.89 Cargo pump unit.
tion plate that is required in § 64.53 in
(a) A cargo pump unit that fills or
durable and legible letters that are 11⁄4
inch in height or larger. discharges a portable tank must be—
(1) Constructed of materials that are
§ 64.83 Hydrostatic test. compatible with the product to be
pumped; and
(a) The hydrostatic test required in
(2) Designed to be compatible with
§ 64.77(c) includes—
the hazard associated with the product
(1) Closing each manhole and other
to be pumped.
openings by normal means of closure;
(b) The cargo pump power unit must
(2) Using wrenches or other tools that
be—
are used during normal operations to
close the manhole and other openings; (1) Diesel;
(3) Using the same type of gaskets as (2) Hydraulic;
used in service; (3) Pneumatic; or
(4) If required for the inspection, re- (4) Electric.
moving tank insulation; (c) The starting system for a cargo
(5) Filling the tank with water and pump power unit must be designed to
pressurizing to the test pressure indi- be compatible with the hazard associ-
cated on the metal identification plate ated with the product to be pumped.
without leaking; and (d) A diesel engine that is used to
(6) If fitted with an internal heating drive a cargo pump must have a spark
coil, the heating coil passing a hydro- arrestor on the exhaust system.
static test at a pressure of 200 psig or
more or 50 percent or more above the § 64.91 Relief valve for the cargo pump
discharge.
rated pressure of the coil, whichever is
greater. The cargo pump discharge must have
(b) If the tank passes the hydrostatic a relief valve that is—
test required in paragraph (a) of this (a) Fitted between the cargo pump
section, the owner or his representa- discharge and the shut-off valve, with
tive may stamp the date of the test and the relief valve discharge piped back to
his initials on the metal identification the cargo pump suction or returned to
plate required in § 64.53. the tank; and
328
(b) Set at the maximum design pres- (d) Each hose connection must be
sure of the piping and discharge hose, threaded or flanged except for a quick
or less. connect coupling that may be specifi-
cally accepted by the U.S. Coast Guard
§ 64.93 Pump controls.
in accordance with the procedures in
(a) A pressure gauge must be in- § 50.25–10 of this chapter.
stalled— (e) A non-return valve must be in the
(1) On the pump discharge; pump discharge if a backflow condition
(2) Near the pump controls; and may occur during pumping.
(3) Visible to the operator.
(f) Any non-metallic flexible hose
(b) A pump must have a remote,
quick acting, manual shutdown that is that is used in the piping system must
conspicuously labeled and located in an comply with § 56.60–25(c) of this chap-
easily accessible area away from the ter.
pump. The quick acting, manual shut- [CGD 73–172, 39 FR 22950, June 25, 1974, as
down for remote operation must pro- amended by USCG–2004–18884, 69 FR 58346,
vide a means of stopping the pump Sept. 30, 2004]
power unit.
§ 64.97 Cargo hose.
§ 64.95 Piping.
Each hose assembly, consisting of
(a) Piping, valves, flanges, and fit- couplings and a hose that has an inside
tings used in the pumping system must
diameter—
be designed in accordance with part 56
of this chapter. (a) Larger than three inches, must
(b) A cargo loading and discharge meet the requirements in 33 CFR
header or manifold must— 154.500; or
(1) Have stop valves to prevent cargo (b) Three inches or less, must be de-
leakage; and signed to withstand the pressure of the
(2) Be visible to the operator at the shutoff head of the cargo pump or
cargo pump controls. pump discharge relief valve setting,
(c) Each pipe and valve in the pump- but not less than 100 pounds per square
ing system that has an open end must inch.
have a plug or cap to prevent leakage.
329
SUBCHAPTER G—DOCUMENTATION AND MEASUREMENT OF
VESSELS
PART 66 [RESERVED] 67.63 Extent of title evidence required for

captured, forfeited, special legislation,
and wrecked vessels.
PART 67—DOCUMENTATION OF
VESSELS Subpart E—Acceptable Title Evidence;
Waiver
Subpart A—General
67.70 Original owner.
Sec. 67.73 Transfers prior to documentation.
67.1 Purpose. 67.75 Transfers by sale or donation subse-
67.3 Definitions. quent to documentation.
67.5 Vessels eligible for documentation. 67.77 Passage of title by court action.
67.7 Vessels requiring documentation. 67.79 Passage of title without court action
67.9 Vessels excluded from or exempt from
following death of owner.
documentation.
67.81 Passage of title in conjunction with a
67.11 Restriction on transfer of an interest
in documented vessels to foreign persons; corporate merger or similar transaction.
foreign registry or operation. 67.83 Passage of title by extra-judicial re-
67.12 Right of appeal. possession and sale.
67.13 Incorporation by reference. 67.85 Change in general partners of partner-
67.14 OMB control numbers assigned pursu- ship.
ant to the Paperwork Reduction Act. 67.87 Change of legal name of owner.
67.89 Waiver of production of a bill of sale
Subpart B—Forms of Documentation; eligible for filing and recording.
Endorsements; Eligibility of Vessel 67.91 Passage of title pursuant to operation
of State law.
67.15 Form of document—all endorsements.
67.17 Registry endorsement.
Subpart F—Build Requirements for Vessel
67.19 Coastwise endorsement.
67.21 Fishery endorsement.
Documentation
67.23 Recreational endorsement. 67.95 Requirement for determination.
67.97 United States built.
Subpart C—Citizenship Requirements for
67.99 Evidence of build.
Vessel Documentation
67.101 Waiver of evidence of build.
67.30 Requirement for citizen owner.
67.31 Stock or equity interest requirements. Subpart G—Tonnage and Dimension
67.33 Individual. Requirements for Vessel Documentation
67.35 Partnership.
67.36 Trust. 67.105 Requirement for determination.
67.37 Association or joint venture. 67.107 System of measurement; evidence.
67.39 Corporation.
67.41 Governmental entity. Subpart H—Assignments and Designations
67.43 Evidence of citizenship. Required for Vessel Documentation
67.47 Requirement for Maritime Adminis-
tration approval. 67.111 Assignment of official number.
67.113 Managing owner designation; address;
Subpart D—Title Requirements for Vessel requirement to report change of address.
Documentation 67.117 Vessel name designation.
67.119 Hailing port designation.
67.50 Requirement for title evidence.
67.53 Methods of establishing title.
Subpart I—Marking Requirements for
67.55 Requirement for removal from foreign
registry. Vessel Documentation
67.57 Extent of title evidence required for
67.120 General requirement.
initial documentation.
67.121 Official number marking require-
67.59 Extent of title evidence required for
change in ownership of a documented ment.
vessel. 67.123 Name and hailing port marking re-

67.61 Extent of title evidence required for quirements.
vessels returning to documentation. 67.125 Disputes.
330
Subpart J—Application for Special 67.213 Place of filing and recording.

Qualifications for Vessel Documentation 67.215 Date and time of filing.
67.217 Termination of filing and disposition
67.130 Submission of applications. of instruments.
67.131 Forfeited vessels. 67.218 Optional filing of instruments in
67.132 Special legislation. portable document format as attach-
67.133 Wrecked vessels. ments to electronic mail.
67.134 Captured vessels. 67.219 Optional filing of instruments by fac-
simile.
Subpart K—Application for Documentation,
Exchange or Replacement of Certifi- Subpart P—Filing and Recording of Instru-
cate of Documentation, or Return to ments—Bills of Sale and Related Instru-
Documentation; Mortgagee Consent; ments
Validation
67.220 Requirements.
67.141 Application procedure; all cases. 67.223 Filing limitation.
67.142 Penalties.
67.143 Restriction on withdrawal of applica-
Subpart Q—Filing and Recording of Instru-
tion.
67.145 Restrictions on exchange; requirements—Mortgages, Preferred Mort-
ment and procedure for mortgagee con- gages, and Related Instruments
sent.
67.149 Exchange of Certificate of Docu- 67.231 General requirements; optional appli-
mentation; vessel at sea. cation for filing and recording.
67.151 Replacement of Certificate of Docu- 67.233 Restrictions on recording mortgages,
mentation; special procedure for wrong- preferred mortgages, and related instru-
fully withheld document. ments.
67.235 Requirements for mortgages.
Subpart L—Validity of Certificates of Docu- 67.237 Requirements for assignments of
mentation; Renewal of Endorsement; mortgages.
Requirement for Exchange, Replace- 67.239 Requirements for assumptions of
mortgages.
ment, Deletion, Cancellation
67.241 Requirements for amendments of or
67.161 Validity of Certificate of Documenta- supplements to mortgages.
tion. 67.243 Requirements for instruments subor-
67.163 Renewal of endorsement. dinating mortgages.
67.165 Deposit of Certificate of Documenta- 67.245 Requirements for interlender agree-
tion. ments.
67.167 Requirement for exchange of Certifi-
cate of Documentation. Subpart R—Filing and Recording of Instru-
67.169 Requirement for replacement of Cer- ments—Notices of Claim of Lien and
tificate of Documentation. Supplemental Instruments
67.171 Deletion; requirement and procedure.
67.173 Cancellation; requirement and proce- 67.250 General requirements.
dure. 67.253 Requirements for notices of claim of
lien.
Subpart M—Miscellaneous Applications 67.255 Restrictions on filing and recording.
67.175 Application for new vessel determina- 67.257 Requirements for assignments of no-
tion. tices of claim of lien.
67.177 Application for foreign rebuilding de- 67.259 Requirements for amendments to no-
termination. tice of claim of lien.
Subpart N [Reserved] Subpart S—Removal of Encumbrances
Subpart O—Filing and Recording of 67.261 General requirements.

Instruments—General Provisions 67.263 Requirement for removal of encum-
brances by court order, affidavit, or Dec-
67.200 Instruments eligible for filing and re- laration of Forfeiture.
cording. 67.265 Requirements for instruments evi-
67.203 Restrictions on filing and recording. dencing satisfaction or release.
67.205 Requirement for vessel identification.
67.207 Requirement for date and acknowl- Subpart T—Abstracts of Title, and
edgment. Certificates of Ownership
67.209 No original instrument requirement.

67.211 Requirement for citizenship declara- 67.301 Issuance of Abstract of Title.
tion. 67.303 Issuance of Certificate of Ownership.
331
§ 67.1 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
Subpart U—Special Provisions 67.533 Application for Certificate of Compli-

ance.
67.311 Alteration of Certificate of Docu- 67.535 Issuance of Abstract of Title.
mentation. 67.537 Issuance of Certificate of Ownership.
67.313 Requirement to have Certificate of 67.539 Copies of instruments and documents.
Documentation on board. 67.550 Fee table.
67.315 Requirement to produce Certificate of
Documentation. AUTHORITY: 14 U.S.C. 664; 31 U.S.C. 9701; 42
67.317 Requirement to renew endorsements U.S.C. 9118; 46 U.S.C. 2103, 2104, 2107, 12102,
on the Certificate of Documentation. 12103, 12104, 12105, 12106, 12113, 12133, 12139;
67.319 Requirement to report change in ves- DHS Delegation 00170.1, Revision No. 01.2.
sel status and surrender Certificate of SOURCE: CGD 89–007, CGD 89–007a, 58 FR
Documentation. 60266, Nov. 15, 1993, unless otherwise noted.
67.321 Requirement to report change of ad-
dress of managing owner.
67.323 Operation without documentation. Subpart A—General
67.325 Violation of endorsement.
67.327 Operation under Certificate of Docu- § 67.1 Purpose.
mentation with invalid endorsement. A Certificate of Documentation is re-
67.329 Unauthorized name change.
quired for the operation of a vessel in
67.331 Improper markings.
certain trades, serves as evidence of
Subpart V—Exception From Fishery En- vessel nationality, and permits a vessel
dorsement Requirements Due to Con- to be subject to preferred mortgages.
flict With International Agreements
§ 67.3 Definitions.
67.350 Conflicts with international agree- The following definitions are for
ments.
terms used in this part.
67.352 Applicability.
Acknowledgment means:
Subparts W–X [Reserved] (1) An acknowledgment or notariza-
tion in any form which is in substan-
Subpart Y—Fees tial compliance with the Uniform Ac-
knowledgments Act, the Uniform Rec-
67.500 Applicability.
ognition of Acknowledgments Act, the
67.501 Application for Certificate of Docu-
mentation. Uniform Law on Notarial Acts, or the
67.503 Application for exchange or replace- statutes of the State within which it is
ment of a Certificate of Documentation. taken, made before a notary public or
67.505 Application for return of vessel to other official authorized by a law of a
documentation. State or the United States to take ac-
67.507 Application for replacement of lost or knowledgment of deeds;
mutilated Certificate of Documentation. (2) An acknowledgment or notariza-
67.509 Application for approval of exchange tion before a notary or other official
of Certificate of Documentation requir-
ing mortgagee consent.
authorized to take acknowledgments of
67.511 Application for trade endorsement(s). deeds by the law of a foreign nation
67.513 Application for evidence of deletion which is a party to the Hague Conven-
from documentation. tion Abolishing the Requirement of
67.515 Application for renewal of endorse- Legalisation for Foreign Public Docu-
ments. ments, 1961, provided that the acknowl-
67.517 Application for late renewal. edgment or notarization is accom-
67.519 Application for waivers. panied by the certificate described in
67.521 Application for new vessel determina- Article 4 of that Convention; or
tion.
67.523 Application for wrecked vessel deter-
(3) Any attestation which is substan-
mination. tially in the following form:
67.525 Application for determination of re- State:
build. County:
67.527 Application for filing and recording
bills of sale and instruments in the na- On [date] the person(s) named above ac-
ture of a bill of sale. knowledged execution of the foregoing in-
67.529 Application for filing and recording strument in their stated capacity(ies) for the
mortgages and related instruments. purpose therein contained.

67.531 Application for filing and recording Notary Public
notices of claim of lien. My commission expires: [date]
332
Captured vessel means a vessel which (2) Which has been forfeited under an
has been taken by citizens of the administrative forfeiture action to the
United States during a period of war Federal Government of the United
and is thereafter condemned as a prize States for a breach of its laws; or
by a court of competent jurisdiction. (3) Which has been seized by the Fed-
Certificate of Documentation means eral Government of the United States
form CG–1270, when issued by the Di- for a breach of its laws and which has
rector, National Vessel Documentation been sold at an interlocutory sale, the
Center. proceeds of which have been adjudged
Citizen, unless expressly provided forfeited by a Federal District Court to
otherwise, means a person meeting the the Federal Government of the United
applicable citizenship requirements of States. A vessel is considered forfeited
subpart C of this part as a United within the meaning of this definition
States citizen. even if the proceeds, though adjudged
Coastwise trade includes the transpor- forfeited to the United States, do not
tation of passengers or merchandise be- actually accrue to the United States.
tween points embraced within the Hull means the shell, or outer casing,
coastwise laws of the United States. and internal structure below the main
Commandant means the Commandant deck which provide both the flotation
of the United States Coast Guard. envelope and structural integrity of
Documentation officer means the the vessel in its normal operations. In
Coast Guard official who is authorized the case of a submersible vessel, the
to process and approve applications term includes all structural members
made under this part, and record in- of the pressure envelope.
struments authorized to be filed and Manufacturer’s Certificate of Origin
recorded under this part. means a certificate issued under the
Documented vessel means a vessel law or regulation of a State, evidencing
which is the subject of a valid Certifi- transfer of a vessel from the manufac-
cate of Documentation. turer as defined in 33 CFR part 181 to
Endorsement means an entry which another person.
may be made on a Certificate of Docu- National Vessel Documentation Center
mentation, and which, except for a rec- means the organizational unit des-
reational endorsement, is conclusive ignated by the Commandant to process
evidence that a vessel is entitled to en- vessel documentation transactions and
gage in a specified trade. maintain vessel documentation
NOTE: Rulings and interpretations con- records. The address is: National Vessel
cerning what activities constitute coastwise Documentation Center, 792 T.J. Jack-
trade and the fisheries can be obtained from son Drive, Falling Waters, WV 25419.
the U.S. Customs and Border Protection, 799 Telephone: (800) 799-VDOC (8362).
9th Street NW., Washington DC 20001 (Cargo New vessel means a vessel:
Security, Carriers and Immigration Branch). (1) The hull and superstructure of
Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ) means which are constructed entirely of new
the zone established by Presidential materials; or
Proclamation Numbered 5030, dated (2) Which is constructed using struc-
March 10, 1983 (48 FR 10105, 3 CFR, 1983 tural parts of an existing vessel, which
Comp., p. 22). parts have been torn down so that they
Fisheries includes processing, storing, are no longer advanced to a degree
transporting (except in foreign com- which would commit them to use in
merce), planting, cultivating, catching, the building of a vessel.
taking, or harvesting fish, shellfish, Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection
marine animals, pearls, shells, or ma- (OCMI) means the Coast Guard official
rine vegetation in the navigable waters designated as such by the Com-
of the United States or in the Exclu- mandant, under the superintendence
sive Economic Zone. and direction of a Coast Guard District
Forfeited vessel means a vessel: Commander, who is in charge of an in-
(1) Which has been adjudged forfeited spection zone in accordance with regu-
by a Federal District Court to the Fed- lations set forth in 46 CFR part 1.
eral Government of the United States Person means an individual; corpora-
for a breach of its laws; or tion; partnership; limited liability
333
§ 67.5 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
partnership; limited liability company; pairs equaling three times the ap-
association; joint venture; trust ar- praised salved value of the vessel.
rangement; and the government of the [CGD 89–007, CGD 89–007a, 58 FR 60266, Nov.
United States, a State, or a political 15, 1993, as amended by CGD 95–014, 60 FR
subdivision of the United States or a 31603, June 15, 1995; CGD 94–070, 60 FR 40241,
State; and includes a trustee, bene- Aug. 7, 1995; CGD 95–012, 60 FR 48050, Sept. 18,
ficiary, receiver, or similar representa- 1995; USCG–1998–4442, 63 FR 52190, Sept. 30,
tive of any of them. 1998; USCG–2001–8825, 69 FR 5400, Feb. 4, 2004;
USCG–2004–18884, 69 FR 58346, Sept. 30, 2004;
Registration means a certificate of USCG–2005–20258, 71 FR 61417, Oct. 18, 2006;
number issued pursuant to rules in 33 USCG–2012–0832, 77 FR 59778, Oct. 1, 2012;
CFR part 173, a record under the mari- USCG–2016–0531, 82 FR 43863, Sept. 20, 2017; 82
time laws of a foreign country, or a FR 58749, Dec. 14, 2017]
certificate issued by a political sub-
division of a foreign country. § 67.5 Vessels eligible for documenta-
tion.
Secretary means the Secretary of
Homeland Security. Any vessel of at least five net tons
State means a State of the United wholly owned by a citizen or citizens of
the United States is eligible for docu-
States or a political subdivision there-
mentation under this part. This in-
of, Guam, Puerto Rico, the Virgin Is-
cludes, but is not limited to, vessels
lands, American Samoa, the District of
used exclusively for recreational pur-
Columbia, the Northern Mariana Is- poses and vessels used in foreign trade.
lands, and any other territory or pos-
session of the United States. § 67.7 Vessels requiring documenta-
Superstructure means the main deck tion.
and any other structural part above Any vessel of at least five net tons
the main deck. which engages in the fisheries on the
United States, when used in a geo- navigable waters of the United States
graphic sense means the States of the or in the Exclusive Economic Zone, or
United States, Guam, Puerto Rico, the coastwise trade, unless exempt under
Virgin Islands, American Samoa, the § 67.9(c), must have a Certificate of Doc-
District of Columbia, the Northern umentation bearing a valid endorse-
Mariana Islands, and any other terri- ment appropriate for the activity in
tory or possession of the United States, which engaged.
except that for purposes of § 67.19(c)(3) [CGD 89–007, CGD 89–007a, 58 FR 60266, Nov.
trust territories are not considered to 15, 1993, as amended by USCG–2009–0702, 74
be part of the United States. FR 49230, Sept. 25, 2009]
Vessel includes every description of
watercraft or other contrivance capa- § 67.9 Vessels excluded from or exempt
from documentation.
ble of being used as a means of trans-
portation on water, but does not in- (a) A vessel of less than five net tons
clude aircraft. is excluded from documentation.
Wrecked vessel, under the provisions (b) A vessel which does not operate
of 46 U.S.C. 12107, means a vessel on the navigable waters of the United
which: States or in the fisheries in the Exclu-
(1) Has incurred substantial damage sive Economic Zone is exempt from the
requirement to have a Certificate of
to its hull or superstructure as a result
Documentation.
of natural or accidental causes which
(c) A non-self-propelled vessel, quali-
occurred in the United States or its ad-
fied to engage in the coastwise trade is
jacent waters; and exempt from the requirement to be
(2) Has undergone, in a shipyard in documented with a coastwise endorse-
the United States or its possessions, re- ment when engaged in coastwise trade:
(1) Within a harbor;
(2) On the rivers or lakes (except the
Great Lakes) of the United States; or

(3) On the internal waters or canals
of any State.
334
(d) A vessel exempt from the require- time Administration requirements

ment to be documented by paragraph found in 46 CFR part 356.
(b) or (c) of this section may be docu- [CGD 89–007, CGD 89–007a, 58 FR 60266, Nov.
mented at the option of the owner, pro- 15, 1003, as amended by USCG–1999–6095, 65
vided it meets the other requirements FR 76575, Dec. 7, 2000; USCG–2016–0531, 82 FR
of this part. 43863, Sept. 20, 2017]
§ 67.11 Restriction on transfer of an in- § 67.12 Right of appeal.

terest in documented vessels to for- Any person directly affected by a de-
eign persons; foreign registry or op- cision or action taken under this part
eration. by or on behalf of the Coast Guard may
(a) Unless approved by the Maritime appeal therefrom in accordance with
Administration— subpart 1.03 of this chapter.
(1) A documented vessel or a vessel
§ 67.13 Incorporation by reference.
last documented under the laws of the
United States may not be placed under (a) Certain material is incorporated
foreign registry or operated under the by reference into this part with the ap-
authority of a foreign country. proval of the Director of the Federal
Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1
(2) A documented vessel or a vessel
CFR part 51. To enforce any edition
last documented under the laws of the
other than that specified in paragraph
United States owned by a citizen of the (b) of this section, the Coast Guard
United States as defined in 46 U.S.C. must publish notice of change in the
50501, may not be sold, leased, char- FEDERAL REGISTER and the material
tered, delivered, or otherwise trans- must be available to the public. All ap-
ferred to any person who is not a cit- proved material may be inspected at
izen of the United States as defined in the U.S. Coast Guard, National Vessel
46 U.S.C. 50501. Documentation Center, 792 T.J. Jack-
(b) The restrictions in paragraph son Drive, Falling Waters, WV 25419
(a)(2) of this section do not apply to a and is available from the source indi-
vessel that has been operated only as: cated in paragraph (b) of this section or
(1) A fishing vessel, fish processing at the National Archives and Records
vessel, or fish tender vessel as defined Administration (NARA). For informa-
in 46 U.S.C. 2101; tion on the availability of this mate-
(2) A recreational vessel; or rial at NARA, call 202–741–6030, or go
(3) Both. to: http://www.archives.gov/federal-reg-
ister/cfr/ibr-locations.html.
NOTE: For purposes of carrying out its re- (b) The material approved for incor-
sponsibilities under the provisions of this poration by reference in this part and
part only, the Coast Guard will deem a vessel the section affected is as follows:
which has been documented exclusively with
a fishery or recreational endorsement or U.S. Department of Commerce, National
both from the time it was first documented, Technical Information Service, Spring-
or for a period of not less than one year prior field, VA 22181
Federal Information Processing Standards
to foreign transfer or registry, to qualify for
Publication 55DC, Guideline: Codes For
the exemption granted in paragraph (b) of
Named Populated Places, Primary County
this section. Divisions, And Other Locational Entities
(c) The exemption in paragraph (b) of of the United States and Outlying Areas
(1987)—67.119
this section does not relieve all vessels
from meeting the fishery endorsement [CGD 89–007, CGD 89–007a, 58 FR 60266, Nov.
requirements of this part. If your ves- 15, 1993, as amended by CGD 95–070, 60 FR
40241, Aug. 7, 1995; USCG–2004–18884, 69 FR
sel is less than 100 feet in length and is
58346, Sept. 30, 2004; USCG–2016–0531, 82 FR
a fishing vessel, fish processing vessel, 43863, Sept. 20, 2017]
or fish tender vessel as defined in 46
U.S.C. 2101, you must meet the fishery § 67.14 OMB control numbers assigned
endorsement requirements set out in pursuant to the Paperwork Reduc-
tion Act.
this part. Each vessel 100 feet and

greater in length applying for a fishery (a) Purpose. This section collects and
endorsement is regulated by the Mari- displays the control numbers assigned
335
§ 67.15 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
to information collection and record- § 67.17 Registry endorsement.

keeping requirements in this sub- (a) A registry endorsement entitles a
chapter by the Office of Management vessel to employment in the foreign
and Budget (OMB) pursuant to the Pa- trade; trade with Guam, American
perwork Reduction Act of 1980 (44 Samoa, Wake, Midway, or Kingman
U.S.C. 3501 et seq.). The Coast Guard in- Reef; and any other employment for
tends that this section comply with the which a coastwise, or fishery endorse-
requirements of 44 U.S.C. 3507(a)(3) ment is not required.
which requires that agencies display a (b) Any vessel eligible for docu-
current control number assigned by the mentation under § 67.5 is eligible for a
Director of the OMB for each approved registry endorsement.
agency information collection require- [CGD 89–007, CGD 89–007a, 58 FR 60266, Nov.
ment. 15, 1993, as amended by USCG–2009–0702, 74
(b) Display. FR 49230, Sept. 25, 2009; USCG–2016–0531, 82
FR 43863, Sept. 20, 2017]
Current
46 CFR part or section where identified or de- OMB control § 67.19 Coastwise endorsement.
scribed No.
(a) A coastwise endorsement entitles
Part 67 ............................................................... 1625–0027 a vessel to employment in unrestricted
Part 68 ............................................................... 1625–0027
coastwise trade, dredging, towing, and
any other employment for which a reg-
[CGD 89–007, CGD 89–007a, 58 FR 60266, Nov. istry or fishery endorsement is not re-
15, 1993, as amended by USCG–2004–18884, 69 quired.
FR 58346, Sept. 30, 2004; USCG–2016–0531, 82 (b) If eligible for documentation and
FR 43863, Sept. 20, 2017] not restricted from coastwise trade by
paragraph (c) or (d) of this section, the
Subpart B—Forms of Documenta- following vessels are eligible for a
tion; Endorsements; Eligibility coastwise endorsement:
(1) Vessels built in the United States
of Vessel (§ 67.97);
§ 67.15 Form of document—all endorse- (2) Forfeited vessels (§ 67.131);
ments. (3) Vessels granted coastwise trading
privileges by special legislation
(a) The form of document is a Certifi- (§ 67.132);
cate of Documentation, form CG–1270. (4) Wrecked vessels (§ 67.133);
(b) Upon application in accordance (5) Captured vessels (§ 67.134); and
with subpart K of this part and deter- (6) Vessels purchased, chartered, or
mination of qualification by the Direc- leased from the Secretary of Transpor-
tor, National Vessel Documentation tation by persons who are citizens of
Center, a Certificate of Documentation the United States (46 U.S.C. 57109).
may be issued with a registry, coast- (c) A vessel otherwise eligible for a
wise, fishery, or recreational endorse- coastwise endorsement under para-
ment. graph (b) of this section permanently
(c) A Certificate of Documentation loses that eligibility if:
may bear simultaneous endorsements (1) It is thereafter sold in whole or in
part to an owner:
for recreation and more than one trade,
(i) Not a citizen as defined in subpart
including operation under 46 CFR part
C of this part, or
68. (ii) Not a person permitted to docu-
NOTE: Where a vessel possesses a Certifi- ment vessels pursuant to 46 CFR part
cate of Documentation bearing more than 68;
one endorsement, the actual use of the vessel (2) It is thereafter registered under
determines the endorsement under which it the laws of a foreign country;
is operating. (3) It undergoes rebuilding as defined
[CGD 89–007, CGD 89–007a, 58 FR 60266, Nov. in § 67.177 outside of the United States;
15, 1993; 58 FR 65131, Dec. 13, 1993, as amended or
by CGD 95–014, 60 FR 31604, June 15, 1995; (4) It is a crude oil tanker of 20,000
USCG–1999–6216, 64 FR 53225, Oct. 1, 1999; deadweight tons or above, and after Oc-
USCG–2009–0702, 74 FR 49230, Sept. 25, 2009] tober 17, 1978, has segregated ballast
336
tanks, a crude oil washing system, or (2) Owned by a corporation which

an inert gas system installed outside of does not meet the citizenship require-
the United States as defined in § 67.3. ments of § 67.39(b); or
(d) A vessel otherwise eligible for a (3) Chartered or leased to an indi-
coastwise endorsement under para- vidual who is not a citizen of the
graph (b) of this section loses that eli- United States or to an entity that is
gibility during any period in which it not eligible to own a vessel with a fish-
is: ery endorsement, except that time
(1) Owned by a corporation which charters, voyage charters and other
does not meet the citizenship require- charters that are not a demise of the
ments of § 67.39(c); vessel may be entered into with Non-
(2) Owned by a partnership which Citizens for the charter of dedicated
does not meet the citizenship require- Fish Tender Vessels and Fish Proc-
ments of § 67.35(c); or essing Vessels that are not engaged in
(3) Mortgaged to a person not identi- the harvesting of fish or fishery re-
fied in § 67.233(b). sources without the vessel losing its
eligibility for a fishery endorsement.
[CGD 89–007, CGD 89–007a, 58 FR 60266, Nov.
15, 1993; 58 FR 65131, Dec. 13, 1993, as amended
(e) A vessel operating with a fishery
by CGD 94–008, 59 FR 49846, Sept. 30, 1994; endorsement on October 1, 1998, under
CGD 94–040, 61 FR 17815, Apr. 22, 1996; USCG– the authority of the Western Pacific
2002–13058, 67 FR 61278, Sept. 30, 2002; USCG– Fishery Management Council, or a
2009–0702, 74 FR 49230, Sept. 25, 2009; USCG– purse seine vessel engaged in tuna fish-
2016–0531, 82 FR 43863, Sept. 20, 2017] ing outside of the EEZ of the United
States or pursuant to the South Pacific
§ 67.21 Fishery endorsement. Regional Fisheries Treaty may con-
(a) A fishery endorsement entitles a tinue to operate as set out in 46 U.S.C.
vessel to employment in the fisheries 12113(c)(3), provided that the owner of
as defined in § 67.3, subject to Federal the vessel continues to comply with
and State laws regulating the fisheries, the fishery endorsement requirements
and in any other employment for which that were in effect on October 1, 1998.
a registry or coastwise endorsement is (f) An individual or entity that is
not required. A fishery endorsement otherwise eligible to own a vessel with
entitles a vessel to land its catch, a fishery endorsement shall be ineli-
wherever caught, in the United States. gible if an instrument or evidence of
(b) If eligible for documentation and indebtedness, secured by a mortgage of
not restricted from the fisheries by the vessel, to a trustee eligible to own
paragraph (c) of this section, the fol- a vessel with a fishery endorsement is
lowing vessels are eligible for a fishery issued, assigned, transferred, or held in
endorsement: trust for a person not eligible to own a
(1) Vessels built in the United States vessel with a fishery endorsement, un-
(§ 67.97); less the Commandant determines that
(2) Forfeited vessels (§ 67.131); the issuance, assignment, transfer, or
(3) Vessels granted fisheries privi- trust arrangement does not result in an
leges by special legislation(§ 67.132); impermissible transfer of control of the
(4) Wrecked vessels (§ 67.133); and vessel and that the trustee:
(5) Captured vessels (§ 67.134). (1) Is organized as a corporation that
(c) A vessel otherwise eligible for a meets § 67.39(b) of this part, and is
fishery endorsement under paragraph doing business under the laws of the
(b) of this section permanently loses United States or of a State;
that eligibility if it undergoes rebuild- (2) Is authorized under those laws to
ing as defined in § 67.177 outside of the exercise corporate trust powers which
United States. meet § 67.36(b) of this part;
(d) A vessel otherwise eligible for a (3) Is subject to supervision or exam-
fishery endorsement under paragraph ination by an official of the United
(b) of this section loses that eligibility States Government or a State;
during any period in which it is: (4) Has a combined capital and sur-
(1) Owned by a partnership which plus (as stated in its most recent pub-
does not meet the requisite citizenship lished report of condition) of at least
requirements of § 67.35(b); $3,000,000; and
337
§ 67.23 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
(5) Meets any other requirements pre- § 67.31 Stock or equity interest re-
scribed by the Commandant. quirements.
For vessels greater than or equal to (a) The stock or equity interest re-
100 feet in length, approval of such an quirements for citizenship under this
arrangement from the Maritime Ad- subpart encompass: title to all classes
ministration will be accepted as evi- of stock; title to voting stock; and
dence that the above conditions are ownership of equity. An otherwise
met and will be approved by the Com- qualifying corporation or partnership
mandant. For vessels less than 100 feet, may fail to meet stock or equity inter-
a standard loan and mortgage agree- est requirements because: Stock is sub-
ment that has received general ap- ject to trust or fiduciary obligations in
proval under 46 CFR 356.21 will be ac- favor of non-citizens; non-citizens exer-
cepted as evidence that the above con- cise, directly or indirectly, voting
power; or non-citizens, by any means,
ditions are met and will be approved by
exercise control over the entity. The
the Commandant.
applicable stock or equity interest re-
[CGD 89–007, CGD 89–007A, 58 FR 60266, Nov. quirement is not met if the amount of
15, 1993, as amended by CGD 94–040, 61 FR stock subject to obligations in favor of
17815, Apr. 22, 1996; USCG–1999–6095, 65 FR non-citizens, non-citizen voting power,
76575, Dec. 7, 2000; USCG–2009–0702, 74 FR or non-citizen control exceeds the per-
49230, Sept. 25, 2009; USCG–2016–0531, 82 FR centage of the non-citizen interest per-
43864, Sept. 20, 2017] mitted.
(b) For the purpose of stock or equity
§ 67.23 Recreational endorsement. interest requirements for citizenship
(a) A recreational endorsement enti- under this subpart, control of non-fish-
tles a vessel to pleasure use only. ing industry vessels includes an abso-
(b) Any vessel eligible for docu- lute right to: Direct corporate or part-
mentation under § 67.5 is eligible for a nership business; limit the actions of
recreational endorsement. or replace the chief executive officer, a
majority of the board of directors, or
NOTE: A vessel having a Certificate of Doc- any general partner; direct the transfer
umentation endorsed only for recreation or operations of any vessel owned by
may be bareboat chartered only for rec- the corporation or partnership; or oth-
reational use. Guidance on the elements of a
erwise exercise authority over the busi-
valid bareboat charter should be obtained
ness of the corporation or partnership.
through private legal counsel.
Control does not include the right to
simply participate in these activities
Subpart C—Citizenship Require- or the right to receive a financial re-
ments for Vessel Documenta- turn, e.g., interest or the equivalent of
tion interest on a loan or other financing
obligations.
§ 67.30 Requirement for citizen owner. (c) For the purpose of this section,
Certificates of Documentation may control of a fishing industry vessel
be issued under this part only to ves- means having:
(1) The right to direct the business of
sels which are wholly owned by United
the entity that owns the vessel;
States citizens. Pursuant to extraor- (2) The right to limit the actions of
dinary legislation at 46 U.S.C. 12118 or to replace the chief executive offi-
(Bowater Amendment) and 46 U.S.C. cer, the majority of the board of direc-
12117 (Oil Pollution Act of 1990), Certifi- tors, any general partner, or any per-
cates of Documentation with limited son serving in a management capacity
endorsements may be issued in accord- of the entity that owns the vessel;
ance with part 68 of this chapter to ves- (3) The right to direct the transfer,
sels owned by certain persons who are the operation, or the manning of a ves-
not citizens as defined in this part. sel with a fishery endorsement.
(d) For purposes of meeting the stock
[CGD 89–007, CGD 89–007A, 58 FR 60266, Nov.
15, 1993, as amended by USCG–2016–0531, 82

or equity interest requirements for
FR 43864, Sept. 20, 2017] citizenship under this subpart where
title to a vessel is held by an entity
338
comprised, in whole or in part, of other ment meets citizenship requirements

entities which are not individuals, each if:
entity contributing to the stock or eq- (1) It meets all the requirements of
uity interest qualifications of the enti- paragraph (a) of this section; and
ty holding title must be a citizen eligi- (2) At least 75 percent of the equity
ble to document vessels in its own interest in the trust, at each tier of the
right with the trade endorsement trust and in the aggregate, is owned by
sought. citizens.
[CGD 89–007, CGD 89–007a, 58 FR 60266, Nov. (c) For the purpose of obtaining a
15, 1003, as amended by USCG–1999–6095, 65 coastwise endorsement a trust arrange-
FR 76575, Dec. 7, 2000; USCG–2004–18884, 69 FR ment meets citizenship requirements
58346, Sept. 30, 2004] if:
(1) It meets the requirements of para-
§ 67.33 Individual. graph (a) of this section and at least 75
An individual is a citizen if native- percent of the equity interest in the
born, naturalized, or a derivative cit- trust is owned by citizens; or
izen of the United States, or otherwise (2) It meets the requirements of
qualifies as a United States citizen. § 68.60 or § 68.105 of this chapter.
§ 67.35 Partnership. [CGD 94–008, 59 FR 49846, Sept. 30, 1994, as

A partnership meets citizenship re- Dec. 7, 2000; USCG–2001–8825, 69 FR 5401, Feb.
quirements if all its general partners 4, 2004; USCG–2005–20258, 71 FR 61417, Oct. 18,
are citizens, and: 2006; USCG–2009–0702, 74 FR 49230, Sept. 25,
(a) For the purpose of obtaining a 2009]
registry or recreational endorsement,
at least 50 percent of the equity inter- § 67.37 Association or joint venture.
est in the partnership is owned by citi- (a) An association meets citizenship
zens. requirements if each of its members is
(b) For the purpose of obtaining a a citizen.
fishery endorsement, at least 75 per- (b) A joint venture meets citizenship
cent of the equity interest in the part- requirements if each of its members is
nership, at each tier of the partnership a citizen.
and in the aggregate, is owned by citi-
[USCG–1999–6095, 65 FR 76576, Dec. 7, 2000]
zens.
(c) For the purpose of obtaining a § 67.39 Corporation.
coastwise endorsement at least 75 per-
cent of the equity interest in the part- (a) For the purpose of obtaining a
nership is owned by citizens or the ves- registry or a recreational endorsement,
sel qualifies under § 68.60 or § 68.105 of a corporation meets citizenship re-
this chapter. quirements if:
(1) It is incorporated under the laws
[CGD 94–008, 59 FR 49846, Sept. 30, 1994, as of the United States or of a State;
Dec. 7, 2000; USCG–2001–8825, 69 FR 5401, Feb. (2) Its chief executive officer, by
4, 2004; USCG–2005–20258, 71 FR 61417, Oct. 18, whatever title, is a citizen;
2006; USCG–2009–0702, 74 FR 49230, Sept. 25, (3) Its chairman of the board of direc-
2009] tors is a citizen; and
(4) No more of its directors are non-
§ 67.36 Trust. citizens than a minority of the number
(a) For the purpose of obtaining a necessary to constitute a quorum.
registry or recreational endorsement, a (b) For the purpose of obtaining a
trust arrangement meets citizenship fishery endorsement, a corporation
requirements if: meets citizenship requirements if:
(1) Each of its trustees is a citizen; (1) It meets all the requirements of
and paragraph (a) of this section; and
(2) Each beneficiary with an enforce- (2) At least 75 percent of the stock in-
able interest in the trust is a citizen. terest in the corporation, at each tier
(b) For the purpose of obtaining a of the corporation and in the aggre-
fishery endorsement, a trust arrange- gate, is owned by citizens.
339
§ 67.41 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
(c) For the purpose of obtaining a (b) A Certificate of Documentation

coastwise endorsement a corporation may not be issued for a vessel which
meets citizenship requirements if: subsequent to the last issuance of a
(1) It meets the requirements of para- Certificate of Documentation has un-
graph (a) of this section and at least 75 dergone any transaction listed in para-
percent of the stock interest in the cor- graph (a) of this section, even if the
poration is owned by citizens; or owner meets the citizenship require-
(2) It meets the requirements of ments of this subpart, unless evidence
§ 68.60 or § 68.105 of this chapter. is provided that the Maritime Adminis-
(d) A corporation which does not tration approved the transaction.
meet the stock interest requirement of (c) The restriction imposed by para-
paragraph (c) of this section may qual- graph (b) of this section does not apply
ify for limited coastwise trading privi- to a vessel identified in § 67.11(b).
leges by meeting the requirements of [CGD 89–007, CGD 89–007A, 58 FR 60266, Nov.
part 68 of this chapter. 15, 1993, as amended by USCG–2016–0531, 82
[CGD 89–007, CGD 89–007a, 58 FR 60266, Nov. FR 43864, Sept. 20, 2017]
15, 1993, as amended by CGD 94–008, 59 FR
49847, Sept. 30, 1994; USCG–1999–6095, 65 FR Subpart D—Title Requirements for
76576, Dec. 7, 2000; USCG–2001–8825, 69 FR 5401,
Feb. 4, 2004; USCG–2005–20258, 71 FR 61417,
Vessel Documentation
Oct. 18, 2006; USCG–2009–0702, 74 FR 49230,
Sept. 25, 2009] § 67.50 Requirement for title evidence.
The owner of a vessel must present
§ 67.41 Governmental entity. title evidence in accordance with one
A governmental entity is a citizen of the methods specified in this sub-
for the purpose of obtaining a vessel part:
document if it is an entity of the Fed- (a) When application is made for a
eral Government of the United States coastwise endorsement for a vessel
or of the government of a State as de- which has not previously been qualified
fined in § 67.3. for such endorsement;
(b) For initial documentation of a
§ 67.43 Evidence of citizenship. vessel;
When received by the Coast Guard, a (c) When the ownership of a docu-
properly completed original Applica- mented vessel changes in whole or in
tion for Initial Issue, Exchange, or Re- part;
placement of Certificate of Documenta- (d) When the general partners of a
tion; or Redocumentation (form CG– partnership owning a documented ves-
1258) establishes a rebuttable presump- sel change by addition, deletion, or
tion that the applicant is a United substitution, without dissolution of the
States citizen. partnership; or
(e) When a vessel which has been de-
[CGD 89–007, CGD 89–007a, 58 FR 60266, Nov.
15, 1993; 58 FR 65131, Dec. 13, 1993] leted from documentation is returned
to documentation and there has been
§ 67.47 Requirement for Maritime Ad- an intervening change in ownership.
ministration approval. [CGD 89–007, CGD 89–007a, 58 FR 60266, Nov.
(a) The following transactions, 15, 1993, as amended by USCG–2009–0702, 74
among others, require approval of the FR 49230, Sept. 25, 2009]
Maritime Administration in accord-
ance with 46 CFR part 221: § 67.53 Methods of establishing title.
(1) Placement of the vessel under for- Title to a vessel may be established
eign registry; through one of the following methods:
(2) Operation of the vessel under the (a) Simplified method without evidence
authority of a foreign country; and of build. The owner must produce a
(3) Sale or transfer of an interest in copy of the last registration of the ves-
or control of the vessel from a citizen sel (State, Federal, or foreign) and evi-
of the United States to a person not a dence which establishes chain of title
citizen of the United States, as defined from that registration to the present
in 46 U.S.C. 50501. owner.
340
(b) Simplified method with evidence of (2) Where a fishery endorsement is

build. The owner must produce a copy sought, the only title evidence required
of the last registration of the vessel for a vessel being documented by the
(State, Federal, or foreign) and evi- owner for whom it was built is the cer-
dence which establishes chain of title tification of the builder (form CG–1261)
from that registration to the present described in § 67.99. Any other applicant
owner along with evidence of the facts must present title evidence in accord-
of build in accordance with subpart F ance with either paragraph (c) or (d) of
of this part. § 67.53.
(c) Complete chain of title, without evi- (3) Where a registry or recreational
dence of citizenship for each entity in that endorsement is sought, the only title
chain of title. The owner must provide evidence required for a vessel being
evidence which establishes: documented by the first owner of the
(1) The facts of build in accordance vessel is the certification of the builder
with subpart F of this part; and (form CG–1261) described in § 67.99, or a
(2) A complete chain of title for the Manufacturer’s Certificate of Origin.
vessel from the person for whom the Any other applicant must also present
vessel was built to the present owner. title evidence in accordance with ei-
(d) Complete chain of title, with evi- ther paragraph (c)(2) or (d)(2) of § 67.53.
dence of citizenship for each entity in that NOTE: Manufacturer’s Certificates of Ori-
chain of title. The owner must provide gin are sometimes used as shipping docu-
evidence which establishes: ments for vessels, and may recite as the first
(1) The facts of build in accordance owner a person other than the person for
with subpart F of this part; and which the vessel was built. Therefore, a
(2) A complete chain of title for the chain of title which begins with a Certificate
vessel from the person for whom the of Origin will be deemed incomplete.
vessel was built to the present owner, (b) Vessels previously registered
accompanied by competent and persua- under the laws of a State or a foreign
sive evidence establishing the citizen- government:
ship of each entity in the chain of title. (1) Where a coastwise endorsement is
sought, title evidence must be pre-
§ 67.55 Requirement for removal from sented in accordance with § 67.53(d).
foreign registry. (2) Where a fishery endorsement is
The owner of a vessel must present sought, title evidence must be pre-
evidence of removal of the vessel from sented in accordance with paragraph
foreign registry whenever: (b), (c), or (d) of § 67.53.
(a) The owner applies for initial doc- (3) Where a registry or recreational
umentation of a vessel that has at any endorsement is sought, title evidence
time been registered under the laws of must be presented in accordance with
a foreign country; or paragraph (a), (b), (c), or (d) of § 67.53.
(b) The owner applies for reentry into [CGD 89–007, CGD 89–007a, 58 FR 60266, Nov.
documentation of a vessel that had 15, 1993, as amended by USCG–2009–0702, 74
been registered under the laws of a for- FR 49230, Sept. 25, 2009]
eign country since it was last docu-
mented under the laws of the United § 67.59 Extent of title evidence re-
States. quired for change in ownership of a
documented vessel.
§ 67.57 Extent of title evidence re- When the ownership of a documented
quired for initial documentation. vessel changes, in whole or in part, the
(a) Vessels never registered under applicant for documentation must
any system: present:
(1) Where a coastwise endorsement is (a) Title evidence in accordance with
sought, the only title evidence required subpart E of this part to reflect all
for a vessel being documented by the ownership changes subsequent to the
owner for whom it was built is the cer- last issuance of a Certificate of Docu-
tification of the builder (form CG–1261) mentation; and
described in § 67.99. Any other applicant (b) Where a registry, fishery, or rec-
must present title evidence in accord- reational endorsement is sought, evi-
ance with § 67.53(d). dence of the citizenship of all owners
341
§ 67.61 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
subsequent to the last owner for whom tablishing the complete chain of title
the vessel was documented except for a from the last owner under such reg-
vessel: istry or title. No citizenship evidence
(1) Identified in § 67.11(b); or need be provided for owners in that
(2) For which the Maritime Adminis- chain of title.
tration has granted approval for trans-
fer or sale under 46 CFR part 221. NOTE: Although vessels returned to docu-
(c) Where a coastwise endorsement is mentation without a complete chain of title
sought, evidence establishing the citi- are not eligible for a coastwise endorsement,
this does not preclude such an endorsement
zenship of all owners subsequent to the
if the chain of title, with citizenship evi-
last owner for whom the vessel was dence, is completed at a later date.
documented with a coastwise endorse-
ment, if such evidence is not already [CGD 89–007, CGD 89–007a, 58 FR 60266, Nov.
on file with the Coast Guard. If the ves- 15, 1993, as amended by USCG–2009–0702, 74
sel has never been documented with a FR 49230, Sept. 25, 2009]
coastwise endorsement, evidence must
be presented to establish the citizen- § 67.63 Extent of title evidence re-
quired for captured, forfeited, spe-
ship of each owner of the vessel for
cial legislation, and wrecked ves-
whom such evidence is not already on sels.
file with the Coast Guard.
(a) In the case of a captured or for-
[CGD 89–007, CGD 89–007a, 58 FR 60266, Nov.
feited vessel, the owner must provide
FR 49230, Sept. 25, 2009] evidence establishing the chain of title
from the judicial decree of capture or
§ 67.61 Extent of title evidence re- decree of forfeiture, or the evidence of
quired for vessels returning to doc- administrative forfeiture described in
umentation. § 67.131(b). Citizenship evidence for all
(a) When the owner of a vessel which owners in the chain of title is required
has been deleted from documentation only if a coastwise endorsement is
applies to have the vessel returned to sought.
documentation, the owner must, except (b) In the case of a vessel which is the
as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of subject of special legislation or a
this section, provide evidence estab- wrecked vessel, the owner must pro-
lishing the complete chain of title from vide:
the last owner under documentation, (1) For initial documentation of a
and citizenship evidence for all owners
vessel or return to documentation of a
in that chain of title.
vessel deleted from documentation, a
(b) When a vessel is returned to docu-
mentation after having been under for- copy of the last Federal, State, or for-
eign registry, the owner must provide a eign registration, the evidence of re-
copy of the last foreign registry, the moval from foreign registry required
evidence of removal from foreign reg- by § 67.55, if applicable, and evidence es-
istry required by § 67.55, and evidence tablishing the chain of title from the
establishing the complete chain of title last registration. If a coastwise en-
from the last owner under foreign reg- dorsement is sought, the owner must
istry. No citizenship evidence need be present citizenship evidence for all
provided for owners in that chain of owners in the chain of title from the
title. grant of special legislation or the de-
(c) The owner of a vessel identified in termination by the Director, National
§ 67.11(b) or for which the Maritime Ad- Vessel Documentation Center that the
ministration has granted approval for vessel is eligible for documentation
transfer or sale, either by written order under 46 U.S.C. 12107.
or by general approval in 46 CFR part (2) For a documented vessel, the title
221, and which was under a State or evidence reflecting all ownership
Federal registration or titling system, changes subsequent to the last docu-
must provide a copy of the last reg- mented owner of record. In addition,
istration or title, the evidence of re- unless the vessel qualifies for exemp-
moval from foreign registry required
tion under § 67.11(b) or the vessel is the
by § 67.55, if applicable, and evidence es-
342
subject of Maritime Administration ap- § 67.77 Passage of title by court action.

proval for unrestricted transfer, citi-
(a) When title to a vessel has passed
zenship evidence must be presented for
by court action, that passage must be
all owners in that chain of title.
established by copies of the relevant
[CGD 89–007, CGD 89–007a, 58 FR 60266, Nov. court order(s) certified by an official of
15, 1993, 58 FR 65131, Dec. 13, 1993, as amended the court.
by CGD 95–014, 60 FR 31604, June 15, 1995; (b) When authority to transfer a ves-
USCG–1998–4442, 63 FR 52191, Sept. 30, 1998; sel has been conferred by court action,
USCG–2009–0702, 74 FR 49230, Sept. 25, 2009; that authority must be established by
USCG–2016–0531, 82 FR 43864, Sept. 20, 2017]
copies of the relevant court order(s)
certified by an official of the court.
Subpart E—Acceptable Title
Evidence; Waiver § 67.79 Passage of title without court
action following death of owner.
§ 67.70 Original owner. (a) When title to a vessel formerly
The builder’s certification described owned in whole or in part by an indi-
in § 67.99 serves as evidence of the origi- vidual now deceased passes without
nal owner’s title to a vessel. court action, an applicant for docu-
mentation must present:
§ 67.73 Transfers prior to documenta- (1) When title passes to a surviving
tion. joint tenant or tenants or to a tenant
A transfer of vessel title prior to doc- by the entirety, a copy of the death
umentation may be evidenced by: certificate, certified by an appropriate
(a) Completion of the transfer infor- State official; or
mation on the reverse of the builder’s (2) Where the laws of cognizant juris-
certification on form CG–1261; diction permit passage of title without
court action, evidence of compliance
(b) Completion of the transfer infor-
with applicable State law.
mation on the reverse of the Manufac-
turer’s Certificate of Origin; or (b) Passage of title subsequent to
devolutions such as those described in
(c) A bill of sale which meets the cri-
paragraph (a) of this section, must be
teria for filing and recording set forth
established in accordance with the re-
in subpart P of this part.
mainder of this subpart.
§ 67.75 Transfers by sale or donation § 67.81 Passage of title in conjunction
subsequent to documentation. with a corporate merger or similar
(a) Except as otherwise provided in transaction.
this subpart, transfers of vessel title When the title to a vessel has passed
must be evidenced by a bill of sale as the result of a corporate merger or
which meets the criteria for filing and similar transaction wherein the assets
recording set forth in subpart P of this of one corporation have been trans-
part. Except as otherwise provided in ferred to another, the passage of title
subpart O of this part, each bill of sale must be established by:
must be accompanied by a declaration (a) Materials, such as a resolution of
of citizenship from the new owner, exe- the board of directors or shareholders
cuted on the appropriate Maritime Ad- of the corporation which held title to
ministration form described in § 67.211. the vessel before the transaction,
(b) The bill of sale form used may be which either unequivocally transfers
form CG–1340 or form CG–1356, as ap- all of the assets of the corporation or
propriate. which specifically identifies the vessel
(c) An applicant for documentation as being among the assets transferred;
who cannot produce required title evi- and
dence in the form of an instrument eli- (b) In jurisdictions where there is an
gible for filing and recording in accord- official recognition of corporate merg-
ance with subpart P of this part may ers and similar transactions, a copy of
apply for a waiver of that requirement such official recognition certified by

in accordance with the provisions of the cognizant official of that jurisdic-
§ 67.89. tion.
343
§ 67.83 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
§ 67.83 Passage of title by extra-judi- mentation Center waive that require-

cial repossession and sale. ment.
When title to a documented vessel (b) No waiver of the requirement to
has passed by reason of an extra-judi- produce a bill of sale eligible for filing
cial repossession and sale, such passage and recording may be granted unless
must be established by: the applicant provides:
(a) A copy of the instrument under (1) A written statement detailing the
which foreclosure was made; reasons why an instrument meeting
(b) An affidavit from the foreclosing the filing and recording criteria of this
party setting forth the reasons for fore- part cannot be obtained; and
closure, the chronology of foreclosure, (2) Competent and persuasive evi-
the statute(s) under which foreclosure dence of the passage of title.
was made, and the steps taken to com-
ply with the relevant instrument and [CGD 89–007, CGD 89–007a, 58 FR 60266, Nov.
statute(s); 15, 1993; 58 FR 65131, Dec. 13, 1993, as amended
(c) Evidence of substantial compli- by CGD 95–014, 60 FR 31604, June 15, 1995;
ance with the relevant instrument and USCG–1998–4442, 63 FR 52191, Sept. 30, 1998]
statute(s); and
§ 67.91 Passage of title pursuant to op-
(d) A bill of sale which meets the cri-
eration of State law.
teria for filing and recording set forth
in subpart P of this part from the fore- When title to a documented vessel
closing party as agent for the default- has passed by operation of State law
ing owner(s). for reasons other than those specified
in this subpart, such passage must be
§ 67.85 Change in general partners of established by:
partnership.
(a) A copy of the statute permitting
When the general partners of a part- transfer of title to the vessel and set-
nership owning a documented vessel ting forth procedures to be followed in
change by addition, deletion, or substi- disposing of the vessel;
tution without dissolution of the part- (b) An affidavit from the party acting
nership, the change must be estab- against the vessel, setting forth the
lished by a written statement from a basis for selling the vessel, and the
surviving general partner detailing the steps taken to comply with the re-
nature of the change.
quirements of the statute under which
§ 67.87 Change of legal name of owner. title passes;
(c) Evidence of substantial compli-
(a) When the name of a corporation
which owns a documented vessel ance with the relevant statute(s); and
changes, the corporation must present (d) A bill of sale which meets the cri-
certification from the appropriate gov- teria for filing and recording set forth
ernmental agency evidencing registra- in subpart P of this part from the act-
tion of the name change. ing party as agent for the owner(s) of
(b) When the name of an individual record.
who owns a documented vessel changes NOTE: State law authorizing a marina to
for any reason, competent and persua- dispose of abandoned vessels is an example of
sive evidence establishing the change passage of title by operation of law con-
must be provided. templated by § 67.91.
§ 67.89 Waiver of production of a bill

of sale eligible for filing and record- Subpart F—Build Requirements for
ing. Vessel Documentation
(a) When the evidence of title passage
required by this subpart is a bill of sale § 67.95 Requirement for determina-
tion.
which meets the criteria for filing and
recording set forth in subpart P of this Evidence that a vessel was built in
part, and the applicant is unable to the United States must be on file for
produce a bill of sale meeting those cri- any vessel for which a coastwise or
teria, the applicant may request that fishery endorsement is sought, unless
the Director, National Vessel Docu- the vessel is otherwise qualified for
344
those endorsements under subpart J of (2) Competent and persuasive evi-

this part. dence of the facts of build.
[CGD 89–007, CGD 89–007a, 58 FR 60266, Nov. [CGD 89–007, CGD 89–007a, 58 FR 60266, Nov.
15, 1993, as amended by USCG–2009–0702, 74 15, 1993, 58 FR 65131, Dec. 13, 1993, as amended
FR 49230, Sept. 25, 2009] by CGD 95–014, 60 FR 31604, June 15, 1995;
USCG–1998–4442, 63 FR 52190, Sept. 30, 1998]
§ 67.97 United States built.
To be considered built in the United Subpart G—Tonnage and Dimen-
States a vessel must meet both of the sion Requirements for Vessel
following criteria: Documentation
(a) All major components of its hull
§ 67.105 Requirement for determina-
and superstructure are fabricated in tion.
the United States; and
(b) The vessel is assembled entirely The gross and net tonnage and di-
in the United States. mensions of a vessel must be deter-
mined:
§ 67.99 Evidence of build. (a) For initial documentation;
(b) Whenever there is a change in the
(a) Evidence of the facts of build may
gross or net tonnage or dimensions of a
be either a completed original form documented vessel; or
CG–1261, or other original document (c) When the gross or net tonnage of
containing the same information, exe- a vessel returning to documentation
cuted by a person having personal has changed since the vessel was last
knowledge of the facts of build because documented.
that person:
(1) Constructed the vessel; § 67.107 System of measurement; evi-
(2) Supervised the actual construc- dence.
tion of the vessel; or (a) The gross and net tonnage and di-
(3) Is an officer or employee of the mensions of a vessel for purposes of
company which built the vessel and has this part are determined in accordance
examined the records of the company with 46 CFR part 69.
concerning the facts of build of the ves- (b) A certificate of measurement
sel. issued by an authorized official is the
(b) A vessel owner applying for docu- only acceptable evidence of the gross
mentation must file a separate certifi- and net tonnage of a vessel measured
cate from each builder involved in the in accordance with subpart B, C, or D
construction of the vessel. of 46 CFR part 69. A certificate of
measurement is not issued for vessels
(c) A Manufacturer’s Certificate of
measured under subpart E of 46 CFR
Origin is not evidence of the facts of
part 69 since the gross and net tonnage
build.
are determined as part of the docu-
§ 67.101 Waiver of evidence of build. mentation process.
(a) A vessel owner applying for docu- [CGD 89–007, CGD 89–007a, 58 FR 60266, Nov.
mentation unable to obtain the evi- FR 48620, Sept. 21, 2001]
dence of build required by § 67.99 may
apply for a waiver of that requirement
to the Director, National Vessel Docu-
Subpart H—Assignments and Des-
mentation Center. ignations Required for Vessel
(b) No waiver of the requirement in Documentation
§ 67.99 to produce evidence of build may § 67.111 Assignment of official number.
be granted unless the applicant pro-
vides: (a) The owner of a vessel must sub-
(1) A written request for the waiver, mit an Application for Initial Issue,
Exchange, or Replacement of Certifi-
explaining why the evidence required
cate of Documentation; or Redocu-

by § 67.99 cannot be furnished; and
mentation (form CG–1258) to the Direc-
tor, National Vessel Documentation
345
§ 67.113 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
Center, to apply for an official number tional Vessel Documentation Center

for the vessel when: within 10 days.
(1) Application is made for initial [CGD 89–007, CGD 89–007a, 58 FR 60266, Nov.
documentation of the vessel; or 15, 1993; 58 FR 65131, Dec. 13, 1993, as amended
(2) An existing vessel has been sev- by CGD 95–014, 60 FR 31604, June 15, 1995;
ered, with two or more vessels result- USCG–1998–4442, 63 FR 52190, Sept. 30, 1998]
ing. In this case, the official number of
the original vessel is retired and the § 67.117 Vessel name designation.
owner of each resulting vessel must (a) The owner of a vessel must des-
apply for designation of a new official ignate a name for the vessel on the Ap-
number. plication for Initial Issue, Exchange, or
(b) Upon receipt of form CG–1258, the Replacement of Certificate of Docu-
Director, National Vessel Documenta- mentation; or Redocumentation (form
tion Center will have an official num- CG–1258) submitted to the Director, Na-
ber assigned to the vessel and furnish tional Vessel Documentation Center:
it to the vessel owner. (1) Upon application for initial docu-
mentation of the vessel; or
[CGD 89–007, CGD 89–007a, 58 FR 60266, Nov. (2) When the owner elects to change
15, 1993, 58 FR 65131, Dec. 13, 1993, as amended
by CGD 95–014, 60 FR 31604, June 15, 1995;
the name of the vessel.
USCG–1998–4442, 63 FR 52190, Sept. 30, 1998] (b) The name designated:
(1) Must be composed of letters of the
§ 67.113 Managing owner designation; Latin alphabet or Arabic or Roman nu-
address; requirement to report merals;
change of address. (2) May not be identical, actually or
The owner of each vessel must des- phonetically, to any word or words
ignate a managing owner on the Appli- used to solicit assistance at sea; and
cation for Initial Issue, Exchange, or (3) May not contain nor be phoneti-
Replacement of Certificate of Docu- cally identical to obscene, indecent, or
mentation; or Redocumentation (CG– profane language, or to racial or ethnic
1258). epithets.
(c) The name of a documented vessel
(a) The managing owner of a vessel
may not be changed without the prior
owned by one person is the owner of
approval of the Director, National Ves-
the vessel.
sel Documentation Center.
(b) The managing owner of a vessel
(d) Until such time as the owner of a
owned by more than one person must
vessel elects to change the name of a
be one of the owners. The person des-
vessel, the provisions of paragraph (b)
ignated as managing owner must have
of this section do not apply to vessels
an address in the United States except
validly documented before January 1,
where no owner of the vessel has an ad-
1994.
dress in the United States.
(c) The managing owner of a vessel [CGD 89–007, CGD 89–007a, 58 FR 60266, Nov.
owned in a trust arrangement must be 15, 1993; 58 FR 65131, Dec. 13, 1993, as amended
by CGD 95–014, 60 FR 31604, June 15, 1995;
one of the trustees.
USCG–1998–4442, 63 FR 52191, Sept. 30, 1998]
(d) The address of the managing
owner must be as follows: § 67.119 Hailing port designation.
(1) For an individual, any residence (a) Upon application for any Certifi-
of the managing owner. cate of Documentation in accordance
(2) For a partnership, its address: with subpart K of this part, the owner
(i) In the State under whose laws it is of a vessel must designate a hailing
organized; or port to be marked upon the vessel.
(ii) Of its principal place of business. (b) The hailing port must be a place
(3) For a corporation, its address: in the United States included in the
(i) For service of process within the U.S. Department of Commerce’s Fed-
State of incorporation; or eral Information Processing Standards
(ii) Of its principal place of business. Publication 55DC.
(e) Whenever the address of the man- (c) The hailing port must include the
aging owner changes, the managing State, territory, or possession in which
owner shall notify the Director, Na- it is located.
346
(d) The Director, National Vessel on some clearly visible exterior part of
Documentation Center has final au- the stern.
thority to settle disputes as to the pro- (c) Recreational vessels. For vessels
priety of the hailing port designated. documented exclusively for recreation,
(e) Until such time as the vessel the name and hailing port must be
owner elects to designate a new hailing marked together on some clearly visi-
port, the provisions of paragraph (c) of ble exterior part of the hull.
this section do not apply to vessels (d) The markings required by para-
which were issued a Certificate of Doc- graphs (a), (b), and (c) of this section,
umentation before July 1, 1982. which may be made by the use of any
[CGD 89–007, CGD 89–007a, 58 FR 60266, Nov. means and materials which result in
15, 1993, as amended by CGD 95–014, 60 FR durable markings, must be made in
31604, June 15, 1995; USCG–1998–4442, 63 FR clearly legible letters of the Latin al-
52191, Sept. 30, 1998]
phabet or Arabic or Roman numerals
not less than four inches in height.
Subpart I—Marking Requirements
for Vessel Documentation § 67.125 Disputes.
§ 67.120 General requirement. The OCMI for the zone in which the
vessel is principally operated has final
No Certificate of Documentation
authority in any disputes concerning
issued under this part will be deemed
the permanence, durability, legibility,
valid for operation of the vessel until
or placement of a vessel’s markings.
the vessel is marked in accordance
with this subpart.
Subpart J—Application for Special
§ 67.121 Official number marking re- Qualifications for Vessel Doc-
quirement.
umentation
The official number of the vessel,
preceded by the abbreviation ‘‘NO.’’ § 67.130 Submission of applications.
must be marked in block-type Arabic
All applications made under this sub-
numerals not less than three inches in
part and all subsequent filings to effect
height on some clearly visible interior
structural part of the hull. The number documentation, except as provided in
must be permanently affixed to the § 67.133(b), must be submitted to the
vessel so that alteration, removal, or National Vessel Documentation Cen-
replacement would be obvious. If the ter.
official number is on a separate plate, [CGD 95–014, 60 FR 31604, June 15, 1995]
the plate must be fastened in such a
manner that its removal would nor- § 67.131 Forfeited vessels.
mally cause some scarring of or dam-
In addition to any other submissions
age to the surrounding hull area.
required by this part, the owner of a
§ 67.123 Name and hailing port mark- forfeited vessel applying for a Certifi-
ing requirements. cate of Documentation for that vessel
(a) For vessels other than those cov- must submit the following:
ered in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this (a) Where the vessel has been ad-
section, the name of the vessel must be judged forfeit, or the proceeds of the
marked on some clearly visible exte- sale of the vessel have been adjudged
rior part of the port and starboard bow forfeit to the Federal Government of
and the stern of the vessel. The hailing the United States by a Federal District
port of the vessel must be marked on Court, a copy of the court order cer-
some clearly visible exterior part of tified by an official of the court;
the stern of the vessel. (b) Where the vessel was forfeited to
(b) Vessels with square bow. For ves- the Federal Government of the United
sels having a square bow, the name of States under an administrative for-
the vessel must be marked on some feiture action, an affidavit from an of-
clearly visible exterior part of the bow ficer of the agency which performed
in a manner to avoid obliteration. The the forfeiture who has personal knowl-
name and hailing port must be marked edge of the particulars of the vessel’s
347
§ 67.132 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
forfeiture or a Declaration of For- National Vessel Documentation Center. The

feiture issued by the agency which per- board must determine that the repairs made
formed the forfeiture. upon the vessel are equal to three times the
appraised salvage value. The determination
§ 67.132 Special legislation. of the appraised salvage value will include
consideration of the fact that if the vessel is
(a) Vessels not otherwise entitled to found in compliance with the Wrecked Ves-
be operated in the coastwise trade or in sel Statute it will attain coastwise and fish-
the fisheries may obtain these privi- ery privileges. The cost of the board must be
leges as a result of special legislation borne by the applicant.
by the Congress of the United States. [CGD 89–007, CGD 89–007a, 58 FR 60266, Nov.
(b) In addition to any other submis- 15, 1993; 58 FR 65131, Dec. 13, 1993, as amended
sions required by this part, the owner by CGD 95–014, 60 FR 31604, June 15, 1995;
of a vessel which is entitled to engage USCG–1998–4442, 63 FR 52191, Sept. 30, 1998;
in a specified trade because it is the USCG–2016–0531, 82 FR 43864, Sept. 20, 2017]
subject of special legislation must in- § 67.134 Captured vessels.
clude a copy of the legislation to estab-
lish the entitlement. In addition to other submissions re-
quired by this part, a vessel owner ap-
[CGD 89–007, CGD 89–007a, 58 FR 60266, Nov. plying for a Certificate of Documenta-
tion for a vessel which qualifies as a
FR 49230, Sept. 25, 2009]
captured vessel must include a copy of
§ 67.133 Wrecked vessels. the court order stating that the vessel
was lawfully captured and condemned
(a) A vessel owner requesting a deter-
as a prize.
mination that the vessel is wrecked
within the meaning of 46 U.S.C. 12107
must submit the following to the Di- Subpart K—Application for Docu-
rector, National Vessel Documentation mentation, Exchange or Re-
Center: placement of Certificate of
(1) Competent and persuasive evi- Documentation, or Return to
dence of the occasion and location of Documentation; Mortgagee
the casualty. Coast Guard situation or Consent; Validation
investigation reports are acceptable as
casualty evidence. Other competent § 67.141 Application procedure; all
and persuasive evidence may be accept- cases.
ed in the discretion of the Director, Na- The owner of a vessel applying for an
tional Vessel Documentation Center. initial Certificate of Documentation,
(2) A writing setting forth the phys- exchange or replacement of a Certifi-
ical location of the vessel, containing a cate of Documentation, or return of a
guarantee that the requesting party as- vessel to documentation after deletion
sumes full responsibility for all costs, from documentation must:
liabilities, and other expenses that (a) Submit the following to the Na-
arise in conjunction with the services tional Vessel Documentation Center:
performed by the board of appraisers, (1) Application for Initial Issue, Ex-
and stating that at the time of docu- change, or Replacement of Certificate
mentation the vessel will be owned by of Documentation; or Redocumenta-
a citizen of the United States. tion (form CG–1258);
(b) In addition to other submissions (2) Title evidence, if applicable;
required by this part, a vessel owner (3) Mortgagee consent on form CG–
applying for a Certificate of Docu- 4593, if applicable; and
mentation for a vessel accorded privi- (4) If the application is for replace-
leges by the Wrecked Vessel Statute 46 ment of a mutilated document or ex-
U.S.C. 12107 must include a copy of the change of documentation, the out-
determination of the Director, Na- standing Certificate of Documentation.
tional Vessel Documentation Center (b) Each vessel 100 feet and greater in
that the vessel qualifies for docu- length applying for a fishery endorse-
mentation under the statute. ment must meet the requirements of 46
NOTE: The determination of the appraised CFR part 356 and must submit mate-
salved value must be made by a board of rials required in paragraph (a) of this
three appraisers appointed by the Director, section.
348
(c) Upon receipt of the Certificate of of up to $100,000 for each day in which
Documentation and prior to operation the vessel has engaged in fishing with-
of the vessel, ensure that the vessel is in the Exclusive Economic Zone, if the
marked in accordance with the require- owner of the fishing vessel, or the rep-
ments set forth in subpart I of this resentative or agent of the owner,
part. knowingly falsifies applicable informa-
[CGD 89–007, CGD 89–007a, 58 FR 60266, Nov. tion or knowingly conceals a material
15, 1993; 58 FR 65131, Dec. 13, 1993, as amended fact during the application process for
by CGD 95–014, 60 FR 31604, June 15, 1995; or application process to renew a fish-
USCG–1999–6095, 65 FR 76576, Dec. 7, 2000; ery endorsement of the vessel.
USCG–2016–0531, 82 FR 43864, Sept. 20, 2017]
[USCG–1999–6095, 65 FR 76576, Dec. 7, 2000]
§ 67.142 Penalties.
(a) An owner or operator of a vessel § 67.143 Restriction on withdrawal of
with a fishery endorsement who vio- application.
lates chapter 121 of title 46, U.S. Code A vessel owner making application
or any regulation issued thereunder is pursuant to § 67.141 may not withdraw
liable to the United States Government that application without mortgagee
for a civil penalty of not more than consent if a mortgage has been filed
$10,000. Each day of a continuing viola- against the vessel. Consent of the
tion is a separate violation. mortgagee is evidenced by filing a
(b) A fishing vessel and its equipment properly completed original Applica-
are liable to seizure and forfeiture to tion, Consent, and Approval for With-
the United States Government— drawal of Application for Documenta-
(1) When the owner of the fishing ves-
tion or Exchange of Certificate of Doc-
sel, or the representative or agent of
umentation (form CG–4593).
the owner, knowingly falsifies applica-
ble information or knowingly conceals [CGD 89–007, CGD 89–007a, 58 FR 60266, Nov.
a material fact during the application 15, 1993; 58 FR 65131, Dec. 13, 1993]
process for or application process to
renew a fishery endorsement of the ves- § 67.145 Restrictions on exchange; re-
sel; quirement and procedure for mort-
(2) When the owner of the fishing ves- gagee consent.
sel, or the representative or agent of (a) A Certificate of Documentation
the owner, knowingly and fraudulently issued to a vessel which is the subject
uses a vessel’s certificate of docu- of an outstanding mortgage recorded
mentation; pursuant to subpart Q of this part or
(3) When the fishing vessel engages in predecessor regulations, may not be ex-
fishing [as such term is defined in sec- changed for a cause arising under
tion 3 of the Magnuson-Stevens Fish-
§§ 67.167(b) (1) through (5) or 67.167(c) (1)
ery Conservation and Management Act
through (8) without the consent of the
(16 U.S.C. 1802)] within the Exclusive
mortgagee, except as provided in para-
Economic Zone after its fishery en-
dorsement has been denied or revoked; graph (b) of this section.
(4) When a vessel is employed in a (b) The provisions of paragraph (a) of
trade without an appropriate trade en- this section do not apply to a vessel
dorsement; which is subject only to a mortgage
(5) When a documented vessel with filed or recorded before January 1, 1989,
only a recreational endorsement oper- which had not attained preferred sta-
ates as a fishing vessel; or tus as of that date.
(6) When a vessel with a fishery en- (c) When the owner of a vessel applies
dorsement is commanded by a person for a Certificate of Documentation and
who is not a citizen of the United the consent of the mortgagee is re-
States. quired under paragraph (a) of this sec-
(c) In addition to penalties under tion, the applicant must submit a prop-
paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, erly completed original Application,
the owner of a vessel with a fishery en- Consent, and Approval for Withdrawal
dorsement is liable to the United of Application for Documentation or
States Government for a civil penalty
349
§ 67.149 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
Exchange of Certificate of Documenta- ment setting forth the reasons for the
tion (form CG–4593) signed by or on be- allegation; and
half of the mortgagee to the National (b) Upon the determination of the Di-
Vessel Documentation Center. rector, National Vessel Documentation
[CGD 89–007, CGD 89–007a, 58 FR 60266, Nov. Center that the Certificate is being
15, 1993, as amended by CGD 94–008, 59 FR wrongfully withheld, apply for replace-
49847, Sept. 30, 1994; CGD 95–014, 60 FR 31604, ment of the Certificate in accordance
June 15, 1995] with the requirements of § 67.141.
§ 67.149 Exchange of Certificate of [CGD 89–007, CGD 89–007a, 58 FR 60266, Nov.

Documentation; vessel at sea. 15, 1993; 58 FR 65131, Dec. 13, 1993, as amended
by CGD 95–014, 60 FR 31604, June 15, 1995;
(a) When exchange of a Certificate of USCG–1998–4442, 63 FR 52191, Sept. 30, 1998;
Documentation issued to a vessel is re- USCG–2016–0531, 82 FR 43864, Sept. 20, 2017]
quired pursuant to subpart L of this
part and the vessel is at sea, the owner Subpart L—Validity of Certificates
may affect the exchange while the ves-
sel is still at sea by:
of Documentation; Renewal of
(1) Complying with the requirements
Endorsement; Requirement for
of § 67.141; and Exchange, Replacement, De-
(2) complying with the requirements letion, Cancellation
of § 67.145, if applicable.
§ 67.161 Validity of Certificate of Docu-
NOTE: A Certificate of Documentation is mentation.
issued upon compliance with the applicable
requirements, however, the requirement to (a) Notwithstanding any other provi-
mark the vessel with its new name or hailing sion of this subpart, except as provided
port in accordance with subpart I of this in paragraph (b) of this section, a Cer-
part, if applicable, is waived until the vessel tificate of Documentation but no trade
reaches its first port of call, wherever that endorsement thereon, issued to a vessel
may be. which is the subject of an outstanding
(b) The documentation officer pre- mortgage filed or recorded in accord-
pares a new Certificate of Documenta- ance with subpart Q of this part or any
tion and forwards it for delivery to the predecessor regulations, remains valid
vessel’s next port of call. If the port of for purposes of:
call is in the United States, the Certifi- (1) 46 U.S.C. chapter 125;
cate is forwarded to the nearest U.S. (2) 46 U.S.C. chapter 313 for an instru-
Coast Guard Sector Office. If the port ment filed or recorded before the date
of call is in a foreign country, the Cer- of invalidation, and an assignment or a
tificate is forwarded to the nearest notice of claim of lien filed after that
American Consulate. The new Certifi- date;
cate is delivered only upon surrender of (3) 46 U.S.C. 56101, 56102 and 57109; and
the old Certificate, which is then for- (4) 46 U.S.C. 56301.
warded to the National Vessel Docu- (b) The provisions of paragraph (a) of
mentation Center.
this section do not apply to a vessel
[CGD 89–007, CGD 89–007a, 58 FR 60266, Nov. which is subject only to a mortgage
15, 1993, as amended by CGD 95–014, 60 FR filed or recorded before January 1, 1989,
31604, June 15, 1995; USCG–2006–25556, 72 FR which had not attained preferred sta-
36330, July 2, 2007] tus as of that date.
§ 67.151 Replacement of Certificate of [CGD 89–007, CGD 89–007a, 58 FR 60266, Nov.
Documentation; special procedure 15, 1993, as amended by USCG–2016–0531, 82
for wrongfully withheld document. FR 43864, Sept. 20, 2017]
When the owner of a documented ves-
sel alleges that the Certificate of Docu- § 67.163 Renewal of endorsement.
mentation for that vessel is being (a) Requirement for renewal of endorse-
wrongfully withheld by any person the ment. Endorsements on Certificates of
owner must: Documentation are valid for 1 year, ex-

(a) Submit to the Director, National cept for Recreational Endorsements on
Vessel Documentation Center, a state- Certificates of Documentation, which
350
are valid for 5 years. However, a Cer- § 67.165 Deposit of Certificate of Docu-
tificate of Documentation with a Rec- mentation.
reational Endorsement and a Commer- (a) Option for deposit in lieu of renewal
cial Endorsement will only be valid for of endorsement. In lieu of renewing the
1 year. Prior to the expiration of an en- endorsement(s) in accordance with
dorsement, the owner of a vessel, which § 67.163, the owner of a vessel which is
is not exempt from the requirement for exempt from the requirement for docu-
documentation under paragraph (c) of mentation under paragraph (c) of § 67.9
§ 67.9, must apply for renewal of the en- may deposit the vessel’s outstanding
dorsement(s) by complying with para- Certificate of Documentation with the
graph (b) of this section. The owner of National Vessel Documentation Cen-
a vessel exempt from the requirement ter.
for documentation under paragraph (c) (b) Reporting requirement. The owner
of § 67.9 must either: of a vessel whose Certificate is on de-
(1) Apply for renewal of the endorse- posit in accordance with paragraph (a)
ment by complying with paragraph (b) of this section must make a written re-
of this section; or port to the National Vessel Docu-
(2) Place the Certificate of Docu- mentation Center when:
mentation on deposit in accordance (1) Exchange of the Certificate is re-
quired upon the occurrence of one or
with § 67.165.
more of the events described in § 67.167
(b) Renewal application. The owner of (b), (c), or (d); or
a vessel must apply for renewal of each (2) The vessel is subject to deletion
endorsement by executing an original from the roll of actively documented
Vessel Renewal Notification, Applica- vessels upon the occurrence of one or
tion for Renewal (CG–1280) certifying more of the events described in
that the information contained in the § 67.171(a)(1) through (8).
Certificate of Documentation and any (c) Validity of document on deposit. A
endorsement(s) thereon remains accu- Certificate of Documentation placed on
rate, and that the Certificate has not deposit in accordance with paragraph
been lost, mutilated, or wrongfully (a) of this section is valid for the pur-
withheld. The completed CG–1280 must poses of:
be sent to the Director, National Ves- (1) 46 U.S.C. chapter 125;
sel Documentation Center. (2) 46 U.S.C. chapter 313;
(c) Requirement for renewal of rec- (3) 46 U.S.C. 56101, 56102 and 57109; and
reational endorsements. A certificate of (4) 46 U.S.C. 56301.
documentation for a recreational ves-
[CGD 89–007, CGD 89–007a, 58 FR 60266, Nov.
sel and the renewal of such a certifi- 15, 1993; 58 FR 65131, Dec. 13, 1993, as amended
cate shall be effective for a 5-year pe- by CGD 95–014, 60 FR 31604, June 15, 1995;
riod. During the period beginning Jan- USCG–2016–0531, 82 FR 43864, Sept. 20, 2017]
uary 1, 2019, and ending December 31,
2021, the owner of a recreational vessel § 67.167 Requirement for exchange of
may choose a period of effectiveness of Certificate of Documentation.
1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 years for such a certifi- (a) When application for exchange of
cate of documentation for such vessel the Certificate of Documentation is re-
or the renewal thereof. quired upon the occurrence of one or
more of the events described in para-
NOTE: Renewal of endorsements on a Cer- graphs (b), (c), or (d) of this section, or
tificate of Documentation may be denied if the owner of the vessel chooses to
the vessel owner is the subject of an out-
apply for exchange of the Certificate
standing civil penalty assessed by the Coast
Guard.
pursuant to paragraph (e) of this sec-
tion, the owner must send or deliver
[CGD 89–007, CGD 89–007a, 58 FR 60266, Nov. the Certificate to the National Vessel
15, 1993, as amended by CGD 95–014, 60 FR Documentation Center, and apply for
31604, June 15, 1995; USCG–1998–4442, 63 FR an exchange of the Certificate in ac-
52191, Sept. 30, 1998; USCG–2016–0531, 82 FR
cordance with subpart K of this part.

43864, Sept. 20, 2017; USCG–2020–0215, 86 FR
(b) A Certificate of Documentation
5031, Jan. 19, 2021]
together with any endorsement(s)
351
§ 67.169 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
thereon becomes invalid immediately, owner of the vessel in accordance with

except as provided in § 67.161, when: § 67.113.
(1) The ownership of the vessel (e) Although a Certificate of Docu-
changes in whole or in part; mentation and any endorsement(s)
(2) The general partners of a partner- thereon remain valid, the owner may
ship change by addition, deletion, or apply for exchange of the Certificate if:
substitution; (1) The restrictions imposed on the
(3) The State of incorporation of any vessel change by deletion; or
corporate owner of the vessel changes; (2) The vessel attains a special enti-
(4) The name of the vessel changes; tlement under subpart J of this part.
(5) The hailing port of the vessel (f) A Certificate of Documentation
changes; or which becomes invalid pursuant to
(6) The vessel is placed under the paragraph (c) of this section remains
command of a person who is not a cit- valid for the purposes of filing a new
izen of the United States. mortgage or amendment, assignment,
(c) A Certificate of Documentation assumption, or subordination agree-
together with any endorsement(s) ment for 30 days after the date it would
thereon becomes invalid immediately, otherwise have become invalid.
except as provided in § 67.161 and in [CGD 89–007, CGD 89–007a, 58 FR 60266, Nov.
paragraph (f) of this section, if the ves- 15, 1993; 58 FR 65131, Dec. 13, 1993, as amended
sel is not at sea, or upon the vessel’s by CGD 95–014, 60 FR 31604, June 15, 1995;
next arrival in port anywhere in the USCG–2001–8825, 69 FR 5401, Feb. 4, 2004;
world if the vessel is at sea, when: USCG–2005–20258, 71 FR 61418, Oct. 18, 2006;
(1) The gross or net tonnages or di- USCG–2016–0531, 82 FR 43864, Sept. 20, 2017]
mensions of the vessel change;
§ 67.169 Requirement for replacement
(2) Any beneficiary with an enforce- of Certificate of Documentation.
able interest in a trust arrangement
owning a vessel changes by addition or (a) The owner of a documented vessel
substitution; must make application in accordance
(3) The trustee of a trust arrange- with subpart K of this part for replace-
ment owning a vessel changes by addi- ment of a Certificate of Documentation
tion, substitution, or deletion; which is:
(4) A tenant by the entirety owning (1) Lost;
any part of the vessel dies; (2) Mutilated; or
(5) The restrictions imposed on the (3) Wrongfully withheld from the ves-
vessel change by addition or substi- sel owner.
tution; (b) When application for replacement
(6) The legal name of any owner of of a Certificate of Documentation is re-
the vessel changes; quired because the Certificate has been
(7) A self-propelled vessel becomes mutilated, the existing Certificate
non-self-propelled or a non-self-pro- must be physically given up to the Na-
pelled vessel becomes self-propelled; tional Vessel Documentation Center.
(8) The endorsements for the vessel [CGD 89–007, CGD 89–007a, 58 FR 60266, Nov.
change by addition, deletion, or substi- 15, 1993; 58 FR 65131, Dec. 13, 1993, as amended
tution; by CGD 95–014, 60 FR 31605, June 15, 1995]
(9) A substantive or clerical error
made by the issuing documentation of- § 67.171 Deletion; requirement and
ficer is discovered; and procedure.
(10) For a vessel with a coastwise en- (a) A Certificate of Documentation
dorsement under 46 U.S.C. 12119, one of together with any endorsement(s)
the events in § 68.80 or § 68.111 of this thereon is invalid, except as provided
chapter occurs. in § 67.161, and the vessel is subject to
(d) Although a Certificate of Docu- deletion from the roll of actively docu-
mentation and any endorsement(s) mented vessels when:
thereon remain valid, the owner of a (1) The vessel is placed under foreign
documented vessel must apply for ex- flag;

change of the Certificate upon an elec- (2) The vessel is sold or transferred in
tion to designate a new managing whole or in part to a person who is not
352
a citizen of the United States within upon compliance with the applicable
the meaning of subpart C of this part; requirements of this subpart.
(3) Any owner of the vessel ceases to [CGD 89–007, CGD 89–007a, 58 FR 60266, Nov.
be a citizen of the United States within 15, 1993, as amended by CGD 94–008, 59 FR
the meaning of subpart C of this part; 49847, Sept. 30, 1994; CGD 95–014, 60 FR 31605,
(4) The owner no longer elects to doc- June 15, 1995]
ument the vessel;
§ 67.173 Cancellation; requirement and
(5) The vessel no longer measures at procedure.
least five net tons;
A Certificate of Documentation
(6) The vessel ceases to be capable of
issued to a vessel together with any en-
transportation by water;
dorsement(s) thereon is invalid, except
(7) The owner fails to exchange the as provided in § 67.161, and subject to
Certificate as required by § 67.167; cancellation upon a determination by
(8) The owner fails to maintain the the Director, National Vessel Docu-
markings required by subpart I of this mentation Center that the issuance of
part; the Certificate was improper for any
(9) The endorsements on the Certifi- reason. When a Certificate is subject to
cate are revoked because the vessel cancellation, the owner of the vessel
owner is the subject of an outstanding upon being notified of such require-
civil penalty assessed by the Coast ment must send or deliver the Certifi-
Guard; or cate to a documentation officer at the
(10) The owner fails to: National Vessel Documentation Cen-
(i) Renew the endorsement(s) as re- ter. The vessel owner may submit an
quired by § 67.163; or application for exchange in accordance
(ii) Comply with the provisions of with subpart K of this part to correct
§ 67.165. the error giving rise to cancellation. If
the vessel for which the Certificate was
(b) Where a cause for deletion arises
cancelled was previously documented,
for any reason under paragraphs (a) (1) it remains documented under the pre-
through (6) of this section, the owner vious Certificate of Documentation,
must send or deliver the original Cer- unless deleted under the provisions of
tificate of Documentation to the Na- § 67.171.
tional Vessel Documentation Center
together with a statement setting NOTE: Certificates of Documentation which
have been canceled are retained at the Na-
forth the reason(s) deletion is required.
tional Vessel Documentation Center.
(c) When a Certificate of Documenta-
tion is required to be deleted because [CGD 89–007, CGD 89–007a, 58 FR 60266, Nov.
15, 1993; 58 FR 65131, Dec. 13, 1993, as amended
the vessel has been placed under for- by CGD 95–014, 60 FR 31605, June 15, 1995;
eign flag or has been sold or trans- USCG–1998–4442, 63 FR 52190, 52191, Sept. 30,
ferred in whole or in part to a non-cit- 1998]
izen of the United States, the owner of
that vessel must comply with the re- Subpart M—Miscellaneous
quirements of paragraph (b) of this sec-
tion, and file:
Applications
(1) Evidence of the sale or transfer, if § 67.175 Application for new vessel de-
any; and termination.
(2) Evidence that the Maritime Ad- (a) When a vessel has been con-
ministration has consented to the sale structed entirely of new materials, no
or transfer, except for vessels identi- application for a new vessel determina-
fied in § 67.11(b) and vessels for which tion need be made under this section.
the Maritime Administration has Application for initial documentation
granted approval for unrestricted sale must be made in accordance with sub-
or transfer pursuant to regulations set part K of this part.
forth in 46 CFR part 221. (b) When parts of an existing vessel
(d) A certificate evidencing deletion have been used in the construction of a
from U.S. documentation will be issued vessel and the owner wants a deter-
upon request of the vessel owner to the mination that the resulting vessel is
National Vessel Documentation Center new in accordance with this part, the
353
§ 67.177 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
owner must file with the Director, Na- tent practicable, to be comparable to
tional Vessel Documentation Center; more than 10 percent of the vessel’s
(1) A builder’s certification, as de- steelweight prior to the work, cal-
scribed in § 67.99; culated as if the vessel were wholly
(2) A written statement describing constructed of steel or aluminum.
the extent to which materials from the (2) A vessel may be considered rebuilt
existing vessel were used in the con- when work performed on its hull or su-
struction and the extent to which perstructure constitutes a quantum of
those materials were torn down; and work determined, to the maximum ex-
(3) Accurate sketches or blueprints of tent practicable, to be comparable to
the hull and superstructure which more than 7.5 percent but not more
must identify, where practicable, com- than 10 percent of the vessel’s
ponents of the old vessel. steelweight prior to the work, cal-
[CGD 89–007, CGD 89–007a, 58 FR 60266, Nov.
culated as if the vessel were wholly
15, 1993; 58 FR 65131, Dec. 13, 1993, as amended constructed of steel or aluminum.
by CGD 95–014, 60 FR 31605, June 15, 1995; (3) A vessel is not considered rebuilt
USCG–1998–4442, 63 FR 52191, Sept. 30, 1998] when work performed on its hull or su-
perstructure constitutes a quantum of
§ 67.177 Application for foreign re- work determined, to the maximum ex-
building determination. tent practicable, to be comparable to
A vessel is deemed rebuilt foreign 7.5 percent or less of the vessel’s
when any considerable part of its hull steelweight prior to the work, cal-
or superstructure is built upon or sub- culated as if the vessel were wholly
stantially altered outside of the United constructed of steel or aluminum.
States. In determining whether a ves- (d) For a vessel of mixed construc-
sel is rebuilt foreign, the following pa- tion, such as a vessel the hull of which
rameters apply: is constructed of steel or aluminum
(a) Regardless of its material of con- and the superstructure of which is con-
struction, a vessel is deemed rebuilt structed of fibrous reinforced plastic,
when a major component of the hull or the steelweight of the work performed
superstructure not built in the United on the portion of the vessel con-
States is added to the vessel. structed of a material other than steel
(b) For a vessel of which the hull and or aluminum will be determined, to the
superstructure is constructed of steel maximum extent practicable, and ag-
or aluminum— gregated with the work performed on
(1) A vessel is deemed rebuilt when the portion of the vessel constructed of
work performed on its hull or super- steel or aluminum. The numerical pa-
structure constitutes more than 10 per- rameters described in paragraph (b) of
cent of the vessel’s steelweight, prior this section will then be applied to the
to the work, also known as discounted aggregate of the work performed on the
lightship weight. vessel compared to the vessel’s
(2) A vessel may be considered rebuilt steelweight prior to the work, cal-
when work performed on its hull or su- culated as if the vessel were wholly
perstructure constitutes more than 7.5 constructed of steel or aluminum, to
percent but not more than 10 percent of determine whether the vessel has been
the vessel’s steelweight prior to the rebuilt.
work. (e) The owner of a vessel currently
(3) A vessel is not considered rebuilt entitled to coastwise or fisheries en-
when work performed on its hull or su- dorsements which is altered outside
perstructure constitutes 7.5 percent or the United States and the work per-
less of the vessel’s steelweight prior to formed is determined to constitute or
the work. be comparable to more than 7.5 percent
(c) For a vessel of which the hull and of the vessel’s steelweight prior to the
superstructure is constructed of mate- work, or which has a major component
rial other than steel or aluminum— of the hull or superstructure not built
(1) A vessel is deemed rebuilt when in the United States added, must file
work performed on its hull or super- the following information with the Na-
structure constitutes a quantum of tional Vessel Documentation Center
work determined, to the maximum ex- within 30 days following the earlier of
354
completion of the work or redelivery of determination and does not require payment
the vessel to the owner or owner’s rep- of a fee.
resentative: [CGD 94–040, 61 FR 17815, Apr. 22, 1996, as
(1) A written statement applying for amended by USCG–2009–0702, 74 FR 49230,
a rebuilt determination, outlining in Sept. 25, 2009]
detail the work performed and naming
the place(s) where the work was per- Subpart N [Reserved]
formed;
(2) Calculations showing the actual Subpart O—Filing and Recording
or comparable steelweight of the work of Instruments—General Provisions
performed on the vessel, the actual or
comparable steelweight of the vessel, § 67.200 Instruments eligible for filing
and comparing the actual or com- and recording.
parable steelweight of the work per- Only the following listed instruments
formed to the actual or comparable are eligible for filing and recording:
steelweight of the vessel; (a) Bills of sale and instruments in
(3) Accurate sketches or blueprints the nature of bills of sale;
describing the work performed; and (b) Deeds of gift;
(c) Mortgages and assignments, as-
(4) Any further submissions re-
sumptions, supplements, amendments,
quested by the National Vessel Docu-
subordinations, satisfactions, and re-
mentation Center.
leases thereof;
(f) Regardless of the extent of actual (d) Preferred mortgages and assign-
work performed, the owner of a vessel ments, assumptions, supplements,
currently entitled to coastwise or fish- amendments, subordinations, satisfac-
eries endorsements may, as an alter- tions, and releases thereof;
native to filing the items listed in (e) Interlender agreements affecting
paragraph (e) of this section, submit a mortgages, preferred mortgages, and
written statement to the National Ves- related instruments; and
sel Documentation Center declaring (f) Notices of claim of lien, assign-
the vessel rebuilt outside the United ments, amendments, and satisfactions
States. The vessel will then be deemed and releases thereof.
to have been rebuilt outside the United
States with loss of trading privileges. § 67.203 Restrictions on filing and re-
(g) A vessel owner may apply for a cording.
preliminary rebuilt determination by (a) No instrument will be accepted
submitting: for filing unless the vessel to which it
(1) A written statement applying for pertains is the subject of:
a preliminary rebuilt determination, (1) A valid Certificate of Documenta-
outlining in detail the work planned tion; or
and naming the place(s) where the (2) An application for initial docu-
work is to be performed; mentation, exchange of Certificate of
(2) Calculations showing the actual Documentation, return to documenta-
or comparable steelweight of work to tion, or for deletion from documenta-
be performed on the vessel, the actual tion, which is in substantial compli-
or comparable steelweight of the ves- ance with the applicable regulations,
sel, and comparing the actual or com- submitted to the National Vessel Docu-
parable steelweight of the planned mentation Center.
work to the actual or comparable (b) An instrument identified as eligi-
steelweight of the vessel; ble for filing and recording under
§ 67.200 may not be filed and recorded if
(3) Accurate sketches or blueprints
it bears a material alteration.
describing the planned work; and (c) An instrument identified as eligi-
(4) Any further submissions re- ble for filing and recording under
quested by the National Vessel Docu- § 67.200 (a) or (b) may not be filed and
mentation Center. recorded if any vendee or transferee
NOTE: A statement submitted in accord- under the instrument is not a citizen of

ance with paragraph (f) of this section does the United States as defined in section
not constitute an application for a rebuilt 2 of the Shipping Act, 1916, (46 U.S.C.
355
§ 67.205 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
app. 802) unless the Maritime Adminis- § 67.209 No original instrument re-
tration has consented to the grant to a quirement.
non-citizen made under the instru- A copy of the original signed and ac-
ment. knowledged instrument must be pre-
(d) The restriction imposed by para- sented. The original instrument itself
graph (c) of this section does not apply may be presented but is not required.
to a bill of sale or deed of gift con- The copy may be delivered to the Na-
veying an interest in a vessel which tional Vessel Documentation Center or
was neither documented nor last docu- transmitted by facsimile or in portable
mented pursuant to these regulations document format (.pdf) in accordance
or any predecessor regulations thereto with the procedures in §§ 67.218 and
at the time the instrument was exe- 67.219 of this part. Signatures may be
cuted, nor to an instrument conveying affixed manually or digitally.
an interest in a vessel identified in
§ 67.11(b). [USCG–2007–28098, 72 FR 42312, Aug. 2, 2007]
[CGD 89–007, CGD 89–007a, 58 FR 60266, Nov. § 67.211 Requirement for citizenship
15, 1993; 58 FR 65131, Dec. 13, 1993, as amended declaration.
by CGD 95–014, 60 FR 31605, June 15, 1995;
(a) Instruments in the nature of a bill
USCG–2016–0531, 82 FR 43864, Sept. 20, 2017]
of sale or deed of gift, mortgages, and
§ 67.205 Requirement for vessel identi- assignments of mortgages conveying
fication. an interest in a documented vessel are
ineligible for filing and recording un-
(a) Every instrument presented for
less accompanied by a declaration of
filing and recording must contain suffi-
citizenship, except as provided in para-
cient information to clearly identify
graph (c) and (d) of this section.
the vessel(s) to which the instrument
(b) Citizenship declarations must be
relates.
executed on the form prescribed by the
(b) Instruments pertaining to vessels Maritime Administration in 46 CFR
which have been documented must con- part 221. These forms are available
tain the vessel’s name and official from the National Vessel Documenta-
number, or other unique identifier. tion Center and from the Vessel Trans-
(c) Vessels which have never been fer and Disposal Officer (MAR–745.1),
documented must be identified by one Maritime Administration, United
of the following: States Department of Transportation,
(1) The vessel’s Hull Identification Washington, DC 20590.
Number assigned in accordance with 33 (c) The requirement for presentation
CFR 181.25; or of a citizenship declaration does not
(2) Other descriptive information, apply to a transaction conveying an in-
which clearly describes the vessel. terest in a vessel:
Such information may include length, (1) Described in 46 CFR 221.11(b)(1) (i)
breadth, depth, year of build, name of through (iv);
manufacturer, and any numbers which (2) To a person making application
may have been assigned in accordance for documentation; or
with 33 CFR part 173. (3) To an entity of the Federal Gov-
ernment of the United States or of a
§ 67.207 Requirement for date and ac- State or political subdivision thereof,
knowledgment.
or a corporate entity which is an agen-
(a) Every instrument presented for cy of any such government or political
filing and recording must: subdivision.
(1) Bear the date of its execution; and (d) The requirement for presentation
(2) Contain an acknowledgment. of a citizenship declaration is waived
(b) No officer or employee of the when the instrument(s) presented for
Coast Guard is authorized to take such filing effects a transfer for which:
acknowledgments unless the instru- (1) The Maritime Administration has

ment is executed on behalf of the Fed- given general approval in 46 CFR part
eral Government of the United States. 221; or
356
(2) Written approval of the Maritime § 67.217 Termination of filing and dis-
Administrator has been obtained in ac- position of instruments.
cordance with 46 CFR part 221. (a) The filing of an instrument is sub-
(e) If the transfer of interest is one ject to termination if:
which requires written approval of the (1) It is determined that the instru-
Maritime Administrator in accordance ment cannot be recorded because the
with rules in 46 CFR part 221, evidence instrument itself is not in substantial
of that approval must be presented for compliance with the applicable regula-
filing with the instrument effecting the tions in this part;
transfer of interest. (2) The filing was not made in com-
NOTE: If the grantee(s) of an ownership in- pliance with the requirements of
terest in a vessel described in paragraphs § 67.213;
(c)(1) or (d) of this section do(es) not make (3) The Application for Initial Issue,
application for documentation, a declaration Exchange, or Replacement of Certifi-
of citizenship may be required in order to en- cate of Documentation; or Redocu-
sure that the vessel so conveyed retains any
coastwise privileges to which it may be enti-
mentation (form CG–1258) submitted
tled. with the instrument(s) was not made in
substantial compliance with the appli-
[CGD 89–007, CGD 89–007a, 58 FR 60266, Nov.
cable regulations of this part;
15, 1993; 58 FR 65131, Dec. 13, 1993, as amended
by CGD 95–014, 60 FR 31605, June 15, 1995; (4) The owner of the vessel submits
USCG–2009–0702, 74 FR 49230, Sept. 25, 2009] an Application, Consent, and Approval
for Withdrawal of Application for Doc-
§ 67.213 Place of filing and recording. umentation or Exchange of Certificate
(a) All instruments submitted for fil- of Documentation (form CG–4593), with
ing and recording must be submitted to mortgagee consent, if applicable; or
the National Vessel Documentation (5) Another instrument is filed evi-
Center. dencing satisfaction or release of the
(b) All instruments are recorded at subject instrument and the subject in-
the National Vessel Documentation strument is one described in subpart Q
Center. of this part.
(b) Ninety days prior to terminating
[CGD 95–014, 60 FR 31605, June 15, 1995] the filing pursuant to a reason listed in
paragraphs (a) (1), (2), or (3) of this sec-
§ 67.215 Date and time of filing.
tion, the National Vessel Documenta-
(a) An instrument is deemed filed at tion Center will send written notice de-
the actual date and time at which the tailing the reasons the filing is subject
instrument is received by the National to termination to the following per-
Vessel Documentation Center, except son(s) and any agent known to be act-
as provided in paragraph (b) of this sec- ing on behalf of the same:
tion. Any materials submitted to sup- (1) The applicant for documentation,
plement an instrument after the in- if a bill of sale, instrument in the na-
strument is filed are deemed part of ture of a bill of sale, or a deed of gift;
the original filing and relate back to (2) The mortgagee or assignee, if a
the date and time of that filing. mortgage or assignment or amendment
(b) If filing of an instrument is sub- thereof;
ject to termination in accordance with (3) The claimant, if a notice of claim
§ 67.217(a) and a new instrument is filed of lien; or
as a substitute for the original instru- (4) The lender first named in an
ment, the filing of the original instru- interlender agreement affecting a
ment will be terminated in accordance mortgage, preferred mortgage, or re-
with § 67.217(c) and the substitute in- lated instrument.
strument will be considered a new fil- (c) If the reason(s) which subject the
ing. The substitute instrument will be filing to termination remain uncor-
deemed filed at the actual time and rected for a period of 90 days after the
date it is received by the National Ves- notice described in paragraph (b) of
sel Documentation Center. this section is sent, or upon receipt of
[CGD 89–007, CGD 89–007a, 58 FR 60266, Nov. the request for withdrawal described in
15, 1993; 58 FR 65131, Dec. 13, 1993, as amended paragraph (a)(4) of this section, or sat-
by CGD 95–014, 60 FR 31605, June 15, 1995] isfaction or release as described in
357
§ 67.218 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
paragraph (a)(5) of this section, the in- (c) The e-mail required by paragraph
strument will be returned to either: (b) should indicate:
(1) The applicant for documentation, (1) The name, address, telephone
if a bill of sale, instrument in the na- number, and e-mail address of the per-
ture of a bill of sale, or a deed of gift; son submitting the instrument for fil-
(2) The mortgagee or assignee, if a ing in .pdf format;
mortgage or assignment or amendment (2) The number of pages submitted
thereof; for filing in .pdf format; and
(3) The claimant, if a notice of claim (3) The name of the vessel, official
of lien; number or hull identification number
(4) The lender first named in an of the vessel(s), and the name(s) of the
interlender agreement affecting a owner(s) of the vessel(s) to which the
mortgage, preferred mortgage, or re- instrument relates.
lated instrument; or (d) The filing of any instrument sub-
(5) An agent for any appropriate mitted for filing in .pdf format is ter-
party, provided that the agent has filed minated and the instrument will be re-
with the Coast Guard a writing bearing turned to the submitter if the instru-
the original signature of the appro- ment is subject to termination for any
priate party(ies) clearly identifying the cause under § 67.217(a).
instrument(s) being returned and stat- [USCG–2007–28098, 72 FR 42312, Aug. 2, 2007]
ing that the instrument(s) may be re-
turned to the agent. § 67.219 Optional filing of instruments
by facsimile.
[CGD 89–007, CGD 89–007a, 58 FR 60266, Nov.
15, 1993; 58 FR 65131, Dec. 13, 1993, as amended (a) Any instrument identified as eli-
by CGD 95–014, 60 FR 31605, June 15, 1995] gible for filing and recording under
§ 67.200 may be submitted for filing to
§ 67.218 Optional filing of instruments the National Vessel Documentation
in portable document format as at- Center by facsimile at (304) 271–2405. If
tachments to electronic mail. the instrument submitted by facsimile
(a) Any instrument identified as eli- for filing pertains to a vessel that is
gible for filing and recording under not a currently documented vessel, a
§ 67.200 may be submitted in portable completed Application for Initial Issue,
document format (.pdf) as an attach- Exchange, or Replacement Certificate
ment to electronic mail (e-mail) for fil- of Documentation, or Return to Docu-
ing at the National Vessel Documenta- mentation (form CG–1258) or a letter
tion Center. The e-mail address to be application for deletion from docu-
used for instrument filing may be ob- mentation must already be on file with
tained from the National Vessel Docu- the National Vessel Documentation
mentation Center Web site. If the in- Center or must be submitted by fac-
strument submitted for filing in .pdf simile with the instrument being sub-
format pertains to a vessel that is not mitted by facsimile for filing.
a currently documented vessel, a com- (b) All instruments submitted by fac-
pleted Application for Initial Issue, Ex- simile for filing must be clearly leg-
change, or Replacement Certificate of ible, be submitted from 81⁄2 inch by 11
Documentation, or Return to Docu- inch paper in not less than 10-point
mentation (form CG–1258) or a letter type size, and accompanied by a cover
application for deletion from docu- sheet.
mentation must already be on file with (c) The cover sheet required by para-
the National Vessel Documentation graph (b) should indicate:
Center or must be submitted in .pdf (1) The name, address, telephone
format with the instrument being sub- number, and facsimile telephone num-
mitted in .pdf format for filing. ber of the person submitting the in-
(b) All instruments submitted for fil- strument by facsimile;
ing in .pdf format must be clearly leg- (2) The number of pages submitted by
ible, be submitted from 81⁄2 inch by 11 facsimile; and
inch paper in not less than 10-point (3) The name of the vessel, official
type size, and submitted as an attach- number or hull identification number
ment to e-mail. of the vessel(s), and the name(s) of the
358
owner(s) of the vessel(s) to which the normally consist of the book and page
instrument relates. where that mortgage is recorded and
(d) The filing of any instrument sub- the date and time of filing. If the sub-
mitted by facsimile is terminated and mission of the supplemental instru-
the instrument will be returned to the ment is contemporaneous with submis-
submitter if the instrument is subject sion of the mortgage, the information
to termination for any cause under should include the names of all parties
§ 67.217(a). to the mortgage, the date of the mort-
[USCG–2007–28098, 72 FR 42312, Aug. 2, 2007] gage, and the amount of the mortgage.
(c) An Optional Application for Fil-
Subpart P—Filing and Recording ing (CG–5542) may be attached to a
of Instruments—Bills of Sale mortgage or related instrument. If
and Related Instruments form CG–5542 is properly completed
with all information required for in-
§ 67.220 Requirements. dexing the instrument and the signa-
An instrument in the nature of a bill ture(s) specified thereon, the instru-
of sale or a deed of gift must: ment to which it is attached will be
(a) Meet all of the requirements of filed and recorded with no further re-
subpart O of this part; view.
(b) Be signed by or on behalf of all
the seller(s) or donor(s); and § 67.233 Restrictions on recording
(c) Recite the following: mortgages, preferred mortgages,
(1) The name(s) and address(es) of the and related instruments.
seller(s) or donor(s) and the interest in (a) A mortgage or assumption of
the vessel held by the seller(s) or mortgage which otherwise meets the
donor(s); and requirements of this subpart is none-
(2) The name(s) and address(es) of the
theless not eligible for filing and re-
buyer(s) or donee(s) and the interest in
the vessel held by each buyer or donee. cording if:
(1) The mortgagor or assuming
§ 67.223 Filing limitation. party(ies) did not actually hold legal
An instrument presented for filing title to the interest in the vessel being
and recording under this subpart may mortgaged or covered by the assump-
be filed only in conjunction with an ap- tion at the time of filing of the mort-
plication for initial documentation or gage or assumption; or
return to documentation of the vessel (2) If the vessel(s) which the mort-
or with an application for a change to gage cover(s) is (are) not documented
or deletion of the vessel’s outstanding or not the subject of an application for
Certificate of Documentation. documentation.
(b) A mortgage of a vessel 100 feet or
Subpart Q—Filing and Recording greater in length applying for a fishery
of Instruments—Mortgages, endorsement is eligible for filing and
Preferred Mortgages, and Re- recording as a preferred mortgage only
lated Instruments if it meets the requirements of this
part and the requirements of 46 CFR
§ 67.231 General requirements; op- 356.19.
tional application for filing and re- (c) The requirements of paragraph (b)
cording.
of this section do not apply to the
(a) A mortgage or related instrument mortgagee of a vessel identified in
presented for filing and recording must § 67.11(b) or to any other vessel to
meet all of the requirements of subpart which the Maritime Administration
O of this part in addition to the perti- has given approval for unrestricted
nent section(s) of this subpart. transfer pursuant to regulations in 46
(b) All instruments supplemental to
CFR part 221.
mortgages must recite information
which clearly identifies the mortgage [CGD 89–007, CGD 89–007a, 58 FR 60266, Nov.
to which the supplemental instrument 15, 1003, as amended by USCG–1999–6095, 65
is applicable. Such information will FR 76576, Dec. 7, 2000]
359
§ 67.235 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
§ 67.235 Requirements for mortgages. § 67.241 Requirements for amendments

of or supplements to mortgages.
(a) A mortgage presented for filing
and recording must: An amendment of or supplement to a
(1) Be signed by or on behalf of each mortgage presented for filing and re-
mortgagor; and cording must:
(a) Be signed by or on behalf of each
(2) Recite the following:
mortgagor and each mortgagee; and
(i) The name and address of each (b) Recite the following:
mortgagor and the interest in the ves- (1) The name and address of each
sel held by the mortgagor(s); mortgagor and mortgagee; and
(ii) The name and address of each (2) The nature of the change effected
mortgagee and the interest in the ves- by the instrument.
sel granted by the mortgage; and
(iii) The amount of the direct or con- § 67.243 Requirements for instruments
tingent obligations that is or may be- subordinating mortgages.
come secured by the mortgage, exclud- An instrument subordinating a mort-
ing interest, expenses, and fees. The gage presented for filing and recording
amount may be recited in one or more must:
units of account as agreed to by the (a) Be signed by or on behalf of each
parties. mortgagee whose mortgage is being
(b) A mortgage submitted for filing subordinated; and
and recording as a preferred mortgage (b) Recite the following:
must cover the whole of a vessel. (1) The name and address of each
mortgagee whose mortgage is being
(c) A mortgage which secures more
subordinated; and
than one vessel may, at the option of
(2) The name and address of each
the parties, provide for separate dis-
party holding an interest in the instru-
charge of such vessels. ment subordinating the mortgage.
§ 67.237 Requirements for assignments § 67.245 Requirements for interlender
of mortgages. agreements.
An assignment of mortgage presented An interlender agreement between
for filing and recording must: multiple mortgagees must:
(a) Be signed by or on behalf of each (a) Be signed by or on behalf of all
assignor; and mortgagees who are party to the inter-
(b) Recite the following: lender agreement; and
(1) The name and address of each as- (b) Recite the names and addresses of
signor and the interest in the mortgage all parties to the interlender agree-
held by the assignor(s); and ment.
(2) The name and address of each as-
signee and the interest in the mortgage Subpart R—Filing and Recording
granted to the assignee(s). of Instruments—Notices of
Claim of Lien and Supple-
§ 67.239 Requirements for assumptions mental Instruments
of mortgages.
An assumption of mortgage pre- § 67.250 General requirements.
sented for filing and recording must: (a) A notice of claim of lien or sup-
(a) Be signed by or on behalf of each plemental instrument thereto sub-
original mortgagor, each mortgagee, mitted for filing and recording must
and each assuming party; and meet all of the requirements of subpart
(b) Recite the following: O of this part.
(1) The name and address of each (b) An instrument assigning or
original mortgagor and the interest in amending a notice of claim of lien
must recite information which clearly
the vessel mortgaged; and
identifies the notice of claim of lien
(2) The name and address of each as-
being assigned or amended. Such infor-

suming party and the interest in the mation will normally consist of the
mortgage assumed. book and page where the notice of
360
claim is recorded and the date and time (b) Recite the nature of the change
of filing. If the submission of the as- being effected by the instrument.
signment or amendment is contem- [CGD 89–007, CGD 89–007a, 58 FR 60266, Nov.
poraneous with submission of the no- 15, 1993, as amended by USCG–2014–0688, 79
tice of claim of lien, the information FR 58281, Sept. 29, 2014; USCG–2014–0688, 79
should include the name of each origi- FR 61262, Oct. 10, 2014]
nal claimant, the date of the notice of
claim, and the amount of the claim and Subpart S—Removal of
other information to adequately iden- Encumbrances
tify the notice of claim of lien being
assigned or amended. § 67.261 General requirements.
§ 67.253 Requirements for notices of The filing of an instrument against a
claim of lien. vessel in accordance with subparts Q or
R of this part may be terminated and,
A notice of claim of lien must: if recorded, removed from the record of
(a) Be signed by or on behalf of each that vessel by the filing of:
claimant; and (a) A court order, affidavit, or Dec-
(b) Recite the following: laration of Forfeiture described in
(1) The name and address of each § 67.263; or
claimant; (b) A satisfaction or release instru-
(2) The nature of the lien claimed; ment described in § 67.265 which meets
(3) The date on which the lien was es- the requirements of this part for filing
tablished; and and recording.
(4) The amount of the lien claimed.
§ 67.263 Requirement for removal of
§ 67.255 Restrictions on filing and re- encumbrances by court order, affi-
cording. davit, or Declaration of Forfeiture.
A notice of claim of lien is not enti- The encumbrances described in sub-
tled to filing and recording unless the parts Q and R of this part are removed
vessel against which the lien is claimed from the record upon filing of:
is covered by a preferred mortgage (a) A copy of the order from a court
filed or recorded in accordance with of competent jurisdiction certified by
subpart Q of this part or predecessor an official of the court declaring title
regulations thereto and which is out- to the vessel to be free and clear, or de-
standing at the time the lien is filed claring the encumbrance to be of no ef-
and recorded. fect, or ordering the removal of the en-
cumbrance from the record;
§ 67.257 Requirements for assignments (b) A copy of the order from a Fed-
of notices of claim of lien. eral District Court in an in rem action
An assignment of a notice of claim of certified by an official of the court re-
lien must: quiring the free and clear sale of the
(a) Be signed by or on behalf of each vessel at a Marshal’s sale and, where
original claimant or last assignee of issued under local judicial procedures,
record; and a copy of the order confirming such
(b) Recite the following: sale certified by an official of the
(1) The name and address of each court;
claimant; and (c) A copy of an order from a Federal
(2) The name and address of each as- District Court certified by an official
signee and the interest in the claim of the court declaring the vessel itself
being assigned. or the proceeds of its sale to be for-
feited to the Federal Government of
§ 67.259 Requirements for amendments the United States for a breach of its
to notice of claim of lien. laws; or
An amendment to notice of claim of (d) Where the vessel was forfeited
lien presented for filing and recording under an administrative forfeiture ac-
must: tion to the Federal Government of the
(a) Be signed by or on behalf of each United States, either an affidavit from

original claimant or last assignee of an officer of the agency which per-
record; and formed the forfeiture, who has personal
361
§ 67.265 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
knowledge of the particulars of the ves- Subpart U—Special Provisions

sel’s forfeiture, or a Declaration of For-
feiture issued by the agency which per- § 67.311 Alteration of Certificate of
formed the forfeiture. Documentation.
No person other than a documenta-
§ 67.265 Requirements for instruments
tion officer shall intentionally alter a
evidencing satisfaction or release.
Certificate of Documentation.
An instrument satisfying or releasing
a mortgage, a notice of claim of lien, [USCG–2016–0531, 82 FR 43864, Sept. 20, 2017]
or a preferred mortgage presented for
§ 67.313 Requirement to have Certifi-
filing and recording must: cate of Documentation on board.
(a) Meet all the requirements of sub-
part O of this part; (a) The person in command of a docu-
(b) Be signed by or on behalf of: mented vessel must have on board that
(1) Each mortgagee if a mortgage; or vessel the original Certificate of Docu-
mentation currently in effect for that
(2) Each claimant if a notice of claim
vessel.
of lien; and
(b) The requirement of paragraph (a)
(c) Recite the following:
of this section does not apply:
(1) The name of each mortgagor, if
(1) To non-self-propelled vessels not
any, and the name of each mortgagee
engaged in foreign trade;
or claimant;
(2) When the Certificate of Docu-
(2) The amount of the mortgage or
mentation has been submitted to the
claim of lien; and
National Vessel Documentation Center
(3) Information which clearly identi-
for exchange in accordance with § 67.167
fies the mortgage or claim of lien being
(d) or (e); or
satisfied or released. Such information
(3) When the vessel is in storage or
will normally consist of the book and
out of the water.
page where that mortgage or claim of
lien is recorded. If the recording infor- [CGD 89–007, CGD 89–007a, 58 FR 60266, Nov.
mation cannot be provided because the 15, 1993; 58 FR 65131, Dec. 13, 1993, as amended
satisfaction or release is being sub- by CGD 95–014, 60 FR 31605, June 15, 1995]
mitted prior to recording of the mort-
gage or claim of lien, the instrument § 67.315 Requirement to produce Cer-
tificate of Documentation.
must recite other information suffi-
cient to clearly identify the encum- (a) The person in command of a docu-
brance being satisfied or released. mented vessel must produce the origi-
nal Certificate of Documentation cur-
Subpart T—Abstracts of Title and rently in effect for that vessel upon the
demand of any person acting in an offi-
Certificates of Ownership
cial public capacity.
(b) The requirement of paragraph (a)
SOURCE: CGD 95–014, 60 FR 31605, June 15, of this section does not apply:
(1) To non-self-propelled vessels not
§ 67.301 Issuance of Abstract of Title. engaged in foreign trade;
(2) When the Certificate of Docu-
Any person may request the National mentation has been submitted to the
Vessel Documentation Center to issue National Vessel Documentation Center
a General Index or Abstract of Title for exchange in accordance with § 67.167
(form CG–1332) for a vessel. (d) or (e); or
§ 67.303 Issuance of Certificate of (3) When the vessel is in storage or
Ownership. out of the water.
Any person may request the National [CGD 89–007, CGD 89–007a, 58 FR 60266, Nov.
Vessel Documentation Center to issue 15, 1993; 58 FR 65131, Dec. 13, 1993, as amended
a Certificate of Ownership (form CG– by CGD 95–014, 60 FR 31605, June 15, 1995]
1330) for a vessel.
362
§ 67.317 Requirement to renew en- ance with the requirements of this

dorsements on the Certificate of part.
Documentation.
[CGD 89–007, CGD 89–007a, 58 FR 60266, Nov.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph 15, 1993, as amended by USCG–2009–0702, 74
(b) of this section and except for rec- FR 49230, Sept. 25, 2009]
reational endorsements, which must be
§ 67.325 Violation of endorsement.
renewed every 5 years, the owner of a
documented vessel must annually A vessel may not be employed in any
renew each endorsement upon the cur- trade other than a trade endorsed upon
rent Certificate of Documentation for the Certificate of Documentation
that vessel in accordance with § 67.163. issued for that vessel. A vessel docu-
(b) The requirement of paragraph (a) mented exclusively for recreation may
of this section does not apply to Cer- not be used for purposes other than
tificates of Documentation placed on pleasure.
deposit in accordance with § 67.165. § 67.327 Operation under Certificate of
[CGD 89–007, CGD 89–007a, 58 FR 60266, Nov. Documentation with invalid en-
15, 1993, as amended by Docket no. USCG– dorsement.
2020–0215, 86 FR 5031, Jan. 19, 2021] Except for vessels identified in § 67.9,
no vessel may be operated under a Cer-
§ 67.319 Requirement to report change tificate of Documentation with en-
in vessel status and surrender Cer- dorsements which have become invalid
tificate of Documentation. under subpart L of this part.
(a) The owner of a vessel must notify
the Coast Guard of each change in the § 67.329 Unauthorized name change.
information on which the issuance of The owner of a documented vessel
the Certificate of Documentation for may not change or allow the change of
the vessel is based that occurs before the name of that vessel without ex-
the expiration of the certificate under changing the vessel’s Certificate of
this subsection, by no later than 30 Documentation in accordance with
days after such change. subpart K of this part. The new name
(b) The Certificate of Documentation of the vessel must be marked on the
for a vessel is terminated upon the ex- vessel upon receipt of the new Certifi-
piration of the 30-day period if the cate of Documentation.
owner has not notified the Coast Guard
§ 67.331 Improper markings.
of such change before the end of the pe-
riod. The owner of a documented vessel
shall not permit the operation of that
[USCG–2020–0215, 86 FR 5031, Jan. 19, 2021] vessel unless it is marked in accord-
ance with subpart I of this part.
§ 67.321 Requirement to report change
of address of managing owner.
Subpart V—Exception From Fish-
Upon the change of address of the ery Endorsement Require-
managing owner of a documented ves-
sel, the managing owner shall report
ments Due to Conflict With
the change of address to the National International Agreements
Vessel Documentation Center within 10
days of its occurrence. SOURCE: USCG–1999–6095, 65 FR 76576, Dec.
7, 2000, unless otherwise noted.
[CGD 94–008, 59 FR 49847, Sept. 30, 1994, as
amended by CGD 95–014, 60 FR 31605, June 15, § 67.350 Conflicts with international
1995] agreements.
(a) If you are an owner or mortgagee
§ 67.323 Operation without documenta- of a fishing vessel less than 100 feet in
tion.
length and believe that there is a con-
No vessel which is required by § 67.7 flict between 46 CFR part 67 and any
to be documented may engage in un- international treaty or agreement to

limited coastwise trade or the fisheries which the United States is a party on
without being documented in accord- October 1, 2001, and to which the
363
§ 67.352 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
United States is currently a party, you conflict. If the NVDC determines that
may petition the National Vessel Docu- this part conflicts with the effective
mentation Center (NVDC) for a ruling international treaty or agreement,
that all or sections of part 67 do not then the NVDC will inform you of the
apply to you with respect to a par- guidelines and requirements you must
ticular vessel, provided that you had meet and maintain to qualify for a
an ownership interest in the vessel or a fisheries endorsement.
mortgage on the vessel on October 1, (e) If the vessel is determined
2001. You may file your petition with through the petition process to be ex-
the NVDC before October 1, 2001, with empt from all or sections of the re-
respect to international treaties or quirements of this part, then you must
agreements in effect at the time of annually, from the date of exemption,
your petition which are not scheduled submit the following evidence of its
to expire before October 1, 2001. ownership structure to the NVDC:
(b) If you are filing a petition for ex- (1) The vessel’s current ownership
emption with the NVDC for reasons structure;
stated in paragraph (a) of this section, (2) The identity of all non-citizen
your petition must include: owners and the percentages of their
(1) Evidence of the ownership struc- ownership interest in the vessel;
ture of the vessel petitioning for an ex- (3) Any changes in the ownership
emption as of October 1, 2001, and any structure that have occurred since you
subsequent changes to the ownership last submitted evidence of the vessel’s
structure of the vessel; ownership structure to the NVDC; and
(i) If you are filing your petition be- (4) A statement ensuring that no in-
fore October 1, 2001, you may substitute terest in the vessel was transferred to
evidence of the ownership structure as a non-citizen during the previous year.
it exists on the date you file your peti-
tion; § 67.352 Applicability.
(2) A copy of the provisions of the The exemption in this subpart shall
international agreement or treaty that not be available to:
you believe is in conflict with this (a) Owners and mortgagees of a fish-
part; ing vessel less than 100 feet in length
(3) A detailed description of how the who acquired an interest in the vessel
provisions of the international agree- after October 1, 2001; or
ment or treaty conflict with this part; (b) Owners of a fishing vessel less
(4) For all petitions filed before Octo- than 100 feet in length, if any owner-
ber 1, 2001, a certification that the ship interest in that vessel is trans-
owner intends to transfer no ownership ferred to or otherwise acquired by a
interest in the vessel to a non-U.S. cit- non-U.S. citizen after October 1, 2001.
izen for the following year.
(5) For all petitions filed after Octo-
ber 1, 2001, a certification that no own- Subparts W–X [Reserved]
ership interest was transferred to a
non-U.S. citizen after September 30, Subpart Y—Fees
2001.
(c) You must file a separate petition § 67.500 Applicability.
for each vessel requiring an exemption (a) This subpart specifies documenta-
unless the NVDC authorizes consoli- tion services provided for vessels for
dated filing. Petitions should include which fees are applicable. No docu-
two copies of all required materials and mentation service for which a fee is ap-
should be sent to the following address: plicable will be performed until the ap-
National Vessel Documentation Cen- propriate fee has been paid. Fees are
ter, 792 TJ Jackson Drive, Falling contained in Table 67.550.
Water, West Virginia, 25419. (b) There is no fee for replacement of
(d) Upon receipt of a complete peti- a Certificate of Documentation due to
tion, the NVDC will review the petition a wrongful withholding.
to determine whether the effective (c) The Director, National Vessel

international treaty or agreement and Documentation Center may waive col-
the requirements of this part are in lection of fees applicable under this
364
subpart for a service provided to a Fed- § 67.505 Application for return of ves-
eral agency when the fee would be di- sel to documentation.
rectly paid with federally-appropriated An application fee is charged for a re-
funds by a Federal agency acting in its turn of a vessel to documentation after
own behalf. deletion in accordance with subpart K
(d) Application fees under this sub- of this part. If application is made for
part are not refundable. any trade endorsement, the applicable
fee under § 67.511 will be charged in ad-
[CGD 89–007, CGD 89–007a, 58 FR 60266, Nov.
15, 1993; 58 FR 65131, Dec. 13, 1993, as amended dition to the application fee for return
by CGD 95–014, 60 FR 31605, June 15, 1995; to documentation.
CGD 95–070, 60 FR 40241, Aug. 7, 1995; USCG–
1998–4442, 63 FR 52191, Sept. 30, 1998; USCG– § 67.507 Application for replacement of
2010–0990, 79 FR 47023, Aug. 12, 2014]
lost or mutilated Certificate of Doc-
umentation.
§ 67.501 Application for Certificate of An application fee is charged for re-
Documentation. placement of a lost or mutilated Cer-
An application fee is charged for an tificate of Documentation in accord-
initial Certificate of Documentation in ance with subpart K of this part.
accordance with subpart K of this part. § 67.509 Application for approval of ex-
If application is made for any trade en- change of Certificate of Documenta-
dorsement, the applicable fee under tion requiring mortgagee consent.
§ 67.511 will be charged in addition to An application fee is charged for ap-
the application fee for the Certificate. proval of exchange of a Certificate of
The application fee does not include Documentation requiring mortgagee
the fee under § 67.527 for filing and re- consent in accordance with subpart K
cording any required bills of sale or in- of this part.
struments in the nature of a bill of
sale, or the application fee under § 67.511 Application for trade endorse-
§ 67.519 for waivers in accordance with ment(s).
§§ 67.89 or 67.101. (a) Coastwise endorsement. An applica-
tion fee is charged for a coastwise en-
§ 67.503 Application for exchange or dorsement, in accordance with subpart
replacement of a Certificate of Doc- B of this part.
umentation.
(b) Coastwise Bowaters endorsement.
(a) An application fee is charged for An application fee is charged for a
exchange or the simultaneous exchange coastwise Bowaters endorsement in ac-
and replacement of a Certificate of cordance with 46 CFR part 68.
Documentation in accordance with (c) Fishery endorsement. An applica-
subpart K of this part. Only a single tion fee is charged for a fishery en-
application fee will be assessed when dorsement in accordance with subpart
two or more reasons for exchange occur B of this part.
simultaneously. If application is made (d) Registry or recreational endorse-
for any trade endorsement, the applica- ment. There is no application fee for a
ble fee under § 67.511 will be charged in registry or recreational endorsement,
addition to the application fee for the or both.
exchange or replacement. (e) When multiple trade endorse-
(b) The application fee for exchange ments are requested on the same appli-
cation, only the single highest applica-
or replacement does not apply to:
ble endorsement fee will be charged.
(1) Endorsement of a change in the
owner’s address; [CGD 89–007, CGD 89–007a, 58 FR 60266, Nov.
(2) Exchange or replacement solely 15, 1993, as amended by USCG–2009–0702, 74
FR 49230, Sept. 25, 2009]
by reason of clerical error on the part
of a documentation officer; or § 67.513 Application for evidence of de-
(3) Deletion of a vessel from docu- letion from documentation.
mentation.
An application fee is charged for evi-
dence of deletion from documentation
365
§ 67.515 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
in accordance with subpart L of this § 67.525 Application for determination

part. of rebuild.
An application fee is charged for a
§ 67.515 Application for renewal of en-
dorsements. determination of whether a vessel has
been rebuilt in accordance with sub-
An application fee is charged for re- part M of this part. This fee will be as-
newal of endorsements on Certificates sessed for each request for either a pre-
of Documentation in accordance with liminary or final determination sub-
subpart L of this part. mitted in writing by the vessel owner
[USCG–2010–0990, 79 FR 47023, Aug. 12, 2014, as or the vessel owner’s representative.
amended by USCG–2020–0215, 86 FR 5031, Jan.
19, 2021] § 67.527 Application for filing and re-
cording bills of sale and instru-
§ 67.517 Application for late renewal. ments in the nature of a bill of sale.
In addition to any other fees required An application fee is charged for fil-
by this subpart, including a renewal ing and recording bills of sale and in-
fee, a fee is charged for a late renewal struments in the nature of a bill of sale
in accordance with subpart P of this
in accordance with subpart L of this
part.
part.
[USCG–2010–0990, 79 FR 47023, Aug. 12, 2014] § 67.529 Application for filing and re-
cording mortgages and related in-
§ 67.519 Application for waivers. struments.
An application fee is charged for An application fee is charged for fil-
waiver of original build evidence in ac- ing and recording mortgages and re-
cordance with subpart F of this part, or lated instruments in accordance with
for waiver of bill of sale eligible for fil- subpart Q of this part.
ing and recording in accordance with
§ 67.531 Application for filing and re-
subpart E of this part. In cases where cording notices of claim of lien.
more than one waiver is required, each
waiver application is subject to this An application fee is charged for fil-
fee. ing and recording notices of claim of
lien in accordance with subpart R of
[CGD 89–007, CGD 89–007a, 58 FR 60266, Nov. this part.
FR 52191, Sept. 30, 1998] § 67.533 Application for Certificate of
Compliance.
§ 67.521 Application for new vessel de-
termination. An application fee is charged for a
Certificate of Compliance to be issued
An application fee is charged for a in accordance with regulations set
new vessel determination in accord- forth in 46 CFR part 68.
ance with subpart M of this part.
§ 67.535 Issuance of Abstract of Title.
§ 67.523 Application for wrecked vessel
determination. An issuance fee is charged for a Gen-
eral Index or Abstract of Title in ac-
An application fee is charged for a cordance with subpart T of this part.
determination of whether a vessel is
entitled to coastwise and fisheries § 67.537 Issuance of Certificate of
privileges as a result of having been Ownership.
wrecked in waters adjacent to the An issuance fee is charged for a Cer-
United States and repaired in accord- tificate of Ownership in accordance
ance with subpart J of this part. This with subpart T of this part. A supple-
fee is in addition to the cost associated mental issuance fee is charged for a
with the vessel appraisals. Certificate of Ownership attachment
[CGD 89–007, CGD 89–007a, 58 FR 60266, Nov. for each additional vessel with the
15, 1993, as amended by USCG–2009–0702, 74 same ownership and encumbrance in-
FR 49230, Sept. 25, 2009] formation.
366
§ 67.539 Copies of instruments and culated in the same manner as de-

documents. scribed in 49 CFR 7.95.
The fee charged for furnishing a copy [CGD 94–008, 59 FR 49847, Sept. 30, 1994]
of any instrument or document is cal-
§ 67.550 Fee table.

The fees charged under subpart Y are as set forth in Table 1 to 67.550.
TABLE 1 TO 67.550—FEES
Activity Reference Fee
Applications:
Initial Certificate of Documentation ............................................................... Subpart K ........................ $133.00
Exchange of Certificate of Documentation ................................................... ......do ............................... 84.00
Return of vessel to documentation ............................................................... ......do ............................... 84.00
Replacement of lost or mutilated Certificate of Documentation ................... ......do ............................... 50.00
Approval of exchange of Certificate of Documentation requiring mortgagee ......do ............................... 24.00
consent.
Trade endorsement(s):
Coastwise endorsement ................................................................. Subpart B ........................ 29.00
Coastwise Boaters endorsement ................................................... 46 CFR part 68 ............... 29.00
Fishery endorsement ...................................................................... ......do ............................... 12.00
Registry endorsement .................................................................... ......do ............................... none
Recreational endorsement ............................................................. ......do.
Recreational vessel endorsements (5-year) .................................. .......................................... 130.00
Through December 31, 2021:.
4-year recreational vessel endorsement .......................... .......................................... 104.00
Note 1: When multiple trade endorsements are requested on the same application, the single highest applicable endorsement
fee will be charged, resulting in a maximum endorsement fee of $29.00. This does not apply to recreational endorsements.
Evidence of deletion from documentation .................................................... Subpart L ......................... 15.00

Renewal fee .................................................................................................. ......do ............................... 26.00
Commercial vessel endorsements (annual) ................................... ......do ............................... 26.00
Recreational vessel endorsements (5-year) .................................. .......................................... 130.00
Through December 31, 2021:
Late renewal fee ........................................................................................... ......do ............................... 1 5.00
Waivers:
Original build evidence ................................................................................. Subpart F ......................... 15.00
Bill of sale eligible for filing and recording .................................................... Subpart E ........................ 15.00
Miscellaneous applications:
Wrecked vessel determination ...................................................................... Subpart J ......................... 555.00
New vessel determination ............................................................................. Subpart M ........................ 166.00
Rebuild determination—preliminary or final .................................................. ......do ............................... 450.00
Filing and recording:
Bills of sale and instruments in nature of bills of sale .................................. Subpart P ........................ 2 8.00
Mortgages and related instruments .............................................................. Subpart Q ........................ 2 4.00
Notice of claim of lien and related instruments ............................................ Subpart R ........................ 2 8.00
Certificate of compliance:
Certificate of compliance .............................................................................. 46 CFR part 68 ............... 55.00
Miscellaneous:
Abstract of Title ............................................................................................. Subpart T ......................... 25.00
Certificate of ownership ................................................................................ ......do ............................... 125.00
Attachment for each additional vessel with same ownership and ......do ............................... 10.00
encumbrance data.
Copy of instrument or document .................................................................. (3) ..................................... (3)
1 Late renewal fee is in addition to the cost of the endorsement sought.
2 Per page.
3 Fees will be calculated in accordance with 6 CFR part 5, subpart A.
[USCG–2020–0215, 86 FR 5031, Jan. 19, 2021]
367
PART 68—DOCUMENTATION OF 68.70 Application procedure for vessels

other than barges to be operated in
VESSELS: EXCEPTIONS TO coastwise trade without being docu-
COASTWISE QUALIFICATION mented.
68.75 Application procedure for barges to be
Subpart A—Regulations for Engaging in operated in coastwise trade without
Limited Coastwise Trade being documented.
68.80 Invalidation of a coastwise endorse-
Sec. ment.
68.1 Purpose of subpart.
68.3 Definitions for the purposes of this sub- Subpart D—Vessels With a Coastwise En-
part. dorsement Issued Before August 9,
68.5 Requirements for citizenship under 46
2004, and Their Replacements That Are
U.S.C. App. 833–1.
68.7 Qualification as an 883–1 corporation. Demise Chartered to Coastwise-Quali-
68.9 Qualification as a parent or subsidiary. fied Citizens
68.11 Cessation of qualifications.
68.13 Privileges conferred—documentation 68.100 Purpose and applicability.
of vessels. 68.103 Definitions.
68.15 Privileges conferred—operation of ves- 68.105 Eligibility of a vessel for a coastwise
sels. endorsement under this subpart.
68.17 Restrictions. 68.107 Application procedure for vessels
68.19 Application by an 883–1 corporation to other than barges to be operated in
document a vessel. coastwise trade without being docu-
mented.
APPENDIX A TO SUBPART A OF PART 68—OATH
FOR THE QUALIFICATION OF CORPORATION
68.109 Application procedure for barges to
AS A CITIZEN OF THE UNITED STATES
be operated in coastwise trade without
UNDER THE ACT OF SEPT. 2, 1958 (46 U.S.C. being documented.
APP. 883–1) 68.111 Invalidation of a coastwise endorse-
APPENDIX B TO SUBPART A OF PART 68—OATH ment.
OF PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY CORPORATION AUTHORITY: 14 U.S.C. 946; 31 U.S.C. 9701; 42
ACT OF SEPTEMBER 2, 1958 (46 U.S.C. APP. U.S.C. 9118; 46 U.S.C. 2103, 2110; 46 U.S.C. app.
883–1) 876; Department of Homeland Security Dele-
gation No. 0170.1.
Subpart B—Documentation of Certain
Vessels for Oil Spill Cleanup SOURCE: CGD 80–107, 47 FR 27511, June 24,
68.25 Purpose and scope.
68.27 Definitions for purpose of this subpart.
68.29 Citizenship requirements for limited
Subpart A—Regulations for En-
coastwise endorsement. gaging in Limited Coastwise
68.31 Vessel eligibility requirements for Trade
limited coastwise endorsement.
68.33 Privileges of a limited coastwise en-
SOURCE: CGD 80–107, 47 FR 27511, June 24,
dorsement.
1982. Redesignated and amended by USCG–
68.35 Application to document a vessel
2005–20258, 71 FR 61418, 61419, Oct. 18, 2006, un-
under this subpart.
less otherwise noted.
68.37 Cessation of qualifications.
APPENDIX A TO SUBPART B OF PART 68—OATH § 68.1 Purpose of subpart.
FOR QUALIFICATION OF A NOT-FOR-PROFIT
OIL SPILL RESPONSE COOPERATIVE This subpart contains citizen owner-
APPENDIX B TO SUBPART B OF PART 68—OATH ship requirements and procedures to
FOR DOCUMENTATION OF VESSELS FOR USE allow documentation of vessels that do
BY A NOT-FOR-PROFIT OIL SPILL RE- not meet the requirements of part 67 of
SPONSE COOPERATIVE this chapter. The requirements are for
corporations engaged in a manufac-
Subpart C—Vessels With a Coastwise En-
turing or mineral industry in the
dorsement Issued on or After August 9,
United States.
2004, That Are Demised Chartered to
Coastwise Qualified Citizens [USCG–2005–20258, 71 FR 61419, Oct. 18, 2006]
68.50 Purpose and applicability. § 68.3 Definitions for the purposes of
68.55 Definitions. this subpart.
68.60 Eligibility of a vessel for a coastwise

endorsement under this subpart. Act means the Act of September 2,
68.65 Annual ownership certification. 1958 (46 U.S.C. App. 883–1).
368
883–1 citizen or 883–1 corporation cluded from qualifying as a citizen under any
means a corporation which qualifies for definition in part 67 upon compliance with
the special citizenship status created all applicable requirements.
by the Act of September 2, 1958 (46 [CGD 80–107, 47 FR 27494, June 24, 1982, as
U.S.C. App. 883–1). amended at 47 FR 35488, Aug. 16, 1982; CGD
Parent corporation means one incor- 95–028, 62 FR 51203, Sept. 30, 1997. Redesig-
porated under the laws of the United nated by USCG–2005–20258, 71 FR 61418, Oct.
18, 2006]
States, or any state, territory, or dis-
trict of the United States, which con- § 68.7 Qualification as an 883–1 cor-
trols (directly or indirectly) at least 50 poration.
percent of the voting stock of another
(a) To be formally qualified as an 883–
corporation.
1 corporation for all purposes under the
Subsidiary corporation means one in-
Act, a corporation which meets the re-
corporated under the laws of the
quirements of § 68.5 must file with the
United States, or any state, territory,
Director, National Vessel Documenta-
or district of the United States, which
tion Center a certificate under oath as
has not less than 50 percent of its vot-
described in appendix A.
ing stock controlled (directly or indi- (b) Upon the filing of the certificate
rectly) by another corporation. required under paragraph (a) of this
[CGD 80–107, 47 FR 27511, June 24, 1982, as section, the Director, National Vessel
amended by CGD 95–028, 62 FR 51203, Sept. 30, Documentation Center will furnish the
1997. Redesignated by USCG–2005–20258, 71 FR corporation a Certificate of Compli-
61418, Oct. 18, 2006] ance which is valid for a period of 3
years from the date of its issuance, un-
§ 68.5 Requirements for citizenship
under 46 U.S.C. App. 883–1. less there is a change in corporate sta-
tus requiring a report under § 68.11(a).
A corporation seeking to establish its On or before the date of expiration of
citizenship under the Act of September the Certificate of Compliance, a new
2, 1958 (46 U.S.C. App. 883–1) must meet certificate under oath as described in
the following criteria as specified in appendix A of this subpart must be
the Act: filed with the Director, National Vessel
(a) It must be incorporated under the Documentation Center.
laws of the United States, or any state,
territory, district, or possession of the (Approved by the Office of Management and
United States; Budget under control number 1625–0027)
(b) A majority of the officers and di- [CGD 89–007; CGD 89–007a, 58 FR 60266, Nov.
rectors of the corporation must be citi- 15, 1993, 58 FR 65131, Dec. 13, 1993, as amended
zens of the United States; by CGD 95–014, 60 FR 31605, June 15, 1995;
(c) Not less than 90 percent of the USCG–1999–6216, 64 FR 53225, Oct. 1, 1999;
USCG–2002–13058, 67 FR 61279, Sept. 30, 2002;
employees of the corporation must be
USCG–2006–25697, 71 FR 55746, Sept. 25, 2006.
residents of the United States; Redesignated and amended by USCG–2005–
(d) Such corporation must be engaged 20258, 71 FR 61418, 61419, Oct. 18, 2006]
primarily in a manufacturing or min-
eral industry in the United States or § 68.9 Qualification as a parent or sub-
any territory, district, or possession of sidiary.
the United States; (a) To be formally qualified as a par-
(e) The aggregate book value of the ent corporation, as defined in § 68.3, a
vessels owned by the corporation must corporation must file with the Direc-
not exceed 10 percent of the aggregate tor, National Vessel Documentation
book value of the assets of the corpora- Center a certificate under oath as de-
tion; and scribed in appendix B of this subpart.
(f) The corporation must purchase or (b) To be formally qualified as sub-
produce in the United States, its terri- sidiary corporation as defined in § 68.3,
tories or possessions, not less than 75 a corporation must file with the Direc-
percent of the raw materials used or tor, National Vessel Documentation
sold in its operations. Center a certificate under oath as de-
NOTE: A corporation which qualifies as an scribed in appendix B of this subpart.

883–1 citizen by meeting the criteria in para- (c) Upon the filing of the certificate
graph (a) of this section is not thereby pre- required under paragraph (a) or (b) of
369
§ 68.11 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
this section, the Director, National (a) An 883–1 corporation may docu-
Vessel Documentation Center will fur- ment under the Act only vessels which
nish the corporation a certificate of are qualified for employment in the
parent or subsidiary status which is coastwise trade and which are either
valid for a period of 3 years from the non-self propelled or, if self-propelled,
date of its issuance unless there is a are of less than 500 gross tons.
change in corporate status requiring a (b) A vessel owned by an 883–1 cor-
report under § 68.11(a). On or before the poration and meeting the criteria in
date of expiration of the certificate of paragraph (a) of this section may be
parent or subsidiary status, a new cer- documented only for use in the coast-
tificate under oath as described in ap- wise trade subject to the restrictions in
pendix B of this subpart must be filed § 68.17.
with the Director, National Vessel Doc- (c) Section 68.19 contains details con-
umentation Center. cerning the documentation of vessels
by an 883–1 corporation.
[CGD 89–007, CGD 89–007a, 58 FR 60266, Nov.
15, 1993; 58 FR 65131, Dec. 13, 1993, as amended [CGD 80–107, 47 FR 27511, June 24, 1982. Redes-
by CGD 95–014, 60 FR 31605, June 15, 1995; ignated and amended by USCG–2005–20258, 71
USCG–1999–6216, 64 FR 53225, Oct. 1, 1999; FR 61418, Oct. 18, 2006]
USCG–2002–13058, 67 FR 61279, Sept. 30, 2002.
Redesignated and amended by USCG–2005– § 68.15 Privileges conferred—operation
20258, 71 FR 61418, 61419, Oct. 18, 2006] of vessels.
§ 68.11 Cessation of qualification. (a) The special citizenship status cre-

ated by the Act entitles the 883–1 cor-
(a) If after filing the certificate re- poration to operate, subject to the re-
quired by § 68.7, a change occurs where- strictions in § 68.17, vessels which are
by an 883–1 corporation no longer qualified to engage in the coastwise
meets the criteria in § 68.5(a), that cor- trade and are exempt from documenta-
poration’s qualification for the privi- tion. (See § 67.9 for classes of exempt
leges enumerated in §§ 68.13 and 68.15 is vessels.)
terminated effective as of the date and (b) Vessels, documented or exempt
time of the change. The corporation from documentation, employed subject
must report the change in writing to to the Act may carry passengers and
the Director, National Vessel Docu- merchandise of the 883–1 corporation
mentation Center. owning such vessels only between
(b) If, after filing the certificate re- points in the United States, including
quired by § 68.9, a change occurs where- territories, districts, and possessions
by the corporation is no longer entitled thereof embraced in the coastwise
to be deemed a parent or subsidiary laws.
corporation, that corporation’s quali- (c) The special citizenship status cre-
fication for the privileges in §§ 68.13 and ated by the Act entitles an 883–1 cor-
68.15 is terminated effective as of the poration owning vessels as described in
date and time of the change. The cor- paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section to
poration must report such change in transport merchandise or passengers
writing to the Director, National Ves- for hire in the coastwise trade as a
sel Documentation Center. service for a duly qualified parent or
subsidiary corporation as defined in
[CGD 89–007, CGD 89–007a, 58 FR 60266, Nov.
15, 1993; 58 FR 65131, Dec. 13, 1993, as amended
§ 68.3.
by CGD 95–014, 60 FR 31605, June 15, 1995; (d) The special citizenship status cre-
USCG–1999–6216, 64 FR 53225, Oct. 1, 1999. Re- ated by the Act entitles an 883–1 cor-
designated and amended by USCG–2005–20258, poration owning vessels as described in
71 FR 61418, 61419, Oct. 18, 2006] paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section to
demise or bareboat charter such vessels
§ 68.13 Privileges conferred—docu- to common or contract carriers subject
mentation of vessel. to the restrictions in § 68.17(c).
The special citizenship status created [CGD 80–107, 47 FR 27511, June 24, 1982, as
by the Act entitles the 883–1 corpora- amended by USCG–2002–13058, 67 FR 61279,

tion to document certain vessels for Sept. 30, 2002. Redesignated and amended by
certain limited purposes: USCG–2005–20258, 71 FR 61418, Oct. 18, 2006]
370
Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security Pt. 68, Subpt. A, App. A
§ 68.17 Restrictions. APPENDIX A TO SUBPART A OF PART 68—

OATH FOR QUALIFICATION OF COR-
(a) Vessels employed subject to the
PORATION AS A CITIZEN OF THE
Act are entitled to operation only in UNITED STATES UNDER THE ACT OF
the coastwise trade and only to the ex- SEPTEMBER 2, 1958 (46 U.S.C. APP.
tent described in paragraphs (b) and/or 883–1)
(c) of this section.
(b) A vessel owned by an 883–1 cor- Department of Homeland Security, U.S. Coast
Guard
poration may engage in coastwise
transportation for hire as a service to a Oath for Qualification of Corporation as a
parent or subsidiary corporation as de- Citizen of the United States Under the Act
fined in § 68.3. Such transportation for of September 2, 1958 (46 U.S.C. app. 883–1)
hire must be between points of the Corporation:
United States, including territories, Name lllllllllllllllllll
districts, and possessions thereof em- Address 1 lllllllllllllllll
State where incorporated lllllllll
braced in the coastwise laws. Affiant:
(c) A vessel owned by an 883–1 cor- Name lllllllllllllllllll
poration may be operated under demise Address llllllllllllllllll
or bareboat charter to a common or a Company lllllllllllllllll
contract carrier subject to 49 U.S.C. Title or capacity lllllllllllll
chapter 101 if the corporation is a U.S. I, the affiant named above, swear that I am
citizen as defined in 46 U.S.C. App. 802. legally authorized to make this oath on be-
half of the corporation, that a majority of
(1) Such common or contract carrier
the officers and directors of the above-named
may not be connected either directly corporation are citizens of the United States,
or indirectly by ownership or control as shown by the attached listing incor-
with the 883–1 corporation. porated in and made a part of this oath
(2) The demise or bareboat charter which truly and correctly names all such of-
must be at prevailing rates. ficers and directors, giving the home address
and citizenship of each; that not less than 90
(3) The vessels under a demise or percent of the employees of the corporation
bareboat charter may not be used in are residents of the United States; that the
non-contiguous trade. corporation is engaged primarily in a manu-
facturing or mineral industry in the United
[CGD 80–107, 47 FR 27511, June 24, 1982, as States or in a territory, district or posses-
amended by CGD 95–028, 62 FR 51203, Sept. 30, sion thereof; that the aggregate book value
1997. Redesignated and amended by USCG– of the vessels owned by the corporation does
2005–20258, 71 FR 61418, Oct. 18, 2006] not exceed 10 percent of the aggregate book
value of the assets of the corporation; and
§ 68.19 Application by an 883–1 cor- that the corporation purchases or produces
poration to document a vessel. in the United States, its territories or pos-
sessions not less than 75 percent of the raw
(a) An application by an 883–1 cor- materials used or sold in its operation. 2
poration to document a vessel must The above named corporation fails to qual-
comply with the applicable require- ify as a citizen within the meaning of
ments in subparts A, D, E, F, G, H, I, K, § 67.39(c) of this chapter by reason of: 3
and L of part 67 of this chapter. ______Non-citizen President
______Non-citizen Chairman of Board
(b) An application by an 883–1 cor- ______Failure to meet quorum requirements
poration to document a vessel must in- ______Failure to meet stock ownership re-
clude a copy of the Certificate of Com- quirements
pliance issued under § 68.7. Signature llllllllllllllllll
Subscribed and sworn to before me on the
[CGD 95–014, 60 FR 31606, June 15, 1995. Redes- day and year shown
ignated and amended by USCG–2005–20258, 71 llllllllllllllllllllllll
FR 61418, Oct. 18, 2006]
1 Show principal place of business of cor-
poration.
2 Attach the required list of the names of
all officers and directors of the corporation,

giving the home address and citizenship of

each.
3 Check appropriate line or lines.
371
Pt. 68, Subpt. A, App. B 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
llllllllllllllllllllllll (Notary Public)
(Notary Public)
Date lllllllllllllllllllll [CGD 80–107,47 FR 27511, June 24, 1982, as
[CGD 80–107, 47 FR 27511, June 24, 1982, as Feb. 28, 2003. Redesignated and amended by
amended by USCG–2002–13058, 67 FR 61279, USCG–2007–28098, 71 FR 61418, 61419, Oct. 18,
Sept. 30, 2002; USCG–2003–14505, 68 FR 9535, 2006]
Feb. 28, 2003. Redesignated and amended by
USCG–2007–28098, 71 FR 61418, 61419, Oct. 18,
2006] Subpart B—Documentation of
Certain Vessels for Oil Spill
APPENDIX B TO SUBPART A OF PART 68— Cleanup
OATH OF PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY
CORPORATION ACT OF SEPTEMBER 2, SOURCE: CGD 90–055, 57 FR 7642, Mar. 3,
1958 (46 U.S.C. APP. 883–1) 1992. Redesignated by USCG–2005–20258, 71 FR
Department of Homeland Security, U.S. Coast 61418, Oct. 18, 2006, unless otherwise noted.
Guard
§ 68.25 Purpose and scope.
Oath of Parent or Subsidiary Corporation, This subpart contains citizen owner-
Act of September 2, 1958 (46 U.S.C. app. 883–
1)
ship requirements and procedures to
allow documentation of vessels which
Corporation: do not meet the requirements of part 67
Name lllllllllllllllllll
of this chapter. The requirements are
Address llllllllllllllllll
State of incorporation llllllllll for the limited purposes of training for,
Status (Parent) 1________ (Sub- implementing, and supporting oil spill
sidiary) 2________ cleanup operations.
Name of associated corporation llllll
Address llllllllllllllllll [CGD 90–055, 57 FR 7642, Mar. 3, 1992. Redesig-
State where incorporated lllllllll nated by USCG–2005–20258, 71 FR 61418, Oct.
Affiant: 18, 2006]
Name lllllllllllllllllll
Address llllllllllllllllll § 68.27 Definitions for purposes of this
Company lllllllllllllllll subpart.
Title or capacity lllllllllllll Certificate of Documentation means
I, the affiant named above, swear that the form CG–1270.
corporation first named herein is the (par- Citizen means a citizen as described
ent) 1 (subsidiary) 2 of the associated corpora- in part 67 of this chapter.
tion named, that I am the duly authorized Exclusive Economic Zone or EEZ
officer or agent of the corporation first means the exclusive economic zone es-
named, and that the associated corporation
tablished by Presidential Proclamation
has previously established that it is a citizen
within the meaning of the Act of September Numbered 5030, dated March 10, 1983,
2, 1958 (46 U.S.C. app. 883–1). including the ocean waters of the areas
Signature llllllllllllllllll referred to as ‘‘eastern special areas’’
Subscribed and sworn to before me on the in Article 3(1) of the Agreement be-
day and year shown tween the United States of America
llllllllllllllllllllllll and the Union of Soviet Socialist Re-
publics on the Maritime Boundary,
1 A ‘‘parent corporation’’ for the purposes
signed June 1, 1990.
of this oath is one incorporated under the Not-for-profit oil spill response coopera-
laws of the United States, or any State, ter- tive means a corporation, partnership,
ritory, or district of the United States,
association, trust, joint venture, or
which controls (directly or indirectly) at
least 50 percent of the voting stock of another entity established under the laws
other corporation. Strike out the inappli- of the United States, or of a State,
cable term. with a not-for-profit status and for the
2 A ‘‘subsidiary corporation’’ for the pur- limited purposes of training for, car-
poses of this oath is one incorporated under rying out, and supporting oil spill
the laws of the United States, or any State, cleanup operations or related research
territory, or district of the United States, activities.
which has not less than 50 percent of its vot-
ing stock controlled (directly or indirectly) [CGD 90–055, 57 FR 7642, Mar. 3, 1992. Redesig-
by another corporation. Strike out the inap- nated by USCG–2005–20258, 71 FR 61418, Oct.
plicable term. 18, 2006]
372
§ 68.29 Citizenship requirements for § 68.31 Vessel eligibility requirements

limited coastwise endorsement. for limited coastwise endorsement.
(a) Notwithstanding the citizenship (a) A vessel must comply with all the
requirements set out in part 67 of this requirements of part 67 of this chapter,
chapter, a Certificate of Documenta- other than citizenship requirements, in
tion with a coastwise endorsement for order to be eligible for documentation
the limited purposes provided in § 68.33 under this subpart.
may be issued to a vessel owned by— (b) Notwithstanding 46 U.S.C. App.
(1) A not-for-profit oil spill response 883, a vessel remains eligible for docu-
cooperative if the vessel meets the re- mentation under this subpart even if
quirements of paragraph (b) of this sec- the vessel was formerly owned by a
tion; or not-for-profit oil spill response cooper-
(2) A member or members of a not- ative or by one or more members of a
for-profit oil spill response cooperative not-for-profit oil spill response cooper-
if the vessel meets the requirements of ative and the vessel meets the criteria
paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section. of § 68.29.
(b) The vessel must be at least 50 per- [CGD 90–055, 57 FR 7642, Mar. 3, 1992. Redesig-
cent owned by one or more of the fol- nated and amended by USCG–2005–20258, 71
lowing entities: FR 61418, Oct. 18, 2006]
(1) An individual who is a native-
born, naturalized or derivative citizen § 68.33 Privileges of a limited coast-
wise endorsement.
of the United States or otherwise
qualifies as a United States citizen. (a) A vessel which is documented and
(2) A corporation incorporated under issued a limited coastwise endorsement
the laws of the United States or of a under this subpart may operate on the
State where— navigable waters of the United States
(i) The president and, if the president or in the EEZ in coastwise trade only
is not the chief executive officer, the for the following purposes:
chief executive officer, by whatever (1) To recover oil discharged into the
title, is a citizen; water.
(2) To transport oil discharged into
(ii) The chairman of the board of di-
the water.
rectors is a citizen; and
(3) To transport and deploy equip-
(iii) No more of the directors are non-
ment, supplies, and personnel for re-
citizens than a minority of the number
covering and transporting oil dis-
necessary to constitute a quorum.
charged into the water.
(3) A partnership where all the gen- (4) To conduct training exercises to
eral partners are citizens and at least prepare for performing the functions in
50 percent of the equity interest is paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(3) of this
owned by citizens. section.
(4) An association or joint venture (b) This limited coastwise endorse-
where all the members are citizens. ment also entitles the vessel to any
(5) A trust where all the trustees and other employment for which a registry
all the beneficiaries with an enforce- or fishery license is not required.
able interest in the trust are citizens. (c) A vessel which is documented and
(c) The vessel must be owned by a issued a limited coastwise endorsement
member or members of a not-for-profit under this subpart may qualify to oper-
oil spill response cooperative who dedi- ate for other purposes by meeting the
cate the vessel to the use of a not-for- applicable requirements of part 67 of
profit oil spill response cooperative. this chapter.
(d) A vessel which meets the criteria
of this section is considered to be [CGD 90–055, 57 FR 7642, Mar. 3, 1992. Redesig-
nated by USCG–2005–20258, 71 FR 61418, Oct.
owned exclusively by citizens of the 18, 2006; USCG–2009–0702, 74 FR 49230, Sept. 25,
United States for the purposes of sub- 2009]
sequent transfer and documentation
under part 67 of this chapter. § 68.35 Application to document a ves-
sel under this subpart.
[CGD 90–055, 57 FR 7642, Mar. 3, 1992. Redesig-

nated and amended by USCG–2005–20258, 71 (a) To qualify to document a vessel
FR 61418, Oct. 18, 2006] or to accept the dedication of a vessel
373
§ 68.37 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
by a member or members under this the vessel or its ownership, a report

subpart, a not-for-profit oil spill re- under § 68.37 must be filed.
sponse cooperative shall file with the
[CGD 89–007; CGD 89–007a, 58 FR 60266, Nov.
Director, National Vessel Documenta- 15, 1993, 58 FR 65131, Dec. 13, 1993, as amended
tion Center the certificate under oath by CGD 95–014, 60 FR 31606, June 15, 1995;
as set forth in appendix A to this sub- USCG–1999–6216, 64 FR 53225, Oct. 1, 1999. Re-
part. designated and amended by USCG–2005–20258,
(b) Upon the filing of the certificate 71 FR 61418, Oct. 18, 2006]
under paragraph (a) of this section, the
Director, National Vessel Documenta- § 68.37 Cessation of qualifications.
tion Center will furnish the not-for- (a) If the vessel is owned by a not-for-
profit oil spill response cooperative profit oil spill response cooperative and
with a letter of qualification. The let- a change occurs which affects the va-
ter of qualification is valid for a period lidity of the certificate required by
of three years from the date of its § 68.35(a), or the ownership of the vessel
issuance, unless there is a change in changes so that it no longer meets the
membership or structure of the not-for- criteria of § 68.29, the qualification for
profit oil spill response cooperative or the privileges enumerated in § 68.33 is
a change in the citizenship status of terminated effective as of the date and
any of its members requiring a report time of the change. The not-for-profit
under § 68.37. In order to renew the let- oil spill response cooperative shall re-
ter of qualification, a new certificate port the change in writing to the Di-
under oath must be filed with the Com- rector, National Vessel Documentation
mandant at least 30 days before the Center.
date of expiration of the letter of quali- (b) If the vessel is owned by a mem-
fication. ber or members of a not-for-profit oil
(c) A not-for-profit oil spill response spill response cooperative and a change
cooperative seeking to document a ves- occurs which affects the validity of the
sel for a limited coastwise endorsement certificate required by § 68.35(a), or the
under this subpart, in addition to com- ownership of the vessel changes so that
plying with the requirements of it no longer meets the criteria of
§ 68.31(a), shall supply to the National § 68.29, the qualification of the member
Vessel Documentation Center, a copy or members for the privileges enumer-
of the letter of qualification issued ated in § 68.33 is terminated effective as
under paragraph (b) of this section. of the date and time of the change. The
(d) A member or members of a not- member or members shall report the
for-profit oil spill response cooperative change in writing to the Director, Na-
seeking to document a vessel under tional Vessel Documentation Center.
this subpart shall supply to the Na- (c) When qualifications are termi-
tional Vessel Documentation Center, a nated under this section, the certifi-
copy of the letter of qualification cate of documentation issued under
issued under paragraph (b) of this sec- this subpart must be surrendered or ex-
tion to the not-for-profit oil spill re- changed in accordance with part 67 of
sponse cooperative to which the vessel this chapter.
is dedicated. In addition, the not-for-
[CGD 89–007; CGD 89–007a, 58 FR 60266, Nov.
profit oil spill response cooperative and 15, 1993, 58 FR 65131, Dec. 13, 1993, as amended
the vessel owners shall all certify by CGD 95–014, 60 FR 31606, June 15, 1995;
under oath that the vessel for which USCG–1999–6216, 64 FR 53225, Oct. 1, 1999. Re-
application is made is dedicated to use designated and amended by USCG–2005–20258,
by the not-for-profit oil spill response 71 FR 61418, Oct. 18, 2006]
cooperative. This certification must
use the format and content described
in appendix B to this subpart. If there
is a change in the dedicated status of
374
APPENDIX A TO SUBPART B OF PART 68— Jurisdiction where incorporated or orga-

OATH FOR QUALIFICATION OF A NOT- nized lllllllllllllllllll
FOR-PROFIT OIL SPILL RESPONSE llllllllllllllllllllllll
COOPERATIVE I, the undersigned officer of __________, a
not-for-profit oil spill response cooperative,
Department of Homeland Security, U.S. Coast swear that I am legally authorized to make
Guard this oath on behalf of the cooperative, and
Oath for Qualification of a Not-For-Profit its members and that the cooperative has ac-
Oil Spill Response Cooperative [46 U.S.C. cepted the vessel __________.
12106(d)] I/we __________, am/are the owner(s) of the
vessel. I/we further swear that the vessel has
Cooperative:
been dedicated to the exclusive use of the co-
Name llllllllllllllllllll operative for the purpose of training for, car-
Address lllllllllllllllllll rying out, or supporting oil spill cleanup op-
Jurisdiction where incorporated or orga- erations or related research activities for
nized lllllllllllllllllll discharges of oil into the navigable waters of
llllllllllllllllllllllll the United States and the Exclusive Eco-
Affiant: nomic Zone and that the cooperative has ac-
cepted the vessel.
Name llllllllllllllllllll
For the Cooperative:
Address lllllllllllllllllll
Name llllllllllllllllllll
Cooperative lllllllllllllllll
Address lllllllllllllllllll
Title or Capacity llllllllllllll
I, the affiant, swear that I am legally au- Cooperative lllllllllllllllll
thorized to make this oath and hold the ca- Title or Capacity llllllllllllll
pacity so bestowed upon me as ________, on For Each Vessel Owner:
behalf of the ______________ cooperative and Name llllllllllllllllllll
its members, that it is a not-for-profit coop-
erative, and that it is engaged in training Cooperative lllllllllllllllll
for, carrying out, or supporting oil spill Title or Capacity llllllllllllll
cleanup operations or related research ac- Subscribed and sworn to before me on the
tivities. day and year shown.
That all members of the cooperative who llllllllllllllllllllllll
may use the letter of qualification issued to
(Notary Public)
this cooperative are truly and correctly
named, including home address and citizen- Date lllllllllllllllllllll
ship of each on the attached listing incor- [CGD 90–055, 57 FR 7642, Mar. 3, 1992, as
porated in and made a part of this oath. amended by USCG–2003–14505, 68 FR 9535,
Signature llllllllllllllllll Feb. 28, 2003. Redesignated by USCG–2007–
Subscribed and sworn to before me on the 28098, 71 FR 61418, Oct. 18, 2006]
day and year shown.
llllllllllllllllllllllll Subpart C—Vessels With a Coast-
(Notary Public) wise Endorsement Issued on
Date lllllllllllllllllllll or After August 9, 2004, That
[CGD 90–055, 57 FR 7642, Mar. 3, 1992, as Are Demised Chartered to
amended by USCG–2003–14505, 68 FR 9535, Coastwise Qualified Citizens
Feb. 28, 2003. Redesignated by USCG–2007–
28098, 71 FR 61418, Oct. 18, 2006]
SOURCE: USCG–2005–20258, 71 FR 61419, Oct.
APPENDIX B TO SUBPART B OF PART 68— 18, 2006, unless otherwise noted.
OATH FOR DOCUMENTATION OF VES-
SELS FOR USE BY A NOT-FOR-PROFIT § 68.50 Purpose and applicability.
OIL SPILL RESPONSE COOPERATIVE (a) This subpart contains require-
Department of Homeland Security, U.S. Coast ments, in addition to those in part 67 of
Guard this chapter, for obtaining a coastwise
endorsement for a U.S.-built vessel—
Oath for Documentation of Vessels For Use (1) That is owned by a person that
by a Not-For-Profit Oil Spill Response Co- qualifies as a citizen under § 67.35(a),
operative [46 U.S.C. 12106(d)]
§ 67.36(a), § 67.37, or § 67.39(a) of this
Cooperative: chapter; and

Name llllllllllllllllllll (2) That is demise chartered to a
Address lllllllllllllllllll coastwise qualified citizen under § 67.33,
375
§ 68.55 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
§ 67.35(c), § 67.36(c), § 67.37, § 67.39(c), or (1) Oil, petroleum products, petro-

§ 67.41 of this chapter. chemicals, or liquefied natural gas
(b) This subpart applies to a vessel cargo that is beneficially owned by the
with a coastwise endorsement issued person who submits to the Director,
on or after August 9, 2004. It does not National Vessel Documentation Cen-
apply to a vessel under subpart D of ter, an application or annual certifi-
this part. cation under § 68.65(a)(2), or by an affil-
iate of that person, immediately be-
§ 68.55 Definitions. fore, during, or immediately after the
In addition to the terms defined in cargo is carried in coastwise trade on a
§ 67.3 of this chapter, as used in this vessel owned by that person;
subpart— (2) Oil, petroleum products, petro-
Affiliate means, with respect to any chemicals, or liquefied natural gas
person, any other person that is— cargo not beneficially owned by the
(1) Directly or indirectly controlled person who submits to the Director,
by, under common control with, or National Vessel Documentation Cen-
controlling that person; or ter, an application or an annual certifi-
(2) Named as being part of the same cation under § 68.65(a)(2), or by an affil-
consolidated group in any report or iate of that person, but that is carried
other document submitted to the in coastwise trade by a vessel owned by
United States Securities and Exchange that person and which is part of an ar-
Commission or the Internal Revenue rangement in which vessels owned by
Service. that person and at least one other per-
Cargo does not include cargo to which son are operated collectively as one
title is held for non-commercial rea- fleet, to the extent that an equal
sons and primarily for the purpose of amount of oil, petroleum products, pe-
evading the requirements of trochemicals, or liquefied natural gas
§ 68.65(a)(2). cargo beneficially owned by that per-
Oil has the meaning given that term son, or an affiliate of that person, is
in 46 U.S.C. 2101(20). carried in coastwise trade on one or
Operation or management, for vessels, more other vessels, not owned by that
means all activities related to the use person, or an affiliate of that person, if
of vessels to provide services. These ac- the other vessel or vessels are also part
tivities include, but are not limited to, of the same arrangement;
ship agency; ship brokerage; activities (3) In the case of a towing vessel as-
performed by a vessel operator or de- sociated with a non-self-propelled tank
mise charterer in exercising direction vessel where the two vessels function
and control of a vessel, such as crew- as a single self-propelled vessel, oil, pe-
ing, victualing, storing, and maintain- troleum products, petrochemicals, or
ing the vessel and ensuring its safe liquefied natural gas cargo that is ben-
navigation; and activities associated eficially owned by the person who owns
with controlling the use and employ- both the towing vessel and the non-
ment of the vessel under a time charter self-propelled tank vessel, or any
or other use agreement. It does not in- United States affiliate of that person,
clude activities directly associated immediately before, during, or imme-
with making financial investments in diately after the cargo is carried in
vessels or the receipt of earnings de- coastwise trade on either of the two
rived from these investments. vessels; or
Passive investment means an invest- (4) Any oil, petroleum products, pe-
ment in which neither the investor nor trochemicals, or liquefied natural gas
any affiliate of the investor is involved cargo carried on any vessel that is ei-
in, or has the power to be involved in, ther a self-propelled tank vessel having
the formulation, determination, or di- a length of at least 210 meters (about
rection of any activity or function con- 689 feet) or a tank vessel that is a liq-
cerning the use, operation, or manage- uefied natural gas carrier that—
ment of the asset that is the subject of (i) Was delivered by the builder of the
the investment. vessel to the owner of the vessel after
Qualified proprietary cargo means— December 31, 1999; and
376
(ii) Was purchased by a person for the (i) When the vessel’s remaining life
purpose, and with the reasonable ex- would not support a charter of 3 years;
pectation, of transporting on the vessel or
liquefied natural gas or unrefined pe- (ii) To preserve the use or possession
troleum beneficially owned by the of the vessel.
owner of the vessel, or an affiliate of (b) To apply for a coastwise endorse-
the owner, from Alaska to the conti- ment for a vessel under a demise char-
nental United States. ter, see § 68.70 and, for a barge, see
Sub-charter means all types of char- § 68.75.
ters or other contracts for the use of a NOTE TO § 68.60: Section 608(b) of Public
vessel that are subordinate to a char- Law 108–293 provides special requirements for
ter. The term includes, but is not lim- certain vessels in the Alaska trade.
ited to, a demise charter, a time char-
ter, a voyage charter, a space charter, § 68.65 Annual ownership certification.
and a contract of affreightment. (a) At the time of initial application
United States affiliate means, with re- for documentation and at the time for
spect to any person, an affiliate the annual renewal of the endorsement as
principal place of business of which is required by § 67.163 of this chapter, the
located in the United States. person that owns a vessel with a coast-
wise endorsement under § 68.60 must
§ 68.60 Eligibility of a vessel for a certify in writing to the Director, Na-
coastwise endorsement under this tional Vessel Documentation Center—
subpart.
(1) That the person who owns a vessel
(a) To be eligible for a coastwise en- with a coastwise endorsement under
dorsement under 46 U.S.C. 12106(e) and § 68.60—
to operate in coastwise trade under 46 (i) Is a leasing company, bank, or fi-
U.S.C. 12106(e) and 12110(b), a vessel nancial institution;
must meet the following: (ii) Owns, or holds the beneficial in-
(1) The vessel is eligible for docu- terest in, the vessel solely as a passive
mentation under 46 U.S.C. 12102. investment;
(2) The vessel is eligible for a coast- (iii) Does not operate any vessel for
wise endorsement under § 67.19(c) of hire and is not an affiliate of any per-
this chapter and has not lost coastwise son who operates any vessel for hire;
eligibility under § 67.19(d) of this chap- and
ter. (iv) Is independent from, and not an
(3) The person that owns the vessel affiliate of, any charterer of the vessel
(or, if the vessel is owned by a trust or or any other person who has the right,
similar arrangement, the beneficiary of directly or indirectly, to control or di-
the trust or similar arrangement) rect the movement or use of the vessel.
makes the certification in § 68.65. (2) For vessels under paragraph (b) of
(4) The person that owns the vessel this section, that—
has transferred to a qualified U.S. cit- (i) The aggregate book value of the
izen under 46 U.S.C. app. 802 full posses- vessels owned by that person and
sion, control, and command of the ves- United States affiliates of that person
sel through a demise charter in which does not exceed 10 percent of the aggre-
the demise charterer is considered the gate book value of all assets owned by
owner pro hac vice during the term of that person and its United States affili-
the charter. ates;
(5) The charterer must certify to the (ii) Not more than 10 percent of the
Director, National Vessel Documenta- aggregate revenues of that person and
tion Center, that the charterer is a cit- its United States affiliates is derived
izen of the United States for engaging from the ownership, operation, or man-
in the coastwise trade under 46 U.S.C. agement of vessels;
app. 802. (iii) At least 70 percent of the aggre-
(6) The demise charter is for a period gate tonnage of all cargo carried by all
of at least 3 years, unless a shorter pe- vessels owned by that person and its
riod is authorized by the Director, Na- United States affiliates and docu-
tional Vessel Documentation Center, mented under 46 U.S.C. 12106 is quali-
under circumstances such as— fied proprietary cargo;
377
§ 68.70 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
(iv) Any cargo other than qualified (3) Mortgagee consent on form CG–
proprietary cargo carried by all vessels 4593, if applicable;
owned by that person and its United (4) If the application is for replace-
States affiliates and documented under ment of a mutilated document or for
46 U.S.C. 12106 consists of oil, petro- exchange of documentation, the out-
leum products, petrochemicals, or standing Certificate of Documentation;
liquified natural gas; (5) The certification required by
(v) No vessel owned by that person or § 68.65(a)(1) or, if a vessel under
any of its United States affiliates and § 68.65(b), the certification required by
documented under 46 U.S.C. 12106 car- § 68.65(a)(2);
ries molten sulphur; and (6) A certification in the form of an
(vi) That person owned one or more affidavit and, if requested by the Direc-
vessels documented as of August 9, tor, National Vessel Documentation
2004, under § 67.20, as that section was Center, supporting documentation es-
in effect on that date. tablishing the following facts with re-
(b) Paragraph (a)(2) of this section spect to the transaction from an indi-
applies only to— vidual who is authorized to provide cer-
(1) A tank vessel having a tonnage of tification on behalf of the person that
not less than 6,000 gross tons, as meas- owns the vessel and who is an officer in
ured under 46 U.S.C. 14502 (or an alter- a corporation, a partner in a partner-
native tonnage measured under 46 ship, a member of the board of man-
U.S.C. 14302 as prescribed under 46 agers in a limited liability company, or
U.S.C. 14104); or their equivalent. The certificate must
(2) A towing vessel associated with a certify that the person that owns the
non-self-propelled tank vessel that vessel has transferred to a qualified
meets the requirements of paragraph United States citizen under 46 U.S.C.
(b)(1) of this section, where the two app. 802 full possession, control, and
vessels function as a single self-pro- command of the U.S.-built vessel
pelled vessel. through a demise charter in which the
NOTE TO § 68.65: The Secretary of Transpor- demise charterer is considered the
tation may waive or reduce the qualified pro- owner pro hac vice during the term of
prietary cargo requirement of § 68.65(a)(2)(iii) the charter.
for a vessel if the person that owns the vessel (7) A copy of the charter, which must
(or, if the vessel is owned by a trust or simi-
lar arrangement, the beneficiary of the trust
provide that the charterer is deemed to
or similar arrangement) notifies the Sec- be the owner pro hac vice for the term
retary that circumstances beyond the direct of the charter.
control of the person that owns the vessel or (b) The charterer must submit the
its affiliates prevent, or reasonably threaten following to the National Vessel Docu-
to prevent, the person that owns the vessel mentation Center:
from satisfying this requirement, and the (1) A certificate certifying that the
Secretary does not, with good cause, deter- charterer is a citizen of the United
mine otherwise. The waiver or reduction ap-
plies during the period of time that the cir-
States for the purpose of engaging in
cumstances exist. the coastwise trade under 46 U.S.C.
app. 802.
§ 68.70 Application procedure for ves- (2) Detailed citizenship information
sels other than barges to be oper- in the format of form CG–1258, Applica-
ated in coastwise trade without tion for Documentation, section G,
being documented. citizenship. The citizenship informa-
(a) The person that owns the vessel tion may be attached to the form CG–
(other than a barge under § 68.75) and 1258 that is submitted under paragraph
that seeks a coastwise endorsement (a)(1) of this section and must be signed
under § 68.60 must submit the following by, or on behalf of, the charterer.
to the National Vessel Documentation (c) Whenever a charter submitted
Center: under paragraph (a)(7) of this section is
(1) Application for Initial Issue, Ex- amended, the vessel owner must file a
change, or Replacement of Certificate copy of the amendment with the Direc-
of Documentation; or Redocumenta- tor, National Vessel Documentation

tion (form CG–1258); Center, within 10 days after the effec-
(2) Title evidence, if applicable; tive date of the amendment.
378
(d) Whenever the charterer of a vessel command of the U.S.-built barge

under paragraph (a) of this section en- through a demise charter in which the
ters into a sub-charter that is a demise demise charterer is considered the
charter with another person for the use owner pro hac vice during the term of
of the vessel, the charterer must file a the charter.
copy of the sub-charter and amend- (iii) That the barge is qualified to en-
ments to the sub-charter with the Di- gage in the coastwise trade and that it
rector, National Vessel Documentation is owned by a person eligible to own
Center, within 10 days after the effec- vessels documented under 46 U.S.C.
tive date of the sub-charter and the 12102(e).
sub-charterer must provide detailed (3) A copy of the charter, which must
citizenship information in the format provide that the charterer is deemed to
of form CG–1258, Application for Docu- be the owner pro hac vice for the term
mentation, section G, citizenship. of the charter.
(e) Whenever the charterer of a vessel (b) The charterer must submit the
under paragraph (a) of this section en- following to the National Vessel Docu-
ters into a sub-charter other than a de- mentation Center:
mise charter with another person for
(1) A certificate certifying that the
the use of the vessel, the charterer
charterer is a citizen of the United
must file a copy of the sub-charter and
States for engaging in the coastwise
amendments to the sub-charter with
trade under 46 U.S.C. app. 802.
the Director, National Vessel Docu-
mentation Center, within 10 days after (2) Detailed citizenship information
a request by the Director to do so. in the format of form CG–1258, Applica-
(f) A person that submits a false cer- tion for Documentation, section G,
tification under this section is subject citizenship. The citizenship informa-
to penalty under 46 U.S.C. 12122 and 18 tion must be signed by, or on behalf of,
U.S.C. 1001. the charterer.
(c) Whenever a charter under para-
§ 68.75 Application procedure for graph (a) of this section is amended,
barges to be operated in coastwise the barge owner must file a copy of the
trade without being documented. amendment with the Director, Na-
(a) The person that owns a barge tional Vessel Documentation Center,
qualified to engage in coastwise trade within 10 days after the effective date
must submit the following to the Na- of the amendment.
tional Vessel Documentation Center: (d) Whenever the charterer of a barge
(1) The certification required by under paragraph (a) of this section en-
§ 68.65(a)(1) or (a)(2). ters into a sub-charter that is a demise
(2) A certification in the form of an charter with another person for the use
affidavit and, if requested by the Direc- of the barge, the charterer must file a
tor, National Vessel Documentation copy of the sub-charter and amend-
Center, supporting documentation es- ments to the sub-charter with the Di-
tablishing the following facts with re- rector, National Vessel Documentation
spect to the transaction from an indi- Center, within 10 days after the effec-
vidual who is authorized to provide cer- tive date of the sub-charter and the
tification on behalf of the person that sub-charterer must provide detailed
owns the barge and who is an officer in citizenship information in the format
a corporation, a partner in a partner- of form CG–1258, Application for Docu-
ship, a member of the board of man- mentation, section G, citizenship.
agers in a limited liability company, or (e) Whenever the charterer of a barge
their equivalent. The certificate must under paragraph (a) of this section en-
certify the following: ters into a sub-charter other than a de-
(i) That the person that owns the mise charter with another person for
barge is organized under the laws of the use of the barge, the charterer
the United States or a State. must file a copy of the sub-charter and
(ii) That the person that owns the amendments to the sub-charter with
barge has transferred to a qualified the Director, National Vessel Docu-

United States citizen under 46 U.S.C. mentation Center, within 10 days after
app. 802 full possession, control, and a request by the Director to do so.
379
§ 68.80 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
(f) A person that submits a false cer- applies to a certificate of documenta-

tification under this section is subject tion, or renewal of one, endorsed with a
to penalty under 46 U.S.C. 12122 and 18 coastwise endorsement for a vessel
U.S.C. 1001. under 46 U.S.C. 12106(e) or a replace-
ment vessel of a similar size and func-
§ 68.80 Invalidation of a coastwise en- tion that was issued before August 9,
dorsement.
2004, as long as the vessel is owned by
In addition to the events in the person named in the certificate, or
§ 67.167(c)(1) through (c)(9) of this chap- by a subsidiary or affiliate of that per-
ter, a Certificate of Documentation to- son, and the controlling interest in the
gether with a coastwise endorsement owner has not been transferred to a
under this subpart becomes invalid
person that was not an affiliate of the
when—
owner as of August 9, 2004.
(a) The owner fails to make the cer-
tification required by § 68.65 or ceases (d) With respect to offshore supply
to meet the requirements of the certifi- vessels with a certificate of docu-
cation on file; mentation endorsed with a coastwise
(b) The demise charter expires or is endorsement as of August 9, 2004, this
transferred to another charterer; or subpart applies until August 9, 2007. On
(c) The citizenship of the charterer or and after August 9, 2007, subpart C of
sub-charterer changes to the extent this part applies to these vessels.
that they are no longer qualified for a
coastwise endorsement. § 68.103 Definitions.
In addition to the terms defined in
Subpart D—Vessels With a Coast- § 67.3 of this chapter, as used in this
wise Endorsement Issued Be- subpart—
fore August 9, 2004, and Their Affiliate means a person that is less
Replacements That Are De- than 50 percent owned or controlled by
mised Chartered to Coast- another person.
wise-Qualified Citizens Group means the person that owns a
vessel, the parent of that person, and
SOURCE: USCG–2005–20258, 71 FR 61421, Oct. all subsidiaries and affiliates of the
18, 2006, unless otherwise noted. parent of that person.
Offshore supply vessel means a motor
§ 68.100 Purpose and applicability. vessel of more than 15 gross tons but
(a) This subpart contains require- less than 500 gross tons as measured
ments for the documentation of U.S.- under 46 U.S.C. 14502, or an alternate
built vessels in the coastwise trade tonnage measured under 46 U.S.C. 14302
that were granted special rights under as prescribed under 46 U.S.C. 14104, that
the Coast Guard and Maritime Trans- regularly carries goods, supplies, indi-
portation Action of 2004 (Pub. L. 108– viduals in addition to the crew, or
293). equipment in support of exploration,
(b) This subpart applies to— exploitation, or production of offshore
(1) A vessel under a demise charter mineral or energy resources.
that was eligible for, and received, a Operation or management of vessels
document with a coastwise endorse- means all activities related to the use
ment under § 67.19 of this chapter and 46 of vessels to provide services. These ac-
U.S.C. 12106(e) before August 9, 2004; tivities include ship agency; ship bro-
(2) A barge deemed eligible under 46
kerage; activities performed by a ves-
U.S.C. 12106(e) and 12110(b) to operate
sel operator or demise charterer in ex-
in coastwise trade without being docu-
ercising direction and control of a ves-
mented before August 9, 2004; and
(3) A replacement vessel of a similar sel, such as crewing, victualing, stor-
size and function for any vessel under ing, and maintaining the vessel and en-
paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(3) of this suring its safe navigation; and activi-
ties associated with controlling the use
section.
(c) Except for vessels under para- and employment of the vessel under a
graph (d) of this section, this subpart time charter or other use agreement. It
380
does not include activities directly as- § 68.105 Eligibility of a vessel for a
sociated with making financial invest- coastwise endorsement under this
ments in vessels or the receipt of earn- subpart.
ings derived from these investments. (a) Except as under paragraphs (b)
Parent means any person that di- through (e) of this section, to be eligi-
rectly or indirectly owns or controls at ble for a coastwise endorsement under
least 50 percent of another person. If an 46 U.S.C. 12106(e) and to operate in
owner’s parent is directly or indirectly coastwise trade under 46 U.S.C. 12106(e)
controlled at least 50 percent by an- and 12110(b), a vessel under a demise
other person, that person is also a par- charter must meet the following:
ent of the owner. Therefore, an owner (1) The vessel is eligible for docu-
may have multiple parents. mentation under 46 U.S.C. 12102.
Person means an individual; corpora- (2) The vessel is eligible for a coast-
tion; partnership; limited liability wise endorsement under § 67.19(c) of
partnership; limited liability company; this chapter, has not lost coastwise eli-
association; joint venture; trust ar- gibility under § 67.19(d) of this chapter,
rangement; and the government of the and was financed with lease financing.
United States, a State, or a political (3) The person that owns the vessel,
the parent of that person, or a sub-
subdivision of the United States or a
sidiary of the parent of that person is
State; and includes a trustee, bene-
primarily engaged in leasing or other
ficiary, receiver, or similar representa- financing transactions.
tive of any of them. (4) The person that owns the vessel is
Primarily engaged in leasing or other fi- organized under the laws of the United
nancing transactions means lease fi- States or of a State.
nancing, in which more than 50 percent (5) None of the following is primarily
of the aggregate revenue of a person is engaged in the direct operation or
derived from banking, investing, lease management of vessels:
financing, or other similar trans- (i) The person that owns the vessel.
actions. (ii) The parent of the person that
Replacement vessel means— owns the vessel.
(1) A temporary replacement vessel (iii) The group of which the person
for a period not to exceed 180 days if that owns the vessel is a member.
the vessel described in § 68.50 is un- (6) The ownership of the vessel is pri-
available due to an act of God or a ma- marily a financial investment without
rine casualty; or the ability and intent to directly or in-
(2) A permanent replacement vessel directly control the vessel’s operations
if— by a person not primarily engaged in
(i) The vessel described in § 68.50 is the direct operation or management of
unavailable for more than 180 days due vessels.
to an act of God or a marine casualty; (7) The majority of the aggregate rev-
or enues of each of the following is not de-
rived from the operation or manage-
(ii) A contract to purchase or con-
ment of vessels:
struct a replacement vessel is executed
(i) The person that owns the vessel.
not later than December 31, 2004.
(ii) The parent of the person that
Sub-charter means all types of char-
owns the vessel.
ters or other contracts for the use of a
(iii) The group of which the person
vessel that are subordinate to a char- that owns the vessel is a member.
ter. The term includes, but is not lim- (8) None of the following is primarily
ited to, a demise charter, a time char- engaged in the operation or manage-
ter, a voyage charter, a space charter, ment of commercial, foreign-flag ves-
and a contract of affreightment. sels used for the carriage of cargo for
Subsidiary means a person at least 50 parties unrelated to the vessel’s owner
percent of which is directly or indi- or charterer:
rectly owned or controlled by another (i) The person that owns the vessel.
person. (ii) The parent of the person that
owns the vessel.
381
§ 68.107 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
(iii) The group of which the person (3) Cancellation under § 67.173 of this
that owns the vessel is a member. chapter.
(9) The person that owns the vessel (d) A barge deemed eligible under 46
has transferred to a qualified U.S. cit- U.S.C. 12106(e) and 12110(b) to operate
izen under 46 U.S.C. app. 802 full posses- in coastwise trade before August 9,
sion, control, and command of the 2004, may continue to operate in that
U.S.-built vessel through a demise trade after that date unless—
charter in which the demise charterer (1) The ownership of the barge
is considered the owner pro hac vice changes in whole or in part;
during the term of the charter. (2) The general partners of a partner-
(10) The charterer must certify to the ship owning the barge change by addi-
Director, National Vessel Documenta- tion, deletion, or substitution;
tion Center, that the charterer is a cit- (3) The State of incorporation of any
izen of the United States for engaging corporate owner of the barge changes;
in the coastwise trade under 46 U.S.C. (4) The barge is placed under foreign
app. 802. flag;
(11) The demise charter is for a period (5) Any owner of the barge ceases to
of at least 3 years, unless a shorter pe- be a citizen within the meaning of part
riod is authorized by the Director, Na- 67, subpart C, of this chapter; or
tional Vessel Documentation Center, (6) The barge ceases to be capable of
under circumstances such as— transportation by water.
(i) When the vessel’s remaining life (e) A barge under a demise charter
would not support a charter of 3 years; that was constructed under a building
or contract that was entered into before
(ii) To preserve the use or possession February 4, 2004, in reliance on a letter
of the vessel. ruling from the Coast Guard issued be-
(b) A vessel under a demise charter fore February 4, 2004, is eligible to op-
that was eligible for, and received, a erate in coastwise trade under 46 U.S.C.
document with a coastwise endorse- 12106(e) and 12110(b). The barge may
ment under § 67.19 of this chapter and 46 continue to operate in coastwise trade
U.S.C. 12106(e) before August 9, 2004, unless—
may continue to operate under that en- (1) The ownership of the barge
changes in whole or in part;
dorsement on and after that date and
(2) The general partners of a partner-
may renew the document and endorse-
ship owning the barge change by addi-
ment if the certificate of documenta-
tion, deletion, or substitution;
tion is not subject to—
(3) The State of incorporation of any
(1) Exchange under § 67.167(b)(1)
corporate owner of the barge changes;
through (b)(3) of this chapter; (4) The barge is placed under foreign
(2) Deletion under § 67.171(a)(1) flag;
through (a)(6) of this chapter; or (5) Any owner of the barge ceases to
(3) Cancellation under § 67.173 of this be a citizen within the meaning of sub-
chapter. part C of this part; or
(c) A vessel under a demise charter (6) The barge ceases to be capable of
that was constructed under a building transportation by water.
contract that was entered into before
February 4, 2004, in reliance on a letter § 68.107 Application procedure for ves-
ruling from the Coast Guard issued be- sels other than barges to be oper-
fore February 4, 2004, is eligible for doc- ated in coastwise trade without
umentation with a coastwise endorse- being documented.
ment under § 67.19 of this chapter and 46 (a) In addition to the items under
U.S.C. 12106(e). The vessel may con- § 67.141 of this chapter, the person that
tinue to operate under that endorse- owns the vessel (other than a barge
ment and may renew the document and under § 68.109) and that seeks a coast-
endorsement if the certificate of docu- wise endorsement under this subpart
mentation is not subject to— must submit the following to the Na-
(1) Exchange under § 67.167(b)(1) tional Vessel Documentation Center:
through (b)(3) of this chapter; (1) A certification in the form of an

(2) Deletion under § 67.171(a)(1) affidavit and, if requested by the Direc-
through (a)(6) of this chapter; or tor, National Vessel Documentation
382
Center, supporting documentation es- through a demise charter in which the

tablishing the following facts with re- demise charterer is considered the
spect to the transaction from an indi- owner pro hac vice during the term of
vidual who is authorized to provide cer- the charter.
tification on behalf of the person that (viii) That the vessel is financed with
owns the vessel and who is an officer in lease financing.
a corporation, a partner in a partner- (2) A copy of the charter, which must
ship, a member of the board of man- provide that the charterer is deemed to
agers in a limited liability company, or be the owner pro hac vice for the term
their equivalent. The certificate must of the charter.
certify the following: (b) The charterer must submit the
(i) That the person that owns the ves- following to the National Vessel Docu-
sel, the parent of that person, or a sub- mentation Center:
sidiary of a parent of that person is pri- (1) A certificate certifying that the
marily engaged in leasing or other fi- charterer is a citizen of the United
nancing transactions. States for the purpose of engaging in
(ii) That the person that owns the the coastwise trade under 46 U.S.C.
vessel is organized under the laws of app. 802.
the United States or a State. (2) Detailed citizenship information
(iii) That none of the following is pri- in the format of form CG–1258, Applica-
marily engaged in the direct operation tion for Documentation, section G,
or management of vessels: citizenship. The citizenship informa-
(A) The person that owns the vessel. tion may be attached to the form CG–
(B) The parent of the person that 1258 that is submitted under § 67.141 of
owns the vessel. this chapter and must be signed by, or
(C) The group of which the person on behalf of, the charterer.
that owns the vessel is a member. (c) Whenever a charter under para-
(iv) That ownership of the vessel is graph (a) of this section is amended,
primarily a financial investment with- the vessel owner must file a copy of the
out the ability and intent to directly amendment with the Director, Na-
or indirectly control the vessel’s oper- tional Vessel Documentation Center,
ations by a person not primarily en- within 10 days after the effective date
gaged in the direct operation or man- of the amendment.
agement of vessels. (d) Whenever the charterer of a vessel
(v) That the majority of the aggre- under paragraph (a) of this section en-
gate revenues of each of the following ters into a sub-charter that is a demise
is not derived from the operation or charter with another person for the use
management of vessels: of the vessel, the charterer must file a
(A) The person that owns the vessel. copy of the sub-charter and amend-
(B) The parent of the person that ments to the sub-charter with the Di-
owns the vessel. rector, National Vessel Documentation
(C) The group of which the person Center, within 10 days after the effec-
that owns the vessel is a member. tive date of the sub-charter and the
(vi) That none of the following is pri- sub-charterer must provide detailed
marily engaged in the operation or citizenship information in the format
management of commercial, foreign- of form CG–1258, Application for Docu-
flag vessels used for the carriage of mentation, section G, citizenship.
cargo for parties unrelated to the ves- (e) Whenever the charterer of a vessel
sel’s owner or charterer: under paragraph (a) of this section en-
(A) The person that owns the vessel. ters into a sub-charter other than a de-
(B) The parent of the person that mise charter with another person for
owns the vessel. the use of the vessel, the charterer
(C) The group of which the person must file a copy of the sub-charter and
that owns the vessel is a member. amendments to the sub-charter with
(vii) That the person that owns the the Director, National Vessel Docu-
vessel has transferred to a qualified mentation Center, within 10 days after
United States citizen under 46 U.S.C. a request by the Director to do so.

app. 802 full possession, control, and (f) A person that submits a false cer-
command of the U.S.-built vessel tification under this section is subject
383
§ 68.109 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
to penalty under 46 U.S.C. 12122 and 18 (vi) That none of the following is pri-
U.S.C. 1001. marily engaged in the operation or
management of commercial, foreign-
§ 68.109 Application procedure for flag vessels used for the carriage of
barges to be operated in coastwise cargo for parties unrelated to the ves-
trade without being documented. sel’s owner or charterer:
(a) The person that owns a barge (A) The person that owns the barge.
qualified to engage in coastwise trade (B) The parent of the person that
under the lease-financing provisions of owns the barge.
46 U.S.C. 12106(e) must submit the fol- (C) The group of which the person
lowing to the National Vessel Docu- that owns the barge is a member.
mentation Center: (vii) That the person that owns the
(1) A certification in the form of an barge has transferred to a qualified
affidavit and, if requested by the Direc- United States citizen under 46 U.S.C.
tor, National Vessel Documentation app. 802 full possession, control, and
Center, supporting documentation es- command of the U.S.-built barge
tablishing the following facts with re- through a demise charter in which the
spect to the transaction from an indi- demise charterer is considered the
vidual who is authorized to provide cer- owner pro hac vice for the term of the
tification on behalf of the person that charter.
owns the barge and who is an officer in (viii) That the barge is qualified to
a corporation, a partner in a partner- engage in the coastwise trade and that
ship, a member of the board of man- it is owned by a person eligible to own
agers in a limited liability company, or vessels documented under 46 U.S.C.
their equivalent. The certificate must 12102(e).
certify the following: (ix) That the barge is financed with
(i) That the person that owns the lease financing.
barge, the parent of that person, or a (2) A copy of the charter, which must
subsidiary of the parent of that person provide that the charterer is deemed to
is primarily engaged in leasing or other be the owner pro hac vice for the term
financing transactions. of the charter.
(ii) That the person that owns the (b) The charterer must submit the
barge is organized under the laws of following to the National Vessel Docu-
the United States or a State. mentation Center:
(iii) That none of the following is pri- (1) A certificate certifying that the
marily engaged in the direct operation charterer is a citizen of the United
or management of vessels: States for engaging in the coastwise
trade under 46 U.S.C. app. 802.
(A) The person that owns the barge.
(2) Detailed citizenship information
(B) The parent of the person that
in the format of form CG–1258, Applica-
owns the barge.
tion for Documentation, section G,
(C) The group of which the person citizenship. The citizenship informa-
that owns the barge is a member. tion must be signed by, or on behalf of,
(iv) That ownership of the barge is the charterer.
primarily a financial investment with- (c) Whenever a charter under para-
out the ability and intent to directly graph (a) of this section is amended,
or indirectly control the barge’s oper- the barge owner must file a copy of the
ations by a person not primarily en- amendment with the Director, Na-
gaged in the direct operation or man- tional Vessel Documentation Center,
agement of the barge. within 10 days after the effective date
(v) That the majority of the aggre- of the amendment.
gate revenues of each of the following (d) Whenever the charterer of a barge
is not derived from the operation or under paragraph (a) of this section en-
management of vessels: ters into a sub-charter that is a demise
(A) The person that owns the barge. charter with another person for the use
(B) The parent of the person that of the barge, the charterer must file a
owns the barge. copy of the sub-charter and amend-

(C) The group of which the person ments to the sub-charter with the Di-
that owns the barge is a member. rector, National Vessel Documentation
384
Center, within 10 days after the effec- (4) The majority of the aggregate rev-
tive date of the sub-charter and the enues of at least one of the following is
sub-charterer must provide detailed derived from the operation or manage-
citizenship information in the format ment of vessels:
of form CG–1258, Application for Docu- (i) The person that owns the vessel.
mentation, section G, citizenship. (ii) The parent of the person that
(e) Whenever the charterer of a barge owns the vessel.
under paragraph (a) of this section en- (iii) The group of which the person
ters into a sub-charter other than a de- that owns the vessel is a member; or
mise charter with another person for (5) At least one of the following is
the use of the barge, the charterer primarily engaged in the operation or
must file a copy of the sub-charter and management of commercial, foreign-
amendments to the sub-charter with flag vessels used for the carriage of
the Director, National Vessel Docu- cargo for parties unrelated to the ves-
mentation Center, within 10 days after sel’s owner or charterer:
a request by the Director to do so. (i) The person that owns the vessel.
(f) A person that submits a false cer- (ii) The parent of the person that
tification under this section is subject owns the vessel.
to penalty under 46 U.S.C. 12122 and 18 (iii) The group of which the person
U.S.C. 1001. that owns the vessel is a member.
(c) When the coastwise endorsement
§ 68.111 Invalidation of a coastwise en- for a vessel to which this subpart ap-
dorsement. plies becomes invalid under paragraph
(a)(1) or (b)(1) of this section, the vessel
(a) In addition to the events in
remains eligible for documentation
§ 67.167(c)(1) through (c)(9) of this chap-
under this subpart provided it is a ves-
ter, a Certificate of Documentation to-
sel to which § 68.100(b) or (c) applies.
gether with a coastwise endorsement in
effect before February 4, 2004, becomes
invalid when— PART 69—MEASUREMENT OF
(1) The demise charter expires or is VESSELS
transferred to another charterer;
Subpart A—General
(2) The citizenship of the charterer or
sub-charterer changes to the extent Sec.
that they are no longer qualified for a 69.1 Purpose.
coastwise endorsement; or 69.3 Applicability.
69.5 [Reserved]
(3) Neither the person that owns the
69.7 Vessels transiting the Panama and
vessel, nor the parent of that person, Suez Canals.
nor a subsidiary of the parent of that 69.9 Definitions.
person is primarily engaged in leasing 69.11 Determining the measurement system
or other financing transactions. or systems for a particular vessel.
(b) In addition to the events in 69.13 Applying provisions of a measurement
§ 67.167(c)(1) through (c)(9) of this chap- system.
69.15 Authorized measurement organiza-
ter, a Certificate of Documentation to- tions.
gether with a coastwise endorsement in 69.17 Application for measurement services.
effect on or after February 4, 2004, and 69.19 Remeasurement.
before August 9, 2004, becomes invalid 69.20 Applying tonnage thresholds.
when— 69.21 Right of appeal.
(1) The demise charter expires or is 69.23 Fees.
69.25 Penalties.
transferred to another charterer;
69.27 Delegation of authority to measure
(2) The citizenship of the charterer or vessels.
sub-charterer changes to the extent 69.28 Acceptance of measurement by a for-
that they are no longer qualified for a eign country.
coastwise endorsement; 69.29 OMB control numbers assigned under
(3) Neither the person that owns the the Paperwork Reduction Act.
vessel, nor the parent of that person,
Subpart B—Convention Measurement
nor any subsidiary of the parent of that

System
person is primarily engaged in leasing
or other financing transactions; 69.51 Purpose.
385
§ 69.1 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
69.53 Definitions. 69.211 Treatment of novel type vessels.
69.55 Application for measurement services.
AUTHORITY: 46 U.S.C. 2301, 14103, 14104; De-
69.57 Gross tonnage ITC.
69.59 Enclosed spaces.
No. 0170.1.
69.61 Excluded spaces.
69.63 Net tonnage ITC. SOURCE: CGD 87–015b, 54 FR 37657, Sept. 12,
69.65 Calculation of volumes. 1989, unless otherwise noted.
69.67 Marking of cargo spaces.
69.69 Tonnage certificates.
69.71 Change of net tonnage. Subpart A—General
69.73 Treatment of novel type vessels.
69.75 Figures. § 69.1 Purpose.
This part implements legislation
Subpart C—Standard Regulatory concerning the measurement of vessels
Measurement System to determine their tonnage (part J of 46
69.101 Purpose. U.S.C. subtitle II). Tonnage is used for
69.103 Definitions. a variety of purposes, including the ap-
69.105 Application for measurement serv- plication of vessel safety, security, and
ices. environmental protection regulations
69.107 Gross and net register tonnage. and the assessment of taxes and fees.
69.108 Uppermost complete deck. This part indicates the particular
69.109 Under-deck tonnage.
69.111 Between-deck tonnage.
measurement system or systems under
69.113 Superstructure tonnage. which the vessel is required or eligible
69.115 Excess hatchway tonnage. to be measured, describes the measure-
69.117 Spaces exempt from inclusion in ton- ment rules and procedures for each sys-
nage. tem, identifies the organizations au-
69.119 Spaces deducted from tonnage. thorized to measure vessels under this
69.121 Engine room deduction. part, and provides for the appeal of
69.123 Figures. measurement organizations’ decisions.
Subpart D —Dual Regulatory [USCG–2011–0522, 81 FR 18717, Mar. 31, 2016]
Measurements System
§ 69.3 Applicability.
69.151 Purpose.
69.153 Application of other laws. This part applies to any vessel for
69.155 Measurement requirements. which the application of an inter-
69.157 Definitions. national agreement or other law of the
69.159 Application for measurement serv- United States to the vessel depends on
ices. the vessel’s tonnage.
69.161 Gross and net register tonnages.
69.163 Under-deck tonnage. [USCG–2011–0522, 81 FR 18718, Mar. 31, 2016]
69.165 Between-deck tonnage.
69.167 Superstructure tonnage. § 69.5 [Reserved]
69.169 Spaces exempt from inclusion in ton-
nage. § 69.7 Vessels transiting the Panama
69.171 When the tonnage mark is considered and Suez Canals.
submerged. For vessels that will transit the Pan-
69.173 Register Tonnage assignments for
ama Canal and/or Suez Canal, the re-
vessels with only one deck.
69.175 Tonnage assignments for vessels with spective canal authorities may require
a second deck. special tonnage certificates in addition
69.177 Markings. to those issued under this part. These
69.179 Certification of markings. special certificates may be issued by
69.181 Locating the line of the second deck. measurement organizations who have
69.183 Figures. received appropriate authorization
from the respective canal authorities.
Subpart E—Simplified Regulatory
Measurement System [USCG–2011–0522, 81 FR 18718, Mar. 31, 2016]
69.201 Purpose. § 69.9 Definitions.

69.203 Definitions.
69.205 Application for measurement serv- As used in this part:
ices. Authorized measurement organization

69.207 Measurements. means an entity that is authorized to
69.209 Gross and net register tonnages. measure vessels under this part.
386
Commandant means Commandant of Great Lakes means the Great Lakes of

the Coast Guard at the following ad- North America and the St. Lawrence
dress: Commanding Officer, Marine River west of a rhumb line drawn from
Safety Center (MSC–4), U.S. Coast Cap des Rosiers to West Point, Anti-
Guard Stop 7430, 2703 Martin Luther costi Island, and, on the north side of
King Jr. Ave. SE., Washington, DC Anticosti Island, the meridian of lon-
20593–7430. gitude 63 degrees west.
Convention means the International Gross register tonnage (GRT) means
Convention on Tonnage Measurement the gross tonnage measurement of the
of Ships, 1969. vessel under the Regulatory Measure-
Convention Measurement System means ment System. Refer to § 69.20 for infor-
the measurement system under subpart mation on applying tonnage thresholds
B of this part, which is based on the expressed in terms of gross register
rules of the Convention. This Formal tons (also referred to as GRT).
Measurement System uses the vessel’s Gross tonnage ITC (GT ITC) means the
total enclosed volume as the principal gross tonnage measurement of the ves-
input for tonnage calculations along sel under the Convention Measurement
with other characteristics related to System. In international conventions,
the vessel’s carrying capacity, includ- this parameter may be referred to as
ing the volume of cargo spaces and ‘‘gross tonnage (GT).’’ Refer to § 69.20
number of passengers. Tonnages as- for information on applying tonnage
signed under this system are expressed thresholds expressed in terms of gross
in terms of gross tonnage ITC (GT ITC) tonnage ITC.
or net tonnage ITC (NT ITC). National Vessel Documentation Center
means the organizational unit des-
Deck cargo means freight carried on
ignated by the Commandant to process
the weather decks of a vessel for the
vessel documentation transactions and
purpose of its transport between two
maintain vessel documentation
separate and distinct locations, and
records.
which is off-loaded from the vessel in
Net register tonnage (NRT) means the
its original container (if applicable)
net tonnage measurement of the vessel
without undergoing any processing or under the Regulatory Measurement
other use while onboard the vessel. System. Refer to § 69.20 for information
Dual Regulatory Measurement System on applying tonnage thresholds ex-
means the measurement system under pressed in terms of net register tons.
subpart D of this part, which is one of Non-self-propelled vessel means a ves-
three sub-systems of the Regulatory sel that is not a self-propelled vessel.
Measurement System. This Formal Overall length means the horizontal
Measurement System is based on the distance of the vessel’s hull between
rules of the Standard Regulatory Meas- the foremost part of a vessel’s stem to
urement System, with adjustments the aftermost part of its stern, exclud-
that allow for the assignment of two ing fittings and attachments.
sets of Regulatory Measurement Sys- Portable enclosed space means an en-
tem tonnages whose use depends on the closed space that is not deck cargo, and
loading condition of the vessel. Ton- whose method of attachment to the
nages assigned under this system are vessel is not permanent in nature. Ex-
expressed in terms of gross register amples of portable enclosed spaces in-
tons (GRT) or net register tons (NRT). clude modular living quarters, housed
Foreign flag vessel means a vessel that portable machinery spaces, and deck
is not a U.S. flag vessel. tanks used in support of shipboard in-
Formal Measurement System means a dustrial processes.
measurement system that employs a Register ton means a unit of volume
detailed computational method using equal to 100 cubic feet.
measurements of the entire vessel, and Regulatory Measurement System means
which also takes into account the use the measurement system that com-
of vessel spaces. The measurement sys- prises subparts C, D, and E of this part
tems prescribed under subparts B, C, (Standard, Dual, and Simplified Regu-

and D of this part are Formal Measure- latory Measurement Systems, respec-
ment Systems. tively), and is sometimes referred to as
387
§ 69.11 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
the national measurement system of an international convention or a Fed-

the United States. Tonnages assigned eral statute or regulation.
under this system are expressed in U.S. flag vessel means a vessel of
terms of gross register tons (GRT) or United States registry or nationality,
net register tons (NRT). or one operated under the authority of
Remeasurement means the process by the United States.
which tonnages or registered dimen- Vessel of war means ’’vessel of war’’
sions of a vessel that was previously as defined in 46 U.S.C. 2101.
measured are assigned or reassigned to Vessel that engages on a foreign voyage
that vessel, or are verified to be cor- means a vessel:
rect, as appropriate. This includes as- (1) That arrives at a place under the
signment of tonnages or registered di- jurisdiction of the United States from
mensions under a different measure- a place in a foreign country;
ment system. (2) That makes a voyage between
Self-propelled vessel means a vessel places outside of the United States;
with a means of self-propulsion, includ- (3) That departs from a place under
ing sails. the jurisdiction of the United States
Simplified Regulatory Measurement for a place in a foreign country; or
System means the measurement system (4) That makes a voyage between a
under subpart E of this part, which is place within a territory or possession
one of three sub-systems of the Regu- of the United States and another place
latory Measurement System. It is under the jurisdiction of the United
based on the rules of the Standard Reg- States not within that territory or pos-
ulatory Measurement System but em- session.
ploys a simplified computational meth-
od using hull dimensions as the prin- [USCG–2011–0522, 81 FR 18718, Mar. 31, 2016]
cipal inputs. Tonnages assigned under
this system are expressed in terms of § 69.11 Determining the measurement
system or systems for a particular
gross register tons (GRT) or net reg- vessel.
ister tons (NRT).
Standard Regulatory Measurement Sys- (a) Convention Measurement System
tem means the measurement system (subpart B of this part). (1) Except as
under subpart C of this part, which is otherwise provided in this section, this
one of three sub-systems of the Regu- Formal Measurement System applies
latory Measurement System. This For- to any vessel for which the application
mal Measurement System is based on of an international agreement or other
the rules of the British Merchant Ship- law of the United States to the vessel
ping Act of 1854 and uses volumes of in- depends on the vessel’s tonnage.
ternal spaces as the principal inputs (2) This system does not apply to the
for tonnage calculations, allowing for following vessels:
exemptions or deductions of qualifying (i) A vessel of war, unless the govern-
spaces according to their location and ment of the country to which the ves-
use. Tonnages assigned under this sys- sel belongs elects to measure the vessel
tem are expressed in terms of gross under this part.
register tons (GRT) or net register tons (ii) A vessel of less than 79 feet in
(NRT). overall length.
Tonnage means the volume of a ves- (iii) A U.S. flag vessel, or one of Ca-
sel’s spaces, including portable en- nadian registry or nationality, or oper-
closed spaces, as calculated under a ated under the authority of Canada,
measurement system in this part, and and that is operating only on the Great
is categorized as either gross or net. Lakes, unless the vessel owner re-
Gross tonnage refers to the volumetric quests.
measure of the overall size of a vessel. (iv) A U.S. flag vessel (except a vessel
Net tonnage refers to the volumetric that engages on a foreign voyage), the
measure of the useful capacity of the keel of which was laid or was at a simi-
vessel. Deck cargo is not included in lar stage of construction before Janu-
tonnage. ary 1, 1986, unless the vessel owner re-

Tonnage threshold means a quests or unless the vessel subse-
delimitating tonnage value specified in quently undergoes a change that the
388
Commandant finds substantially af- date the rules and procedures pre-
fects the gross tonnage. scribed in this part may be applied, at
(v) A non-self-propelled U.S. flag ves- the option of the vessel owner, to the
sel (except a non-self-propelled vessel following vessels:
that engages on a foreign voyage), un- (1) A vessel which has not been meas-
less the vessel owner requests the ap- ured and which was contracted for on
plication. or before May 2, 2016.
(b) Standard Regulatory Measurement (2) A vessel which has been measured,
System (subpart C of this part). This For- but which has undergone modifications
mal Measurement System applies to a contracted for on or before May 2, 2016.
vessel not measured under the Conven-
tion Measurement System for which [USCG–2011–0522, 81 FR 18719, Mar. 31, 2016]
the application of an international § 69.15 Authorized measurement orga-
agreement or other law of the United nizations.
States to the vessel depends on the ves-
sel’s tonnage. Upon request of the ves- (a) Except as noted under paragraphs
sel owner, this system also applies to a (c) and (d) of this section, measurement
U.S. flag vessel that is also measured or remeasurement of all vessels under
under the Convention Measurement the Convention Measurement System
System. and Standard and Dual Regulatory
(c) Dual Regulatory Measurement Sys- Measurement Systems must be per-
tem (subpart D of this part). This Formal formed by an authorized measurement
Measurement System may be applied, organization meeting the requirements
at the vessel owner’s option, instead of of § 69.27. A current listing of author-
the Standard Regulatory Measurement ized measurement organizations may
System. be obtained from the Commanding Offi-
(d) Simplified Regulatory Measurement cer, Marine Safety Center (MSC–4),
System (subpart E of this part). This sys- U.S. Coast Guard, 2703 Martin Luther
tem may be applied, at the vessel own- King Jr. Avenue SE., Washington, DC
er’s option, instead of the Standard 20593 or by writing to Commanding Of-
Regulatory Measurement System to ficer (MSC), Attn: Marine Safety Cen-
the following vessels: ter, U.S. Coast Guard Stop 7430, 2703
(1) A vessel that is under 79 feet in Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE.,
overall length. Washington, DC 20593–7430.
(2) A vessel of any length that is non- (b) Measurement or remeasurement
self-propelled. of all vessels under subpart E of this
(3) A vessel of any length that is op- part must be performed by the Coast
erated only for pleasure. Guard.
(c) Measurement or remeasurement
[USCG–2011–0522, 81 FR 18719, Mar. 31, 2016]
of all U.S. Coast Guard vessels and all
§ 69.13 Applying provisions of a meas- U.S. Navy vessels of war must be per-
urement system. formed by the Coast Guard.
(d) At the option of the Commandant,
(a) Except as noted under paragraph
the Coast Guard may measure any ves-
(c) of this section, all provisions of a
sel under this part.
measurement system as prescribed in
(e) The appropriate tonnage certifi-
this part that are applicable to the ves-
cate, as provided for under this part, is
sel must be observed. Coast Guard in-
issued by the authorized measurement
terpretations of these provisions are
organization as evidence of the vessel’s
published by, and may be obtained
measurement under this part.
from, Commanding Officer, Marine
Safety Center (MSC–4). [CGD 87–015b, 54 FR 37657, Sept. 12, 1989, as
(b) The provisions of more than one amended by CGD 92–058, 57 FR 59938, Dec. 17,
measurement system must not be ap- 1992; CGD 92–053, 59 FR 50508, Oct. 4, 1994;
plied interchangeably or combined, ex- CGD 95–014, 60 FR 31606, June 15, 1995; CGD
97–057, 62 FR 51045, Sept. 30, 1997; USCG–2007–
cept where specifically authorized 29018, 72 FR 53965, Sept. 21, 2007; USCG–2009–
under this part. 0702, 74 FR 49230, Sept. 25, 2009; USCG–2013–
(c) Unless otherwise provided for by 0671, 78 FR 60149, Sept. 30, 2013; USCG–2011–
law, the tonnage measurement rules 0522, 81 FR 18719, Mar. 31, 2016; USCG–2016–
and procedures that immediately pre- 0498, 82 FR 35091, July 28, 2017]
389
§ 69.17 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
§ 69.17 Application for measurement (b) Remeasurement must also be per-

services. formed as follows:
(a) The vessel owner is responsible (1) When there is a perceived error in
for having the vessel measured or re- the application of this part, the vessel
measured under this part. Applications owner should contact the responsible
for Formal Measurement may be ob- measurement organization, or Com-
tained from any measurement organi- manding Officer, Marine Safety Center
zation and, once completed, are sub- (MSC–4), as appropriate. Remeasure-
mitted to the authorized measurement ment is performed to the extent nec-
organization that will perform the essary to verify and correct the error.
measurement services. Applications for (2) At the vessel owner’s option, to
Simplified Measurement may be ob- reflect the latest tonnage measurement
tained from the Commanding Officer, rules and associated interpretations
Marine Safety Center (MSC–4) and, under this part.
once completed, are submitted or re- (c) For vessels measured under a For-
tained as described in § 69.205. The con- mal Measurement System, if a re-
tents of the application are described measurement or adjustment of tonnage
in this part under the requirements for is required, the authorized measure-
each system. ment organization will issue a new ton-
(b) Applications for measurement nage certificate. For all other vessels,
under more than one system may be Commanding Officer, Marine Safety
combined. Center (MSC–4) will take action, as ap-
(c) For vessels under construction, propriate.
the application should be submitted be- (d) A vessel of less than 79 feet in
fore the vessel is advanced in construc- overall length measured under a For-
tion. Usually, this means as soon as the mal Measurement System may be re-
decks are laid, holds cleared of encum- measured at the owner’s request under
brances, engines installed, and accom- the Simplified Regulatory Measure-
modations partitioned. ment System.
[CGD 87–015b, 54 FR 37657, Sept. 12, 1989, as [USCG–2011–0522, 81 FR 18719, Mar. 31, 2016]
1997; USCG–2011–0522, 81 FR 18719, Mar. 31,
2016]
§ 69.20 Applying tonnage thresholds.
(a) General. Tonnage thresholds are
§ 69.19 Remeasurement. applied using the vessel’s tonnage as-
(a) If a vessel that is already meas- signed under this part, and as provided
ured is to undergo a structural alter- for by paragraphs (b) through (d) of
ation, a change to its service, or if the this section. In general, and except as
use of its space is to be changed, a re- under paragraphs (b) and (c) of this sec-
measurement may be required. For ves- tion, tonnage thresholds expressed in
sels measured under a Formal Measure- terms of ‘‘gross tonnage,’’ ‘‘gross ton-
ment System, owners must report im- nage ITC,’’ or ‘‘GT ITC’’ are applied
mediately to an authorized measure- using Convention Measurement System
ment organization any intent to struc- tonnage (if assigned) and thresholds ex-
turally alter the vessel or to change its pressed in terms of ‘‘gross tons,’’ ‘‘reg-
service or the use of its space. The istered gross tons,’’ or ‘‘GRT’’ are ap-
measurement organization advises the plied using the Regulatory Measure-
owner if remeasurement is necessary. ment System tonnage (if assigned).
For all other vessels, owners must re- Similarly, in general, and except as
port the intent to structurally alter under paragraphs (b) and (c) of this sec-
the vessel to Commanding Officer, Ma- tion, tonnage thresholds expressed in
rine Safety Center (MSC–4), for a re- terms of ‘‘net tonnage,’’ ‘‘net tonnage
measurement determination. Re- ITC,’’ or ‘‘NT ITC’’ are applied using
measurement is initiated by com- Convention Measurement System ton-
pleting and submitting, where applica- nage (if assigned) and thresholds ex-
ble, the appropriate application for pressed in terms of ‘‘net tons,’’ ‘‘reg-
measurement services. Spaces not af- istered net tons,’’ or ‘‘NRT’’ are ap-
fected by the alteration or change need plied using the Regulatory Measure-
not be remeasured. ment System tonnage (if assigned).
390
(b) Thresholds found in international foreign country’s national measure-

conventions. Unless otherwise provided ment system tonnage, to a vessel
for by law, apply tonnage thresholds in whose keel was laid on or after July 18,
international conventions as follows: 1982, but on or before July 18, 1994, and
(1) For vessels measured under the which did not undergo alterations after
Convention Measurement System, July 18, 1994 of a magnitude deemed by
apply all tonnage thresholds using Con- that country to constitute a substan-
vention Measurement System tonnage, tial variation in its tonnage subject to
except as provided for under the fol- the provisions of these resolutions.
lowing international tonnage (iii) Any other international
grandfathering provisions, which may grandfathering provisions as author-
be applied at the option of the vessel ized under appropriate International
owner: Maritime Organization instruments to
(i) Under Article 3(2)(d) of the Conven- which the United States is a party, or
tion: which are otherwise recognized or ac-
(A) For a U.S. flag vessel, this Article cepted by the United States.
allows associated tonnage thresholds in (2) For all other vessels, apply all
effect on or before July 18, 1994 to be tonnage thresholds using Regulatory
applied, at the vessel owner’s option, Measurement System tonnage.
using Regulatory Measurement System (c) Thresholds found in Federal statutes
tonnage to a vessel whose keel was laid and regulations. Unless otherwise pro-
on or before July 18, 1982, and which did vided for by law, apply tonnage thresh-
not subsequently undergo alterations olds in Federal statutes and regula-
resulting in a change in its tonnage of tions as follows:
a magnitude deemed by the Com- (1) For vessels measured under the
mandant to constitute a substantial Convention Measurement System only,
variation in its tonnage. apply all thresholds using Convention
(B) For a foreign flag vessel, this Ar- Measurement System tonnage.
ticle allows associated tonnage thresh- (2) For vessels measured under the
olds in effect on or before July 18, 1994, Regulatory Measurement System only,
to be applied, at the vessel owner’s op- apply all thresholds using Regulatory
tion, using the foreign country’s na- Measurement System tonnage.
tional measurement system tonnage to (3) For all other vessels, apply
a vessel whose keel was laid on or be- thresholds in effect before July 19, 1994
fore July 18, 1982, and which did not using the vessel’s Regulatory Measure-
subsequently undergo alterations re- ment System tonnage, and all other
sulting in a change in its tonnage of a thresholds using the vessel’s Conven-
magnitude deemed by that country to tion Measurement System tonnage.
constitute a substantial variation in (d) Alternate tonnage thresholds. 46
its tonnage. U.S.C. 14104 authorizes the Coast Guard
(ii) Under International Maritime Or- to establish tonnage thresholds based
ganization (IMO) Resolutions A.494 (XII) on the Convention Measurement Sys-
of November 19, 1981 and A.541 (XIII) of tem as an alternative to tonnage
November 17, 1983: thresholds based on the Regulatory
(A) For a U.S. flag vessel, these reso- Measurement System. Although 46
lutions allow tonnage thresholds in ef- U.S.C. 14104 addresses only thresholds
fect on July 18, 1994 to be applied using in Federal statutes, it does not pre-
the gross register tonnage (Regulatory clude establishing alternate tonnage
Measurement System), to a vessel thresholds for Federal regulations that
whose keel was laid on or after July 18, currently specify thresholds that were
1982 but before July 19, 1994, and which based on the Regulatory Measurement
did not subsequently undergo alter- System, where appropriate.
ations resulting in a change substan- (1) If an alternate tonnage threshold
tially affecting its tonnage as deemed is prescribed or authorized by Federal
by the Commandant. statute or regulation, apply the alter-
(B) For a foreign flag vessel, these nate tonnage threshold using the Con-
resolutions allow tonnage thresholds in vention Measurement System tonnage.

effect on July 18, 1994 to be applied, at (2) A vessel regulated under para-
the vessel owner’s option, using the graph (d) of this section must not be
391
§ 69.21 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
measured under the Regulatory Meas- (1) Is a full member of the Inter-
urement System. national Association of Classification
Societies (IACS);
[USCG–2011–0522, 81 FR 18720, Mar. 31, 2016]
(2) Is incorporated under the laws of
§ 69.21 Right of appeal. the United States, a State of the
United States, or the District of Co-
Any person directly affected by a de-
lumbia;
cision or action taken under this part,
by or on behalf of the Coast Guard, (3) In lieu of the requirements in
may appeal therefrom in accordance paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section,
with subpart 1.03 of this chapter. is a recognized classification society
under the requirements of 46 CFR part
[CGD 88–033, 54 FR 50380, Dec. 6, 1989] 8.
(4) Is capable of providing all meas-
§ 69.23 Fees. urement services under the Convention
Measurement organizations are au- Measurement System and Standard
thorized to charge a fee for measure- and Dual Regulatory Measurement
ment services. Information on fees is Systems for vessels domestically and
available directly from the organiza- internationally;
tions. (5) Maintains a tonnage measurement
[CGD 97–057, 62 FR 51045, Sept. 30, 1997] staff that has practical experience in
measuring U.S. flag vessels under the
§ 69.25 Penalties. Convention Measurement System and
(a) General violation. The vessel Standard and Dual Regulatory Meas-
owner, charterer, managing operator, urement Systems; and
agent, master, and individual in charge (6) Enters into a written agreement,
of a vessel in violation of a regulation as described in paragraph (d) of this
in this part are each liable to the section.
United States Government for a civil (c) Applications for delegation of au-
penalty of not more than $30,000. Each thority under this section must be for-
day of a continuing violation is a sepa- warded to the Commandant and in-
rate violation. The vessel also is liable clude the following information on the
in rem for the penalty. organization:
(b) False Statements. A person know- (1) Its name and address.
ingly making a false statement or rep- (2) Its organizational rules and struc-
resentation in a matter in which a ture.
statement or representation is required (3) The location of its offices that are
by this part is liable to the United available to provide measurement serv-
States Government for a civil penalty ices under the Convention Measure-
of not more than $30,000 for each false ment System and Standard and Dual
statement or representation. The ves- Regulatory Measurement Systems.
sel also is liable in rem for the penalty. (4) The name, qualifications, experi-
[CGD 87–015b, 54 FR 37657, Sept. 12, 1989, as ence, and job title of each full-time or
amended by USCG–2011–0522, 81 FR 18720, part-time employee or independent
Mar. 31, 2016] contractor specifically designated by
the organization to provide measure-
§ 69.27 Delegation of authority to ment services under theConvention
measure vessels. Measurement System and Standard
(a) Under 46 U.S.C. 14103, the Coast and Dual Regulatory Measurement
Guard is authorized to delegate to a Systems.
‘‘qualified person’’ the authority to (5) Its tonnage measurement training
measure and certify U.S. flag vessels procedures.
under this part. (d) If, after reviewing the applica-
(b) Authority to measure and certify tion, the Coast Guard determines that
U.S. flag vessels under the Convention the organization is qualified to meas-
Measurement System and Standard ure and certify U.S. vessels on behalf of
and Dual Regulatory Measurement the Coast Guard, the organization

Systems may be delegated to an orga- must enter into a written agreement
nization that— with the Coast Guard which—
392
(1) Defines the procedures for admin- foreign country is party to the Conven-
istering and implementing the tonnage tion; or
measurement and certification proc- (2) The Commandant finds that the
esses, including the roles and respon- laws and regulations of that country
sibilities of each party; related to measurement are similar to
(2) Outlines the Coast Guard’s over- those of subpart B of this part.
sight role; (b) The Commandant may accept the
(3) Prohibits the organization from measurement of a foreign flag vessel by
using an employee or contractor of the a foreign country as complying with
organization to measure and certify subpart C, D, or E of this part if the
the tonnage of a vessel if that em- Commandant finds that the laws and
ployee or contractor is acting or has regulations of that country related to
acted as a tonnage consultant for that measurement are substantially similar
same vessel; and to those of subpart C, D, or E, respec-
(4) Requires the organization to— tively, of this part.
(i) Accept all requests to perform del-
[USCG–2011–0522, 81 FR 18721, Mar. 31, 2016]
egated services without discrimination
and without regard to the vessel’s loca- § 69.29 OMB control numbers assigned
tion, unless prohibited from doing so under the Paperwork Reduction
under the laws of the United States or Act.
under the laws of the jurisdiction in (a) Purpose. This section collects and
which the vessel is located; displays the control numbers assigned
(ii) Physically inspect each vessel be- to information collection and record
fore issuing a tonnage certificate; keeping requirements in this part by
(iii) Provide the Coast Guard with
the Office of Management and Budget
current schedules of measurement fees
(OMB) pursuant to the Paperwork Re-
and related charges;
duction Act of 1980 (44 U.S.C. 3501 et
(iv) Maintain a tonnage measurement
seq.). The Coast Guard intends that this
file for each U.S. vessel that the orga-
part comply with 44 U.S.C. 3507(f),
nization measures and permit access to
which requires that agencies display
the file by any person authorized by
the current control number assigned by
the Commandant;
the Director of OMB for each approved
(v) Permit observer status represen-
agency information collection require-
tation by the Coast Guard at all formal
ment.
discussions that may take place be-
(b) Display—
tween the organization and other ves-
sel tonnage measurement organiza- Currently
tions pertaining to tonnage measure- assigned
Section of 46 CFR part 69 OMB control
ment of U.S. vessels or to the systems No.
under which U.S. vessels are measured;
69.17 .................................................................. 1625–0022
(vi) Comply with and apply all laws 69.19 .................................................................. 1625–0022
and regulations relating to tonnage 69.21 .................................................................. 1625–0022
measurement of U.S. vessels within the 69.27 .................................................................. 1625–0022
scope of authority delegated; and 69.55 .................................................................. 1625–0022
69.105 ................................................................ 1625–0022
(vii) Comply with all other provi- 69.121(d) ........................................................... 1625–0022
sions, if any, of the written agreement. 69.159 ................................................................ 1625–0022
69.179 ................................................................ 1625–0022
[CGD 87–015b, 54 FR 37657, Sept. 12, 1989, as 69.205 ................................................................ 1625–0022
1997; CGD 95–010, 62 FR 67536, Dec. 24, 1997;
USCG–2011–0522, 81 FR 18721, Mar. 31, 2016] [CGD 87–015b, 54 FR 37657, Sept. 12, 1989, as
§ 69.28 Acceptance of measurement by Sept. 30, 2004]
a foreign country.
(a) The Commandant must accept the Subpart B—Convention
measurement of a foreign flag vessel by Measurement System
a foreign country as complying with
§ 69.51 Purpose.
subpart B of this part if:

(1) The vessel was measured under This subpart prescribes the require-
the terms of the Convention and the ments for measuring a vessel in order
393
§ 69.53 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
to comply with the International Con- (c) For vessels to which parts 42, 44,
vention on Tonnage Measurement of 45, 46, or 47 of this chapter do not apply
Ships, 1969 (Convention), and 46 U.S.C. but which otherwise have been as-
chapter 143. signed a load line, the draft cor-
responding to the Summer Load Line
§ 69.53 Definitions. so assigned;
As used in this subpart— (d) For vessels to which no load line
Amidships means the midpoint of the has been assigned but the draft of
registered length, as ‘‘registered which is restricted under any Coast
length’’ is defined in this section. Guard requirement, the maximum
Boundary bulkhead means the bulk- draft permitted under the restriction;
head or partition that separates an en- and
closed interior space from the sur- (e) For other vessels, 75 per cent of
rounding weather. In general, the exte- the molded depth.
rior bulkhead of a deck structure is the Passenger means a person on board a
boundary bulkhead. vessel other than—
Cargo space means an enclosed space (a) The master, a member of the
appropriated for the transport of cargo crew, or other person employed or en-
which is to be discharged from the ves- gaged in any capacity in the business
sel. The term does not include a space of the vessel; and
which qualifies as an excluded space (b) A child under one year of age.
under § 69.61. Registered breadth means the max-
Enclosed space is defined in § 69.59. imum breadth of a vessel measured
Excluded space is defined in § 69.61. amidships to the molded line of the
Line of the upper deck means a longi- frame in a vessel with a metal shell
tudinal line at the underside of the and to the outer surface of the hull in
upper deck or, if that deck is stepped, all other vessels.
the longitudinal line of the underside Registered length means either 96 per-
of the lowest portion of that deck par- cent of the length on a waterline at 85
allel with the upper portions of that percent of the least molded depth
deck. measured from the top of the flat keel
Molded depth means the vertical dis- or the length from the fore side of the
tance amidships between the following stem to the axis of the rudder stock on
points: that waterline, whichever is greater. In
(a) From the line of the upper deck at vessels designed with a rake of keel,
the vessel’s side or, if the vessel has this length is measured on a waterline
rounded gunwales, from the intersec- parallel to the design waterline.
tion of the line of the upper deck ex-
Upper deck means the uppermost
tended to the molded line of the shell
complete deck exposed to weather and
plating as though the gunwales were of
sea, which has permanent means of
angular design.
weathertight closing of all openings in
(b) To the top of the flat keel, to the
the weather part of the deck, and below
lower edge of the keel rabbet if the ves-
which all openings in the sides of the
sel is of wood or composite structure,
vessel are fitted with permanent means
or to the point where the line of the
of watertight closing.
flat of the bottom extended inward
Weathertight means secure against
cuts the side of the keel if the vessel’s
penetration of water into the vessel in
lower part is hollow or has thick
any sea condition.
garboards.
Molded draft means— [CGD 87–015b, 54 FR 37657, Sept. 12, 1989, as
(a) For vessels assigned a load line amended by USCG–2011–0522, 81 FR 18721,
under parts 42, 44, 45, or 47 of this chap- Mar. 31, 2016]
ter, the draft corresponding to the
Summer Load Line (other than a tim- § 69.55 Application for measurement
services.
ber load line);
(b) For passenger vessels assigned a Applications for measurement under
load line under part 46 of this chapter, this subpart must include the following
the draft corresponding to the deepest information and plans:
subdivision load line assigned; (a) Type of vessel.
394
(b) Vessel’s name and official number calculating gross tonnage ITC. Spaces
(if assigned). that are below the upper deck and open
(c) Builder’s name and the vessel hull to the sea, as well as those spaces list-
number assigned by builder. ed in paragraphs (b) through (f) of this
(d) Place built and delivery date (or section, are excluded spaces, except as
scheduled delivery date). under paragraph (g) of this section.
(e) Date keel was laid. (b) A space that is within a structure
(f) Overall length, breadth, and depth and that is opposite an end opening ex-
of vessel. tending from deck to deck (except for a
(g) Lines plan. curtain plate of a height not exceeding
(h) Booklet of offsets at stations. by more than one inch the depth of the
(i) Capacity plans for tanks and cargo adjoining deck beams) and having a
compartments. breadth equal to or greater than 90 per-
(j) Hydrostatic curves. cent of the breadth of the deck at the
(k) Construction plans showing meas- line of the opening is an excluded
urements and scantlings of deck struc- space, subject to the following:
tures, hatches, appendages, recesses, (1) Only the space between the actual
and other enclosed spaces. end opening and a line drawn parallel
(l) Arrangement plans. to the line or face of the opening at a
distance from the opening equal to one-
[CGD 89–007; CGD 89–007a, 58 FR 60266, Nov.
half of the breadth of the deck at the
15, 1993, 58 FR 65131, Dec. 13, 1993, as amended
by CGD 95–014, 60 FR 31606, June 15, 1995; line of the opening is excluded. (See
USCG–2011–0522, 81 FR 18721, Mar. 31, 2016] § 69.75, figure 1.)
(2) If, because of any arrangement
§ 69.57 Gross tonnage ITC. (except convergence of the outside
Gross tonnage ITC (GT ITC) is deter- plating as shown in § 69.75, figure 3), the
mined by the following formula GT ITC breadth of the space is less than 90 per-
= K1 V, in which V = total volume of all cent of the breadth of the deck, only
enclosed spaces in cubic meters and K1 the space between the line of the open-
= 0.2 + 0.02 log10 V. ing and a parallel line drawn through
the point where the athwartship
[CGD 87–015b, 54 FR 37657, Sept. 12, 1989, as breadth of the space is equal to 90 per-
amended by USCG–2011–0522, 81 FR 18721, cent or less of the breadth of the deck
Mar. 31, 2016]
is excluded. (See § 69.75, figures 2 and 4.)
§ 69.59 Enclosed spaces. (3) When any two spaces, either of
which is excluded under paragraphs
Enclosed space means a space which is (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this section, are sepa-
bounded by the vessel’s hull, by fixed rated by an area that is completely
or portable partitions or bulkheads, or open except for bulwarks or open rails,
by decks or coverings other than per- these two spaces must not be excluded
manent or movable awnings. No break if the separation between the two
in a deck, nor any opening in the ves- spaces is less than the least half
sel’s hull, in a deck or in a covering of breadth of the deck in way of the sepa-
a space, or in the partitions or bulk- ration. (See § 69.75, figures 5 and 6.)
heads of a space, nor the absence of a (4) When the deck at the line of an
partition or bulkhead precludes the opening has rounded gunwales, the
space from being included in the en- breadth of the deck is the distance be-
closed space. Portable enclosed spaces, tween the tangent points indicated in
regardless of method of attachment to § 69.75, figure 11.
the vessel, are treated as enclosed (c) A space that is open to the weath-
spaces as defined in this paragraph. er and that is under an overhead deck
[CGD 87–015b, 54 FR 37657, Sept. 12, 1989, as covering with no connection on the
amended by USCG–2011–0522, 81 FR 18721, space’s exposed sides between the cov-
Mar. 31, 2016] ering and the deck other than the stan-
chions necessary for the covering’s sup-
§ 69.61 Excluded spaces. port is an excluded space. An open rail
(a) Excluded space means an enclosed or bulwark fitted at the vessel’s side
space which is excluded from the total does not disqualify the space from
volume of all enclosed spaces (V) in being an excluded space if the height
395
§ 69.63 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
between the top of the rail or bulwark extends from deck to deck without a
and the overhead structure or curtain means of closing is an excluded space,
plate (if fitted) is not less than 2.5 feet if the interior width of the space is not
or one-third of the height of the space, greater than the width of the opening
whichever is greater. (See § 69.75, figure and extension of the space into the
7.) structure is not greater than twice the
(d) A space in a side-to-side structure width of the opening. (See § 69.75, figure
directly in way of opposite side open- 10.)
ings not less than 2.5 feet in height or (g) Any space described in paragraphs
one-third of the height of the struc- (a) through (f) of this section which ful-
ture, whichever is greater, is an ex- fills at least one of the following condi-
cluded space. If the opening is only on tions is not an excluded space:
one side of the structure, the space to (1) The space is fitted with shelves or
be excluded is limited inboard from the other means designed for securing
opening to a maximum of one-half of cargo or stores.
the breadth of the deck in way of the (2) The opening that would otherwise
opening. (See § 69.75, figure 8.) permit the space to be excluded space
(e) A space in a structure imme- is fitted with a means of closure.
diately below an uncovered opening in (3) Other features of the space make
the deck overhead is an excluded space, it possible for the space to be closed.
if the opening is exposed to the weath- [CGD 87–015b, 54 FR 37657, Sept. 12, 1989, as
er and the space to be excluded is lim- amended by USCG–2011–0522, 81 FR 18721,
ited to the area of the opening. (See Mar. 31, 2016]
§ 69.75, figure 9.)
(f) A recess in the boundary bulkhead § 69.63 Net tonnage ITC.
of a structure which is exposed to the Net tonnage ITC (NT ITC) is deter-
weather and which has an opening that mined by the formula:
396
[USCG–2011–0522, 81 FR 18721, Mar. 31, 2016] § 69.67 Marking of cargo spaces.

§ 69.65 Calculation of volumes. Cargo spaces used in determining vol-
ume (Vc) for calculating net tonnage
(a) Volumes V and Vc used in calcu- must be permanently marked with the
lating gross tonnage ITC and net ton- letters ‘‘CC’’ (cargo compartment)
nage ITC, respectively, must be meas- which are at least four inches in height
ured and calculated according to ac- and positioned so as to be visible at all
cepted naval architectural practices times.
for the spaces concerned.
(b) Measurements must be taken, re- § 69.69 Tonnage certificates.
gardless of the fitting of insulation or
(a) On request of the vessel owner,
the like, to the inner side of the shell
the authorized measurement organiza-
or structural boundary plating in ves-
tion must issue an International Ton-
sels constructed of metal, and to the
nage Certificate (1969) as evidence of
outer surface of the shell or to the
the vessel’s measurement under this
inner side of structural boundary sur-
subpart for a vessel that is 24 meters

faces in all other vessels.
(79.0 feet) or more in registered length,
[USCG–2011–0522, 81 FR 18722, Mar. 31, 2016] will engage on a foreign voyage, and is
397
ER31MR16.000</GPH>
§ 69.71 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
not a vessel of war. The Certificate is nage applicable to the load line as-
delivered to the vessel owner or master signed under the International Conven-
and must be maintained on board the tion on Load Lines, SOLAS or other
vessel when it is engaged on a foreign international agreement for the trade
voyage. For a vessel for which a rein which the vessel in engaged.
measurement under § 69.71 resulted in a (c) When a vessel is altered so that
net tonnage ITC decrease due to the net tonnage is decreased or the ves-
changes other than alterations or sel’s trade is changed so that the load
modifications to the vessel deemed by line assigned for that trade under para-
the Commandant to be of a major char- graph (b) of this section is no longer
acter, an International Tonnage Cer- appropriate and results in a decrease in
tificate (1969) reflecting the decreased its net tonnage, a new International
net tonnage ITC will not be reissued Tonnage Certificate (1969) incor-
until 12 months have elapsed from the porating that net tonnage may not be
date of measurement indicated on the issued until twelve months after the
current certificate. date on which the current Certificate
(b) If an International Tonnage Cer- was issued. However, if one of the fol-
tificate (1969) is not issued for a vessel lowing apply, a new Certificate may be
measured under this part, the measure- issued immediately:
ment organization must issue a U.S. (1) The vessel is transferred to the
Tonnage Certificate as evidence of the flag of another nation.
vessel’s measurement under this sub- (2) The vessel undergoes alterations
part, which must also indicate the ves- or modifications which the Com-
sel’s measurement under any other mandant deems to be of a major char-
subpart of this part. There is no re- acter, such as the removal of a super-
quirement to maintain the U.S. Ton- structure which requires an alteration
nage Certificate on board the vessel. of the assigned load line.
(c) For a vessel that transfers flag to
a foreign country that is party to the [CGD 87–015b, 54 FR 37657, Sept. 12, 1989, as
Convention, the International Tonnage amended by USCG–1999–6216, 64 FR 53225, Oct.
1, 1999; USCG–2011–0522, 81 FR 18722, Mar. 31,
Certificate (1969) remains valid for a 2016]
period not to exceed 3 months after the
flag transfer, or until an International § 69.73 Treatment of novel type ves-
Tonnage Certificate (1969) is issued sels.
under authority of the foreign country
(a) When application of this subpart
to replace it, whichever is earlier.
to a novel type vessel produces unrea-
[USCG–2011–0522, 81 FR 18722, Mar. 31, 2016] sonable or impractical results, the
Commandant may determine a more
§ 69.71 Change of net tonnage. suitable method of measurement.
(a) When a vessel is altered so that (b) Requests for a determination
the net tonnage is increased, the new must be submitted to the Com-
net tonnage must be applied imme- mandant, explaining the reasons for
diately. seeking a determination, and including
(b) A vessel concurrently assigned a description of the spaces in question,
load lines under both the International if applicable.
Convention on Load Lines and either
[CGD 87–015b, 54 FR 37657, Sept. 12, 1989, as
the International Convention for the amended by CGD 97–057, 62 FR 51045, Sept. 30,
Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS) or other 1997; USCG–1999–6216, 64 FR 53225, Oct. 1, 1999;
international agreement must be as- USCG–2011–0522, 81 FR 18722, Mar. 31, 2016]
signed only one net tonnage. The net
tonnage assigned must be the net ton- § 69.75 Figures.
398
399
ER31MR16.001</GPH>
§ 69.75 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
400
ER31MR16.002</GPH>
[USCG–2011–0522, 81 FR 18722, Mar. 31, 2016] Floor means a vertical plate or tim-
ber extending from bilge to bilge in the
Subpart C—Standard Regulatory bottom of a vessel. In a wooden vessel,
Measurement System ‘‘floor’’ means the lowermost timber
connecting the main frames at the keel
§ 69.101 Purpose. when that timber extends the full
This subpart prescribes the proce- depth of the frames to which it is fas-
dures for measuring a vessel under the tened. In a double bottom, floors usu-
Standard Regulatory Measurement ally extend from the outer to the inner
System described in 46 U.S.C. 14512. bottom.
Gross register tonnage is defined in
[CGD 87–015b, 54 FR 37657, Sept. 12, 1989, as
§ 69.107(a).
Mar. 31, 2016] Hatch means an opening in a deck
through which cargo is laden or dis-
§ 69.103 Definitions. charged.
As used in this subpart— Line of the normal frames means the
Between-deck means the space above imaginary horizontal line that con-
the line of the tonnage deck and below nects the inboard faces of the smallest
the line of the deck next above. normal frames.
Break means the space between the Line of the ordinary frames means the
line of a deck and the upper portion of line of intersection of the imaginary
that deck, in cases where that deck is surface or surfaces tangent to the in-
stepped and continued at a higher ele- board faces of the ordinary frames (or
vation. the inside of the vessel’s skin, if there
Camber means the perpendicular rise are no ordinary frames), and the imagi-
or crown of a deck at the centerline of nary plane running transversely
the vessel measured above the skin of through the vessel at the tonnage sta-
the vessel at the vessel’s sides. tion of interest.
Ceiling means the permanent plank- Line of tonnage deck means the line
ing or plating fitted directly on the in- determined under § 69.109(e).
board side of frames, floors, or double Line of uppermost complete deck means
bottom and includes cargo battens and the line determined under § 69.111(b).
refrigeration insulation but does not Net register tonnage is defined in
include false ceiling which stands off § 69.107(b).
from the framing. Normal frame means a frame, regard-
Coaming means both the vertical less of size, used to stiffen a structure.
plating around a hatch or skylight and Ordinary frame means a primary side
the sill below an opening in a bulk- or bottom frame or floor used for
head. strengthening the hull.
Deckhouse means a structure that is
Registered breadth is defined in § 69.53.
on or above the uppermost complete
deck and that does not extend from Registered depth means ‘‘molded
side to side of the vessel. The term in- depth’’ as defined in § 69.53.
cludes cabin trunks and closed-in Registered length is defined in § 69.53.
spaces over the holds of vessels. Shelter deck means the uppermost
Depth of frame means the perpen- deck that would have qualified as the
dicular depth of a bottom frame and uppermost complete deck had it not
the athwart distance between the in- been fitted with a middle line opening.
board and outboard faces of a side Step means a cutoff in a deck or in
frame. the bottom, top, or sides of a space re-
Double bottom means a space at the sulting in varying heights of a deck or
bottom of a vessel between the inner varying heights or widths of a space.
and outer bottom plating and used Superstructure means all permanently
solely for water ballast. closed-in structures, including all port-
Double bottom for water ballast means able enclosed spaces, on or above the
a space at the bottom of a vessel be- line of the uppermost complete deck
tween the inner and outer bottom plat- or, if the vessel has a shelter deck, on
ing, used solely for water ballast. or above the line of the shelter deck.
401
§ 69.105 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
Examples of superstructure spaces in- (i) Capacity plans for tanks

clude forecastles, bridges, poops, deck- (j) Construction plans showing meas-
houses, breaks, portable tanks, and urements and scantlings of hull and su-
modular quarters units. perstructure.
Tonnage deck is defined in § 69.109(c). (k) Tonnage drawing showing ton-
Tonnage interval means the longitu- nage length in profile and tonnage sec-
dinal distance between transverse sections.
tions of a vessel’s under-deck, between- (l) Arrangement plans.
deck, or superstructure when divided
into an even number of equal parts for [CGD 87–015b, 54 FR 37657, Sept. 12, 1989, as
amended by CGD 95–014, 60 FR 31606, June 15,
purposes of volume integration. 1995; USCG–2011–0522, 81 FR 18725, Mar. 31,
Tonnage length is defined in § 69.109(f). 2016]
Tonnage station means the longitu-
dinal location of each transverse sec- § 69.107 Gross and net register ton-
tion where breadth and depth measure- nage.
ments are taken when calculating (a) The vessel’s gross register ton-
under-deck volumes under this subpart. nage is the sum of the following ton-
Tonnage stations are numbered con- nages, less the tonnages of certain
secutively from fore to aft, beginning spaces exempt under § 69.117:
with the number one. (1) Under-deck tonnage (§ 69.109).
Uppermost complete deck is defined in
(2) Between-deck tonnage (§ 69.111).
§ 69.108.
(3) Superstructure tonnage (§ 69.113).
Zone of influence method means a
(4) Excess hatchway tonnage
Simpson’s first rule integration meth-
(§ 69.115(c)).
od for determining volumes of under-
deck spaces that limits the sectional (5) Tonnage of framed-in propelling
areas associated with these spaces to machinery spaces included in calcu-
the sectional areas at adjacent under- lating gross tonnage (§ 69.121(d)(1)).
deck tonnage stations, depending on (b) The vessel’s net register tonnage
their proximity to those stations. For is the gross register tonnage less de-
stations for which the under-deck sec- ductions under §§ 69.119 and 69.121.
tional areas are multiplied by four, the (c) The authorized measurement or-
zone of influence extends two-thirds of ganization must issue a U.S. Tonnage
a tonnage interval on either side of the Certificate as evidence of a vessel’s
under-deck station, and for the remain- measurement under this subpart,
ing stations, the zone of influence ex- which must also indicate the vessel’s
tends one-third of a tonnage interval measurement under the Convention
on either side of the station. Measurement System in subpart B of
this part, if applicable. There is no re-
[CGD 87–015b, 54 FR 37657, Sept. 12, 1989, as quirement to maintain the U.S. Ton-
amended by USCG–2011–0522, 81 FR 18724, nage Certificate on board the vessel.
Mar. 31, 2016]
[CGD 87–015b, 54 FR 37657, Sept. 12, 1989, as
§ 69.105 Application for measurement amended by USCG–2011–0522, 81 FR 18725,
services. Mar. 31, 2016]
Applications for measurement serv-
§ 69.108 Uppermost complete deck.
ices under this subpart must include
the following information and plans: (a) Defined. ‘‘Uppermost complete
(a) Type of vessel. deck’’ means the uppermost deck
(b) Vessel’s name and official number which extends from stem to stern and
(if assigned). from side to side at all points of its
(c) Builder’s name and the vessel hull length and is bound by the vessel’s
number assigned by the builder. hull.
(d) Place built and delivery date (or (b) Restrictions. The uppermost com-
scheduled delivery date). plete deck must not:
(e) Date keel was laid. (1) Extend above any space exempted
(f) Overall length, breadth, and depth as open space under paragraph (d) of
of vessel. § 69.117;
(g) Lines plan. (2) Extend below the design water-
(h) Booklet of offsets. line, except in the case of vessels such
402
as submersibles, where the entire up- decks, the tonnage deck is the upper-
permost complete deck is submerged most complete deck. In vessels with
during normal operations; or more than two enumerated decks, the
(3) Rest directly on consecutive or al- tonnage deck is the second enumerated
ternating ordinary bottom frames or deck from the keel as determined in
floors for a distance of over one-half of paragraph (d) of this section.
the tonnage length. (d) Enumerating the decks to identify
(c) Deck discontinuities. Decking the second deck from the keel. The upper-
athwartships of the following deck dis- most complete deck is an enumerated
continuities is not considered to be deck. Decks below the uppermost com-
part of the uppermost complete deck: plete deck that extend from stem to
(1) Through-deck openings that are stern and side to side at all points
not protected from the sea and the along their lengths are also enumer-
weather, such as would be provided by ated, provided they are not disqualified
hatch covers or a surrounding super- by either of the following deck dis-
structure that encloses the opening
continuities:
and whose area is more than 10 percent
of the total deck area from stem to (1) A through-deck opening that is
stern as viewed from above. not fitted with a cover (or equivalent)
(2) Middle line openings conforming and whose area is more than 10 percent
to the requirements of § 69.117(e)(2). of the total deck area, as viewed from
(3) Deck recesses that are not above.
through-hull for which the depth of the (2) A deck recess that is not through-
deck recess at its deepest point is more hull for which the depth at its deepest
than five feet below adjacent portions point is more than five feet below adja-
of the deck, and whose area (as viewed cent portions of the deck and whose
from above) is more than 10 percent of area as viewed from above is more than
the total deck area from stem to stern, 10 percent of the total deck area from
as viewed from above. stem to stern, as viewed from above.
(4) Notches bounded by a deck below (e) Identifying the line of the tonnage
that wrap around from the ends to the deck. (1) If the tonnage deck runs in a
sides of the vessel for which the depth continuous line from stem to stern, the
at the deepest point is more than five line of the tonnage deck is the longitu-
feet below adjacent portions of the dinal line at the underside of the ton-
deck, the area is more than one percent nage deck.
of the total deck area from stem to (2) If the tonnage deck is stepped, the
stern as viewed from above, the length line of the tonnage deck is the longitu-
of the notch in the direction of the ves- dinal line of the underside of the lowest
sel’s longitudinal axis exceeds 10 feet portion of that deck parallel with the
at any point across its width, and the upper portions of that deck. Steps that
width of the notch in the direction of do not extend from side to side or are
the vessel’s longitudinal axis exceeds less than three feet in length are ig-
two feet at any point along its length. nored when establishing the line of the
[USCG–2011–0522, 81 FR 18725, Mar. 31, 2016] tonnage deck. (See § 69.123, figures 1
and 2.) Spaces between the line of the
§ 69.109 Under-deck tonnage. tonnage deck and the higher portions
(a) Defined. ‘‘Under-deck tonnage’’ of that deck are not included in under-
means the tonnage of the space below deck tonnage.
the line of the tonnage deck, as that (f) Tonnage length. (1) ‘‘Tonnage
volume is calculated under this sec- length’’ means the length of a hori-
tion. zontal straight line measured at the
(b) Method of calculating tonnage. centerline of the vessel from the point
Under-deck tonnage is calculated by forward where the line of the tonnage
applying Simpson’s first rule using the deck intersects the line of the inboard
tonnage length and the areas of the faces of the ordinary side frames to the
transverse sections prescribed by this point aft where the line of the tonnage
section. deck intersects the inboard face of the

(c) Identifying the tonnage deck. In ordinary transom frames or cant
vessels with two or less enumerated frames. (See § 69.123, figure 3.)
403
§ 69.109 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
(2) For a vessel having a headblock or of the beam down to the upper side of
square end with framing which extends the ordinary frames, floors,
from the tonnage deck to the bottom of longitudinals, or tank top of a double
the vessel, the tonnage length termi- bottom for water ballast, as the case
nates on the inboard face of the may be.
headblock or ordinary end frames. (See (2) When a depth falls at a point
§ 69.123, figure 4.) where the tank top of a double bottom
(3) For a vessel having a square bow for water ballast has a straight fall
or stern and tonnage deck with cam- from centerline to the wings, the depth
ber, the effect of the camber on the terminates at one-half of the height of
tonnage length must be considered. fall. (See § 69.123 figure 8.)
The tonnage length must be measured (3) When a depth falls at a point
below the tonnage deck at a distance where the tank top of a double bottom
equal to one-third of round camber and for water ballast rises from the center-
one-half of straight pitch camber. line to the wings, the depth terminates
(4) The forward and after termini of at one-half the dead rise. (See § 69.123,
the tonnage length must be a distance figure 9.)
of no more than eight and one-half feet (4) The depth at the midpoint of the
from the associated inboard surface of tonnage length or, when a vessel is
the skin of the hull at the bow and measured in parts, the depth at the
stern as measured at the centerline of midpoint of each part determines the
the vessel, and the after terminus must number of equal parts into which each
not be forward of the centerline of the depth is divided, as follows:
rudderstock. (i) If the midpoint depth is 16 feet or
(g) Division of vessel into transverse less, each depth is divided into four
sections. (1) Except as under paragraph equal parts. If the midpoint depth ex-
(m)(1)(iii) of this section, the tonnage ceeds 16 feet, each depth is divided into
length is divided into an even number six equal parts. (See § 69.123, figure 7.)
of equal parts as indicated in the fol- (ii) The interval between the points
lowing table: of division of a depth and one-third in-
tervals are carried to the nearest hun-
Divi-
Class Tonnage length sions dredth of a foot.
(i) Breadths of transverse sections. (1)
1 ................... 50 ft. or less .................................... 6 Transverse section breadths are meas-
2 ................... Over 50 ft. but not exceeding 100 ft 8
3 ................... Over 100 ft. but not exceeding 150 10
ured horizontally at each point of divi-
ft. sion of each depth and also at the
4 ................... Over 150 ft. but not exceeding 200 12 upper and lower points of each depth.
ft. Breadths are measured to the inboard
5 ................... Over 200 ft. but not exceeding 250 14
ft. face of the ordinary frames or to the
6 ................... Over 250 ft. ..................................... 16 line of the ordinary frames. Breadths
are measured parallel to each other
(2) Transverse sections are cut at and at right angle to the vessel’s cen-
each end of the tonnage length and at terline. (See § 69.123, figure 7.)
each point of division of the tonnage (2) Upper breadths are not reduced by
length, whose location is referred to as measuring to deck-beam brackets. In
a tonnage station, and assigned sequen- cases of camber when an upper breadth
tial tonnage station numbers, begin- passes through the deck (see § 69.123,
ning at the stem. Intervals and one- figure 7), the breadth is measured to
third intervals between the points of the line of the side frames at the under
division are measured to the nearest side of the deck projected vertically up
thousandth of a foot. (See § 69.123 fig- to the height of the upper breadth.
ures 5 and 6.) (3) Bottom breadths are measured
(h) Depths of transverse sections. (1) only as far as the flat of the floor ex-
Transverse section depths are meas- tends. (See § 69.123, figures 7 and 10.)
ured at each point of division of the When bottom frames rise immediately
tonnage length at the centerline of the from the flat keel, bottom breadths are
vessel from a point below the line of equal to the breadth of the flat keel.
the tonnage deck equal to one-third of Where there is no double bottom for
the camber or to one-half of the pitch water ballast and where there is dead
404
rise of the bottom out to the sides of (4) The volume under-deck is divided
the vessel, bottom breadths are equal by 100 and is, subject to exemptions,
to the part of the bottom plating not the under-deck tonnage.
affected by dead rise. (m) Steps in double bottom for water
(4) Bottom breadths falling in way of ballast. (1) The tonnage length of a ves-
a double bottom, the top of which rises sel having a step exceeding six inches
or falls from centerline to the wings, in height in its double bottom for
are measured between the inboard water ballast is divided into longitu-
faces of the frame brackets which con- dinal parts at the step. Each part is
nect the double bottom with the subdivided as follows to determine the
frames. (See § 69.123, figures 8 and 9.) number of transverse sections:
(j) Measuring spaces having ceiling. (i) Parts 20 feet or under in length
The maximum allowance for termi- are divided into two equal parts.
nating measurements on ceiling is (ii) Parts over 20 feet and under 40
three inches on the bottom frames or feet in length are divided into four
tank top and three inches on each side equal parts.
frame. When ceiling is less than three (iii) Parts 40 feet or over are divided
inches thick, only the actual thickness as provided in paragraph (g)(1) of this
is allowed. When ceiling is fitted on a section.
platform directly above the bottom (2) The tonnage of each part is cal-
frames, depths are measured down culated separately. The sum of the ton-
through the platform to the upper side nages of the parts is the under-deck
of the frames and the allowable ceiling tonnage.
on the platform is then deducted. (n) Spaces open to the sea. In calcu-
(k) Area of transverse sections. (1) A lating the tonnage of spaces below the
transverse section at an end of the ton- uppermost complete deck, subtract
nage length may not yield area, except from each breadth measurement the
in vessels (such as barges) with an up- portion of that measurement that
right bow or stern. spans a space, or a portion thereof,
(2) The breadths of each transverse that is open to the sea.
section are numbered from above, the (o) Open vessels. (1) An open vessel is
upper being ‘‘1’’, the second down being a vessel without an uppermost com-
‘‘2’’, and so on to the lowest. plete deck.
(3) Multiply the even numbered (2) The line of the tonnage deck for
breadths by four and the odd numbered an open vessel is the upper edge of the
breadths by two, except for the first upper strake. Depths of transverse sec-
and last breadths, which are multiplied tions are taken from this line.
by one. (3) Any vessel, other than one having
(4) Add together the products from a mechanically refrigerated hold, that
paragraph (k)(3) of this section. is not an open vessel and that has a
(5) Multiply the sum from paragraph tonnage length of less than 50 feet is
(k)(4) of this section by one-third of the measured as an open vessel, if the dis-
interval between the breadths. The tance between the line of its tonnage
product is the area of the transverse deck and the upper edge of the upper
section. strake is more than one-sixth of the
(l) Tonnage. (1) Number the trans- midship depth. ‘‘Midship depth’’ means
verse sections successively ‘‘1’’, ‘‘2’’, the depth measured from the line of
and so forth, beginning at the bow. the upper edge of the upper strake to
(2) Multiply the area of the even the point in the bottom used for meas-
numbered sections by four and the area uring tonnage depths.
of the odd numbered sections by two, (p) General requirements on ordinary
except the first and last sections, frames—(1) Construction. An ordinary
which are multiplied by one. frame must not be penetrated by an
(3) Add together the products from intersecting frame used to strengthen
paragraph (l)(2) of this section and the vessel’s hull, except in a vessel of
multiply the sum by one-third of the wooden construction. Ordinary frames

interval between the sections. The must be of the same material, or have
product is the volume under-deck. the same material properties, as the
405
§ 69.111 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
adjacent hull, and attach to the adja- (5) Asymmetrical framing. Where ordi-
cent hull to at least the same extent as nary frames are configured such that
adjacent ordinary and normal frames. the line of the ordinary frames would
If comprised of different elements, the be asymmetrical about the centerline
elements must be joined to each other of the vessel, breadth measurements
to the same extent that the frame is are determined by taking half-breadths
joined to the hull. The frame, or por- on the side of the vessel that yields the
tions thereof, not meeting these re- greatest sectional area at the associ-
quirements must be treated as if not ated tonnage station, and multiplying
there when establishing the line of the those half-breadths by a factor of two
ordinary frames. to yield the full breadths.
(2) Frame spacing and extension. Ordi- [CGD 87–015b, 54 FR 37657, Sept. 12, 1989; 54
nary frames used to establish the line FR 40240, Sept. 29, 1989; USCG–2014–0688, 79
of the ordinary frames must be spaced FR 58281, Sept. 29, 2014; USCG–2011–0522, 81
on centers that are a maximum of four FR 18725, Mar. 31, 2016]
feet apart. These frames must extend
for a length of at least one tonnage in- § 69.111 Between-deck tonnage.
terval that begins at, ends at, or (a) Defined. ‘‘Between-deck tonnage’’
crosses the associated tonnage station. means the tonnage of the space above
For a longitudinally-framed vessel, the the line of the tonnage deck and below
frames must begin and end at a trans- the line of the uppermost complete
verse ordinary frame or at the vessel’s deck.
hull. (b) Identifying the line of the uppermost
(3) Different sized framing. When an complete deck. (1) If the uppermost com-
ordinary frame has a different depth of plete deck runs in a continuous line
frame than an adjacent ordinary frame, from stem to stern, the line of the up-
the line of the ordinary frames is es- permost complete deck is the longitu-
tablished using the set of alternating dinal line of the underside of the upper-
frames that yields the smallest sec- most complete deck.
tional area at the associated tonnage (2) If the uppermost complete deck is
station, with the sectional area based stepped, the line of the uppermost com-
on the frame with the smallest depth of plete deck is the longitudinal line of
frame in the chosen alternating set. the underside of the lowest portion of
(4) Frame openings. If an opening in that deck parallel with the upper por-
an ordinary frame is oversized, or is tions of that deck. Steps that do not
penetrated by a frame other than an extend from side to side or are less
ordinary frame, the line of the ordi- than three feet in length are ignored
nary frames is established as if the when establishing the line of the upper-
frame material above and inboard of most complete deck. Spaces between
the opening is not there. Similarly, the line of the uppermost complete
frame material separating adjacent deck and the higher portions of the
openings that are within the longest deck are included in superstructure
linear dimension of either opening tonnage.
must be treated as if not there when (c) Method for calculating tonnage. The
establishing the line of the ordinary tonnage of each level of the between-
frames. An opening is oversized if the deck space is calculated separately, as
opening is: follows:
(i) Circular in shape with a diameter (1) The length of each level is meas-
exceeding 18 inches; ured at the mid-height between the
(ii) Oval in shape of a size greater line of the deck above and the line of
than 15 × 23 inches (i.e., either the the deck below. Measure from the point
minor axis exceeds 15 inches or the forward where the continuation of the
major axis exceeds 23 inches, and the line of the normal frames intersects
oval’s area exceeds 255 square inches the center line of the vessel aft to the
(345 square inches in a fuel tank)); or forward face of the normal transom
(iii) Any shape other than circular or framing.
oval, whose area exceeds 255 square (2) Divide the length under paragraph
inches (345 square inches in a fuel (c)(1) of this section into the same
tank). number of equal parts into which the
406
tonnage length is divided under end is one-half the nearest breadth. If

§ 69.109(g)(1). an end is in the form of an arc or curve
(3) Measure at mid-height the inside having a decided flat, the breadth at
breadth of the space to the line of the the end is two-thirds of the nearest
normal frames at each end and at each breadth.
point of division of the length. Number (4) Multiply the even numbered
the breadths successively ‘‘1’’, ‘‘2’’, and breadths by four and the odd numbered
so forth beginning at the bow. by two, except the first and last
(4) Multiply the even numbered breadth, which are multiplied by one.
breadths by four and the odd numbered (5) Add together the products under
breadths by two, except the first and paragraph (b)(4) of this section and
last, which are multiplied by one. multiply the sum by one-third of the
(5) Add together the products under interval between the points at which
paragraph (c)(4) of this section and the breadths are taken. The product is
multiply the sum by one-third of the the square foot area of the structure at
interval between the points at which mid-height.
the breadths are taken. The product is (6) Multiply this area by the average
the square foot area of the space at of the heights taken at each point of
mid-height. division of the structure between its
(6) Multiply the area of the space at decks or the line of its decks. The prod-
mid-height by the average of the uct divided by 100 is the tonnage of
heights taken each point of division of that structure.
the space. The product divided by 100 is (c) A structure having steps in its
the tonnage of that space. deck or side must be measured in parts.
(7) The between-deck tonnage is the
(d) The superstructure tonnage is the
sum of the tonnage of each level within
sum of tonnages of each level above the
the between-deck space.
line of the uppermost complete deck
[CGD 87–015b, 54 FR 37657, Sept. 12, 1989, as (or shelter deck, if applicable).
amended by CGD 97–057, 62 FR 51045, Sept. 30, (e) When a structure is located over a
1997; USCG–2011–0522, 81 FR 18726, Mar. 31, cut-away portion of the tonnage deck,
2016]
the structure’s height is measured
§ 69.113 Superstructure tonnage. from the under side of its overhead
deck to the line of the tonnage deck. If
(a) Defined. ‘‘Superstructure ton- the tonnage deck has no camber, allow
nage’’ means the tonnage of all super- for camber in the overhead deck.
structure spaces.
(f) For structures of a standard geo-
(b) Method of calculating tonnage. The
metric shape, a simple geometric for-
tonnage of all structures on each level
mula that yields an accurate volume
on or above the uppermost complete
may be used. All measurements are
deck (or shelter deck, if applicable) is
terminated at the line of the normal
calculated separately as follows:
frames.
(1) Measure the length of each struc-
ture along its centerline at mid-height [CGD 87–015b, 54 FR 37657, Sept. 12, 1989, as
to the line of the normal frames. (See amended by USCG–2014–0688, 79 FR 58281,
§ 69.123, figure 11.) Sept. 29, 2014; USCG–2011–0522, 81 FR 18726,
(2) Divide the length under paragraph Mar. 31, 2016]
(b)(1) of this section into an even num-
§ 69.115 Excess hatchway tonnage.
ber of equal parts most nearly equal to
those into which the tonnage length is (a) Hatchways that are above the
divided under § 69.109. tonnage deck and are either open to
(3) Measure at mid-height the inside the weather or within open structures
breadth to the line of the normal are measured to determine excess
frames at each end and at each point of hatchway tonnage. Hatchways that are
division of the length. Number the in between-deck spaces, on decks with-
breadths successively ‘‘1’’, ‘‘2’’, and so in closed-in structures, or on open
forth, beginning at the extreme for- structures are not measured.
ward end of the structure. If an end of (b) The tonnage of a hatchway is its
the structure is in the form of a contin- length times breadth times mean depth
uous arc or curve, the breadth at that divided by 100. Mean depth is measured
407
§ 69.117 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
from the under side of the hatch cover by the propelling machinery itself, and
to the top of the deck beam. a propelling machinery working space
(c) From the sum of the tonnage of allowance under § 69.121 limited to two
the hatchways under this section, sub- feet, if available, on each side of the
tract one-half of one percent of the ves- propelling machinery are exempt.
sel’s gross register tonnage exclusive of (iii) Any part of an escape shaft, or a
the hatchway tonnage. The remainder companion sheltering an escape shaft,
is added as excess hatchway tonnage in above the line of the uppermost com-
calculating the gross register tonnage. plete deck is exempt as light or air
[CGD 87–015b, 54 FR 37657, Sept. 12, 1989, as space.
amended by USCG–2011–0522, 81 FR 18727, (iv) Space that would otherwise be
Mar. 31, 2016] exempt as a light or air space is not ex-
empt when propelling machinery is
§ 69.117 Spaces exempt from inclusion boxed-in and does not extend above the
in tonnage.
line of the uppermost complete deck.
(a) Purpose. This section lists spaces Any portion of the boxed-in space
which are exempt from inclusion in above the line of the uppermost com-
tonnage. plete deck is exempt.
(b) Spaces on or above the line of the (5) Skylights affording light or air to
uppermost complete deck. The following a space below, other than to propelling
spaces or portions of spaces on or above machinery spaces. Space immediately
the line of the uppermost complete below the line of the deck on which a
deck are exempt if the spaces or por- skylight is located is exempt only
tions are reasonable in extent and when there is an opening in the next
adapted and used exclusively for the lower deck directly below the skylight
purpose indicated: to permit light or air to an even lower
(1) Spaces for anchor gear, including deck.
capstan, windlass, and chain locker,
(6) Machinery spaces, other than for
are exempt.
propelling machinery under § 169.121.
(2) Companions and booby-hatches
protecting stairways or ladderways (7) Spaces for steering gear.
leading to spaces below are exempt, (8) Water closet spaces that are fitted
whether or not the spaces below are ex- with at least a toilet and are intended
empt. for use by more than one person.
(3) Galley or other spaces fitted with (9) The space in a wheelhouse nec-
a range or oven for cooking food to be essary for controlling the vessel.
consumed on board the vessel are ex- (c) Passenger spaces. (1) As used in
empt. this section, the term ‘‘passenger’’ in-
(4) Spaces designed to provide light cludes officers and enlisted men on
or air to propelling machinery are ex- military vessels who are not assigned
empt, as follows: ship’s duties and not entered on the
(i) When propelling machinery is lo- ship’s articles.
cated entirely on or above the line of (2) As used in this section, ‘‘pas-
the uppermost complete deck, the en- senger space’’ means a space reserved
tire propelling machinery space and all exclusively for the use of passengers
fuel bunker spaces that are also lo- and includes, but is not limited to,
cated above that line are exempt as berthing areas, staterooms, bathrooms,
light or air spaces. (See exception in toilets, libraries, writing rooms,
§ 69.121(d)(1) for framed-in spaces.) lounges, dining rooms, saloons, smok-
(ii) When part of the propelling ma- ing rooms, and recreational rooms. The
chinery projects above the line of the space need not be part of or adjacent to
uppermost complete deck into a space a berthing area to be considered a pas-
used exclusively to provide light or air senger space. Spaces used by both pas-
to the propelling machinery, the entire sengers and crew members (e.g., first
space is exempt as light or air space. aid stations), or used for passenger sup-
When any portion of this space is used port but not accessible to passengers at
for purposes other than providing light all times (e.g., vaults on a gaming ves-
or air, only the portion of the space sel) cannot be exempted as passenger
used for light or air, the space occupied space.
408
(3) A passenger space located on, or (ii) One opening at least four feet
above the first deck above the upper- wide and at least five feet high in the
most complete deck is exempt from clear.
tonnage. To qualify as the first deck (iii) One opening at least 20 square
above the uppermost complete deck, feet in the clear with a breadth in ex-
the deck must be at least six inches cess of four feet and a height of not less
above the uppermost complete deck at than three feet.
all points along its length. (3) A compartment within an open
(d) Open structures. (1) Structures structure is considered open to the
that are located on or above the line of weather only when an interior bulk-
the uppermost complete deck that are head of that compartment has an open-
under cover (sheltered), but open to the ing or openings that meet the require-
weather are exempt from tonnage as ments for end bulkheads under para-
open space. The following additional graphs (d)(2)(i) and (iii) of this section.
requirements apply: Other compartments within the struc-
(i) If a structure is divided into com- ture are not considered open to the
partments, only those compartments weather. The following additional re-
which are open to the weather are ex- quirements apply:
empt from tonnage under the provi- (i) For the interior compartment to
sions of this section. be considered open to the weather, any
compartment or series of compart-
(ii) Open space cannot progress
ments from which the open space pro-
vertically through openings in a deck
gresses must have an opening or open-
within the structure.
ings meeting the requirements for end
(iii) A space that is outside a struc- bulkhead openings, except that the
ture’s boundary bulkhead as defined in opening(s) need not be located in the
§ 69.53 is considered open to the weather forward or after end of the compart-
provided the space is eligible to be ment.
treated as an excluded space under the (ii) Open space may not progress
provisions of § 69.61, regardless of from a space that is open under the
whether or not the space is fitted with provisions of paragraph (d)(1)(iii) of
means designed for securing cargo or this section unless the space may also
stores. be considered open under another pro-
(2) A structure is considered open to vision of this section.
the weather when an exterior end bulk- (4) An interior or exterior opening
head of the structure is open and, ex- that is temporarily closed by shifting
cept as provided in paragraphs (d)(4), boards dropped into channel sections at
(5), and (6) of this section, is not fitted the sides of the opening is considered
with any means of closing. To be con- open to the weather if battening,
sidered open to the weather, the end caulking, or gaskets of any material
bulkhead must not have a coaming are not used.
height of more than two feet in way of (5) An interior or exterior opening
any required opening nor any perma- that is temporarily closed by cover
nent obstruction within two and one- plates or boards held in place only by
half feet of the opening, it must be hook bolts (see § 69.123, Figure 12) is
fitted with a deck or platform that is a considered open to the weather—
minimum of two and one-half feet wide (i) If hook bolts used to secure cover
on the exterior side of the opening, and plates or boards are spaced at least one
it must have one of the following: foot apart and hook over a stiffener in-
(i) Two openings, each at least three stalled around the perimeter of the
feet wide and at least four feet high in opening;
the clear, one on each side of the cen- (ii) If the cover plates or boards fit
terline of the structure. If the openings tightly against the weather side of the
lead to two separate interior compart- bulkhead; and
ments, there must be circulation of (iii) If battening, caulking, or gas-
open space between the two compart- kets of any material are not used.
ments via a single such opening, or se- (6) An interior or exterior opening
ries of such openings, in the inter- that is temporarily closed by cover
mediate bulkhead(s). plates or boards held in place only by
409
§ 69.117 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
bolts and crosspieces is considered open (i) The middle line opening must be
to the weather— at least four feet long in the clear and
(i) If the bolts are not installed at least as wide as the after cargo
through the bulkhead; hatch on the shelter deck, but not less
(ii) If the bolts and crosspieces are than one-half the width of the vessel at
not held in place by cleats or other at- the midpoint of the length of the open-
tachments to or through the bulkhead; ing. The opening may have rounded
(iii) If the cover plates or boards fit corners not exceeding a nine inch ra-
tightly against the weather side of the dius. When a greater radius is required
bulkhead; and by the Coast Guard or a Coast Guard
(iv) If battening, caulking, or gaskets recognized classification society under
of any material are not used. § 42.05–60 of this chapter, notification of
(7) Notwithstanding the opening size that requirement must be submitted to
requirements of paragraph (d)(2) of this the Commandant.
section, a structure with its aft end en- (ii) The middle line opening must be
tirely open from the under side of its located so that the distance between
overhead stiffeners down to the deck, the aft edge of the middle line opening
to the line of the deck, or to a coaming and the vessel’s stern is not less than
not exceeding three inches in height one-twentieth of the tonnage length of
and open athwartship between the in- the vessel and the distance between the
board faces of the side stiffeners is con- fore edge of the opening and the ves-
sidered open to the weather. The open- sel’s stem is not less than one-fifth of
ing may be covered by a wire mesh the tonnage length of the vessel.
screen or temporarily closed by canvas (iii) The middle line opening must
secured at the top and lashed or but- not be within a structure of any type.
toned in place. (iv) If the middle line opening is
(8) A structure is considered open to guarded by rails or stanchions, the
the weather if: rails and stanchions must not be used
(i) Both sides of the structure are to secure or assist in securing a cover
open and not fitted with any means of over the opening.
closing other than temporary covers (v) The coaming of the middle line
meeting the requirements of para- opening must not exceed one foot mean
graphs (d)(4), (5), and (6) of this section; height above the shelter deck. Bolts
(ii) The openings are directly across must not pass through the stiffeners or
from each other, are not separated by a flanges on the coaming, nor may there
bulkhead or bulkheads, and do not be any other attachments on the coa-
have any permanent obstruction with- ming for fastening a cover. Portable
in two and one-half feet of either open- wood covers may be fitted over the
ing; and middle line opening if held in place
(iii) The openings have a continuous only by lashings fitted to the under
height of at least three feet, or the full side of the covers. Metal covers may be
height of the structure, whichever is fitted if held in place only by hook
less, and either extend the full length bolts spaced not less than 18 inches
of the structure or each have an area of apart that pass through the cover and
60 square feet. hook over angle stiffeners or flanges
(e) Open space between the shelter deck fitted to the outside of the coaming.
and the uppermost complete deck. (1) Battening, caulking, seals, or gaskets
Space that is between the shelter deck of any material may not be used in as-
and the uppermost complete deck and sociation with any middle line opening
that is under cover (sheltered) but open cover.
to the weather is exempt from tonnage (vi) The space below the middle line
when all openings in the uppermost opening must have a minimum length
complete deck are provided with a wa- of four feet throughout its entire
tertight means of closing. breadth and height and be in the clear
(2) A space is considered ‘‘open to the at all times.
weather’’ under paragraph (e)(1) of this (vii) A scupper having a five inch
section when the shelter deck above minimum inside diameter and fitted
the space has a middle line opening with a screw down non-return valve
which conforms to the following: geared to and operated from the shelter
410
deck must be fitted on each side of the (3) If the space is in a vessel that is
upper deck in way of the middle line subject to inspection under 46 U.S.C.
opening. 3301, the space must be considered
(3) When the shelter deck space for- when determining the adequacy of the
ward or aft of the middle line opening vessel’s stability under 46 CFR chapter
is divided by interior bulkheads, only I.
those compartments with at least two (4) If the total of all water ballast
openings that progress to the middle spaces to be exempted from tonnage
line opening are considered ‘‘open to exceeds 30 percent of the vessel’s gross
the weather’’ under paragraph (e)(1) of register tonnage (as calculated under
this section. Each required opening this subpart without any allowance for
must be at least three feet wide and at water ballast), a justification of the op-
least four feet high in the clear, must erating conditions that require the
not have a coaming height of more water ballast must be submitted to the
than two feet, and must not be fitted measuring organization for approval.
(except as provided in paragraphs Although a single condition may jus-
(d)(4), (d)(5), and (d)(6) of this section) tify all water ballast spaces, several
with any means of closing. Other com- conditions may be necessary in other
partments within the shelter deck cases. However, a particular tank is
space are not considered ‘‘open to the not justified by a condition if another
weather’’ under paragraph (e)(1) of this tank already justified by another con-
section. dition could be used as effectively. The
justification must—
(f) Water ballast spaces. A space, re-
(i) Designate the vessel’s service;
gardless of location, adapted only for
(ii) Explain for what purpose under
water ballast and not available for
paragraph (f)(2) of this section the
stores, supplies, fuel, or cargo (other
water ballast is being used;
than water to be used for underwater
(iii) Include the capacity, tank ar-
drilling, mining, and related purposes,
rangement, and piping plans for the
including production), upon request,
vessel;
may be exempt from tonnage if the fol-
(iv) Include a statement certifying
lowing are met:
that the space will be used exclusively
(1) The space must be available at all for water ballast as prescribed by this
times only for water ballast that is section;
piped through a system independent of (v) If water ballast is used for sta-
other systems (except fire fighting and bility, describe each loading condition
bilge suction systems). Pumps, pipes, and the resultant metacentric height
and other equipment for loading and (GM) and include calculations;
unloading water ballast must be of a (vi) If water ballast is used for im-
size suitable for the efficient handling mersion or trim, describe those condi-
of the water ballast within a reason- tions and include loading and trim cal-
able time frame. All manholes pro- culations;
viding access to a water ballast space (vii) If water ballast is used for pre-
must be oval or circular and not great- loading, describe how it is used and in-
er than 34 inches in diameter. Except clude strength and weight calculations;
for those on a deck exposed to the and
weather, the manholes may have a coa- (viii) If water ballast is used for
ming not exceeding six inches in seakeeping, describe each loading con-
height. Existing hatches over spaces dition, GM, period of roll, and, if speed
being converted to water ballast spaces is involved, speed versus trim and draft
must have a watertight cover plate and include calculations.
welded to the hatch and a manhole, as (5) If the water ballast space or its
described in this paragraph, fitted in use, purpose, or piping are changed, the
the plating. vessel owner or operator must report
(2) The primary purpose of the water the change promptly to a measurement
ballast must be to afford a means of organization listed in § 69.15 for a deter-
maintaining the vessel’s stability, im- mination as to whether a tonnage re-

mersion, trim, pre-loading conditions, measurement is required. Changes in
or seakeeping capabilities. vessel service must also be reported if
411
§ 69.119 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
a water ballast justification was re- (3) Space specified in this section
quired to be submitted for the vessel. may be located anywhere within the
(g) Methods for measuring exempt vessel, unless otherwise specified.
spaces. (1) If the exempt space is lo- (c) Anchor gear. A space below the
cated within the superstructure, the line of the uppermost complete deck
exempt space is measured using the occupied by the anchor gear, capstan,
same procedures used to measure su- windlass, and chain locker is deduct-
perstructure tonnage under § 69.113. ible. A fore peak used exclusively as
(2) If the exempt space is located be- chain locker is measured by the meth-
tween-deck, the space is measured od prescribed under § 69.117(g)(3).
using the same procedures used for be- (d) Boatswain’s stores. A space con-
tween-deck tonnage under § 69.111(c), taining oils, blocks, hawsers, rigging,
except that the length of the exempt deck gear, or other boatswain’s stores
space is divided into the even number for daily use is deductible. The max-
of spaces most equal to the number of imum deduction allowed for vessels
spaces into which the between-deck less than 100 gross register tons is one
was divided. ton and, for vessels 100 gross register
(3) If the exempt space is located tons or over, is one percent of the gross
under-deck, the space is measured register tonnage, not to exceed 100
using the same procedures used for tons.
under-deck tonnage under § 69.109, ex- (e) Chart room. A space for keeping
cept that the length of the exempt charts and nautical instruments and
space is divided into the even number for plotting the vessel’s course is de-
of spaces most equal to the number of ductible. For a combined wheelhouse
spaces into which the under-deck was and chart room, that part not exempt-
divided, and the zone of influence ed as wheelhouse under § 69.117(b)(9) is
method must be applied if the ordinary deductible. For small vessels in which
frames upon which the under-deck the only space for a chart room is in a
breadth measurements are based do not cabin or saloon, one half the space not
have the same depth of frame. to exceed 1.5 tons is deductible as chart
room.
[CGD 87–015b, 54 FR 37657, Sept. 12, 1989; 54 (f) Donkey engine and boiler. Donkey
FR 40240, Sept. 29, 1989; CGD 97–057, 62 FR
51045, Sept. 30, 1997; CGD 95–028, 62 FR 51203,
engine and boiler space is deductible
Sept. 30, 1997; USCG–1999–5118, 64 FR 47404, when connected with the main (non-
Aug. 31, 1999; USCG–2011–0522, 81 FR 18727, cargo) pumps of the vessel, except as
Mar. 31, 2016] follows:
(1) If the space is within the engine
§ 69.119 Spaces deducted from ton- room or within the casing above the
nage. engine room and if the donkey engine
(a) Purpose. This section lists the re- is an auxiliary to the main propelling
quirements for spaces (other than pro- machinery, the space is an engine room
pelling machinery spaces under § 69.121) deduction under § 69.121(b).
which, though included in calculating (2) If the space is above the line of
gross register tonnage (i.e., are not ex- the uppermost complete deck and if
empt under § 69.117), are deducted from the donkey engine is not an auxiliary
tonnage in deriving net register ton- to the main propelling machinery, the
nage. space is exempt under § 69.117(b).
(b) General. (1) A deductible space (g) Spaces for the exclusive use of offi-
must be used exclusively for, and be cers or crew. (1) The following spaces,
reasonable in size for, its intended pur- regardless of their location (unless oth-
pose. erwise noted), are deductible if not
(2) When a space is larger than nec- used by passengers:
essary for the safe and efficient oper- (i) Sleeping rooms.
ation of deductible equipment, only the (ii) Bathrooms with a bath tub or
space occupied by the equipment plus a shower but without a water closet.
two foot maximum working space on (iii) Water closets below the line of
each side of the equipment, if avail- the uppermost complete deck serving
able, is deductible. more than one person, with or without
412
a bath tub or shower. Water closets, re- sewage, garbage, galley waste, trash,
gardless of location, that serve only slop-oil mixture, tank cleaning residue,
one person or that are accessible only bilge residue, or other waste material
through a stateroom or bedroom serv- generated aboard the vessel is deduct-
ing one person are considered as part of ible.
the space they serve and are deductible (2) Space below the line of the upper-
only if that space is deductible. most complete deck used exclusively to
(iv) Clothes drying rooms. separate, clarify, purify, or otherwise
(v) Drinking water filtration or dis- process waste material generated
tilling plant below the line of the up- aboard the vessel is deductible.
permost complete deck. (o) Passageways. A passageway or
(vi) Hospitals. companionway is deductible—
(vii) Mess rooms. (1) If it serves deductible spaces only;
(viii) Office of the chief engineer. or
(ix) Oil skin lockers. (2) If it serves deductible spaces and
(x) Pantries. is also the sole means of access to one
(xi) Recreation rooms. of the following non-deductible spaces:
(xii) Smoking rooms.
(i) Lockers of less than two tons
(xiii) Galleys below the line of the
each, containing medicine, linen, mops,
uppermost complete deck.
or other items for the free use of the
(2) Shops for engineers, carpenters,
crew.
plumbers, or butchers and offices for
(ii) A ship’s office.
clerks, pursers, or postmasters are not
deductible, wherever located. (iii) Spare rooms (not exceeding two)
(h) Master’s cabin. The master’s sleep- used by a pilot, customs officer, reserve
ing room, dressing room, bathroom, ob- engineer, or employee or agent of the
servation room, reception room, sitting vessel’s owner or operator.
room, water closet, and office are de- (p) Markings for deductible spaces. (1)
ductible. Each space deducted under this section
(i) Radio room. Spaces in which radio must be marked with the words ‘‘Cer-
apparatus is installed and messages are tified ______’’ (inserting the space des-
sent and received and which may pro- ignation, such as ‘‘Seaman’’, ‘‘Gener-
vide off-duty operator accommodations ator’’, Office of Chief Engineer’’, ‘‘Hos-
are deductible. pital’’, or ‘‘Anchor Gear’’). If a deduct-
(j) Steering gear. Spaces for steering ible space berths more than one crew
gear below the line of the uppermost member, the marking must indicate
complete deck are deductible. the number of crew members berthed,
(k) Generators. Spaces for generators such as ‘‘Certified ______ Seamen’’ (in-
below the line of the uppermost com- serting the number of crew).
plete deck are deductible regardless of (2) The abbreviations ‘‘Cert.’’ for
what space the generators serve. These ‘‘certified’’ and ‘‘W.C.’’ for ‘‘water clos-
spaces may include other equipment et’’ may be used.
necessary for the generator’s oper- (3) The markings must be in Roman
ation. letters and Arabic numerals at least 1⁄2
(l) Pump room. Spaces below the line inch in height, must be painted in a
of the uppermost complete deck con- light color on a dark background, must
taining pumps that are not capable of be embossed, center-punched, carved,
handling cargo and that are not fuel oil or permanently cut in a bulkhead or
transfer pumps considered part of the metal plate, and must be placed in a
propelling machinery under legible location over a doorway on the
§ 69.121(b)(2)(v) are deductible. inside of the space. A metal plate, if
(m) Sail stowage. A space for stowing used, must be permanently fastened in
sails on a vessel propelled only by sails place by welding, riveting, lock screws,
is deductible up to two and one-half or a Coast Guard-approved bonding
percent of the vessel’s gross register agent.
tonnage. (q) Method for measuring deductible
(n) Waste material space. (1) A tank or spaces. (1) A rectangular space must be
collection space, regardless of location, measured by taking the product of its
used for the carriage or collection of length, breadth, and height.
413
§ 69.121 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
(2) A space with curved sides on or (ii) Framed-in space located between
above the tonnage deck is measured ac- the crown and the uppermost complete
cording to § 69.109. deck and used for propelling machinery
(3) Space less than 15 feet in length or for the admission of light or air to
may be measured by any practical propelling machinery spaces. (See
method. § 69.123, figures 13 and 14.)
(4) Spaces below the tonnage deck ex- (iii) Shaft tunnel space and thrust
ceeding 15 feet in length and bounded block recess space.
by a curved surface conforming to the (iv) Space below the uppermost com-
side of the vessel must be measured by
plete deck used for escape shafts or
the formula used for measuring the su-
trunked ladderways leading from the
perstructure under § 69.113.
aft end of the shaft tunnel to the deck
(5) The height of a space located on a
platform in the hull must be measured above.
from the top of the bottom hull frames, (v) Space containing a fuel oil trans-
if the platform is used only to form a fer pump located in a separate space
flat surface at the bottom of the space, and not used for bunkering the vessel.
if the platform is not more than one When the pump serves both ballast and
foot above the top of the bottom fuel oil, only one-half of the pump’s
frames, and if the space below the plat- space is considered a propelling ma-
form is not usable. chinery space.
(6) The height of a space is measured (vi) Spaces containing fuel oil set-
through any ceiling, paneling, false tling tanks used solely for the main
overhead, or other covering, to the boilers. The space must not exceed one
space’s structural boundary, unless the percent of the vessel’s gross tonnage.
space enclosed by the covering is avail- (vii) Spaces for engineers’ stores and
able for a non-deductible use. workshops located below the upper-
[CGD 87–015b, 54 FR 37657, Sept. 12, 1989; 54 most complete deck and either open to
FR 40240, Sept. 29, 1989; CGD 92–058, 57 FR a propelling machinery space or sepa-
59938, Dec. 17, 1992; USCG–2011–0522, 81 FR rated from a propelling machinery
18727, Mar. 31, 2016] space only by a screen bulkhead. The
space must not exceed three-quarters
§ 69.121 Engine room deduction.
of one percent of the vessel’s gross reg-
(a) General. The engine room deduc- ister tonnage.
tion is either a percentage of the ves- (viii) Framed-in space located above
sel’s total propelling machinery spaces the line of the uppermost complete
or a percentage of the vessel’s gross deck and used for propelling machinery
register tonnage. or for the admission of light or air to a
(b) Propelling machinery spaces. (1) propelling machinery space, when re-
Propelling machinery spaces are the quested under paragraph (d) of this sec-
spaces occupied by the main propelling
tion.
machinery and auxiliary machinery
(ix) If the propelling machinery is
and spaces reasonably necessary for
the operation and maintenance of the boxed-in below the tonnage deck, the
machinery. Propelling machinery boxed-in space plus the spaces outside
spaces do not include spaces for fuel of the boxing for the shaft, auxiliary
tanks, spaces exempt from tonnage engines, and related propelling machin-
under § 69.117, and spaces not used or ery. If a portion of the boxed-in space
not available for use in connection extends above a platform or partial
with the propelling machinery. deck that is below the uppermost com-
(2) Propelling machinery spaces are— plete deck, that portion is also consid-
(i) Space below the crown. The crown ered part of the propelling machinery
is the top of the main space of the en- space.
gine room to which the heights of the (c) Methods for measuring propelling
main space are taken. The crown is ei- machinery spaces. (1) If the propelling
ther the underside of a deck or, if the machinery space is bulkheaded off or is
side bulkheads are sloping, the upper- not larger than necessary for the safe
most point at which the slope termi- operation and maintenance of the pro-
nates. (See § 69.123, figures 13 and 14.) pelling machinery, the entire space, or,
414
if bulkheaded off, the portion bulk- the number of parts that the tonnage
headed off, is measured for the engine length under § 69.109(g) was divided.
room deduction. The tonnage is then calculated by the
(2) If the propelling machinery space same method used for calculating the
is not bulkheaded off or is larger than under-deck tonnage in § 69.109(l).
necessary for the safe operation and (9) The tonnage of a framed-in space
maintenance of the propelling machin- located between the crown and the up-
ery, only the space occupied by the permost complete deck and used for
propelling machinery itself plus a propelling machinery or for the admis-
working space of two feet, if available, sion of light or air to the propelling
on each side of the propelling machin- machinery space, is the product of its
ery is measured for the engine room de- length, breadth, and height, divided by
duction. If the working space overlaps 100.
another working space not related to (10) The tonnage of a shaft tunnel, or
the propelling machinery, only one- a thrust block recess, having a flat top
half of the overlapping working space is the product of its length, breadth,
is included in the propelling machinery and height, divided by 100. If the shaft
space. The height of the working space tunnel or thrust block recess top is not
is measured as provided in paragraph flat, the space above must be cal-
(c) of this section. culated by using the appropriate geo-
(3) If the propelling machinery is lo- metrical formula. If the space aft of
cated in more than one space, each the shaft tunnel extends from side to
space must be measured separately. side of the vessel, the tonnage of the
(4) If the propelling machinery is lo- space is found by the formula for meas-
cated in a space with a step in the bot- uring peak tanks in § 69.109(l).
tom or side lines, each stepped portion (11) The length and breadth of the
of the space must be measured sepa- space for a shaft tunnel, or a thrust
rately. block recess, when not cased is that
(5) The length of a space under para- which is necessary for maintenance of
graph (c)(1) of this section is measured the shaft. The height allowed for
from the bulkhead just forward of the thrust block recess space must not ex-
propelling machinery to the bulkhead ceed seven feet. The mean height al-
just aft of the propelling machinery. lowed for the shaft tunnel space must
The length of a space under paragraph not exceed six feet. In a multi-screw
(c)(2) of this section is measured from vessel where the shaft tunnel or thrust
the forward edge of the working space block recess space is open from side to
to the aft edge of the working space. side, measure only the space used for
(6) If the boundaries of the propelling purposes of propelling the vessel.
machinery space form a rectangle, the (12) When the propelling machinery is
product of the length, breadth, and on a bed at the vessel’s bottom, the
height, divided by 100, is the tonnage of height of the propelling machinery
the space. space is measured from the top of the
(7) If the boundaries of the propelling bottom frames or floors.
machinery space are continuous fair (d) Request to treat certain framed-in
lines, heights are measured at the fore engine room spaces as part of a propelling
and aft ends and at the center of the machinery space. (1) Under § 69.117(b)(4),
space from the bottom frames, floors, framed-in spaces located above the line
or tank top of a double bottom up to of the uppermost complete deck and
the line of the crown. A breadth is used for propelling machinery or for
measured at half-height of each height. admitting light or air to a propelling
The product of the length, mean machinery space are exempt from in-
breadth, and mean height, divided by clusion in tonnage. However, upon
100, is the tonnage of the space. written request to a measurement or-
(8) If the propelling machinery space ganization listed in § 69.15, the vessel
is in the aft end of the hull, extends owner may elect to have these spaces
from side to side of the hull, and has a included in calculating the gross reg-
continuous bottom line, the length of ister tonnage, then deducted from the
the space is divided into the even num- gross register tonnage as propelling
ber of equal parts most nearly equal to machinery spaces under paragraph
415
§ 69.123 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
(b)(2)(viii) of this section when calcu- (ii) If the total propelling machinery
lating the net register tonnage. space is more than 13 but less than 20
(2) The framed-in space must be safe, percent of the vessel’s gross register
seaworthy, and used only for propelling tonnage, deduct 32 percent of the ves-
machinery or for the admission of light sel’s gross register tonnage; or
or air to the propelling machinery (iii) If the total propelling machinery
space. The length of the space must not space is 20 percent or more of the ves-
exceed the length of the propelling ma- sel’s gross register tonnage, deduct ei-
chinery space and the breadth must ther 32 percent of the vessel’s gross
not exceed one-half of the extreme in- register tonnage or 1.75 times the total
side midship breadth of the vessel. Por- propelling machinery space, whichever
tions of the framed-in space that are the vessel owner elects.
plated over are not included in the pro- (3) For vessels propelled in whole or
pelling machinery space. in part by paddle-wheel—
(3) To exercise the option in para- (i) If the total propelling machinery
graph (d)(1) of this section, all of the space is 20 percent or less of the ves-
framed-in space need not be treated as sel’s gross register tonnage, deduct 37⁄20
propelling machinery space, but only times the total propelling machinery
that portion required to entitle the space;
vessel to have 32 percent of its gross (ii) If the total propelling machinery
register tonnage deducted as an engine space is more than 20 but less than 30
room deduction under paragraph (e) of percent of the vessel’s gross register
this section. tonnage, deduct 37 percent of the ves-
(e) Calculating the engine room deduc- sel’s gross register tonnage; or
tion. (1) The engine room deduction is (iii) If the total propelling machinery
based on a percentage of the vessel’s space is 30 percent or more of the ves-
gross register tonnage or a percentage sel’s gross register tonnage, deduct ei-
of the total propelling machinery ther 37 percent of the vessel’s gross
space. register tonnage or 1.5 times the total
(2) For vessels propelled in whole or propelling machinery space, whichever
in part by screw— the vessel owner elects.
(i) If the total propelling machinery [CGD 87–015b, 54 FR 37657, Sept. 12, 1989; 54
space is 13 percent or less of the ves- FR 40240, Sept. 29, 1989; USCG–2011–0522, 81
sel’s gross register tonnage, deduct 32⁄13 FR 18728, Mar. 31, 2016]
times the total propelling machinery
space; § 69.123 Figures.
416
417
ER31MR16.003</GPH>
§ 69.123 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
418
ER31MR16.004</GPH>
419
EC01FE91.044</GPH>
§ 69.151 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
[CGD 87–015b, 54 FR 37657, Sept. 12, 1989, as Line of the uppermost complete deck
amended by USCG–2011–0522, 81 FR 18728, means a longitudinal line at the under-
Mar. 31, 2016] side of the uppermost complete deck
or, if that deck is stepped, the longitu-
Subpart D —Dual Regulatory dinal line of the underside of the lowest
Measurements System portion of that deck parallel with the
upper portions of that deck.
§ 69.151 Purpose. Net register tonnage is defined in
This subpart prescribes measurement § 69.161(b).
requirements for the assignment of ei- Second deck means the next deck
ther one gross and one net register ton- below the uppermost complete deck
nage or two gross and two net register that meets the following:
tonnages to vessels under this subpart. (a) Is continuous athwartships and in
a fore-and-aft direction at least be-
[CGD 87–015b, 54 FR 37657, Sept. 12, 1989, as tween peak bulkheads, even though the
Mar. 31, 2016]
deck may have interruptions or open-
ings due to propelling machinery
§ 69.153 Application of other laws. spaces, to hatch and ventilation trunks
not extending longitudinally com-
(a) If a vessel is assigned two gross pletely between main transverse bulk-
register tonnages under § 69.175(b), the heads, to ladder and stairway openings,
higher gross register tonnage is the to chain lockers, or to cofferdams.
tonnage used when applying inspec- (b) Is fitted as an integral and perma-
tion, manning, and load line laws and nent part of the vessel.
regulations to the vessel. (c) Has proper covers to all main
(b) Tonnage marks are not to be con- hatchways.
strued as additional load line marks. (d) Does not have steps the total of
Whether or not a tonnage mark is sub- which exceed 48 inches in height.
merged under § 69.171 has no effect on
Tonnage deck means, for a vessel with
the applicability of load line laws and
only one deck, the uppermost complete
regulations.
deck and, for a vessel with a second
[CGD 87–015b, 54 FR 37657, Sept. 12, 1989, as deck, the second deck.
amended by USCG–2011–0522, 81 FR 18731, Tonnage mark means the line de-
Mar. 31, 2016] scribed in § 69.177(a)(2).
§ 69.155 Measurement requirements. [CGD 87–015b, 54 FR 37657, Sept. 12, 1989, as
Except as otherwise required by this Mar. 31, 2016]
subpart, the measurement require-
ments under the Standard Regulatory § 69.159 Application for measurement
Measurement System in subpart C of services.
this part apply to the measurement of Applications for measurement serv-
vessels under this subpart. ices under this subpart must include
[CGD 87–015b, 54 FR 37657, Sept. 12, 1989, as the application information and plans
amended by USCG–2011–0522, 81 FR 18731, required under § 69.105. The application
Mar. 31, 2016] must indicate whether a line for fresh
and tropical waters is requested under
§ 69.157 Definitions. § 69.177(b) and, for vessels with more
Terms used in this subpart that are than one deck, indicate whether one or
defined in § 69.103 have the same mean- two sets of tonnages are desired under
ing as in § 69.103, except the terms list- § 69.175.
ed below. As used in this subpart,— [CGD 87–015b, 54 FR 37657, Sept. 12, 1989, as
Gross register tonnage is defined in amended by USCG–2011–0522, 81 FR 18731,
§ 69.161(a). Mar. 31, 2016]
Line for fresh and tropical waters
means the line described in § 69.161 Gross and net register ton-
nages.
§ 69.177(b)(2).
Line of the second deck means the line (a) Gross register tonnage means the
described in § 69.181. tonnage of a vessel, less certain spaces
420
exempt under § 69.169, and is the sum of deck are not included in the super-
the following: structure tonnage.
(1) Under-deck tonnage (§ 69.163).
[CGD 87–015b, 54 FR 37657, Sept. 12, 1989, as
(2) Between-deck tonnage (§ 69.165) amended by USCG–2011–0522, 81 FR 18731,
(3) Superstructure tonnage (§ 69.167) Mar. 31, 2016]
(4) Excess hatchway tonnage (§ 69.115)
(5) Tonnage of framed-in propelling § 69.169 Spaces exempt from inclusion
machinery spaces included in calcu- in tonnage.
lating gross register tonnage The tonnage of the following spaces
(§ 69.121(d)(1)). is exempt from inclusion in tonnage:
(b) Net register tonnage means gross (a) Spaces listed in § 69.117(b) when lo-
register tonnage less deductions under cated within the superstructure.
§ 69.119 and § 69.121. (b) Spaces listed in § 69.117(c)(1)
(c) The authorized measurement or- through (c)(3) when located above, but
ganization must issue a U.S. Tonnage not on, the uppermost complete deck.
Certificate as evidence of a vessel’s (c) Spaces listed in § 69.117(f), regard-
measurement under this subpart, less of location.
which must also indicate the vessel’s (d) Spaces available for carrying dry
measurement under the Convention cargo and stores when located on or
Measurement System in subpart B of above the uppermost complete deck.
this part, if applicable. There is no re-
(e) When a vessel is assigned a ton-
quirement to maintain the U.S. Ton-
nage mark and the tonnage mark is
nage Certificate on board the vessel.
not submerged,—
[CGD 87–015b, 54 FR 37657, Sept. 12, 1989, as (1) Spaces listed in § 69.117(b) when lo-
amended by USCG–2011–0522, 81 FR 18731, cated between the uppermost complete
Mar. 31, 2016] deck and the second deck;
§ 69.163 Under-deck tonnage. (2) Spaces listed in § 69.117(c)(1)
through (c)(3) when located on the up-
The under-deck tonnage provisions in permost complete deck; and
§ 69.109 apply; except that, under this (3) Spaces available for carrying dry
subpart, spaces between the line of the cargo and stores when located between
tonnage deck and the tonnage deck the uppermost complete deck and the
itself due to a stepped tonnage deck are second deck.
included in under-deck tonnage.
[CGD 87–015b, 54 FR 37657, Sept. 12, 1989, as
[CGD 87–015b, 54 FR 37657, Sept. 12, 1989, as amended by CGD 92–058, 57 FR 59938, Dec. 17,
amended by USCG–2011–0522, 81 FR 18731, 1992; USCG–2011–0522, 81 FR 18731, Mar. 31,
Mar. 31, 2016] 2016] ]
§ 69.165 Between-deck tonnage. § 69.171 When the tonnage mark is

The between-deck tonnage provisions considered submerged.
in § 69.111 apply, except that, under this For the purpose of this subpart, a
subpart, between-deck space extends tonnage mark is considered submerged
from the tonnage deck to the upper- when—
most complete deck, rather than from (a) In salt or brackish water, the
the line of the tonnage deck to the line upper edge of the tonnage mark is sub-
of the uppermost complete deck. merged; and
[CGD 87–015b, 54 FR 37657, Sept. 12, 1989, as (b) In fresh or tropical water, the
amended by USCG–2011–0522, 81 FR 18731, upper edge of the line for fresh and
Mar. 31, 2016] tropical waters is submerged.
§ 69.167 Superstructure tonnage. § 69.173 Register Tonnage assignments

The superstructure tonnage provi- for vessels with only one deck.
sions in § 69.113 apply; except that, A vessel without a second deck is as-
under this subpart, spaces between the signed only one gross and one net reg-
line of the uppermost complete deck ister tonnage. In calculating the gross
and the uppermost complete deck itself register tonnage, only the exemptions
due to a stepped uppermost complete in § 69.169 (a) through (d) are allowed.
421
§ 69.175 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
Markings under § 69.177 are not per- § 69.177 Markings.

mitted on these vessels.
(a) Tonnage mark. (1) All vessels with
[CGD 87–015b, 54 FR 37657, Sept. 12, 1989, as a second deck that are measured under
amended by USCG–2011–0522, 81 FR 18731, this subpart must have, on each side of
Mar. 31, 2016]
the vessel, a tonnage mark, and an in-
§ 69.175 Tonnage assignments for ves- verted triangle identifying the tonnage
sels with a second deck. mark, as described and located under
this section. (See the figure in
(a) At the option of the vessel owner,
§ 69.183(a).) Vessels with only one deck
a vessel having a second deck is as-
are not assigned markings under this
signed either two gross and two net
section.
register tonnages or one gross and one
net register tonnage corresponding to (2) The tonnage mark is a horizontal
the lower gross and net register ton- line 15 inches long and one inch wide.
nages. The tonnage mark must be designated
(b) If two gross and two net register by a welded bead or other permanent
tonnages are assigned, the higher ton- mark 15 inches long placed along the
nages (i.e. those based only on exemp- top edge of the tonnage mark.
tions under § 69.169 (a) through (d)) are (3) Above the tonnage mark is placed
applicable when the upper edge of the an inverted equilateral triangle, each
tonnage mark is submerged and the side of which is 12 inches long and one
lower tonnages (i.e. those based only inch wide, with its apex touching the
on all exemptions under § 69.169) are ap- upper edge of the center of the tonnage
plicable when the upper edge of the mark.
tonnage mark is not submerged. (4) If the vessel has a load line mark,
(c) If only the low gross and low net the longitudinal location of the center
register tonnages, as calculated under of the tonnage mark must be between
paragraph (b) of this section, are as- 21 inches and six feet six inches aft of
signed, these tonnages are applicable the vertical centerline of the load line
at all times. On these vessels, a load ring. (See the figures in § 69.183 (b) and
line must be assigned at a level below (c).) If the vessel does not have a load
the line of the second deck, and the line mark, the center of the tonnage
tonnage mark must be located in ac- mark must be located amidships.
cordance with § 69.177(a)(6) at the level (5) Except as under paragraph (a)(6)
of the uppermost part of the load line of this section, the upper edge of the
grid. tonnage mark must be located below
[CGD 87–015b, 54 FR 37657, Sept. 12, 1989, as the line of the second deck at the dis-
amended by USCG–2011–0522, 81 FR 18731, tance indicated in Table 69.177(a)(5).
Mar. 31, 2016] (See the figure in § 69.183(b).)
TABLE 69.177(a)(5)—MINIMUM DISTANCE IN INCHES BETWEEN THE TONNAGE MARK AND THE LINE
OF THE SECOND DECK
L divided by D
L (in feet)
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
220 and under ........................................................ 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
230 .......................................................................... 3.2 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
240 .......................................................................... 4.7 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
250 .......................................................................... 6.3 3.3 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
260 .......................................................................... 8.0 4.8 2.1 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
270 .......................................................................... 9.9 6.4 3.5 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
280 .......................................................................... 11.8 8.1 4.9 2.1 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
290 .......................................................................... 13.9 9.9 6.5 3.5 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
300 .......................................................................... 16.0 11.7 8.1 4.9 2.1 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
310 .......................................................................... 18.3 13.7 9.8 6.4 3.5 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
320 .......................................................................... 20.7 15.8 11.7 8.1 4.9 2.1 2.0 2.0 2.0
330 .......................................................................... 23.2 18.0 13.6 9.8 6.4 3.5 2.0 2.0 2.0
340 .......................................................................... 25.9 20.4 15.7 11.6 8.1 4.9 2.1 2.0 2.0
350 .......................................................................... 28.7 22.9 17.9 13.6 9.8 6.5 3.6 2.0 2.0
360 .......................................................................... 31.7 25.5 20.2 15.7 11.7 8.2 5.0 2.2 2.0
370 .......................................................................... 34.7 28.3 22.7 17.9 13.6 9.9 6.6 3.7 2.0
380 .......................................................................... 38.0 31.1 25.3 20.2 15.7 11.8 8.3 5.2 2.4
422
TABLE 69.177(a)(5)—MINIMUM DISTANCE IN INCHES BETWEEN THE TONNAGE MARK AND THE LINE
OF THE SECOND DECK—Continued
L divided by D
L (in feet)
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
390 .......................................................................... 41.3 34.1 27.9 22.6 17.9 13.8 10.1 6.8 3.8
400 .......................................................................... 44.8 37.2 30.7 25.0 20.1 15.8 11.9 8.4 5.3
410 .......................................................................... 48.2 40.3 33.5 27.7 22.6 18.1 14.0 10.4 7.2
420 .......................................................................... 51.5 43.4 36.4 30.4 25.2 20.6 16.4 12.7 9.7
430 .......................................................................... 54.8 46.5 39.4 33.3 27.9 23.2 19.0 15.2 11.8
440 .......................................................................... 58.4 49.9 42.6 36.4 30.9 26.0 21.7 17.8 14.4
450 .......................................................................... 62.1 53.4 46.0 39.6 33.9 29.0 24.6 20.6 17.1
460 .......................................................................... 65.9 57.0 49.5 42.9 37.1 32.1 27.6 23.5 19.9
470 .......................................................................... 69.8 60.7 53.0 46.3 40.4 35.2 30.6 26.5 22.8
480 .......................................................................... 73.7 64.4 56.5 49.7 43.7 38.4 33.7 29.5 25.7
490 .......................................................................... 77.5 68.1 60.0 53.0 46.9 41.5 36.7 32.4 28.5
500 .......................................................................... 81.2 71.6 63.4 56.2 50.0 44.5 39.6 35.2 31.2
510 .......................................................................... 84.9 75.1 66.7 59.4 53.0 47.4 42.4 37.9 33.9
520 .......................................................................... 88.4 78.4 69.9 62.4 55.9 50.2 45.1 40.5 36.4
530 .......................................................................... 91.8 81.6 72.9 65.3 58.7 52.9 47.7 43.0 38.8
540 .......................................................................... 95.2 84.8 75.9 68.1 61.4 55.5 50.2 45.4 41.2
550 .......................................................................... 98.4 87.8 78.8 70.9 64.0 58.0 52.6 47.8 43.4
560 .......................................................................... 101.6 90.8 81.6 73.6 66.6 60.5 55.0 50.1 45.6
570 .......................................................................... 104.8 93.8 84.4 76.3 69.2 62.9 57.3 52.3 47.8
580 .......................................................................... 107.9 96.8 87.2 78.9 71.7 65.3 59.6 54.5 49.9
590 .......................................................................... 111.0 99.7 90.0 81.5 74.2 67.7 61.9 56.7 52.0
600 .......................................................................... 114.0 102.5 92.6 84.0 76.5 69.9 64.0 58.8 54.0
610 .......................................................................... 117.0 105.3 95.2 86.5 78.9 72.1 66.2 60.8 56.0
620 .......................................................................... 120.0 108.0 97.8 88.9 81.2 74.4 68.3 62.8 58.0
630 .......................................................................... 122.9 110.7 100.4 91.3 83.5 76.6 70.4 64.8 59.9
640 .......................................................................... 125.7 113.4 102.9 93.7 85.8 78.7 72.4 66.8 61.7
650 .......................................................................... 128.6 116.1 105.4 96.1 88.0 80.8 74.4 68.7 63.6
660 .......................................................................... 131.4 118.7 107.8 98.3 90.1 82.8 76.3 70.6 65.3
670 .......................................................................... 134.2 121.2 110.2 100.6 92.2 84.8 78.3 72.4 67.1
680 .......................................................................... 136.9 123.8 112.8 102.9 94.3 86.8 80.2 74.2 68.9
690 .......................................................................... 139.6 126.3 115.0 105.1 96.4 88.8 82.1 76.0 70.6
700 .......................................................................... 142.3 128.8 117.3 107.3 98.5 90.8 83.9 77.8 72.3
710 .......................................................................... 144.9 131.3 119.6 109.4 100.5 92.7 85.7 79.5 73.9
720 .......................................................................... 147.5 133.7 121.8 111.5 102.5 94.6 87.5 81.2 75.5
730 .......................................................................... 150.1 136.1 124.0 113.6 104.5 96.5 89.3 82.9 77.1
740 .......................................................................... 152.7 138.5 126.2 115.7 106.5 98.3 91.5 84.5 78.7
750 .......................................................................... 155.3 140.8 128.5 117.8 108.4 100.1 92,8 86.1 80.3
760 .......................................................................... 157.8 143.1 130.6 119.7 110.3 101.9 94.4 87.8 81.7
770 .......................................................................... 160.2 145.4 132.7 121.7 112.1 103.6 96.0 89.3 83.2
780 .......................................................................... 162.6 147.6 134.8 123.7 113.9 105.3 97.6 90.8 84.7
790 .......................................................................... 165.1 149.9 136.9 125.6 115.7 107.0 99.2 92.3 86.1
800 .......................................................................... 167.5 152.1 138.9 127.4 117.4 108.6 100.8 93.8 87.4
L = the length in feet of the line of the second deck at the centerline of the vessel from the inner surface of the frames at the
vessel’s stem to the inner surface of the frames at the vessel’s stern.
D = The vertical distance in feet from the top of the flat keel of the vessel to the line of the second deck.
EXAMPLE (1) For a vessel in which L = 450 feet and L/D = 15 feet, read down from the L/D column ‘‘15’’ and to the right on
the column ‘‘450’’ to where the two columns intersect at 39.6. The tonnage mark must be located 39.6 inches below the line of
the second deck.
EXAMPLE (2) If L or L/D is an intermediate number, the distance ‘‘a’’ between the tonnage mark and the line of the second
deck must be obtained by linear interpolation. For a vessel in which L = 424.80 feet and L/D = 15.17:
L Table L/D Actual L/ Table L/D (i) Vessels assigned only one gross
= 15 D = 15.17 = 16
and one net register tonnage under
Table 420 ...................... 30.4 ................ 25.2 § 69.175(c).
Actual 424.80 ................ r a s (ii) Vessels for which a load line as-
Table 430 ...................... 33.3 ................ 27.9
signing authority certifies that the
Interpolation: vessel’s load line mark was located as
r = 30.4 + 0.48 (33.3¥30.4) = 31.79
s = 25.2 + 0.48 (27.9¥25.2) = 26.50 though the second deck were the
a = r¥0.17 (r¥s) = 31.79¥0.17 (31.79¥26.50) = 30.89 freeboard deck.
inches
(b) Line for fresh and tropical waters.
(6) For the following vessels with a (1) Except as under paragraph (b)(4) of
load line mark, the upper edge of the this section, a horizontal line for fresh
tonnage mark must be located at the and tropical waters may be assigned at
level of the uppermost part of the load the vessel owner’s request.
line grid:
423
§ 69.179 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
(2) The line must be nine inches long ground or a dark color on a light back-
and one inch wide and located above ground.
and to the left of the tonnage mark at [CGD 87–015b, 54 FR 37657, Sept. 12, 1989, as
a distance equal to one forty-eighth of amended by USCG–2011–0522, 81 FR 18731,
the distance from the top of the flat Mar. 31, 2016]
keel to the tonnage mark. The tonnage
mark and the line for fresh and trop- § 69.179 Certification of markings.
ical waters must be connected by a (a) Before a certificate of measure-
vertical line one inch wide. (See the ment is issued for a vessel requiring a
figure in § 69.183(a).) tonnage mark, a certification by a
(3) The line for fresh and tropical measurement organization under § 69.15
waters must be designated by a welded that all markings meet the require-
bead or other permanent mark nine ments of this subpart is required.
inches long placed along the upper edge (b) The Coast Guard, at any time,
of the line. may verify markings under this sub-
(4) For vessels with a load line mark, part.
if the load line assigning authority cer- § 69.181 Locating the line of the second
tifies that the load line mark was lo- deck.
cated as though the second deck were (a) If the second deck is not stepped,
the freeboard deck, a line for fresh and the line of the second deck is the longi-
tropical waters must not be placed on tudinal line of the underside of the sec-
the vessel. ond deck at the side of the hull.
(c) Freeboard deck mark. A vessel as- (b) If the second deck is stepped (as
signed two gross and two net register in the examples following this para-
tonnages which has more than one graph), the line of the second deck is a
deck and no load line mark assigned longitudinal line extended parallel to
must have a mark on each side of the each portion of the second deck and lo-
vessel with the same dimensions and cated at the height of the underside of
location as the freeboard deck line the amidships portion of the second
mark under § 42.13–20 of this chapter, deck at the side of the hull—
except that the mark must be located (1) Plus, for each stepped portion of
directly above the tonnage mark. the second deck higher than the second
(d) The line of the second deck. The deck at amidships, a distance equal to
line of the second deck must not be the length of the stepped portion di-
marked on the side of the vessel, ex- vided by the total length of the second
cept in the case of a freeboard deck deck times the height that the step is
above the height of the amidship por-
line mark placed at the location of the
tion of the second deck; and
second deck if the second deck is the
(2) Minus, for each stepped portion of
actual freeboard deck for purposes of a
the second deck lower than the second
vessel’s load line assignment. deck at amidships, a distance equal to
(e) Color of markings. All markings the length of the stepped portion di-
under this section must be maintained vided by the total length of the second
in either a light color on a dark back- deck times the height that the
amidship portion of the second deck is
above the height of the step.
424
[CGD 87–015b, 54 FR 37657, Sept. 12, 1989, as § 69.183 Figures.

Mar. 31, 2016] (a) Tonnage mark with an equilateral
triangle and a line for fresh and tropical
waters.
425
ER31MR16.005</GPH>
§ 69.183 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
W=1⁄48 of the distance from the top of the flat (b) Tonnage mark location if the load
keel to the tonnage mark. (See line mark is not placed as though the sec-
§ 69.177(b)(2).) ond deck were the freeboard deck.
k = a distance between 21 inches and six feet (c)—Tonnage mark location if the load
six inches. line mark is placed as though the second
a = distance derived from Table 69.177(a)(5). deck were the freeboard deck.
ER31MR16.007</GPH>
426
ER31MR16.006</GPH>
k = a distance between 21 inches and six feet Overall depth means the vertical dis-
six inches. tance taken at or near midships from a
a = the distance between the line of the sec- line drawn horizontally through the
ond deck and the uppermost part of the
load line grid.
uppermost edges of the skin (outside
planking or plating) at the sides of the
[CGD 87–015b, 54 FR 37657, Sept. 12, 1989, as hull (excluding the cap rail, trunks,
amended by USCG–2011–0522, 81 FR 18732, cabins, and deckhouses) to the out-
Mar. 31, 2016]
board face of the bottom skin of the
hull, excluding the keel. For a vessel
Subpart E—Simplified Regulatory that is designed for sailing and has a
Measurement System keel faired to the hull, the keel is in-
cluded in ‘‘overall depth’’ if the dis-
§ 69.201 Purpose. tance to the bottom skin of the hull
This subpart prescribes the proce- cannot be determined reasonably.
dures for measuring a vessel under the Overall length means the horizontal
Simplified Regulatory Measurement distance between the outboard side of
System described in 46 U.S.C. chapter the foremost part of the stem and the
145, subchapter III. outboard side of the aftermost part of
[CGD 87–015b, 54 FR 37657, Sept. 12, 1989, as the stern, excluding rudders, outboard
amended by USCG–2011–0522, 81 FR 18732, motor brackets, and other similar fit-
Mar. 31, 2016] tings and attachments.
Registered breadth means—
§ 69.203 Definitions. (a) For a single-hull vessel, the ves-
As used in this subpart and in Coast sel’s overall breadth; and
Guard Form CG–5397 under § 69.205— (b) For a multi-hull vessel, the hori-
Overall breadth means the horizontal zontal distance taken at the widest
distance taken at the widest part of part of the complete vessel between the
the hull, excluding rub rails, from the outboard side of the skin (outside
outboard side of the skin (outside planking or plating) on the
planking or plating) on one side of the outboardmost side of one of the

hull to the outboard side of the skin on outboardmost hulls to the outboard
the other side of the hull. side of the skin on the outboardmost
427
ER31MR16.008</GPH>
§ 69.205 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–22 Edition)
side of the other outboardmost hull, (6) Location of any propelling ma-
excluding rubrails. chinery (e.g., inside or outside of the
Registered depth means— hull).
(a) For a single-hull vessel, the ves- (7) Dimensions of the principal deck
sel’s overall depth; and structure, if its volume exceeds the
(b) For a multi-hull vessel, the over- volume of the hull.
all depth of the deepest hull. (c) At the vessel owner’s option, a
Registered length means— Builder’s Certification and First Trans-
(a) For a single-hull vessel, the ves- fer of Title (form CG–1261), which in-
sel’s overall length; and cludes the same information specified
(b) For a multi-hull vessel, the hori- in paragraph (b) of this section may be
zontal distance between the outboard submitted to the National Vessel Docu-
side of the foremost part of the stem of mentation Center instead of the Appli-
the foremost hull and the outboard side cation for Simplified Measurement for
of the aftermost part of the stern of a vessel that is documented, or in-
the aftermost hull, excluding fittings tended to be documented, as a vessel of
or attachments. the United States under part 67 of this
Vessel designed for sailing means a ves-
chapter.
sel which has the fine lines of a sailing
craft and is capable of being propelled [USCG–2011–0522, 81 FR 18733, Mar. 31, 2016]
by sail, whether or not the vessel is
equipped with an auxiliary motor, a § 69.207 Measurements.
decorative sail, or a sail designed only (a) All lengths and depths must be
to steady the vessel. measured in a vertical plane at center-
[CGD 87–015b, 54 FR 37657, Sept. 12, 1989; 54 line and breadths must be measured in
FR 40240, Sept. 29, 1989; USCG–1999–6216, 64 a line at right angles to that plane. All
FR 53225, Oct. 1, 1999] dimensions must be expressed in feet
and inches to the nearest inch or in
§ 69.205 Application for measurement feet and tenths of a foot to the nearest
services.
tenth of a foot.
(a) Except as noted under paragraph (b) For a multi-hull vessel, each hull
(c) of this section, to apply for meas- must be measured separately for over-
urement under this subpart, the vessel all length, breadth, and depth and the
owner must complete an Application vessel as a whole must be measured for
for Simplified Measurement (form CG– registered length, breadth, and depth.
5397). If the vessel is documented, or in- (c) The Coast Guard may verify di-
tended to be documented, as a vessel of mensions of vessels measured under
the United States under part 67 of this this subpart.
chapter, the vessel owner must submit
the application form to the National [CGD 87–015b, 54 FR 37657, Sept. 12, 1989, as
Vessel Documentation Center. Other- amended by USCG–2011–0522, 81 FR 18734,
wise, the form is not further processed, Mar. 31, 2016]
but may be retained, at the vessel own-
§ 69.209 Gross and net register ton-
er’s option, as evidence of the tonnage nages.
measurement under this part.
(b) The Application for Simplified (a) Gross register tonnage. (1) Except
Measurement (form CG–5397) must in- as in paragraphs (a)(2) through (a)(5) of
clude the following information: this section, the gross register tonnage
(1) Vessel’s name and number (e.g., of a vessel designed for sailing is one-
official number, International Mari- half of the product of its overall
time Organization (IMO) number, or length, overall breadth, and overall
Coast Guard number). depth (LBD) divided by one hundred
(2) Vessel hull identification number (i.e., 0.50 LBD/100), and the gross reg-
or other number assigned by builder. ister tonnage of a vessel not designed
(3) Hull material. for sailing is 0.67 LBD/100.
(4) Hull shape. (2) The gross tonnage of a vessel with
(5) Overall length, breadth, and depth a hull that approximates in shape a
of vessel and each of the vessel’s indi- rectangular geometric solid (barge-
vidual hulls. shape) is 0.84 LBD/100.
428
(3) The gross tonnage of a multi-hull (2) For a vessel having no propelling
vessel is the sum of all the hulls as cal- machinery in its hull, the net register
culated under this section. tonnage is the same as its gross reg-
(4) If the volume of the principal ister tonnage.
deck structure of a vessel is as large as, (c) Certification of measurement. For a
or larger than, the volume of the ves- vessel that is documented as a vessel of
sel’s hull, the volume of the principal the United States under part 67 of this
deck structure in tons of 100 cubic feet chapter, the vessel’s Certificate of Doc-
is added to the tonnage of the hull to umentation serves as evidence of meas-
establish the vessel’s gross tonnage. urement under this subpart. For all
The volume of the principal deck struc- other vessels, a completed Application
ture of a vessel is determined by the for Simplified Measurement (form CG–
product of its average dimensions. 5397) serves as evidence of the tonnage
(5) If the overall depth of a vessel de- measurement under this part.
signed for sailing includes the keel, [CGD 87–015b, 54 FR 37657, Sept. 12, 1989, as
only 75 percent of that depth is used for amended by CGD 97–057, 62 FR 51045, Sept. 30,
gross tonnage calculations. 1997; USCG–2011–0522, 81 FR 18734, Mar. 31,
(b) Net register tonnage. (1) For a ves- 2016]
sel having propelling machinery in its
§ 69.211 Treatment of novel type ves-
hull— sels.
(i) The net register tonnage is 90 per-
cent of its gross register tonnage, if it Refer questions regarding the appli-
is a vessel designed for sailing; or cation of the tonnage measurement
rules under this subpart to novel type
(ii) The net register tonnage is 80 per-
vessels to the Commandant.
cent of its gross register tonnage, if it
is not a vessel designed for sailing. [USCG–2011–0522, 81 FR 18734, Mar. 31, 2016]
429
FINDING AIDS
A list of CFR titles, subtitles, chapters, subchapters and parts, and an alphabet-
ical listing of agencies publishing in the CFR are included in the CFR Index and
Finding Aids volume to the Code of Federal Regulations which is published sepa-
rately and revised annually.
Table of CFR Titles and Chapters
Alphabetical List of Agencies Appearing in the CFR
List of CFR Sections Affected
431
Table of CFR Titles and Chapters
(Revised as of October 1, 2022)
Title 1—General Provisions
I Administrative Committee of the Federal Register (Parts 1—49)

II Office of the Federal Register (Parts 50—299)
III Administrative Conference of the United States (Parts 300—399)
IV Miscellaneous Agencies (Parts 400—599)
VI National Capital Planning Commission (Parts 600—699)
Title 2—Grants and Agreements
SUBTITLE A—OFFICE OF MANAGEMENT AND BUDGET GUIDANCE FOR

GRANTS AND AGREEMENTS
I Office of Management and Budget Governmentwide Guidance for
Grants and Agreements (Parts 2—199)
II Office of Management and Budget Guidance (Parts 200—299)
SUBTITLE B—FEDERAL AGENCY REGULATIONS FOR GRANTS AND
AGREEMENTS
III Department of Health and Human Services (Parts 300—399)
IV Department of Agriculture (Parts 400—499)
VI Department of State (Parts 600—699)
VII Agency for International Development (Parts 700—799)
VIII Department of Veterans Affairs (Parts 800—899)
IX Department of Energy (Parts 900—999)
X Department of the Treasury (Parts 1000—1099)
XI Department of Defense (Parts 1100—1199)
XII Department of Transportation (Parts 1200—1299)
XIII Department of Commerce (Parts 1300—1399)
XIV Department of the Interior (Parts 1400—1499)
XV Environmental Protection Agency (Parts 1500—1599)
XVIII National Aeronautics and Space Administration (Parts 1800—
1899)
XX United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission (Parts 2000—2099)
XXII Corporation for National and Community Service (Parts 2200—
2299)
XXIII Social Security Administration (Parts 2300—2399)
XXIV Department of Housing and Urban Development (Parts 2400—
2499)
XXV National Science Foundation (Parts 2500—2599)

XXVI National Archives and Records Administration (Parts 2600—2699)
433
Title 2—Grants and Agreements—Continued
Chap.
XXVII Small Business Administration (Parts 2700—2799)

XXVIII Department of Justice (Parts 2800—2899)
XXIX Department of Labor (Parts 2900—2999)
XXX Department of Homeland Security (Parts 3000—3099)
XXXI Institute of Museum and Library Services (Parts 3100—3199)
XXXII National Endowment for the Arts (Parts 3200—3299)
XXXIII National Endowment for the Humanities (Parts 3300—3399)
XXXIV Department of Education (Parts 3400—3499)
XXXV Export-Import Bank of the United States (Parts 3500—3599)
XXXVI Office of National Drug Control Policy, Executive Office of the
President (Parts 3600—3699)
XXXVII Peace Corps (Parts 3700—3799)
LVIII Election Assistance Commission (Parts 5800—5899)
LIX Gulf Coast Ecosystem Restoration Council (Parts 5900—5999)
Title 3—The President
I Executive Office of the President (Parts 100—199)
Title 4—Accounts
I Government Accountability Office (Parts 1—199)
Title 5—Administrative Personnel
I Office of Personnel Management (Parts 1—1199)

II Merit Systems Protection Board (Parts 1200—1299)
III Office of Management and Budget (Parts 1300—1399)
IV Office of Personnel Management and Office of the Director of
National Intelligence (Parts 1400—1499)
V The International Organizations Employees Loyalty Board
(Parts 1500—1599)
VI Federal Retirement Thrift Investment Board (Parts 1600—1699)
VIII Office of Special Counsel (Parts 1800—1899)
IX Appalachian Regional Commission (Parts 1900—1999)
XI Armed Forces Retirement Home (Parts 2100—2199)
XIV Federal Labor Relations Authority, General Counsel of the Fed-
eral Labor Relations Authority and Federal Service Impasses
Panel (Parts 2400—2499)
XVI Office of Government Ethics (Parts 2600—2699)
XXI Department of the Treasury (Parts 3100—3199)
XXII Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (Parts 3200—3299)
XXIII Department of Energy (Parts 3300—3399)
XXIV Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (Parts 3400—3499)
XXV Department of the Interior (Parts 3500—3599)

XXVI Department of Defense (Parts 3600—3699)
434
Title 5—Administrative Personnel—Continued
Chap.
XXVIII Department of Justice (Parts 3800—3899)

XXIX Federal Communications Commission (Parts 3900—3999)
XXX Farm Credit System Insurance Corporation (Parts 4000—4099)
XXXI Farm Credit Administration (Parts 4100—4199)
XXXIII U.S. International Development Finance Corporation (Parts
4300—4399)
XXXIV Securities and Exchange Commission (Parts 4400—4499)
XXXV Office of Personnel Management (Parts 4500—4599)
XXXVI Department of Homeland Security (Parts 4600—4699)
XXXVII Federal Election Commission (Parts 4700—4799)
XL Interstate Commerce Commission (Parts 5000—5099)
XLI Commodity Futures Trading Commission (Parts 5100—5199)
XLII Department of Labor (Parts 5200—5299)
XLIII National Science Foundation (Parts 5300—5399)
XLV Department of Health and Human Services (Parts 5500—5599)
XLVI Postal Rate Commission (Parts 5600—5699)
XLVII Federal Trade Commission (Parts 5700—5799)
XLVIII Nuclear Regulatory Commission (Parts 5800—5899)
XLIX Federal Labor Relations Authority (Parts 5900—5999)
L Department of Transportation (Parts 6000—6099)
LII Export-Import Bank of the United States (Parts 6200—6299)
LIII Department of Education (Parts 6300—6399)
LIV Environmental Protection Agency (Parts 6400—6499)
LV National Endowment for the Arts (Parts 6500—6599)
LVI National Endowment for the Humanities (Parts 6600—6699)
LVII General Services Administration (Parts 6700—6799)
LVIII Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Parts 6800—
6899)
LIX National Aeronautics and Space Administration (Parts 6900—
6999)
LX United States Postal Service (Parts 7000—7099)
LXI National Labor Relations Board (Parts 7100—7199)
LXII Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (Parts 7200—7299)
LXIII Inter-American Foundation (Parts 7300—7399)
LXIV Merit Systems Protection Board (Parts 7400—7499)
LXV Department of Housing and Urban Development (Parts 7500—
7599)
LXVI National Archives and Records Administration (Parts 7600—7699)
LXVII Institute of Museum and Library Services (Parts 7700—7799)
LXVIII Commission on Civil Rights (Parts 7800—7899)
LXIX Tennessee Valley Authority (Parts 7900—7999)
LXX Court Services and Offender Supervision Agency for the District
of Columbia (Parts 8000—8099)
LXXI Consumer Product Safety Commission (Parts 8100—8199)

LXXIII Department of Agriculture (Parts 8300—8399)
435
Title 5—Administrative Personnel—Continued
Chap.
LXXIV Federal Mine Safety and Health Review Commission (Parts

8400—8499)
LXXVI Federal Retirement Thrift Investment Board (Parts 8600—8699)
LXXVII Office of Management and Budget (Parts 8700—8799)
LXXX Federal Housing Finance Agency (Parts 9000—9099)
LXXXIII Special Inspector General for Afghanistan Reconstruction (Parts
9300—9399)
LXXXIV Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (Parts 9400—9499)
LXXXVI National Credit Union Administration (Parts 9600—9699)
XCVII Department of Homeland Security Human Resources Manage-
ment System (Department of Homeland Security—Office of
Personnel Management) (Parts 9700—9799)
XCVIII Council of the Inspectors General on Integrity and Efficiency
(Parts 9800—9899)
XCIX Military Compensation and Retirement Modernization Commis-
sion (Parts 9900—9999)
C National Council on Disability (Parts 10000—10049)
CI National Mediation Board (Parts 10100—10199)
CII U.S. Office of Special Counsel (Parts 10200—10299)
Title 6—Domestic Security
I Department of Homeland Security, Office of the Secretary

(Parts 1—199)
X Privacy and Civil Liberties Oversight Board (Parts 1000—1099)
Title 7—Agriculture
SUBTITLE A—OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF AGRICULTURE (PARTS

0—26)
SUBTITLE B—REGULATIONS OF THE DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE
I Agricultural Marketing Service (Standards, Inspections, Mar-
keting Practices), Department of Agriculture (Parts 27—209)
II Food and Nutrition Service, Department of Agriculture (Parts
210—299)
III Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service, Department of Ag-
riculture (Parts 300—399)
IV Federal Crop Insurance Corporation, Department of Agriculture
(Parts 400—499)
V Agricultural Research Service, Department of Agriculture
(Parts 500—599)
VI Natural Resources Conservation Service, Department of Agri-
culture (Parts 600—699)
VII Farm Service Agency, Department of Agriculture (Parts 700—
799)
VIII Agricultural Marketing Service (Federal Grain Inspection Serv-

ice, Fair Trade Practices Program), Department of Agri-
436
Title 7—Agriculture—Continued
Chap.
IX Agricultural Marketing Service (Marketing Agreements and Or-

ders; Fruits, Vegetables, Nuts), Department of Agriculture
(Parts 900—999)
X Agricultural Marketing Service (Marketing Agreements and Or-
ders; Milk), Department of Agriculture (Parts 1000—1199)
XI Agricultural Marketing Service (Marketing Agreements and Or-
ders; Miscellaneous Commodities), Department of Agriculture
(Parts 1200—1299)
XIV Commodity Credit Corporation, Department of Agriculture
(Parts 1400—1499)
XV Foreign Agricultural Service, Department of Agriculture (Parts
1500—1599)
XVI [Reserved]
XVII Rural Utilities Service, Department of Agriculture (Parts 1700—
1799)
XVIII Rural Housing Service, Rural Business-Cooperative Service,
Rural Utilities Service, and Farm Service Agency, Depart-
ment of Agriculture (Parts 1800—2099)
XX [Reserved]
XXV Office of Advocacy and Outreach, Department of Agriculture
(Parts 2500—2599)
XXVI Office of Inspector General, Department of Agriculture (Parts
2600—2699)
XXVII Office of Information Resources Management, Department of
Agriculture (Parts 2700—2799)
XXVIII Office of Operations, Department of Agriculture (Parts 2800—
2899)
XXIX Office of Energy Policy and New Uses, Department of Agri-
XXX Office of the Chief Financial Officer, Department of Agriculture
(Parts 3000—3099)
XXXI Office of Environmental Quality, Department of Agriculture
(Parts 3100—3199)
XXXII Office of Procurement and Property Management, Department
of Agriculture (Parts 3200—3299)
XXXIII Office of Transportation, Department of Agriculture (Parts
3300—3399)
XXXIV National Institute of Food and Agriculture (Parts 3400—3499)
XXXV Rural Housing Service, Department of Agriculture (Parts 3500—
3599)
XXXVI National Agricultural Statistics Service, Department of Agri-
XXXVII Economic Research Service, Department of Agriculture (Parts
3700—3799)
XXXVIII World Agricultural Outlook Board, Department of Agriculture
(Parts 3800—3899)
XLI [Reserved]
XLII Rural Business-Cooperative Service and Rural Utilities Service,

Department of Agriculture (Parts 4200—4299)
437
Title 7—Agriculture—Continued
Chap.
L Rural Business-Cooperative Service, and Rural Utilities Service,

Title 8—Aliens and Nationality
I Department of Homeland Security (Parts 1—499)

V Executive Office for Immigration Review, Department of Justice
(Parts 1000—1399)
Title 9—Animals and Animal Products
I Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service, Department of Ag-

riculture (Parts 1—199)
II Agricultural Marketing Service (Fair Trade Practices Program),
III Food Safety and Inspection Service, Department of Agriculture
(Parts 300—599)
Title 10—Energy
I Nuclear Regulatory Commission (Parts 0—199)

II Department of Energy (Parts 200—699)
III Department of Energy (Parts 700—999)
X Department of Energy (General Provisions) (Parts 1000—1099)
XIII Nuclear Waste Technical Review Board (Parts 1300—1399)
XVII Defense Nuclear Facilities Safety Board (Parts 1700—1799)
XVIII Northeast Interstate Low-Level Radioactive Waste Commission
(Parts 1800—1899)
Title 11—Federal Elections
I Federal Election Commission (Parts 1—9099)

II Election Assistance Commission (Parts 9400—9499)
Title 12—Banks and Banking
I Comptroller of the Currency, Department of the Treasury (Parts

1—199)
II Federal Reserve System (Parts 200—299)
III Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (Parts 300—399)
IV Export-Import Bank of the United States (Parts 400—499)
V [Reserved]
VI Farm Credit Administration (Parts 600—699)
VII National Credit Union Administration (Parts 700—799)
VIII Federal Financing Bank (Parts 800—899)
IX (Parts 900—999) [Reserved]

X Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (Parts 1000—1099)
438
Title 12—Banks and Banking—Continued
Chap.
XI Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council (Parts

1100—1199)
XII Federal Housing Finance Agency (Parts 1200—1299)
XIII Financial Stability Oversight Council (Parts 1300—1399)
XIV Farm Credit System Insurance Corporation (Parts 1400—1499)
XV Department of the Treasury (Parts 1500—1599)
XVI Office of Financial Research, Department of the Treasury (Parts
1600—1699)
XVII Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight, Department of
Housing and Urban Development (Parts 1700—1799)
XVIII Community Development Financial Institutions Fund, Depart-
ment of the Treasury (Parts 1800—1899)
Title 13—Business Credit and Assistance
I Small Business Administration (Parts 1—199)

III Economic Development Administration, Department of Com-
merce (Parts 300—399)
IV Emergency Steel Guarantee Loan Board (Parts 400—499)
V Emergency Oil and Gas Guaranteed Loan Board (Parts 500—599)
Title 14—Aeronautics and Space
I Federal Aviation Administration, Department of Transportation

(Parts 1—199)
II Office of the Secretary, Department of Transportation (Aviation
Proceedings) (Parts 200—399)
III Commercial Space Transportation, Federal Aviation Adminis-
tration, Department of Transportation (Parts 400—1199)
V National Aeronautics and Space Administration (Parts 1200—
1299)
VI Air Transportation System Stabilization (Parts 1300—1399)
Title 15—Commerce and Foreign Trade
SUBTITLE A—OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF COMMERCE (PARTS 0—

29)
SUBTITLE B—REGULATIONS RELATING TO COMMERCE AND FOREIGN
TRADE
I Bureau of the Census, Department of Commerce (Parts 30—199)
II National Institute of Standards and Technology, Department of
Commerce (Parts 200—299)
III International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce
(Parts 300—399)
IV Foreign-Trade Zones Board, Department of Commerce (Parts
400—499)
VII Bureau of Industry and Security, Department of Commerce

(Parts 700—799)
439
Title 15—Commerce and Foreign Trade—Continued
Chap.
VIII Bureau of Economic Analysis, Department of Commerce (Parts

800—899)
IX National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, Department
of Commerce (Parts 900—999)
XI National Technical Information Service, Department of Com-
merce (Parts 1100—1199)
XIII East-West Foreign Trade Board (Parts 1300—1399)
XIV Minority Business Development Agency (Parts 1400—1499)
XV Office of the Under-Secretary for Economic Affairs, Department
of Commerce (Parts 1500—1599)
SUBTITLE C—REGULATIONS RELATING TO FOREIGN TRADE AGREE-
MENTS
XX Office of the United States Trade Representative (Parts 2000—
2099)
SUBTITLE D—REGULATIONS RELATING TO TELECOMMUNICATIONS
AND INFORMATION
XXIII National Telecommunications and Information Administration,
Department of Commerce (Parts 2300—2399) [Reserved]
Title 16—Commercial Practices
I Federal Trade Commission (Parts 0—999)

II Consumer Product Safety Commission (Parts 1000—1799)
Title 17—Commodity and Securities Exchanges
I Commodity Futures Trading Commission (Parts 1—199)

II Securities and Exchange Commission (Parts 200—399)
IV Department of the Treasury (Parts 400—499)
Title 18—Conservation of Power and Water Resources
I Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, Department of Energy

(Parts 1—399)
III Delaware River Basin Commission (Parts 400—499)
VI Water Resources Council (Parts 700—799)
VIII Susquehanna River Basin Commission (Parts 800—899)
XIII Tennessee Valley Authority (Parts 1300—1399)
Title 19—Customs Duties
I U.S. Customs and Border Protection, Department of Homeland

Security; Department of the Treasury (Parts 0—199)
II United States International Trade Commission (Parts 200—299)
III International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce
(Parts 300—399)
IV U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement, Department of

Homeland Security (Parts 400—599) [Reserved]
440
Title 20—Employees’ Benefits
Chap.
I Office of Workers’ Compensation Programs, Department of

Labor (Parts 1—199)
II Railroad Retirement Board (Parts 200—399)
III Social Security Administration (Parts 400—499)
IV Employees’ Compensation Appeals Board, Department of Labor
(Parts 500—599)
V Employment and Training Administration, Department of Labor
(Parts 600—699)
VI Office of Workers’ Compensation Programs, Department of
VII Benefits Review Board, Department of Labor (Parts 800—899)
VIII Joint Board for the Enrollment of Actuaries (Parts 900—999)
IX Office of the Assistant Secretary for Veterans’ Employment and
Training Service, Department of Labor (Parts 1000—1099)
Title 21—Food and Drugs
I Food and Drug Administration, Department of Health and

Human Services (Parts 1—1299)
II Drug Enforcement Administration, Department of Justice (Parts
1300—1399)
III Office of National Drug Control Policy (Parts 1400—1499)
Title 22—Foreign Relations
I Department of State (Parts 1—199)

II Agency for International Development (Parts 200—299)
III Peace Corps (Parts 300—399)
IV International Joint Commission, United States and Canada
(Parts 400—499)
V United States Agency for Global Media (Parts 500—599)
VII U.S. International Development Finance Corporation (Parts
700—799)
IX Foreign Service Grievance Board (Parts 900—999)
X Inter-American Foundation (Parts 1000—1099)
XI International Boundary and Water Commission, United States
and Mexico, United States Section (Parts 1100—1199)
XII United States International Development Cooperation Agency
(Parts 1200—1299)
XIII Millennium Challenge Corporation (Parts 1300—1399)
XIV Foreign Service Labor Relations Board; Federal Labor Relations
Authority; General Counsel of the Federal Labor Relations
Authority; and the Foreign Service Impasse Disputes Panel
(Parts 1400—1499)
XV African Development Foundation (Parts 1500—1599)
XVI Japan-United States Friendship Commission (Parts 1600—1699)

XVII United States Institute of Peace (Parts 1700—1799)
441
Title 23—Highways
Chap.
I Federal Highway Administration, Department of Transportation

(Parts 1—999)
II National Highway Traffic Safety Administration and Federal
Highway Administration, Department of Transportation
(Parts 1200—1299)
III National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, Department of
Transportation (Parts 1300—1399)
Title 24—Housing and Urban Development
SUBTITLE A—OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY, DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING

AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT (PARTS 0—99)
SUBTITLE B—REGULATIONS RELATING TO HOUSING AND URBAN DE-
VELOPMENT
I Office of Assistant Secretary for Equal Opportunity, Department
of Housing and Urban Development (Parts 100—199)
II Office of Assistant Secretary for Housing-Federal Housing Com-
missioner, Department of Housing and Urban Development
(Parts 200—299)
III Government National Mortgage Association, Department of
Housing and Urban Development (Parts 300—399)
IV Office of Housing and Office of Multifamily Housing Assistance
Restructuring, Department of Housing and Urban Develop-
ment (Parts 400—499)
V Office of Assistant Secretary for Community Planning and De-
velopment, Department of Housing and Urban Development
(Parts 500—599)
VI Office of Assistant Secretary for Community Planning and De-
velopment, Department of Housing and Urban Development
(Parts 600—699) [Reserved]
VII Office of the Secretary, Department of Housing and Urban Devel-
opment (Housing Assistance Programs and Public and Indian
Housing Programs) (Parts 700—799)
VIII Office of the Assistant Secretary for Housing—Federal Housing
Commissioner, Department of Housing and Urban Develop-
ment (Section 8 Housing Assistance Programs, Section 202 Di-
rect Loan Program, Section 202 Supportive Housing for the El-
derly Program and Section 811 Supportive Housing for Persons
With Disabilities Program) (Parts 800—899)
IX Office of Assistant Secretary for Public and Indian Housing, De-
partment of Housing and Urban Development (Parts 900—1699)
X Office of Assistant Secretary for Housing—Federal Housing
ment (Interstate Land Sales Registration Program) (Parts
1700—1799) [Reserved]
XII Office of Inspector General, Department of Housing and Urban
Development (Parts 2000—2099)
XV Emergency Mortgage Insurance and Loan Programs, Depart-
ment of Housing and Urban Development (Parts 2700—2799)

[Reserved]
442
Title 24—Housing and Urban Development—Continued
Chap.
XX Office of Assistant Secretary for Housing—Federal Housing

ment (Parts 3200—3899)
XXIV Board of Directors of the HOPE for Homeowners Program (Parts
4000—4099) [Reserved]
XXV Neighborhood Reinvestment Corporation (Parts 4100—4199)
Title 25—Indians
I Bureau of Indian Affairs, Department of the Interior (Parts 1—

299)
II Indian Arts and Crafts Board, Department of the Interior (Parts
300—399)
III National Indian Gaming Commission, Department of the Inte-
rior (Parts 500—599)
IV Office of Navajo and Hopi Indian Relocation (Parts 700—899)
V Bureau of Indian Affairs, Department of the Interior, and Indian
Health Service, Department of Health and Human Services
(Part 900—999)
VI Office of the Assistant Secretary, Indian Affairs, Department of
the Interior (Parts 1000—1199)
VII Office of the Special Trustee for American Indians, Department
of the Interior (Parts 1200—1299)
Title 26—Internal Revenue
I Internal Revenue Service, Department of the Treasury (Parts 1—

End)
Title 27—Alcohol, Tobacco Products and Firearms
I Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau, Department of the

Treasury (Parts 1—399)
II Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms, and Explosives, Depart-
ment of Justice (Parts 400—799)
Title 28—Judicial Administration
I Department of Justice (Parts 0—299)

III Federal Prison Industries, Inc., Department of Justice (Parts
300—399)
V Bureau of Prisons, Department of Justice (Parts 500—599)
VI Offices of Independent Counsel, Department of Justice (Parts
600—699)
VII Office of Independent Counsel (Parts 700—799)
VIII Court Services and Offender Supervision Agency for the District
of Columbia (Parts 800—899)
IX National Crime Prevention and Privacy Compact Council (Parts

900—999)
443
Title 28—Judicial Administration—Continued
Chap.
XI Department of Justice and Department of State (Parts 1100—

1199)
Title 29—Labor
SUBTITLE A—OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF LABOR (PARTS 0—99)

SUBTITLE B—REGULATIONS RELATING TO LABOR
I National Labor Relations Board (Parts 100—199)
II Office of Labor-Management Standards, Department of Labor
(Parts 200—299)
III National Railroad Adjustment Board (Parts 300—399)
IV Office of Labor-Management Standards, Department of Labor
(Parts 400—499)
V Wage and Hour Division, Department of Labor (Parts 500—899)
IX Construction Industry Collective Bargaining Commission (Parts
900—999)
X National Mediation Board (Parts 1200—1299)
XII Federal Mediation and Conciliation Service (Parts 1400—1499)
XIV Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (Parts 1600—1699)
XVII Occupational Safety and Health Administration, Department of
XX Occupational Safety and Health Review Commission (Parts
2200—2499)
XXV Employee Benefits Security Administration, Department of
XXVII Federal Mine Safety and Health Review Commission (Parts
2700—2799)
XL Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (Parts 4000—4999)
Title 30—Mineral Resources
I Mine Safety and Health Administration, Department of Labor

(Parts 1—199)
II Bureau of Safety and Environmental Enforcement, Department
of the Interior (Parts 200—299)
IV Geological Survey, Department of the Interior (Parts 400—499)
V Bureau of Ocean Energy Management, Department of the Inte-
VII Office of Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement, Depart-
ment of the Interior (Parts 700—999)
XII Office of Natural Resources Revenue, Department of the Interior
(Parts 1200—1299)
Title 31—Money and Finance: Treasury
SUBTITLE A—OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY (PARTS

0—50)
SUBTITLE B—REGULATIONS RELATING TO MONEY AND FINANCE
444
Title 31—Money and Finance: Treasury—Continued
Chap.
I Monetary Offices, Department of the Treasury (Parts 51—199)

II Fiscal Service, Department of the Treasury (Parts 200—399)
IV Secret Service, Department of the Treasury (Parts 400—499)
V Office of Foreign Assets Control, Department of the Treasury
(Parts 500—599)
VI Bureau of Engraving and Printing, Department of the Treasury
(Parts 600—699)
VII Federal Law Enforcement Training Center, Department of the
VIII Office of Investment Security, Department of the Treasury
(Parts 800—899)
IX Federal Claims Collection Standards (Department of the Treas-
ury—Department of Justice) (Parts 900—999)
X Financial Crimes Enforcement Network, Department of the
Title 32—National Defense
SUBTITLE A—DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE

I Office of the Secretary of Defense (Parts 1—399)
V Department of the Army (Parts 400—699)
VI Department of the Navy (Parts 700—799)
VII Department of the Air Force (Parts 800—1099)
SUBTITLE B—OTHER REGULATIONS RELATING TO NATIONAL DE-
FENSE
XII Department of Defense, Defense Logistics Agency (Parts 1200—
1299)
XVI Selective Service System (Parts 1600—1699)
XVII Office of the Director of National Intelligence (Parts 1700—1799)
XVIII National Counterintelligence Center (Parts 1800—1899)
XIX Central Intelligence Agency (Parts 1900—1999)
XX Information Security Oversight Office, National Archives and
Records Administration (Parts 2000—2099)
XXI National Security Council (Parts 2100—2199)
XXIV Office of Science and Technology Policy (Parts 2400—2499)
XXVII Office for Micronesian Status Negotiations (Parts 2700—2799)
XXVIII Office of the Vice President of the United States (Parts 2800—
2899)
Title 33—Navigation and Navigable Waters
I Coast Guard, Department of Homeland Security (Parts 1—199)

II Corps of Engineers, Department of the Army, Department of De-
fense (Parts 200—399)
IV Great Lakes St. Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation,

Department of Transportation (Parts 400—499)
445
Title 34—Education
Chap.
SUBTITLE A—OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY, DEPARTMENT OF EDU-

CATION (PARTS 1—99)
SUBTITLE B—REGULATIONS OF THE OFFICES OF THE DEPARTMENT
OF EDUCATION
I Office for Civil Rights, Department of Education (Parts 100—199)
II Office of Elementary and Secondary Education, Department of
Education (Parts 200—299)
III Office of Special Education and Rehabilitative Services, Depart-
ment of Education (Parts 300—399)
IV Office of Career, Technical, and Adult Education, Department of
Education (Parts 400—499)
V Office of Bilingual Education and Minority Languages Affairs,
Department of Education (Parts 500—599) [Reserved]
VI Office of Postsecondary Education, Department of Education
(Parts 600—699)
VII Office of Educational Research and Improvement, Department of
Education (Parts 700—799) [Reserved]
SUBTITLE C—REGULATIONS RELATING TO EDUCATION
XI [Reserved]
XII National Council on Disability (Parts 1200—1299)
Title 35 [Reserved]
Title 36—Parks, Forests, and Public Property
I National Park Service, Department of the Interior (Parts 1—199)

II Forest Service, Department of Agriculture (Parts 200—299)
III Corps of Engineers, Department of the Army (Parts 300—399)
IV American Battle Monuments Commission (Parts 400—499)
V Smithsonian Institution (Parts 500—599)
VI [Reserved]
VII Library of Congress (Parts 700—799)
VIII Advisory Council on Historic Preservation (Parts 800—899)
IX Pennsylvania Avenue Development Corporation (Parts 900—999)
X Presidio Trust (Parts 1000—1099)
XI Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board
(Parts 1100—1199)
XII National Archives and Records Administration (Parts 1200—1299)
XV Oklahoma City National Memorial Trust (Parts 1500—1599)
XVI Morris K. Udall Scholarship and Excellence in National Environ-
mental Policy Foundation (Parts 1600—1699)
Title 37—Patents, Trademarks, and Copyrights
I United States Patent and Trademark Office, Department of


II U.S. Copyright Office, Library of Congress (Parts 200—299)
446
Title 37—Patents, Trademarks, and Copyrights—Continued
Chap.
III Copyright Royalty Board, Library of Congress (Parts 300—399)

IV National Institute of Standards and Technology, Department of
Title 38—Pensions, Bonuses, and Veterans’ Relief
I Department of Veterans Affairs (Parts 0—199)

II Armed Forces Retirement Home (Parts 200—299)
Title 39—Postal Service
I United States Postal Service (Parts 1—999)

III Postal Regulatory Commission (Parts 3000—3099)
Title 40—Protection of Environment
I Environmental Protection Agency (Parts 1—1099)

IV Environmental Protection Agency and Department of Justice
(Parts 1400—1499)
V Council on Environmental Quality (Parts 1500—1599)
VI Chemical Safety and Hazard Investigation Board (Parts 1600—
1699)
VII Environmental Protection Agency and Department of Defense;
Uniform National Discharge Standards for Vessels of the
Armed Forces (Parts 1700—1799)
VIII Gulf Coast Ecosystem Restoration Council (Parts 1800—1899)
IX Federal Permitting Improvement Steering Council (Part 1900)
Title 41—Public Contracts and Property Management
SUBTITLE A—FEDERAL PROCUREMENT REGULATIONS SYSTEM

[NOTE]
SUBTITLE B—OTHER PROVISIONS RELATING TO PUBLIC CONTRACTS
50 Public Contracts, Department of Labor (Parts 50–1—50–999)
51 Committee for Purchase From People Who Are Blind or Severely
Disabled (Parts 51–1—51–99)
60 Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Equal Employ-
ment Opportunity, Department of Labor (Parts 60–1—60–999)
61 Office of the Assistant Secretary for Veterans’ Employment and
Training Service, Department of Labor (Parts 61–1—61–999)
62—100 [Reserved]
SUBTITLE C—FEDERAL PROPERTY MANAGEMENT REGULATIONS
SYSTEM
101 Federal Property Management Regulations (Parts 101–1—101–99)
102 Federal Management Regulation (Parts 102–1—102–299)
103—104 [Reserved]
105 General Services Administration (Parts 105–1—105–999)
447
Title 41—Public Contracts and Property Management—Continued
Chap.
109 Department of Energy Property Management Regulations (Parts

109–1—109–99)
114 Department of the Interior (Parts 114–1—114–99)
115 Environmental Protection Agency (Parts 115–1—115–99)
128 Department of Justice (Parts 128–1—128–99)
129—200 [Reserved]
SUBTITLE D—FEDERAL ACQUISITION SUPPLY CHAIN SECURITY
201 Federal Acquisition Security Council (Parts 201–1—201–99)
SUBTITLE E [RESERVED]
SUBTITLE F—FEDERAL TRAVEL REGULATION SYSTEM
300 General (Parts 300–1—300–99)
301 Temporary Duty (TDY) Travel Allowances (Parts 301–1—301–99)
302 Relocation Allowances (Parts 302–1—302–99)
303 Payment of Expenses Connected with the Death of Certain Em-
ployees (Part 303–1—303–99)
304 Payment of Travel Expenses from a Non-Federal Source (Parts
304–1—304–99)
Title 42—Public Health
I Public Health Service, Department of Health and Human Serv-

ices (Parts 1—199)
II—III [Reserved]
IV Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, Department of Health
and Human Services (Parts 400—699)
V Office of Inspector General-Health Care, Department of Health
Title 43—Public Lands: Interior
SUBTITLE A—OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR (PARTS

1—199)
SUBTITLE B—REGULATIONS RELATING TO PUBLIC LANDS
I Bureau of Reclamation, Department of the Interior (Parts 400—
999)
II Bureau of Land Management, Department of the Interior (Parts
1000—9999)
III Utah Reclamation Mitigation and Conservation Commission
(Parts 10000—10099)
Title 44—Emergency Management and Assistance
I Federal Emergency Management Agency, Department of Home-

land Security (Parts 0—399)
IV Department of Commerce and Department of Transportation

(Parts 400—499)
448
Title 45—Public Welfare
Chap.
SUBTITLE A—DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES

(PARTS 1—199)
SUBTITLE B—REGULATIONS RELATING TO PUBLIC WELFARE
II Office of Family Assistance (Assistance Programs), Administra-
tion for Children and Families, Department of Health and
Human Services (Parts 200—299)
III Office of Child Support Enforcement (Child Support Enforce-
ment Program), Administration for Children and Families,
Department of Health and Human Services (Parts 300—399)
IV Office of Refugee Resettlement, Administration for Children and
Families, Department of Health and Human Services (Parts
400—499)
V Foreign Claims Settlement Commission of the United States,
Department of Justice (Parts 500—599)
VI National Science Foundation (Parts 600—699)
VII Commission on Civil Rights (Parts 700—799)
VIII Office of Personnel Management (Parts 800—899)
IX Denali Commission (Parts 900—999)
X Office of Community Services, Administration for Children and
Families, Department of Health and Human Services (Parts
1000—1099)
XI National Foundation on the Arts and the Humanities (Parts
1100—1199)
XII Corporation for National and Community Service (Parts 1200—
1299)
XIII Administration for Children and Families, Department of Health
XVI Legal Services Corporation (Parts 1600—1699)
XVII National Commission on Libraries and Information Science
(Parts 1700—1799)
XVIII Harry S. Truman Scholarship Foundation (Parts 1800—1899)
XXI Commission of Fine Arts (Parts 2100—2199)
XXIII Arctic Research Commission (Parts 2300—2399)
XXIV James Madison Memorial Fellowship Foundation (Parts 2400—
2499)
XXV Corporation for National and Community Service (Parts 2500—
2599)
Title 46—Shipping
I Coast Guard, Department of Homeland Security (Parts 1—199)

II Maritime Administration, Department of Transportation (Parts
200—399)
III Coast Guard (Great Lakes Pilotage), Department of Homeland
Security (Parts 400—499)
IV Federal Maritime Commission (Parts 500—599)
449
Title 47—Telecommunication
Chap.
I Federal Communications Commission (Parts 0—199)

II Office of Science and Technology Policy and National Security
Council (Parts 200—299)
III National Telecommunications and Information Administration,
Department of Commerce (Parts 300—399)
IV National Telecommunications and Information Administration,
Department of Commerce, and National Highway Traffic Safe-
ty Administration, Department of Transportation (Parts 400—
499)
V The First Responder Network Authority (Parts 500—599)
Title 48—Federal Acquisition Regulations System
1 Federal Acquisition Regulation (Parts 1—99)

2 Defense Acquisition Regulations System, Department of Defense
(Parts 200—299)
3 Department of Health and Human Services (Parts 300—399)
4 Department of Agriculture (Parts 400—499)
5 General Services Administration (Parts 500—599)
6 Department of State (Parts 600—699)
7 Agency for International Development (Parts 700—799)
8 Department of Veterans Affairs (Parts 800—899)
9 Department of Energy (Parts 900—999)
10 Department of the Treasury (Parts 1000—1099)
12 Department of Transportation (Parts 1200—1299)
13 Department of Commerce (Parts 1300—1399)
14 Department of the Interior (Parts 1400—1499)
15 Environmental Protection Agency (Parts 1500—1599)
16 Office of Personnel Management Federal Employees Health Ben-
efits Acquisition Regulation (Parts 1600—1699)
17 Office of Personnel Management (Parts 1700—1799)
18 National Aeronautics and Space Administration (Parts 1800—
1899)
19 Broadcasting Board of Governors (Parts 1900—1999)
20 Nuclear Regulatory Commission (Parts 2000—2099)
21 Office of Personnel Management, Federal Employees Group Life
Insurance Federal Acquisition Regulation (Parts 2100—2199)
23 Social Security Administration (Parts 2300—2399)
24 Department of Housing and Urban Development (Parts 2400—
2499)
25 National Science Foundation (Parts 2500—2599)
28 Department of Justice (Parts 2800—2899)
29 Department of Labor (Parts 2900—2999)
30 Department of Homeland Security, Homeland Security Acquisi-
tion Regulation (HSAR) (Parts 3000—3099)
34 Department of Education Acquisition Regulation (Parts 3400—

3499)
450
Title 48—Federal Acquisition Regulations System—Continued
Chap.
51 Department of the Army Acquisition Regulations (Parts 5100—

5199) [Reserved]
52 Department of the Navy Acquisition Regulations (Parts 5200—
5299)
53 Department of the Air Force Federal Acquisition Regulation
Supplement (Parts 5300—5399) [Reserved]
54 Defense Logistics Agency, Department of Defense (Parts 5400—
5499)
57 African Development Foundation (Parts 5700—5799)
61 Civilian Board of Contract Appeals, General Services Adminis-
tration (Parts 6100—6199)
99 Cost Accounting Standards Board, Office of Federal Procure-
ment Policy, Office of Management and Budget (Parts 9900—
9999)
Title 49—Transportation
SUBTITLE A—OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF TRANSPORTATION

(PARTS 1—99)
SUBTITLE B—OTHER REGULATIONS RELATING TO TRANSPORTATION
I Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, De-
partment of Transportation (Parts 100—199)
II Federal Railroad Administration, Department of Transportation
(Parts 200—299)
III Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, Department of
IV Coast Guard, Department of Homeland Security (Parts 400—499)
V National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, Department of
VI Federal Transit Administration, Department of Transportation
(Parts 600—699)
VII National Railroad Passenger Corporation (AMTRAK) (Parts
700—799)
VIII National Transportation Safety Board (Parts 800—999)
X Surface Transportation Board (Parts 1000—1399)
XI Research and Innovative Technology Administration, Depart-
ment of Transportation (Parts 1400—1499) [Reserved]
XII Transportation Security Administration, Department of Home-
land Security (Parts 1500—1699)
Title 50—Wildlife and Fisheries
I United States Fish and Wildlife Service, Department of the Inte-

II National Marine Fisheries Service, National Oceanic and Atmos-
pheric Administration, Department of Commerce (Parts 200—
299)
III International Fishing and Related Activities (Parts 300—399)
451
Title 50—Wildlife and Fisheries—Continued
Chap.
IV Joint Regulations (United States Fish and Wildlife Service, De-

partment of the Interior and National Marine Fisheries Serv-
ice, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, De-
partment of Commerce); Endangered Species Committee Reg-
ulations (Parts 400—499)
V Marine Mammal Commission (Parts 500—599)
VI Fishery Conservation and Management, National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration, Department of Commerce (Parts
600—699)
452
Alphabetical List of Agencies Appearing in the CFR
(Revised as of October 1, 2022)
CFR Title, Subtitle or

Agency Chapter
Administrative Conference of the United States 1, III
Advisory Council on Historic Preservation 36, VIII
Advocacy and Outreach, Office of 7, XXV
Afghanistan Reconstruction, Special Inspector General for 5, LXXXIII
African Development Foundation 22, XV
Federal Acquisition Regulation 48, 57
Agency for International Development 2, VII; 22, II
Agricultural Marketing Service 7, I, VIII, IX, X, XI; 9, II
Agricultural Research Service 7, V
Agriculture, Department of 2, IV; 5, LXXIII
Advocacy and Outreach, Office of 7, XXV
Agricultural Marketing Service 7, I, VIII, IX, X, XI; 9, II
Agricultural Research Service 7, V
Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service 7, III; 9, I
Chief Financial Officer, Office of 7, XXX
Commodity Credit Corporation 7, XIV
Economic Research Service 7, XXXVII
Energy Policy and New Uses, Office of 2, IX; 7, XXIX
Environmental Quality, Office of 7, XXXI
Farm Service Agency 7, VII, XVIII
Federal Crop Insurance Corporation 7, IV
Food and Nutrition Service 7, II
Food Safety and Inspection Service 9, III
Foreign Agricultural Service 7, XV
Forest Service 36, II
Information Resources Management, Office of 7, XXVII
Inspector General, Office of 7, XXVI
National Agricultural Library 7, XLI
National Agricultural Statistics Service 7, XXXVI
National Institute of Food and Agriculture 7, XXXIV
Natural Resources Conservation Service 7, VI
Operations, Office of 7, XXVIII
Procurement and Property Management, Office of 7, XXXII
Rural Business-Cooperative Service 7, XVIII, XLII
Rural Development Administration 7, XLII
Rural Housing Service 7, XVIII, XXXV
Rural Utilities Service 7, XVII, XVIII, XLII
Secretary of Agriculture, Office of 7, Subtitle A
Transportation, Office of 7, XXXIII
World Agricultural Outlook Board 7, XXXVIII
Air Force, Department of 32, VII
Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement 48, 53
Air Transportation Stabilization Board 14, VI
Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau 27, I
Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms, and Explosives, Bureau of 27, II
AMTRAK 49, VII
American Battle Monuments Commission 36, IV
American Indians, Office of the Special Trustee 25, VII
Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service 7, III; 9, I

Appalachian Regional Commission 5, IX
Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board 36, XI
453
Agency Chapter
Arctic Research Commission 45, XXIII
Armed Forces Retirement Home 5, XI; 38, II
Army, Department of 32, V
Engineers, Corps of 33, II; 36, III
Benefits Review Board 20, VII
Bilingual Education and Minority Languages Affairs, Office of 34, V
Blind or Severely Disabled, Committee for Purchase from 41, 51
People Who Are
Career, Technical, and Adult Education, Office of 34, IV
Census Bureau 15, I
Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services 42, IV
Central Intelligence Agency 32, XIX
Chemical Safety and Hazard Investigation Board 40, VI
Chief Financial Officer, Office of 7, XXX
Child Support Enforcement, Office of 45, III
Children and Families, Administration for 45, II, III, IV, X, XIII
Civil Rights, Commission on 5, LXVIII; 45, VII
Civil Rights, Office for 34, I
Coast Guard 33, I; 46, I; 49, IV
Coast Guard (Great Lakes Pilotage) 46, III
Commerce, Department of 2, XIII; 44, IV; 50, VI
Census Bureau 15, I
Economic Affairs, Office of the Under-Secretary for 15, XV
Economic Analysis, Bureau of 15, VIII
Economic Development Administration 13, III
Emergency Management and Assistance 44, IV
Foreign-Trade Zones Board 15, IV
Industry and Security, Bureau of 15, VII
International Trade Administration 15, III; 19, III
National Institute of Standards and Technology 15, II; 37, IV
National Marine Fisheries Service 50, II, IV
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration 15, IX; 50, II, III, IV, VI
National Technical Information Service 15, XI
National Telecommunications and Information 15, XXIII; 47, III, IV
Administration
National Weather Service 15, IX
Patent and Trademark Office, United States 37, I
Secretary of Commerce, Office of 15, Subtitle A
Commercial Space Transportation 14, III
Commodity Credit Corporation 7, XIV
Commodity Futures Trading Commission 5, XLI; 17, I
Community Planning and Development, Office of Assistant 24, V, VI
Secretary for
Community Services, Office of 45, X
Comptroller of the Currency 12, I
Construction Industry Collective Bargaining Commission 29, IX
Consumer Financial Protection Bureau 5, LXXXIV; 12, X
Consumer Product Safety Commission 5, LXXI; 16, II
Copyright Royalty Board 37, III
Corporation for National and Community Service 2, XXII; 45, XII, XXV
Cost Accounting Standards Board 48, 99
Council on Environmental Quality 40, V
Council of the Inspectors General on Integrity and Efficiency 5, XCVIII
Court Services and Offender Supervision Agency for the 5, LXX; 28, VIII
District of Columbia
Customs and Border Protection 19, I
Defense, Department of 2, XI; 5, XXVI; 32,
Subtitle A; 40, VII
Advanced Research Projects Agency 32, I
Air Force Department 32, VII
Army Department 32, V; 33, II; 36, III; 48,
51
Defense Acquisition Regulations System 48, 2
Defense Intelligence Agency 32, I
454
Agency Chapter
Defense Logistics Agency 32, I, XII; 48, 54
National Imagery and Mapping Agency 32, I
Navy, Department of 32, VI; 48, 52
Secretary of Defense, Office of 2, XI; 32, I
Defense Contract Audit Agency 32, I
Defense Intelligence Agency 32, I
Defense Logistics Agency 32, XII; 48, 54
Defense Nuclear Facilities Safety Board 10, XVII
Delaware River Basin Commission 18, III
Denali Commission 45, IX
Disability, National Council on 5, C; 34, XII
District of Columbia, Court Services and Offender Supervision 5, LXX; 28, VIII
Agency for the
Drug Enforcement Administration 21, II
East-West Foreign Trade Board 15, XIII
Economic Affairs, Office of the Under-Secretary for 15, XV
Economic Analysis, Bureau of 15, VIII
Economic Development Administration 13, III
Economic Research Service 7, XXXVII
Education, Department of 2, XXXIV; 5, LIII
Bilingual Education and Minority Languages Affairs, Office 34, V
of
Career, Technical, and Adult Education, Office of 34, IV
Civil Rights, Office for 34, I
Educational Research and Improvement, Office of 34, VII
Elementary and Secondary Education, Office of 34, II
Postsecondary Education, Office of 34, VI
Secretary of Education, Office of 34, Subtitle A
Special Education and Rehabilitative Services, Office of 34, III
Educational Research and Improvement, Office of 34, VII
Election Assistance Commission 2, LVIII; 11, II
Elementary and Secondary Education, Office of 34, II
Emergency Oil and Gas Guaranteed Loan Board 13, V
Emergency Steel Guarantee Loan Board 13, IV
Employee Benefits Security Administration 29, XXV
Employees’ Compensation Appeals Board 20, IV
Employees Loyalty Board 5, V
Employment and Training Administration 20, V
Employment Policy, National Commission for 1, IV
Employment Standards Administration 20, VI
Endangered Species Committee 50, IV
Energy, Department of 2, IX; 5, XXIII; 10, II,
III, X
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission 5, XXIV; 18, I
Property Management Regulations 41, 109
Energy, Office of 7, XXIX
Engraving and Printing, Bureau of 31, VI
Environmental Protection Agency 2, XV; 5, LIV; 40, I, IV,
VII
Environmental Quality, Office of 7, XXXI
Equal Employment Opportunity Commission 5, LXII; 29, XIV
Equal Opportunity, Office of Assistant Secretary for 24, I
Executive Office of the President 3, I
Environmental Quality, Council on 40, V
Management and Budget, Office of 2, Subtitle A; 5, III,
LXXVII; 14, VI; 48, 99
National Drug Control Policy, Office of 2, XXXVI; 21, III
National Security Council 32, XXI; 47, II
Science and Technology Policy, Office of 32, XXIV; 47, II

Trade Representative, Office of the United States 15, XX
Export-Import Bank of the United States 2, XXXV; 5, LII; 12, IV
455
Agency Chapter
Family Assistance, Office of 45, II
Farm Credit Administration 5, XXXI; 12, VI
Farm Credit System Insurance Corporation 5, XXX; 12, XIV
Farm Service Agency 7, VII, XVIII
Federal Acquisition Security Council 41, 201
Federal Aviation Administration 14, I
Federal Claims Collection Standards 31, IX
Federal Communications Commission 5, XXIX; 47, I
Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Office of 41, 60
Federal Crop Insurance Corporation 7, IV
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation 5, XXII; 12, III
Federal Election Commission 5, XXXVII; 11, I
Federal Emergency Management Agency 44, I
Federal Employees Group Life Insurance Federal Acquisition 48, 21
Regulation
Federal Employees Health Benefits Acquisition Regulation 48, 16
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission 5, XXIV; 18, I
Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council 12, XI
Federal Financing Bank 12, VIII
Federal Highway Administration 23, I, II
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation 1, IV
Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight Office 12, XVII
Federal Housing Finance Agency 5, LXXX; 12, XII
Federal Labor Relations Authority 5, XIV, XLIX; 22, XIV
Federal Law Enforcement Training Center 31, VII
Federal Management Regulation 41, 102
Federal Maritime Commission 46, IV
Federal Mediation and Conciliation Service 29, XII
Federal Mine Safety and Health Review Commission 5, LXXIV; 29, XXVII
Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration 49, III
Federal Permitting Improvement Steering Council 40, IX
Federal Prison Industries, Inc. 28, III
Federal Procurement Policy Office 48, 99
Federal Property Management Regulations 41, 101
Federal Railroad Administration 49, II
Federal Register, Administrative Committee of 1, I
Federal Register, Office of 1, II
Federal Reserve System 12, II
Board of Governors 5, LVIII
Federal Retirement Thrift Investment Board 5, VI, LXXVI
Federal Service Impasses Panel 5, XIV
Federal Trade Commission 5, XLVII; 16, I
Federal Transit Administration 49, VI
Federal Travel Regulation System 41, Subtitle F
Financial Crimes Enforcement Network 31, X
Financial Research Office 12, XVI
Financial Stability Oversight Council 12, XIII
Fine Arts, Commission of 45, XXI
Fiscal Service 31, II
Fish and Wildlife Service, United States 50, I, IV
Food and Drug Administration 21, I
Food and Nutrition Service 7, II
Food Safety and Inspection Service 9, III
Foreign Agricultural Service 7, XV
Foreign Assets Control, Office of 31, V
Foreign Claims Settlement Commission of the United States 45, V
Foreign Service Grievance Board 22, IX
Foreign Service Impasse Disputes Panel 22, XIV
Foreign Service Labor Relations Board 22, XIV
Foreign-Trade Zones Board 15, IV
Forest Service 36, II
General Services Administration 5, LVII; 41, 105
Contract Appeals, Board of 48, 61

Federal Management Regulation 41, 102
456
Agency Chapter
Federal Property Management Regulations 41, 101
Federal Travel Regulation System 41, Subtitle F
General 41, 300
Payment From a Non-Federal Source for Travel Expenses 41, 304
Payment of Expenses Connected With the Death of Certain 41, 303
Employees
Relocation Allowances 41, 302
Temporary Duty (TDY) Travel Allowances 41, 301
Geological Survey 30, IV
Government Accountability Office 4, I
Government Ethics, Office of 5, XVI
Government National Mortgage Association 24, III
Grain Inspection, Packers and Stockyards Administration 7, VIII; 9, II
Great Lakes St. Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation 33, IV
Gulf Coast Ecosystem Restoration Council 2, LIX; 40, VIII
Harry S. Truman Scholarship Foundation 45, XVIII
Health and Human Services, Department of 2, III; 5, XLV; 45,
Subtitle A
Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services 42, IV
Child Support Enforcement, Office of 45, III
Children and Families, Administration for 45, II, III, IV, X, XIII
Community Services, Office of 45, X
Family Assistance, Office of 45, II
Food and Drug Administration 21, I
Indian Health Service 25, V
Inspector General (Health Care), Office of 42, V
Public Health Service 42, I
Refugee Resettlement, Office of 45, IV
Homeland Security, Department of 2, XXX; 5, XXXVI; 6, I;
8, I
Coast Guard 33, I; 46, I; 49, IV
Coast Guard (Great Lakes Pilotage) 46, III
Federal Emergency Management Agency 44, I
Human Resources Management and Labor Relations 5, XCVII
Systems
Immigration and Customs Enforcement Bureau 19, IV
Transportation Security Administration 49, XII
HOPE for Homeowners Program, Board of Directors of 24, XXIV
Housing, Office of, and Multifamily Housing Assistance 24, IV
Restructuring, Office of
Housing and Urban Development, Department of 2, XXIV; 5, LXV; 24,
Subtitle B
Community Planning and Development, Office of Assistant 24, V, VI
Secretary for
Equal Opportunity, Office of Assistant Secretary for 24, I
Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight, Office of 12, XVII
Government National Mortgage Association 24, III
Housing—Federal Housing Commissioner, Office of 24, II, VIII, X, XX
Assistant Secretary for
Inspector General, Office of 24, XII
Public and Indian Housing, Office of Assistant Secretary for 24, IX
Secretary, Office of 24, Subtitle A, VII
Housing—Federal Housing Commissioner, Office of Assistant 24, II, VIII, X, XX
Secretary for
Immigration and Customs Enforcement Bureau 19, IV
Immigration Review, Executive Office for 8, V
Independent Counsel, Office of 28, VII
Independent Counsel, Offices of 28, VI

Indian Affairs, Bureau of 25, I, V
Indian Affairs, Office of the Assistant Secretary 25, VI
457
Agency Chapter
Indian Arts and Crafts Board 25, II
Indian Health Service 25, V
Industry and Security, Bureau of 15, VII
Information Resources Management, Office of 7, XXVII
Information Security Oversight Office, National Archives and 32, XX
Records Administration
Inspector General
Agriculture Department 7, XXVI
Health and Human Services Department 42, V
Housing and Urban Development Department 24, XII, XV
Institute of Peace, United States 22, XVII
Inter-American Foundation 5, LXIII; 22, X
Interior, Department of 2, XIV
American Indians, Office of the Special Trustee 25, VII
Endangered Species Committee 50, IV
Federal Property Management Regulations System 41, 114
Fish and Wildlife Service, United States 50, I, IV
Geological Survey 30, IV
Indian Affairs, Bureau of 25, I, V
Indian Affairs, Office of the Assistant Secretary 25, VI
Indian Arts and Crafts Board 25, II
Land Management, Bureau of 43, II
National Indian Gaming Commission 25, III
National Park Service 36, I
Natural Resource Revenue, Office of 30, XII
Ocean Energy Management, Bureau of 30, V
Reclamation, Bureau of 43, I
Safety and Environmental Enforcement, Bureau of 30, II
Secretary of the Interior, Office of 2, XIV; 43, Subtitle A
Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement, Office of 30, VII
Internal Revenue Service 26, I
International Boundary and Water Commission, United States 22, XI
and Mexico, United States Section
International Development, United States Agency for 22, II
International Development Cooperation Agency, United 22, XII
States
International Development Finance Corporation, U.S. 5, XXXIII; 22, VII
International Joint Commission, United States and Canada 22, IV
International Organizations Employees Loyalty Board 5, V
International Trade Administration 15, III; 19, III
International Trade Commission, United States 19, II
Interstate Commerce Commission 5, XL
Investment Security, Office of 31, VIII
James Madison Memorial Fellowship Foundation 45, XXIV
Japan–United States Friendship Commission 22, XVI
Joint Board for the Enrollment of Actuaries 20, VIII
Justice, Department of 2, XXVIII; 5, XXVIII;
28, I, XI; 40, IV
Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms, and Explosives, Bureau of 27, II
Drug Enforcement Administration 21, II
Federal Prison Industries, Inc. 28, III
Foreign Claims Settlement Commission of the United 45, V
States
Immigration Review, Executive Office for 8, V
Independent Counsel, Offices of 28, VI
Prisons, Bureau of 28, V
Labor, Department of 2, XXIX; 5, XLII
Benefits Review Board 20, VII
Employee Benefits Security Administration 29, XXV
Employees’ Compensation Appeals Board 20, IV

Employment and Training Administration 20, V
458
Agency Chapter
Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Office of 41, 60
Federal Procurement Regulations System 41, 50
Labor-Management Standards, Office of 29, II, IV
Mine Safety and Health Administration 30, I
Occupational Safety and Health Administration 29, XVII
Public Contracts 41, 50
Secretary of Labor, Office of 29, Subtitle A
Veterans’ Employment and Training Service, Office of the 41, 61; 20, IX
Wage and Hour Division 29, V
Workers’ Compensation Programs, Office of 20, I, VI
Labor-Management Standards, Office of 29, II, IV
Land Management, Bureau of 43, II
Legal Services Corporation 45, XVI
Libraries and Information Science, National Commission on 45, XVII
Library of Congress 36, VII
Copyright Royalty Board 37, III
U.S. Copyright Office 37, II
Management and Budget, Office of 5, III, LXXVII; 14, VI;
48, 99
Marine Mammal Commission 50, V
Maritime Administration 46, II
Merit Systems Protection Board 5, II, LXIV
Micronesian Status Negotiations, Office for 32, XXVII
Military Compensation and Retirement Modernization 5, XCIX
Commission
Millennium Challenge Corporation 22, XIII
Mine Safety and Health Administration 30, I
Minority Business Development Agency 15, XIV
Miscellaneous Agencies 1, IV
Monetary Offices 31, I
Morris K. Udall Scholarship and Excellence in National 36, XVI
Environmental Policy Foundation
Museum and Library Services, Institute of 2, XXXI
National Aeronautics and Space Administration 2, XVIII; 5, LIX; 14, V
National Agricultural Library 7, XLI
National Agricultural Statistics Service 7, XXXVI
National and Community Service, Corporation for 2, XXII; 45, XII, XXV
National Archives and Records Administration 2, XXVI; 5, LXVI; 36,
XII
Information Security Oversight Office 32, XX
National Capital Planning Commission 1, IV, VI
National Counterintelligence Center 32, XVIII
National Credit Union Administration 5, LXXXVI; 12, VII
National Crime Prevention and Privacy Compact Council 28, IX
National Drug Control Policy, Office of 2, XXXVI; 21, III
National Endowment for the Arts 2, XXXII
National Endowment for the Humanities 2, XXXIII
National Foundation on the Arts and the Humanities 45, XI
National Geospatial-Intelligence Agency 32, I
National Highway Traffic Safety Administration 23, II, III; 47, VI; 49, V
National Imagery and Mapping Agency 32, I
National Indian Gaming Commission 25, III
National Institute of Food and Agriculture 7, XXXIV
National Institute of Standards and Technology 15, II; 37, IV
National Intelligence, Office of Director of 5, IV; 32, XVII
National Labor Relations Board 5, LXI; 29, I
National Marine Fisheries Service 50, II, IV
National Mediation Board 5, CI; 29, X
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration 15, IX; 50, II, III, IV, VI
National Park Service 36, I
National Railroad Adjustment Board 29, III
National Railroad Passenger Corporation (AMTRAK) 49, VII
National Science Foundation 2, XXV; 5, XLIII; 45, VI

National Security Council 32, XXI; 47, II
459
Agency Chapter
National Technical Information Service 15, XI
National Telecommunications and Information 15, XXIII; 47, III, IV, V
Administration
National Transportation Safety Board 49, VIII
Natural Resource Revenue, Office of 30, XII
Natural Resources Conservation Service 7, VI
Navajo and Hopi Indian Relocation, Office of 25, IV
Navy, Department of 32, VI
Neighborhood Reinvestment Corporation 24, XXV
Northeast Interstate Low-Level Radioactive Waste 10, XVIII
Commission
Nuclear Regulatory Commission 2, XX; 5, XLVIII; 10, I
Occupational Safety and Health Administration 29, XVII
Occupational Safety and Health Review Commission 29, XX
Ocean Energy Management, Bureau of 30, V
Oklahoma City National Memorial Trust 36, XV
Operations Office 7, XXVIII
Patent and Trademark Office, United States 37, I
Payment From a Non-Federal Source for Travel Expenses 41, 304
Payment of Expenses Connected With the Death of Certain 41, 303
Employees
Peace Corps 2, XXXVII; 22, III
Pennsylvania Avenue Development Corporation 36, IX
Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation 29, XL
Personnel Management, Office of 5, I, IV, XXXV; 45, VIII
Federal Employees Group Life Insurance Federal 48, 21
Acquisition Regulation
Federal Employees Health Benefits Acquisition Regulation 48, 16
Human Resources Management and Labor Relations 5, XCVII
Systems, Department of Homeland Security
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration 49, I
Postal Regulatory Commission 5, XLVI; 39, III
Postal Service, United States 5, LX; 39, I
Postsecondary Education, Office of 34, VI
President’s Commission on White House Fellowships 1, IV
Presidio Trust 36, X
Prisons, Bureau of 28, V
Privacy and Civil Liberties Oversight Board 6, X
Procurement and Property Management, Office of 7, XXXII
Public and Indian Housing, Office of Assistant Secretary for 24, IX
Public Contracts, Department of Labor 41, 50
Public Health Service 42, I
Railroad Retirement Board 20, II
Reclamation, Bureau of 43, I
Refugee Resettlement, Office of 45, IV
Relocation Allowances 41, 302
Research and Innovative Technology Administration 49, XI
Rural Business-Cooperative Service 7, XVIII, XLII, L
Rural Development Administration 7, XLII
Rural Housing Service 7, XVIII, XXXV, L
Rural Utilities Service 7, XVII, XVIII, XLII, L
Safety and Environmental Enforcement, Bureau of 30, II
Science and Technology Policy, Office of 32, XXIV; 47, II
Secret Service 31, IV
Securities and Exchange Commission 5, XXXIV; 17, II
Selective Service System 32, XVI
Small Business Administration 2, XXVII; 13, I
Smithsonian Institution 36, V
Social Security Administration 2, XXIII; 20, III; 48, 23
Soldiers’ and Airmen’s Home, United States 5, XI
Special Counsel, Office of 5, VIII
Special Education and Rehabilitative Services, Office of 34, III

State, Department of 2, VI; 22, I; 28, XI
460
Agency Chapter
Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement, Office of 30, VII
Surface Transportation Board 49, X
Susquehanna River Basin Commission 18, VIII
Tennessee Valley Authority 5, LXIX; 18, XIII
Trade Representative, United States, Office of 15, XX
Transportation, Department of 2, XII; 5, L
Emergency Management and Assistance 44, IV
Federal Aviation Administration 14, I
Federal Highway Administration 23, I, II
Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration 49, III
Federal Railroad Administration 49, II
Federal Transit Administration 49, VI
Great Lakes St. Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation 33, IV
Maritime Administration 46, II
National Highway Traffic Safety Administration 23, II, III; 47, IV; 49, V
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration 49, I
Secretary of Transportation, Office of 14, II; 49, Subtitle A
Transportation Statistics Bureau 49, XI
Transportation, Office of 7, XXXIII
Transportation Security Administration 49, XII
Transportation Statistics Bureau 49, XI
Travel Allowances, Temporary Duty (TDY) 41, 301
Treasury, Department of the 2, X; 5, XXI; 12, XV; 17,
IV; 31, IX
Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau 27, I
Community Development Financial Institutions Fund 12, XVIII
Comptroller of the Currency 12, I
Engraving and Printing, Bureau of 31, VI
Federal Law Enforcement Training Center 31, VII
Financial Crimes Enforcement Network 31, X
Fiscal Service 31, II
Foreign Assets Control, Office of 31, V
Internal Revenue Service 26, I
Investment Security, Office of 31, VIII
Monetary Offices 31, I
Secret Service 31, IV
Secretary of the Treasury, Office of 31, Subtitle A
Truman, Harry S. Scholarship Foundation 45, XVIII
United States Agency for Global Media 22, V
United States and Canada, International Joint Commission 22, IV
United States and Mexico, International Boundary and Water 22, XI
Commission, United States Section
U.S. Copyright Office 37, II
U.S. Office of Special Counsel 5, CII
Utah Reclamation Mitigation and Conservation Commission 43, III
Veterans Affairs, Department of 2, VIII; 38, I
Veterans’ Employment and Training Service, Office of the 41, 61; 20, IX
Vice President of the United States, Office of 32, XXVIII
Wage and Hour Division 29, V
Water Resources Council 18, VI
Workers’ Compensation Programs, Office of 20, I, VII
World Agricultural Outlook Board 7, XXXVIII
461
List of CFR Sections Affected
All changes in this volume of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR)
that were made by documents published in the FEDERAL REGISTER since
January 1, 2017 are enumerated in the following list. Entries indicate the
nature of the changes effected. Page numbers refer to FEDERAL REGISTER
pages. The user should consult the entries for chapters, parts and sub-
parts as well as sections for revisions.
For changes to this volume of the CFR prior to this listing, consult
the annual edition of the monthly List of CFR Sections Affected (LSA).
The LSA is available at www.govinfo.gov. For changes to this volume of
the CFR prior to 2001, see the ‘‘List of CFR Sections Affected, 1949–1963,
1964–1972, 1973–1985, and 1986–2000’’ published in 11 separate volumes. The
‘‘List of CFR Sections Affected 1986–2000’’ is available at
www.govinfo.gov.
2017 46 CFR—Continued 82 FR
Page
46 CFR 82 FR
Chapter I—Continued
Page
67.167 (c) introductory text, (10)
Chapter I and (d) amended ........................ 43864
44.320 (a) revised ........................... 35089 67.203 (e) and (f) removed ................. 43864
50.10-23 Revised ............................ 35089 67.311 Revised ................................. 43864
58.50-5 (a)(2) amended; (a) table
69.15 (a) revised............................. 35091
revised ..................................... 35089
58.50-10 (a)(2) amended; (a) table
revised ..................................... 35090 2018–2019
63.10-1 Introductory text re- (No regulations published)
vised......................................... 35090
63.25-9 (a) revised .......................... 35090
67 Authority citation revised .......... 43863 2020
67.3 Amended .................................. 43863 46 CFR 85 FR
Technical correction ...................58749 Page
67.11 (a)(2) amended......................... 43863 Chapter I
67.13 Amended................................. 43863
67.14 (a) amended............................. 43863 68 Authority citation revised........ 58282
67.17 (c) removed ............................. 43863
67.19 (b)(6), (d) introductory text 2021
and (2) amended; (e) re- 46 CFR 86 FR
moved ...................................... 43863 Page
67.21 (e) amended............................. 43864
67.30 Amended................................. 43864 Chapter I
67.47 (a)(3) amended......................... 43864 Chapter I Policy statement............. 37238
67.63 (b)(1) amended......................... 43864 67.163 (a) introductory text and
67.133 (a) introductory text and (b) (b) revised; (c) added ................... 5031
amended................................... 43864 67.317 (a) amended .......................... 5031
67.141 (c) amended ........................... 43864 67.319 Revised ................................ 5031
67.151 (b) amended ........................... 43864 67.515 Amended .............................. 5031
67.161 (a)(3) and (4) amended............. 43864 67.550 Revised ................................ 5031
67.163 (c) removed............................ 43864
67.165 (c)(3) and (4) amended............. 43864
463
46 CFR (10–1–22 Edition)
2022
(Regulations published from January 1,
2022, through October 1, 2022)
46 CFR 87 FR
Page
Chapter I
67 Authority citation revised ......... 3224
Æ
464

Coast Guard Subchapter E - LOAD LINES, F - MARINE ENGINEERING, G - DOCUMENTATION AND MEASUREMENT OF VESSELS

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Coast Guard Subchapter E - LOAD LINES, F - MARINE ENGINEERING, G - DOCUMENTATION AND MEASUREMENT OF VESSELS

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Title 46

Revised as of October 1, 2022

Containing a codification of documents

Published by the Office of the Federal Register

Legal Status and Use of Seals and Logos

Use of ISBN Prefix

U.S. GOVERNMENT PUBLISHING OFFICE

U.S. Superintendent of Documents • Washington, DC 20402–0001

Chapter I—Coast Guard, Department of Homeland Security (Con-

Table of CFR Titles and Chapters ....................................................... 433

Alphabetical List of Agencies Appearing in the CFR ......................... 453

List of CFR Sections Affected ............................................................. 463

To cite the regulations in

lishing in the CFR are also included in this volume.

Title 46—SHIPPING is composed of nine volumes. The parts in these volumes

CHAPTER I—Coast Guard, Department of Homeland Security

EDITORIAL NOTE: Nomenclature changes to chapter I appear at 69 FR 18803, Apr. 9, 2004.

SUBCHAPTER E—LOAD LINES

50 General provisions .................................................. 100

qualification ......................................................... 368

PART 41 [RESERVED] 42.07–35 American Bureau of Shipping as an

42.07–25 Approval of the Commandant. 42.13–35 Mark of assigning authority.

Subpart 42.15—Conditions of Assignment Subpart 42.25—Special Requirements for

42.20–65 Sheer. to information collection and record-

(v) Vessels engaged exclusively in of the United States or its possessions

5101–5116, and the regulations in this carried in a vessel, or that a particular

§ 42.03–20 Equivalents. § 42.03–30 Exemptions for vessels.

cumstances. amended by CGD 73–49R, 38 FR 12289, May 10,

to the 1960 International Convention on

§ 42.05–27 Credential. Lawrence River west of a rhumb line

§ 42.05–40 Great Lakes. § 42.05–47 Marine inspector or inspec-

tion performed by the vessel. in Charge, Marine Inspection, or any

amended by CGFR 68–126, 34 FR 9011, June 5, tion.

for having entered in the vessel’s ‘‘offi-

§ 42.07–30 Approval of the assigning tions, and/or exemptions, if any. The

of the load line marks assigned and

specifically designated vessels. follows:

§ 42.07–55 Cancellation of load line § 42.07–60 Control.

bility information to the masters of signment on the basis of the vessel’s

§ 42.09–45 Correction of deficiencies. ping or other recognized classification

(a) As described in this subchapter

vessels which are applied to similar

(3) The height of a superstructure is a horizontal line 18 inches in length

§ 42.13–20 Deck line.

FIGURE 42.13–30(C)—TIMBER LOAD LINE MARK

national convention for the safety of uated forward of a point located a

casings shall be fitted with equivalent structed and efficiently connected to

decks of enclosed superstructures shall assigning authority is satisfied that

Satisfactory means permanently at- means of closing may be accepted sub-

(c) The side scuttles, together with TABLE 42.15–70(c)

(2) On each vessel that is initially

as strongly constructed as the casing ments of subpart D, F, or G of part 172

standard referenced in paragraph (a) of TABLE 42.20–5(b)—FREEBOARD INCREASE

143 196 Length of ship (feet) Freeboard increase 1 (inches)

(e) The freeboards for a Type ‘‘B’’ a floodable compartment.

the following permeabilities must be (3) If the vessel is intended to operate

tended to be only partially filled. In (a) The vertical extent of damage in

(b) The transverse extent of damage be non-existent in order to achieve the

ered effective. If transverse bulkheads be at least 0.1 meter (4 inches).

not be less than 0.0175 meter-radians TABLE 42.20–15(a)(1)—FREEBOARD TABLE FOR

220 ...................................................................... 26.2 920 ...................................................................... 125.2

TABLE 42.20–15(a)(1)—FREEBOARD TABLE FOR TABLE 42.20–15(b)(1)—FREEBOARD TABLE FOR

960 ...................................................................... 127.2 360 ...................................................................... 58.2